documentstart
1000
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
alternatives
to
the
present
rule
for
entry
of
serials
in
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
aacr
are
identified
and
arguments
relating
to
the
concept
of
authorship
for
serials
are
summarized
the
varying
concepts
of
title
in
aacr
the
international
serials
data
system
and
isbd
s
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
serials
are
compared
and
the
next
steps
relating
to
code
revision
and
attempts
at
international
agreement
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1001
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
current
standards
for
the
cataloging
of
serials
including
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
isbd
s
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
serials
and
the
guidelines
of
the
international
serials
data
system
are
discussed
the
varying
needs
of
bibliographic
catalogs
and
serials
lists
the
latter
serving
primarily
the
functions
of
finding
lists
are
described
a
distinction
between
complete
and
not
complete
works
regardless
of
medium
is
suggested
as
an
important
consideration
in
the
revision
of
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1002
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
changes
are
proposed
in
the
north
american
text
of
rule
of
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
aacr
the
adoption
of
the
british
text
of
b
and
the
deletion
of
c
both
of
these
changes
are
intended
to
simplify
the
entry
of
serials
with
the
deletion
of
c
serials
would
be
entered
only
under
title
or
corporate
author
the
adoption
of
the
british
text
od
b
would
in
turn
greatly
simplify
the
remaining
choice
between
title
or
corporate
author
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1003
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
has
been
proposed
recently
that
rule
of
the
anglo
american
cataloging
rules
aacr
relating
to
entry
of
serials
be
replaced
by
the
conventions
for
description
of
serials
outlined
in
isbd
s
international
standard
bibliographic
description
for
serials
which
in
itself
incorporates
or
accommodates
another
convention
that
of
the
keytitle
an
essential
aspect
of
the
international
standard
serial
number
issn
viewed
in
the
current
library
context
this
recommendation
is
irresponsible
and
indefensible
on
both
a
theoretical
and
practical
level
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1004
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
describes
the
work
in
progress
toward
an
international
machine
readable
cataloging
system
and
discusses
the
problems
remaining
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1005
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
the
third
in
a
series
of
studies
of
the
chicago
public
library
spread
over
fifty
years
the
first
a
library
plan
for
the
whole
city
adopted
in
proposed
expansion
particularly
in
branch
units
the
second
a
metropolitan
library
in
action
completed
in
proposed
quality
the
achieving
of
recognized
standards
the
underlying
theme
of
the
present
report
is
adaptability
the
restructuring
of
the
library
in
a
period
of
change
the
first
report
practical
and
pragmatic
achieved
results
the
second
for
all
its
internal
excellence
had
limited
effect
it
is
hoped
that
the
present
effort
partakes
both
of
the
relevance
of
the
one
and
of
the
integrity
of
the
other
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1006
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
is
intended
mainly
as
a
source
book
for
project
and
program
ideas
for
libraries
now
engaged
in
working
with
the
disadvantaged
or
planning
to
do
so
it
is
also
hoped
that
it
will
give
an
overview
of
the
progress
to
date
in
work
with
the
disadvantaged
by
bringing
together
much
of
the
thinking
and
many
of
the
ideas
that
have
appeared
in
literature
or
in
conferences
in
the
last
few
years
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1007
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
aims
primarily
to
provide
guidelines
for
library
administrators
and
library
systems
analysts
in
analyzing
and
evaluating
existing
operating
systems
and
in
designing
new
or
improved
ones
in
addition
we
have
found
the
material
to
be
very
useful
in
staff
training
programs
conducted
to
ensure
knowledgeable
staff
participation
and
cooperation
in
a
systems
study
this
guide
is
also
adaptable
for
introducing
library
school
students
to
the
concepts
of
systems
study
in
the
library
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1008
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
measurement
and
evaluation
of
reference
service
has
been
more
often
discussed
than
attempted
in
fact
the
literature
of
this
subject
has
itself
spawned
a
fair
sized
literature
of
review
admittedly
the
task
is
formidable
as
compared
with
other
library
activities
such
as
circulation
acquisitions
and
cataloging
reference
service
is
ill
defined
with
little
agreement
on
its
component
parts
is
inter
library
lending
an
integral
part
of
reference
work
because
many
reference
librarians
are
responsible
for
it
formal
instruction
in
the
use
of
books
and
libraries
the
supervision
of
reference
reading
rooms
the
preparation
of
indexes
and
having
decided
what
the
genus
reference
librarian
does
how
can
one
readily
determine
the
effectiveness
of
his
work
or
its
impact
reference
librarians
may
have
acted
rather
blindly
in
approaching
their
elephant
of
a
problem
but
it
is
undeniably
a
big
one
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1009
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
phrase
research
parks
in
the
title
of
this
article
recalls
eugene
b
jackson's
prediction
in
there
will
be
universally
managed
and
industry
sponsored
special
libraries
in
the
vicinity
of
the
principal
universities
their
advanced
use
of
new
methods
of
bibliographic
control
information
retrieval
and
data
exchange
will
make
their
operations
indistinguishable
from
those
of
special
libraries
of
outstanding
profit
making
organizations
in
the
same
subject
fields
significant
assessments
will
be
made
on
the
participating
organization
in
research
parts
not
only
for
the
financing
of
day
to
day
operations
of
facilities
especially
set
up
for
their
benefit
but
also
for
the
total
enrichment
of
the
university
library
resources
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1010
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
discuss
citation
indexing
and
its
present
application
as
exemplified
by
the
science
citation
index
published
by
the
institute
for
scientific
information
as
a
new
unique
and
necessary
tool
for
scientific
work
it
is
necessary
therefore
to
describe
briefly
and
in
general
terms
the
nature
of
conventional
subject
indexing
systems
in
order
that
a
basis
for
contrast
between
these
and
citation
indexing
can
be
obtained
for
those
who
wish
to
read
extensively
on
the
subject
of
indexing
references
are
provided
at
the
end
of
the
paper
under
the
section
additional
references
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1011
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
unmistakable
signs
are
pointing
the
way
toward
the
creation
sometime
soon
of
a
national
information
network
in
the
united
states
the
concept
of
a
national
network
implies
the
interconnection
of
existing
information
systems
and
libraries
through
communications
certainly
one
of
the
great
strengths
of
this
nation
is
the
great
array
of
intellectual
scholarly
and
research
resources
to
be
found
in
its
libraries
and
information
centers
without
integration
and
close
cooperation
however
these
resources
will
remain
a
series
of
separate
insulated
institutions
but
if
maximum
communication
can
be
established
among
them
this
array
can
be
converted
into
a
national
resource
of
immense
value
to
citizens
throughout
the
country
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1012
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
authors
of
this
article
represent
two
specializations
in
the
spectrum
of
information
transfer
activities
that
of
the
computer
and
communication
system
engineer
and
that
of
the
librarian
these
points
of
view
are
combined
in
examining
the
requirements
for
standardization
in
the
national
efforts
to
use
automation
in
publication
library
abstracting
and
indexing
and
information
retrieval
activities
standardization
is
necessary
to
both
the
representation
of
information
and
to
the
procedures
being
developed
for
handling
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1013
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problems
facing
the
planners
of
automated
library
networks
are
rooted
in
the
complexities
of
organizing
and
managing
a
vast
flow
of
bibliographic
information
and
its
interface
with
users
telecommunication
equipment
transmitting
data
in
the
form
of
electric
signals
electronic
memories
holding
large
stores
of
information
and
computers
manipulating
the
data
and
graphic
displays
for
human
interaction
are
technological
means
for
performing
network
functions
more
effectively
than
has
been
possible
in
the
past
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1014
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
librarians
have
tried
replacing
some
of
their
books
and
journal
files
with
microfilm
copies
or
other
microforms
in
order
to
save
valuable
space
in
the
bookstacks
instead
of
or
in
addition
to
extension
of
the
stack
area
decentralization
compact
shelving
separate
storage
warehouse
or
any
of
the
other
solutions
to
the
storage
problem
discussed
in
earlier
chapters
as
a
final
paper
this
solution
for
the
storage
of
library
materials
will
be
discussed
although
the
distinct
forms
will
not
often
be
designated
microform
is
used
here
to
mean
the
four
forms
most
common
in
the
united
states
mm
roll
microfilm
microfiche
now
standardized
in
the
united
states
and
great
britain
at
by
inches
and
the
two
micro
opaque
forms
by
inch
microcard
and
by
inch
microprint
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1015
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
theory
and
practice
regarding
patterns
of
decision
making
in
libraries
have
been
relatively
neglected
aspects
of
library
administration
yet
the
decisions
by
which
a
library
attempts
to
control
its
operations
are
of
major
importance
to
its
welfare
and
effectiveness
recent
theories
in
management
and
social
psychology
have
addressed
themselves
to
the
implications
of
participative
management
and
group
decision
making
and
their
findings
appear
to
have
important
applications
to
libraries
not
the
least
of
which
is
personnel
development
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1016
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
only
in
the
last
eight
or
ten
years
that
the
numerical
aspects
of
bibliography
have
attracted
attention
although
some
of
the
numerical
regularities
that
occur
in
bibliography
have
been
known
for
thirty
or
forty
years
results
are
therefore
still
meager
and
applications
are
still
few
moreover
most
of
the
work
so
far
reported
has
been
limited
to
numerical
analysis
of
the
literature
of
the
natural
sciences
this
is
in
part
because
the
secondary
sources
in
the
natural
sciences
are
the
best
organized
and
so
provide
the
most
accessible
data
in
part
because
the
literature
of
the
natural
sciences
are
the
least
restricted
by
linguistic
barriers
and
in
part
because
the
proposed
world
wide
systems
such
as
those
advocated
in
the
unisist
report
offer
an
immediate
field
of
application
in
the
design
of
economic
and
efficient
systems
based
on
the
results
of
numerical
bibliographic
analysis
however
the
field
of
possible
application
is
gradually
widening
serious
efforts
are
now
being
made
to
organize
the
more
diffused
literatures
of
the
social
sciences
for
example
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1017
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
evaluation
of
reference
service
has
received
considerable
attention
in
the
literature
over
a
comparatively
long
period
but
as
samuel
rothstein
pointed
out
in
his
library
trends
article
on
the
measurement
and
evaluation
of
reference
service
much
of
the
literature
has
focused
on
discussing
the
lack
of
evaluation
or
the
shortcomings
of
the
evaluation
that
has
taken
place
in
the
ten
years
since
rothstein
wrote
his
article
there
does
seem
to
be
more
effort
at
evaluation
of
reference
service
undoubtedly
many
of
the
trends
in
recent
evaluation
are
due
to
the
influence
of
rothstein's
article
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1018
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
following
report
on
use
of
the
public
library
is
the
product
of
two
separate
studies
made
for
the
public
library
inquiry
one
was
the
national
sample
survey
of
library
use
made
for
the
inquiry
by
the
survey
research
center
of
the
university
of
michigan
personal
interviews
of
a
half
hour
or
more
in
length
were
held
with
people
selected
at
random
in
different
counties
scattered
over
the
united
states
the
sample
was
designed
so
as
to
represent
all
adult
persons
living
in
private
households
by
this
tested
method
the
survey
gathered
information
concerning
the
amount
and
the
kind
of
use
people
make
of
the
public
library
and
what
changes
or
extension
of
library
service
people
in
general
would
prefer
the
survey
also
gathered
information
on
the
use
of
books
obtained
from
sources
other
than
the
public
library
as
well
as
the
extent
of
regular
use
of
newspapers
radio
magazines
and
movies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1019
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
concept
of
the
core
collection
in
a
large
library
is
not
new
the
thought
behind
such
a
concept
is
to
provide
a
separation
of
the
more
frequently
used
volumes
from
those
that
are
infrequently
used
there
have
been
however
difficulties
in
determining
what
volumes
are
to
be
included
within
the
core
collection
it
is
usually
necessary
to
establish
a
committee
or
group
of
professional
people
who
determine
usually
by
enumeration
those
volumes
that
should
be
included
in
the
core
collection
often
the
results
of
such
a
determination
merely
reflect
the
opinions
of
the
individuals
and
although
valid
in
many
cases
as
desirable
reading
the
core
collection
that
results
may
not
be
a
reflection
of
user
requirements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1020
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
traditional
pattern
of
organization
of
national
and
university
libraries
apart
from
those
in
germany
or
affected
by
german
practice
was
imposed
by
the
weight
given
to
the
processing
divisions
the
order
department
which
in
university
libraries
did
not
include
experts
in
book
selection
was
not
considered
to
be
of
comparable
importance
with
the
major
department
the
cataloguing
room
which
also
housed
the
classifiers
other
divisions
would
be
concerned
with
particular
types
of
material
maps
state
papers
or
official
documents
manuscripts
oriental
books
and
would
be
largely
autonomous
with
regard
to
acquisition
and
cataloguing
the
reading
room
staff
were
mainly
employed
in
assisting
readers
to
use
the
catalogue
and
in
answering
queries
of
a
very
specialized
nature
on
the
library's
collections
especially
on
manuscripts
or
early
printed
books
they
rarely
dealt
with
the
general
bibliographical
or
reference
type
of
enquiry
which
is
put
to
present
day
reference
librarians
in
these
circumstances
members
of
staff
tended
to
become
expert
in
the
work
of
their
own
department
and
not
be
invited
to
take
any
part
in
the
activities
of
another
divisions
between
the
various
kinds
of
work
were
therefore
hard
and
fast
and
the
structure
of
the
library's
organization
could
become
similarly
rigid
it
must
be
appreciated
that
this
is
a
generalization
and
that
many
libraries
were
more
fluid
in
their
approach
nonetheless
this
conservative
view
of
the
library's
function
tended
to
freeze
the
administration
into
this
form
an
expert
in
a
particular
subject
field
often
undertook
research
in
the
subject
outside
the
library
and
might
occasionally
be
asked
to
deal
with
a
reader
enquiring
about
an
aspect
of
his
field
but
usually
he
would
not
make
much
use
of
his
expertise
in
connection
with
his
library
duties
unless
of
course
he
was
appointed
as
a
paleographer
orientalist
or
linguist
the
appointment
of
subject
specialists
may
therefore
necessitate
a
complete
re
modelling
of
the
staff
organization
if
their
influence
is
to
extend
beyond
the
bounds
of
the
old
departments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1021
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
of
the
world's
numerous
kinds
of
libraries
the
national
and
the
university
may
properly
be
characterized
as
having
responsibilities
for
both
general
and
universal
or
nearly
universal
collecting
in
the
realm
of
scholarship
that
is
these
two
and
only
these
two
commonly
collect
over
a
very
broad
spectrum
and
in
depth
material
which
makes
possible
the
creation
of
new
knowledge
herein
lies
the
paramount
importance
of
these
libraries
to
society
if
it
be
granted
as
it
is
here
assumed
that
almost
no
field
of
human
endeavor
can
advance
without
resort
to
the
recorded
past
it
is
this
twin
aspect
of
the
activity
of
these
scholarly
libraries
collecting
simultaneously
in
breadth
and
in
depth
which
produces
most
of
their
major
problems
the
concern
of
this
paper
is
with
two
of
these
problems
which
seem
by
far
the
most
important
and
difficult
the
selection
of
materials
and
the
utilization
of
subject
specialists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1022
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
these
information
systems
create
a
real
challenge
for
librarianship
since
on
the
surface
it
would
seem
that
librarians
can
have
a
central
role
in
their
development
their
operation
and
their
management
but
to
do
so
librarians
must
recognize
the
contribution
they
can
make
and
be
willing
to
accept
the
challenges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1023
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
reverberations
of
the
publishing
explosion
of
recent
years
are
reaching
us
now
production
of
monographs
and
journals
research
reports
and
government
documents
has
been
increasing
exponentially
to
the
point
that
british
university
librarians
are
beginning
to
feel
the
sense
of
constriction
of
space
which
their
american
counterparts
have
been
struggling
with
for
a
number
of
years
judging
by
the
amount
of
print
devoted
to
the
subject
in
american
library
journals
the
force
of
this
sense
of
constriction
has
been
somewhat
mitigated
in
all
but
the
copyright
libraries
by
the
general
lack
of
funds
available
for
book
purchasing
and
by
the
increasing
price
of
books
however
when
space
in
the
library
does
become
filled
obviously
something
must
be
done
to
create
more
space
because
the
flow
of
material
is
certainly
not
going
to
cease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1024
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
paper
is
offered
as
the
first
of
a
series
of
articles
in
which
precis
will
be
reviewed
as
a
potential
multi
lingual
system
having
in
mind
the
obvious
need
notably
in
a
european
context
for
standard
and
language
independent
methods
of
subject
analysis
and
document
description
this
first
paper
outlines
the
origins
of
precis
and
considers
its
use
in
english
language
indexing
a
second
paper
will
deal
in
general
terms
with
the
syntactical
model
which
is
used
for
producing
precis
input
strings
and
index
entries
later
papers
will
then
review
the
application
of
this
model
to
indexing
in
firstly
the
germanic
languages
e
g
german
and
danish
and
secondly
the
romance
languages
illustrated
by
french
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1025
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
april
a
group
of
thirty
individuals
from
ten
countries
scientists
educators
economists
humanists
industrialists
and
national
and
international
civil
servants
gathered
in
the
accademia
dei
lincei
in
rome
they
met
at
the
instigation
of
dr
aurelio
peccei
an
italian
industrial
manager
economist
and
man
of
vision
to
discuss
a
subject
of
staggering
scope
the
present
and
future
predicament
of
man
a
series
of
early
meetings
of
the
club
of
rome
culminated
in
the
decision
to
initiate
a
remarkably
ambitious
undertaking
the
project
on
the
predicament
of
mankind
the
intent
of
the
project
is
to
examine
the
complex
of
problems
troubling
men
of
all
nations
poverty
in
the
midst
of
plenty
degradation
of
the
environment
loss
of
faith
in
institutions
uncontrolled
urban
spread
insecurity
of
employment
alienation
of
youth
rejection
of
traditional
values
and
inflation
and
other
monetary
and
economic
disruptions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1026
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
manual
is
the
culmination
of
a
long
search
for
a
chemical
notation
that
should
consist
of
symbols
limited
to
those
on
the
standard
typewriter
keyboard
the
necessity
for
such
a
notation
has
been
made
almost
inescapable
by
recent
tremendous
advances
in
technology
and
the
vast
growth
of
chemical
literature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1027
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
was
commissioned
by
the
committee
on
linguistics
in
documentation
of
the
federation
internationale
de
documentation
fid
it
is
concerned
with
the
linguistic
aspects
of
information
science
and
in
particular
with
the
linguistic
components
of
document
analysis
description
and
retrieval
we
have
attempted
to
relate
linguistics
and
information
science
by
considering
the
theories
and
techniques
linguistics
has
to
offer
and
how
far
these
have
been
or
could
be
exploited
by
information
scientists
we
have
examined
these
questions
within
the
context
of
automated
language
processing
and
automated
documentation
the
use
of
computers
for
linguistic
operations
presents
special
challenges
as
well
as
interesting
possibilities
and
we
have
chosen
to
approach
the
field
from
this
particular
point
of
view
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1028
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
permit
a
qualitative
estimate
of
a
college
library's
resources
the
advisory
group
on
college
libraries
of
the
carnegie
corporation
authorized
the
compilation
of
a
list
of
not
less
that
nor
more
than
titles
which
might
be
regarded
as
a
statement
of
the
minimum
or
basic
book
collection
of
a
four
year
liberal
arts
college
the
procedure
on
which
the
advisory
group
decided
included
the
selection
of
a
librarian
under
whose
direction
the
compilation
should
be
made
the
checking
and
improvement
of
the
original
lists
drawn
up
by
this
compiler
by
such
a
homogeneous
group
as
the
faculty
of
a
single
college
and
the
submission
of
these
revised
recommendations
to
an
able
group
of
widely
scattered
college
teachers
for
further
revision
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1029
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
kind
of
study
presented
in
this
monograph
has
not
as
yet
won
a
wide
following
among
working
historians
on
the
whole
their
interest
has
remained
with
the
larger
units
of
social
action
the
region
the
class
the
party
the
ethnic
or
religious
group
it
has
been
left
to
the
so
called
behavioral
sciences
anthropology
sociology
psychology
to
demonstrate
the
fundamental
importance
of
the
smallest
and
most
intimate
of
all
group
environments
the
family
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1030
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
pegram
lecturers
are
supposed
to
talk
about
science
and
its
place
in
society
the
ordinary
way
of
doing
this
would
be
either
to
talk
popular
science
or
to
adopt
one
of
the
various
styles
in
humanistic
discussion
of
the
reactions
between
men
and
science
previous
lecturers
in
this
series
have
given
accounts
of
the
content
of
space
science
and
made
excursions
into
the
philosophy
and
the
history
of
science
although
professionally
my
concern
is
with
the
history
of
science
i
have
a
certain
prehistoric
past
as
a
physicist
and
this
has
led
me
to
treat
these
lectures
in
what
is
perhaps
an
extraordinary
way
my
goal
is
not
discussion
of
the
content
of
science
or
even
a
humanistic
analysis
of
its
relations
rather
i
want
to
clarify
these
more
usual
approaches
by
treating
separately
all
the
scientific
analyses
that
may
be
made
of
science
why
should
we
not
turn
the
tools
of
science
on
science
itself
why
not
measure
and
generalize
make
hypotheses
and
derive
conclusions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1031
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ideas
presented
in
this
book
developed
during
the
course
of
our
participation
in
a
comparative
research
project
the
international
studies
of
values
in
politics
which
was
a
study
of
the
relationship
between
characteristics
of
local
political
leadership
and
the
behavior
of
local
governments
in
india
poland
the
united
states
and
yugoslavia
among
the
first
problems
we
confronted
were
those
of
measurement
in
the
fall
of
the
first
pretest
of
value
scale
items
was
under
way
the
goal
of
the
pretest
was
to
develop
valid
and
reliable
scales
of
values
in
four
national
samples
the
second
problem
we
had
to
face
arose
from
the
nees
to
obtain
comparable
measures
of
community
activeness
in
four
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1032
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
deals
with
a
complementary
theme
the
public
for
which
the
public
library
service
is
provided
it
does
this
in
two
ways
by
giving
information
about
the
nature
of
that
public
as
it
is
at
present
made
up
and
by
reporting
what
people
say
about
public
libraries
not
only
those
who
are
members
but
also
those
who
used
to
belong
and
those
who
never
have
its
closest
relatives
in
british
writing
on
this
subject
are
therefore
mass
observation's
now
dated
reading
in
tottenham
and
the
society
of
young
publishers'
survey
books
in
london
it
is
more
comprehensive
in
scope
and
more
detailed
in
its
analysis
that
the
tottenham
survey
while
it
goes
in
some
depth
into
issues
that
necessarily
played
only
a
small
part
in
books
in
london
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1033
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
book
like
this
is
a
cumulation
of
experience
thought
error
and
hopefully
learning
of
many
years
it
did
not
start
like
a
water
faucet
at
precisely
that
moment
in
when
the
office
of
education
so
kindly
awarded
a
grant
to
hampshire
college
for
the
development
of
the
concept
of
the
extended
and
experimenting
library
although
the
grant
was
certainly
the
means
for
and
a
spur
to
it
formalization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1034
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
book
is
to
inquire
into
the
validity
of
the
views
on
human
nature
expressed
in
the
widely
read
and
influential
books
of
robert
ardrey
and
konrad
lorenz
ardrey's
books
are
african
genesis
atheneum
and
the
territorial
imperative
atheneum
lorenz's
book
is
on
aggression
harcourt
brace
world
in
these
books
the
authors
argue
that
man
is
by
instinct
an
aggressive
creature
and
it
is
this
innate
propensity
to
violence
that
accounts
for
individual
and
group
aggression
in
man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1035
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
an
introduction
to
the
elements
methods
and
problems
of
interactive
systems
and
is
tutorial
in
tone
it
is
intended
for
both
users
and
designers
of
conversational
systems
those
who
actually
operate
them
as
well
as
those
who
design
the
overall
systems
in
which
they
are
used
i
would
expect
primarily
to
draw
my
readers
from
among
the
designers
of
information
systems
and
such
prospective
users
as
teachers
writers
librarians
lawyers
design
engineers
and
professional
managers
the
book
is
a
survey
and
is
not
intended
as
an
exhaustive
text
the
reader
wishing
to
pursue
any
topic
in
detail
will
have
to
seek
further
but
i
have
provided
references
to
help
him
do
so
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1036
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
all
the
research
reported
in
this
book
arose
out
of
an
attempt
some
years
ago
to
study
an
industrial
concern
as
a
'community
of
people
at
work'
that
is
in
much
the
same
terms
one
would
use
in
a
study
of
conduct
and
relationships
in
a
village
an
urban
neighborhood
or
a
small
primitive
community
this
aim
was
never
realized
because
it
soon
became
evident
that
the
social
structure
of
the
factory
interlocked
with
and
often
mirrored
that
of
the
small
isolated
town
in
which
it
was
situated
the
wider
study
which
then
appeared
necessary
was
not
practicable
and
the
enquiry
petered
out
rather
inconclusively
assuming
its
present
significance
only
in
the
context
of
later
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1037
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
a
conceptualization
of
information
as
related
to
the
decision
problems
of
the
recipient
the
orientation
is
toward
a
formal
definition
of
behavioral
elements
in
an
individual's
purposeful
state
specifically
these
elements
are
his
objectives
his
valuation
of
each
objective
his
possible
courses
of
action
the
efficiency
of
each
course
of
action
in
achieving
each
objective
and
his
probability
of
choice
for
each
course
of
action
the
amount
of
information
in
a
purposeful
state
is
explicitly
defined
in
terms
of
the
probabilities
of
choice
of
the
available
courses
of
action
the
amount
of
information
in
a
message
is
defined
as
the
difference
between
the
amount
of
information
in
the
purposeful
state
following
the
message
and
the
amount
of
information
in
the
purposeful
state
preceding
the
message
the
amount
of
instruction
in
a
purposeful
state
is
defined
in
terms
of
the
efficiencies
of
the
available
courses
of
action
and
the
amount
of
motivation
is
defined
in
terms
of
the
values
of
the
objectives
the
amounts
of
instruction
and
motivation
in
a
message
are
defined
just
as
information
is
by
comparing
the
amounts
in
a
purposeful
state
before
and
after
receipt
of
the
message
the
value
of
a
purposeful
state
to
an
individual
is
defined
as
a
function
of
the
amount
of
information
the
amount
of
instruction
and
the
amount
of
motivation
in
the
state
this
concept
can
be
generalized
to
express
the
value
of
the
state
to
some
other
individual
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1038
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
five
assumptions
commonly
made
by
designers
of
management
information
systems
are
identified
it
is
argued
that
these
are
not
justified
in
many
if
not
most
cases
and
hence
lead
to
major
deficiencies
in
the
resulting
systems
these
assumptions
are
the
critical
deficiency
under
which
most
managers
operate
is
the
lack
of
relevant
information
the
manager
needs
the
information
he
wants
if
a
manager
has
the
information
he
needs
his
decision
making
will
improve
better
communication
between
managers
improves
organizational
performance
and
a
manager
does
not
have
to
understand
how
his
information
system
works
only
how
to
use
it
to
overcome
these
assumptions
and
the
deficiencies
which
result
from
them
a
management
information
system
should
be
imbedded
in
a
management
control
system
a
procedure
for
designing
such
a
system
is
proposed
and
an
example
is
given
of
the
type
of
control
system
which
it
produces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1039
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
authors
have
proposed
using
scoring
models
for
prescriptive
analysis
of
the
r
and
d
project
selection
decision
problem
this
research
indicates
that
these
models
do
not
meet
with
important
practical
requirements
for
example
many
authors
recommend
a
multiplicative
index
over
an
additive
index
in
order
to
generate
a
wide
range
of
project
scores
the
additive
index
is
shown
to
have
important
advantages
over
the
multiplicative
index
the
most
serious
shortcoming
in
the
models
however
is
the
relatively
arbitrary
fashion
in
which
the
models
have
been
constructed
and
the
failure
of
the
model
builders
to
recognize
the
impact
of
certain
structural
considerations
on
resulting
project
scores
comparative
analyses
relating
project
rankings
produced
by
scoring
models
to
rankings
produced
by
a
profitability
index
and
by
a
linear
programming
model
demonstrate
that
the
performance
of
the
scoring
model
is
highly
sensitive
to
decisions
made
during
the
development
of
the
model
considerations
such
as
the
underlying
distributions
of
project
data
time
preferences
the
number
of
ranking
intervals
or
categories
and
the
width
of
the
intervals
all
have
important
implications
for
final
project
scores
and
associated
rankings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1040
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
study
five
major
criteria
realism
flexibility
capability
case
of
use
and
cost
for
evaluating
the
suitability
of
management
science
models
for
r
d
project
selection
are
established
through
personal
interviews
with
r
d
administrators
and
management
scientists
a
suitability
rating
system
based
on
these
criteria
is
used
by
the
author
to
rate
twenty
six
management
science
models
for
their
suitability
of
use
in
r
d
project
selection
decision
making
profitability
index
and
scoring
types
of
models
were
found
to
have
generally
higher
ease
of
use
and
lower
cost
performances
than
the
other
types
the
linear
and
nonlinear
models
had
generally
higher
flexibility
while
the
linear
nonlinear
and
zero
one
models
had
generally
higher
realism
than
the
other
model
types
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1041
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
managerial
grid
method
of
designating
various
styles
of
leadership
avoids
these
semantic
traps
even
more
it
shows
how
a
leader
can
simultaneously
maximize
both
the
methods
which
are
production
oriented
and
those
which
are
people
oriented
thus
instead
of
putting
a
manager
in
a
dilemma
of
choosing
one
or
the
other
alternative
it
illustrates
that
there
are
ways
he
can
gain
the
benefits
of
both
it
puts
various
methods
of
managing
problems
into
a
framework
where
the
leader
can
identify
study
and
change
his
own
behavior
thus
he
is
in
a
position
to
understand
it
better
to
evaluate
the
results
it
produces
and
to
encourage
its
use
by
others
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1042
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
marc
machine
readable
cataloging
pilot
project
was
an
experiment
to
test
the
feasibility
of
distributing
library
of
congress
cataloging
in
machine
readable
form
to
a
variety
of
users
this
project
grew
out
of
the
conviction
of
many
librarians
that
automation
was
becoming
necessary
if
libraries
were
to
keep
up
with
the
rising
tide
of
new
materials
and
the
mounting
demand
for
rapid
information
although
there
were
other
library
procedures
which
stood
to
profit
from
mechanization
it
was
felt
that
devising
a
method
of
recording
bibliographical
information
in
machine
readable
form
was
basic
to
the
solution
of
other
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1043
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
marc
project
has
progressed
from
a
pilot
to
test
the
feasibility
of
a
distribution
service
of
centrally
produced
machine
readable
cataloging
data
to
a
full
scale
operational
system
in
the
design
stages
in
two
short
years
the
library
community
both
here
and
abroad
has
accepted
marc
and
recognizes
its
potential
for
the
future
the
single
most
significant
result
of
marc
has
been
the
impetus
to
set
standards
there
is
no
doubt
that
eventually
standards
would
have
been
designed
for
machine
readable
bibliographic
records
character
sets
and
codes
for
place
and
language
marc
accelerated
standardization
and
still
more
important
the
standards
are
being
set
and
agreed
to
be
a
large
segment
of
the
library
community
the
cooperation
among
the
producers
and
users
of
bibliographic
description
has
been
a
rewarding
experience
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1044
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
book
we
give
a
mathematical
account
of
some
of
the
methods
of
data
simplification
which
are
involved
in
or
suggested
by
the
practice
of
biological
taxonomy
the
computable
methods
derived
are
offered
as
potentially
useful
tools
for
taxonomists
rather
than
as
substitutes
for
their
activities
superficially
similar
problems
of
data
simplification
arise
in
pattern
recognition
and
in
the
various
sciences
which
make
substantial
use
of
classificatory
systems
biological
taxonomy
ecology
psychology
linguistics
archaeology
sociology
etc
but
more
detailed
examination
shows
that
the
kinds
of
classification
used
and
the
kinds
of
data
on
which
they
are
based
differ
widely
from
science
to
science
whilst
we
recognize
that
some
of
the
methods
described
here
particularly
in
part
ii
of
the
book
are
more
widely
applicable
we
have
deliberately
limited
discussion
to
biological
taxonomy
the
emphasis
throughout
is
on
the
clarification
of
the
mathematical
properties
of
methods
of
automatic
classification
and
of
the
conditions
under
which
their
application
is
valid
so
that
anyone
who
wishes
to
apply
the
methods
in
other
fields
shall
be
aware
of
their
limitations
and
of
the
lines
along
which
they
may
profitably
be
developed
and
modified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1045
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
word
communication
will
be
used
here
in
a
very
broad
sense
to
include
all
of
the
procedures
by
which
one
mind
may
affect
another
this
of
course
involves
not
only
written
and
oral
speech
but
also
music
the
pictorial
arts
the
theatre
the
ballet
and
in
fact
all
human
behavior
in
some
connections
it
may
be
desirable
to
use
a
still
broader
definition
of
communication
namely
one
which
would
include
the
procedures
by
means
of
which
one
mechanism
say
automatic
equipment
to
track
an
airplane
and
to
compute
its
probably
future
positions
affects
another
mechanism
say
a
guided
missile
chasing
this
airplane
the
language
of
this
memorandum
will
often
appear
to
refer
to
the
special
but
still
very
broad
and
important
field
of
the
communication
of
speech
but
practically
everything
said
applies
equally
as
well
to
music
of
any
sort
and
to
still
or
moving
pictures
as
in
television
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1046
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
work
to
which
this
chapter
forms
a
preface
arises
out
of
a
deep
and
prolonged
dissatisfaction
which
the
author
has
felt
with
both
past
and
present
theories
of
the
structure
of
language
this
dissatisfaction
may
be
understood
more
readily
and
the
suggestions
which
make
up
the
body
of
this
work
may
appear
in
clearer
perspective
if
i
begin
with
a
few
remarks
of
an
autobiographical
nature
the
intrinsic
importance
of
these
remarks
is
minimal
but
they
may
provide
a
useful
background
for
what
follows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1047
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
scientific
study
of
language
has
been
developing
with
particular
rapidity
during
the
past
decade
or
so
one
thinks
immediately
of
the
basic
work
of
zipf
and
skinner
of
the
developments
in
information
theory
in
concept
formation
in
second
language
learning
in
work
association
research
and
generally
of
the
increasing
integration
of
the
psychological
and
linguistic
approaches
as
reflected
in
the
activities
of
the
social
science
research
council
committee
on
linguistics
and
psychology
almost
every
new
issue
of
a
social
science
journal
brings
additional
evidence
of
this
heightened
activity
a
significant
aspect
of
much
of
this
development
has
been
the
devising
and
application
of
new
quantitative
measurement
techniques
during
the
past
six
or
seven
years
a
group
of
us
at
the
university
of
illinois
has
been
concentrating
on
the
development
of
an
objective
measure
of
meaning
and
this
book
is
largely
a
progress
report
of
that
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1048
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
focus
of
the
book
can
be
summed
up
in
its
subtitle
a
strategy
for
the
study
of
attitudes
this
strategy
is
developed
by
devoting
considerable
attention
to
the
nature
of
the
concept
of
satisfaction
and
particularly
to
the
requirements
for
scientifically
adequate
measures
of
satisfaction
in
fact
it
is
the
emphasis
on
a
comprehensive
set
of
requirements
for
sound
measurement
rather
than
on
just
one
or
two
elements
of
it
which
is
the
quality
that
sets
this
book
apart
from
any
previous
report
in
the
area
of
job
satisfaction
not
the
least
of
the
values
of
this
book
is
its
basic
utility
for
both
academicians
and
practitioners
for
the
former
it
should
serve
as
a
powerful
spur
and
guide
to
further
fundamental
research
on
the
nature
and
correlates
of
satisfaction
for
too
many
years
we
in
this
area
have
been
plagued
by
inadequately
conceived
and
poorly
developed
measuring
devices
this
has
led
to
a
plethora
of
studies
each
using
a
different
scale
or
measuring
instrument
as
a
consequence
this
has
opened
the
door
for
almost
anyone
to
claim
the
solution
for
making
sense
of
the
jigsaw
pattern
of
findings
relating
to
satisfaction
at
the
very
least
the
present
volume
should
provide
researchers
with
a
thoroughly
developed
measuring
instrument
that
will
allow
comparability
of
results
across
studies
if
so
this
may
well
bring
some
meaningful
order
to
the
present
rather
chaotically
structured
literature
on
job
satisfaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1049
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
is
probably
no
measurement
task
which
public
servants
face
which
is
more
difficult
than
that
of
measuring
the
quality
of
service
it
is
as
difficult
to
measure
the
quality
of
hospital
service
or
of
schools
or
of
social
welfare
programs
as
it
is
to
determine
the
quality
of
library
service
it
is
equally
as
difficult
to
decide
what
actions
to
take
in
order
to
improve
service
legislators
urban
and
regional
planners
consultants
boards
of
trustees
accrediting
teams
librarians
and
a
host
of
other
decision
makers
must
act
on
the
basis
of
some
conclusions
about
the
quality
of
service
offered
by
library
systems
this
handbook
is
intended
for
these
groups
and
especially
for
practicing
librarians
the
pervasiveness
of
the
problem
across
all
public
service
institutions
however
leads
us
to
hope
that
the
handbook
will
be
of
interest
to
other
groups
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1050
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
research
reported
here
constitutes
a
case
study
in
the
acceptance
of
an
innovation
the
innovation
is
a
medical
one
a
drug
which
physicians
use
in
everyday
practice
the
setting
is
in
the
midwestern
united
states
in
the
's
this
study
gives
a
glimpse
of
one
small
part
of
the
great
changes
that
have
recently
occurred
within
medicine
and
thus
is
of
specific
interest
to
the
medical
profession
and
its
allied
institutions
but
more
generally
the
question
of
the
spread
of
an
innovation
is
of
interest
to
all
students
of
society
particularly
in
an
age
of
change
and
in
our
complex
and
massive
society
an
understanding
of
the
way
in
which
an
innovation
can
spread
for
better
or
worse
constitutes
important
knowledge
of
man
it
is
to
aid
in
this
understanding
as
well
as
to
describe
the
case
at
hand
that
this
report
is
written
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1051
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
document
is
to
present
a
final
description
of
the
system
as
it
has
evolved
through
a
period
of
four
years
of
operation
this
will
add
the
final
chapter
to
the
present
medlars
story
at
a
time
when
the
library
is
on
the
threshold
of
developing
an
entirely
new
system
utilizing
the
latest
techniques
of
documentation
and
information
science
coupled
with
modern
third
generation
computer
equipment
the
reader
interested
in
a
complete
chronicle
of
the
library's
experience
with
medlars
is
advised
to
combine
the
reading
of
this
report
with
a
re
reading
of
the
original
medlars
story
thus
he
will
be
able
to
develop
a
complete
picture
that
answers
the
questions
what
did
the
library
set
out
to
do
what
was
actually
accomplished
and
what
changes
were
made
in
the
original
system
design
and
why
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1052
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
originally
set
out
to
be
a
kind
of
reporting
in
depth
of
the
american
library
association
pre
conference
on
acquisitions
held
in
atlantic
city
in
the
summer
of
a
report
embracing
not
only
the
essential
content
of
the
formal
speeches
but
also
the
floor
discussions
and
after
hours
bull
sessions
meanwhile
however
a
closely
similar
treatment
of
the
problem
of
how
to
buy
library
materials
long
in
process
suddenly
shaped
up
and
was
published
by
ala
in
november
this
was
purchasing
library
materials
in
public
and
school
libraries
by
evelyn
hensel
and
peter
d
veilette
a
treatment
of
the
acquisition
process
in
college
and
university
libraries
was
also
taking
shape
at
this
time
and
became
the
january
issue
of
library
trends
the
acquisition
problems
of
research
libraries
were
likewise
getting
detailed
examination
in
the
two
annual
international
seminars
on
approval
and
gathering
plans
in
large
and
medium
size
academic
libraries
sponsored
by
western
michigan
university
in
the
fall
of
and
the
fall
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1053
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
meant
to
be
an
aid
and
reference
work
for
those
people
who
are
interested
in
the
design
of
information
systems
such
information
systems
are
typified
by
the
traditional
libraries
but
the
same
problems
of
information
processing
storage
and
retrieval
are
present
in
many
government
and
industrial
organizations
in
many
places
besides
the
library
this
book
provides
an
illustration
of
the
tools
equipment
and
methodology
that
might
be
applied
to
those
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1054
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
experiment
is
described
which
attempts
to
derive
quantitative
indicators
regarding
the
potential
relevance
predictability
of
the
intermediate
stimuli
used
to
represent
documents
in
information
retrieval
systems
in
effect
since
the
decision
to
peruse
an
entire
document
is
often
predicated
upon
the
examination
of
one
level
of
processing
of
the
document
e
g
the
citation
and
or
abstract
it
became
interesting
to
analyze
the
properties
of
what
constitutes
relevance
however
prior
to
such
an
analysis
an
even
more
elementary
step
had
to
be
made
namely
to
determine
what
portions
of
a
document
should
be
examined
an
evaluation
of
the
ability
of
intermediate
response
products
irps
functioning
as
cues
to
the
information
content
of
full
documents
to
predict
the
relevance
determination
that
would
be
subsequently
made
on
these
documents
by
motivated
users
of
information
retrieval
systems
was
made
under
controlled
experimental
conditions
the
hypothesis
that
there
might
be
other
intermediate
response
products
selected
extracts
from
the
document
i
e
first
paragraph
last
paragraph
and
the
combination
of
first
and
last
paragraph
that
would
be
representative
of
the
full
document
as
the
traditional
irps
citation
and
abstract
was
tested
systematically
the
results
showed
that
there
is
no
significant
difference
among
the
several
irp
treatment
groups
on
the
number
of
cue
evaluations
of
relevancy
which
match
the
subsequent
user
relevancy
decision
on
the
document
first
and
last
paragraph
combinations
have
consistently
predicted
relevancy
to
a
higher
degree
that
the
other
irps
abstracts
were
undistinguished
as
predictors
and
the
apparent
high
predictability
rating
for
citations
was
not
substantive
some
of
these
results
are
quite
different
than
would
be
expected
from
previous
work
with
unmotivated
subjects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1055
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
reports
the
results
of
a
two
week
questionnaire
survey
of
the
use
of
biomedical
periodical
literature
carried
out
at
the
uk
national
lending
library
in
february
the
survey
was
designated
to
discover
the
subject
date
and
language
characteristics
of
the
borrowed
literature
the
most
frequently
requested
journals
and
the
most
popular
sources
of
references
to
biomedical
publications
the
loans
were
spread
over
titles
although
per
cent
of
the
issues
involved
only
per
cent
of
the
titles
the
literature
in
most
demand
was
less
than
one
year
old
and
in
the
case
of
medicine
per
cent
of
the
requests
were
for
literature
lss
than
years
old
the
half
life
for
the
biological
literature
was
somewhat
longer
at
years
the
majority
of
issues
per
cent
involved
english
language
periodicals
overall
the
principal
sources
of
references
to
the
requested
literature
were
citation
lists
in
other
periodical
articles
regarding
the
more
recent
literature
however
abstracting
and
indexing
journals
were
the
primary
sources
of
information
for
medical
references
index
medicus
was
the
most
used
indexing
publication
and
for
biological
references
current
contents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1056
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
public
libraries
in
the
's
which
are
active
and
alert
and
interested
in
meeting
the
interests
of
their
various
publics
face
problems
far
different
from
those
of
even
a
decade
ago
the
maryland
metropolitan
area
is
an
example
of
the
many
changes
taking
place
in
metropolitan
areas
which
require
corresponding
change
in
the
type
and
form
and
arrangements
for
library
service
and
even
demand
looking
into
the
very
nature
of
library
service
itself
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1057
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
part
i
dealt
with
the
selection
of
a
microtext
manager
and
with
procedural
consideration
in
the
acquisition
process
part
ii
continues
the
discussion
about
acquisitions
including
considerations
of
format
variation
and
reliability
of
publisher
supplied
project
information
the
library's
search
for
an
adequate
system
of
bibliographic
control
is
examined
cataloging
methods
classification
schemes
and
hardcopy
guides
and
indexes
are
discussed
as
components
of
bibliographic
control
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1058
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
microforms
enjoy
only
limited
acceptance
in
research
libraries
largely
because
of
user
resistance
a
growing
number
of
published
studies
indicate
that
improper
production
inadequate
bibliographic
access
lack
of
standardization
defects
in
equipment
design
maintenance
problems
poor
environments
for
microform
usage
and
certain
inherent
characteristics
of
the
microforms
themselves
all
combine
to
make
their
use
inconvenient
solutions
to
most
of
these
problems
have
existed
for
some
time
but
the
microform
industry
has
been
slow
to
correct
them
some
positive
developments
have
occurred
in
the
last
two
years
but
the
major
problems
remain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1059
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
lists
and
describes
articles
books
and
services
that
provide
information
about
publications
available
in
microform
and
about
microform
hardware
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1060
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
why
do
libraries
use
microforms
according
to
a
survey
by
a
micropublisher
saving
space
was
the
reason
given
by
most
respondents
holmes
on
the
other
hand
found
to
acquire
materials
not
otherwise
available
as
the
major
reason
others
include
instead
of
binding
serials
journals
are
retained
unbound
for
two
to
three
years
after
publication
the
period
of
heaviest
use
and
are
then
discarded
and
replaced
by
microform
versions
to
preserve
deteriorating
materials
easing
access
to
bulky
materials
such
as
newspapers
to
provide
working
copies
of
materials
too
delicate
for
continued
use
such
as
rare
books
to
save
money
in
most
cases
the
cost
of
an
out
of
print
set
or
serial
backfile
will
be
substantially
less
in
microform
than
the
cost
of
a
full
size
reprint
or
the
cost
of
the
original
on
the
used
book
market
ease
of
acquisition
i
e
acquiring
materials
which
would
otherwise
be
difficult
to
acquire
mutilations
reduced
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1061
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
case
of
the
present
study
dr
lehnus
was
interested
in
applying
a
method
in
a
non
standard
way
for
that
method
to
a
type
of
literature
that
had
not
been
addressed
so
far
he
proposed
to
begin
with
a
single
monograph
on
the
subject
cataloging
apply
the
method
of
citation
analysis
to
the
references
of
that
work
and
determine
whether
a
core
literature
on
cataloging
could
be
discovered
in
this
way
there
are
innumerable
examples
of
core
literatures
in
scientific
fields
obtained
from
journal
articles
or
through
the
science
citation
index
but
research
via
the
monograph
in
non
scientific
subjects
has
been
minimal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1062
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
referee
system
in
science
involves
the
systematic
use
of
judges
to
assess
the
acceptability
of
manuscripts
submitted
for
publication
the
referee
is
thus
an
example
of
status
judges
who
are
charged
with
evaluating
the
quality
of
role
performance
in
a
social
system
they
are
found
in
every
institutional
sphere
other
kinds
of
status
judges
include
teachers
assessing
the
quality
of
work
by
students
and
as
a
recent
institutional
change
students
officially
assessing
the
quality
of
performance
by
teachers
critics
in
the
arts
supervisors
in
industry
and
coaches
and
managers
in
sports
status
judges
are
integral
to
any
system
of
social
control
through
their
evaluation
of
role
performance
and
their
allocation
of
rewards
for
that
performance
they
influence
the
motivation
to
maintain
or
to
raise
standards
of
performance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1063
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
analyses
the
formation
of
a
new
discipline
molecular
biology
from
the
development
of
phage
work
it
argues
that
such
social
variables
as
the
competitive
position
and
relative
status
of
each
of
the
specialities
or
disciplines
from
which
a
new
one
is
formed
are
not
sufficient
to
explain
phage
work's
development
into
the
specialty
of
molecular
biology
even
though
persons
in
physics
a
field
with
high
academic
standing
decided
to
enter
biology
which
had
a
lower
academic
standing
and
even
though
some
recruiting
of
students
occurred
these
factors
alone
are
not
sufficient
to
account
for
the
development
of
the
specialty
particularly
given
the
competitiveness
of
modern
conditions
in
the
emergence
of
molecular
biology
from
phage
work
the
variables
of
status
and
competitive
position
adduced
by
professors
ben
david
and
collins
to
explain
the
emergence
of
experimental
psychology
from
the
hybridization
of
physiology
and
philosophy
seem
to
be
less
important
than
other
normal
activities
which
occur
in
scientific
development
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1064
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
title
of
this
book
is
intended
to
indicate
that
its
scope
is
limited
to
manuscripts
of
the
seventeenth
century
to
the
present
examples
and
techniques
are
drawn
from
institutions
in
the
united
states
with
occasional
references
to
practices
in
great
britain
and
canada
the
book
is
directed
toward
the
novice
curator
of
manuscripts
and
again
as
the
title
indicates
it
is
intended
to
serve
as
a
practical
guide
not
as
an
exposition
of
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1065
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
plan
of
this
book
follows
our
definition
of
organizations
as
social
units
that
pursue
specific
goals
which
they
are
structured
to
serve
obviously
under
some
social
circumstances
therefore
the
book
has
three
foci
organizational
goals
organizational
structure
and
organizations
and
their
social
environment
considerably
more
space
is
devoted
to
organizational
structure
than
to
the
other
topics
for
two
reasons
first
more
research
has
been
conducted
and
more
writings
are
available
on
organizational
structure
than
on
organizational
goals
chapter
and
environment
second
the
major
schools
of
organizational
analysis
have
fixed
their
interests
on
structural
aspects
of
the
organization
and
thus
we
may
best
evaluate
these
different
approaches
in
the
context
of
organizational
structure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1066
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
outline
is
based
mainly
on
lectures
given
at
the
north
western
polytechnic
to
students
studying
for
the
library
association's
registration
examination
in
classification
and
cataloguing
it
is
hoped
that
it
will
help
to
meet
the
need
increasingly
felt
in
recent
years
by
students
and
teachers
of
the
subject
for
a
reasonably
simple
textbook
on
library
classification
which
takes
account
of
the
considerable
developments
which
have
occurred
in
the
subject
in
the
past
years
as
is
well
known
a
great
deal
of
this
has
been
due
to
dr
ranganathan
and
also
in
more
recent
years
to
mr
b
c
vickery
as
a
result
of
these
developments
a
coherent
theory
of
library
classification
has
been
established
in
each
of
its
three
major
departments
in
subject
analysis
in
notation
and
in
the
alphabetical
indexing
of
systematic
orders
it
is
now
possible
to
construct
library
classifications
whose
efficiency
in
the
two
basic
functions
of
relating
subjects
helpfully
and
of
locating
them
rapidly
ad
unerringly
is
considerably
greater
than
the
schemes
we
have
so
far
used
moreover
they
are
easier
to
construct
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1067
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
although
it
is
hoped
that
this
sourcebook
will
be
of
interest
to
those
of
any
discipline
concerned
with
new
developments
in
science
of
the
last
quarter
century
it
is
addressed
principally
to
the
student
of
human
behavior
as
that
study
is
approached
from
the
social
side
this
is
so
partly
because
that
is
the
editor's
main
competence
and
interest
but
primarily
because
the
study
of
human
behavior
is
the
general
area
of
science
that
has
least
responded
to
the
exciting
challenge
of
the
modern
systems
outlook
yet
it
is
precisely
this
general
area
that
stands
to
gain
the
most
from
insights
into
the
workings
of
the
more
complex
types
of
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1068
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
our
report
on
the
analysis
of
social
structure
in
the
monteith
library
project
begins
with
discussion
of
certain
general
characteristics
of
research
of
this
type
and
with
comments
on
the
academic
institution
as
a
specific
type
of
formal
organization
we
turn
next
to
a
consideration
of
particular
social
science
concepts
found
useful
in
bringing
into
focus
significant
features
of
the
monteith
structure
finally
we
discuss
the
effect
of
these
monteith
structural
features
upon
the
library
project
at
each
stage
of
its
development
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1069
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
was
started
during
the
years
and
was
intended
to
be
a
systematic
psychology
of
the
older
type
my
effort
was
to
synthesize
the
holistic
the
dynamic
and
the
cultural
emphases
which
each
one
excited
so
many
young
psychologists
of
the
time
i
felt
that
they
were
intrinsically
related
to
each
other
and
that
they
were
subaspects
of
a
single
larger
encompassing
whole
i
felt
also
that
they
would
make
more
meaningful
my
previous
studies
at
the
university
of
wisconsin
in
comparative
and
experimental
psychology
and
in
biology
and
neurophysiology
furthermore
i
felt
that
they
would
enable
me
to
serve
better
my
humanistic
aims
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1070
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
reports
the
findings
from
a
study
of
job
motivation
based
on
a
fresh
approach
to
this
problem
it
is
an
important
study
since
the
analyses
and
interpretations
of
the
authors
suggest
that
a
breakthrough
may
well
have
been
made
to
provide
new
insights
into
the
nature
and
method
of
operation
of
job
attitudes
the
senior
authors
were
well
prepared
for
their
task
having
recently
completed
a
comprehensive
review
and
analysis
of
the
research
in
this
field
reported
in
job
attitudes
review
of
research
and
opinion
this
review
of
several
thousand
articles
and
books
regarding
the
factors
relating
to
job
attitudes
and
the
effect
of
job
attitudes
on
work
performance
indicated
much
disagreement
and
confusion
in
the
field
it
appeared
that
one
of
the
major
contributors
to
this
apparent
diversity
of
results
was
the
unstable
nature
of
the
subjective
data
on
which
studies
in
this
field
have
been
typically
based
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1071
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
core
medical
library
has
been
revised
updated
and
expanded
in
the
hope
of
providing
a
single
library
facility
for
the
entire
health
care
team
items
were
included
in
the
list
on
the
basis
of
recommendations
submitted
by
specialists
in
the
pertinent
fields
the
expanded
core
collection
costs
about
space
requirements
are
about
linear
feet
for
books
feet
for
journals
and
feet
for
reference
tools
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1072
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
authors
of
this
essay
were
faced
with
the
task
of
organizing
a
documentation
office
in
which
a
large
number
of
publications
and
patents
in
chemistry
would
have
to
be
processed
this
large
collection
would
be
made
available
to
a
large
group
of
elements
without
restrictions
to
permit
a
large
frequency
of
use
and
to
maintain
this
also
with
increases
in
file
sizes
it
becomes
necessary
to
limit
especially
that
faction
of
the
task
which
consists
in
the
retrieval
activities
paper
savings
in
the
retrieval
activity
are
possible
only
at
the
expense
of
greater
effort
in
indexing
and
by
heavier
use
of
technical
aids
we
have
taken
the
second
path
by
consciously
applying
the
principles
to
a
highly
detailed
faceted
classification
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1073
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
after
a
synopsis
of
the
relations
existing
between
descriptors
and
their
concepts
the
epd
program
called
genthes
is
described
the
program
supports
the
construction
of
a
thesaurus
and
its
use
the
relational
system
corresponds
to
iso
dis
unesco
and
din
it
differentiates
however
in
addition
generically
related
and
contiguous
terms
pertaining
to
a
part
whole
system
characteristics
that
determine
narrower
terms
against
their
broader
terms
are
introduced
as
new
relation
many
types
of
associations
are
made
available
for
experimenting
the
programmed
generation
of
dependent
relations
reduces
the
amount
of
work
to
one
third
although
ensuring
total
avoidance
of
formal
errors
and
logical
contradictions
even
in
applying
permitted
polyhierarchy
the
program
is
available
in
batch
mode
or
in
an
interactive
timesharing
version
remote
genthes
the
program
functions
are
input
logical
and
formal
input
checking
generation
of
relations
display
delete
print
on
line
printer
and
storage
on
disk
genthes
is
running
in
vienna
on
a
system
ibm
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1074
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
backed
up
by
numerical
data
derived
from
an
aslib
analysis
of
the
planned
world
wide
system
of
unisist
the
author
critically
investigates
the
claimed
university
of
the
u
d
c
according
to
it
the
so
called
universal
decimal
classification
proves
to
be
fragmentary
terminological
aspects
are
not
provided
for
hierarchical
order
often
is
fictitious
and
the
representation
of
special
fields
is
inadequate
for
the
purpose
of
reforming
the
decimal
classification
a
reconstruction
scheme
is
suggested
consisting
of
free
facets
with
the
aid
of
which
special
classifications
can
be
compiled
according
to
the
modular
principle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1075
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
a
number
of
reasons
mentioned
it
is
proposed
to
reorganize
in
a
new
edition
the
existing
udc
completely
to
reallocate
the
subject
fields
of
the
udc
main
classes
according
to
present
day
views
state
of
knowledge
and
priorities
and
to
subdivide
these
main
classes
only
by
subfields
of
subject
fields
the
specific
facets
of
each
field
should
be
represented
by
a
uniform
array
of
special
auxiliaries
attached
to
the
fields
through
the
technique
of
interrupted
subdivision
these
should
express
the
following
categories
theory
objects
processes
attributes
order
organization
relation
determination
evaluation
is
left
free
for
the
moment
proposals
for
further
simplification
of
the
scheme
are
outlined
regarding
the
general
categories
the
symbols
used
and
the
rules
for
syntagmatic
organization
taking
into
account
the
implications
of
computer
technology
possible
changes
in
the
layout
and
editions
of
a
new
udc
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1076
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
independently
of
the
work
as
a
cumulative
index
and
thesaurus
a
study
has
been
carried
out
about
some
information
services
in
the
field
of
documentation
the
aim
was
to
obtain
an
overview
of
the
writer's
work
in
the
documentation
area
and
at
the
same
time
to
generate
the
references
necessary
for
a
survey
about
the
documentation
of
documentation
nine
new
information
services
were
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1077
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
developing
from
the
definitions
of
the
concept
language
a
terminological
represented
model
of
the
communication
process
can
be
deduced
that
shows
the
transfer
of
meaning
between
communicator
and
recipient
through
communication
channels
and
mediators
the
distinguished
communication
structures
are
communication
sequences
chains
nets
and
systems
with
an
universal
definition
of
data
as
fixed
representations
of
facts
by
means
of
signs
the
various
meanings
of
the
term
information
are
terminological
to
differentiate
as
information
information
process
and
informations
the
theory
of
signs
makes
the
differentiation
of
syntactical
semantical
sigmatical
and
pragmatical
information
possible
adequate
to
communication
process
and
system
we
can
determine
informing
process
and
information
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1078
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
following
an
outline
of
the
current
trend
in
information
storage
retrieval
and
dissemination
this
paper
provides
a
description
of
some
of
the
information
services
offered
at
the
university
of
calgary
the
services
include
processing
of
data
bases
supplied
on
magnetic
tapes
the
system
is
briefly
characterized
as
featuring
natural
text
processing
selective
dissemination
of
information
is
directed
to
users
periodically
in
response
to
their
profiles
and
retrospective
searches
are
performed
on
request
both
in
the
batch
mode
feedback
from
users
and
system
performance
are
also
briefly
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1079
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
concurrently
with
the
recon
pilot
project
the
recon
working
task
force
undertook
to
consider
certain
basic
questions
of
retrospect
conversation
that
are
of
national
scope
first
is
it
feasible
to
define
a
level
or
subset
of
the
marc
format
that
would
allow
a
library
using
the
lower
level
to
be
part
of
a
future
national
network
second
is
it
possible
to
use
machine
readable
records
from
a
variety
of
sources
in
a
national
bibliographic
store
as
a
way
to
reduce
the
conversion
effort
on
the
national
level
third
what
are
the
problems
of
producing
a
national
union
catalog
from
machine
readable
records
as
these
studies
and
the
pilot
project
progressed
it
also
became
apparent
that
there
were
many
practical
difficulties
in
carrying
out
a
large
scale
conversion
project
therefore
it
seemed
essential
to
investigate
alternative
strategies
for
recon
that
might
yield
broad
benefits
in
a
reasonable
short
time
span
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1080
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
has
grown
out
of
a
study
undertaken
for
the
committee
on
scientific
and
technical
information
cosati
task
group
on
national
systems
s
for
scientific
and
technical
information
in
support
of
their
examination
of
national
document
and
information
systems
the
emphasis
of
the
study
as
stated
by
cosati
is
as
follows
initial
and
primary
priority
will
be
placed
on
national
systems
relating
to
scientific
and
technical
documents
their
handling
and
the
management
of
such
documents
specific
matters
to
be
reported
on
will
include
the
current
organizational
and
functional
situation
in
the
united
states
the
extent
to
which
known
deficiencies
are
causing
a
reduction
in
the
potential
for
technical
effectiveness
in
the
united
states
scientific
and
technical
community
the
alternatives
which
are
available
and
economically
feasible
for
correction
of
these
deficiencies
and
one
or
more
action
plans
which
can
be
followed
by
governmental
especially
including
congress
and
non
governmental
units
secondary
attention
will
be
given
to
development
of
programs
which
can
be
undertaken
with
government
support
for
identifying
analyzing
and
giving
a
structure
to
the
total
flow
of
scientific
and
technical
information
in
the
united
states
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1081
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
one
of
the
most
fundamental
problems
in
the
field
of
information
retrieval
is
that
of
determining
the
circumstances
under
which
it
might
be
necessary
to
introduce
an
information
retrieval
system
as
an
aid
to
a
given
population
of
scientists
it
is
proposed
that
this
problem
be
examined
in
terms
of
the
transmission
and
development
of
ideas
within
a
population
specifically
the
transmission
of
ideas
within
a
population
will
be
treated
as
if
it
were
the
transmission
of
an
infectious
disease
that
is
in
terms
of
an
epidemic
process
an
attempt
will
be
made
to
indicate
the
role
of
information
retrieval
in
the
development
of
such
a
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1082
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
one
of
the
most
intriguing
problems
of
modern
science
is
the
obscure
nature
of
its
own
growth
indeed
there
are
few
notable
scientists
who
have
not
at
one
time
or
another
given
serious
thought
to
the
questions
of
how
their
particular
science
has
reached
its
present
state
and
what
will
be
the
course
of
its
future
development
these
questions
seem
to
be
of
such
importance
to
scientists
that
they
have
emerged
as
fundamental
scientific
problems
in
their
own
right
goffman
and
newill
have
pointed
out
that
the
process
by
which
ideas
spread
within
a
population
of
scientists
possesses
epidemiological
properties
and
can
therefore
be
investigated
as
an
epidemic
process
consequently
a
new
set
of
mathematical
tools
can
be
applied
to
the
problem
of
explaining
the
nature
of
scientific
development
in
particular
this
approach
makes
it
possible
to
establish
the
relative
importance
of
past
lines
of
inquiry
within
a
given
area
of
scientific
research
and
to
predict
the
future
behavior
of
existing
lines
of
investigation
as
well
as
the
emergence
of
important
new
ones
within
the
given
area
the
purpose
of
this
communication
is
to
demonstrate
this
method
by
applying
it
to
the
development
of
knowledge
about
mast
cells
in
his
recent
comprehensive
survey
of
this
subject
prof
hens
selye
has
assembled
a
full
bibliography
in
which
every
aspect
of
the
mast
cell
is
dealt
with
this
bibliography
constitutes
ideal
data
for
the
application
of
epidemic
theory
to
the
spread
of
scientific
ideas
since
it
provides
us
with
all
the
contributions
to
the
subject
area
from
ehrlich's
discovery
of
the
mast
cell
in
until
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1083
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
entire
literatures
relating
to
research
in
mast
cells
and
schistosomiasis
have
been
found
to
differ
in
almost
every
respect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1084
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
the
british
association
meeting
in
exeter
last
month
professor
ziman
addressed
the
section
devoted
to
general
topics
on
the
question
of
how
scientific
information
becomes
public
knowledge
the
system
of
communication
he
implied
is
not
as
rotten
as
some
like
to
think
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1085
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
rationalization
of
scientific
library
systems
might
be
greatly
facilitated
by
the
application
of
bradford's
law
formulated
more
than
twenty
years
ago
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1086
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
bradford's
law
holds
for
periodical
circulation
as
well
as
literature
dispersion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1087
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
by
revealing
who
has
really
influenced
the
course
of
science
the
science
citation
index
seems
to
be
a
valuable
sociometric
tool
for
historians
and
sociologists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1088
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
field
of
symbolic
logic
at
least
fundamental
discoveries
seem
to
follow
patterns
suggesting
that
future
discoveries
may
in
some
sense
be
predictable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1089
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
evaluation
of
the
chemical
society's
chemical
titles
information
retrieval
service
compared
with
a
parallel
manual
search
of
the
literature
has
shown
that
at
least
in
certain
disciplines
more
than
per
cent
of
the
desired
information
can
be
obtained
this
is
quite
adequate
for
most
commercial
and
scientific
purposes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1090
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
sir
in
his
recent
article
b
c
brookes
propounds
an
ingenious
mathematical
framework
to
determine
which
periodical
volumes
a
library
should
hold
he
is
careful
to
point
out
that
the
selection
will
need
regular
review
and
revision
in
case
the
value
of
the
aging
factor
a
or
the
contents
of
the
bradford
set
change
from
year
to
year
there
is
as
yet
very
little
experimental
evidence
on
the
consistency
of
either
such
limited
evidence
as
there
is
suggests
that
the
aging
factor
is
reasonably
constant
but
the
position
of
the
bradfod
set
is
less
satisfactory
the
nature
conservancy
librarians
j
m
weingott
and
s
m
penny
unpublished
have
lent
me
a
list
of
titles
cited
in
the
journal
of
ecology
three
or
more
times
in
and
a
similar
list
for
there
are
periodical
titles
in
the
two
lists
but
only
forty
two
appear
in
both
of
the
thirty
three
titles
cited
nine
or
more
times
in
either
year
only
eight
attained
that
level
in
both
and
twelve
were
cited
less
than
three
times
in
the
other
year
the
kendall
rank
correlation
coefficient
between
the
two
years
is
and
not
significant
there
is
another
major
practical
problem
the
article
assumes
that
the
data
analyzed
to
obtain
aging
or
utility
factors
and
bradford
sets
are
valid
parameters
of
the
relative
value
of
the
literature
to
the
readers
there
is
no
mention
of
the
type
of
data
to
use
the
reader
who
sought
guidance
from
the
earlier
literature
cited
would
find
practical
techniques
described
in
which
analyses
of
citation
frequencies
are
used
to
calculate
utilities
discussed
in
terms
of
library
use
krauze
and
hillinger
have
discussed
the
difference
between
citations
in
one
article
and
future
citations
to
that
article
their
work
implies
a
more
complex
relation
between
a
and
u
than
brookes
suggests
in
any
case
the
validity
of
citations
for
forecasting
library
consultations
remains
unproven
and
there
are
prima
facie
reasons
why
the
relationship
is
not
necessarily
close
for
example
one
item
in
a
list
of
references
is
often
intended
to
lead
to
a
chain
of
earlier
papers
again
each
citation
represents
an
author's
selection
from
a
wider
group
most
of
which
he
has
consulted
in
a
library
in
neither
case
is
there
any
inherent
reason
for
similarity
of
age
distribution
or
of
pool
of
titles
between
the
list
of
citations
and
the
items
read
by
the
author
or
his
readers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1091
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
our
experiment
was
based
on
volume
of
nuclear
science
abstracts
nsa
which
contains
about
citations
we
used
the
generalized
file
management
system
master
control
which
can
operate
in
either
an
inverted
or
a
linear
search
mode
the
inverted
mode
uses
a
table
composed
of
the
unique
vocabulary
contained
in
one
or
more
data
elements
along
with
all
record
numbers
in
which
each
vocabulary
word
occurs
for
example
an
inverted
table
constructed
on
titles
will
have
one
entry
for
each
unique
word
of
every
title
in
the
data
base
plus
the
record
numbers
in
which
each
vocabulary
word
occurs
for
example
an
inverted
table
constructed
on
titles
will
have
one
entry
for
each
unique
word
of
every
title
in
the
data
base
plus
the
record
numbers
in
which
each
word
was
found
in
master
control
a
word
is
defined
as
any
set
of
characters
bounded
on
either
side
by
a
legal
separator
such
as
a
blank
period
comma
colon
etc
on
the
other
hand
in
a
linear
search
mode
the
data
element
is
compared
with
the
profile
word
character
by
character
which
results
in
a
prohibitively
time
consuming
process
for
large
data
bases
we
chose
the
inverted
table
technique
because
of
the
large
amount
of
data
to
be
searched
individual
tables
were
constructed
from
the
titles
of
the
articles
nsa
index
terms
and
titles
and
index
terms
combined
nsa
index
terms
are
controlled
by
the
euratom
thesaurus
as
revised
for
nsa
we
used
two
criteria
in
the
study
first
the
questions
had
to
be
of
real
interest
to
laboratory
personnel
some
of
the
questions
had
actually
been
submitted
by
other
members
of
the
staff
to
be
run
concurrently
on
the
same
data
base
on
an
sdi
basis
the
others
were
especially
constructed
by
the
authors
for
this
experiment
second
citations
obtained
were
to
be
considered
good
or
relevant
only
if
they
actually
pertained
to
the
subject
in
question
otherwise
they
were
to
be
considered
false
drops
regardless
of
the
number
of
words
matched
between
the
profile
and
the
citation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1092
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
structure
diagrams
of
chemical
compounds
are
widely
used
in
the
communication
of
chemistry
they
are
also
used
in
chemical
information
systems
mainly
as
keys
for
the
retrieval
of
associated
information
however
some
chemical
information
systems
hold
property
data
as
well
as
structure
diagrams
in
machine
readable
forms
if
structure
property
relationships
could
be
investigated
easily
within
chemical
information
systems
then
the
usefulness
of
the
systems
would
be
considerably
increased
described
below
are
some
results
which
have
been
obtained
during
investigation
of
structure
property
relationships
using
a
combination
of
regression
analysis
and
some
techniques
of
chemical
structure
handling
used
in
information
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1093
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
synthesis
of
situations
is
a
stage
of
scientific
activity
the
necessity
and
feasibility
of
a
regular
professional
execution
of
that
stage
are
argued
reasons
for
incorporating
it
in
the
organizational
framework
of
an
information
system
are
given
the
practicability
of
the
concept
is
tested
with
reference
to
some
actual
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1094
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
process
of
integration
of
sciences
and
the
growing
cooperation
of
creative
efforts
in
the
various
fields
of
science
and
technology
intensify
the
need
for
interdisciplinary
information
the
prime
task
of
a
regional
information
agency
is
to
meet
the
information
wants
of
local
enterprises
an
efficient
fulfillment
of
that
task
presupposes
a
study
of
the
demand
for
interdisciplinary
information
at
the
patron
enterprises
in
order
to
set
up
an
appropriate
information
and
reference
collection
the
basic
measure
of
the
efficiency
of
a
central
bureau
of
technical
information
are
defined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1095
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
describes
the
research
in
various
countries
to
clear
up
specialist's
requirements
for
scientific
information
research
areas
and
the
results
obtained
are
studied
at
present
no
firm
conclusions
are
yet
possible
as
to
the
effective
methods
of
improving
information
services
things
to
do
are
to
widen
the
universe
of
specialists
investigated
set
up
a
common
methodology
study
the
possibilities
of
preparing
and
launching
world
research
program
toward
this
end
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1096
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
every
r
d
or
design
organization
should
have
an
efficient
information
service
capable
of
minimizing
time
spent
on
searching
and
gathering
pertinent
data
generalized
data
on
time
spent
by
r
d
project
staff
on
information
processes
is
cited
suggestions
as
to
the
improvement
of
information
activity
are
offered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1097
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
methods
that
have
been
used
to
analyze
the
scatter
of
metallurgical
publications
covered
in
metallurgiya
abstract
journal
are
briefly
outlined
it
has
been
found
out
that
metallurgiya
abstracted
serials
and
periodicals
in
l
including
soviet
and
foreign
sources
special
metallurgical
periodicals
accounted
but
for
one
eighth
of
the
sources
which
carried
per
cent
of
the
articles
abstracted
the
other
per
cent
were
scattered
through
journals
data
on
the
coverage
of
the
publications
of
all
the
areas
of
the
worlds
by
metallurgiya
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1098
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
findings
are
described
of
a
study
aimed
at
determining
the
prospects
and
methods
for
improving
the
system
of
current
bibliographic
information
the
analysis
has
shown
that
the
existing
criteria
for
evaluation
of
special
bibliographies
scope
coverage
arrangement
speed
of
announcement
etc
are
inadequate
for
an
unbiased
characterization
of
their
exhaustivity
and
subject
contents
this
hampers
a
correct
choice
of
the
sources
of
secondary
information
and
leads
to
duplication
parallelisms
and
loss
of
information
judgements
of
the
leading
soviet
and
foreign
bibliographers
relating
to
the
problems
under
consideration
are
reviewed
which
are
all
essentially
in
favor
of
a
reconstruction
of
the
publishing
processes
issuing
of
scientific
publications
on
a
world
scale
and
algorithmization
of
the
information
processes
it
is
suggested
that
the
first
objective
of
research
should
be
a
method
of
comparative
evaluation
of
periodicals
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1099
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
most
important
objective
factors
are
considered
influencing
the
limits
and
the
depth
of
information
needs
of
researchers
and
designers
i
e
the
growth
of
information
flow
the
level
of
specialization
the
qualification
standard
the
official
position
the
development
rates
of
scientific
or
technical
discipline
in
question
the
teamwork
on
scientific
or
engineering
projects
the
language
barrier
the
specifics
of
narrowly
specialized
terminology
as
well
as
a
number
of
subjective
psychological
factors
like
inclination
to
creative
work
type
of
memory
the
time
available
methods
of
sources
handling
the
investigations
into
and
account
of
these
factors
are
indispensable
for
raising
the
efficiency
both
of
information
systems
performance
and
the
activities
of
scientific
and
engineering
communities
served
some
statistical
data
are
cited
obtained
during
investigations
into
information
demand
patterns
for
various
personnel
groups
at
research
and
development
institutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1100
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
economic
efficiency
determination
of
scientific
and
technical
information
is
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1101
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
defines
and
describes
the
information
selection
criteria
in
the
psychological
aspects
of
activity
suggestability
progressiveness
representativeness
and
the
optimal
information
minimum
their
specific
nature
is
shown
in
comparison
with
other
criteria
of
information
selection
and
their
significance
for
the
further
study
of
the
psychological
problems
of
informatics
is
made
clear
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1102
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
individual
collegiate
and
social
information
needs
are
considered
in
conjunction
with
the
scientific
economic
and
social
interests
of
the
community
a
classification
of
the
information
needs
is
given
which
takes
into
account
their
historic
background
and
subject
specialty
specifics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1103
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
information
need
and
its
main
properties
are
defined
classification
of
information
needs
in
different
activities
is
given
relationships
between
information
needs
and
requests
are
considered
and
the
process
of
shaping
of
information
needs
and
request
formulation
are
traced
findings
of
a
study
of
information
utilization
by
different
categories
of
specialists
on
the
basis
of
the
classification
proposed
by
the
author
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1104
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
notes
that
at
present
the
current
awareness
bibliography
of
soviet
publications
which
is
provided
in
some
form
or
other
almost
in
all
of
the
areas
of
knowledge
production
or
culture
fails
to
ensure
complete
enough
information
even
with
respect
to
directly
related
literature
a
set
of
measures
are
suggested
aimed
at
a
cardinal
improvement
of
the
listings
in
the
state
bibliography
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1105
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
general
practice
the
management
information
systems
are
set
aside
as
a
special
area
the
paper
elaborates
the
aspects
of
selecting
forms
of
management
information
as
well
as
those
of
the
methods
of
its
preparation
and
the
interrelation
between
the
forms
and
the
methods
the
basic
criteria
for
this
kind
of
information
are
defined
and
the
categories
or
types
of
likely
demands
for
it
are
set
up
examples
of
management
information
services
are
given
based
on
the
practice
of
information
centers
of
czechoslovakia
gdr
great
britain
the
proceedings
of
the
prague
symposium
for
the
analysis
of
various
methods
of
management
information
preparation
are
shortly
reviewed
the
developed
sdi
system
aimed
to
serve
the
management
is
described
and
also
the
results
of
its
one
year
operation
are
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1106
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
discussing
the
problem
of
evaluation
of
the
efficiency
of
an
information
service
at
a
research
institute
the
paper
presents
the
results
of
a
questionnaire
survey
conducted
in
at
an
electronics
industry
research
establishment
the
objective
of
the
survey
was
to
work
out
improvements
of
the
special
information
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1107
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
characteristics
to
be
referred
to
in
differentiating
the
r
d
user
needs
are
defined
depending
on
the
administrative
status
of
the
user
information
catered
to
him
must
possess
the
corresponding
degree
of
generalization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1108
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
methods
of
analysis
of
the
viniti
abstract
journals
are
described
as
applied
for
measuring
the
exhaustivity
and
speed
of
coverage
of
patents
the
feasibility
and
efficiency
of
using
the
abstract
journals
of
viniti
composition
of
the
patent
file
of
a
plant
subject
or
name
based
patent
searches
etc
the
mean
time
lags
in
signalization
of
the
ussr
patents
in
the
abstract
journals
are
to
months
british
patent
to
months
west
german
to
french
and
us
to
months
some
improvements
of
the
abstract
journals
as
source
in
information
on
latest
world
inventions
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1109
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
describes
a
system
of
analysis
of
primary
science
journals
from
the
standpoint
of
the
efficiency
of
their
use
as
sources
for
abstracting
in
conjunction
with
punched
cards
and
electronic
computers
the
procedure
employed
to
process
the
file
of
science
documents
is
outlined
the
program
of
analysis
provides
for
obtaining
statistical
data
on
the
regularities
of
the
concentration
of
special
profile
periodicals
and
the
scattering
of
the
interdisciplinary
sources
as
well
as
the
characteristics
of
the
systems
of
relations
existing
between
the
individual
series
of
the
abstract
journal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1110
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
functional
structure
of
a
research
institute
is
analyzed
s
well
as
the
functional
structure
of
its
information
services
the
latter's
development
the
overall
subject
pattern
of
the
creative
interests
of
the
institute
and
the
system
for
meeting
these
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1111
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
makes
a
discussion
of
major
theoretical
and
experimental
studies
of
the
role
of
informal
processes
of
communication
in
science
the
author
holds
that
the
system
of
scientific
communications
is
based
on
formal
processes
founded
on
scientific
and
technical
literature
including
the
primary
and
secondary
sources
whereas
the
informal
processes
in
which
scientists
play
the
leading
part
and
which
have
no
institutionalized
and
permanent
interactive
mechanisms
are
also
very
important
but
auxiliary
the
specific
features
of
the
informal
processes
and
their
interaction
with
the
formal
processes
are
analyzed
in
detail
recommendations
towards
efficient
use
of
the
positive
aspects
of
informal
communications
for
raising
the
overall
effectiveness
of
scientific
communication
system
are
offered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1112
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
results
of
state
information
system
activity
for
the
past
year
are
considered
disadvantages
in
work
of
scientific
and
technical
information
organs
of
different
levels
are
noted
and
tasks
for
further
improvements
of
information
activity
for
year
are
defined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1113
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
more
attention
should
be
given
to
the
creative
personality
and
better
conditions
ensuring
the
adequate
information
support
to
the
more
capable
and
gifted
scientists
holding
key
positions
in
science
should
be
created
the
relationships
connecting
creative
activity
and
informational
activity
are
analyzed
certain
general
conditions
of
scientist
information
interaction
are
examined
as
affecting
the
informational
activity
of
a
scientist
the
specifics
of
the
development
of
a
creative
personality
in
conjunction
with
the
growth
of
teamwork
in
research
and
development
and
the
concomitant
change
of
the
interrelation
between
the
user
and
the
information
base
are
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1114
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
parameters
of
information
flows
are
identified
as
reflected
in
viniti's
abstract
journals
carrying
materials
in
shipbuilding
and
the
related
fields
the
objective
of
the
large
scale
analysis
of
these
flows
is
to
support
the
development
of
an
automated
system
of
ship
design
and
the
industry's
sci
tech
information
subsystem
more
than
periodicals
and
serials
have
been
identified
that
are
relevant
to
the
field
the
file
of
secondary
publications
in
the
field
carried
by
viniti
abstract
journals
since
amounted
to
items
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1115
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
critical
analysis
is
given
of
existing
classification
schemes
for
reviews
the
author
proposes
to
distinguish
between
two
main
review
types
orienting
and
informative
ones
the
importance
is
stressed
of
informative
analytical
and
abstracting
reviews
which
contain
new
information
under
the
conditions
of
information
crisis
being
interpreted
as
overproduction
of
documents
rather
than
new
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1116
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
postulating
an
interrelation
between
semantic
and
pragmatic
properties
of
scientific
information
the
author
formulates
the
information
value
function
as
depending
on
three
arguments
subject
information
and
purpose
thus
this
value
is
a
composite
of
subjective
and
objective
factors
possible
classifications
scientific
information
values
are
discussed
a
methodological
analysis
of
three
approaches
to
the
mathematical
notion
of
information
value
is
given
and
by
analogy
some
propositions
concerning
measurement
of
scientific
information
value
are
expressed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1117
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
sets
of
objects
possessing
specified
characteristics
are
studied
the
similarity
and
equivalence
relations
between
objects
are
established
and
explored
a
canonical
system
of
characteristics
is
derived
similarity
and
commonness
measures
of
the
subsets
of
objects
are
investigated
the
implications
of
those
notions
for
the
problem
of
retrieval
classification
are
pointed
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1118
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
author
gives
a
general
definition
of
the
ir
thesaurus
and
outlines
its
inner
structure
he
describes
a
procedure
of
accumulating
the
body
of
keywords
which
is
required
to
compile
the
vocabulary
of
descriptors
an
attempt
is
made
to
determine
how
the
rate
of
keyword
accumulation
depends
on
the
number
of
abstracts'
titles
processed
and
in
what
way
the
volume
of
descriptor
vocabulary
is
related
to
the
number
of
documents
indexed
general
rules
are
given
for
lexicographic
processing
of
the
keywords
accumulated
and
for
compiling
of
the
descriptor
vocabulary
the
algorithm
has
been
constructed
which
is
designed
to
generate
the
article
of
each
descriptor
in
the
thesaurus
to
construct
this
algorithm
the
author
analyzed
the
results
of
word
association
tests
and
selected
most
important
types
of
paradigmatic
relations
he
formulates
the
basic
rules
for
translation
of
the
texts
describing
the
main
subject
content
of
the
documents
and
of
the
users'
requests
from
a
natural
language
into
the
ir
language
of
descriptors
the
block
diagram
of
algorithm
for
translation
of
these
texts
is
also
given
in
conclusion
the
author
describes
general
principles
of
lexicographic
editing
of
the
above
mentioned
texts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1119
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
sets
are
considered
on
which
a
symmetric
and
reflexive
relation
called
tolerance
similarity
is
defined
the
structure
of
such
sets
is
explored
a
classificatory
theorem
is
proved
stating
an
isomorphism
of
embedding
of
such
sets
in
a
model
space
r
the
properties
of
particular
sets'
for
which
the
similarity
relation
has
been
defined
are
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1120
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
results
are
described
of
research
and
development
activities
of
the
mechanized
information
retrieval
laboratory
of
the
niitekhim
research
institute
aimed
towards
creating
a
descriptor
language
for
an
information
retrieval
system
in
the
field
of
chemistry
and
chemical
engineering
the
objectives
of
an
optimum
reduction
of
retrieval
noise
and
maximum
recall
have
required
the
introduction
of
grammatical
and
transformational
devices
into
the
language
the
former
condition
is
provided
for
by
a
matrix
notation
of
document
search
patterns
and
requests
while
the
latter
condition
is
met
with
the
help
of
the
transformational
devices
of
the
language
examples
of
search
requests
and
patterns
are
considered
which
illustrate
the
resolution
of
the
grammatical
and
transformational
devices
being
developed
these
are
said
largely
to
eliminate
subjectiveness
in
assigning
relational
factors
in
search
patterns
and
requests
the
relevancy
criterion
is
formulated
a
retrieval
algorithm
based
on
this
criterion
has
been
compiled
experimental
searches
were
conducted
on
a
minsk
computer
the
results
were
analyzed
to
evaluate
the
grammatical
and
transformational
devices
and
to
verify
indexing
principles
devised
for
the
automated
retrieval
system
under
development
factors
of
silence
are
discussed
as
well
as
the
contribution
of
the
grammatical
and
transformational
devices
to
reducing
noise
and
enhancing
recall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1121
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
outlines
the
prospects
of
applying
cybernetic
methods
to
the
analysis
and
synthesis
of
information
processes
in
a
national
systems
of
scientific
technical
information
and
in
information
agencies
which
are
considered
as
big
systems
of
differing
ranks
the
main
stages
of
research
along
these
lines
are
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1122
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
theoretical
propositions
are
considered
with
respect
to
the
flow
of
engineering
information
with
the
purpose
of
drawing
practical
conclusions
for
the
editing
of
information
announcement
publications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1123
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
study
has
been
carried
out
dealing
with
the
development
of
science
in
terms
of
sets
of
scientific
and
technical
data
it
is
assumed
that
the
characteristics
of
a
rank
distribution
provide
unbiased
data
to
reflect
the
process
of
differentiation
of
sciences
rank
distribution
over
the
sets
of
scientific
and
technical
information
are
characterized
by
the
formation
of
a
kernel
of
the
distribution
and
of
the
problematic
nature
as
a
phenomenon
a
mathematical
model
is
considered
to
be
used
for
computing
the
values
of
the
kernelness
and
problematicity
of
a
rank
distribution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1124
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
methods
and
results
of
an
endeavor
to
develop
an
information
retrieval
language
for
automatic
retrieval
systems
meant
for
handling
a
polytechnical
document
collection
are
described
the
descriptor
dictionary
includes
general
and
special
terms
both
single
word
and
phrase
terms
which
is
conducive
to
higher
recall
and
relevance
it
comprises
a
classified
index
and
a
lexico
semantic
index
as
well
as
tables
of
generic
relations
the
size
of
the
dictionary
is
descriptors
and
keywords
the
indexing
procedure
includes
analysis
of
document
content
and
its
characterization
by
keywords
elicited
from
natural
text
and
creation
of
the
search
pattern
using
the
descriptor
dictionary
the
techniques
are
described
which
are
applied
to
analyze
the
documents
into
semantic
aspects
that
constitute
the
elements
of
the
formalized
model
of
a
document's
condensed
content
the
procedure
employed
to
translate
a
text
into
the
retrieval
language
comprises
selection
of
words
both
from
the
title
and
the
body
of
the
document
main
principles
for
retrieval
efficiency
determination
using
mathematical
statistic
methods
are
given
tests
on
multi
subject
collections
show
a
probability
of
recall
and
relevance
at
a
standard
deviation
of
these
findings
have
been
corroborated
by
the
results
of
the
basic
experiment
on
a
file
of
up
to
search
patterns
using
requests
among
the
factors
of
losses
there
are
the
poor
quality
of
abstracts
into
cards
and
the
absence
of
a
single
abstracting
procedure
it
is
proposed
that
abstractors
should
be
in
future
charged
with
writing
abstracts
in
keywords
and
ultimately
in
the
descriptor
language
the
experimental
results
attest
to
the
feasibility
and
practical
sensibility
of
creating
a
multi
disciplinary
information
retrieval
system
to
be
based
on
a
broad
scope
descriptor
dictionary
and
on
the
suggested
methods
for
document
and
request
indexing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1125
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
certain
structural
properties
of
information
distributions
are
explored
as
well
as
the
gnosiological
aspects
of
informational
relations
and
the
capabilities
of
an
information
retrieval
system
based
on
information
distribution
methods
mir
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1126
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
method
for
evaluation
of
indexing
is
expounded
the
feasibility
is
examined
of
using
marked
documents
instead
of
requests
called
the
beacon
method
a
m
algorithm
for
formalized
statement
of
search
requests
is
described
and
exemplified
by
an
information
retrieval
system
in
the
nitrogen
industry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1127
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
practical
technique
is
proposed
for
assessing
the
losses
of
relevance
documents
on
the
basis
of
probabilistic
methods
and
for
entering
marked
documents
into
the
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1128
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
structure
of
the
information
field
of
a
social
system
is
examined
analyzing
the
processes
of
formation
of
scientific
concepts
the
functional
structure
of
the
information
field
is
shown
to
reflect
that
of
human
brain
it
is
established
that
the
effect
of
the
wash
off
of
noise
out
of
the
information
field
with
the
course
of
time
leads
to
concentration
of
the
real
socially
valid
free
information
in
publications
covering
finite
time
spans
the
interrelations
within
the
service
user
system
are
shown
to
be
essentially
different
for
scientific
vs
industrial
information
supplies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1129
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
discusses
the
possibility
of
setting
up
an
il
with
a
development
grammar
and
logic
capable
of
solving
problems
of
diverse
informational
complexity
documentary
search
data
search
automatic
text
condensation
automatic
translation
the
semantic
language
ekho
is
proposed
as
a
language
of
this
kind
its
structure
is
described
and
its
potentialities
for
information
are
followed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1130
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
new
technique
has
been
developed
on
the
basis
of
an
analysis
of
the
present
methodological
requirements
laid
to
abstracting
and
a
study
of
textual
records
as
modelling
the
real
world
and
reflecting
the
logic
of
research
aspects
of
meaning
have
been
adopted
as
the
invariant
unit
characteristics
of
a
document's
purport
semantic
adequacy
and
semantic
equivalence
are
proposed
as
criteria
to
evaluate
abstracting
precision
and
exhaustivity
the
aspect
based
approach
could
be
likewise
applied
to
indexing
of
documents
and
information
requests
if
introduced
into
the
practices
of
information
analysis
this
technique
is
expected
to
raise
the
standard
of
abstracts
and
the
efficiency
of
document
oriented
retrieval
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1131
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
algorithmic
procedure
is
based
on
a
linguistic
approach
it
serves
to
isolate
key
phrases
from
the
abstracts
of
the
fizika
abstract
journal
recognizing
set
phrases
with
the
aid
of
linguistic
rules
the
feasibility
is
demonstrated
of
a
completed
formalization
of
the
process
of
eliciting
key
phrases
for
a
descriptor
dictionary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1132
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
experience
gained
with
adjusting
and
debugging
the
technologies
of
automatic
document
indexing
at
an
electrical
engineering
reference
information
centre
are
outlined
the
procedure
applied
to
document
handling
is
compared
to
that
of
processing
an
equipment
part
in
industrial
production
and
it
has
been
designed
in
the
corresponding
terms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1133
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
possibilities
are
discussed
of
a
universal
definition
of
the
concept
of
thesaurus
thesaurus
structures
and
construction
methods
are
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1134
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
statement
of
the
problem
and
the
results
of
an
experiment
in
automatic
choice
of
retrieval
criterion
are
described
the
problem
of
criterion
choice
is
interpreted
in
terms
of
a
pattern
recognition
problem
the
criteria
chosen
as
a
result
of
learning
are
considered
as
well
as
the
retrieval
noise
and
losses
recorded
in
searches
using
these
criteria
the
experiments
suggest
such
limit
noise
level
which
is
not
liable
to
any
substantial
further
reduction
the
efficiency
of
choosing
a
criterion
through
learning
is
discussed
the
relationship
between
information
retrieval
learning
and
nondeductive
logic
is
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1135
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
activity
of
an
invisible
college
is
surveyed
formed
around
the
interdepartmental
laboratory
for
statistical
methods
of
the
moscow
state
university
in
the
area
of
experiment
planning
the
analysis
of
publications
by
the
members
of
this
college
was
made
referring
to
the
science
citation
index
a
graphical
representation
of
the
invisible
college
is
suggested
comparative
data
on
publications
are
cited
and
various
schools
in
experiment
planning
for
basic
and
applied
research
are
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1136
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
essential
differences
between
data
retrieval
system
and
document
retrieval
systems
are
considered
the
notion
of
fact
is
discussed
analyzing
the
influence
of
the
definition
adopted
on
the
structure
of
a
data
retrieval
system
a
proposition
is
advanced
that
a
factographic
jrs
is
a
rudimentary
but
indispensable
form
on
the
way
to
a
logical
information
system
the
latter
type
of
system
by
a
capability
for
automatic
analysis
of
input
data
and
synthesis
of
new
information
the
problem
of
the
information
retrieval
language
for
data
retrieval
system
is
discussed
as
is
its
machine
organization
intricately
tied
up
with
the
specifics
and
functions
of
a
system
of
that
kind
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1137
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
formal
definitions
of
characteristic
taxon
hierarchic
and
combinative
systems
of
characteristics
are
given
establishing
the
elementary
properties
of
these
concepts
and
their
interpretations
in
conventional
classifications
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1138
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
correspondences
of
documents
to
information
requests
and
to
information
needs
are
investigated
as
a
special
instance
of
informational
correspondence
of
interrelated
objects
of
a
differing
nature
in
terms
of
the
concepts
of
relevance
and
pertinence
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1139
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
principal
design
features
are
described
of
an
information
system
using
the
natural
language
and
a
descriptor
language
thesaurus
organization
relevance
criterion
indexing
procedure
experimental
estimates
of
the
information
language
and
parametric
information
processing
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1140
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
nature
of
an
arbitrary
classification
is
considered
from
the
viewpoint
of
its
sign
function
the
structure
of
the
taxons
described
by
a
given
classification
is
treated
as
the
referent
the
denotate
the
formation
of
taxons
is
shown
to
be
connected
with
the
preliminary
arrangement
of
the
subject
area
into
a
classification
field
the
classification
concept
is
connected
with
the
structure
and
nature
of
the
classification
characteristics
a
typology
of
classifications
is
introduced
distinguishing
them
by
intensionality
or
capacity
for
expression
of
the
concept
independent
of
the
subject
area
differences
are
pointed
out
that
exist
between
the
classificatory
and
thematic
relationships
and
the
correlations
between
these
two
groups
of
relationships
are
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1141
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
alternative
concepts
of
isomorphism
of
classification
are
examined
it
is
shown
that
with
the
accuracy
of
up
to
isomorphism
the
structure
of
a
classification
is
characterized
by
a
certain
semigroup
for
an
important
type
of
classifications
the
algebraic
structure
of
these
semigroups
is
completely
characterized
by
the
relation
of
order
on
the
set
of
generants
the
case
of
perfect
order
on
the
generants
corresponds
to
hierarchical
tree
classifications
the
case
of
incomparability
of
the
generants
corresponds
to
facet
classifications
all
the
other
cases
are
intermediate
between
these
two
types
of
classification
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1142
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
generalizes
world
and
soviet
experience
of
science
gives
original
representation
of
science
as
informational
process
which
allows
one
to
use
quantitative
methods
in
scientometrics
analyzes
extensive
data
on
the
experience
of
formulating
scientific
potential
and
organizing
scientific
work
formulates
general
principles
of
organization
management
and
disposition
of
modern
scientific
centers
in
particular
methodological
problems
of
planning
and
prediction
of
science
are
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1143
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
methodology
for
categorically
describing
computer
based
information
systems
was
developed
and
applied
to
six
university
based
nsf
supported
systems
the
systems
under
study
all
operate
as
retail
information
centers
primarily
serving
campus
communities
by
accessing
large
commercially
available
data
bases
using
rd
generation
computer
configurations
the
systems
vary
in
design
philosophy
mode
of
user
service
transferability
characteristics
and
operational
status
a
summary
matrix
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1144
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
state
of
the
art
survey
of
automatic
indexing
systems
and
experiments
has
been
conducted
by
the
research
information
center
and
advisory
service
on
information
processing
information
technology
division
institute
for
applied
technology
national
bureau
of
standards
consideration
is
first
given
to
indexes
compiled
by
or
with
the
aid
of
machines
including
citation
indexes
automatic
derivative
indexing
is
exemplified
by
key
word
in
context
kwic
and
other
word
in
context
techniques
advantages
disadvantages
and
possibilities
for
modification
and
improvement
are
discussed
experiments
in
automatic
assignment
indexing
are
summarized
related
research
efforts
in
such
areas
as
automatic
classification
and
categorization
computer
use
of
thesauri
statistical
association
techniques
and
linguistic
data
processing
are
described
a
major
question
is
that
of
evaluation
particularly
in
view
of
evidence
of
human
inter
indexer
inconsistency
it
is
concluded
that
indexes
based
on
words
extracted
from
text
are
practical
for
many
purposes
today
and
that
automatic
assignment
indexing
and
classification
experiments
show
promise
for
future
progress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1145
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
our
point
of
departure
is
a
study
of
the
feasibility
and
desirability
of
adapting
the
british
citizens'
advice
bureau
cab
plan
to
the
united
states
carried
out
with
the
financial
support
and
cooperation
of
the
ford
foundation
we
conclude
that
the
british
cab
pattern
while
creative
richly
implicative
and
a
major
source
of
valuable
guidance
if
merely
duplicated
would
not
make
the
optimum
contribution
to
the
current
american
scene
we
find
overwhelming
evidence
that
new
information
advice
referral
provision
are
necessary
localities
need
and
want
neighborhood
information
centers
nic's
we
find
promising
beginnings
and
a
number
of
attractive
possibilities
emerging
out
of
the
somewhat
different
efforts
by
a
number
of
federal
agencies
local
government
and
local
voluntary
groups
however
no
one
of
these
provides
auspices
for
all
the
needed
functions
in
accord
with
qualities
which
we
find
to
be
essential
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1146
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
responding
to
the
heightened
interest
in
the
possibilities
of
networks
and
reflecting
its
own
continuing
interest
in
improving
the
use
of
new
technologies
in
research
and
education
the
national
science
foundation
in
announced
the
mounting
of
an
expanded
research
program
to
explore
the
resource
sharing
potential
of
a
national
network
in
support
of
research
and
education
the
nsf
was
well
aware
of
the
obstacles
and
uncertainties
and
it
knew
that
although
shareable
resources
and
pockets
of
relevant
information
and
experience
existed
many
of
the
people
who
should
be
involved
in
planning
were
not
currently
informed
or
discussing
the
possibilities
with
one
another
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1147
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
ongoing
study
designed
in
part
to
evaluate
and
encourage
continuing
education
programs
in
community
hospitals
postgraduate
medical
institute
pmi
has
determined
that
there
is
need
for
guidance
in
the
area
of
medical
library
development
reports
from
pmi
physician
consultants
who
visited
more
than
community
hospitals
indicate
that
medical
library
facilities
are
generally
poor
and
infrequently
used
by
physicians
the
basic
weaknesses
of
these
libraries
fall
into
four
categories
inadequate
collections
inadequate
personnel
inadequate
space
and
the
absence
of
any
practical
indexing
system
to
facilitate
use
of
collections
that
do
exist
failure
to
deal
with
these
problems
does
not
reflect
lack
of
interest
but
rather
lack
of
stimulation
to
do
so
and
absence
of
any
concerted
source
of
guidance
in
response
to
requests
for
such
guidance
pmi
has
undertaken
a
community
hospital
library
development
project
in
co
operation
with
the
new
england
regional
medical
library
service
nermls
at
the
francis
a
countway
library
of
medicine
this
report
is
concerned
with
the
first
phase
of
this
project
namely
the
formulation
of
a
list
consisting
of
a
minimal
number
of
textbooks
and
journals
that
can
function
as
the
core
for
a
medical
library
explanatory
letters
and
questionnaires
were
sent
to
specialists
representing
areas
of
medical
practice
including
the
basic
sciences
the
specialists
chosen
from
regions
throughout
the
country
were
requested
to
recommend
two
textbooks
and
two
journals
in
their
area
of
special
interest
that
they
considered
to
be
the
most
basic
and
fundamentally
useful
for
practitioners
it
was
also
requested
that
recommendations
be
made
in
order
of
preference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1148
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
the
fifties
and
sixties
it
had
become
customary
to
depict
the
economic
system
of
the
united
states
along
with
its
european
and
japanese
counterparts
as
an
accomplishment
unique
since
the
creation
this
volume
departed
from
the
accustomed
cheering
it
is
my
impression
that
the
adult
reader
was
always
more
skeptical
than
the
economists
of
the
neo
keynesian
nirvana
economic
life
was
not
meant
to
be
that
easy
and
perhaps
some
sensed
what
i
here
urge
that
what
was
called
success
was
less
what
served
the
individual
than
what
served
the
goals
of
great
industrial
and
military
bureaucracies
which
had
come
the
economic
myth
notwithstanding
to
comprise
so
large
a
part
of
the
economic
system
still
who
could
tell
that
a
herald
of
such
news
would
be
welcomed
or
even
heard
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1149
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
among
the
avenues
explored
were
the
following
the
attractions
the
field
holds
for
those
now
in
it
and
those
who
might
be
drawn
to
it
the
personality
of
those
in
the
occupation
and
in
its
various
subfields
and
work
roles
the
characteristics
and
perspectives
of
the
institutional
administrators
supply
and
demand
facets
of
the
manpower
problem
organizational
relationships
in
libraries
and
information
centers
library
education
as
a
professionalizing
and
socializing
force
and
the
implications
of
network
development
for
manpower
planning
central
to
the
study
rationale
was
the
notion
that
librarianship
should
be
viewed
not
as
a
static
institution
committed
solely
to
traditional
objectives
but
as
one
with
the
capacity
to
be
responsive
to
changing
environmental
requirements
it
was
hoped
that
from
the
intelligence
gathered
from
these
inquiries
certain
of
the
significant
dimensions
of
the
field's
manpower
concerns
would
be
illuminated
and
proposals
to
influence
future
development
would
be
drawn
thus
while
the
investigations
were
in
the
nature
of
more
basic
research
their
ends
were
committedly
pragmatic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1150
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
is
intended
for
persons
concerned
with
the
problems
of
organizing
human
resources
and
activity
it
is
written
especially
for
those
who
are
actively
engaged
in
management
and
supervision
and
for
students
of
administration
and
organization
it
presents
a
new
theory
of
organization
based
on
the
management
principles
and
practices
of
the
managers
who
are
achieving
the
best
results
in
american
business
and
government
it
draws
also
upon
research
done
in
voluntary
organizations
to
maintain
a
relatively
consistent
orientation
the
focus
of
this
volume
is
largely
on
the
problems
of
business
enterprises
people
interested
in
other
kinds
of
institutions
such
as
schools
hospitals
labor
unions
professional
and
voluntary
organizations
should
however
experience
no
difficulty
in
applying
the
general
principles
of
the
theory
to
their
organizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1151
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
a
letter
in
new
scientist
vol
p
the
rate
of
duplication
of
research
among
scientists
was
said
to
have
been
estimated
at
about
per
cent
the
first
systematic
attempt
to
assess
the
size
of
this
problem
carried
out
by
the
aslib
research
department
suggests
the
actual
figure
is
more
than
double
this
and
the
consequent
cost
to
the
nation
to
be
measurable
in
millions
of
pounds
we
put
questions
to
scientists
engaged
in
industrial
academic
or
government
research
including
chemists
physicists
biologists
psychologists
and
mathematicians
one
question
was
have
you
during
your
current
research
discovered
in
the
literature
information
which
you
wish
you
had
had
at
the
beginning
of
your
project
to
this
of
them
per
cent
replied
that
they
had
many
had
made
more
than
one
such
find
so
that
the
total
number
of
instances
was
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1152
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
presupposes
a
knowledge
of
book
cataloguing
and
basic
cataloguing
principles
the
dewey
decimal
classification
th
abridged
edition
sears
list
of
subject
headings
th
edition
and
a
list
of
canadian
subject
headings
together
with
a
form
of
simplified
cataloguing
found
in
many
school
libraries
have
been
used
on
the
sample
cards
it
must
be
emphasized
that
the
subject
analysis
systems
chosen
by
a
particular
library
for
its
print
collection
should
be
used
for
all
media
because
of
its
school
library
orientation
this
book
distinguishes
between
essential
and
optional
elements
on
the
catalogue
card
libraries
which
require
detailed
cataloguing
will
consistently
list
these
options
and
may
wish
to
augment
the
description
of
materials
in
the
collation
and
in
the
notes
items
necessary
for
a
minimum
description
and
for
a
complete
description
will
be
subject
to
further
study
prior
to
the
next
edition
of
this
work
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1153
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
segments
of
society
are
recognizing
that
access
to
information
is
a
vital
and
fundamental
contemporary
need
to
provide
optimum
access
it
is
essential
to
be
able
to
retrieve
information
in
whatever
physical
format
it
is
found
such
retrieval
requires
the
development
of
cataloguing
codes
that
will
handle
all
media
including
diverse
kinds
of
audio
and
visual
materials
to
be
most
effective
these
cataloguing
guidelines
should
be
acceptable
on
an
international
level
and
should
have
the
support
of
professional
organizations
most
concerned
with
these
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1154
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
book
i
have
presented
the
tests
according
to
the
research
design
for
which
each
is
suited
in
discussing
each
test
i
have
attempted
to
indicate
its
function
i
e
to
indicate
the
sort
of
data
to
which
it
is
applicable
to
convey
some
notion
of
the
rationale
of
proof
underlying
the
test
to
explain
its
computation
to
give
examples
of
its
application
in
behavioral
scientific
research
and
to
compare
the
test
to
its
parametric
equivalent
if
any
and
to
any
nonparametric
tests
of
similar
functions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1155
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
methods
of
studying
information
requests
on
source
information
analyzes
results
of
questionnaire
distribution
on
the
basis
of
the
questionnaire
answers
a
card
file
of
the
subject
requests
and
list
of
requests
on
source
information
was
formed
since
the
study
these
requests
determines
the
content
and
purpose
of
the
information
process
the
author
suggests
that
the
study
of
requests
be
the
first
phase
of
information
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1156
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
presents
the
results
of
a
study
of
the
information
requests
of
inquirers
it
was
elucidated
that
engineers
spent
an
average
of
hours
per
week
in
search
of
needed
information
most
valuable
sources
of
information
are
theoretical
journals
the
study
showed
that
stable
life
of
theoretical
journals
equals
about
years
and
information
journals
about
years
some
recommendations
were
formulated
on
how
to
construct
a
reference
information
collection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1157
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
considers
the
question
of
defining
active
stock
for
the
electrical
engineering
field
significant
attention
was
paid
to
including
specialized
journals
using
methods
which
calculates
number
of
bibliographical
references
made
in
bulletins
and
bibliography
at
the
end
of
the
articles
with
bradford's
distribution
reliability
of
this
method
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1158
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
earlier
publications
on
the
study
of
information
requests
consisted
of
statistical
listing
of
the
most
usable
sources
of
information
lately
there
is
an
increasing
number
of
publications
which
consider
the
methods
for
studying
information
requests
analysis
of
these
publications
shows
that
we
can
discern
two
basic
tendencies
studying
subfield
groups
of
researchers
and
groups
of
researchers
classified
by
topical
information
sources
some
attempts
were
made
to
study
information
requests
in
connection
with
creative
processes
psychology
of
creativity
and
also
to
establish
the
purposes
of
information
retrieval
and
scientific
sources
of
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1159
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
considers
the
conditions
under
which
v
ingve's
theorem
on
the
depth
of
syntactic
structures
is
applicable
the
relations
between
graphs
of
generative
phrase
structure
and
phrase
government
are
studied
new
operators
for
the
generation
of
syntactic
structures
are
introduced
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1160
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
causes
for
inconsistency
between
a
primary
document
is
content
and
form
are
examined
inconsistency
between
document
structure
and
structure
of
its
information
insufficient
development
of
theories
of
scientific
and
technical
literature
in
particular
the
typology
of
primary
scientific
documents
it
is
suggested
that
the
concept
of
genres
of
scientific
technical
literature
be
introduced
based
on
the
degree
to
which
the
material
is
generalized
five
basic
genres
are
examined
technical
reports
articles
monographs
text
books
and
reference
works
the
practical
application
of
a
typology
of
scientific
and
technological
literature
is
shown
to
be
possible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1161
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
examines
aspects
of
scientific
information
theory
connected
with
assessing
the
semantic
characteristics
of
information
statistical
nature
of
texts
and
economic
factors
the
significance
of
automatic
translation
methods
is
considered
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
general
problems
of
information
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1162
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
presents
the
basic
features
of
variants
of
an
informational
language
designed
for
searching
titles
of
publications
in
the
field
of
synthetic
organic
chemistry
the
classification
of
terms
from
natural
language
and
the
specifics
of
translating
them
into
information
language
are
discussed
a
method
for
selecting
the
synthetic
means
of
informational
languages
is
developed
and
the
criterion
for
semantic
correspondence
and
search
algorithm
is
briefly
described
experiments
which
were
conducted
with
variants
of
the
language
developed
are
discussed
conclusions
are
drawn
on
the
benefits
of
the
languages
for
searching
recommendations
are
made
regarding
their
field
of
application
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1163
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
suggested
that
the
thesaurus
be
considered
a
hierarchical
system
for
classifying
factors
the
problem
of
automatic
construction
of
thesaurus
is
posed
a
formal
description
input
and
output
of
this
problem
is
given
a
series
of
classificational
concepts
is
formulated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1164
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
presents
the
basic
features
of
variants
of
an
informational
language
designed
for
searching
titles
of
publications
in
the
field
of
synthetic
organic
chemistry
the
classification
of
terms
from
natural
language
and
the
specifics
of
translating
them
into
information
language
are
discussed
a
method
for
selecting
the
synthetic
means
of
informational
languages
is
developed
and
the
criterion
for
semantic
correspondence
and
search
algorithm
is
briefly
described
experiments
which
were
conducted
with
variants
of
the
language
developed
are
discussed
conclusions
are
drawn
on
the
benefits
of
the
languages
for
searching
recommendations
are
made
regarding
their
field
of
application
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1165
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
scientific
process
and
primary
scientific
documents
there
are
objective
characteristics
which
allow
the
accurate
and
unambiguous
reflection
of
the
form
and
content
of
primary
statements
n
the
informational
analysis
of
their
secondary
pattern
using
these
characteristics
allows
one
to
develop
a
model
of
standardized
bibliographic
and
abstract
document
description
and
minimize
subjectivity
in
information
analysis
the
objective
characteristics
of
form
and
content
of
documents
and
corresponding
elements
of
bibliographic
and
abstractive
description
must
be
based
on
application
of
classification
schemes
for
each
characteristic
there
must
be
a
corresponding
scheme
of
particular
structural
complexity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1166
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
state
of
the
art
in
reference
information
servicing
and
training
of
specialists
for
information
establishments
is
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1167
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
problems
facing
specialized
primary
and
abstract
journals
in
the
present
environment
of
rapid
publication
growth
are
discussed
an
acceleration
of
publishing
and
higher
information
capacity
of
the
journals
can
be
achieved
via
depositing
and
up
to
date
editing
methods
the
situation
of
abstract
journals
in
the
context
of
growing
differentiation
of
scientific
and
technical
disciplines
is
depicted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1168
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
dynamics
of
the
growth
of
biological
publications
is
investigated
an
analysis
of
this
growth
reveals
certain
uniformities
in
the
evolution
of
scientific
communications
which
depend
on
the
field
of
biology
and
discloses
the
uneven
rate
of
development
in
the
individual
fields
it
is
concluded
that
the
specialty
is
a
major
factor
to
be
taken
into
account
in
defining
the
volume
of
information
necessary
for
a
specialist
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1169
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
discussing
whether
it
is
possible
and
sensible
to
build
up
a
general
science
of
information
the
author
comes
to
the
conclusion
that
all
the
necessary
prerequisites
to
formation
of
this
new
discipline
to
be
termed
informology
are
ripe
the
structure
of
informology
and
its
interrelationships
with
informatics
are
investigated
a
diagram
showing
the
place
occupied
by
informology
within
the
overall
framework
of
sciences
and
its
inner
structure
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1170
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
aspects
of
subject
acquisition
and
retrieval
of
patent
information
are
discussed
a
patent
information
service
system
is
conventionally
separated
into
two
parts
a
subject
acquisitions
system
designed
for
stock
acquisition
and
search
file
building
and
a
detailed
subject
retrieval
system
designed
to
deal
with
specific
user
requests
the
performance
of
both
systems
is
analyzed
using
patent
classifications
as
examples
the
tasks
of
classification
research
in
relation
to
subject
acquisitions
system
requirements
are
formulated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1171
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
objectives
of
information
network
design
are
stated
analyzing
the
basic
operations
carried
out
in
conjunction
with
system
interaction
within
a
network
the
notions
of
information
network
and
information
retrieval
system
compatibility
are
discussed
a
sine
qua
non
of
network
functioning
is
an
integrated
retrieval
language
descriptor
languages
appear
to
be
most
promising
for
broad
profile
document
files
a
descriptor
language
is
conceived
as
a
complex
comprising
a
thesaurus
for
terminology
control
classifiers
for
nomenclature
control
and
the
working
dictionaries
of
the
system
patrons
which
comprise
fragments
of
thesaurus
and
classifiers
plus
narrowly
specialized
terms
as
conforming
to
the
file
and
user
needs
concerned
requirements
to
a
thesaurus
as
the
core
of
an
information
network
language
are
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1172
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
statistical
analysis
of
articles
published
in
electrical
and
power
engineering
serials
and
periodicals
is
given
the
results
have
been
used
to
refine
the
quantitative
formulation
of
the
zipf
law
the
computational
method
used
can
serve
as
a
prototype
for
analysis
of
abstract
journal
like
publications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1173
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
paper
treats
the
probability
distribution
in
information
flow
systems
and
presents
the
analysis
of
a
statistical
distribution
model
called
the
hyperbolic
ladder
and
of
the
consequences
following
from
this
model
which
were
revealed
in
linguistics
zipf
theory
of
scientific
information
bradford
and
in
science
of
science
lotka
etc
the
identity
of
the
mathematical
essence
of
various
distributions
investigated
by
many
authors
on
their
own
objects
of
study
is
shown
the
link
is
considered
between
the
basic
probability
distribution
and
some
problems
studied
in
the
modern
mathematical
theory
of
information
examples
are
presented
of
the
use
of
distribution
regularities
in
various
systems
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1174
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
standard
format
of
progress
reports
is
suggested
based
on
the
experience
of
research
institutes
and
drawing
offices
the
schedule
of
reports
and
each
of
their
sections
proceed
from
the
need
for
maximum
noise
resistance
of
reports
as
used
by
various
categories
of
users
and
giving
an
exhaustive
description
of
final
and
intermediate
r
d
results
the
author
shows
that
the
difference
between
the
notion
of
information
value
and
of
document
value
dictates
a
specific
approach
to
organization
of
the
flows
of
documentary
information
duplication
of
data
in
documents
of
various
kind
and
to
development
of
the
logical
format
and
literary
style
of
scientific
documents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1175
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
syntagmatic
relations
sr
are
defined
as
connections
between
words
that
are
established
aposteriori
and
combine
these
words
into
phrases
and
sentences
the
lack
of
means
for
recording
sr
in
descriptor
languages
results
in
a
reduction
of
retrieval
precision
at
present
roles
and
links
and
the
evaluation
of
the
extent
to
which
these
devices
are
used
are
the
major
devices
used
for
the
description
of
sr
between
descriptors
in
documents'
search
patterns
an
analysis
of
published
results
of
experiments
testing
the
performance
of
roles
and
links
in
descriptor
retrieval
systems
operative
in
the
usa
suggests
the
conclusion
about
a
poor
performance
of
roles
as
a
precision
device
an
increase
of
percent
in
precision
with
the
aid
of
roles
is
accompanied
by
a
percent
reduction
of
recall
links
provide
for
approximately
the
same
increase
of
precision
the
author
states
the
general
requirements
to
a
simple
and
flexible
grammar
for
descriptor
languages
and
show
that
the
approach
the
suggest
ts
has
been
partially
implemented
in
the
information
retrieval
language
for
radioelectronics
and
computer
technology
developed
at
the
institute
of
cybernetics
of
the
ukrainian
academy
of
sciences
in
kiev
and
in
the
syntol
france
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1176
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
article
presents
preliminary
results
of
an
analysis
of
current
technical
bibliographies
specifically
in
the
field
of
metallurgy
conducted
at
the
chair
of
technical
literature
leningrad
krupskaya
institute
of
culture
the
bibliographies
have
been
analyzed
in
terms
of
selection
quality
and
coverage
attention
was
focused
mainly
on
permanent
publications
based
on
rich
experience
and
elaborated
procedures
metallurgiya
abstract
journal
is
shown
to
hold
the
lead
among
chief
world
publications
in
metallurgy
in
respect
of
scope
coverage
and
depth
of
indexing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1177
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
rational
scheme
for
a
scientific
or
technical
article
is
proposed
which
is
bound
to
improve
its
informativeness
by
purely
formal
means
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1178
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
psychological
problems
arising
in
creating
and
utilizing
scientific
and
industrial
information
are
stated
the
subjects
of
study
of
the
information
science
labour
psychology
engineering
psychology
and
psycholinguistics
are
considered
the
analysis
suggests
the
conclusion
that
a
new
trend
of
psychological
research
as
emerged
the
psychology
of
informatics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1179
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
definition
of
informatics
is
given
its
method
and
subject
are
discussed
and
the
aims
and
prospects
of
the
science
are
outlined
the
author
holds
it
to
be
an
important
achievement
of
the
research
in
the
fields
of
informatics
and
the
science
of
science
in
the
past
few
years
that
information
flows
have
come
to
be
viewed
as
system
with
definite
and
understandable
regularities
which
should
be
taken
into
consideration
when
working
out
information
retrieval
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1180
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
notation
for
coding
organic
structures
has
been
developed
which
provides
for
very
simple
and
rational
rules
of
coding
the
common
cyclic
fragments
the
conventional
unit
used
in
coding
regular
structures
is
benzol
ring
and
the
skeleton
of
the
regular
condensed
system
is
coded
using
a
sequence
of
even
and
odd
integers
the
set
of
rules
for
coding
regular
systems
might
be
used
as
component
of
a
universal
notation
for
organic
compounds
the
code
offered
by
the
author
is
designed
to
cover
an
important
and
broad
class
of
compounds
with
conjugate
bonds
and
it
can
be
used
within
the
framework
of
a
specialized
computer
based
information
retrieval
system
in
the
capacity
of
both
the
input
and
the
internal
machine
language
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1181
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
different
explanations
of
the
nature
of
the
information
problems
now
facing
science
and
their
causes
are
cited
and
shown
to
be
debatable
it
is
necessary
to
give
a
definition
of
information
crisis
this
widely
used
concept
in
informatics
and
the
science
of
science
the
author
suggests
one
such
definition
which
reflects
the
specific
historical
nature
of
the
possible
manifestations
of
the
crisis
the
cumulativistic
concept
of
the
progress
of
science
is
criticized
as
it
rules
out
the
possibility
of
finding
the
true
causes
of
the
information
crisis
the
major
cause
is
asserted
to
lie
with
the
nature
of
the
contemporary
social
production
an
approach
to
studying
into
the
origins
of
the
problem
is
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1182
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
his
book
on
documentation
the
librarian
s
c
bradford
discussed
certain
regularities
in
the
pattern
of
distribution
of
articles
on
a
particular
subject
over
different
journals
he
gives
as
examples
the
distributions
for
geophysics
from
inclusive
and
lubrication
for
to
june
inclusive
the
typical
picture
is
one
in
which
to
a
bibliography
covering
a
certain
short
term
of
years
a
few
journals
contribute
a
large
number
of
articles
more
journals
contribute
fewer
and
so
on
in
a
monotonic
sequence
ending
with
a
large
number
of
journals
contributing
one
article
each
patterns
of
this
kind
have
been
observed
by
several
authors
but
bradford
was
the
first
i
think
to
advance
an
explanation
of
the
effect
in
bibliographical
terms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1183
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
library
operations
in
recent
times
have
been
characterized
by
a
great
increase
in
complexity
the
rapid
expansion
of
collections
both
in
size
and
scope
the
great
variety
of
forms
taken
by
items
that
now
must
be
housed
in
the
library
and
the
growth
in
expectations
among
library
users
are
among
the
factors
that
have
contributed
to
this
complexity
in
this
setting
managerial
decision
making
in
the
library
has
become
an
unenviably
difficult
task
furthermore
the
new
technologies
and
new
techniques
which
offer
great
opportunities
for
library
planners
and
managers
make
even
more
difficult
the
use
of
traditional
intuitive
approaches
it
is
reasonable
to
ask
whether
techniques
such
as
operations
research
o
r
that
have
proved
valuable
in
similar
situations
for
business
and
government
might
not
also
be
of
service
in
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1184
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
method
is
developed
for
optimally
shelving
inventory
items
by
size
with
particular
reference
to
large
library
collections
the
area
presented
by
n
distinct
shelf
heights
is
minimized
for
any
collection
that
can
be
characterized
by
an
item
height
distribution
when
item
height
is
continuous
the
necessary
conditions
for
the
extremum
are
recursive
in
the
optimal
shelf
heights
and
the
solution
reduces
to
a
simple
computational
search
for
certain
distribution
functions
as
demonstrated
in
the
example
an
additional
recursive
relation
between
the
solutions
for
different
n
further
simplified
the
computation
considerable
geometrical
representations
of
both
the
model
and
the
solution
method
are
presented
the
maximum
increase
in
storage
capacity
can
be
expressed
generally
as
a
simple
function
of
the
mean
and
the
maximum
item
height
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1185
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
principle
tool
for
the
study
and
description
of
natural
languages
used
in
this
book
are
working
models
of
the
type
sense
text
the
similar
model
for
a
given
actual
language
is
a
completely
organized
sum
of
rules
whose
purely
mechanical
application
should
ideally
allow
one
to
go
from
the
given
text
in
the
language
being
studied
to
the
formal
description
of
the
sense
of
that
text
i
e
to
its
semantic
representation
semantic
notation
go
from
a
given
meaning
i
e
from
a
given
semantic
representation
to
a
text
in
the
language
being
studied
which
will
convey
the
same
meaning
if
the
proposed
meaning
may
be
expressed
in
more
than
one
way
then
all
the
appropriate
synonymous
texts
should
be
constructed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1186
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
what
organizational
characteristics
are
required
to
deal
effectively
with
different
external
market
and
technological
conditions
this
is
the
central
question
which
this
book
addresses
such
a
question
is
quite
different
from
the
central
theme
of
most
earlier
organizational
studies
which
have
tended
to
focus
on
the
question
of
what
is
the
one
best
way
to
organize
irrespective
of
the
external
environmental
conditions
facing
the
business
in
this
important
respect
this
study
breaks
new
ground
nevertheless
it
draws
heavily
on
earlier
studies
in
the
field
of
organization
behavior
at
harvard
business
school
and
elsewhere
as
well
as
the
related
literature
of
the
behavioral
sciences
the
authors
not
only
report
the
findings
of
a
comparative
study
of
ten
organizations
with
different
levels
of
economic
performance
in
three
distinct
industrial
environments
but
also
use
these
findings
to
unravel
some
of
the
apparent
contradictions
in
current
organization
theory
a
discussion
of
the
implications
of
these
findings
for
the
design
and
administration
of
large
organizations
in
relation
to
their
specific
market
and
technological
environments
is
also
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1187
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
about
the
theory
of
formal
organizations
it
is
easier
and
probably
more
useful
to
give
examples
of
formal
organizations
than
to
define
the
term
the
united
states
steel
corporation
is
a
formal
organization
so
is
the
red
cross
the
corner
grocery
store
the
new
york
state
highway
department
the
latter
organization
is
of
course
part
of
a
larger
one
the
new
york
state
government
but
for
present
purposes
we
need
not
trouble
ourselves
about
the
precise
boundaries
to
be
drawn
around
an
organization
or
the
exact
distinction
between
an
organization
and
a
nonorganization
we
are
dealing
with
empirical
phenomena
and
the
world
has
an
uncomfortable
way
of
not
permitting
itself
to
be
fitted
into
clean
classifications
authors
are
often
convinced
that
the
particular
subjects
with
which
they
are
dealing
are
more
significant
than
the
world
has
acknowledged
we
cheerfully
make
this
claim
for
organization
theory
however
much
organizations
occupy
the
thoughts
of
practicing
executives
and
administrators
and
however
many
books
for
these
practitioners
have
been
written
about
them
the
theory
of
organizations
occupies
an
insignificant
place
in
modern
social
science
most
current
psychology
and
sociology
textbooks
do
not
devote
even
a
short
chapter
to
the
subject
of
formal
organizations
the
handbook
of
social
psychology
lindzey
contains
chapters
on
small
groups
mass
media
industrial
social
psychology
with
only
passing
references
to
organizations
leadership
and
voting
behavior
there
is
no
comparable
chapter
on
formal
organizations
and
only
scattered
reference
to
them
throughout
the
text
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1188
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
might
be
considered
a
conceptual
inventory
this
is
a
departure
from
the
recent
fashion
of
conducting
propositional
inventories
which
assumes
that
important
relationships
have
already
been
explored
berelson
and
steiner
i
assume
merely
that
the
concepts
relevant
to
important
relationships
exist
and
once
having
identified
some
i
hope
to
generate
potentially
significant
propositions
we
lack
the
systematic
evidence
that
eventually
must
come
but
there
are
illustrative
studies
cited
to
indicate
that
the
propositions
which
are
neither
time
nor
space
bound
i
assume
that
there
are
differences
among
organizations
and
hope
to
account
for
some
of
them
but
i
also
assume
that
there
is
not
a
one
to
one
correspondence
between
significant
organizational
differences
and
the
typical
categories
of
business
government
medicine
and
education
likewise
i
believe
there
is
not
a
direct
correlation
between
the
academic
disciplines
and
useful
categories
of
complex
organizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1189
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
object
of
this
book
is
to
establish
a
means
for
organizing
collections
of
nonprint
material
so
that
greatest
efficiency
can
match
most
effective
service
no
lesser
goal
is
worthy
of
consideration
in
discussing
the
problems
of
organization
the
examples
of
material
have
been
used
to
explain
differences
in
treatment
that
can
be
made
responsive
to
the
needs
of
the
community
that
the
library
serves
nonprint
material
is
a
vital
part
of
a
modern
library
of
whatever
type
school
libraries
have
made
the
greatest
use
of
the
material
so
far
to
the
point
of
becoming
media
centers
but
the
avalanche
of
information
is
not
only
in
print
form
and
the
need
for
information
may
often
be
satisfied
only
by
nonprint
material
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1190
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
informatics
is
a
new
scientific
discipline
studying
the
fracture
and
characteristics
of
scientific
information
the
regularities
of
scientific
information
activity
its
theory
history
system
of
methods
and
organization
the
book
formulates
subject
and
method
of
scientific
information
theory
gives
specification
of
different
kids
of
documents
as
sources
of
scientific
information
sheds
light
on
the
methods
and
forms
of
analytical
synthetic
document
processing
expounds
basic
principles
of
information
retrieval
and
ways
to
mechanize
and
automatize
it
describes
methods
and
resources
of
document
copying
and
reproduction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1191
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
monograph
is
one
of
the
first
attempts
to
expound
the
basis
of
scientific
information
its
theory
systems
of
methods
and
organization
the
monograph
formulates
subject
and
method
of
scientific
information
theory
gives
specification
of
different
kinds
of
documents
as
sources
of
scientific
information
sheds
light
on
method
and
forms
of
analytical
synthetic
document
processing
expounds
basic
principles
of
information
retrieval
and
ways
to
mechanize
and
automatize
it
describes
methods
and
resources
of
document
copying
and
reproduction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1192
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
establishment
of
the
national
lending
library
for
science
and
technology
nll
has
been
one
of
the
most
significant
events
in
british
librarianship
in
the
twentieth
century
this
book
attempts
to
trace
the
development
of
the
library
up
to
its
merger
into
the
impending
british
library
and
to
describe
the
philosophies
which
shaped
its
policies
and
services
i
hope
that
the
book
will
be
of
value
to
british
and
overseas
librarians
as
a
case
study
of
the
development
of
a
national
library
and
also
to
students
of
librarianship
and
information
work
in
that
it
may
help
them
to
appreciate
the
context
in
which
the
library
has
evolved
and
in
which
it
now
operates
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1193
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
ballots
bibliographic
automation
of
large
library
operations
using
a
time
sharing
system
is
an
on
line
system
that
assists
book
processing
in
the
acquisition
and
catalog
departments
of
the
stanford
university
libraries
the
library
staff
use
video
cathode
ray
tube
or
crt
terminals
to
perform
a
variety
of
functions
involving
several
computerized
files
and
as
a
result
of
this
on
line
activity
the
system
updates
the
files
and
uses
data
from
them
to
print
the
library
outputs
overnight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1194
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
presents
a
method
for
compacting
proper
given
names
for
computer
storage
the
method
presented
uses
x
grams
which
are
combinations
of
from
one
to
eight
letters
rather
than
spelling
names
letter
by
letter
they
are
spelled
with
x
grams
an
algorithm
as
been
implemented
in
a
computer
program
and
used
to
obtain
sets
of
x
grams
for
two
large
and
given
name
samples
using
the
x
grams
obtained
it
was
possible
to
represent
the
names
from
one
sample
in
bits
per
original
character
and
in
bits
per
original
character
in
the
second
sample
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1195
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
twenty
two
users
submitted
questions
to
experimental
ir
systems
and
received
documents
as
answers
receiving
first
titles
then
abstracts
and
finally
full
texts
ability
of
users
to
recognize
relevance
from
shorter
formats
in
comparison
to
full
text
judgement
was
observed
of
answers
evaluated
or
had
the
same
judgement
on
all
three
formats
of
answers
judged
relevant
from
full
text
were
judged
so
from
titles
and
from
abstracts
parallels
between
users'
and
ir
systems'
performance
on
shorter
formats
are
drawn
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1196
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
experiment
to
produce
information
on
the
utility
of
co
ordinating
derived
truncated
search
keys
as
enquiry
terms
to
an
on
line
bibliographic
system
was
performed
on
a
file
of
name
title
entries
statistics
on
the
number
of
entries
associated
with
each
key
for
keys
varying
from
four
to
eight
characters
in
length
were
obtained
assuming
use
of
a
keyboard
cathode
ray
tube
terminal
capable
of
displaying
at
least
ten
lines
of
text
and
taking
spelling
error
probabilities
into
account
a
derived
key
consisting
of
the
first
three
characters
of
author
name
concatenate
with
the
first
three
characters
of
title
was
determined
to
be
effective
for
at
least
four
fifths
of
all
academic
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1197
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
major
intellectual
challenges
confronting
an
architect
of
a
total
computerized
library
system
is
organization
of
a
efficient
file
of
millions
of
bibliographic
references
from
which
a
single
entry
can
be
retrieved
swiftly
and
uniquely
research
on
file
organization
has
concentrated
on
retrieval
of
multiple
entries
possessing
some
equal
or
similar
characteristic
however
a
basic
library
bibliographic
file
should
be
organized
to
yield
a
record
unequal
and
dissimilar
to
all
others
such
a
file
is
analogous
to
the
familiar
main
entry
catalog
which
every
library
maintains
and
would
have
associated
with
it
supplementary
index
files
of
subjects
titles
call
numbers
and
perhaps
other
attributes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1198
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
librarians
and
information
scientists
are
vitally
concerned
with
network
development
for
a
number
of
important
reasons
first
the
network
concept
implies
removal
of
all
geographic
barriers
to
knowledge
this
is
made
possible
by
advances
in
telecommunications
technology
second
a
network
implies
equal
access
by
any
individual
for
any
purpose
to
the
sum
total
of
the
nation's
knowledge
resources
this
has
been
a
long
standing
educational
goal
and
third
a
network
implies
positive
redirection
of
the
basic
professional
goals
and
objectives
of
librarianship
and
information
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1199
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
optimum
method
of
coding
an
ensemble
of
messages
consisting
of
a
finite
number
of
members
is
developed
a
minimum
redundancy
code
is
one
constructed
in
such
a
way
that
the
average
number
of
coding
digits
per
message
is
minimized
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1200
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
following
pages
a
co
winner
of
the
nobel
prize
in
physics
presents
a
novel
study
of
one
of
today's
most
precious
commodities
scientific
productivity
the
author
not
only
measures
the
variations
that
exist
between
different
research
workers
he
also
explains
these
differences
and
draws
some
specific
conclusions
about
the
relationship
of
salary
to
productivity
proceedings
readers
will
find
this
an
especially
timely
ad
significant
discussion
particularly
in
view
of
the
present
widespread
concern
about
manpower
shortages
and
proper
utilization
of
scientific
personnel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1201
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
pointed
out
that
communication
processes
can
be
represented
as
epidemic
processes
consequently
epidemic
theory
can
be
applied
to
the
study
of
any
process
in
which
information
is
transmitted
within
a
population
the
members
of
such
populations
need
not
be
human
beings
but
could
be
micro
organisms
or
even
machines
the
fundamental
notion
of
stability
of
an
epidemic
process
is
introduced
and
a
stability
theorem
is
derived
a
mechanism
called
an
information
retrieval
process
which
instigates
an
epidemic
process
is
defined
certain
general
properties
of
the
mechanism
are
established
and
the
means
of
controlling
it
are
discussed
pontryagin's
maximum
principle
is
applied
to
the
problem
of
achieving
optimal
control
of
an
epidemic
process
and
it
is
shown
that
stability
of
the
process
is
equivalent
to
stability
in
the
sense
of
lyapunov
this
result
makes
it
possible
to
determine
the
conditions
for
stability
without
knowledge
of
the
solution
of
the
differential
equations
which
represent
the
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1202
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
our
purpose
in
writing
this
book
has
been
to
give
a
systematic
account
of
major
topics
in
pattern
recognition
a
field
concerned
with
machine
recognition
of
meaningful
regularities
in
noisy
or
complex
environments
the
most
prominent
domain
independent
theory
is
classification
theory
the
subject
of
part
i
of
this
book
based
on
statistical
decision
theory
it
provides
formal
mathematical
procedures
for
classifying
patterns
once
they
have
been
represented
abstractly
as
vectors
attempts
to
find
domain
independent
procedures
for
constructing
these
vector
representations
have
not
yielded
generally
useful
results
instead
every
problem
area
has
acquired
a
collection
of
procedures
suited
to
its
special
characteristics
of
the
many
areas
of
interest
the
pictorial
domain
has
received
by
far
the
most
attention
furthermore
work
in
this
area
has
progressed
from
picture
classification
to
picture
analysis
and
description
part
ii
of
this
book
is
devoted
to
a
systematic
presentation
of
these
topics
in
visual
scene
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1203
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
accumulative
growth
without
limit
in
ultimate
size
of
the
general
research
library
must
produce
stresses
and
strains
that
many
institutions
will
find
difficult
to
resolve
the
rising
costs
of
space
for
library
buildings
and
bookstacks
the
scarcity
of
centrally
located
campus
land
aesthetic
and
functional
limitations
on
the
heights
bulk
and
areas
of
library
buildings
and
increasing
complexity
in
the
organization
of
materials
and
services
for
the
efficient
use
of
large
research
collections
are
illustrative
of
some
of
these
stresses
and
strains
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1204
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
goal
of
this
study
is
to
reach
a
deeper
understanding
of
some
concepts
we
believe
are
crucial
to
the
general
theory
of
computation
we
will
study
in
great
detail
a
class
of
computations
that
make
decisions
by
weighing
evidence
certainly
this
problem
is
of
great
interest
in
itself
but
our
real
hope
is
that
understanding
of
its
mathematical
structure
will
prepare
us
eventually
to
go
further
into
the
almost
unexplored
theory
of
parallel
computers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1205
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
when
the
first
edition
of
the
present
work
was
issued
additional
studies
research
programs
and
experimentation
have
contributed
to
changes
in
personnel
work
and
the
large
area
of
human
relations
the
impact
of
these
developments
has
been
and
should
be
felt
in
libraries
as
well
as
in
industry
government
and
business
the
present
edition
views
all
the
aspects
of
personnel
work
in
the
context
of
the
most
useful
of
the
newer
developments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1206
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
late
s
nearly
all
professions
in
the
united
states
thought
they
faced
severe
shortages
of
manpower
in
their
fields
both
in
professional
and
supporting
areas
librarianship
was
not
immune
there
was
more
work
to
be
done
than
existing
staffs
could
do
there
were
budgeted
professional
vacancies
that
could
not
be
filled
and
concurrently
there
were
concerns
being
quietly
expressed
that
some
of
the
shortages
could
be
ameliorated
by
a
changed
utilization
of
existing
manpower
it
was
at
this
time
and
out
of
these
concerns
that
julius
r
chitwood
then
president
of
the
illinois
library
association
appointed
an
ad
hoc
committee
on
manpower
training
and
utilization
to
study
patterns
of
staff
assignments
and
to
recommend
to
library
administrators
more
effective
ways
of
utilizing
professional
staff
after
examining
the
use
of
professional
staff
in
a
few
libraries
however
it
became
clear
to
this
committee
of
volunteer
researchers
that
they
could
not
do
the
job
which
needed
doing
it
was
also
clear
that
a
need
was
there
that
a
small
segment
of
the
library
manpower
problem
could
be
more
fully
explored
that
the
results
of
a
serious
study
in
illinois
might
have
national
implications
and
that
the
resources
for
such
a
study
should
be
sought
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1207
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
model
of
a
technical
information
system
described
there
by
dr
kessler
involves
a
working
literature
taken
from
twenty
one
journals
in
the
field
of
physics
the
system
designed
and
constructed
at
the
massachusetts
institute
of
technology
as
a
prototype
operating
in
a
realistic
test
environment
uses
remote
consoles
having
access
to
a
time
sharing
computer
facility
programs
have
been
developed
for
a
large
variety
of
search
and
processing
techniques
in
real
time
as
well
as
for
delayed
output
the
work
is
supported
by
the
national
science
foundation
and
in
part
by
project
mac
the
experimental
computer
facility
at
mit
which
is
sponsored
by
the
advanced
research
projects
agency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1208
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
aip
had
a
modest
program
in
physics
information
supported
by
the
national
science
foundation
the
program
went
back
several
years
and
aip
was
considering
a
major
expansion
the
first
task
faced
in
such
an
expansion
was
to
augment
the
staff
so
as
to
be
interdisciplinary
in
physics
computer
operations
and
scientific
information
the
staff
would
be
able
to
analyze
and
extend
the
studies
made
at
aip
and
elsewhere
and
would
formulate
a
basic
approach
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1209
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
orderly
communication
through
research
journals
may
be
jeopardized
by
a
developing
national
information
system
that
is
beginning
to
encroach
on
the
domain
of
the
primary
publication
system
the
author
also
believes
mass
distribution
of
unedited
unreferred
and
often
unproofed
preprints
which
has
recently
been
proposed
would
put
journals
out
of
business
or
transform
them
into
depositories
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1210
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
physicists
wish
to
communicate
their
work
by
means
of
publication
several
considerations
are
weighed
before
choosing
the
appropriate
journal
there
is
the
matter
of
audience
of
the
probable
delay
between
acceptance
and
publication
of
article
format
letter
review
standard
research
report
if
the
article
is
potentially
controversial
the
author
may
estimate
its
chances
of
being
accepted
by
different
journals
considerations
of
national
pride
may
sway
the
choice
an
author
may
submit
a
work
to
a
journal
in
his
own
country
rather
than
to
one
that
has
a
greater
circulation
and
impact
but
is
published
in
a
foreign
country
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1211
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
deals
with
the
planning
of
academic
and
research
library
buildings
library
buildings
house
library
collections
of
various
kinds
chiefly
books
and
other
printed
matter
seating
accommodations
and
other
facilities
for
library
users
quarters
for
the
library
staff
that
acquires
catalogues
and
serves
the
collections
and
in
addition
architectural
or
what
is
preferably
known
as
non
assignable
space
if
there
if
space
left
over
after
caring
for
the
above
needs
it
is
sometimes
assigned
for
other
purposes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1212
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
intended
to
help
campus
planners
architects
and
librarians
in
the
early
stages
of
the
planning
process
three
aspects
of
the
problem
deserve
more
careful
treatment
than
they
have
received
these
are
the
effects
of
automation
and
electronics
on
planning
the
overall
organization
of
service
patterns
and
the
relevance
of
other
audiovisual
learning
media
this
is
a
book
about
the
planning
process
not
the
details
of
all
parts
of
a
building
it
will
not
tell
you
which
floor
covering
is
best
which
light
fixtures
to
use
or
which
kind
of
library
shelving
to
buy
these
matters
are
treated
in
detail
by
metcalf
it
will
however
try
to
tell
you
how
to
go
about
solving
these
and
the
many
other
problems
planners
face
wherever
it
seems
relevant
and
proper
i
have
included
sketches
to
illustrate
the
point
under
discussion
for
the
simplicity
of
these
illustrations
i
beg
the
indulgence
of
the
reader
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1213
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
notion
of
a
plan
that
guides
behavior
is
again
not
entirely
accidentally
quite
similar
to
the
notion
of
a
program
that
guides
an
electronic
computer
in
order
to
discover
how
to
get
the
image
into
motion
therefore
we
reviewed
once
more
the
cybernetic
literature
on
the
analogies
between
brains
and
computers
between
minds
and
programs
our
fundamental
concern
however
was
to
discover
whether
the
cybernetic
ideas
have
any
relevance
for
psychology
the
men
who
have
pioneered
in
this
area
have
been
remarkably
innocent
about
psychology
the
creatures
whose
behavior
they
want
to
simulate
often
seem
more
like
a
mathematician's
dream
than
like
living
animals
but
in
spite
of
all
the
evidence
we
refused
to
believe
that
ignorance
of
psychology
is
a
cybernetic
prerequisite
or
even
an
advantage
there
must
be
some
way
to
phrase
the
new
ideas
so
that
they
can
contribute
to
and
profit
from
the
science
of
behavior
that
psychologists
have
created
it
was
the
search
for
that
favorable
intersection
that
directed
the
course
of
our
year
long
debate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1214
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
have
available
today
the
knowledge
and
experience
needed
for
the
successful
practice
of
management
but
there
is
probably
no
field
of
human
endeavor
where
the
always
tremendous
gap
between
the
knowledge
and
performance
of
the
leaders
and
the
knowledge
and
performance
of
the
average
is
wider
or
more
intractable
this
book
does
not
exclude
from
its
aims
the
advancement
of
the
frontier
of
knowledge
it
hopes
indeed
to
make
some
contribution
to
it
but
its
first
aim
is
to
narrow
the
gap
between
what
can
be
done
and
what
is
being
done
between
the
leaders
in
management
and
the
average
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1215
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
british
bibliography
introduced
the
relatively
new
technique
of
chain
indexing
to
british
libraries
twenty
years
later
with
chain
procedure
established
as
one
of
the
standard
techniques
bnb
again
pioneered
a
new
approach
to
subject
indexing
when
it
adopted
precis
from
its
first
issues
of
to
explain
why
this
change
was
felt
to
be
necessary
we
have
to
consider
these
indexing
systems
in
the
light
of
the
new
approaches
to
handling
bibliographic
data
which
have
developed
over
the
past
decade
of
so
two
forces
in
particular
have
affected
both
descriptive
cataloguing
and
subject
indexing
during
this
period
firstly
the
introduction
of
computers
secondly
and
concomitantly
the
development
of
bibliographic
data
exchange
networks
of
which
marc
is
perhaps
the
primary
example
in
some
respects
precis
represents
a
parallel
development
in
the
field
of
subject
indexing
traditionally
indexing
systems
have
also
tended
to
be
dominated
by
the
concept
of
a
most
significant
term
which
once
identified
by
the
indexer
would
be
offered
as
the
user's
access
point
to
the
alphabetical
file
this
applied
most
obviously
to
subject
heading
systems
a
good
deal
of
cutter's
rules
for
a
dictionary
catalog
is
devoted
to
the
problem
of
identifying
this
most
significant
term
in
a
compound
heading
and
presenting
it
as
the
user's
access
point
even
when
this
entailed
a
distortion
of
natural
language
and
the
production
of
inverted
headings
the
unselected
component
would
then
be
lost
as
an
entry
word
unless
the
indexer
also
created
a
further
heading
or
headings
in
which
case
none
of
these
headings
would
be
co
extensive
with
the
subject
of
the
document
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1216
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
the
first
edition
of
library
of
congress
subject
headings
appeared
years
ago
american
and
other
libraries
have
increasingly
relied
on
this
list
as
the
chief
authority
if
not
the
sole
basis
for
subject
cataloging
there
can
be
no
quarrel
about
the
practical
necessity
for
such
a
labor
saving
worry
reducing
work
nor
abstractly
about
its
value
as
a
global
standardizing
agent
a
means
for
achieving
some
uniformity
in
an
area
that
would
otherwise
be
chaotic
undoubtedly
it
is
a
real
boon
to
scholars
as
well
as
to
ordinary
readers
to
find
familiar
fairly
constant
headings
in
subject
catalogs
as
far
removed
geographically
as
washington
dc
and
lusaka
zambia
knowledge
and
scholarship
are
after
all
universal
and
a
subject
scheme
should
ideally
manage
to
encompass
all
the
facets
of
what
has
been
printed
and
subsequently
collected
in
libraries
to
the
satisfaction
of
the
worldwide
reading
community
should
that
is
but
in
the
realm
of
headings
that
deal
with
people
and
cultures
in
short
with
humanity
the
lc
list
can
only
satisfy
parochial
jingoistic
europeans
and
north
americans
white
hued
at
least
nominally
christian
and
preferably
protestant
in
faith
comfortably
situated
in
the
middle
and
higher
income
brackets
largely
domiciled
in
suburbia
fundamentally
loyal
to
the
established
order
and
heavily
imbued
with
the
transcendent
incomparable
glory
of
western
civilization
further
it
reflects
a
host
of
untenable
indeed
obsolete
and
arrogant
assumptions
with
respect
to
young
people
and
women
and
exudes
something
less
than
sympathy
or
even
fairness
toward
organized
labor
and
the
sexually
unorthodox
or
avant
garde
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1217
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
contains
the
report
of
a
sample
survey
conducted
in
denmark
in
addition
the
author
has
attempted
to
integrate
survey
findings
with
relevant
sociological
theory
and
with
previous
research
findings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1218
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
book
to
present
a
firm
theoretical
basis
for
numerical
taxonomy
to
show
why
we
believe
numerical
taxonomy
has
advantages
over
conventionally
practiced
taxonomy
to
report
on
the
previous
advances
made
in
the
field
so
far
and
to
furnish
newcomers
in
the
field
with
a
detailed
step
by
step
description
of
the
procedures
employed
in
numerical
taxonomy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1219
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
written
primarily
for
college
students
who
have
no
previous
background
in
operations
research
and
who
intend
careers
as
administrators
consultants
executives
or
managers
in
business
nonprofit
enterprises
or
government
the
broad
topic
coverage
also
should
make
the
text
helpful
for
students
who
seek
careers
as
teachers
and
researchers
as
well
as
for
practitioners
who
desire
an
up
to
date
review
of
operations
research
the
book
can
be
used
in
half
year
or
full
year
introductory
courses
for
juniors
seniors
or
graduates
in
business
economics
and
engineering
curricula
the
central
goal
of
the
book
is
to
answer
the
question
what
are
the
fundamental
ideas
of
operations
research
the
text
does
not
presuppose
any
advanced
training
in
business
administration
industrial
engineering
mathematics
statistics
probability
theory
or
economics
therefore
the
main
ideas
do
not
rely
on
the
reader's
being
expert
in
these
areas
the
text
does
assume
however
that
the
reader
is
not
entirely
naive
about
such
subjects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1220
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
book
considers
connections
between
the
concept
of
information
and
some
philosophical
categories
reveals
the
possibility
of
applying
theoretical
informational
methods
in
logic
gnosiology
epistemology
or
theory
of
knowledge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1221
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
area
of
library
work
often
called
cataloging
and
more
broadly
technical
services
the
student
may
fall
into
two
errors
that
of
assuming
that
all
work
is
strictly
routine
and
mechanical
and
that
of
viewing
the
tasks
of
organizing
a
library
collection
as
self
contained
one
purpose
of
the
case
studies
here
presented
is
to
help
correct
both
these
errors
and
to
do
so
by
illuminating
some
of
the
ways
in
which
interpersonal
relations
affect
the
character
of
the
routines
and
by
setting
the
organizational
tasks
in
the
broader
context
of
the
total
library
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1222
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
dictionary
contains
general
alphabetical
list
of
descriptors
and
synonymous
keywords
and
word
combinations
it
is
intended
for
use
in
coordinating
the
indexing
of
documents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1223
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
major
prospect
for
meeting
the
present
critical
situation
in
the
domain
of
scientific
communications
which
is
a
natural
corollary
of
the
advancement
of
scientific
and
technical
revolution
is
the
development
and
practical
implementation
of
a
special
type
of
information
systems
known
as
integrated
information
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1224
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
text
processing
problems
such
as
automatic
translation
and
automatic
abstracting
create
a
need
for
defining
explicit
concepts
which
should
be
characterized
as
the
properties
and
quantity
of
semantic
information
contained
in
document
texts
in
fact
we
need
a
formal
model
which
lets
us
describe
the
process
of
semantic
text
analysis
semantic
text
analysis
could
be
described
from
the
point
of
view
of
someone
with
a
different
conception
of
the
world
e
g
the
text
of
very
meaningful
article
does
not
contain
in
fact
any
information
for
people
who
are
not
specialists
in
the
given
mathematic
field
therefore
the
formal
model
must
contain
descriptions
of
the
conception
of
the
world
of
the
given
observer
such
a
description
we
call
a
thesaurus
semantic
text
analysis
we
interpret
as
changing
the
thesaurus
in
response
to
a
given
text
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1225
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
describes
a
system
for
the
automatic
synthesis
of
a
text
in
a
natural
language
russian
the
primary
characteristic
of
this
system
is
its
semantic
nature
and
the
plurality
of
its
synthesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1226
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
account
is
given
of
the
principles
for
automatic
decipherment
of
historical
documents
which
are
used
by
te
viniti
group
under
the
leadership
of
m
a
probst
the
author
considers
problems
of
dividing
texts
into
blocks
classification
of
morphemes
into
auxiliary
and
root
morphemes
by
means
of
the
variational
principle
and
establishment
of
correspondences
between
related
languages
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1227
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
anything
that
goes
under
the
name
of
production
and
distribution
sounds
as
if
it
clearly
fell
into
the
economist's
domain
an
analysis
of
knowledge
on
the
other
hand
seems
to
be
the
philosopher's
task
though
some
aspects
of
it
are
claimed
by
the
sociologist
but
if
one
speaks
of
the
communication
of
knowledge
in
the
united
states
the
specialist
in
education
may
feel
that
this
is
in
his
bailiwick
also
the
mathematician
or
operations
researcher
specializing
in
communication
theory
and
information
systems
may
prick
up
his
ears
in
fact
some
of
the
knowledge
to
be
discussed
here
is
technological
and
thus
the
engineer
may
properly
be
interested
when
i
tried
out
the
title
of
this
study
on
representatives
of
various
disciplines
many
were
rather
surprised
that
an
economist
would
find
himself
qualified
to
undertake
this
kind
of
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1228
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
science
is
developing
at
a
rapid
pace
the
modern
scientific
and
technical
revolution
has
as
its
outcome
an
unprecedented
fact
the
transformation
of
science
in
an
ever
growing
manner
and
along
the
growing
front
of
scientific
disciplines
into
an
immediately
productive
and
social
force
of
society
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1229
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
birmingham
university
library
it
is
proposed
to
implement
in
october
l
a
complete
microfilm
catalogue
system
this
system
originated
from
two
sources
over
the
past
two
years
various
means
have
been
evaluated
of
converting
the
library's
card
catalogues
which
were
closed
at
the
end
of
to
a
more
compact
form
an
interim
report
mentioned
microfilming
as
one
of
a
number
of
possibilities
at
the
time
the
production
of
hard
copy
was
envisaged
but
since
then
a
true
microform
system
has
seemed
preferable
in
which
the
catalogue
would
exist
as
cassettes
of
film
to
be
viewed
by
all
users
on
reader
machines
this
system
has
been
specified
and
costed
and
details
are
included
in
this
paper
the
impetus
in
reaching
this
viewpoint
was
provided
by
the
progress
made
over
the
last
months
in
the
field
of
com
which
rapidly
commended
itself
as
the
choice
of
output
medium
for
the
new
mechanized
marc
based
catalogue
which
covers
all
the
library's
serials
and
all
monographs
acquired
after
january
blcmp
union
catalogues
in
these
categories
will
also
be
held
in
com
form
at
birmingham
university
library
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1230
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
technical
and
economic
feasibility
of
providing
selective
notifications
of
current
books
to
specialized
libraries
by
extraction
from
marc
tapes
has
been
explored
an
experimental
on
line
system
'marcas'
was
used
to
test
profile
construction
and
the
utility
of
the
various
elements
in
marc
records
as
search
keys
the
programs
allowed
both
weighted
and
boolean
searching
on
the
title
and
author
lc
classification
and
subject
headings
and
the
bnb
precis
indexing
terms
and
reference
index
numbers
test
profiles
were
constructed
for
nine
libraries
covering
a
range
of
subject
fields
and
run
on
six
weeks
of
bnb
and
six
weeks
of
lc
marc
tapes
the
output
was
assessed
for
relevance
and
recall
and
the
results
analyzed
in
terms
of
precision
and
recall
for
various
combinations
of
searchable
fields
the
best
performance
with
recall
and
precision
both
about
was
given
by
searching
all
verbal
fields
together
title
and
author
lc
subject
headings
and
bnb
tapes
only
precis
indexing
terms
costs
for
the
experimental
on
line
system
and
a
batch
version
of
the
system
are
identified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1231
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
even
while
edition
was
under
preparation
seeds
had
been
sown
to
take
the
study
of
the
theory
of
classification
to
a
deeper
level
with
the
co
operation
of
a
wider
circle
of
workers
an
international
conference
of
libraries
and
documentation
centres
was
held
in
brussels
from
to
september
during
the
conference
a
whole
forenoon
was
devoted
to
a
group
meeting
on
classification
general
and
special
under
my
chairmanship
the
following
two
resolutions
recommended
by
the
group
meeting
were
adopted
by
the
plenary
meeting
on
september
the
fid
recommends
that
a
deeper
and
more
extensive
study
should
be
made
of
the
general
theory
of
classification
including
facet
analysis
and
also
of
their
application
in
the
documentation
of
specific
subjects
the
commission
proposes
that
in
liaison
with
the
fid
ca
committee
a
permanent
working
group
be
created
in
order
to
make
mutual
exchange
of
theoreticians'
experiences
and
points
of
view
possible
the
rapporteurs
shall
bring
about
the
creation
of
such
a
group
and
furnish
the
information
and
means
of
work
in
order
that
practical
results
may
be
obtained
in
the
shortest
time
by
making
mail
exchanges
easier
and
more
frequent
the
scheme
proposed
by
dr
ranganathan
will
serve
as
the
basic
document
further
at
its
meeting
held
on
september
the
council
of
fid
requested
its
bureau
to
convene
an
international
seminar
on
classification
this
was
in
accord
with
the
memorandum
prepared
by
me
at
the
request
of
donker
duyvis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1232
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
problem
is
that
i
have
been
persecuted
by
an
integer
for
seven
years
this
number
has
followed
me
around
has
intruded
in
my
most
private
data
and
has
assaulted
me
from
the
pages
of
our
most
public
journals
this
number
assumes
a
variety
of
disguises
being
sometimes
a
little
larger
and
sometimes
a
little
smaller
than
usual
but
never
changing
so
much
as
to
be
unrecognizable
the
persistence
with
which
this
number
plagues
me
is
far
more
than
a
random
accident
there
is
to
quote
a
famous
senator
a
design
behind
it
some
pattern
governing
its
appearances
either
there
really
is
something
unusual
about
the
number
or
else
i
am
suffering
from
delusions
of
persecution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1233
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
paper
is
an
attempt
to
formulate
a
positive
theory
of
motivation
which
will
satisfy
these
theoretical
demands
and
at
the
same
time
conform
to
the
known
facts
clinical
and
observational
as
well
as
experimental
it
derives
most
directly
however
from
clinical
experience
this
theory
is
i
think
in
the
functionalist
tradition
of
james
and
dewey
and
is
fused
with
the
holism
of
wertheimer
goldstein
and
gestalt
psychology
and
with
the
dynamicism
of
freud
and
adler
this
fusion
of
synthesis
may
arbitrarily
be
called
a
'general
dynamic'
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1234
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
multidimensional
scaling
is
the
problem
of
representing
n
objects
geometrically
by
n
points
so
that
the
interpoint
distances
correspond
in
some
sense
to
experimental
dissimilarities
between
objects
in
just
what
sense
distances
and
dissimilarities
should
correspond
has
been
left
rather
vague
in
most
approaches
thus
leaving
these
approaches
logically
incomplete
our
fundamental
hypothesis
is
that
dissimilarities
and
distances
are
monotonically
related
we
define
a
quantitative
intuitively
satisfying
measure
of
goodness
of
fit
to
this
hypothesis
our
technique
of
multidimensional
scaling
is
to
compute
that
configuration
of
points
which
optimizes
the
goodness
of
fit
a
practical
computer
program
for
doing
the
calculations
is
described
in
a
companion
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1235
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
natural
science
whose
internal
development
for
three
centuries
is
so
uniform
well
documented
and
relatively
self
generating
is
an
obvious
candidate
for
such
treatment
and
having
noticed
the
intellectual
connections
between
the
ideas
of
various
scholars
we
must
surely
pass
on
to
an
investigation
of
the
social
relations
through
which
those
connections
are
established
how
do
scientists
teach
communicate
with
promote
criticize
honour
give
ear
to
give
patronage
to
one
another
what
is
the
nature
of
the
community
to
which
they
adhere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1236
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
was
written
as
an
introduction
to
the
administrative
relationships
between
small
and
medium
sized
public
libraries
and
the
cooperative
library
system
in
this
book
the
definition
of
a
cooperative
system
is
as
follows
a
cooperative
library
system
is
the
combining
of
the
talents
and
the
resources
of
a
group
of
independent
libraries
within
a
reasonable
geographic
radius
for
the
purpose
of
attaining
excellence
in
service
and
resources
for
the
benefit
of
the
actual
and
potential
users
of
all
the
member
libraries
the
plan
for
the
book
originated
with
questions
directed
to
a
public
library
administrator
and
to
a
system
director
the
most
pertinent
of
the
repeated
questions
was
how
does
system
membership
change
local
library
administration
the
sharpest
question
was
will
the
system
ultimately
take
over
local
rights
and
responsibilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1237
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
an
attempt
to
trace
the
origins
of
non
book
activities
in
public
libraries
by
which
is
meant
the
arrangement
of
fiestas
festivals
and
exhibitions
the
conduct
of
classes
contests
lectures
and
excursions
the
staging
of
plays
the
exhibition
of
movies
the
demonstration
of
karate
and
judo
and
all
similar
activities
not
primarily
concerned
with
books
now
carried
on
by
public
libraries
since
ideas
about
libraries
as
well
as
librarians
have
passed
back
and
forth
across
the
atlantic
with
great
facility
in
this
attempt
to
discover
origins
it
seems
wise
to
follow
however
sketchily
developments
in
both
america
and
britain
and
to
note
with
some
care
what
was
happening
in
scholarly
libraries
in
popular
libraries
for
the
middle
classes
and
in
libraries
intended
for
the
working
classes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1238
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
is
an
edited
collection
of
some
papers
from
the
symposium
on
library
functions
in
the
changing
metropolis
sponsored
by
the
joint
center
for
urban
studies
and
the
national
book
committee
not
all
the
papers
delivered
at
the
symposium
are
included
and
papers
by
banfield
blasingame
and
myself
were
written
especially
for
this
volume
the
authors
are
urban
social
scientists
economists
historians
sociologists
political
scientists
planners
communication
experts
library
scholars
and
library
administrators
the
papers
are
about
libraries
and
cities
and
their
main
purpose
is
to
raise
issues
about
the
character
of
cities
and
the
future
of
libraries
whose
milieu
is
the
city
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1239
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
its
inception
unesco
has
engaged
in
activities
designed
to
promote
the
expansion
and
improvement
of
public
library
services
as
a
living
force
for
popular
education
and
international
understanding
these
activities
have
included
public
library
pilot
projects
colombo
ceylon
medellin
colombia
delhi
india
abidjan
ivory
coast
enugu
nigeria
training
of
librarians
and
meetings
of
experts
on
planning
library
services
it
has
become
increasingly
evident
that
effective
public
library
services
cannot
be
developed
and
maintained
without
appropriate
legislation
providing
for
a
nation
wide
service
offering
as
far
as
possible
equal
contract
with
the
international
federation
of
library
associations
ifla
for
a
comparative
study
of
existing
library
legislation
that
would
be
helpful
to
developing
and
developed
countries
alike
in
drafting
legislation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1240
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
study
as
a
whole
is
designed
to
stimulate
public
librarians
to
re
examine
realistically
their
most
useful
function
and
greatest
potential
contribution
at
a
time
when
methods
of
communication
are
undergoing
rapid
change
as
the
traditional
custodian
of
the
printed
word
the
librarian
has
long
had
a
distinctive
and
widely
accepted
role
the
public
library
inquiry
especially
in
the
concluding
chapter
of
the
present
volume
brings
to
the
center
of
attention
problems
and
suggestions
for
change
challenging
a
fresh
appraisal
it
should
arouse
the
interest
of
the
public
served
by
the
libraries
as
well
as
aid
the
librarians
themselves
to
an
appreciation
of
an
important
american
institution
that
must
be
kept
ever
alert
to
the
needs
of
a
democratic
society
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1241
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
report
on
the
viability
of
the
journals'
system
for
communicating
scholarly
and
research
information
overall
it
examines
the
economics
of
the
interaction
between
the
publisher
and
library
components
in
this
system
and
seeks
to
identify
the
separate
and
interdependent
problems
of
each
data
have
been
collected
for
the
five
year
period
as
a
basis
for
analysis
and
interpretation
emerging
issues
and
trends
are
identified
and
evaluated
for
their
possible
future
impact
when
supported
by
data
and
information
derived
from
the
study
conclusions
and
recommendations
are
offered
aimed
at
possible
solutions
or
processes
for
stabilizing
the
present
deteriorating
situation
and
the
consequent
drift
toward
a
general
crisis
in
journal
communication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1242
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
institute
was
designed
both
to
encourage
the
use
of
quantitative
measurement
and
to
teach
the
techniques
necessary
for
such
use
it
was
hoped
that
an
emphasis
on
statistical
measurement
would
upgrade
administrative
and
research
skills
and
thus
contribute
to
more
efficient
and
effective
library
management
studies
of
librarians'
academic
backgrounds
have
indicated
a
preponderance
of
humanities
and
social
science
majors
in
the
field
too
often
librarians
have
had
only
a
few
courses
in
mathematics
and
some
actually
have
a
psychological
antipathy
toward
numbers
this
anti
mathematics
syndrome
has
kept
librarians
from
taking
proper
advantage
of
quantitative
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1243
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
although
there
is
an
extensive
and
enjoyable
literature
on
the
subject
of
rare
books
most
of
it
is
concerned
with
bibliography
or
book
collecting
and
relatively
little
on
the
librarianship
of
rare
books
is
available
this
book
is
an
attempt
to
consider
some
of
the
problems
of
custodianship
and
exploitation
of
special
collections
in
libraries
problems
sufficiently
different
i
believe
to
make
the
concept
of
rare
book
librarianship
a
valid
one
it
is
based
distantly
upon
lecture
notes
for
a
course
on
this
subject
which
was
offered
to
postgraduate
students
at
loughborough
university
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1244
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
branch
of
information
theory
devoted
to
situations
in
which
the
entropy
of
the
source
exceeds
the
capacity
of
the
channel
is
called
rate
distortion
theory
the
name
derives
from
c
e
shannon's
concept
of
the
rate
distortion
function
of
an
information
source
with
respect
to
a
fidelity
criterion
which
serves
as
the
cornerstone
of
the
theory
rate
distortion
theory
provides
a
mathematical
basis
for
the
rapidly
evolving
branch
of
communication
engineering
commonly
referred
to
as
data
compression
bandwidth
compression
or
redundancy
reduction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1245
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
volume
is
to
give
an
insight
into
the
nature
and
scope
of
the
documents
of
international
organizations
and
to
provide
information
about
the
work
of
documentalists
and
librarians
in
making
the
mass
of
information
available
in
these
documents
available
to
readers
all
too
many
librarians
regard
government
documents
and
in
particular
the
documents
of
international
agencies
as
esoteric
unlike
the
usual
library
materials
in
format
and
publication
pattern
and
as
presenting
problems
of
acquisitions
control
and
service
so
complex
and
so
frustrating
that
they
are
best
left
to
the
specialist
in
documents
the
result
is
that
international
documents
are
a
puzzlement
to
the
general
librarian
and
a
source
of
frustration
to
the
ill
informed
administrator
a
situation
exacerbated
by
the
present
general
tendency
of
library
school
curricula
to
ignore
the
question
of
international
documents
except
for
cursory
mention
in
one
or
at
most
two
sessions
of
a
general
course
in
government
documents
to
which
relatively
few
students
are
exposed
the
information
in
this
volume
will
allay
the
fears
of
the
generalist
librarian
it
also
provides
the
data
on
which
to
base
additional
emphasis
on
international
documents
in
the
library
school
curriculum
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1246
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
definition
what
is
'reader
instruction'
another
currently
used
term
is
'library
instruction'
which
puts
the
emphasis
on
the
library
rather
than
the
reader
and
which
also
suggests
to
some
that
library
instruction
concerns
the
training
of
librarians
for
the
purpose
of
this
introductory
handbook
'reader
instruction'
is
taken
to
mean
instruction
given
to
readers
to
help
them
make
the
best
use
of
a
library
particularly
an
academic
library
of
some
size
and
complexity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1247
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
is
intended
as
a
means
of
exploration
for
the
practicing
librarian
and
as
a
textbook
for
the
library
school
student
it
will
try
to
draw
attention
to
significant
social
behavioral
theoretical
organizational
functional
and
operational
generalizations
about
library
interrelationships
and
to
suggest
a
sense
of
the
total
fabric
of
the
cooperative
endeavor
it
does
not
aim
at
identifying
and
incorporating
the
forms
and
the
range
of
library
cooperation
in
which
individual
libraries
seek
to
extend
the
limits
of
their
separate
capabilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1248
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
selections
are
intended
mainly
for
students
in
library
schools
and
for
librarians
in
the
field
who
have
not
yet
made
themselves
conversant
with
the
literature
of
computer
based
operations
this
is
not
a
book
to
state
the
proposition
in
the
negative
for
those
who
wish
to
read
on
the
theoretical
aspects
of
computers
the
selections
are
brought
together
in
seven
sections
the
first
the
challenge
includes
material
on
what
is
expected
of
librarians
in
the
age
of
the
computer
the
second
section
varieties
of
response
does
not
by
any
means
exhaust
developments
in
american
libraries
it
does
i
believe
contain
representative
descriptions
of
some
of
the
best
work
being
accomplished
the
third
section
theory
of
management
contains
an
outstanding
article
by
richard
degennaro
of
harvard
the
particular
contributions
made
in
this
article
are
described
in
the
editorial
comment
immediately
preceding
this
third
section
news
services
the
fourth
section
required
a
considerable
degree
of
selection
among
a
wealth
of
material
and
is
indicative
of
the
wide
variety
of
services
which
libraries
are
beginning
to
offer
in
the
age
of
the
computer
the
considerable
range
of
such
services
is
exhaustively
indicated
in
the
first
selection
of
this
section
while
those
that
follow
describe
specific
services
now
being
offered
or
services
in
the
planning
stage
the
material
in
the
fifth
section
catalogs
and
the
computer
is
on
a
subject
that
has
elicited
considerable
discussion
the
two
articles
selected
are
on
two
aspects
of
the
subject
namely
filing
problems
and
comparative
costs
the
sixth
section
copyright
contains
an
article
from
the
legal
point
of
view
the
more
traditional
library
view
of
copyright
has
been
ably
represented
by
verner
clapp
in
an
article
cited
in
the
section
on
additional
readings
the
seventh
section
information
retrieval
testing
is
a
subject
which
has
excited
the
attention
of
but
few
librarians
yet
its
influence
on
subject
indexing
could
in
time
prove
considerable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1249
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
each
kind
of
librarianship
partakes
of
the
general
elements
of
librarianship
and
each
has
a
flavor
all
its
own
this
book
is
intended
to
present
the
flavor
and
philosophy
of
medical
librarianship
to
the
student
or
novice
if
it
gives
a
new
perspective
to
some
practicing
librarians
or
administrators
in
health
science
organizations
so
much
the
better
if
it
were
ever
possible
to
think
of
medical
libraries
in
isolation
it
is
so
no
longer
one
must
conceive
of
them
as
part
of
a
medical
system
and
indeed
as
part
of
a
system
that
goes
beyond
the
narrow
confines
of
medicine
as
practiced
by
a
single
physician
for
a
single
patient
it
extends
into
the
health
sciences
as
represented
by
dentists
pharmacists
nurses
veterinarians
medical
technologists
medical
associates
and
dozens
of
others
some
not
yet
possessing
a
clear
identity
it
includes
research
education
and
practice
in
addition
to
the
clinical
sciences
the
system
involves
the
preclinical
ones
and
preventive
medicine
and
public
health
increasingly
socioeconomic
considerations
have
moved
into
the
mainstream
of
medicine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1250
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
fundamental
purpose
of
this
volume
is
to
assist
its
reader
to
genuinely
perceive
the
nature
of
scholarship
and
its
relationship
to
the
goals
of
librarianship
viewed
in
this
way
and
perhaps
as
antidote
to
the
more
rigidly
formalistic
treatments
of
the
technical
matters
of
research
the
editors'
concern
here
has
been
less
with
the
rituals
and
far
more
with
the
fundamental
nature
of
intellectual
inquiry
and
its
societal
contribution
with
the
modes
of
analysis
the
habits
of
thought
and
expression
which
characterize
scholarship
and
the
scholar
another
primary
purpose
has
been
to
put
research
into
a
context
which
clearly
depicts
the
task
of
the
researcher
and
so
illuminates
realistically
not
only
the
rigor
and
the
discipline
but
the
human
triumphs
and
joys
which
derive
from
its
accomplishment
seen
thus
as
a
dynamic
field
fit
for
the
adventurer
of
the
mind
perhaps
it
may
succeed
in
enticing
more
to
its
fold
from
among
those
in
librarianship
with
imaginative
and
creative
capacity
who
have
not
before
held
this
perspective
of
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1251
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
collection
attempts
to
bring
together
a
readable
and
germane
group
of
materials
ranging
from
history
review
papers
and
practical
exposition
to
reports
on
current
research
and
development
and
conjecture
about
the
future
it
is
expected
that
these
selections
will
be
of
interest
and
use
to
the
teacher
and
student
it
is
also
hoped
that
they
will
be
of
equal
interest
to
the
professional
librarian
and
researcher
there
has
been
a
deliberate
attempt
to
exclude
materials
that
have
appeared
in
recently
published
collections
it
is
for
this
reason
that
the
names
of
panizzi
cutter
martel
hanson
dewey
rider
bliss
haykin
shera
lubetzky
and
others
do
not
appear
a
specific
focus
has
been
given
to
this
book
it
is
in
the
direction
of
a
rational
sharing
of
local
national
and
international
efforts
and
the
eventual
coordination
and
standardization
of
practices
in
the
technical
services
insofar
as
this
is
practical
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1252
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
report
describes
the
results
of
a
study
of
a
practical
method
of
preparing
library
of
congress
card
catalog
data
in
machine
form
for
the
automatic
typesetting
of
cards
and
book
catalogs
and
distribution
to
other
libraries
throughout
the
country
for
all
foreseeable
bibliographic
and
typographic
applications
of
such
data
including
preparation
of
local
catalogs
the
first
step
of
the
method
proposed
is
to
type
the
card
data
on
a
perforated
tape
typewriter
in
a
way
which
identifies
all
of
the
items
on
the
card
after
the
data
is
edited
and
corrected
it
is
processed
by
a
computer
to
form
catalog
card
typesetting
tapes
the
national
union
catalog
library
of
congress
books
subjects
catalog
magnetic
tape
catalog
files
and
a
master
magnetic
or
perforated
paper
tape
record
copy
for
distribution
the
procedure
also
allows
the
recording
of
data
which
does
not
now
appear
on
library
of
congress
cards
should
studies
find
that
the
value
of
the
data
exceeds
the
cost
of
recording
it
a
demonstration
was
performed
in
which
cards
were
typed
to
produce
perforated
tape
records
these
record
tapes
were
automatically
converted
to
a
variety
of
output
forms
ranging
from
phototypeset
catalog
cards
and
book
catalog
entries
to
tape
typewriter
and
line
printer
produced
catalog
cards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1253
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
stock
control
has
been
defined
by
buckland
as
the
managerial
problem
of
organising
the
physical
availability
of
books
in
relation
to
readers
while
it
has
long
been
recognised
that
only
a
proportion
of
the
stock
of
academic
libraries
is
actively
used
academic
library
buildings
grow
both
more
expensive
and
approach
capacity
fullness
with
remarkable
speed
in
certain
cases
some
new
buildings
are
full
even
before
they
have
left
the
design
board
stage
it
is
difficult
to
avoid
the
conclusion
reached
by
r
b
morris
in
that
'in
terms
of
long
range
perspective
responsible
judgement
suggests
that
there
is
no
feasible
choice
before
libraries
other
than
a
wide
and
continuous
programme
of
selective
book
retirement
'
library
stock
control
has
not
received
the
attention
it
merits
from
librarians
whose
energy
time
and
resources
have
been
more
than
fully
committed
by
the
problems
of
acquisition
and
the
provision
of
an
ever
increasing
range
of
services
for
readers
early
investigations
of
this
issue
have
tended
to
be
theoretical
and
carol
seymour
in
her
review
weeding
the
collection
put
forward
the
view
that
a
librarian
should
be
able
to
begin
his
plan
for
weeding
even
if
the
day
seems
far
off
when
weeding
will
be
necessary
he
also
knows
the
sorts
of
information
tools
he
will
need
to
have
at
hand
when
the
day
does
dawn
on
his
overgrown
garden
the
pebul
report
summarised
the
position
in
a
remarkably
appropriate
metaphor
when
it
observed
that
weeding
the
bookstock
in
academic
libraries
was
the
ungrasped
nettle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1254
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
a
factual
report
of
the
investigation
it
includes
all
the
numerical
results
which
were
judged
to
be
worth
reporting
the
whole
of
the
data
collected
for
the
investigation
is
available
on
punched
cards
and
further
analyzes
can
be
made
from
these
if
required
by
members
of
aslib
the
broad
significance
of
the
results
and
any
conclusions
to
be
drawn
from
them
are
discussed
in
papers
now
being
prepared
for
publication
elsewhere
in
this
report
only
such
discussion
is
included
as
is
necessary
to
clarify
the
data
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1255
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
continues
the
account
of
the
aslib
cranfield
project
as
given
in
the
final
report
of
the
first
stage
of
an
investigation
into
the
comparative
efficiency
of
indexing
systems
the
major
portion
of
the
two
years
spent
on
this
present
stage
has
been
involved
with
the
analysis
of
the
considerable
amount
of
data
which
was
obtained
from
the
main
test
programme
a
difficulty
in
this
work
was
in
deciding
on
the
type
of
analysis
which
would
be
most
likely
to
yield
valuable
information
in
order
to
keep
this
volume
within
reasonable
limits
it
has
been
necessary
to
select
from
the
analysis
that
was
done
and
even
so
in
many
cases
only
brief
examples
are
given
the
major
emphasis
has
been
placed
on
the
reasons
for
failure
to
retrieve
source
documents
for
this
is
considered
to
give
some
of
the
most
interesting
results
of
the
project
and
has
not
to
our
knowledge
been
previously
attempted
of
possible
equal
importance
but
certainly
more
difficult
to
evaluate
is
the
reason
for
the
retrieval
of
non
relevant
references
this
analysis
has
not
been
attempted
within
the
present
work
but
will
be
one
of
the
matters
to
be
investigated
in
the
continuation
of
the
project
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1256
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
examination
is
made
of
the
current
problems
of
the
communication
and
dissemination
of
literature
in
the
field
of
physics
the
growth
of
the
literature
is
considered
quantitatively
with
respect
to
the
form
subject
and
origin
of
published
material
this
is
related
to
the
general
growth
in
scientific
activity
as
exemplified
by
increases
in
numbers
of
physicists
and
of
expenditure
on
research
the
results
of
surveys
aimed
at
ascertaining
the
needs
or
demands
of
users
of
the
physics
literature
are
considered
particularly
where
these
reveal
weakness
in
the
present
organization
of
information
transfer
and
the
reactions
of
users
to
new
services
intended
to
remedy
the
deficiencies
finally
a
number
of
recently
established
services
some
designed
to
meet
hitherto
unsatisfied
needs
are
described
the
role
of
the
computer
in
the
development
of
local
national
and
international
documentation
systems
is
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1257
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
focus
of
the
report
is
primarily
upon
the
problems
of
the
large
university
research
oriented
library
it
is
here
that
one
finds
the
most
difficult
resource
access
and
bibliographical
control
problems
if
one
can
significantly
improve
both
of
these
operations
for
the
large
research
oriented
institutions
there
are
likely
to
be
direct
or
indirect
benefits
for
the
smaller
library
while
the
reverse
situation
is
much
less
likely
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1258
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
foremost
among
the
nationwide
goals
of
the
library
community
is
the
access
to
needed
information
resources
for
all
persons
in
all
locations
in
the
u
s
the
perceived
right
of
individuals
to
such
access
provides
the
foundation
for
national
information
planning
for
each
library
even
the
largest
the
hope
of
adequately
supplying
its
identified
user
groups
has
been
greatly
constrained
by
simultaneous
inflation
of
both
cost
and
quantity
of
materials
while
future
technological
developments
may
well
make
possible
on
line
full
text
retrieval
of
all
library
materials
at
local
terminals
or
the
instantaneous
remote
publication
of
materials
upon
demand
the
present
situation
requires
more
immediate
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1259
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
if
the
major
premise
is
accepted
that
fully
effective
machine
strategization
of
a
retrieval
system
depends
upon
the
use
of
a
hierarchically
structural
but
highly
flexible
notation
as
the
equivalent
for
the
verbal
access
provided
by
either
unitermic
or
articulated
conceptual
indicators
a
faceted
classification
logically
emerges
as
the
desideratum
the
two
aspects
of
a
structural
notation
most
determinative
here
are
hierarchicality
and
uniform
use
of
general
categories
the
latter
not
merely
for
the
sake
of
uniformity
as
such
but
as
the
means
to
a
heightened
flexibility
these
desiderata
could
of
course
be
present
on
the
idea
plane
alone
but
without
their
being
present
notationally
they
do
not
furnish
to
a
mechanized
retrieval
system
the
type
of
assistance
it
requires
for
optimal
functioning
the
second
minor
premise
ought
to
be
that
the
universal
decimal
classification
being
both
hierarchical
and
general
categoric
provides
the
desired
structurality
but
the
melancholy
fact
is
that
this
desideratum
is
not
always
satisfied
for
instance
when
udc
uses
direct
division
of
a
hierarchy
when
division
by
general
category
would
be
equally
appropriate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1260
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
periodicals
for
the
subjects
of
physics
and
radio
has
been
undertaken
with
the
hope
of
indicating
those
which
are
most
used
in
each
field
the
method
selected
is
similar
to
that
used
by
p
l
k
gross
and
e
m
gross
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1261
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
collection
includes
simple
parent
rings
and
parent
systems
of
more
than
one
ring
in
which
the
rings
are
united
by
having
one
or
more
atoms
in
common
it
thus
comparizes
simple
and
fused
ortho
and
ortho
peri
fused
or
annelated
systems
including
spiro
forms
but
not
systems
like
biphenyl
or
triphenylmethane
in
which
the
rings
are
united
only
by
valences
or
by
atoms
not
belonging
to
the
rings
some
systems
are
included
in
which
a
polar
valence
is
involved
e
g
the
four
membered
ring
of
betaine
since
these
are
often
shown
in
formulas
as
if
true
rings
but
in
such
cases
the
presence
of
the
polar
bond
is
noted
polar
bonds
in
metallic
salts
e
g
calcium
succinate
are
disregarded
as
ring
formers
so
also
are
coordinate
linkages
as
in
the
chelate
compounds
the
word
system
is
used
to
mean
a
single
ring
or
a
combination
of
rings
united
one
to
another
by
atoms
common
to
both
except
for
some
special
reason
only
systems
representing
known
compounds
of
generally
accepted
structure
or
definitely
believed
by
authors
to
have
a
certain
structure
are
included
the
fact
that
a
compound
must
have
one
or
two
alternative
structures
is
not
sufficient
for
the
entry
of
a
system
based
on
either
of
them
where
there
is
doubt
about
an
entry
a
query
is
inserted
after
the
reference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1262
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
main
reason
for
writing
this
book
is
to
reassert
the
methodological
priority
of
the
search
for
the
laws
of
history
in
the
science
of
man
there
is
an
urgency
associated
with
this
rededication
which
grows
in
direct
proportion
to
the
increase
in
the
funding
and
planning
of
anthropological
research
and
especially
to
the
role
anthropologists
have
been
asked
to
assume
in
the
planning
and
carrying
out
of
international
development
programs
a
general
theory
of
history
is
required
if
the
expansion
of
disposable
research
funds
is
to
result
in
something
other
than
the
rapid
growth
in
the
amount
of
trivia
being
published
in
the
learned
journals
the
publishing
of
more
and
more
about
less
and
less
is
an
acceptable
consequence
of
affluence
only
if
specialization
does
not
lead
to
an
actual
neglect
or
even
obfuscation
of
fundamental
issues
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1263
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
recently
a
great
deal
of
emphasis
has
been
placed
upon
communications
interviewing
and
advisory
counseling
in
the
field
of
library
science
studies
done
in
these
areas
have
dealt
mainly
with
communication
barriers
verbal
and
nonverbal
communication
question
negotiation
and
patterns
of
information
seeking
interviewing
techniques
for
librarians
customer
relations
and
reference
performance
as
they
relate
to
the
user
and
his
confrontation
with
a
librarian
in
seeking
an
answer
to
his
question
however
it
seems
that
few
people
have
been
concerned
with
the
user
who
for
one
reason
or
another
does
not
ask
a
librarian
for
assistance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1264
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
program
which
i
will
discuss
has
the
primary
objective
of
making
new
technology
and
research
information
generated
in
federally
supported
research
programs
available
for
use
by
industry
and
government
for
both
private
and
public
benefits
our
group
had
no
part
in
creating
the
information
resources
which
we
use
except
for
the
design
of
the
computer
retrieval
system
although
we
work
with
and
depend
on
conventional
libraries
and
librarians
we
have
no
professional
librarians
on
our
staff
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1265
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
no
code
of
cataloging
could
be
adopted
in
all
points
by
every
one
because
the
libraries
for
study
and
the
libraries
for
reading
have
different
objects
and
those
which
combine
the
two
do
so
in
different
proportions
again
the
preparation
of
a
catalog
must
vary
as
it
is
to
be
manuscript
or
printed
and
if
the
latter
as
it
is
to
be
merely
an
index
to
the
library
giving
in
the
shortest
possible
compass
clues
by
which
the
public
can
find
books
or
is
to
attempt
to
furnish
more
information
on
various
points
or
finally
is
to
be
made
with
a
certain
regard
to
what
may
be
called
style
without
pretending
to
exactness
we
may
divide
dictionary
catalogs
into
short
title
medium
title
and
full
title
or
bibliographic
typical
examples
of
the
three
being
the
boston
mercantile
or
the
cincinnati
public
the
boston
public
and
the
boston
athenaeum
the
catalog
now
making
by
the
library
of
congress
to
avoid
the
constant
repetition
of
such
phrases
as
the
full
catalog
of
a
large
library
and
a
concise
finding
list
i
shall
use
the
three
words
short
medium
and
full
as
proper
names
with
the
preliminary
caution
that
the
short
family
are
not
all
the
same
size
that
there
is
more
than
one
medium
and
that
full
may
be
fuller
and
fullest
short
if
single
columned
is
generally
a
title
a
liner
if
printed
in
double
columns
it
allows
the
title
occasionally
to
exceed
one
line
but
not
if
possible
two
medium
does
not
limit
itself
in
this
way
but
it
seldom
exceeds
four
lines
and
gets
many
titles
into
a
single
line
full
usually
fills
three
or
four
lines
and
often
takes
six
or
seven
for
a
title
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1266
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
no
code
of
cataloguing
could
be
adopted
in
all
points
by
everyone
because
the
libraries
for
study
and
the
libraries
for
reading
have
different
objects
and
those
which
combine
the
two
do
so
in
different
proportions
again
the
preparation
of
a
catalogue
must
vary
as
it
is
to
be
manuscript
or
printed
and
if
the
latter
as
it
is
to
be
merely
an
index
to
the
library
giving
in
the
shortest
possible
compass
clues
by
which
the
public
can
find
books
or
is
to
attempt
to
furnish
more
information
on
various
points
or
finally
is
to
be
made
with
a
certain
regard
to
what
may
be
called
style
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1267
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
describes
exhaustive
classification
of
the
declensional
types
noun
adjective
participle
mineral
pronoun
in
modern
russian
literary
language
and
rules
of
formation
for
all
word
forms
of
any
declinable
russian
word
the
description
of
the
russian
declensional
system
which
given
in
present
monography
has
great
importance
on
the
one
hand
for
such
practical
problems
as
the
teaching
russian
and
the
development
of
automatic
russian
text
synthesis
and
on
the
another
hand
for
a
general
theory
of
declension
and
for
the
typological
study
of
slavic
languages
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1268
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
of
all
the
problems
which
have
of
recent
years
engaged
the
attention
of
educators
and
librarians
none
have
been
more
puzzling
than
those
posed
by
the
astonishing
growth
of
our
great
research
libraries
my
own
interest
in
this
subject
has
over
several
years
resulted
in
a
series
of
papers
some
of
them
mainly
analyzes
but
others
of
them
endeavoring
to
suggest
answers
to
what
has
sometimes
seemed
to
be
an
almost
insoluble
puzzle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1269
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
with
this
book
i
try
to
offer
readers
a
broad
picture
of
the
current
reprint
industry
as
well
as
an
account
detailed
enough
to
capture
the
fast
moving
reprint
scene
from
various
viewpoints
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1270
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
had
its
origin
in
a
set
of
five
public
lectures
given
at
the
sterling
memorial
library
at
yale
university
during
october
and
november
under
the
auspices
of
the
yale
department
of
history
the
subject
whatever
its
name
had
just
come
through
a
stage
in
its
growing
up
during
which
it
almost
seemed
as
though
every
would
be
practitioner
of
the
art
deemed
it
necessary
to
exhibit
the
completeness
of
his
dedication
by
writing
the
history
of
the
whole
of
science
through
all
its
periods
hoping
that
this
historiographic
phase
had
evaporated
and
feeling
incompetent
in
too
many
scientific
and
historical
directions
i
resolved
instead
to
essay
the
experiment
of
speaking
only
from
those
areas
in
which
i
had
reasonable
firsthand
experience
at
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1271
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
plan
in
this
paper
is
to
try
to
apply
to
the
field
of
experimental
psychology
the
analysis
of
the
characteristics
of
science
and
more
particularly
the
structure
of
scientific
revolutions
as
conceptualized
by
t
s
kuhn
kuhn
has
not
been
accepted
without
criticism
but
that
need
not
prevent
us
from
using
his
book
as
a
point
of
departure
for
discussion
i
assume
that
the
reader
will
be
familiar
with
kuhn's
analysis
so
that
only
a
sketchy
summary
of
his
position
is
necessary
i
will
then
take
a
brief
look
at
some
of
the
history
of
psychology
with
special
emphasis
upon
the
major
tenets
of
behaviorism
finally
i
will
advance
some
evidence
to
suggest
that
we
may
well
be
living
in
an
era
of
revolution
within
psychology
as
well
as
without
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1272
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
my
title
might
suggest
i
wish
to
discuss
some
aspects
of
palermo's
recent
paper
the
thesis
which
palermo
advocated
is
that
kuhn's
view
of
scientific
revolution
is
applicable
to
the
recent
history
of
experimental
psychology
and
that
in
particular
experimental
psychology
has
had
two
paradigms
already
with
the
appropriate
scientific
revolution
between
them
and
that
the
current
behavioristic
paradigm
may
well
be
in
a
state
of
kuhnian
crisis
the
present
note
is
divided
into
three
parts
the
first
questions
palermo's
assertion
that
the
transition
from
introspectionism
to
behaviorism
was
a
standard
kuhnian
paradigm
change
the
second
closely
tied
to
the
first
challenges
the
assumption
that
behaviorism
itself
can
really
be
seen
as
a
kuhnian
paradigm
finally
the
third
supports
palermo's
thesis
that
behaviorism
is
in
a
'crisis
state'
but
advances
an
alternative
account
of
the
reasons
for
this
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1273
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
efforts
have
been
made
in
recent
years
to
use
statistical
studies
of
scientific
research
papers
as
a
means
for
deriving
general
statements
about
trends
in
science
for
example
there
has
been
a
continuing
interest
in
the
question
of
how
the
frequency
of
citation
of
a
scientific
paper
depends
on
its
age
these
investigations
have
however
been
mainly
concerned
with
the
major
branches
of
science
only
and
have
also
perhaps
been
rather
more
interested
in
identifying
past
trends
than
in
making
specific
predictions
for
the
future
although
such
results
are
obviously
valuable
it
is
also
important
to
push
these
analyses
further
into
smaller
areas
within
a
main
scientific
subject
division
since
such
areas
may
have
significantly
different
bibliographical
properties
from
the
subject
average
one
particularly
important
aspect
of
such
work
concerns
the
origin
of
new
growth
areas
within
a
major
discipline
we
can
specifically
pose
the
question
is
it
possible
purely
from
a
statistical
analysis
of
scientific
research
papers
to
identify
the
appearance
of
a
new
growth
area
and
if
so
how
soon
after
its
first
appearance
can
such
an
area
be
identified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1274
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
part
i
of
this
paper
described
the
first
steps
in
mapping
the
scientific
literature
using
a
new
technique
co
citation
to
measure
the
degree
of
similarity
among
documents
the
work
developed
directly
from
an
earlier
paper
which
defined
this
measure
and
explored
its
relationship
to
other
citation
measures
for
identifying
relationships
among
documents
we
now
report
the
outcome
of
an
attempt
to
create
'maps'
of
the
scientific
literature
the
scales
of
these
maps
have
been
systematically
manipulated
so
that
they
present
not
only
an
overview
of
all
highly
cited
papers
in
natural
science
but
also
a
detailed
view
of
a
single
scientific
specialty
at
each
level
we
have
systematically
sought
indications
of
the
validity
of
the
mapping
operation
and
have
indications
that
the
maps
display
at
least
certain
important
aspects
of
the
specialty
structure
of
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1275
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
small
college
has
stood
staunch
in
its
desire
to
supply
the
liberal
education
and
perhaps
it
has
done
well
in
maintaining
this
position
on
the
other
hand
many
of
the
large
universities
have
shifted
the
emphasis
from
undergraduate
work
to
graduate
study
still
others
have
tried
to
develop
both
side
by
side
few
of
the
small
colleges
have
kept
astride
with
the
inevitable
consequences
of
such
a
situation
the
few
who
have
are
sending
an
increasing
number
of
their
graduates
to
these
universities
to
complete
their
training
as
an
example
of
this
it
is
the
boast
of
pomona
college
that
over
seventy
per
cent
of
her
graduates
have
taken
subsequent
professional
training
it
has
become
the
evident
duty
therefore
of
the
small
college
to
prepare
its
men
not
only
to
enter
such
graduate
schools
but
also
to
meet
successfully
the
ever
increasing
intensity
of
competition
found
there
this
in
addition
to
supplying
a
broad
cultural
education
this
duty
has
brought
with
it
a
number
of
problems
of
first
magnitude
one
of
the
biggest
of
these
is
the
problem
of
adequate
library
facilities
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
paper
to
discuss
this
problem
with
special
reference
to
the
student
whose
college
major
is
chemistry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1276
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
investigation
deals
with
the
serial
literature
of
geology
including
mineralogy
six
american
journals
for
were
chosen
and
the
references
tabulated
in
table
i
are
listed
these
source
journals
together
with
the
total
number
of
pages
of
the
actual
articles
studied
the
total
number
of
citations
in
each
journal
the
number
of
references
to
books
and
to
personal
communications
and
the
net
total
which
represents
the
citations
to
serial
literature
it
is
these
last
mentioned
references
which
will
be
considered
in
further
detail
the
totals
are
probably
slightly
high
due
to
unintentional
counting
in
single
articles
of
repetitions
of
the
same
citation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1277
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
paper
i
propose
a
bibliographic
system
for
science
literature
that
can
eliminate
the
uncritical
citation
of
fraudulent
incomplete
or
obsolete
data
by
making
it
possible
for
the
conscientious
scholar
to
be
aware
of
criticisms
of
earlier
papers
it
is
too
much
to
expect
a
research
worker
to
spend
an
inordinate
amount
of
time
searching
for
the
bibliographic
descendants
of
antecedent
papers
it
would
not
be
excessive
to
demand
that
the
thorough
scholar
check
all
papers
that
have
cited
or
criticized
such
papers
if
they
could
be
located
quickly
the
citation
index
makes
this
check
practicable
even
if
there
were
no
other
use
for
a
citation
index
than
that
of
minimizing
the
citation
of
poor
data
the
index
would
be
well
worth
the
effort
required
to
compile
it
this
paper
considers
the
possible
utility
of
a
citation
index
that
offers
a
new
approach
to
subject
control
of
the
literature
of
science
by
virtue
of
its
different
construction
it
tends
to
bring
together
material
that
would
never
be
collated
by
the
usual
subject
indexing
it
is
best
described
as
an
association
of
ideas
index
and
it
gives
the
reader
as
much
leeway
as
he
requires
suggestiveness
through
association
of
ideas
is
offered
by
conventional
subject
indexes
but
only
within
the
limits
of
a
particular
subject
heading
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1278
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
article
is
offered
an
improved
citation
count
method
designed
to
measure
qualitatively
the
value
of
any
scientific
serial
by
means
of
a
related
quantitative
citation
count
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1279
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
literature
citation
counting
is
evaluated
as
a
means
for
identification
of
significant
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1280
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
machine
indexing
and
text
searching
offer
an
approach
to
the
basic
problems
of
library
automation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1281
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
abstract
individuals
who
received
documents
through
a
selective
dissemination
of
information
system
were
asked
to
determine
the
relevance
of
documents
to
their
work
interests
on
the
basis
of
titles
and
of
abstracts
the
results
indicate
that
there
was
no
significant
difference
between
the
usefulness
of
titles
and
of
abstracts
for
this
purpose
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1282
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
statistical
decision
theory
may
provide
a
measure
of
effectiveness
better
than
measures
proposed
to
date
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1283
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
unique
approach
underlies
versatile
bibliographic
systems
for
communicating
and
evaluating
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1284
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
immediate
dissemination
of
research
findings
is
described
for
one
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1285
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
is
an
attempt
to
describe
in
the
broadest
outline
the
nature
of
the
total
world
network
of
scientific
papers
we
shall
try
to
picture
the
network
which
is
obtained
by
linking
each
published
paper
to
the
other
papers
directly
associated
with
it
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1286
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
since
the
number
of
mathematical
publications
per
year
measured
by
counts
of
titles
abstracted
has
grown
from
about
to
at
an
average
continuous
compound
rate
of
about
percent
per
year
doubling
about
four
times
a
century
deviations
from
the
exponential
curve
are
clearly
related
to
war
depression
and
recovery
if
the
total
number
of
publications
prior
to
is
estimated
by
extrapolating
from
the
curve
of
annual
output
the
cumulative
grand
total
of
mathematical
titles
grows
from
in
to
by
the
end
of
deviations
from
an
exponential
growth
of
percent
per
year
are
negligible
except
for
two
pauses
during
world
wars
after
which
the
observations
continue
parallel
to
the
theoretical
curve
the
well
known
hypothesis
of
exponential
growth
of
the
scientific
literature
is
strongly
confirmed
but
at
a
rate
less
than
half
that
found
by
price
and
other
investigators
the
discrepancy
appears
to
be
due
to
the
failure
of
previous
studies
to
take
into
account
the
titles
published
before
the
beginnings
of
the
time
series
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1287
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
spread
of
influence
in
populations
of
scientific
papers
may
become
a
subject
for
quantitative
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1288
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
defense
department
study
of
the
utility
of
research
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1289
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
exchange
of
information
on
research
evolves
predictably
and
can
be
experimentally
modified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1290
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
computer
based
system
will
enable
a
subscriber
to
receive
a
personalized
stream
of
papers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1291
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
develops
a
conception
of
ways
in
which
certain
psychosocial
processes
affect
the
allocation
of
rewards
to
scientists
for
their
contributions
an
allocation
which
in
turn
affects
the
flow
of
ideas
and
findings
through
the
communication
networks
of
science
the
conception
is
based
upon
an
analysis
of
the
composite
of
experience
reported
in
harriet
zuckerman's
interviews
with
nobel
laureates
in
the
united
states
and
upon
data
drawn
from
the
diaries
letters
notebooks
scientific
papers
and
biographies
of
other
scientists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1292
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
is
concerned
with
the
general
theory
of
chemical
synthesis
and
with
the
application
of
machine
computation
to
the
generation
of
chemical
pathways
for
the
synthesis
of
complicated
organic
molecules
the
basis
for
the
approach
which
has
been
developed
comes
in
large
measure
from
the
methods
used
by
chemists
in
the
solution
of
certain
types
of
synthetic
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1293
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
dissension
has
arisen
in
the
american
psychological
association
apa
over
a
multimillion
dollar
plan
to
establish
a
national
information
system
for
psychology
the
plan
would
supplement
the
existing
psychology
journals
with
a
computerized
system
for
distributing
unedited
manuscripts
on
a
rapid
fire
basis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1294
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
article
the
principal
experiments
in
automatic
text
analysis
are
briefly
reviewed
and
an
indication
is
given
of
developments
to
be
expected
in
the
future
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1295
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
effective
transfer
of
scientific
and
technical
information
continues
to
be
a
pressing
national
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1296
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
some
new
aids
for
the
research
scientist
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1297
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
focuses
on
differences
between
the
physical
and
the
social
sciences
regarding
three
major
factors
associated
with
the
dissemination
and
assimilation
of
scientific
information
i
lags
in
the
process
of
information
flow
ii
the
organization
and
effectiveness
of
informal
networks
and
iii
the
transfer
of
information
from
the
informal
to
the
formal
domain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1298
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
automated
methods
for
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
to
individual
scientists
and
engineers
play
an
important
role
in
dealing
with
the
increasing
avalanche
of
scientific
information
this
article
presents
some
basic
aspects
of
sdi
systems
and
describes
recent
developments
and
problems
two
different
approaches
to
indexing
information
for
sdi
systems
are
discussed
with
emphasis
on
the
desirability
of
using
enumerative
hierarchical
classifications
to
improve
the
precision
and
quality
of
matching
scientists
with
useful
documents
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1299
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
concept
in
science
communication
will
be
given
its
first
test
in
calendar
year
primary
and
secondary
contents
of
a
selected
subset
of
the
world's
journal
literature
in
physics
will
be
provided
in
a
variety
of
output
formats
among
them
are
a
monthly
microfilm
containing
the
full
texts
of
all
articles
in
the
set
of
journals
current
physics
microform
an
advance
abstracts
journal
describing
the
articles
current
physics
advance
abstracts
a
printed
classified
index
of
the
titles
of
the
articles
current
physics
titles
and
a
computer
tape
index
to
the
articles
searchable
physics
information
notices
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1300
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
article
examines
findings
from
surveys
individual
interviews
and
bibliographical
essays
and
discusses
the
similarities
among
contemporary
groups
that
developed
into
small
coherent
activist
groups
and
that
subsequently
had
major
impacts
on
their
home
disciplines
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1301
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
journals
can
be
ranked
by
frequency
and
impact
of
citations
for
science
policy
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1302
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
citation
analysis
suggests
that
only
a
few
scientists
contribute
to
scientific
progress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1303
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
national
and
international
bibliographic
information
network
for
science
and
technology
is
now
evolving
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1304
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
science
citation
index
is
a
valuable
and
powerful
tool
when
used
for
the
purpose
for
which
it
was
intended
as
an
aid
in
literature
search
it
also
invites
a
variety
of
statistical
investigations
which
must
however
be
considered
with
prudence
since
they
may
lead
to
misleading
results
no
matter
how
cautiously
the
authors
express
themselves
the
casual
readers
that
is
the
majority
will
treat
the
results
as
established
facts
and
forget
about
the
assumptions
underlying
them
this
is
also
happening
with
the
computer
output
for
economic
models
which
is
accepted
as
if
it
were
experimental
observation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1305
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
it
is
my
purpose
to
single
out
two
major
information
technologies
that
have
already
fostered
considerable
controversies
computer
based
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
and
photocopying
technologies
and
analyze
the
costs
and
benefits
they
have
produced
in
various
knowledge
sensitive
circles
of
american
society
i
also
suggest
some
immediate
policy
steps
that
might
be
taken
concerning
computers
photocopiers
and
other
information
technologies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1306
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
traditional
copyright
concept
may
not
be
appropriate
to
knowledge
management
in
a
technological
society
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1307
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
review
i
present
the
measures
to
some
extent
in
the
terms
of
their
originators
and
to
some
extent
in
common
terms
which
will
make
it
easier
to
compare
and
contrast
them
with
the
measure
proposed
here
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1308
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
more
and
more
examples
accumulated
of
highly
variable
growth
rates
and
of
their
influence
on
scientific
careers
gradually
the
study
began
to
incorporate
calculations
of
the
effects
of
variable
growth
on
a
wide
range
of
scientific
concerns
studying
teaching
research
publishing
citations
the
basis
of
scientific
prestige
promotions
unemployment
it
became
apparent
that
generally
unsuspected
forces
have
a
powerful
influence
on
the
careers
of
scientists
and
everyone
else
enmeshed
in
rapid
change
this
book
presents
some
evidence
for
change
and
speculates
about
many
effects
it
also
makes
a
beginning
toward
understanding
the
forces
that
cause
and
do
not
cause
change
it
may
provide
some
solace
for
those
in
dormant
fields
who
have
wondered
why
life
has
passed
them
by
it
may
perhaps
make
a
few
highly
successful
scientists
a
little
more
modest
most
of
all
it
may
guide
those
who
still
have
a
choice
and
so
have
we
all
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1309
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
scientific
theory
has
been
born
during
the
last
few
years
the
theory
of
information
it
immediately
attracted
a
great
deal
of
interest
and
has
expanded
very
rapidly
this
new
theory
was
initially
the
result
of
a
very
practical
and
utilitarian
discussion
of
certain
basic
problems
how
is
it
possible
to
define
the
quantity
of
information
contained
in
a
message
or
telegram
to
be
transmitted
how
does
one
measure
the
amount
of
information
communicated
by
a
system
of
telegraphic
signals
how
does
one
compare
these
two
qualities
and
discuss
the
efficiency
for
coding
devices
all
of
these
problems
and
many
similar
ones
are
of
concern
to
the
telecommunication
engineer
and
can
now
be
discussed
quantitatively
from
these
discussions
there
emerged
a
new
theory
of
both
mathematical
and
practical
character
this
theory
is
based
on
probability
considerations
once
stated
in
a
precise
way
it
can
be
used
for
many
fundamental
scientific
discussions
it
enables
one
to
solve
the
problem
of
maxwell's
demon
and
to
show
a
very
direct
connection
between
information
and
entropy
the
thermodynamic
entropy
measures
the
lack
of
information
about
a
certain
physical
system
whenever
an
experiment
is
performed
in
the
laboratory
it
is
paid
for
by
an
increase
of
entropy
and
a
generalized
carnot
principle
states
that
the
price
paid
in
increase
of
entropy
must
always
be
larger
than
the
amount
of
information
gained
information
corresponds
to
negative
entropy
a
quantity
for
which
the
author
coined
the
word
negentropy
the
generalized
carnot
principle
may
also
be
called
the
negentropy
principle
of
information
this
principle
imposes
a
new
limitation
on
physical
experiments
and
is
independent
of
the
well
known
uncertainty
relations
of
quantum
mechanics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1310
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
growing
interest
in
the
sociology
of
science
makes
the
publication
of
this
collection
of
papers
particularly
timely
because
in
broad
outline
it
deals
with
the
clash
which
occurs
when
the
sociological
approach
makes
incursions
into
the
field
normally
occupied
by
philosophers
of
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1311
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
were
introduced
by
kuhn
to
the
notion
of
scientific
progress
as
a
series
of
qualitative
changes
each
involving
the
overthrow
of
a
prevailing
paradigm
of
thought
by
a
new
paradigm
which
alters
the
whole
perspective
of
a
science
palermo
has
appropriately
summarized
kuhn's
analysis
it
seems
if
we
judge
by
constant
citations
of
kuhn
and
the
references
to
paradigms
crises
and
revolutions
among
scientists
and
philosophers
that
he
has
induced
a
novel
self
consciousness
about
the
growth
of
scientific
knowledge
and
the
nature
of
cumulativeness
in
the
expansion
of
understanding
and
not
least
among
psychologists
this
may
be
in
small
part
though
i
doubt
it
because
one
of
psychology's
concerns
is
the
empirical
study
of
the
growth
of
knowledge
jean
piaget
whose
influence
in
some
quarters
has
now
become
so
great
that
he
is
hailed
as
a
revolutionary
in
those
quarters
has
for
several
decades
been
developing
a
theory
of
the
growth
of
knowledge
or
if
you
insist
of
the
development
of
cognition
which
like
kuhn's
account
in
his
preface
kuhn
acknowledges
illumination
from
piaget
eschews
accumulation
and
posits
a
sequence
of
qualitative
changes
each
of
which
completely
reorganizes
thinking
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1312
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
discusses
the
intellectual
structure
of
a
scientific
specialty
in
great
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1313
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
paper
we
report
a
first
experiment
using
a
new
computer
based
technique
to
identify
clusters
of
highly
interactive
documents
in
science
we
contend
that
these
clusters
represent
the
scientific
specialties
which
currently
exhibit
high
levels
of
activity
this
technique
we
believe
opens
the
way
to
a
systematic
exploration
of
the
entire
specialty
structure
of
science
including
both
the
internal
structure
of
specialities
and
their
relationship
to
one
another
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1314
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
popper
science
is
the
very
epitome
of
objective
knowledge
the
central
papers
of
his
latest
book
argue
and
elaborate
on
this
theme
he
says
all
work
in
science
is
work
directed
towards
the
growth
of
objective
knowledge
we
are
workers
who
are
adding
to
the
growth
of
objective
knowledge
as
masons
work
on
a
cathedral
i
will
first
make
some
preliminary
points
about
the
word
'objective'
this
will
give
substance
to
issues
which
are
in
danger
of
becoming
too
rarefied
second
i
will
outline
popper's
account
of
objectivity
third
i
will
argue
that
despite
the
value
of
what
he
says
his
approach
is
seriously
misleading
i
will
propose
a
formula
for
systematically
transforming
popper's
theses
and
exposing
what
is
important
in
them
this
'transformative
method'
points
the
way
towards
an
entirely
different
conception
of
what
makes
knowledge
objective
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1315
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
work
is
concerned
with
the
influence
of
scientific
colleagues
on
the
conduct
of
one
another's
research
with
few
exceptions
the
discussion
is
limited
to
basic
research
in
experimental
sciences
with
well
established
theories
in
this
type
of
research
the
scientific
community
is
relatively
autonomous
and
the
group
of
colleagues
is
the
most
important
source
of
social
influence
on
research
colleagues
influence
decisions
to
select
problems
and
techniques
to
publish
results
and
to
accept
theories
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1316
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
an
essay
in
the
sociology
of
scientific
knowledge
written
with
the
sociology
of
knowledge
and
culture
generally
very
much
in
mind
as
a
sociological
study
it
is
unusual
in
that
the
form
and
content
of
scientific
knowledge
is
the
main
concern
and
not
its
organization
or
distribution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1317
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
intended
both
as
a
textbook
for
library
school
students
and
a
handbook
for
practicing
librarians
it
will
acquaint
the
former
with
the
basic
tools
of
the
management
analyst
and
will
aid
the
latter
in
improving
their
present
systems
the
major
analysis
techniques
are
described
in
step
by
step
detail
with
a
wealth
of
illustrations
and
library
examples
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1318
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
book
is
designed
to
serve
multiple
purposes
first
the
needs
of
practicing
librarians
particularly
those
who
are
just
beginning
their
careers
and
require
a
general
guide
and
source
of
operational
and
bibliographic
information
have
been
given
special
consideration
a
second
purpose
is
to
provide
a
textbook
for
library
school
and
other
advanced
students
whose
interests
are
oriented
toward
the
literature
of
the
life
and
physical
sciences
the
book
could
also
help
persons
in
management
positions
of
organizations
in
which
the
establishment
of
a
library
is
contemplated
presenting
if
only
from
a
review
of
the
contents
the
scope
of
such
a
department
finally
it
should
be
a
good
resource
for
library
consultants
engaged
in
assisting
management
to
make
the
right
decisions
the
requirements
of
all
of
these
audiences
have
been
assessed
and
endeavor
made
to
meet
their
somewhat
varied
requirements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1319
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
objective
in
this
work
has
been
to
try
to
get
at
the
fundamental
aspects
of
the
elements
and
media
of
scientific
and
technological
communication
and
to
describe
the
critical
issues
involving
them
as
well
as
the
opportunities
and
techniques
for
exploiting
them
which
hopefully
could
aid
both
the
users
and
the
handlers
of
these
important
resources
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1320
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
analyzes
relations
between
professional
employees
the
professions
to
which
they
belong
and
the
organizations
for
which
they
work
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1321
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
addressed
to
scientists
and
engineers
to
administrators
of
research
and
development
and
to
all
others
who
are
concerned
about
the
effects
of
organizations
upon
the
work
of
their
members
this
book
is
one
of
the
first
major
studies
to
examine
the
relationship
between
a
scientist's
performance
and
the
organization
of
his
laboratory
unlike
many
previous
expositions
about
the
best
environment
for
technical
people
the
findings
resulted
from
extensive
analysis
of
factual
data
from
a
wide
range
of
research
personnel
work
progressed
over
the
next
four
years
and
a
number
of
intriguing
results
began
to
emerge
but
as
these
were
discussed
with
other
investigators
studying
different
kinds
of
r
d
laboratories
discrepancies
appeared
it
became
clear
that
a
broader
study
was
needed
before
one
could
be
sure
what
constitutes
a
stimulating
environment
for
research
personnel
we
set
out
to
design
a
study
in
which
standardized
instruments
would
be
administered
to
scientists
and
engineers
in
several
types
of
laboratories
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1322
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
reality
the
building
and
shaping
of
the
collection
is
the
heart
of
librarianship
involving
the
essential
philosophy
of
the
profession
not
only
is
it
one
of
the
most
fascinating
tasks
in
the
intellectual
world
but
book
selection
is
the
most
important
most
interesting
and
most
difficult
of
the
professional
librarian's
responsibilities
true
ready
made
lists
of
the
best
books
need
not
be
ignored
but
they
have
to
be
evaluated
thoroughly
and
used
only
insofar
as
they
prove
helpful
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1323
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
collection
of
articles
discusses
three
basic
problems
the
typological
classification
of
information
retrieval
languages
the
formal
method
of
lexical
semantic
research
and
textual
semantics
problems
connected
with
lexical
word
meaning
the
building
up
of
semantic
fields
using
computers
and
automatic
indexing
are
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1324
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
has
been
designed
as
a
theoretical
and
practical
introduction
to
the
library
aspects
of
serial
publications
these
publications
are
now
so
profuse
and
at
the
same
time
so
significant
for
library
purposes
that
librarians
generally
should
have
a
good
grasp
of
their
nature
and
of
the
modes
of
controlling
them
like
rare
books
serials
give
rise
to
frequent
and
sometimes
intricate
technicalities
with
which
not
only
specialists
but
also
head
librarians
department
heads
and
others
should
be
acquainted
since
serials
are
part
and
parcel
of
the
workday
library
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1325
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
underlying
concepts
of
simulation
and
experimential
teaching
methods
presented
in
this
book
have
been
borrowed
from
other
fields
business
governmental
and
education
administration
primarily
the
values
for
library
educators
are
not
hypothetical
however
for
the
methodology
has
been
successfully
used
over
a
period
of
time
by
a
number
of
teachers
and
in
a
variety
of
educational
settings
related
to
career
training
for
librarians
neither
is
the
approach
overpersonalized
much
of
the
telling
is
in
personal
terms
in
order
to
limit
generalization
to
induce
acceptance
of
responsibility
and
to
provide
concrete
examples
in
terms
of
teaching
library
administration
the
assumption
is
that
it
will
be
easier
for
library
educators
to
react
creatively
to
methodological
discourse
couched
in
library
science
terms
than
if
the
same
methodology
were
described
in
terms
of
high
finance
international
politics
militarism
or
secondary
school
planning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1326
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
dictionary
contains
terms
in
information
theory
its
system
of
methods
and
practice
each
terms
give
an
interpretation
in
russian
and
the
equivalent
term
in
english
the
dictionary
has
alphabetical
indexes
of
terms
in
both
languages
and
a
list
of
abbreviations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1327
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
automatic
smart
document
retrieval
system
was
designed
at
harvard
university
between
and
and
has
been
operating
of
ibm
and
equipment
both
at
harvard
and
at
cornell
university
for
several
years
the
system
takes
documents
and
search
requests
in
the
natural
language
performs
a
fully
automatic
content
analysis
of
the
texts
using
one
of
several
dozen
programmed
language
analysis
methods
matches
analyzed
documents
with
analyzed
search
requests
and
retrieves
for
the
user's
attention
those
stored
items
believed
to
be
most
similar
to
the
submitted
queries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1328
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
last
ten
years
have
witnessed
rapid
and
often
radical
changes
in
computer
programming
systems
for
social
science
data
at
least
a
dozen
different
program
packages
collections
or
systems
not
to
mention
hundreds
of
individual
programs
have
emerged
by
now
and
are
in
use
by
social
scientists
at
universities
and
research
centers
all
across
the
country
it
is
probably
safe
to
say
that
the
bulk
of
these
systems
and
programs
represent
the
individual
efforts
of
a
small
group
working
at
one
institution
often
operating
under
a
relatively
restricted
set
of
research
and
computing
assumptions
this
parochial
tendency
has
left
students
and
researchers
with
the
often
bewildering
and
always
time
consuming
problem
of
learning
new
procedures
for
processing
their
data
each
time
they
change
institutions
or
each
time
the
institution
changes
computers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1329
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
present
volume
is
intended
as
a
systematic
theoretical
treatise
in
the
sociology
of
knowledge
it
is
not
intended
therefore
to
give
a
historical
survey
of
the
development
of
this
discipline
or
to
engage
in
exegesis
of
various
figures
in
this
other
other
developments
in
sociological
theory
or
even
to
show
how
a
synthesis
may
be
achieved
between
several
of
these
figures
and
developments
nor
is
there
any
polemic
intent
here
critical
comments
on
other
theoretical
positions
have
been
introduced
not
in
the
text
but
in
the
notes
only
where
they
may
serve
to
clarify
the
present
argument
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1330
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
events
of
the
past
few
years
have
led
to
a
critical
examination
of
the
function
of
science
in
society
it
used
to
be
believed
that
the
results
of
scientific
investigation
would
lead
to
continuous
progressive
improvements
in
conditions
of
life
but
first
the
war
and
then
the
economic
crisis
have
shown
that
science
can
be
used
as
easily
for
destructive
and
wasteful
purpose
and
voices
have
been
raised
demanding
the
cessation
of
scientific
research
as
the
only
means
of
preserving
a
tolerable
civilization
scientists
themselves
faced
with
these
criticisms
have
been
forced
to
consider
effectively
for
the
first
time
how
the
work
they
are
doing
is
connected
with
the
social
and
economic
developments
which
are
occurring
around
them
this
book
is
an
attempt
to
analyze
this
connection
to
investigate
how
far
scientists
individually
and
collectively
are
responsible
for
this
state
of
affairs
and
to
suggest
what
possible
steps
could
be
taken
which
would
lead
to
a
fruitful
and
not
to
a
destructive
utilization
of
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1331
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
present
study
professors
lipset
and
bendix
cast
doubt
on
the
validity
of
a
number
of
widely
accepted
generalizations
relating
to
social
mobility
particularly
that
there
has
been
substantially
less
mobility
in
europe
than
in
the
united
states
that
social
mobility
tends
to
decline
as
industrial
societies
mature
and
that
opportunities
for
entrance
into
the
business
elite
become
more
restricted
with
mature
industrialization
in
a
careful
analysis
of
the
existing
literature
the
authors
marshal
an
imposing
array
of
evidence
in
support
of
their
major
thesis
that
social
mobility
is
an
integral
and
continuing
aspect
of
the
process
of
industrialization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1332
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
baboons
have
adapted
to
a
variety
of
habitats
ranging
from
west
african
rain
forests
to
semidesert
areas
on
the
coast
of
the
red
sea
while
all
baboons
are
morphologically
adapted
to
life
on
the
ground
some
species
have
become
more
independent
of
trees
than
others
in
a
rough
ecological
series
we
find
on
one
end
the
forest
dwelling
west
african
species
mandrillus
leucophaneus
m
sphinx
papio
papio
none
of
which
has
so
far
been
studied
in
the
field
the
first
step
into
open
country
is
realized
by
the
savanna
baboons
of
south
and
east
africa
including
from
south
to
north
the
species
papio
ursinus
cynocephalus
and
anubis
their
social
organization
and
its
ecological
context
have
been
subject
to
long
range
field
work
by
hall
a
b
in
south
africa
by
devore
in
kenya
and
by
altmann
and
altmann
in
preparation
in
kenya
ad
tanzania
in
both
regions
the
groups
can
range
far
into
the
open
grassland
but
at
night
they
withdraw
to
high
trees
or
as
in
the
cape
region
to
vertical
cliffs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1333
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
our
attempts
to
extend
the
description
and
explanation
of
organizational
processes
we
have
shifted
from
an
earlier
emphasis
on
traditional
concepts
of
individual
psychology
and
interpersonal
relations
to
system
constructs
the
interdependent
behavior
of
many
people
in
their
supportive
and
complementary
actions
takes
on
a
form
or
structure
which
needs
to
be
conceptualized
at
a
more
appropriate
collective
level
classical
organization
theory
we
found
unsatisfactory
because
of
its
implicit
assumptions
about
the
closed
character
of
social
structures
the
development
of
open
system
theory
on
the
other
hand
furnished
a
much
more
dynamic
and
adequate
framework
hence
our
effort
in
the
pages
that
follow
is
directed
at
the
utilization
of
an
open
system
point
of
view
for
the
study
of
large
scale
organizations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1334
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
have
tried
in
this
paper
to
describe
some
of
the
main
features
of
the
emergence
and
growth
of
radio
astronomy
with
special
reference
to
the
crucial
developments
occurring
in
the
uk
much
of
what
we
have
written
above
needs
to
be
discussed
in
the
light
of
current
theories
about
the
nature
of
scientific
growth
and
compared
with
data
from
other
case
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1335
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
during
the
past
three
hundred
years
the
journal
article
has
become
the
main
institutionalized
form
of
formal
scholarly
communication
potential
contributions
to
a
discipline
acquire
credibility
because
they
have
been
published
in
a
reputable
journal
zuckerman
and
merton
who
published
what
and
where
therefore
becomes
a
central
question
in
the
understanding
of
scholarly
and
in
particular
scientific
disciplines
there
have
recently
been
a
number
of
investigations
concerning
the
career
of
such
publications
this
career
i
suggest
can
be
conceptualized
into
three
stages
pre
publication
here
the
scholar
writes
the
article
circulates
it
to
colleagues
and
perhaps
presents
it
at
formal
and
informal
meetings
garvey
lin
and
nelson
publication
here
the
article
is
submitted
to
one
or
more
journals
for
publication
consideration
zuckerman
and
merton
post
publication
here
colleagues
either
ignore
the
published
article
or
reward
it
through
citations
to
it
in
their
own
work
the
practice
of
citing
a
colleague's
work
is
perhaps
the
main
way
in
which
scholars
indicate
what
they
consider
to
be
a
contribution
to
their
discipline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1336
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
my
book
exit
voice
and
loyalty
responses
to
decline
in
firms
organizations
and
states
was
published
in
l
reactions
to
it
and
applications
of
its
concepts
have
been
fairly
numerous
and
i
have
myself
had
quite
a
few
afterthoughts
it
will
therefore
be
difficult
to
bring
these
matters
together
in
a
passably
structured
paper
in
the
following
i
shall
limit
myself
to
four
broad
areas
of
inquiry
which
have
been
so
arranged
that
my
own
further
reflections
figure
rather
prominently
though
by
no
means
exclusively
in
the
first
two
sections
while
the
latter
two
are
more
heavily
weighted
with
reports
and
comments
on
the
research
and
contributions
of
others
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1337
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
recent
years
social
scientists
have
given
increased
attention
to
problems
of
inequality
justice
and
discrimination
in
american
society
the
influence
of
ascribed
statuses
on
the
life
chances
of
individuals
is
being
studied
in
an
effort
to
estimate
the
fairness
of
social
institutions
in
rewarding
talent
social
scientists
are
trying
to
determine
the
extent
to
which
so
called
irrelevant
characteristics
influence
the
ways
in
which
people
are
judged
by
social
institutions
and
eventually
reach
social
positions
in
the
hierarchies
of
income
prestige
and
influence
of
the
major
institutions
in
american
society
science
has
received
perhaps
the
least
systematic
attention
little
is
known
about
how
scientists
achieve
positions
of
renown
this
book
examines
several
aspects
of
a
single
basic
question
is
the
stratification
of
individuals
in
science
based
upon
the
quality
of
scientific
performance
or
does
discrimination
obtain
in
the
processes
of
status
attainment
a
more
technical
way
of
putting
the
same
question
would
be
to
ask
whether
universalistic
and
rational
criteria
predominate
as
the
basis
for
recognition
in
the
social
system
of
science
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1338
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
tried
to
concentrate
on
a
few
variables
that
might
define
the
nature
of
a
citation
and
to
keep
the
rest
of
the
variables
constant
in
particular
we
used
references
in
articles
in
a
single
journal
in
a
single
specialty
of
a
single
branch
of
science
and
in
a
narrow
time
period
specifically
we
investigated
articles
dealing
with
theoretical
high
energy
physics
and
published
in
physical
review
in
the
years
to
inclusive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1339
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
an
exercise
in
sociological
theory
building
it
attempts
to
develop
a
theory
of
the
social
organization
of
science
i
have
tried
to
indicate
its
possible
broader
relevance
by
pointing
out
certain
basic
parallels
between
the
social
system
of
science
and
other
social
systems
within
society
i
hope
further
that
the
approach
used
even
if
not
the
specific
conclusions
i
have
drawn
from
it
may
be
useful
in
bridging
the
gap
that
seems
now
to
exist
between
those
sociologists
who
are
concerned
with
society
as
an
entity
and
who
analyze
social
behavior
in
terms
of
its
consequences
for
society
as
a
whole
and
those
sociologists
who
are
concerned
first
of
all
with
the
motives
attitudes
and
goals
of
the
individual
participants
in
these
patterns
of
social
behavior
my
approach
hopes
to
answer
the
question
of
why
it
is
that
most
individuals
most
of
the
time
come
to
want
to
do
what
it
is
that
society
needs
them
to
do
only
when
we
can
answer
this
question
satisfactorily
can
we
develop
a
sociology
capable
of
providing
both
prediction
and
meaning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1340
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
of
the
four
chapters
added
to
this
edition
two
come
from
published
symposia
one
of
which
is
out
of
print
and
the
other
of
which
i
am
told
is
nearing
that
same
state
of
exhaustion
this
chapter
sets
forth
the
concept
of
'the
influential
'
identifies
two
distinctive
types
of
influentials
the
'local'
and
the
'cosmopolitan
'
and
relates
these
types
to
the
structure
of
influence
in
the
local
community
the
second
of
these
chapters
contributions
to
the
theory
of
reference
group
behavior
draws
upon
the
ample
evidence
provided
by
the
american
soldier
to
formulate
certain
conditions
under
which
people
orient
themselves
to
the
norms
of
various
groups
in
particular
the
groups
with
which
they
are
not
affiliated
the
other
two
chapters
added
to
this
edition
have
not
been
published
before
the
first
of
these
continuities
in
the
theory
of
social
structure
and
anomie
tries
to
consolidate
recent
empirical
and
theoretical
analyses
of
the
sources
and
consequences
of
that
breakdown
of
social
norms
which
is
described
as
anomie
the
second
continuities
in
the
theory
of
reference
groups
and
social
structure
tries
to
bring
out
some
of
the
specially
sociological
as
distinct
from
the
socio
psychological
implications
of
current
inquiries
into
reference
group
behavior
the
intent
is
to
examine
some
of
the
theoretical
problems
of
social
structure
which
must
be
solved
before
certain
further
advances
can
be
made
in
the
sociological
analysis
of
reference
groups
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1341
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
by
virtue
of
its
peculiar
links
with
the
reward
system
in
science
the
communication
system
plays
a
central
part
in
the
maintenance
and
growth
of
science
it
is
the
means
by
which
the
individual
scientist
relates
to
the
social
system
he
publishes
his
work
to
gain
recognition
and
reads
the
publications
of
others
to
maintain
his
knowledge
the
formal
communication
system
also
forms
the
basis
for
the
allocation
of
rewards
instrumental
and
consumatory
thus
it
is
a
means
of
exercising
social
control
the
informal
communication
system
although
important
is
the
distaff
side
its
recognition
is
personal
with
more
immediate
and
consumatory
rewards
legitimation
of
objective
or
methods
of
work
is
rarely
given
by
the
social
system
through
informal
systems
of
communication
though
it
is
growing
in
importance
as
an
information
dissemination
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1342
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
general
account
is
presented
of
the
emergence
growth
and
decline
of
scientific
research
networks
and
their
associated
problem
areas
research
networks
are
seen
to
pass
through
three
phases
the
first
exploratory
phase
is
distinguished
by
a
lack
of
effective
communication
among
participants
and
by
the
pursuit
of
imprecisely
defined
problems
the
second
phase
is
one
of
rapid
growth
associated
with
increasing
social
and
intellectual
integration
made
possible
by
improved
communication
an
increasingly
precise
scientific
consensus
gradually
emerges
from
a
process
of
negotiation
in
which
those
participants
who
are
members
of
the
scientific
elite
exert
most
influence
but
as
consensus
is
achieved
the
problem
area
becomes
less
scientifically
fruitful
and
as
the
network
grows
career
opportunities
diminish
consequently
the
third
final
phase
is
one
of
decline
and
disbandment
of
the
network
together
with
the
movement
of
participants
to
new
areas
of
scientific
opportunity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1343
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
replication
of
scientific
experiments
is
discussed
stressing
the
problem
of
communication
between
the
originator
of
an
experiment
and
a
scientist
intending
to
replicate
it
models
of
communication
are
set
up
with
reference
to
established
fields
a
more
marginal
field
is
then
investigated
in
the
light
of
these
models
and
it
is
concluded
that
scientists
in
the
latter
field
should
not
be
seen
as
engaged
in
replicating
original
experiment
but
in
negotiating
the
rules
of
replication
and
hence
the
nature
of
the
phenomenon
under
investigation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1344
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
science
citation
index
provides
an
easy
way
to
derive
criterion
measures
of
scientific
accomplishment
measures
derived
from
citation
counts
the
principal
criterion
have
high
face
validity
these
criterion
measures
are
found
to
have
a
low
but
positive
correlation
with
the
quality
of
scientists'
graduate
education
and
no
relation
to
his
measured
iq
score
plans
for
future
research
on
the
correlates
of
scientific
productivity
are
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1345
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
social
control
in
science
operates
through
the
process
in
which
the
colleague
group
validates
individual
scientists'
contributions
to
knowledge
to
the
laymen
who
provide
support
and
rewards
for
science
descriptive
research
in
various
areas
of
the
sociology
of
science
may
be
brought
together
into
a
causal
model
which
relates
competitive
conditions
within
colleague
groups
to
variations
in
scientific
productivity
methods
values
and
organizational
structures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1346
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
widespread
conception
of
the
development
of
science
holds
that
the
great
discoveries
are
a
result
of
the
cumulative
work
of
a
vast
number
of
scientists
those
historians
and
philosophers
of
science
who
express
this
point
of
view
see
the
scientist
who
produces
pedestrian
research
as
an
integral
part
of
the
developmental
process
the
great
men
of
science
stand
atop
a
pyramid
of
less
distinguished
and
to
a
large
extent
invisible
scientists
an
alternative
hypothesis
holds
that
relatively
few
scientists
are
responsible
for
advance
in
science
and
that
in
the
broader
historical
perspective
most
of
the
eminent
scientists
even
of
the
calibre
of
nobel
laureates
and
national
academy
members
of
today
are
the
pedestrians
of
history
this
paper
attempts
to
put
these
conflicting
ideas
to
empirical
test
for
the
field
of
physics
three
independent
sets
of
data
are
analyzed
one
is
drawn
from
a
stratified
random
sample
of
american
academic
physicists
a
second
from
a
subjective
evaluation
of
significant
contributions
to
recent
physics
a
third
from
a
set
of
papers
cited
in
the
physical
review
all
three
sets
of
data
indicate
that
there
is
a
sharp
stratification
in
the
use
of
work
published
by
various
types
of
scientists
the
data
support
the
hypothesis
that
the
physicists
who
produce
important
discoveries
depend
almost
wholly
on
the
research
produced
by
a
relatively
small
number
of
scientists
the
implications
of
these
findings
for
the
social
structure
of
science
are
discussed
and
areas
for
necessary
future
research
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1347
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reports
correlates
of
departmental
prestige
american
council
on
education
rating
of
the
quality
of
graduate
faculty
for
a
sample
of
departments
in
mathematics
physics
chemistry
and
biology
the
analysis
mostly
uses
multivariate
linear
regression
large
and
significant
correlations
with
departmental
prestige
exist
for
measures
of
department
size
research
production
research
opportunities
faculty
background
including
quality
of
phd
university
and
faculty
awards
and
offices
combinations
of
from
six
to
nine
indicators
of
these
variables
account
for
about
three
fourths
of
the
variance
in
departmental
prestige
when
other
types
of
variables
are
held
constant
indicators
of
all
except
research
opportunities
remain
significantly
associated
with
departmental
prestige
correlations
of
prestige
with
rates
of
inbreeding
and
the
proportion
of
foreign
doctorates
are
discussed
differences
in
the
correlates
of
prestige
are
small
among
the
four
fields
studied
it
is
shown
that
prestige
is
correlated
with
average
amount
of
informal
scientific
communication
and
with
departmental
morale
even
after
possible
confounding
variables
are
held
constant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1348
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
intended
as
an
exploratory
sketch
of
a
revolutionary
scientific
perspective
and
conceptual
framework
as
it
might
be
applied
to
the
sociocultural
system
this
point
of
view
and
still
developing
framework
as
interpreted
here
stems
from
the
general
systems
research
movement
and
the
now
closely
allied
fields
of
cybernetics
and
information
or
communication
theory
the
principal
goal
of
the
book
is
to
bring
to
the
attention
of
a
larger
number
of
social
scientists
particularly
sociologists
the
wealth
of
principles
ideas
and
insights
that
have
already
brought
a
higher
degree
of
scientific
order
and
understanding
to
many
areas
of
biology
psychology
and
some
physical
sciences
to
say
nothing
of
the
applied
areas
of
technology
to
which
they
are
essential
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1349
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
documentation
in
the
social
sciences
is
varied
in
form
and
content
written
for
people
in
many
walks
of
life
and
fills
several
miles
of
shelving
in
libraries
that
try
to
keep
up
with
it
graduate
students
who
qualify
for
positions
as
professional
librarians
have
to
learn
about
this
vast
preserve
and
it
is
their
need
of
guidance
that
explains
the
origin
of
this
book
the
task
of
this
book
is
to
place
in
the
reader's
hands
a
sort
of
chart
and
compass
to
use
in
finding
his
way
around
and
learning
how
the
system
works
for
each
subject
the
treatment
falls
into
two
parts
first
a
specialist
sought
out
for
his
grasp
of
the
literature
presents
a
bibliographical
review
of
basic
monographic
works
for
a
collection
of
substantive
material
this
review
is
followed
by
a
list
of
reference
works
informative
annotations
are
provided
for
all
works
except
those
adequately
explained
by
the
title
specialized
works
are
included
especially
when
they
exemplify
types
of
sources
important
for
reference
purposes
first
priority
goes
to
works
which
may
be
looked
upon
as
basic
for
a
program
of
service
to
a
general
clientele
made
up
of
scholars
students
and
the
public
at
large
if
some
stress
falls
on
bibliographies
it
is
because
they
serve
as
controls
for
opening
doorways
to
even
vaster
information
and
to
sources
that
are
more
obscure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1350
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
first
and
most
basic
phase
of
research
was
the
analysis
of
existing
bilbiographic
publications
the
chronicles
of
the
all
union
book
reserve
viniti
abstract
journals
publications
of
subject
information
centers
and
main
libraries
bulletins
of
new
publications
as
well
as
the
main
current
foreign
bibliography
on
some
branches
of
knowledge
were
considered
after
comparative
analysis
valuable
data
were
obtained
in
the
completeness
of
registration
of
literature
and
the
efficiency
of
its
reflection
in
different
publications
on
the
types
of
classificatory
schemes
and
intermediate
instruments
on
the
quality
of
abstracts
the
merits
and
drawbacks
of
basic
bibliographic
publications
were
shown
and
recommendations
for
improving
present
bibliographic
systems
were
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1351
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
feel
meanwhile
that
many
materials
can
be
covered
by
general
or
representative
principles
and
rules
the
content
of
this
book
can
be
viewed
as
of
two
types
firstly
the
first
and
last
chapters
deal
with
special
materials
in
general
the
former
dealing
with
basic
cataloguing
principles
and
problems
and
the
latter
with
the
ultimate
application
of
such
principles
as
manifested
by
the
concept
of
the
multi
media
catalogue
and
as
aided
by
the
computer
secondly
in
between
come
chapters
dealing
with
individual
categories
of
materials
in
detail
each
category
receives
two
types
of
treatment
first
the
problems
of
both
approaches
and
description
are
examined
as
they
apply
to
the
particular
medium
second
the
solutions
put
forward
by
representative
codes
are
summarized
and
commented
upon
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1352
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
growing
need
for
library
space
dictated
a
quantitative
study
to
ascertain
user
requirements
a
monitoring
operation
has
been
established
whereby
data
are
continuously
collected
on
the
use
made
of
periodicals
shelved
in
a
restricted
storage
area
the
data
obtained
from
photocopy
request
forms
identify
the
core
collection
of
journals
which
satisfies
of
our
library
research
requirements
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1353
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
two
services
provided
by
the
boeing
co
aerospace
group
library
literature
searches
and
reference
publication
identification
activities
were
evaluated
by
written
and
oral
surveys
of
the
library's
users
the
survey
technique
and
cost
savings
reported
by
the
two
studies
are
discussed
in
addition
to
the
beneficial
impact
of
the
survey
results
on
high
level
corporate
management
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1354
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
concept
of
library
cooperation
is
examined
generally
and
that
among
academic
libraries
among
special
libraries
and
between
academic
and
special
libraries
as
reported
in
the
recent
literature
the
question
of
the
probable
future
of
cooperation
between
academic
and
special
libraries
is
addressed
and
possible
support
mechanisms
for
establishing
soundly
based
cooperative
undertakings
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1355
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
after
considering
several
different
methods
it
was
concluded
that
primary
journals
for
coverage
of
a
given
field
can
be
selected
rationally
on
the
basis
of
their
citation
frequencies
in
an
appropriate
secondary
journal
results
obtained
on
the
example
used
rehabilitation
as
cited
in
index
medicus
during
the
years
were
similar
to
those
from
five
other
fields
in
that
the
number
of
journals
required
for
each
percent
gain
in
literature
coverage
increased
exponentially
as
the
percentage
of
literature
itself
increased
as
a
consequence
library
coverage
of
any
particular
field
can
be
specified
as
a
function
of
its
budgeting
commitment
so
that
the
maximum
percent
coverage
will
be
obtained
for
each
dollar
spent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1356
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
to
take
advantage
of
computerized
data
bases
to
improve
their
services
to
scientists
without
incurring
prohibitive
in
house
expense
the
librarians
at
the
boulder
laboratories
have
campaigned
to
increase
awareness
and
utilization
via
personal
interviews
seminars
surveys
and
critiques
data
bases
most
studied
were
ddc
nasa
sie
asca
and
the
university
of
georgia
the
conclusions
the
scientist
needs
continuous
personal
assistance
by
a
librarian
or
information
specialist
in
order
to
make
effective
use
of
data
bases
as
local
retailer
the
librarian
has
an
accordingly
important
role
to
play
now
and
in
the
future
a
role
at
present
generally
ignored
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1357
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
people
ask
one
another
am
i
communicating
the
question
should
be
what
do
you
think
i
am
communicating
the
answer
would
be
surprising
librarians
are
in
the
communications
business
theories
of
nonverbal
communication
and
role
can
be
adapted
to
a
library
situation
applied
they
would
provide
a
basis
for
improving
librarian
library
user
communication
awareness
of
feedback
is
the
key
to
this
improvement
preliminary
investigations
underway
at
the
university
of
southern
california
indicate
the
reference
encounter
provides
a
investigative
approach
in
which
this
key
can
be
utilized
to
enhance
communication
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1358
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
word
system
as
applied
to
information
programs
and
activities
is
one
which
is
very
foggily
defined
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
help
clarify
the
concept
and
discuss
it
in
the
context
of
the
librarian's
conventional
planning
and
administrative
activities
this
is
done
through
a
narration
of
the
step
by
step
procedures
followed
in
the
conceptualization
and
design
of
an
actual
library
and
information
program
the
steps
involved
are
the
following
definition
of
the
purpose
of
the
program
and
financial
and
administrative
constraints
on
its
design
and
operation
as
envisaged
by
management
a
user
study
to
determine
needs
and
preferences
of
the
presumed
audience
of
the
program
analysis
and
definition
of
program
performance
requirements
selection
of
methods
and
mechanisms
for
implementing
performance
requirements
conceptualization
and
documentation
of
program
design
evaluation
of
design
modification
and
completion
of
design
two
basic
principles
that
are
discussed
and
emphasized
are
the
need
to
define
what
the
program
should
be
doing
and
what
it
should
not
be
doing
and
the
need
and
means
for
determining
real
as
opposed
to
apparent
costs
in
the
design
process
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1359
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
application
of
standard
work
measurement
techniques
to
acquisitions
cataloguing
and
circulation
functions
of
an
aerospace
library
is
described
sample
of
a
representative
production
unit
in
included
a
per
cent
saving
in
manpower
without
loss
of
quality
effort
proves
the
library
environment
responds
admirably
to
this
management
tool
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1360
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
libraries
have
a
great
need
to
participate
more
effectively
in
decisions
that
influence
their
capacity
to
serve
their
users
this
paper
presents
a
means
toward
that
end
the
relatively
new
planning
programming
budgeting
system
is
described
in
the
context
of
its
proven
utility
in
the
department
of
defense
and
of
its
growing
utility
in
the
civil
sector
of
organizations
it
describes
the
system's
background
its
implementation
in
the
federal
government
its
spread
into
non
federal
sectors
and
the
system's
methods
including
systems
analysis
applied
economics
and
quantitative
reasoning
the
paper
includes
illustrative
example
of
results
needed
for
decision
making
by
managers
and
basic
guiding
principles
for
ppbs
application
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1361
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
determination
of
the
needs
of
users
is
absolutely
essential
to
the
management
of
an
information
center
various
techniques
of
doing
this
e
g
interview
diary
questionnaire
etc
are
detailed
along
with
their
limitations
some
specific
user
need
studies
are
described
with
their
significant
results
interactions
between
users
and
an
information
system
are
described
finally
all
of
these
factors
are
considered
in
assessing
the
user
needs
that
might
be
used
to
properly
manage
information
centers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1362
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
national
science
library
is
not
a
library
in
the
conventional
sense
of
the
word
but
rather
an
information
transferral
agency
its
activities
are
designed
to
provide
the
canadian
scientific
and
industrial
communities
with
direct
and
immediate
access
to
the
publications
and
information
required
in
their
day
to
day
work
through
co
operative
measures
with
both
national
and
international
information
agencies
the
nsl
serves
as
the
focal
point
of
a
national
scientific
and
technical
information
network
the
library
employs
a
variety
of
mechanized
techniques
to
facilitate
the
storage
retrieval
and
dissemination
of
information
during
the
past
three
years
it
has
operated
an
sdi
service
using
ct
and
isi
tapes
in
november
this
sdi
service
which
had
been
limited
to
meeting
the
needs
of
approximately
scientists
in
the
ottawa
area
was
expanded
to
provide
a
national
sdi
service
the
author
describes
the
evolution
of
these
services
from
the
local
to
national
level
outlines
basic
techniques
describes
the
successes
and
failures
of
the
system
and
indicates
future
developments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1363
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
three
types
of
current
awareness
publications
are
defined
in
terms
of
their
generation
and
distribution
characteristics
these
types
are
the
sdi
type
the
intermediate
type
such
as
nasa's
scan
program
and
the
unselected
type
such
as
the
usual
library
accession
list
a
fourth
type
the
indexing
and
abstracting
journal
is
defined
but
not
related
to
the
other
three
types
the
three
current
awareness
publications
are
shown
to
have
a
relationship
in
terms
of
the
number
of
requests
they
can
produce
from
a
given
set
of
references
or
notices
the
sdi
system
will
produce
about
one
request
from
ten
notices
the
intermediate
type
about
one
request
per
hundred
notices
ad
the
unselected
type
one
request
per
thousand
notices
despite
the
differences
in
the
number
of
notices
to
generate
one
request
the
cost
to
produce
one
request
is
about
the
same
for
the
three
types
of
tools
also
the
usage
of
these
tools
is
related
to
the
amount
of
user
time
available
and
a
curve
is
presented
based
on
various
assumptions
to
define
this
relationship
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1364
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
new
york
times
information
bank
is
described
in
detail
schedules
to
be
in
operation
in
this
project
makes
available
abstracts
of
newspaper
articles
for
on
line
search
and
retrieval
combined
with
microform
copies
of
the
original
articles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1365
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
application
of
location
theory
to
the
question
of
centralized
versus
decentralized
library
facilities
for
a
university
with
relevance
for
special
libraries
is
presented
locating
university
libraries
near
classrooms
offices
and
dormitories
requires
a
larger
budget
than
combining
these
libraries
into
a
centralized
facility
yet
there
is
a
cost
to
the
university
community
which
does
not
appear
in
the
university
budget
a
cost
in
time
energy
and
decreased
use
resulting
from
locating
the
library
a
longer
distance
from
users
the
analysis
provides
models
for
a
single
library
for
two
or
more
libraries
or
for
decentralized
facilities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1366
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
file
management
system
can
provide
a
powerful
search
tool
for
a
library
reference
group
the
system
described
produces
both
current
awareness
and
retrospective
searches
from
several
diverse
data
bases
the
same
query
language
can
be
used
to
interrogate
all
data
bases
in
either
on
line
or
batch
mode
searches
can
be
made
for
any
word
word
root
phrase
or
number
in
any
part
of
any
entry
citations
selected
by
coordination
of
terms
can
be
either
printed
or
used
to
custom
make
new
machine
readable
files
costs
are
reasonable
an
average
batch
mode
search
requires
seconds
of
cdc
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1367
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
several
features
of
the
university
of
georgia
information
dissemination
center
including
current
awareness
or
sdi
and
retrospective
search
services
the
information
specialists
who
provide
the
interface
between
the
user
and
the
computer
system
and
an
experimental
network
linking
individual
centers
are
discussed
a
survey
which
assessed
the
impact
of
the
services
on
the
information
habits
of
the
university
users
is
also
discussed
over
of
the
survey
respondees
indicated
that
the
services
had
contributed
to
their
professional
activities
some
users
reported
that
the
service
had
been
a
method
of
bypassing
library
reference
works
others
indicated
that
the
service
had
brought
them
back
into
the
library
and
made
them
aware
of
information
sources
previously
unknown
to
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1368
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
information
dissemination
center
has
emerged
as
a
broker
or
retailer
for
computer
based
information
retrieval
services
interfacing
with
both
the
tape
suppliers
and
with
users
of
the
search
services
five
areas
which
impact
the
center's
interface
with
these
two
communities
are
discussed
the
nature
of
the
data
bases
which
are
available
for
search
retrieval
results
and
factors
which
affect
them
the
timeliness
of
services
costs
and
prices
and
practical
operational
considerations
related
to
library
interests
comparison
shopping
between
centers
is
advised
as
centers
differ
considerably
in
the
services
which
are
offered
the
data
bases
which
are
available
the
experience
of
the
information
specialists
who
construct
search
profiles
pricing
structures
which
are
used
and
the
prices
which
are
charged
implications
of
the
growing
trend
toward
licensing
and
leasing
information
resources
especially
magnetic
tape
services
are
discussed
briefly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1369
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
the
r
e
gibson
library's
journal
collection
was
conducted
to
determine
which
journal
titles
could
be
discontinued
which
journal
holdings
could
be
moved
to
remote
storage
and
which
journal
holdings
could
be
converted
to
microfilm
totals
were
maintained
for
three
areas
of
journal
usage
according
to
the
number
of
times
patrons
used
current
issues
the
number
of
times
the
journal
issues
were
reshelved
by
library
staff
and
the
number
of
times
that
journals
were
cited
in
articles
by
applied
physics
laboratory
apl
authors
the
survey
resulted
in
a
reduction
in
journal
subscriptions
which
in
effect
added
additional
shelf
space
in
which
to
display
journals
further
studies
of
the
accumulated
data
are
being
made
to
determine
which
holdings
will
be
sent
to
a
remote
storage
area
which
is
under
construction
the
survey
data
have
been
and
will
continue
to
be
consulted
before
any
journals
are
converted
to
microfilm
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1370
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
selected
computerized
current
awareness
services
and
literature
searchs
in
physical
sciences
are
listed
the
information
given
includes
type
of
literature
in
each
data
base
time
period
covered
prices
and
sources
of
availability
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1371
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
computer
output
in
microfilm
or
microfiche
form
com
rather
than
computer
printout
and
conventional
forms
of
reproduction
is
one
possible
way
special
librarians
can
reduce
their
costs
space
needs
and
time
lags
com
is
described
among
with
the
equipment
needed
where
to
find
it
and
experiences
of
one
special
library
possible
savins
are
compared
with
additional
reading
and
special
reproduction
equipment
required
as
well
as
the
advantages
and
disadvantages
to
be
weighed
in
deciding
on
com
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1372
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
noaa
erl
library
in
boulder
colorado
performed
a
sample
of
six
literature
searches
in
an
effort
to
gain
management
support
for
searches
prior
to
launching
research
projects
it
was
found
that
manual
searches
are
very
time
consuming
and
in
our
opinion
can
better
be
done
by
persons
with
subject
background
the
machine
searches
furnished
a
higher
percentage
of
unrelated
materials
however
little
staff
time
is
required
to
obtain
them
lacking
qualified
persons
to
do
literature
searches
either
in
the
library
or
in
the
research
groups
greater
use
should
be
made
of
the
available
computerized
searches
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1373
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
survey
of
the
information
use
patterns
and
communication
practices
of
academic
physicists
in
the
greater
boston
area
reveals
that
academic
physicists
rely
heavily
on
formal
and
informal
sources
of
information
their
use
of
formal
publications
concentrates
on
a
small
number
of
journal
titles
time
and
location
factors
play
an
important
role
in
their
information
seeking
and
gathering
a
considerable
number
of
the
physicists
surveyed
do
not
seek
librarians'
help
when
searching
for
information
in
the
library
although
libraries
have
been
considered
largely
as
storehouses
of
materials
and
librarians
organizers
of
these
materials
more
active
roles
for
librarians
are
possible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1374
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
cost
and
searching
time
comparisons
are
made
between
manual
and
on
line
literature
searches
the
formula
ctotal
t
x
csum
p
is
presented
which
captures
all
on
line
cost
factors
a
minimum
cost
of
per
minute
of
on
line
searching
is
derived
average
searching
time
for
manual
searching
is
hours
at
a
total
cost
of
for
on
line
it
is
minutes
at
total
cost
of
it
is
pointed
out
that
most
reported
low
on
line
search
costs
fail
to
account
for
all
cost
factors
figures
are
those
prevailing
at
the
time
of
writing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1375
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
interrelating
factors
with
examples
have
been
cited
as
criteria
for
selection
and
proper
use
of
commercial
on
line
computer
based
bibliographic
services
in
an
industrial
environment
these
complex
factors
have
been
analyzed
under
the
needs
of
the
users
the
selection
of
hardware
the
selection
of
mode
of
transmission
the
selection
of
vendors
and
systems
the
selection
of
data
bases
the
development
of
productive
search
strategy
and
the
considerations
of
measures
to
test
it
the
attitude
of
management
and
the
interaction
of
the
user
with
the
system
in
the
author's
experience
exhaustive
and
comprehensive
searches
were
minimally
requested
thus
posing
questions
for
determining
measures
of
evaluation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1376
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
libraries
as
potential
users
of
bibliographic
data
base
services
will
need
to
evaluate
not
only
the
contents
of
the
many
data
bases
available
but
the
different
services
provided
by
various
processing
centers
criteria
for
selection
of
data
bases
and
data
base
services
such
as
searching
features
logical
capacity
document
delivery
output
format
and
medium
and
costs
are
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1377
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
are
many
useful
computer
readable
data
bases
that
are
accessible
only
to
major
governmental
units
universities
or
industrial
organizations
an
experiment
is
described
in
which
the
public
library
is
used
as
a
linking
agent
between
the
public
and
such
data
bases
retrieval
terminals
have
been
placed
in
four
public
libraries
in
northern
california
to
provide
access
to
sixteen
different
data
bases
the
first
year
of
this
two
year
experiment
is
described
and
some
of
the
technical
organizational
and
economic
aspects
of
the
study
are
reviewed
rapid
acceptance
of
the
system
during
this
initial
no
cost
period
has
been
achieved
and
useful
evaluative
data
have
been
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1378
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
recent
years
it
has
become
recognized
that
a
country's
documentation
and
library
services
indispensable
for
all
forms
of
economic
social
and
cultural
development
should
be
considered
as
one
co
ordinated
information
system
and
accordingly
included
in
any
national
development
plans
however
planning
can
only
be
carried
out
if
the
necessary
statistical
data
and
other
information
are
available
unesco
therefore
concluded
a
contract
in
with
the
international
federation
of
library
associations
ifla
for
a
survey
of
standards
for
library
services
currently
recommended
for
libraries
of
all
types
in
different
countries
the
work
was
entrusted
to
f
n
withers
a
research
fellow
at
the
polytechnic
of
north
london
school
of
librarianship
united
kingdom
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1379
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
state
library
policy
is
the
focus
of
this
study
the
approach
to
policy
is
framed
in
the
broadest
possible
terms
currently
permitted
by
empirical
research
in
the
examination
of
governmental
policy
formation
a
major
purpose
of
the
study
is
to
analyze
state
library
policy
in
relationship
to
the
environment
which
provides
the
backdrop
for
its
formation
and
maintenance
the
authors
see
this
ambitious
effort
as
a
pioneering
thrust
in
library
research
and
not
as
the
final
work
on
library
policy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1380
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
following
pages
form
the
concluding
portion
of
four
lectures
delivered
by
me
in
the
university
of
cambridge
as
sandars
reader
in
bibliography
as
the
two
pairs
of
lectures
appeal
to
widely
different
classes
of
the
community
i
have
decided
to
print
them
separately
though
the
underlying
theme
is
the
same
viz
the
need
for
uniformity
in
book
classification
as
a
preliminary
to
co
operative
action
in
library
administration
and
bibliography
book
classification
is
shelf
classification
and
shelf
classification
carried
to
its
furthest
limits
leads
necessarily
to
uniformity
in
the
extension
and
definition
of
its
classes
add
to
this
a
chronological
order
of
books
in
their
classes
and
your
scheme
of
classification
acquires
a
new
value
for
it
presents
for
each
period
a
bibliographical
counterpart
of
the
corresponding
growth
of
the
activities
of
the
human
mind
my
first
two
lectures
dealt
with
this
thesis
in
its
practical
application
to
library
work
and
the
compilation
of
subject
bibliographies
here
statistical
bibliography
is
considered
in
relation
to
the
growth
of
modern
civilization
strictly
speaking
the
province
of
statistical
bibliography
ends
with
the
presentation
of
the
figures
compiled
their
final
interpretation
should
be
left
to
those
possessing
the
necessary
qualifications
i
am
therefore
conscious
that
in
attempting
to
furnish
some
explanation
of
the
interrelations
of
the
various
factors
which
are
associated
with
the
growth
of
modern
civilization
i
have
outstripped
the
limits
of
bibliographical
propriety
on
this
count
i
offer
no
defense
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1381
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
studies
the
qualitative
relations
between
text
and
dictionary
compilation
chapter
i
considers
general
questions
related
to
the
compilation
and
use
of
frequency
vocabulary
a
new
zipf's
law
chapter
iii
considers
various
ways
of
describing
the
statistical
properties
of
a
text
and
its
lexicon
and
presents
the
results
of
the
author's
research
on
the
statistic
structure
of
pushkin's
lexicon
chapter
iv
considers
methods
for
comparing
the
vocabulary
of
texts
a
new
method
for
comparing
word
lists
is
suggested
which
is
then
used
for
comparing
word
lists
from
the
different
geures
in
pushkin's
works
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1382
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
monograph
is
one
of
the
few
works
in
which
the
possibility
of
studying
semantics
using
statistical
methods
is
proven
with
actual
research
the
semantic
field
of
words
denoting
color
in
english
french
russian
and
ukranian
was
chosen
as
a
representative
semantic
object
the
applied
aspects
of
this
work
are
particularly
important
the
application
of
those
methods
tested
by
the
authors
for
solving
problems
of
automatic
information
processing
as
well
as
in
language
translation
and
instruction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1383
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
diverse
energies
framing
library
media
information
futures
affect
everyone
who
needs
to
know
to
understand
to
do
and
to
grow
this
collection
of
articles
and
essays
represents
the
many
concerns
and
insights
that
are
helping
shape
the
future
a
future
in
which
library
media
information
programs
can
play
a
vital
role
as
they
attempt
to
reach
out
to
people
everywhere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1384
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
fate
of
the
american
institutional
phenomenon
the
public
library
is
in
question
its
position
has
never
been
truly
secure
in
terms
of
general
use
or
public
support
except
in
the
large
cities
until
recent
years
and
for
a
few
short
periods
of
marked
progress
countrywide
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1385
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
purpose
of
this
book
is
to
present
an
introduction
to
a
body
of
mathematics
concerned
with
the
abstract
notion
of
structure
its
preparation
has
been
motivated
by
the
belief
that
knowledge
of
the
mathematics
of
abstract
structures
will
be
of
value
to
investigators
interested
in
various
kinds
of
empirical
structures
the
mathematics
with
which
we
are
concerned
is
known
as
the
theory
of
directed
graphs
or
more
briefly
as
digraph
theory
it
deals
with
abstract
configurations
called
digraphs
which
consist
of
points
and
directed
lines
when
these
terms
are
given
concrete
referents
digraphs
serve
as
mathematical
models
of
empirical
structures
and
properties
of
digraphs
reflect
structural
properties
of
the
empirical
world
since
the
same
mathematical
terms
can
be
given
a
variety
of
empirical
meanings
digraph
theory
has
applicability
to
many
different
fields
of
investigation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1386
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
essay
that
follows
is
the
first
full
published
report
on
a
project
originally
conceived
almost
fifteen
years
ago
at
that
time
i
was
a
graduate
student
in
theoretical
physics
already
within
sight
of
the
end
of
my
dissertation
a
fortunate
involvement
with
an
experimental
college
course
treating
physical
science
for
the
non
scientist
provided
my
first
exposure
to
out
of
date
scientific
theory
and
practice
radically
undermined
some
of
my
basic
conceptions
about
the
nature
of
science
and
the
reasons
for
its
special
success
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1387
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
essay
that
follows
is
the
first
full
published
report
on
a
project
originally
conceived
almost
fifteen
years
ago
at
that
time
i
was
a
graduate
student
in
theoretical
physics
already
within
sight
of
the
end
of
my
dissertation
a
fortunate
involvement
with
an
experimental
college
course
treating
physical
science
for
the
non
scientist
provided
my
first
exposure
to
out
of
date
scientific
theory
and
practice
radically
undermined
some
of
my
basic
conceptions
about
the
nature
of
science
and
the
reasons
for
its
special
success
those
conceptions
were
ones
i
had
previously
drawn
partly
from
scientific
training
itself
and
partly
from
a
long
standing
avocational
interest
in
the
philosophy
of
science
somehow
whatever
their
pedagogic
utility
and
their
abstract
plausibility
those
notions
did
not
at
all
fit
the
enterprise
that
historical
study
displayed
yet
they
were
and
are
fundamental
to
many
discussions
of
science
and
their
failures
of
verisimilitude
therefore
seemed
thoroughly
worth
pursuing
the
result
was
a
drastic
shift
in
my
career
plans
a
shift
from
physics
to
history
of
science
and
then
gradually
from
relatively
straightforward
historical
problems
back
to
the
more
philosophical
concerns
that
had
initially
led
me
to
history
except
for
a
few
articles
this
essay
is
the
first
of
my
published
works
in
which
these
early
concerns
are
dominant
in
some
part
it
is
an
attempt
to
explain
to
myself
and
to
friends
how
i
happened
to
be
drawn
from
science
to
its
history
in
the
first
place
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1388
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
monograph
studies
the
external
links
between
the
sentences
within
a
paragraph
two
basic
problems
are
solved
a
formal
apparatus
for
deriving
simplified
versions
of
the
text's
phrases
is
devised
and
the
regularities
in
the
formation
of
word
strings
are
determined
also
considers
future
developments
in
the
field
of
automatized
abstracting
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1389
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
doing
sociology
lay
and
professional
every
reference
to
the
real
world
even
where
the
reference
is
to
physical
or
biological
events
is
a
reference
to
the
organized
activities
of
everyday
life
thereby
in
contrast
to
certain
versions
of
durkheim
that
teach
that
the
objective
reality
of
social
facts
is
sociology's
fundamental
principle
the
lesson
is
taken
instead
and
used
as
study
policy
that
the
objective
reality
of
social
facts
as
an
ongoing
accomplishment
of
the
concerted
activities
of
daily
life
with
the
ordinary
artful
ways
of
that
accomplishment
being
by
members
known
used
ad
taken
for
granted
is
for
members
doing
sociology
a
fundamental
phenomenon
because
and
in
the
ways
it
is
practical
sociology's
fundamental
phenomenon
it
is
the
prevailing
topic
for
ethno
methodological
study
ethnomethodological
studies
analyze
everyday
activities
as
members'
methods
for
making
those
same
activities
visibly
rational
and
reportable
for
all
practical
purposes
i
e
accountable
as
organizations
of
commonplace
everyday
activities
the
reflexivity
of
that
phenomenon
is
a
singular
feature
of
practical
actions
of
practical
circumstances
of
common
sense
knowledge
of
social
structures
and
of
practical
sociological
reasoning
by
permitting
us
to
locate
and
examine
their
occurrence
the
reflexivity
of
that
phenomenon
establishes
their
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1390
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
investigation
of
interlibrary
loans
among
academic
libraries
was
initiated
by
the
interlibrary
loan
study
committee
of
the
association
of
research
libraries
it
was
seen
as
a
fundamental
first
step
toward
the
solution
of
current
problems
and
the
exploration
of
the
means
to
improve
interlibrary
loan
services
nationally
this
report
provides
solid
information
that
is
basic
to
any
future
planning
at
the
national
level
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1391
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
rapid
development
of
information
retrieval
methods
since
the
last
war
together
with
the
development
of
systems
using
mechanical
or
electromechanical
means
punched
cards
for
such
purposes
followed
later
by
electronic
retrieval
computers
have
led
to
transformations
in
the
structure
of
classification
or
coding
systems
for
books
and
documents
generally
speaking
document
specialists
have
tended
to
elaborate
a
large
number
of
different
codes
usually
totally
unrelated
to
each
other
each
conceived
to
meet
the
special
documentation
requirements
of
a
particular
organization
this
is
farther
than
ever
at
least
to
all
appearances
from
the
original
intention
of
of
the
founders
of
the
institut
international
de
bibliographie
now
known
as
the
federation
internationale
de
documentation
i
e
the
standardization
of
classification
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1392
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
subject
analysis
for
information
retrieval
is
an
area
which
always
seems
deceptively
simple
to
those
without
previous
background
in
it
however
extensive
their
background
in
specific
subject
disciplines
may
be
the
basic
requirement
seems
easy
enough
to
structure
the
statement
of
a
subject
in
such
a
way
that
it
can
be
placed
into
and
retrieved
from
an
ordered
file
while
attempts
have
been
made
to
use
simple
non
complex
terms
or
even
single
words
it
always
becomes
evident
that
single
words
are
often
insufficient
to
express
a
subject
and
that
some
subjects
are
in
themselves
complex
to
express
such
subjects
requires
either
that
their
constituent
concepts
not
words
be
separated
and
then
recombined
or
that
only
one
part
of
the
subject
be
shown
the
former
solution
requires
that
the
indexer
perform
the
necessary
analysis
and
synthesis
and
then
separate
the
constituents
for
the
searcher
to
reassemble
the
latter
forces
the
seeker
of
information
to
sort
through
many
items
to
find
those
bearing
on
the
complex
topic
he
wants
and
ma
require
the
indexer
to
decide
under
which
part
s
of
the
concept
an
entry
should
be
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1393
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
first
edition
of
this
book
published
in
was
prompted
by
changes
in
the
library
association
syllabus
which
for
the
first
time
enables
lecturers
to
treat
classification
and
subject
cataloging
as
different
aspects
of
the
same
topic
these
changes
coincided
with
the
publication
of
the
results
of
the
cranfield
project
which
showed
clearly
that
all
indexing
languages
are
basically
the
same
however
although
it
was
possible
to
teach
these
new
approaches
there
was
no
one
textbook
which
covered
the
subject
approach
in
the
way
that
i
felt
was
needed
the
first
edition
was
intended
to
fill
this
gap
and
its
reception
both
in
britain
and
abroad
showed
that
it
did
indeed
fulfill
a
real
need
it
met
with
a
very
positive
welcome
from
lecturers
and
more
importantly
from
students
particularly
in
the
united
states
where
british
textbooks
on
classification
had
previously
been
regarded
with
something
akin
to
suspicion
as
the
dean
of
one
american
library
school
is
alleged
to
have
remarked
'what
theory
of
classification
'
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1394
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
the
publications
committee
of
the
library
association
approached
my
chief
mr
a
j
wells
with
a
request
that
he
should
write
a
book
on
subject
cataloguing
at
the
time
mr
wells
was
preoccupied
with
the
inauguration
of
the
british
national
bibliography
card
service
and
he
made
the
suggestion
which
was
agreed
by
the
committee
that
i
should
undertake
the
task
the
result
is
scarcely
an
adequate
substitute
for
the
book
which
mr
wells
would
have
written
nevertheless
he
has
had
a
major
part
in
shaping
my
views
on
subject
cataloguing
and
in
this
sense
the
present
book
stems
back
to
him
though
he
might
not
subscribe
to
all
the
views
now
put
forward
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1395
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
alphabetical
subject
catalog
either
self
contained
or
as
the
subject
element
in
the
dictionary
catalog
is
a
later
development
that
the
systematic
or
classed
catalog
realkatalog
catalogue
raisonne
in
this
country
it
has
almost
completely
displaced
the
latter
the
principal
classed
catalogs
now
remaining
are
those
of
the
engineering
societies
library
in
new
york
the
john
crerar
library
in
chicago
and
the
science
and
technology
department
of
the
carnegie
library
of
pittsburgh
there
are
nevertheless
many
things
to
commend
the
classed
catalog
rudolf
kaiser
sums
up
the
argument
between
the
classed
and
the
dictionary
catalog
by
stating
that
a
library
needs
both
and
explaining
that
the
subject
index
fills
the
need
as
far
as
an
alphabetical
catalog
is
concerned
however
his
conclusion
misses
the
mark
since
for
one
not
completely
the
master
of
the
system
of
classification
there
is
no
approach
to
the
classed
catalog
save
through
an
index
yet
the
index
is
not
in
fact
as
complete
and
direct
a
guide
to
the
subject
content
of
the
library's
collections
as
an
alphabetical
catalog
rationally
and
fully
cross
referenced
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1396
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
document
contains
the
results
of
a
survey
of
us
organizations
and
organizations
in
other
countries
that
were
thought
to
prepare
machine
readable
data
bases
of
those
surveyed
organizations
in
u
s
in
other
countries
provided
completed
camera
ready
forms
describing
bibliographic
information
about
published
literature
the
following
types
of
data
were
requested
for
each
data
base
name
frequency
of
issue
and
time
span
covered
by
the
data
base
name
of
organizations
and
individuals
who
can
provide
information
on
the
data
base
subject
matter
and
scope
of
data
on
the
tape
source
of
information
in
the
data
base
journal
articles
reports
patents
monographs
etc
method
s
used
for
indexing
or
other
types
of
subject
analysis
special
data
elements
tape
specifications
density
tracks
labels
etc
availability
of
programs
for
retrospective
searching
and
selective
dissemination
of
information
sdi
type
and
cost
of
search
services
offered
and
availability
and
charges
for
data
bases
the
information
provided
represents
the
status
of
these
data
bases
as
of
november
it
is
anticipated
that
libraries
and
other
information
centers
will
find
this
document
helpful
in
selecting
data
bases
for
providing
sdi
retrospective
search
services
and
other
bibliographic
reference
services
to
their
users
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1397
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
paper
reports
a
survey
of
the
interlibrary
loan
operations
at
the
national
library
of
medicine
the
operations
discussed
here
represent
a
significant
departure
from
conventional
interlibrary
loan
routines
the
substance
of
the
present
report
pertains
to
the
handling
of
interlibrary
loans
through
the
instrumentality
of
photoduplication
this
concept
providing
photoduplicates
of
desired
materials
in
lieu
of
loaning
the
originals
stems
from
thinking
enunciated
by
atherton
seidell
a
member
of
the
friends
of
the
army
medical
library
who
pioneered
in
the
development
of
photoduplication
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1398
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
subject
of
switching
and
finite
automata
theory
needs
no
introduction
it
has
become
a
part
of
every
computer
science
and
electrical
engineering
curriculum
and
rightly
so
it
provides
techniques
useful
in
a
wide
variety
of
applications
and
helps
develop
a
way
of
thinking
that
leads
to
understanding
of
the
structure
behavior
and
limitations
and
capabilities
of
logical
machines
in
this
book
i
have
tried
to
cover
the
whole
subject
starting
with
introductory
material
and
leading
to
the
more
advanced
topics
assuming
a
minimal
technical
background
on
the
part
of
the
reader
i
did
not
attempt
to
provide
detailed
techniques
for
the
design
of
specific
circuits
but
rather
to
formulate
methods
and
to
develop
algorithms
that
can
be
applied
to
a
broad
class
of
problems
for
once
such
general
principles
are
understood
the
relevance
of
specific
procedures
and
their
applicability
to
given
problems
are
a
matter
of
engineering
decisions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1399
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
deals
with
syntactic
structure
both
in
the
broad
sense
as
opposed
to
semantics
and
the
narrow
sense
as
opposed
to
phonemics
and
morphology
it
forms
part
of
an
attempt
to
construct
a
formalized
general
theory
of
linguistic
structure
and
to
explore
the
foundations
of
such
a
theory
the
search
for
rigorous
formulation
in
linguistics
has
a
much
more
serious
motivation
than
mere
concern
for
logical
niceties
or
the
desire
to
purify
well
established
methods
of
linguistic
analysis
precisely
constructed
models
for
linguistic
structure
can
play
an
important
role
both
negative
and
positive
in
the
process
of
discovery
itself
by
pushing
a
precise
but
inadequate
formulation
to
an
unacceptable
conclusion
we
can
often
expose
the
exact
source
of
this
inadequacy
and
consequently
gain
a
deeper
understanding
of
the
linguistic
data
more
positively
a
formalized
theory
may
automatically
provide
solutions
for
many
problems
other
than
those
for
which
it
was
explicitly
designed
obscure
and
intuition
bound
notions
can
neither
lead
to
absurd
conclusions
nor
provide
new
and
correct
ones
and
hence
they
fail
to
be
useful
in
two
important
respects
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1400
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
the
administrators
and
librarians
on
every
campus
know
limited
resources
force
hard
choices
among
many
desirable
schemes
for
expanding
and
improving
library
facilities
what
percentage
of
new
books
should
be
acquired
how
much
service
should
be
provided
how
luxurious
or
austere
should
new
library
buildings
be
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1401
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
establishment
of
nine
new
universities
in
the
's
provoked
a
highly
stimulating
re
examination
of
the
nature
purpose
and
management
of
academic
libraries
long
established
attitudes
and
methods
were
questioned
but
although
changes
were
made
the
basic
difficulty
remained
a
lack
of
objective
information
about
the
best
ways
of
providing
a
library
service
in
a
university
the
report
of
the
ugc
committee
on
librarys
the
parry
report
which
in
general
endorsed
these
changes
also
stressed
the
need
for
research
into
all
aspects
of
academic
library
provision
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1402
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
is
no
question
that
in
our
age
there
is
a
good
deal
of
turmoil
about
the
manner
in
which
our
society
is
run
probably
at
no
prior
point
in
the
history
of
man
has
there
been
so
much
discussion
about
the
rights
and
wrongs
of
the
policy
makers
whether
they
be
the
politicians
in
albany
or
sacramento
in
washington
paris
or
moscow
the
managers
of
far
flung
industrial
firms
or
the
people
who
run
educational
institutions
in
all
cases
the
citizen
feels
a
perfect
right
to
have
his
say
about
the
way
in
which
the
managers
manage
not
only
has
the
citizen
become
far
more
vocal
but
he
has
also
in
many
instances
begun
to
suspect
that
the
people
who
make
the
major
decisions
that
affect
our
lives
don't
know
what
they
are
doing
they
don't
know
what
they
are
doing
simply
because
they
have
no
adequate
basis
to
judge
the
effects
of
their
decisions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1403
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
few
librarians
and
library
educators
who
criticize
research
relating
to
their
fields
realize
in
how
far
research
has
progressed
during
the
last
decade
and
a
half
the
criticism
usually
relates
to
the
recognition
that
librarianship
is
more
of
a
service
and
less
of
a
fact
finding
field
of
endeavor
and
that
librarians
are
primarily
trained
to
assist
in
the
research
activities
of
others
rather
than
to
conduct
their
own
one
can
add
here
that
the
average
librarian
who
spends
about
forty
hours
a
week
on
his
job
not
always
has
the
stamina
to
spend
his
free
time
on
original
research
or
the
writing
of
proposals
which
either
are
not
adequately
funded
or
are
not
published
with
the
prominence
hoped
for
if
the
librarian
researcher
commits
his
findings
to
writing
he
is
occasionally
criticized
for
writing
poorly
or
for
having
dwelled
on
topics
of
limited
interest
to
the
reviewer
or
he
finds
that
while
many
praise
his
work
there
are
no
funds
possibilities
or
opportunities
to
translate
his
conclusions
into
action
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1404
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
of
the
habits
of
customers
of
technical
libraries
and
information
departments
had
three
main
aims
determination
of
user
demands
to
discover
what
items
of
information
or
documents
customers
seek
why
they
seek
them
and
how
they
obtain
them
classification
of
user
groups
and
their
demands
to
test
a
hypothesis
that
it
is
possible
to
classify
customers
into
meaningful
user
groups
possessing
recognizable
common
features
and
characteristic
behavior
patterns
and
to
classify
group
needs
estimation
of
the
significance
of
the
above
for
librarians
to
measure
the
demand
on
librarians
and
libraries
in
terms
of
expenditure
of
their
time
and
skill
and
use
of
stock
made
by
different
user
groups
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1405
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
information
retrieval
is
now
an
accepted
part
of
the
new
discipline
of
information
science
and
technology
and
its
principles
are
taught
not
only
in
librarianship
and
documentation
but
also
in
courses
of
systems
design
there
are
half
a
dozen
useful
texts
available
each
with
a
special
emphasis
arising
from
the
varied
backgrounds
and
interests
of
the
authors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1406
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
explores
the
relations
among
research
development
innovation
and
economic
growth
considers
the
manner
in
which
the
economy
adapts
to
technical
change
and
the
problems
encountered
in
the
processes
of
adaption
and
recommends
several
policy
changes
designed
to
encourage
technological
change
consistent
with
other
public
policy
objectives
since
they
address
policy
makers
as
well
as
scholars
the
authors
have
tried
to
avoid
scholarly
jargon
without
sacrificing
scholarly
rigor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1407
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
is
an
empirical
study
of
information
transfer
in
the
r
d
operations
of
large
industrial
corporations
its
basis
is
a
body
of
survey
data
collected
from
engineers
and
scientists
in
establishments
of
four
corporations
and
from
members
of
the
institute
of
electrical
and
electronics
engineers
the
data
describe
instances
in
which
respondents
acquired
useful
technical
information
from
sources
outside
their
immediate
circle
of
colleagues
the
analysis
is
descriptive
in
character
following
a
functional
approach
in
which
the
use
of
various
means
of
information
transfer
is
considered
in
relation
to
the
purposes
of
technical
work
while
the
data
in
general
confirm
the
results
of
other
studies
of
this
sort
they
demonstrate
also
that
the
relative
use
of
alternative
means
will
vary
significantly
with
the
circumstances
of
their
use
the
report
explores
the
association
of
variations
in
a
number
of
specific
personal
organizational
and
technological
factors
with
variations
in
the
use
of
sources
of
information
in
a
more
general
interpretation
of
these
findings
those
variations
are
related
to
aspects
of
the
goals
of
the
work
to
which
the
information
was
applied
the
purposes
of
technical
work
are
considered
along
two
basic
dimensions
one
relating
to
the
potential
for
contribution
to
the
development
of
some
body
of
systematic
knowledge
the
other
to
the
support
of
particular
operational
objectives
when
the
focus
of
work
is
on
operational
goals
local
and
informal
sources
account
for
most
instances
of
information
transfer
formal
and
more
distant
sources
are
the
most
common
means
used
when
the
focus
is
on
professional
goals
i
e
those
concerned
with
contributions
to
knowledge
in
conclusion
the
report
discusses
the
effects
which
management
may
have
within
an
organization
on
the
process
of
information
transfer
and
the
need
for
managers
and
students
of
the
process
to
take
into
account
the
interplay
in
this
process
of
personal
values
task
requisites
and
the
structure
of
formal
and
social
groups
firms
need
to
establish
two
way
communication
about
needs
and
possibilities
by
so
doing
they
may
enhance
the
effectiveness
with
which
advances
in
knowledge
are
translated
into
innovations
in
technology
meeting
the
needs
of
society
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1408
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
research
at
the
harvard
business
school
was
initiated
by
richard
rosenbloom
and
frank
wolek
to
describe
the
process
by
which
technical
information
is
communicated
and
used
national
and
corporate
attention
had
been
increasingly
drawn
to
the
interaction
between
scientific
and
technological
advance
and
social
change
this
problem
was
considered
to
be
of
considerable
practical
importance
at
that
time
as
it
still
is
this
volume
is
a
product
of
that
effort
the
research
focuses
upon
the
flow
of
technical
information
across
organizational
lines
in
the
research
and
development
operations
of
large
industrial
corporations
the
basis
of
the
work
is
a
body
of
survey
data
collected
from
engineers
and
scientists
in
establishments
of
corporations
and
from
members
of
the
institute
of
electrical
and
electronics
engineers
the
data
describe
instances
in
which
respondents
acquired
useful
technical
information
from
sources
outside
their
immediate
circle
of
colleagues
the
analysis
is
descriptive
in
character
following
a
functional
approach
in
which
the
use
of
various
means
of
information
transfer
is
considered
in
relation
to
the
purposes
of
technical
work
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1409
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
work
describes
a
native
soviet
experiment
in
creating
machine
translation
and
the
automatic
annotation
of
texts
in
foreign
languages
also
generalizes
the
theoretical
results
of
research
in
the
area
of
probabilistic
text
processing
within
the
system
man
machine'man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1410
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
telefacsimile
systems
to
provide
rapid
transfer
of
information
has
great
appeal
because
of
a
growing
interest
in
the
possible
applicability
of
this
technology
to
libraries
the
council
on
library
resources
provided
a
grant
to
the
institute
of
library
research
to
conduct
an
experiment
using
telefacsimile
equipment
in
a
working
library
situation
the
study
was
designed
to
explore
the
feasibility
of
telefacsimile
for
present
interlibrary
use
it
provides
information
on
the
performance
cost
and
utility
of
telefacsimile
systems
for
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1411
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
a
textbook
intended
for
those
generally
familiar
with
mathematics
who
are
interested
in
the
technical
applications
of
probability
theory
in
particular
of
the
theory
of
shooting
the
book
will
also
be
of
interest
to
engineers
in
other
fields
who
find
it
necessary
to
use
the
theory
of
probability
the
book
is
distinguished
by
the
major
attention
it
pays
to
new
branches
of
probability
theory
which
are
important
in
application
for
example
the
theory
of
probabilistic
processes
information
theory
the
theory
of
mass
servicing
etc
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1412
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
terminology
of
documentation
is
intended
to
help
standardize
basic
terminology
in
the
rapidly
developing
field
of
documentation
and
thus
to
foster
international
co
operation
it
should
also
be
useful
as
a
reference
work
for
organizations
and
individuals
working
in
the
fields
of
documentation
libraries
and
information
processing
to
translators
and
to
students
in
these
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1413
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
before
work
can
begin
on
the
construction
of
a
thesaurus
a
study
should
be
made
of
the
information
retrieval
system
it
is
intended
to
serve
only
when
the
requirements
of
the
system
are
known
can
consideration
be
given
to
the
type
of
thesaurus
which
would
be
most
effective
in
a
specific
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1414
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
does
not
purport
to
provide
all
the
answers
to
the
problem
such
a
claim
would
be
rightly
suspect
but
to
collect
together
problems
and
experiences
pertaining
to
the
technique
though
three
of
the
case
studies
in
chapter
are
from
outside
the
united
kingdom
there
is
an
inevitable
bias
towards
british
experience
and
english
language
thesauri
it
is
hoped
that
people
outside
this
country
will
find
the
book
useful
but
there
is
little
mention
of
for
example
the
language
problem
the
way
in
which
compound
terms
are
treated
clearly
depends
on
whether
one
is
indexing
in
german
french
or
english
and
each
language
exhibits
a
different
morphology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1415
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
from
november
through
june
the
library
of
congress
conducted
a
pilot
project
involving
the
weekly
distribution
of
its
traditional
x
catalog
cards
in
machine
readable
form
the
marc
records
provided
a
search
data
base
for
an
experiment
in
current
awareness
service
designed
to
furnish
faculty
with
biweekly
lists
of
bibliographic
notices
of
new
monographs
in
their
specified
fields
of
interest
of
the
social
sciences
faculty
members
queried
about
their
interest
in
participating
percent
responded
affirmatively
only
participants
could
be
accommodated
so
they
were
chosen
in
proportion
to
the
number
of
faculty
members
in
each
department
or
school
anthropology
l
business
economics
education
government
history
and
sociology
an
interest
statement
from
each
faculty
member
was
translated
into
both
library
of
congress
classification
numbers
e
g
e
ll
and
subject
heading
terms
i
e
elements
of
discrete
heading
separated
by
a
comma
dash
parenthesis
or
period
e
g
u
s
hist
civil
war
prisoners
exchange
of
becomes
six
terms
u
s
hist
civil
war
prisoners
exchange
of
the
resulting
interest
profiles
were
recorded
on
punched
cards
for
computer
matching
with
subject
headings
and
class
numbers
the
weighted
term
search
strategy
was
used
in
comparing
profiles
with
marc
records
each
profile
was
assigned
a
cutoff
weight
or
hit
level
of
subject
heading
terms
were
assigned
positive
or
negative
weights
so
that
the
sum
of
weights
on
matching
terms
would
be
equal
to
exceed
or
be
less
than
the
hit
level
thereby
appropriately
causing
or
preventing
the
selection
of
a
particular
record
all
class
numbers
were
assigned
a
weight
of
so
that
a
hit
would
occur
on
any
matching
number
three
computer
programs
were
employed
in
producing
the
sdi
lists
program
extract
used
marc
master
tapes
as
input
and
extracted
the
card
number
accession
number
subject
heading
terms
and
class
number
for
current
records
program
retrieve
compared
these
terms
and
class
numbers
with
those
in
the
profiles
and
recorded
the
card
numbers
for
hits
program
print
compared
these
card
numbers
with
those
on
complete
marc
records
and
printed
three
copies
of
each
record
to
be
sent
to
the
faculty
one
copy
was
for
the
faculty
member's
own
use
one
was
to
be
evaluated
and
returned
and
one
was
to
be
used
for
making
recommendations
to
the
library
subject
headings
proved
to
be
more
effective
in
searching
the
marc
file
mainly
because
multiple
subject
headings
may
be
assigned
to
each
record
whereas
there
is
only
one
class
number
and
a
hit
often
occurred
on
a
record's
second
or
third
heading
the
sdi
system
performed
well
in
selecting
performed
well
in
selecting
relevant
records
and
overall
evaluations
were
highly
favorable
some
percent
of
notices
received
by
faculty
members
were
for
works
judged
new
to
the
faculty
the
majority
felt
that
the
sdi
service
provided
an
automatic
regular
notification
of
new
works
they
felt
that
it
usually
brought
works
to
their
attention
quicker
than
other
sources
it
informed
them
of
items
they
otherwise
would
have
missed
it
furnished
a
compact
source
listing
books
in
all
but
only
their
fields
it
required
very
little
time
and
it
provided
a
convenient
means
for
making
library
recommendations
and
therefore
increased
the
amount
of
recommending
done
all
faculty
expressed
a
desire
to
have
sdi
service
continued
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1416
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
many
synthesis
identification
and
control
problems
that
arise
in
distributed
parameter
systems
are
studied
two
major
approaches
viz
the
frequency
domain
approach
and
the
time
domain
approach
are
considered
the
techniques
developed
overcome
many
difficulties
that
are
associated
with
optimization
problems
in
distributed
parameter
systems
in
the
frequency
domain
distributed
systems
described
by
the
general
linear
telegrapher's
equations
are
considered
over
a
finite
band
of
frequencies
an
electric
network
equivalent
to
these
systems
is
developed
many
optimization
problems
that
are
of
practical
interest
are
formulated
in
terms
of
this
new
equivalent
network
some
of
the
basic
principles
of
lumped
network
theory
are
applied
to
formulate
these
optimization
problems
many
advantages
in
the
method
of
solution
due
to
this
formulation
are
discussed
in
the
time
domain
a
method
of
characteristics
is
developed
as
a
method
of
solution
for
optimization
problems
first
and
second
order
hyperbolic
systems
are
considered
imbedding
and
gradient
techniques
developed
along
the
characteristics
are
shown
to
have
numerous
computational
advantages
it
is
shown
that
solving
for
green's
function
and
associated
eigenvalue
problem
is
not
required
it
is
hoped
that
the
methods
developed
here
will
lead
efficiently
to
actual
realization
of
optimal
distributed
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1417
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
for
the
last
several
decades
library
collections
have
been
growing
at
exponential
rates
with
no
relief
evident
in
the
future
to
help
ease
the
growing
financial
burden
of
housing
their
collections
many
librarians
have
suggested
employment
compact
storage
depositories
for
little
used
materials
two
aspects
to
be
considered
in
designing
a
storage
system
are
the
fraction
of
the
collection
which
is
to
be
stored
and
the
criteria
to
be
used
for
selecting
materials
for
storage
this
study
demonstrates
that
for
a
given
selection
criterion
least
cost
storage
quantities
can
be
assessed
by
balancing
the
large
circulation
costs
and
the
small
shelving
costs
associated
with
stored
materials
two
storage
criteria
one
based
upon
the
age
of
the
materials
and
the
other
utilizing
the
individual
book
usage
rates
are
discussed
and
compared
for
the
age
policy
the
objective
is
the
determination
of
a
least
cost
critical
age
at
which
materials
are
transferred
to
storage
and
which
defines
the
fraction
of
the
collection
that
should
be
stored
the
model
assumes
that
the
circulation
rate
of
the
books
decline
with
age
according
to
an
average
geometric
pattern
of
obsolescence
the
average
time
gap
between
the
most
recent
circulations
of
books
is
utilized
as
the
measure
for
rate
of
usage
of
a
book
the
storage
decision
variable
resulting
from
the
minimization
of
the
total
cost
function
of
the
usage
rate
policy
is
a
critical
intercirculation
gap
the
maximum
amount
of
time
that
a
book
should
be
permitted
to
remain
in
a
working
collection
without
being
used
those
books
which
are
stored
by
the
above
rule
might
be
those
for
which
the
time
since
last
use
exceeds
the
critical
intercirculation
gap
hence
although
the
least
cost
selection
rule
is
independent
of
the
composite
distribution
of
usage
rates
the
fraction
of
the
collection
stored
depends
upon
the
circulation
activities
of
the
individual
libraries
an
empirical
evaluation
of
the
storage
models
was
made
using
data
collected
from
three
libraries
at
purdue
university
and
estimates
of
cost
parameters
extracted
from
the
literature
calculations
for
the
least
cost
decision
rules
and
the
related
costs
demonstrate
that
significant
savings
can
be
realized
from
storage
of
materials
but
the
calculations
indicate
that
a
large
portion
of
the
collection
must
be
stored
comparisons
of
the
age
policy
and
the
usage
rate
policy
indicate
that
the
latter
criterion
is
preferred
for
all
cases
examined
including
a
situation
where
the
usage
rate
policy
is
handicapped
with
a
relatively
high
unit
relocation
cost
sensitivity
analyses
of
the
cost
parameters
for
practical
ranges
of
values
show
that
the
choice
for
the
length
of
the
planning
horizon
has
a
relatively
insignificant
effect
on
the
decision
rules
that
changes
in
the
capacity
related
cost
parameters
will
cause
significant
changes
in
the
results
and
that
the
rules
are
extremely
sensitive
to
changes
in
the
circulation
cost
differential
an
important
component
of
the
latter
consideration
is
a
rather
subjective
estimate
for
the
cost
of
a
service
delay
which
appears
to
have
a
potentially
large
influence
on
the
decision
rules
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1418
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
access
to
the
literature
is
an
essential
requirement
for
advanced
research
libraries
particularly
academic
libraries
have
traditionally
borne
the
major
responsibility
for
providing
public
access
to
the
world's
literature
most
universities
have
developed
rather
complex
multilibrary
systems
of
specialized
libraries
in
order
to
meet
the
needs
of
various
groups
which
they
serve
this
use
of
special
libraries
to
meet
the
needs
of
particular
groups
has
generally
resulted
in
a
somewhat
arbitrary
division
of
the
literature
by
disciplines
the
purpose
of
this
study
is
to
investigate
some
of
the
effects
that
this
division
of
the
literature
has
on
its
accessibility
and
in
particular
to
examine
the
disciplines
the
interdisciplinary
relationships
and
the
scattering
characteristics
as
they
are
revealed
by
journal
usage
patterns
these
results
are
applied
to
the
problem
of
planning
and
design
of
library
systems
measures
of
journal
productivity
are
proposed
and
means
of
actually
estimating
these
measures
based
on
citations
usage
and
abstract
data
are
developed
each
of
these
means
of
estimating
journal
productivity
has
its
advantages
and
limitations
since
these
value
measures
are
usually
made
relative
to
a
particular
discipline
many
problems
arise
unless
disciplines
can
be
defined
in
comparable
terms
a
discipline
wheel
is
proposed
which
can
serve
as
a
conceptual
framework
in
which
to
view
the
different
disciplines
this
framework
provides
a
basis
for
measuring
the
breadth
of
a
discipline
and
also
for
measuring
the
similarity
between
two
disciplines
one
of
the
more
important
characteristics
which
has
emerged
from
the
study
of
journal
productivity
is
the
concept
of
scattering
of
articles
or
title
dispersion
a
powerful
tool
for
describing
this
phenomenon
which
has
resulted
from
earlier
studies
is
the
bradford
distribution
the
bradford
distribution
is
fitted
to
over
fifty
groups
of
productivity
data
from
various
sources
with
mixed
results
other
possible
distributions
particularly
the
yule
borel
and
the
fisher
distributions
are
also
considered
the
applications
of
productivity
functions
in
the
operation
design
and
evaluation
of
library
systems
are
virtually
unlimited
their
use
in
determining
the
size
of
a
collection
finding
the
marginal
value
of
adding
additional
journals
to
a
collection
determining
user
convenience
and
building
mathematical
models
of
library
systems
are
among
some
of
the
applications
which
are
considered
it
is
also
possible
based
on
productivity
functions
to
predict
the
comprehensiveness
of
a
particular
library
system
as
a
function
of
the
number
of
subscriptions
it
receives
the
purdue
university
libraries
provided
an
actual
library
system
to
which
the
above
concepts
could
be
applied
a
large
set
of
citation
data
was
collected
this
data
consisted
of
citations
from
ph
d
dissertations
written
in
technical
fields
at
purdue
university
complete
records
of
the
university's
scientific
journal
holdings
were
also
obtained
the
bradford
distribution
is
fitted
to
the
citation
data
with
generally
satisfactory
results
the
similarity
between
the
different
scientific
disciplines
is
measured
as
is
the
similarity
between
the
different
libraries
the
breadth
of
the
disciplines
is
also
measured
differences
between
the
journal
usage
patterns
and
the
system's
holdings
are
examined
alternate
library
system
configurations
are
proposed
and
evaluated
through
the
use
of
comprehensiveness
functions
this
study
shows
that
it
is
possible
to
quantitatively
measure
such
concepts
as
title
dispersion
breadth
of
a
discipline
the
similarity
between
disciplines
and
others
the
quantification
of
these
concepts
leads
to
a
basis
for
the
design
and
evaluation
of
complete
library
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1419
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
large
scale
on
line
information
storage
and
retrieval
systems
pose
numerous
problems
above
those
encountered
by
smaller
systems
the
more
critical
of
these
problems
involve
degree
of
automation
flexibility
browsability
storage
space
and
retrieval
time
a
step
toward
the
solution
of
these
problems
is
presented
here
along
with
several
demonstrations
of
feasibility
and
advantages
the
methodology
on
which
this
solution
is
based
is
that
of
a
posteriori
automatic
classification
of
the
document
collection
feasibility
is
demonstrated
by
automatically
classifying
a
file
of
document
descriptions
the
advantages
of
automatic
classification
are
demonstrated
by
establishing
methods
for
measuring
the
quality
of
classification
systems
and
applying
these
measures
to
a
number
of
different
classification
strategies
by
indexing
the
documents
by
two
independent
methods
one
manual
and
one
automatic
it
is
shown
that
these
advantages
are
not
dependent
upon
the
indexing
method
used
it
was
found
that
among
those
automatic
classification
algorithms
studied
one
particular
algorithm
clasfy
consistently
outperformed
the
others
in
addition
it
was
found
that
this
algorithm
produced
classifications
at
least
as
good
with
respect
to
the
measured
established
in
this
dissertation
as
the
a
priori
manual
classification
system
currently
in
use
with
the
aforementioned
file
the
actual
classification
schedules
produced
by
clasfy
in
classifying
a
file
of
almost
document
descriptions
into
categories
are
included
as
an
appendix
to
this
dissertation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1420
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
any
who
have
the
arduous
task
of
assisting
a
student
through
that
ultimate
of
academic
exercises
the
preparation
and
defense
of
a
dissertation
are
likely
to
define
happiness
as
a
good
book
written
by
an
advisee
this
book
is
a
cause
of
joy
the
author
expended
much
more
effort
than
is
usually
the
case
to
gain
even
the
smallest
detail
because
the
subject
matter
is
strangely
intractable
hedged
round
with
perplexities
and
not
a
few
vested
interests
letters
and
reports
get
locked
away
where
they
may
not
be
seen
except
by
the
most
persistent
investigator
and
one
who
somehow
meets
criteria
that
no
one
else
can
claim
in
the
end
the
author
deserves
the
praise
and
the
advisor
is
well
rewarded
with
the
inner
satisfaction
that
comes
from
participation
in
an
important
investigation
finished
as
an
influential
and
well
written
book
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1421
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
increasing
volume
of
published
literature
continues
to
present
problems
in
relation
to
information
handling
and
information
representation
as
the
magnitude
and
complexity
of
the
available
information
has
continued
to
increase
investigators
have
examined
means
of
reducing
the
costly
and
time
consuming
processes
involved
when
human
beings
assign
index
terms
to
documents
recognition
of
the
general
inadequacy
of
present
indexing
and
concern
over
time
and
cost
factors
in
index
preparation
have
prompted
experimentation
in
the
development
and
application
of
machines
to
assist
in
the
indexing
process
as
a
result
use
of
suitable
mechanized
or
partly
mechanized
procedures
to
replace
or
complement
the
manual
indexing
process
has
become
more
widespread
machine
indexing
is
a
process
whereby
mechanized
or
automatic
selection
or
generation
of
indexing
terms
is
accomplished
the
present
study
investigates
one
aspect
of
automatic
computer
based
indexing
the
permuted
title
index
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1422
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
selection
of
papers
published
here
explores
activities
in
which
indefinite
neglect
of
either
aspect
the
conceptual
or
the
mechanical
will
lead
to
practical
and
theoretical
disaster
they
centre
on
the
recovery
of
records
according
to
their
subject
matter
since
libraries
began
librarians
have
evolved
studied
and
taught
procedures
for
indexing
and
classifying
these
allow
some
delegation
from
subject
specialists
who
understand
the
subject
matter
to
library
staff
who
can
recognize
the
ways
in
which
specialists
talk
about
it
the
procedures
consider
mostly
only
the
interpretation
of
texts
not
the
text
itself
as
an
object
with
recognizable
marks
subject
to
the
laws
of
physics
and
the
principles
of
engineering
they
assume
the
problems
of
topic
identification
solved
and
the
methods
for
recovering
physical
texts
as
independent
of
the
methods
for
describing
the
interpretations
of
texts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1423
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
primary
purpose
in
preparing
the
following
report
was
to
present
existing
conditions
in
this
country
with
respect
to
training
for
library
work
in
such
a
way
that
the
educator
and
the
layman
interested
in
educational
problems
might
be
able
to
form
a
true
conception
of
the
steps
that
should
be
taken
to
improve
this
phase
of
the
library
situation
the
author
has
been
obliged
to
limit
the
scope
of
his
study
to
the
so
called
professional
schools
he
has
treated
only
incidentally
training
classes
summer
schools
and
other
types
of
library
training
agency
an
effort
has
been
made
to
discover
and
to
point
out
the
strong
and
weak
points
in
the
organization
of
these
library
schools
and
in
the
training
which
they
offer
many
of
the
defects
disclosed
could
be
remedied
by
the
schools
themselves
others
are
due
to
extreme
poverty
and
can
be
remedied
only
by
increased
income
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1424
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
university
library
is
both
a
collegiate
library
and
a
research
library
it
is
collegiate
in
its
provision
of
books
and
other
documentary
records
to
support
the
students'
program
of
instruction
and
to
encourage
the
habit
of
reading
and
the
use
of
libraries
as
does
the
college
library
the
university
library
must
also
provide
materials
for
use
by
the
faculty
members
in
the
preparation
of
their
courses
of
instruction
and
by
the
staff
of
the
institution
in
the
performance
of
their
administrative
responsibilities
however
the
university
library
differs
from
the
college
library
in
offering
a
wider
range
of
undergraduate
programs
offering
graduate
instruction
beyond
the
master's
level
and
usually
offering
advanced
professional
programs
in
a
number
of
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1425
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
development
of
the
separately
housed
undergraduate
library
on
the
modern
university
campus
is
a
recent
innovation
so
recent
in
fact
that
in
september
there
were
only
six
such
libraries
in
the
united
states
the
interest
in
effective
undergraduate
education
which
led
to
the
creation
of
these
libraries
however
is
not
of
such
recent
origin
as
early
as
when
thomas
james
was
appointed
to
bodley's
library
he
proposed
the
establishment
of
an
undergraduate
library
to
help
the
younger
student
but
sir
thomas
bodley
was
opposed
so
it
is
to
harvard
that
we
turn
for
an
example
of
the
protracted
concern
for
the
undergraduate's
plight
despite
the
concern
voiced
by
these
earlier
writers
most
universities
and
their
libraries
were
relatively
small
until
this
century
more
important
they
were
largely
undergraduate
institutions
the
great
expansion
of
graduate
education
is
a
twentieth
century
phenomenon
the
problems
of
the
undergraduate
in
using
university
collections
were
greatly
compounded
by
the
striking
growth
in
the
size
of
collections
and
by
an
increasing
emphasis
on
the
acquisition
of
materials
suitable
for
research
the
large
university
collections
became
increasingly
difficult
for
the
undergraduate
to
use
when
he
had
to
select
his
books
from
the
card
catalog
and
obtain
them
through
paging
in
a
closed
stack
system
he
might
well
abandon
the
attempt
before
finally
locating
a
book
which
was
not
checked
out
missing
or
at
the
bindery
and
which
was
suitable
for
his
purposes
the
university
library
was
also
difficult
to
use
because
it
was
crowded
study
conditions
were
unsatisfactory
and
staff
was
insufficient
to
handle
the
volume
of
work
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1426
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
with
the
advent
of
individual
detribalized
man
a
new
education
was
needed
plato
devised
such
a
new
program
for
literate
men
it
was
based
on
the
ideas
with
the
phonetic
alphabet
classified
wisdom
took
over
from
the
operational
wisdom
of
homer
and
hesiod
and
the
tribal
encyclopedia
education
by
classified
data
has
been
the
western
program
ever
since
now
however
in
the
electronic
age
data
classification
yields
to
pattern
recognition
the
key
phrase
at
ibm
when
data
moves
instantly
classification
is
too
fragmentary
in
order
to
cope
with
data
at
electric
speed
in
typical
situations
of
information
overload
men
resort
to
the
study
of
configurations
like
the
sailor
in
edgar
allan
poe's
maelstrom
the
medium
is
the
message
means
in
terms
of
the
electronic
age
that
a
totally
new
environment
has
been
created
the
content
of
this
new
environment
is
the
old
mechanized
environment
of
the
industrial
age
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1427
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
when
it
was
decided
that
cognitive
psychology
would
not
specify
size
limits
for
articles
and
that
we
would
publish
relevant
papers
in
artificial
intelligence
we
hardly
anticipated
devoting
an
entire
issue
to
a
single
piece
of
work
however
winograd's
program
for
understanding
natural
language
seems
sufficiently
general
and
important
in
its
implications
to
warrant
the
experiment
some
readers
will
find
sufficient
the
first
two
sections
which
present
respectively
an
overview
of
the
system
and
what
it
does
and
a
first
rate
evaluation
of
research
in
artificial
intelligence
on
natural
language
processing
semantics
and
theorem
proving
others
will
want
to
explore
in
detail
the
structure
of
the
syntactic
component
the
treatment
of
semantics
and
the
programming
language
for
specifying
theories
of
problem
solving
each
of
these
contributions
is
significant
in
its
own
right
together
they
form
a
unique
integrated
system
capable
of
parsing
interpreting
and
acting
upon
the
information
contained
in
complex
natural
language
discourse
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1428
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
as
the
author
states
the
methods
he
describes
treat
the
growth
of
a
scientific
literature
as
a
social
phenomenon
in
its
own
right
not
as
a
material
byproduct
of
the
knowledge
and
concepts
of
the
science
written
about
management
of
the
literature
of
physics
say
does
not
first
demand
the
study
of
physics
but
of
physicists
management
of
the
literature
of
information
sciences
demands
first
the
study
of
information
scientists
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1429
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
purpose
of
this
paper
the
purpose
of
this
preliminary
study
is
to
attempt
to
discover
how
far
it
succeeds
at
present
and
how
far
and
by
what
methods
it
may
continue
to
succeed
or
be
made
to
succeed
in
the
future
one
person
or
two
for
brian
vickery
is
tackling
the
problem
from
the
point
of
view
of
scientific
and
technological
users
with
however
many
helpful
consultants
can
only
hope
to
isolate
some
of
the
problems
and
to
indicate
some
of
the
possible
solutions
this
it
is
hoped
may
prepare
the
ground
and
stimulate
the
critical
and
creative
efforts
of
others
towards
fruitful
developments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1430
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
of
the
udc
sets
out
from
the
assumption
that
both
general
and
special
documentation
services
can
make
use
of
a
general
classification
on
the
other
hand
it
assumes
that
the
criticisms
of
the
udc
the
preference
of
some
documentalists
for
alternative
special
schemes
imply
that
the
udc
does
not
adequately
provide
the
facilities
currently
needed
in
examining
these
criticisms
and
some
special
schemes
an
effort
is
made
here
to
elucidate
those
features
of
the
udc
which
prevent
it
from
being
more
widely
used
and
then
to
suggest
how
the
udc
might
be
developed
to
provide
the
facilities
needed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1431
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
new
step
towards
international
co
operation
in
scientific
and
technical
information
the
agencies
specializing
in
documentation
of
documentation
i
e
handling
the
literature
on
scientific
and
technical
information
are
in
turn
having
problems
with
the
growth
of
information
the
number
of
their
centres
has
been
growing
during
the
last
few
years
often
several
in
a
country
and
all
with
activities
that
are
often
very
similar
scanning
and
abstracting
of
documents
from
the
same
sources
indexing
jobs
that
may
differ
only
in
practical
details
more
or
less
identical
end
products
descriptive
bibliographies
abstracting
bulletins
indexes
selective
distribution
programmes
card
indexes
and
so
on
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1432
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
output
of
scientific
literature
has
been
increasing
exponentially
since
the
second
quarter
of
this
century
new
journals
in
specialized
branches
of
science
keep
appearing
and
established
periodicals
either
multiply
the
number
of
volumes
per
year
or
split
into
different
titles
covering
narrower
subject
areas
in
order
to
cope
with
the
flow
of
communications
received
for
publication
the
limited
resources
or
libraries
particularly
in
the
developing
countries
do
not
permit
them
to
increase
library
space
or
budget
at
a
rate
commensurate
with
this
rise
in
publication
consequently
research
libraries
in
such
countries
as
india
must
be
highly
selective
in
their
acquisition
programmes
and
to
do
so
without
detriment
to
the
research
interests
of
the
institution
they
serve
they
urgently
need
dependable
data
on
the
ranking
of
periodicals
according
to
the
particular
research
needs
of
their
respective
countries
in
this
article
an
attempt
is
made
to
rank
periodicals
in
the
field
of
the
biomedical
sciences
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
indian
scientist
this
method
may
also
be
followed
in
the
libraries
of
other
developing
countries
by
changing
the
citing
journals
according
to
their
country's
needs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1433
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
author
outlines
a
plan
for
the
systematic
handling
of
bibliographical
data
from
the
time
a
book
is
printed
anywhere
in
the
world
until
its
cataloguing
in
the
libraries
the
various
problems
are
set
forth
and
possible
solutions
proposed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1434
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
cataloguing
in
source
experiment
carried
out
by
the
united
states
library
of
congress
ended
in
studies
on
the
feasibility
of
a
new
pre
publication
cataloguing
programme
were
undertaken
and
on
july
a
new
cataloguing
in
publication
programmes
were
started
other
programmes
for
pre
publication
cataloguing
namely
in
brazil
and
the
union
of
soviet
socialist
republics
are
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1435
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
ilfa
committee
on
cataloguing
has
been
at
work
since
to
establish
international
standards
for
cataloguing
and
bibliographical
records
and
was
responsible
for
the
international
conference
on
cataloguing
principles
paris
and
the
international
medical
of
cataloguing
experts
copenhagen
a
new
impetus
to
its
work
has
been
given
in
with
the
establishment
of
its
permanent
cataoguing
secretariat
whose
function
were
to
act
as
a
co
ordinating
centre
to
promote
cataloguing
projects
and
to
disseminate
information
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1436
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
an
international
serials
data
system
isds
is
being
established
within
the
framework
of
unisist
a
world
science
information
system
each
serial
will
be
assigned
an
international
standard
serial
number
issn
an
international
centre
for
the
registration
of
serial
publications
with
headquarters
in
paris
will
be
responsible
for
specifying
the
characteristics
of
the
world
register
and
maintaining
an
up
to
date
file
of
serial
titles
national
and
regional
centres
will
supply
input
on
new
titles
to
the
register
and
act
as
a
link
between
the
international
centre
and
individual
users
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1437
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
in
this
article
stephen
green
a
member
of
the
british
delegation
to
the
intergovernmental
conference
on
the
planning
of
national
documentation
library
and
archives
infrastructures
gives
his
views
on
the
results
of
the
conference
and
its
implications
for
the
future
development
of
national
information
systems
natis
in
member
states
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1438
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
copyright
protection
became
necessary
with
the
invention
of
the
printing
press
and
had
its
early
beginnings
in
the
british
censorship
laws
the
fortunes
of
the
law
of
copyright
have
always
been
closely
connected
with
freedom
of
expression
on
the
one
hand
and
with
technological
improvements
in
means
of
dissemination
on
the
other
successive
ages
have
drawn
different
balances
among
the
interest
of
the
writer
in
the
control
and
exploitation
of
his
intellectual
property
the
related
interest
of
the
publisher
and
the
competing
interest
of
society
in
the
untrammeled
dissemination
of
ideas
it
is
this
striking
of
balances
in
the
law
of
copyright
in
the
past
at
present
and
for
the
future
which
constitutes
the
central
theme
of
the
james
carpentier
lectures
delivered
by
professor
benjamin
kaplan
at
the
columbia
university
school
of
law
in
march
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1439
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
volume
on
union
library
catalogs
in
the
united
states
presents
the
results
of
a
nationwide
survey
of
all
aspects
of
union
cataloging
by
a
group
of
investigators
who
have
been
engaged
with
the
task
for
more
than
a
year
the
aim
is
to
cover
the
history
current
status
and
future
prospects
of
various
types
of
union
catalogs
for
american
libraries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1440
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
essentially
logistical
problem
of
making
library
books
physically
available
when
wanted
by
library
users
is
central
to
librarianship
this
book
is
a
tentative
attempt
to
provide
a
treatise
on
this
problem
as
such
it
has
to
deal
with
both
theoretical
analysis
and
the
practicality
of
solutions
no
apology
is
made
for
the
attention
devoted
to
theoretical
analysis
because
the
author
believes
that
a
clear
conceptual
understanding
of
the
factors
involved
is
important
for
improved
librarianship
the
fact
that
analytical
models
are
not
always
usable
does
not
mean
that
the
insight
that
can
sometimes
be
derived
from
such
analyses
will
not
lead
to
a
better
understanding
of
the
problems
and
thereby
to
improved
library
services
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1441
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
ifla
will
be
nearly
fifty
years
old
when
dorothy
anderson's
ubc
paper
is
published
it
is
tempting
to
say
that
it
is
a
half
a
century
overdue
when
librarians
first
began
to
look
beyond
their
national
borders
bibliographic
control
was
in
the
forefront
of
their
concern
gradually
however
these
pioneers
of
international
librarianship
began
to
realize
that
technical
problems
were
too
ambitious
for
multilateral
action
and
in
their
discussions
the
emphasis
was
placed
more
on
functions
and
organizations
on
the
social
and
even
economic
achievements
of
the
international
library
community
which
was
not
fully
international
at
all
were
limited
to
comparisons
of
national
efforts
with
some
countries
constantly
over
critical
and
others
overgenerous
outstanding
bibliographic
projects
like
the
gesamtkatalog
der
wiegendrucke
were
international
in
scope
but
national
in
conception
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1442
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
study
represents
the
result
of
some
fifteen
years
of
contact
with
the
universal
decimal
classification
as
a
user
as
a
reviser
and
as
a
classification
teacher
as
a
information
officer
at
the
atomic
energy
research
establishment
harwell
i
was
concerned
with
the
use
of
the
universal
decimal
classification
udc
both
as
classifier
and
as
user
of
the
resulting
catalogues
i
was
also
directly
concerned
as
liaison
officer
for
the
atomic
energy
research
committee
for
udc
with
the
development
of
the
code
of
practice
which
later
became
the
basis
of
the
special
subject
edition
for
nuclear
science
and
engineering
with
accelerators
this
work
was
carried
out
along
the
general
lines
indicated
in
this
study
and
is
now
part
of
udc
which
indicates
that
modern
ideas
can
be
accommodated
within
the
scheme
without
undue
strain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1443
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
we
feel
that
a
profound
change
has
occurred
in
linguistic
thinking
in
the
last
decade
it
is
not
longer
of
any
interest
to
describe
one
after
another
language
'anyhow'
without
regard
to
the
relevance
of
the
facts
to
general
linguistic
theory
as
ross
put
it
it
makes
no
sense
to
talk
about
'describing
a
language
in
terms
of
its
own
structure
alone
'
toward
the
end
of
the
conference
when
it
had
become
apparent
that
the
general
agreement
did
not
encompass
any
currently
explicitly
formulated
model
the
question
was
raised
what
should
we
be
teaching
our
students
langendoen's
answer
seems
to
us
most
apt
we
should
give
them
the
ability
to
recognize
a
interesting
linguistic
problem
when
they
see
one
that
is
one
which
throws
some
light
negative
or
positive
on
our
conceptions
of
what
languages
in
general
are
like
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1444
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
can
a
computer
write
the
history
of
science
probably
not
in
the
sense
usually
implied
however
the
research
reported
herein
is
a
preliminary
attempt
to
understand
and
define
some
basic
problems
that
must
be
solved
if
computers
are
ever
to
aid
the
historian
of
science
no
less
supplant
him
in
this
study
it
was
necessary
to
select
a
recent
important
scientific
breakthrough
which
was
based
on
the
cumulation
of
years
of
diverse
scientific
achievement
for
this
reason
we
selected
the
discovery
of
the
dna
code
for
a
concise
historical
description
of
the
events
we
then
selected
the
genetic
code
a
book
by
dr
isaac
asimov
which
describes
the
major
scientific
developments
that
eventually
led
to
the
duplication
in
the
laboratory
of
the
process
of
protein
synthesis
under
control
of
dna
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1445
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
work
reported
here
is
a
study
of
the
utilization
of
the
card
catalog
of
a
very
large
library
specifically
the
principal
catalog
of
the
library
system
of
yale
university
the
study
was
motivated
by
two
basic
concerns
one
of
them
of
a
long
term
or
exploratory
nature
the
other
of
a
short
term
or
operationally
supportive
nature
the
long
term
concern
is
the
question
of
how
to
design
a
computerized
catalog
for
a
very
large
library
that
can
be
expected
to
give
the
best
possible
performance
the
short
term
concern
is
the
question
of
whether
and
of
so
how
existing
card
catalogs
in
very
large
libraries
may
be
made
more
responsive
to
user
requirements
it
was
recognized
that
a
carefully
designed
study
of
actual
utilization
of
a
catalog
of
a
large
library
could
shed
useful
light
in
both
areas
of
concern
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1446
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
information
explosion
sparks
a
need
for
creative
synthesis
of
facts
and
ideas
for
efficient
access
to
good
scientific
literature
we
must
devise
new
schemes
for
compression
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1447
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
the
british
association
meeting
in
exeter
last
month
professor
ziman
addressed
the
section
devoted
to
general
topics
on
the
question
of
how
scientific
information
becomes
public
knowledge
the
system
of
communication
he
implied
is
not
as
rotten
as
some
like
to
think
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1448
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
deals
with
properties
of
vocabularies
for
indexing
and
searching
document
collections
the
construction
organization
display
and
maintenance
of
these
vocabularies
and
the
vocabulary
as
a
factor
affecting
the
performance
of
retrieval
systems
most
of
the
text
is
concerned
with
vocabularies
for
post
coordinate
retrieval
systems
with
special
emphasis
on
thesauri
and
machine
based
systems
vocabularies
for
pre
coordinate
systems
e
g
alphabetical
subject
catalogs
and
classified
catalogs
are
discussed
only
briefly
to
provide
historical
perspective
and
for
the
light
they
shed
on
the
problems
o
vocabulary
control
in
general
this
type
of
vocabulary
is
well
covered
in
existing
texts
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1449
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
distinctive
feature
of
american
weapons
development
and
production
is
the
use
of
private
firms
to
carry
forward
most
of
the
effort
this
volume
is
primarily
concerned
with
the
government
business
relationships
within
which
these
activities
take
place
our
title
reflects
our
emphasis
weapons
acquisition
is
defined
to
include
the
conception
development
and
production
of
technically
advanced
weapons
for
ultimate
use
by
the
armed
forces
process
emphasizes
the
flow
of
decisions
and
activities
during
weapons
programs
including
the
actions
reactions
and
interactions
of
government
agencies
and
defense
contractors
economic
analysis
indicates
our
concern
with
how
these
activities
and
relationships
affect
the
quality
time
cost
and
value
outcomes
of
weapons
programs
the
principal
objective
of
this
volume
is
increased
knowledge
of
these
facets
of
weapons
development
and
production
such
an
objective
classified
the
volume
as
a
social
science
rather
than
administrative
study
yet
most
social
science
research
however
pure
the
form
is
ultimately
directed
at
changing
public
policy
that
is
the
intention
here
but
this
book
does
not
conclude
with
a
specific
set
of
public
policy
recommendations
rather
it
is
largely
limited
to
providing
understanding
a
prerequisite
to
criticism
debate
revision
and
improvement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1450
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
is
based
upon
two
recent
research
projects
in
weeding
and
identifying
core
collections
however
it
became
apparent
that
the
principles
and
techniques
studied
are
applicable
to
almost
all
types
of
library
collections
this
work
has
been
designed
to
be
used
for
four
distinct
purposes
as
a
comprehensive
source
summarizing
the
opinion
knowledge
and
serious
research
in
the
field
of
weeding
the
author's
own
research
is
reported
in
such
detail
that
replication
of
the
studies
is
possible
in
addition
this
book
contains
the
first
report
of
the
harrison
study
as
a
do
it
yourself
guide
for
librarians
wishing
to
weed
out
their
present
collections
it
is
the
aim
of
this
book
not
only
to
explain
and
justify
its
methods
but
to
include
a
step
by
step
procedure
for
weeding
without
tears
as
a
textbook
in
library
schools
especially
in
courses
that
deal
with
the
acquisition
and
maintenance
of
library
collections
for
weeding
is
one
of
the
best
techniques
available
for
the
long
range
building
of
useful
collections
as
a
stimulus
to
further
study
in
this
entire
area
it
is
hoped
that
libraries
using
the
recommended
methods
will
measure
and
report
upon
the
costs
of
weeding
and
the
impact
of
such
weeding
upon
changes
in
the
amount
of
circulation
and
in
user
satisfaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1451
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
a
characteristic
of
inventory
in
business
or
industry
is
that
approximately
percent
of
the
number
of
transactions
taken
from
a
warehouse
represents
about
percent
of
the
items
stocked
this
may
also
be
considered
as
a
ranking
of
stock
items
by
their
transaction
activity
which
will
show
that
the
top
percent
of
the
stocked
items
i
e
the
most
active
items
account
for
about
percent
of
the
total
number
of
transactions
the
rule
is
sometimes
expressed
as
the
rule
with
the
same
interpretation
it
is
only
by
coincidence
that
the
figures
add
to
as
the
phenomena
relate
to
the
relationships
between
the
two
statistical
measures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1452
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
line
formula
chemical
notation
described
in
this
manual
is
a
precise
and
concise
means
of
expressing
the
structural
formulas
of
chemical
compounds
its
basic
idea
is
to
use
letter
symbols
to
denote
functional
groups
and
to
use
numbers
to
express
the
lengths
of
alkyl
chains
and
the
sizes
of
rings
these
symbols
then
are
cited
in
connecting
order
from
one
end
of
the
molecule
to
the
other
for
the
past
hundred
years
ever
since
structural
chemistry
began
chemists
have
been
using
graphic
symbols
in
this
way
this
line
formula
notation
is
simply
an
extension
and
standardization
of
this
practice
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1453
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
there
are
some
who
question
whether
the
status
of
women
in
the
library
profession
is
a
major
issue
a
survey
of
library
literature
however
shows
an
increase
in
the
factual
data
available
regarding
differences
between
men
and
women
in
salaries
promotional
patterns
and
other
professional
situations
there
are
local
library
groups
which
are
examining
the
status
of
women
in
their
own
libraries
and
organizing
to
improve
their
employment
situations
on
the
state
and
national
level
conference
programs
and
workshops
at
library
association
meetings
have
dealt
with
various
aspects
of
sex
discrimination
affirmative
action
policies
sexism
in
children's
materials
and
the
like
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1454
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
basic
plan
for
this
book
was
evolved
during
the
summer
of
at
that
time
i
was
working
on
a
chapter
entitled
industrial
social
psychology
for
the
annual
review
of
psychology
i
was
impressed
by
the
large
amount
of
research
being
conducted
in
the
field
but
found
the
task
of
integrating
that
research
and
of
identifying
the
progress
made
during
the
period
of
the
review
exceedingly
difficult
in
part
this
difficulty
was
a
result
of
the
great
differences
among
investigators
in
the
phenomena
they
selected
for
study
and
the
methods
they
used
to
study
it
a
more
troublesome
problem
however
was
the
apparent
theoretical
implications
of
their
research
concepts
tended
to
be
highly
specific
and
inadequately
defined
there
was
little
standardization
of
terminology
and
little
consideration
for
the
nature
of
the
processes
underlying
empirical
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1455
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
work
and
the
nature
of
man
is
the
third
book
of
a
trilogy
concerning
job
attitudes
in
the
first
book
job
attitudes
review
of
research
and
opinion
my
colleagues
and
i
attempted
to
review
and
systematize
what
had
been
gleaned
from
research
and
contemplation
after
a
half
century
of
effort
in
the
motivation
to
work
that
followed
we
described
an
original
research
study
that
offered
a
completely
new
hypothesis
about
the
way
people
feel
about
their
jobs
in
this
book
i
have
taken
that
hypothesis
and
expanded
it
to
a
general
theory
of
work
and
the
nature
of
man
while
the
trilogy
contains
the
three
basic
stages
of
scientific
inquiry
knowledge
of
what
has
gone
before
new
research
and
finally
a
theory
the
task
that
i
set
out
for
myself
many
years
ago
upon
graduation
for
the
school
of
public
health
at
the
university
of
pittsburgh
is
just
beginning
that
task
was
to
give
original
substance
to
the
new
discipline
of
industrial
mental
health
and
if
possible
to
make
some
positive
contributions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1456
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
over
the
last
several
decades
interest
in
economic
development
population
growth
and
the
world
environment
has
expanded
rapidly
as
world
wide
stresses
have
increased
many
individuals
and
organizations
have
begun
to
study
and
to
influence
the
changing
aspects
of
the
world
situation
but
it
seems
fair
to
observe
that
most
of
the
activity
has
been
addressed
to
separate
facets
of
the
world
system
little
has
yet
been
done
to
show
how
the
many
actions
and
forces
are
affecting
one
another
to
produce
the
total
consequences
that
we
observe
now
however
many
persons
are
coming
to
believe
that
the
interactions
within
the
whole
are
more
important
than
the
sum
of
the
separate
parts
this
book
was
undertaken
as
one
step
toward
showing
how
the
behavior
of
the
world
system
results
from
mutual
interplay
between
its
demographic
industrial
and
agricultural
subsystems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1457
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
one
of
the
most
significant
aspects
of
the
evolution
of
librarianship
in
the
twentieth
century
has
been
the
emergence
of
the
library
schools
as
a
potent
factor
in
shaping
new
philosophies
and
new
attitudes
in
the
library
profession
the
intention
of
the
present
work
is
to
examine
some
of
the
implications
of
this
rapid
growth
in
the
number
of
library
schools
noting
current
trends
and
possible
changes
in
the
future
inevitably
some
limitations
have
had
to
be
imposed
and
there
has
been
a
deliberate
concentration
upon
anglo
american
library
education
while
at
the
same
time
examining
other
major
patterns
of
professional
education
for
librarians
which
exist
in
the
world
and
comparing
these
with
the
approach
of
the
english
speaking
countries
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
trace
the
influences
which
the
british
and
america
systems
of
library
education
have
had
particularly
in
the
developing
countries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1458
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
the
patent
laws
confer
on
a
patentee
power
to
exclude
all
others
from
making
using
or
selling
his
invention
in
furtherance
of
a
constitutionally
recognized
goal
to
promote
the
progress
of
science
and
the
useful
arts
congress
has
thus
adopted
a
constitutionally
authorized
means
securing
to
inventors
the
exclusive
right
to
their
respective
discoveries
the
constitutional
clause
is
remarkable
in
several
respects
its
recognition
of
the
possibility
that
invention
might
require
encouragement
implies
not
only
that
technological
innovation
is
desirable
but
also
that
but
for
legal
subsidization
the
quantity
of
innovation
forthcoming
would
or
might
be
less
than
optimum
this
recognition
coming
on
the
morn
of
an
era
during
which
the
tendency
of
a
free
market
to
achieve
optimality
in
all
activities
was
greatly
and
religiously
overestimated
prompts
brief
inquiry
into
the
soundness
of
the
supposition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1459
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
this
book
considers
the
basic
aspects
of
this
complex
problem
the
historical
and
social
essence
of
language
and
thought
their
interaction
in
historical
evolution
the
essence
of
linguistic
meaning
in
relation
to
the
content
side
of
thought
and
the
physiological
mechanism
of
the
processes
of
abstraction
generalization
etc
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1460
topicstart
cisi
topicend
bodystart
at
the
present
time
about
of
all
the
world
publications
of
scientific
and
technical
literature
relate
to
chemistry
and
chemical
technology
each
year
throughout
the
world
more
than
documents
are
published
journal
papers
specifications
for
authors'
certificates
and
patents
scientific
and
technical
reports
monographs
etc
and
in
the
last
twenty
years
the
number
of
such
documents
has
increased
by
an
average
of
a
year
in
these
scientific
documents
information
on
thousand
new
chemical
compounds
is
published
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1000
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
stability
and
drag
of
a
blunted
cone
at
mach
numbers
and
tests
were
made
of
a
short
blunt
nosed
without
a
half
angle
conical
afterbody
in
a
pressurized
ballistic
range
at
nominal
mach
numbers
of
and
of
and
respectively
it
was
found
that
the
models
were
statically
stable
about
the
center
of
gravity
location
tested
but
exhibited
neutral
dynamic
stability
for
flight
at
constant
altitude
the
static
stability
was
not
affected
by
the
but
was
nonlinear
with
angle
of
attack
and
varied
with
mach
number
the
nonlinear
variation
of
the
pitching
moment
with
angle
of
attack
was
accurately
approximated
by
a
cubic
polynomial
the
static
stability
was
only
qualitatively
predicted
by
modified
newtonian
theory
the
drag
characteristics
were
in
good
agreement
with
values
calculated
by
use
of
modified
newtonian
theory
calculations
of
the
oscillatory
behavior
of
the
configurations
flying
an
example
entry
trajectory
through
the
martian
atmosphere
indicated
the
configurations
to
be
dynamically
satisfactory
pitching
motions
should
converge
to
a
small
fraction
of
the
amplitude
at
entry
provided
the
initial
angle
of
attack
and
pitch
rate
are
not
large
enough
to
cause
tumbling
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1001
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wind
tunnel
investigation
of
the
static
and
dynamic
stability
characteristics
of
a
degree
semivertex
angle
blunted
cone
the
static
and
dynamic
stability
characteristics
of
a
blunted
degree
semivertex
angle
cone
were
studied
the
cone
which
had
a
modified
spherical
segment
nose
was
tested
with
a
flat
base
and
with
a
truncated
conical
base
all
tests
were
performed
in
air
at
mach
numbers
from
to
with
the
angle
of
attack
range
from
degree
to
degree
presented
are
measurements
of
the
normal
force
axial
force
base
pressure
and
pitching
moment
from
the
static
tests
and
the
damping
in
pitch
moment
from
the
dynamic
tests
both
models
had
satisfactory
stability
characteristics
throughout
the
test
mach
number
range
but
the
addition
of
the
conical
afterbody
had
a
large
destabilizing
effect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1002
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
preliminary
investigations
of
spiked
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
generally
accepted
solutions
for
the
problems
of
hypersonic
flight
appear
at
the
moment
to
be
centered
around
the
use
of
blunt
bodies
to
minimize
the
heat
transfer
rates
there
are
however
several
other
solutions
to
the
problem
and
as
part
of
an
exploratory
study
of
these
solutions
a
detailed
examination
has
been
made
of
the
flow
over
blunt
bodies
equipped
with
a
spike
these
tests
carried
out
at
a
mach
number
of
about
in
the
princeton
helium
hypersonic
tunnel
have
investigated
the
effect
of
varying
spike
lengths
for
flat
faced
and
hemispherically
nosed
axially
symmetric
bodies
detailed
pressure
distributions
have
been
obtained
as
well
as
heat
transfer
rates
these
exploratory
studies
have
shown
that
the
use
of
a
spike
protruding
from
a
hemispherical
nosed
cylinder
at
m
decreased
the
pressure
level
by
an
order
of
magnitude
and
the
heat
transfer
to
a
fraction
of
that
measured
on
a
hemisphere
without
a
spike
the
general
technique
appears
to
hold
considerable
promise
for
hypersonic
flight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1003
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
the
real
gas
hypersonic
flow
parameters
for
helium
have
been
calculated
for
stagnation
temperatures
from
f
to
f
and
stagnation
pressures
up
to
pounds
per
square
inch
absolute
the
results
of
these
calculations
are
presented
in
the
form
of
simple
correction
factors
which
must
be
applied
to
the
tabulated
ideal
gas
parameters
it
has
been
shown
that
the
deviations
from
the
ideal
gas
law
which
exist
at
high
pressures
may
cause
a
corresponding
significant
error
in
the
hypersonic
flow
parameters
when
calculated
as
an
ideal
gas
for
example
the
ratio
of
the
free
stream
static
to
stagnation
pressure
as
calculated
from
the
thermodynamic
properties
of
helium
for
a
stagnation
temperature
of
f
and
pressure
of
pounds
per
square
inch
absolute
was
found
to
be
approximately
percent
greater
than
that
determined
from
the
ideal
gas
tabulation
with
a
specific
heat
ratio
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1004
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
the
effects
of
contamination
of
helium
by
air
upon
static
pressure
total
pressure
heat
transfer
and
temperature
measurements
have
been
investigated
in
the
inch
helium
tunnel
at
the
langley
research
center
within
the
scope
of
the
tests
even
a
small
amount
of
air
is
shown
to
affect
these
measurements
the
heat
transfer
and
temperature
measurements
were
made
on
a
half
angle
cone
and
demonstrated
the
effects
of
contamination
qualitatively
the
wall
static
and
center
line
pitot
pressures
show
that
if
the
contaminating
air
is
held
to
less
than
about
percent
by
volume
the
error
in
indicated
mach
number
is
less
than
percent
as
calculated
from
the
rayleigh
pitot
equation
the
corresponding
errors
in
wall
static
and
center
line
pitot
pressures
are
about
and
percent
respectively
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1005
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
equations
based
on
newtonian
impact
theory
have
been
derived
and
a
computational
procedure
developed
with
the
aid
of
several
design
type
charts
which
enable
the
determination
of
the
aerodynamic
forces
and
moments
acting
on
arbitrary
bodies
of
revolution
undergoing
either
separate
or
combined
angle
of
attack
and
pitching
motions
bodies
with
axially
increasing
and
decreasing
cross
sectional
area
distributions
are
considered
nose
shapes
may
be
sharp
blunt
or
flat
faced
the
analysis
considers
variations
in
angle
of
attack
from
to
and
allows
for
both
positive
and
negative
pitching
rates
of
arbitrary
magnitude
the
results
are
also
directly
applicable
to
bodies
in
either
separate
or
combined
sideslip
and
yawing
maneuvers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1006
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
the
inviscid
flow
of
a
perfect
gas
over
blunt
nosed
axisymmetric
and
two
dimensional
bodies
at
zero
angle
of
attack
has
been
calculated
numerically
on
an
ibm
computer
the
computation
consisted
of
the
fuller
blunt
body
solution
for
the
subsonic
and
transonic
regions
and
the
method
of
characteristics
for
the
supersonic
region
the
flow
fields
about
a
number
of
blunt
bodies
were
studied
and
the
calculated
results
showed
good
agreement
with
experimental
shock
wave
shapes
surface
pressure
distributions
and
flow
field
surveys
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1007
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
this
report
presents
equations
tables
and
figures
for
use
in
the
analysis
of
helium
flow
at
supersonic
and
hypersonic
speeds
the
contents
of
the
report
and
presentation
of
the
data
parallel
that
of
a
similar
reference
work
naca
rep
prepared
for
air
flow
the
perfect
gas
relations
for
continuous
one
dimensional
flow
normal
and
oblique
shock
waves
and
prandtl
meyer
expansions
are
the
same
as
for
air
but
are
presented
here
for
completeness
the
tables
present
the
values
of
useful
dimensionless
ratios
for
continuous
one
dimensional
flow
and
for
normal
shock
waves
as
functions
of
mach
number
the
helium
viscosity
relation
as
a
function
of
temperature
mass
flow
rates
as
a
function
of
mach
number
and
temperature
and
the
reynolds
number
as
a
function
of
mach
number
and
stagnation
temperature
are
plotted
the
oblique
shock
characteristics
of
wedges
and
cones
in
helium
at
mach
numbers
of
and
are
presented
in
a
series
of
plots
throughout
all
the
computations
helium
is
considered
to
be
a
perfect
gas
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1008
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
representative
experimental
results
are
presented
to
show
the
current
status
of
the
panel
flutter
problem
results
are
presented
for
unstiffened
rectangular
panels
and
for
rectangular
panels
stiffened
by
corrugated
backing
flutter
boundaries
are
established
for
all
types
of
panels
when
considered
on
the
basis
of
equivalent
isotropic
plates
the
effects
of
mach
number
differential
pressure
and
aerodynamic
heating
on
panel
flutter
are
discussed
a
flutter
analysis
of
orthotropic
panels
is
presented
in
the
appendix
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1009
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
charts
of
thermodynamic
properties
for
equilibrium
air
are
presented
with
sufficient
accuracy
to
permit
the
calculation
of
flow
parameters
in
hypersonic
nozzles
operating
at
stagnation
temperatures
up
to
r
and
pressures
up
to
atm
flow
parameters
calculated
from
these
charts
are
presented
for
a
series
of
stagnation
temperatures
between
use
of
these
parameters
it
is
possible
to
calibrate
a
nozzle
in
the
conventional
way
a
method
is
also
presented
from
which
the
flow
parameters
for
conditions
other
than
those
chosen
herein
may
be
calculated
real
gas
effects
on
the
calculation
of
a
hypersonic
nozzle
contour
are
shown
by
an
example
calculation
in
which
the
nozzle
contour
for
mach
number
was
determined
by
including
real
gas
effects
and
this
contour
was
compared
with
one
calculated
by
ideal
gas
considerations
also
presented
are
the
approximate
limiting
mach
numbers
at
which
equilibrium
air
will
just
condense
for
various
combinations
of
stagnation
temperatures
and
pressures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1010
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
air
flow
properties
in
nozzles
were
calculated
and
charted
for
equilibrium
flow
and
two
types
of
frozen
flows
in
one
type
of
frozen
flow
air
was
assumed
to
be
in
equilibrium
from
the
nozzle
reservoir
to
arbitrary
points
where
chemical
reactions
and
molecular
vibrations
became
frozen
in
the
other
type
it
was
assumed
that
molecular
vibrations
were
in
equilibrium
throughout
the
nozzle
and
that
chemical
reactions
became
frozen
at
arbitrary
points
the
calculations
were
made
for
a
range
of
stagnation
pressures
up
to
poinds
per
square
inch
absolute
and
stagnation
enthalpies
up
to
btu
per
pound
the
flow
properties
charted
were
temperature
pressure
density
velocity
dynamic
pressure
mach
number
reynolds
number
molecular
weight
fraction
and
mass
flow
equilibrium
flow
properties
through
normal
shock
waves
were
also
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1011
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
measurements
of
the
static
and
dynamic
charts
have
been
prepared
relating
the
thermodynamic
properties
of
air
in
chemical
equilibrium
for
temperatures
to
k
and
for
pressures
from
to
atmospheres
also
included
are
charts
showing
the
composition
of
air
the
isentropic
exponent
and
the
speed
of
sound
these
charts
are
based
on
thermodynamic
data
calculated
by
the
national
bureau
of
standards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1012
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
principles
of
creep
buckling
weight
strength
analysis
of
aircraft
structures
the
possibility
of
a
gradual
instability
failure
of
a
column
under
compressive
load
has
been
recognized
for
some
time
marin
presented
an
analysis
of
creep
buckling
based
on
a
theory
of
creep
bending
but
did
not
take
into
account
the
average
stress
due
to
axial
loading
the
theory
also
neglected
the
transient
nonlinear
portion
of
the
creep
curve
in
efficient
column
design
the
average
stress
should
be
relatively
high
in
comparison
with
the
bending
stresses
that
is
the
column
should
be
as
straight
as
possible
and
the
slenderness
ratio
should
not
be
too
great
under
these
conditions
marin's
theory
is
not
directly
applicable
although
it
gives
good
agreement
with
tests
of
columns
having
large
slenderness
ratios
or
large
eccentricities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1013
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
principles
of
creep
buckling
weight
strength
analysis
published
work
on
creep
buckling
has
implied
that
failure
of
columns
after
a
critical
time
is
caused
by
initial
imperfections
such
analyses
are
relatively
complex
and
ultimately
leave
the
choice
of
selecting
the
proper
value
of
the
initial
imperfection
to
the
designer
furthermore
recent
test
results
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
have
indicated
that
there
is
a
random
and
relatively
unimportant
effect
of
small
initial
imperfections
on
the
critical
time
to
avoid
the
difficulties
associated
with
initial
imperfections
a
formulation
of
the
creep
buckling
phenomenon
in
terms
of
classical
stability
theory
is
presented
the
theory
permits
the
extension
of
known
solutions
for
plastic
buckling
of
certain
thin
plates
and
shells
to
creep
buckling
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1014
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
principles
of
creep
buckling
weight
strength
analysis
a
problem
of
creep
stability
of
columns
and
plates
is
considered
in
an
analysis
use
is
made
of
two
forms
of
the
creep
theory
based
on
the
strain
hardening
hypothesis
for
a
uniformly
compressed
palte
a
comparison
is
made
between
the
results
according
to
the
flow
theory
and
strain
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1015
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
principles
of
creep
buckling
weight
strength
analysis
the
determination
of
column
deflections
and
column
buckling
loads
has
been
considered
for
many
years
the
available
theories
however
do
not
provide
for
materials
which
creep
with
time
under
constant
loads
for
the
design
of
structural
members
made
of
these
materials
a
consideration
of
creep
may
be
of
practical
importance
plastics
concrete
and
some
metals
creep
at
normal
temperatures
while
other
metals
creep
only
at
high
temperatures
and
at
stress
values
beyond
the
yield
point
a
consideration
of
creep
in
the
design
of
some
structures
appears
appropriate
in
view
of
the
modern
developments
in
plastics
and
the
presence
of
high
stress
values
which
are
sometimes
beyond
the
yield
stress
this
paper
gives
a
rational
theory
for
predicting
creep
deflections
in
columns
a
special
case
using
this
theory
is
applied
to
the
interpretation
of
some
preliminary
tests
of
an
aluminum
alloy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1016
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
principles
of
creep
buckling
weight
strength
analysis
the
relation
of
the
time
dependent
tangent
modulus
load
as
conceived
by
shanley
to
actual
column
capacity
is
clarified
it
may
be
interpreted
as
a
limiting
case
of
the
conservative
estimate
the
time
dependent
tangent
modulus
load
is
therefore
an
approximation
to
a
conservative
estimate
the
approximation
however
may
be
either
conservative
or
nonconservative
when
applied
to
imperfect
or
real
columns
typical
cases
are
discussed
and
experimental
results
for
two
alloys
are
cited
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1017
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
it
appears
from
librove's
interesting
analysis
that
for
the
case
of
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
initial
imperfections
contained
in
ordinary
columns
provide
the
mechanism
by
which
failure
due
to
creep
occurs
after
a
period
of
time
in
fact
it
can
be
concluded
from
this
analysis
that
a
theoretically
perfect
column
that
is
initially
loaded
below
the
time
independent
critical
load
will
not
buckle
at
all
this
is
an
interesting
contrast
to
the
case
of
static
buckling
where
small
initial
imperfections
play
an
insignificant
role
since
the
failing
load
of
an
initially
imperfect
column
is
substantially
the
same
as
that
of
a
theoretically
perfect
column
it
is
of
interest
therefore
to
conjecture
whether
there
is
any
possible
mechanism
by
which
a
column
containing
no
initial
imperfections
can
fail
as
a
result
of
creep
when
the
initial
load
is
less
than
the
theoretical
buckling
load
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1018
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
results
of
short
time
elevated
temperature
creep
tests
of
objective
of
obtaining
procedures
for
predicting
column
lifetime
semiempirical
lifetime
curves
are
obtained
with
the
aid
of
a
previously
published
column
creep
theory
and
are
used
for
deriving
column
curves
the
semiempirical
lifetime
curves
are
also
used
to
study
the
effect
of
varying
applied
stress
and
out
of
straightness
in
the
range
considered
small
variations
in
out
of
straightness
are
found
to
be
of
little
practical
significance
whereas
small
stress
variations
change
the
column
lifetime
considerably
for
the
range
of
out
of
straightness
encountered
in
the
tests
the
data
can
be
presented
in
plots
that
do
not
explicitly
include
out
of
straightness
and
plots
of
this
type
should
be
satisfactory
for
predicting
column
lifetime
for
design
purposes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1019
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
a
method
for
estimating
allowable
load
capacities
of
columns
subject
to
creep
is
presented
the
method
which
utilizes
approximate
stress
distributions
derived
from
isochronous
stress
strain
curves
to
estimate
column
load
capacities
is
shown
to
be
conservative
for
the
time
for
which
the
estimate
is
made
an
application
of
the
method
is
made
to
test
data
on
as
received
and
on
stabilized
s
t
aluminum
alloy
a
comparison
of
the
computed
column
capacities
with
experimental
capacities
indicates
that
the
method
is
satisfactory
for
estimating
the
decrease
in
capacity
with
increasing
time
easily
obtained
time
dependent
tangent
modulus
loads
are
discussed
they
are
interpreted
as
being
approximations
to
allowable
load
capacity
estimates
a
limited
application
is
made
to
test
data
and
the
results
appear
promising
it
is
concluded
that
if
certain
limitations
are
recognized
the
method
may
prove
to
be
useful
because
of
its
simplicity
a
presentation
of
the
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
effects
of
column
imperfection
and
column
material
variation
is
made
it
is
found
that
column
capacity
variations
of
the
order
of
per
cent
can
result
from
column
imperfection
differences
and
column
material
variation
the
results
of
an
experimental
study
of
the
variation
of
column
capacity
with
temperature
of
exposure
are
presented
they
indicate
that
column
efficiency
as
measured
by
decrease
in
capacity
can
be
acceptable
for
very
short
times
at
the
higher
temperatures
the
efficiency
at
these
higher
temperatures
falls
rapidly
however
with
increasing
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1020
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
results
of
short
time
creep
buckling
and
creep
bending
tests
of
slenderness
ratio
are
presented
the
tests
were
performed
at
f
and
strain
measurements
were
taken
with
high
temperature
electric
resistance
strain
gages
a
description
of
the
development
of
the
gages
is
given
in
an
appendix
the
column
tests
show
that
the
critical
time
decreases
much
more
rapidly
with
increasing
load
than
with
increasing
initial
deviation
from
straightness
the
bending
tests
indicate
that
the
steady
creep
rate
of
the
curvature
is
a
simple
power
function
of
applied
moment
these
latter
results
together
with
a
previously
derived
creep
buckling
theory
are
used
to
develop
a
semiempirical
formula
suitable
as
a
guide
for
the
determination
of
the
critical
time
for
columns
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1021
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
this
paper
describes
theory
and
tests
of
the
creep
collapse
of
long
thin
aluminum
alloy
cylinders
under
external
radial
pressure
steady
state
creep
is
assumed
in
the
theoretical
derivation
the
test
temperatures
were
between
and
f
the
collapse
time
for
each
cylinder
was
calculated
theoretically
agreement
between
theoretical
and
test
results
was
fair
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1022
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
forty
three
cylinders
of
inch
length
and
inch
diameter
made
of
aluminum
alloy
sheets
of
thickness
were
subjected
to
bending
moments
constant
along
the
cylinder
and
in
time
in
an
oven
which
maintained
a
constant
temperature
of
f
during
the
test
all
the
cylinders
failed
by
buckling
the
time
that
elapsed
between
load
application
and
collapse
was
measured
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1023
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
a
theory
of
creep
buckling
is
presented
in
which
the
instantaneous
elastic
and
plastic
deformations
following
the
application
of
a
load
as
well
as
the
steady
creep
deformations
are
considered
in
an
approximate
manner
equations
are
given
from
which
the
critical
time
that
is
the
time
elapsing
between
load
application
and
the
collapse
of
the
column
can
be
computed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1024
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
general
dynamic
equation
of
creep
bending
of
a
beam
loaded
laterally
and
axially
was
derived
for
a
linearly
viscoelastic
material
whose
mechanical
properties
can
be
characterized
by
four
parameters
the
material
can
exhibit
instantaneous
and
retarded
elasticity
as
well
as
pure
flow
the
equation
derived
was
used
to
obtain
the
creep
bending
deflection
of
a
beam
in
pure
bending
and
of
a
column
with
initial
sinusoidal
deviation
from
straightness
as
expected
the
ratio
of
the
creep
deflections
of
the
beam
in
pure
bending
and
the
deflections
of
a
corresponding
purely
elastic
structure
is
identical
to
the
ratio
of
the
creep
strain
and
the
corresponding
elastic
strain
of
a
bar
under
simple
tension
or
compression
the
results
of
the
analysis
of
the
creep
deflection
of
the
column
showed
that
the
deflections
increase
continuously
with
time
and
become
infinitely
large
only
when
the
loading
time
is
correspondingly
large
however
large
deflections
are
obtained
in
reasonably
short
periods
of
time
if
the
applied
load
is
near
to
the
euler
load
of
the
column
the
deflection
time
curves
obtained
from
a
numerical
example
are
of
the
same
type
as
those
determined
by
experiment
with
aluminum
columns
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1025
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
creep
of
a
slightly
crooked
section
column
carrying
a
constant
load
is
studied
theoretically
the
material
of
the
column
is
characterized
by
a
strain
time
relationship
under
constant
uniaxial
stress
of
the
form
where
is
the
total
strain
is
the
constant
stress
is
the
time
and
e
a
b
and
k
are
material
constants
this
form
was
selected
because
it
applies
to
at
least
two
alloys
s
t
aluminum
alloy
at
f
and
a
low
alloy
steel
at
and
f
however
the
analysis
is
intended
for
any
material
having
creep
properties
of
the
same
form
and
for
which
the
material
constants
are
known
a
strain
time
relationship
under
variable
uniaxial
stress
necessary
for
the
column
analysis
is
formulated
from
the
constant
stress
properties
with
the
aid
of
shanley's
engineering
hypotheses
of
creep
the
analysis
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
the
lateral
deflection
approaches
infinity
that
is
the
column
collapses
in
finite
time
results
are
given
showing
the
maximum
length
of
time
the
column
can
support
a
given
load
before
it
collapses
and
the
growth
of
stresses
strains
and
deflections
prior
to
collapse
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1026
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
solution
of
the
creep
buckling
of
columns
instantaneous
elastic
and
plastic
deformations
as
well
as
the
transient
and
secondary
creep
are
considered
formulae
for
the
critical
time
at
which
a
column
fails
are
presented
for
integral
values
of
the
exponents
appearing
in
the
creep
law
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1027
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
a
phenomenological
relation
between
stress
strain
rate
and
temperature
is
suggested
to
account
for
the
behavior
of
polycrystalline
metals
above
the
equicohesive
temperature
the
properties
of
the
metal
included
in
the
relation
are
elasticity
linear
thermal
expansion
and
viscosity
the
relation
may
be
integrated
under
various
conditions
to
provide
information
on
creep
rates
creep
rupture
stress
strain
curves
and
rapid
heating
curves
it
is
shown
that
for
one
material
t
aluminum
alloy
sheet
the
information
yielded
by
the
relation
for
these
four
applications
agrees
reasonably
well
with
test
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1028
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
phenomenological
theory
previously
proposed
in
naca
technical
note
for
the
behavior
of
metals
at
elevated
temperatures
has
been
modified
to
yield
transient
creep
curves
by
assuming
that
the
metal
consists
of
two
phases
each
with
its
own
elasticity
and
viscosity
the
extended
theory
satisfies
the
basic
requirements
for
a
theory
of
transient
creep
at
elevated
temperatures
that
the
transient
creep
be
closely
connected
with
the
subsequent
steady
creep
and
that
the
apparent
exponent
of
the
time
in
the
transient
region
be
permitted
wide
variations
between
and
from
this
theory
it
is
possible
to
construct
nondimensional
creep
curves
which
extend
continuously
from
the
transient
region
into
the
steady
state
region
the
corresponding
family
of
creep
curves
for
any
metal
may
be
obtained
from
the
nondimensional
family
by
use
of
appropriate
constants
the
constants
required
are
those
obtained
from
steady
creep
measurements
together
with
two
additional
constants
which
represent
the
difference
between
the
phases
the
transient
creep
curves
resulting
from
this
theory
are
compared
with
the
experimental
curves
for
pure
aluminum
gamma
iron
lead
and
agreement
is
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1029
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
a
variational
theorem
is
presented
for
a
body
undergoing
creep
solutions
to
problems
of
the
creep
behavior
of
plates
columns
beams
and
shells
can
be
obtained
by
means
of
the
direct
methods
of
the
calculus
of
variations
in
conjunction
with
the
stated
theorem
the
application
of
the
theorem
is
illustrated
for
plates
and
columns
by
the
solution
of
two
sample
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1030
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
some
general
topics
in
elastic
stability
are
discussed
in
particular
attention
is
given
to
the
relationship
between
adjacent
equilibrium
position
and
energy
techniques
to
the
effects
of
nonlinearity
and
to
the
sensitivity
of
certain
stability
problems
to
the
character
of
the
loading
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1031
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
a
general
variational
theory
of
elastic
stability
that
was
originated
by
e
trefftz
is
applied
to
the
problem
of
buckling
of
rings
of
rectangular
cross
section
subjected
to
uniform
external
pressure
the
theory
is
believed
to
be
more
rigorous
than
previous
treatments
of
the
problem
since
it
avoids
conventional
assumptions
of
curved
beam
theory
such
as
the
assumptions
that
plane
sections
remain
plane
and
that
radial
stresses
vanish
the
classical
result
of
levy
is
confirmed
for
a
ring
of
infinitesimal
thickness
new
results
are
obtained
which
show
the
effect
of
the
finite
thickness
of
a
ring
on
the
coefficients
in
the
buckling
formula
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1032
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
conservativeness
of
various
distributed
force
systems
the
necessity
of
determining
the
conservativeness
of
force
systems
in
instability
problems
is
discussed
in
reference
it
is
shown
that
whereas
kinetic
methods
are
generally
applicable
for
the
determination
of
instability
loads
the
statical
methods
usually
employed
are
valid
only
for
conservative
and
nongyroscopic
systems
small
changes
in
the
character
of
the
loading
could
make
an
otherwise
conservative
system
nonconservative
and
cause
a
large
change
in
the
magnitude
of
the
buckling
load
the
buckling
load
of
the
cantilever
column
example
in
reference
is
for
tangential
end
loading
eight
times
that
for
conservative
constant
directional
loading
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1033
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
design
of
tubes
under
uniform
external
pressure
on
the
basis
of
assumed
inaccuracies
since
the
failure
of
tubes
under
uniform
external
pressure
depends
very
much
upon
the
various
kinds
of
imperfections
in
them
it
seems
logical
to
derive
a
design
formula
for
such
tubes
in
which
the
quantities
depending
on
imperfections
will
appear
explicitly
the
most
common
imperfection
in
tubes
is
an
initial
ellipticity
the
limiting
value
of
which
in
each
type
of
tube
is
usually
well
known
from
numerous
inspection
measurements
the
deviation
of
the
shape
of
the
tube
from
a
perfect
circular
form
can
be
defined
by
the
initial
radial
deflections
w'
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1034
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
a
long
thin
walled
cylindrical
shell
is
loaded
by
a
uniform
external
pressure
equations
are
developed
for
the
time
behavior
of
the
shape
of
the
cross
section
under
the
following
conditions
formations
expressible
by
a
power
creep
law
b
the
initial
and
subsequent
mode
shape
of
the
deviations
from
circularity
of
any
cross
section
is
two
lobed
and
c
the
shell
construction
is
of
the
sandwich
type
with
concentric
cylindrical
membranes
taking
normal
stresses
and
an
annular
core
supporting
shear
without
deformation
explicit
solutions
are
obtained
for
the
particular
case
of
the
cubic
creep
law
it
is
shown
that
the
nondimensional
amplitude
of
the
cross
sectional
mode
shape
briefly
shape
factor
will
become
infinite
in
a
finite
time
curves
of
shape
factor
versus
time
and
of
collapse
time
versus
initial
value
of
the
shape
factor
are
presented
also
given
are
an
explicit
expression
for
and
a
curve
of
the
expected
variation
in
collapse
time
owing
to
uncontrollable
deviations
from
a
nominal
initial
value
of
the
shape
factor
it
is
shown
that
the
expected
variation
is
small
if
the
nominal
initial
shape
factor
value
is
sufficiently
large
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1035
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
creep
buckling
of
columns
the
stability
of
a
compressed
elastic
ring
has
been
studied
by
a
method
which
can
be
extended
to
solve
the
problem
of
the
stability
of
a
flexible
heavy
structure
spread
by
a
system
of
hoops
as
in
a
crinoline
skirt
the
original
work
by
levy
which
was
developed
by
timoshenko
and
love
cannot
be
generalized
to
problems
in
which
the
compressing
forces
are
affected
by
the
deformation
of
the
ring
it
is
shown
that
the
load
at
which
a
ring
will
buckle
depends
not
only
upon
the
magnitude
of
the
load
but
also
upon
its
first
derivative
relative
to
the
radial
distance
a
positive
derivative
causes
the
ring
to
buckle
at
a
higher
load
when
this
result
is
applied
to
a
cone
of
heavy
and
loosely
draped
fabric
spread
by
a
rigid
hoop
of
radius
and
a
larger
and
flexible
hoop
of
radius
below
it
both
hoops
being
in
horizontal
planes
then
various
modes
of
buckling
other
than
oval
are
possible
according
to
the
relative
magnitudes
of
and
it
is
found
that
oval
buckling
changes
to
three
wave
buckling
when
three
wave
changes
to
four
wave
when
and
as
and
approach
nearer
to
equality
the
buckled
form
progressively
changes
to
more
waves
when
applied
to
a
structure
spread
by
many
horizontal
hoops
of
which
the
top
one
is
rigid
and
oval
it
is
found
that
all
other
hoops
if
each
is
designed
to
the
criterion
will
have
the
same
absolute
deviation
from
circularity
as
the
rigid
hoop
if
any
one
hoop
is
designed
so
that
then
the
oval
shape
of
the
rigid
hoop
is
magnified
on
all
flexible
hoops
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1036
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
according
to
marguerre
proc
th
internat
congress
appl
mech
cambridge
mass
wiley
new
york
shells
are
governed
by
three
simultaneous
differential
equations
in
the
three
displacements
the
author
has
considerably
simplified
this
theory
for
the
case
of
transverse
vibrations
by
ignoring
the
longitudinal
inertia
terms
thus
reducing
the
problem
to
that
of
solving
two
simultaneous
differential
equations
in
a
stress
function
and
one
displacement
component
this
simplification
is
justified
by
an
order
of
magnitude
analysis
and
illustrated
by
considering
the
vibrations
of
a
paraboloidal
shell
with
a
rectangular
boundary
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1037
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
it
is
shown
that
a
perfectly
straight
bar
subjected
to
a
state
of
uniform
shear
stress
will
buckle
in
a
manner
similar
to
a
column
under
compression
if
the
shear
stress
exceeds
a
certain
critical
value
the
buckling
equations
are
obtained
by
the
newtonian
approach
and
also
by
the
application
of
the
principle
of
minimum
potential
energy
in
order
to
provide
additional
insight
into
this
buckling
mechanism
a
simple
model
is
introduced
and
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1038
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
the
deformation
and
complete
stress
distribution
are
determined
for
each
of
the
following
edge
loaded
thin
shells
a
right
circular
cylinder
a
frustum
of
a
right
circular
cone
and
a
portion
of
a
sphere
the
locations
of
maximum
circumferential
and
meridional
stresses
are
also
found
equations
are
developed
for
discontinuity
shear
and
moment
at
the
following
junctions
circular
cylinder
axial
change
of
thickness
in
a
cone
change
of
thickness
in
a
portion
of
a
sphere
cylinder
and
a
portion
of
a
sphere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1039
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
an
experimental
investigation
was
made
to
evaluate
previously
published
theoretical
procedures
for
the
prediction
of
stress
distribution
for
cases
of
radially
symmetric
abrupt
change
in
wall
thickness
of
thin
walled
cylinders
subject
to
internal
pressure
and
to
investigate
the
significance
of
stresses
attributable
to
the
presence
of
thickness
changes
typical
of
design
practice
one
theory
was
adequate
in
itself
for
solution
of
the
case
of
continuous
middle
surface
use
of
the
second
theoretical
procedure
was
required
to
determine
the
additional
stresses
arising
from
discontinuous
middle
surfaces
at
the
change
in
thickness
comparisons
were
made
between
theoretical
and
experimental
stress
distributions
for
cases
with
continuous
middle
and
continuous
inner
surfaces
for
radially
symmetric
changes
in
wall
thickness
of
a
cylinder
subject
to
internal
pressure
for
diameter
to
larger
wall
thickness
ratios
of
and
and
for
the
case
of
a
continuous
outer
surface
for
a
ratio
of
in
all
tests
the
ratio
of
wall
thicknesses
at
the
change
in
wall
thickness
was
there
was
reasonably
good
correlation
between
theoretical
and
experimental
curves
of
stress
distribution
on
the
basis
of
this
correlation
it
was
concluded
that
the
applicable
theories
were
valid
it
was
shown
that
inclusion
of
the
stresses
arising
from
the
condition
of
discontinuous
middle
surfaces
at
a
change
in
thickness
has
an
important
effect
on
stress
distribution
in
the
case
of
a
cylinder
with
a
continuous
outer
surface
the
maximum
mean
effective
stress
was
of
sufficient
magnitude
to
indicate
that
this
geometry
should
be
avoided
in
design
if
possible
the
maximum
mean
effective
stress
was
not
increased
to
a
significant
degree
by
the
presence
of
a
change
in
wall
thickness
in
the
other
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1040
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
experimental
measurements
of
pressures
and
heat
transfer
rates
over
three
blunt
afterbodies
of
small
fineness
ratio
in
fully
separated
wakes
are
presented
the
afterbodies
are
generally
similar
in
shape
but
have
different
stepdown
heights
from
the
end
of
the
forebody
tests
were
made
by
means
of
a
new
shroud
technique
over
a
range
of
reynolds
numbers
closely
corresponding
to
typical
flight
conditions
at
mach
numbers
on
the
order
of
considering
models
on
the
order
of
ft
in
diameter
at
about
ft
altitude
stagnation
temperatures
on
the
order
of
r
to
strictly
speaking
the
test
flows
correspond
to
prototype
flows
which
would
be
created
by
a
forebody
consisting
of
a
sharp
or
slightly
blunted
half
angle
cone
which
turns
cylindrical
for
a
short
distance
and
then
connects
with
the
afterbody
judiciously
interpreted
the
results
may
be
considered
to
have
a
somewhat
wider
applicability
for
approximation
purposes
the
results
are
presented
and
compared
with
each
other
in
terms
of
nondimensional
variables
based
on
flow
conditions
at
the
end
of
the
forebody
the
pressure
distribution
along
an
afterbody
is
seen
to
be
roughly
uniform
in
each
run
for
a
given
point
on
an
afterbody
the
ratio
of
pressure
to
the
stagnation
pressure
at
the
forebody
end
or
exit
decreases
with
increasing
stagnation
pressure
or
reynolds
number
the
present
pressures
and
pressure
reynolds
number
variations
fig
are
compared
with
values
obtained
from
chapman's
mach
or
base
pressure
data
qualitative
and
some
quantitative
agreement
is
noted
in
the
reynolds
number
range
comparable
to
those
of
the
present
tests
chapman's
exit
boundary
layers
were
considered
to
be
laminar
an
approximate
check
of
the
heat
transfer
rate
at
the
forebody
end
in
the
present
tests
also
indicates
a
laminar
rate
no
information
was
obtained
concerning
the
possible
transition
of
the
free
mixing
separated
boundary
layer
covering
the
wake
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
on
the
cylindrical
end
of
the
forebody
figs
a
and
c
was
observed
heat
transfer
rates
are
seen
to
be
roughly
uniform
over
an
afterbody
in
each
run
although
some
increase
in
the
streamwise
direction
is
noted
the
afterbody
nusselt
number
n
varies
with
the
reynolds
number
r
evaluated
at
the
forebody
end
roughly
in
the
manner
n
r
where
generally
fig
heat
rates
on
the
rear
faces
of
the
afterbodies
are
almost
twice
the
values
on
the
sides
the
heat
rates
on
the
large
step
body
are
higher
than
those
on
the
body
of
zero
stepdown
height
in
an
addendum
it
is
shown
that
the
prandtl
meyer
expansion
angle
of
the
flow
leaving
the
afterbody
increases
with
increasing
test
reynolds
number
and
that
the
corresponding
local
mach
number
square
increases
linearly
with
reynolds
number
the
effect
is
to
keep
the
local
wake
reynolds
numbers
virtually
constant
with
increasing
test
reynolds
number
while
the
afterbody
heat
rates
increase
sharply
the
expansion
angle
on
the
afterbody
of
zero
stepdown
height
is
significantly
smaller
than
on
the
stepped
down
bodies
this
may
affect
the
decreased
heat
rates
on
this
body
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1041
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
stresses
in
the
elements
of
shell
structure
the
love
meissner
analysis
for
thin
shells
has
previously
been
applied
to
cones
of
uniform
wall
thickness
and
solutions
for
the
stress
resultants
were
given
in
terms
of
kelvin's
functions
since
tabulation
of
these
functions
for
large
arguments
is
not
practical
considerable
computation
was
still
required
in
the
present
paper
the
authors
define
special
functions
which
eliminate
the
necessity
of
evaluating
kelvin
s
functions
and
which
may
be
used
with
simple
algebraic
and
trigonometric
functions
to
compute
the
boundary
forces
and
displacements
for
cones
for
various
loading
conditions
these
special
functions
also
make
clear
the
magnitude
of
errors
which
result
from
geckeler
s
and
other
approximate
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1042
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
the
report
presents
information
on
the
stress
problems
in
the
analysis
of
pressurized
cabins
of
high
altitude
aircraft
not
met
with
in
other
fields
of
stress
analysis
relating
to
aircraft
the
material
may
be
roughly
divided
into
shell
problems
and
plate
problems
the
former
being
concerned
with
the
curved
walls
of
the
cabin
or
pressure
vessel
and
the
latter
being
concerned
with
small
rectangular
panels
of
its
walls
framed
by
stiffeners
but
not
necessarily
plane
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1043
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
transverse
vibrations
of
thin
shallow
elastic
shells
a
numerical
analysis
is
given
for
the
solution
of
the
general
equations
of
thin
shells
of
revolution
subjected
to
rotationally
symmetric
pressure
and
temperature
distributions
the
basic
differential
equations
are
in
a
very
general
form
which
permits
the
geometry
of
the
shells
considered
to
be
specified
by
discrete
data
points
the
analysis
determines
elastic
stresses
strains
and
displacements
for
multi
layer
and
multi
sectional
shells
of
revolution
surface
loads
temperatures
thicknesses
and
material
properties
may
vary
arbitrarily
in
the
meridional
direction
temperatures
and
material
properties
can
also
vary
through
the
thickness
the
solution
is
obtained
by
direct
computation
using
a
numerical
method
that
employs
two
by
two
coefficient
matrices
and
hence
avoids
the
problems
of
slow
convergence
the
solution
has
been
programmed
in
a
semi
algebraic
language
which
can
be
used
on
most
high
speed
computers
comparisons
of
numerical
solutions
to
known
exact
and
approximate
solutions
of
the
thin
shell
equations
are
made
to
demonstrate
the
accuracy
of
this
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1044
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
theory
of
thin
elastic
shells
general
equations
for
the
symmetrical
finite
deflection
of
a
rotationally
symmetric
thin
shell
are
first
obtained
for
small
deflections
these
equations
are
reduced
to
a
pair
of
equations
for
the
change
of
slope
of
the
shell
surface
and
the
product
of
the
undeformed
radius
of
the
shell
to
the
radial
stress
this
choice
of
dependent
variable
is
shown
to
be
advantageous
two
cases
of
shallow
shells
give
particularly
simple
solutions
parabolic
shells
of
nth
degree
and
uniform
thickness
and
parabolic
shells
of
mth
degree
with
thickness
varying
as
mth
power
of
the
distance
from
the
apex
for
the
first
case
the
solutions
can
be
expressed
in
terms
of
cylinder
functions
for
the
second
in
powers
of
the
paper
concludes
with
a
discussion
of
the
asymptotic
solutions
for
small
thickness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1045
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
strength
of
pressurized
cylinders
discussion
of
previously
presented
experimental
data
for
the
loading
of
pressurized
cylinders
in
terms
of
membrane
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1046
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
strength
of
pressurized
cylinders
a
theoretical
solution
is
given
for
the
critical
stress
of
thin
walled
cylinders
loaded
in
torsion
the
results
are
presented
in
terms
of
a
few
simple
formulas
and
curves
which
are
applicable
to
a
wide
range
of
cylinder
dimensions
from
very
short
cylinders
of
large
radius
to
long
cylinders
of
small
radius
theoretical
results
are
found
to
be
in
somewhat
better
agreement
with
experimental
results
than
previous
theoretical
work
for
the
same
range
of
cylinder
dimensions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1047
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
bending
strength
of
pressurized
cylinders
be
described
here
is
attributed
to
the
russian
investigator
v
g
galerkin
whose
original
papers
are
inaccessible
to
the
present
writer
his
knowledge
of
the
method
is
derived
from
a
description
given
in
a
paper
by
e
p
grossman
grossman
states
that
the
method
was
given
by
galerkin
in
his
treatise
p
and
that
applications
to
oscillation
problems
were
first
made
by
v
p
lyskov
it
is
pointed
out
by
grossman
that
galerkin's
process
in
applications
to
mechanics
leads
to
the
same
results
as
lagrange's
principle
of
virtual
work
but
employs
a
special
co
ordinate
system
the
method
of
galerkin
belongs
to
the
same
general
class
as
those
of
rayleigh
and
ritz
for
it
seeks
to
obtain
an
approximate
solution
of
a
differential
equation
with
given
boundary
conditions
by
taking
a
function
which
satisfies
these
conditions
exactly
and
proceeds
to
specialise
the
function
in
such
a
manner
as
to
secure
approximate
satisfaction
of
the
differential
equation
the
selected
function
is
a
linear
combination
of
n
independent
functions
and
the
coefficients
are
determined
by
a
process
of
integration
the
galerkin
process
can
be
considered
from
two
points
of
view
a
simply
as
a
means
for
the
approximate
solution
of
differential
equations
and
treatment
of
problems
concerning
the
statics
and
dynamics
of
elastic
and
other
deformable
bodies
these
two
aspects
are
treated
separately
in
parts
and
of
the
paper
respectively
and
will
now
be
briefly
discussed
which
satisfies
the
boundary
conditions
in
the
differential
equation
be
since
the
result
should
be
zero
is
the
error
in
the
differential
equation
then
the
galerkin
process
consists
in
choosing
the
n
coefficients
in
the
function
in
such
a
manner
that
n
distinct
weighted
means
of
the
error
taken
throughout
a
certain
range
of
representation
shall
all
be
zero
as
a
generalised
force
and
the
multipliers
used
to
weight
the
errors
are
the
virtual
displacements
corresponding
to
increments
of
each
of
the
generalised
co
ordinates
in
turn
thus
the
vanishing
of
the
weighted
mean
is
here
interpreted
as
the
vanishing
of
the
virtual
work
in
the
appropriate
displacement
the
degree
of
accuracy
attaindd
can
be
increased
indefinitely
by
increasing
the
number
of
independent
functions
employed
but
this
entails
a
great
increase
of
labour
however
when
the
functions
are
well
chosen
an
excellent
approximation
can
be
obtained
by
the
use
of
a
very
small
number
as
is
sufficiently
shown
by
the
examples
included
in
this
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1048
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
small
deflection
theory
for
curved
sandwich
plates
a
small
deflection
theory
that
takes
into
account
deformations
due
to
transverse
shear
is
presented
for
the
elastic
behavior
analysis
of
orthotropic
plates
of
constant
cylindrical
curvature
with
considerations
of
buckling
included
the
theory
is
applicable
primarily
to
sandwich
construction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1049
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
elastic
constants
for
corrugated
core
sandwich
plates
the
sandwich
plate
consisting
of
corrugated
sheet
fastened
between
two
face
sheets
is
considered
application
of
existing
theories
to
the
analysis
of
such
a
sandwich
plate
requires
the
knowledge
of
certain
elastic
constants
formulas
and
charts
are
presented
for
the
evaluation
of
these
constants
the
formulas
for
three
of
these
constants
were
checked
experimentally
and
found
to
give
values
in
close
agreement
with
the
experimental
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1050
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressive
buckling
of
simply
supported
curved
plates
and
cylinders
of
sandwich
construction
theoretical
solutions
are
presented
for
the
buckling
in
uniform
axial
compression
of
two
types
of
simply
supported
curved
sandwich
plates
the
corrugated
core
type
and
the
isotropic
core
type
the
solutions
are
obtained
from
a
theory
for
orthotropic
curved
plates
in
which
deflections
due
to
shear
are
taken
into
account
results
are
given
in
the
form
of
equations
and
curves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1051
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
stability
of
thin
walled
unstiffened
circular
cylinders
under
axial
compression
including
the
effects
of
internal
pressure
in
the
design
of
high
speed
aircraft
the
importance
of
unpressurized
and
pressurized
monocoque
cylinders
necessitates
a
reliable
analysis
procedure
for
the
compressive
buckling
of
cylindrical
shells
analysis
by
the
classical
small
deflection
theory
has
proved
inadequate
recent
large
deflection
theoretical
treatments
of
the
problem
have
shown
reasonable
correlation
with
experiments
but
require
a
prior
knowledge
of
the
initial
imperfections
of
the
cylinder
developed
in
this
paper
is
a
semiempirical
procedure
which
permits
a
compressive
buckling
analysis
of
cylindrical
shells
with
a
knowledge
of
the
cylinder
geometry
only
this
analysis
is
achieved
by
correlating
experimental
data
statistically
with
theoretical
parameters
in
order
to
provide
data
not
previously
available
an
extensive
series
of
axial
compression
tests
of
pressurized
cylinders
has
been
performed
these
data
together
with
all
other
known
test
data
are
analyzed
semiempirically
in
the
analysis
best
fit
curves
are
presented
using
theoretical
parameters
and
shapes
of
curves
where
applicable
unpressurized
and
pressurized
cylinder
compressive
buckling
curves
are
then
developed
as
per
cent
probability
curves
from
the
test
data
in
general
these
statistically
defined
design
curves
are
significantly
lower
than
previously
available
design
curves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1052
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
recent
advances
in
the
buckling
of
thin
shells
the
importance
of
the
field
of
shell
analysis
is
evidenced
by
the
fact
that
in
august
the
international
union
of
theoretical
and
applied
mechanics
conducted
a
symposium
on
the
theory
of
thin
elastic
shells
in
delft
holland
this
special
meeting
was
attened
by
approximately
scientists
in
this
field
from
countries
this
symposium
indicated
that
considerable
interest
currently
exists
in
such
relatively
new
topics
as
the
buckling
of
bimetallic
shells
pressurized
shells
creep
buckling
and
dynamic
buckling
as
well
as
in
the
more
traditional
problems
involving
isotropic
shells
of
various
geometries
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1053
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
spherical
cap
snapping
a
nonlinear
boundary
value
problem
for
the
determination
of
the
rotationally
symmetric
deformations
of
a
clamped
spherical
cap
under
external
pressure
is
solved
by
finite
differences
the
numerical
solutions
are
obtained
by
employing
a
previously
developed
iteration
procedure
a
special
case
of
the
difference
equations
is
solved
explicitly
and
yields
a
justification
of
the
iteration
method
as
well
as
insight
into
the
properties
of
the
more
accurate
numerical
solutions
buckled
and
unbuckled
equilibrium
states
are
obtained
and
the
shape
of
the
pressure
deflection
curve
which
is
usually
assumed
for
these
states
is
verified
for
a
large
class
of
caps
close
estimates
are
given
for
the
upper
and
lower
buckling
loads
and
an
intermediate
buckling
load
i
e
the
dead
weight
load
the
stresses
and
deflections
in
the
buckled
and
unbuckled
states
are
examined
and
compared
with
an
asymptotic
solution
valid
in
the
interior
of
very
thin
shells
boundary
layers
are
found
to
develop
in
the
buckled
states
both
as
the
loading
increases
and
as
the
thickness
of
the
shell
decreases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1054
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
iterative
solutions
for
the
non
linear
bending
of
circular
plates
the
authors
study
non
linear
von
karman
equations
for
bending
of
a
thin
circular
plate
under
uniform
normal
pressure
discussion
is
mainly
concerned
with
plates
clamped
at
the
edges
and
with
zero
radial
displacement
but
analysis
is
valid
for
other
edge
conditions
solution
is
by
an
iterative
procedure
whose
convergence
properties
are
studied
by
means
of
integral
equations
method
is
then
applied
to
finite
difference
formulation
of
the
differential
equations
in
order
to
obtain
numerical
solutions
numerical
results
are
compared
with
previous
work
by
other
authors
and
the
advantages
of
the
present
method
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1055
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
non
linear
bending
and
buckling
of
circular
plates
iterative
solutions
of
finite
difference
approximations
of
the
non
linear
von
karman
plate
equations
are
presented
results
are
obtained
for
circular
plates
under
a
variety
of
boundary
conditions
subjected
to
either
uniform
lateral
pressure
or
uniform
edge
thrust
the
solution
carried
out
numerically
on
the
aec
univac
at
new
york
university
yields
a
complete
description
of
stresses
and
deflections
for
an
apparently
unlimited
range
of
load
parameters
in
addition
boundary
layer
phenomena
are
discussed
for
computing
purposes
this
iterative
method
proves
to
be
superior
to
the
previously
used
power
series
method
and
may
be
applicable
to
other
non
linear
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1056
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
axisymmetric
large
deflections
of
circular
plates
subjected
to
thermal
and
mechanical
load
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
nonlinear
axisymmetric
analysis
of
circular
plates
with
in
plane
edge
restraint
both
temperature
and
mechanical
loads
are
accommodated
as
an
extension
of
investigations
performed
for
the
isothermal
mechanical
loading
problem
an
exact
mathematical
formulation
within
the
framework
of
the
v
karman
large
strain
displacement
relations
is
developed
the
equilibrium
equations
and
boundary
conditions
are
then
derived
by
utilizing
the
calculus
of
variations
for
arbitrary
axisymmetrical
temperatures
and
normal
distributed
loading
the
satisfaction
of
equilibrium
and
compatibility
equations
requires
the
solution
of
two
simultaneous
nonlinear
ordinary
differential
equations
subject
to
the
prescribed
boundary
conditions
analytical
solutions
of
such
equations
are
apparently
not
possible
and
therefore
numerical
procedures
must
be
employed
a
finite
difference
procedure
utilizing
relaxed
iterations
developed
by
h
keller
and
e
reiss
and
employed
by
them
for
the
solution
of
isothermal
problems
with
apparently
unlimited
load
parameter
ranges
is
used
here
for
combined
thermo
mechanical
problems
numerical
results
are
presented
for
the
special
case
of
a
simply
supported
circular
plate
with
radially
immovable
boundaries
subject
to
a
uniform
pressure
and
an
arbitrary
temperature
variation
through
the
thickness
tained
for
a
large
range
of
temperature
and
load
parameters
however
because
of
space
limitations
only
a
limited
amount
of
data
are
presented
in
this
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1057
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
uniform
section
disk
spring
the
authors
point
out
in
this
paper
that
initially
coned
annular
disk
springs
of
uniform
cross
section
may
be
proportioned
to
give
a
wide
variety
of
load
deflection
curves
not
readily
obtainable
with
the
more
conventional
forms
of
springs
and
that
although
the
versatility
of
this
type
spring
has
long
been
indicated
the
formulas
available
have
not
been
presented
in
a
manner
to
disclose
readily
the
effect
of
spring
proportions
on
characteristics
therefore
the
authors
have
derived
the
formulas
presented
in
this
paper
with
the
intention
that
the
formulas
will
aid
the
designer
in
arriving
at
suitable
characteristics
by
choice
of
spring
geometry
these
new
formulas
have
been
in
use
for
several
years
at
the
general
motors
corporation
research
laboratories
section
and
their
reliability
has
been
checked
by
tests
of
springs
used
in
a
variety
of
special
test
equipment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1058
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
conical
disk
spring
this
paper
presents
approximate
formulas
to
describe
the
behavior
of
the
conical
disk
spring
it
is
assumed
that
the
shallow
conical
shell
remains
conical
when
subjected
to
the
axially
symmetric
edge
loads
the
principle
of
stationary
potential
energy
is
used
to
derive
the
relations
between
load
and
deflection
formulas
relating
the
applied
loads
stresses
and
deflections
are
given
for
several
types
of
edge
constraint
the
analysis
is
essentially
a
refinement
and
extension
of
the
previous
work
of
almen
and
laszlo
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1059
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
nonlinear
conical
spring
the
large
symmetric
deformations
of
shallow
conical
shells
are
of
interest
in
the
design
of
nonlinear
conical
disk
springs
in
most
applications
a
uniformly
distributed
axial
load
acts
at
the
inner
and
outer
edges
these
edges
are
otherwise
free
several
approximations
have
been
proposed
to
describe
the
behavior
of
these
springs
a
first
approximation
is
based
on
the
assumption
that
meridional
strains
are
negligible
this
requires
that
the
shell
remain
conical
after
deformation
and
also
that
the
extensional
strain
of
meridional
lines
on
the
middle
surface
vanish
another
approximation
retains
only
the
assumption
that
the
shell
remains
conical
the
first
assumption
satisfies
neither
of
the
two
boundary
conditions
at
the
free
edges
the
latter
violates
the
condition
of
vanishing
moment
at
the
free
edges
recently
the
authors
presented
a
series
solution
for
a
special
case
namely
the
case
of
an
annular
plate
under
similar
loading
numerical
solutions
for
the
shallow
conical
shell
under
these
conditions
of
load
have
also
been
obtained
an
examination
of
these
results
indicates
that
the
meridional
bending
stresses
are
of
much
smaller
magnitude
than
the
circumferential
bending
stresses
hence
the
present
analysis
is
based
on
the
neglect
of
the
meridional
bending
moment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1060
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckled
states
of
circular
plates
authors
discuss
the
thin
elastic
circular
disk
of
constant
thickness
subjected
to
a
constant
compressive
thrust
applied
at
its
edge
the
analysis
presented
is
based
upon
the
nonlinear
von
karman
equations
of
plate
theory
and
is
applied
to
disks
with
completely
clamped
and
completely
simply
supported
edges
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1061
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
turbulent
mixing
of
a
rocket
exhaust
jet
with
a
supersonic
stream
including
chemical
reactions
the
equations
for
the
turbulent
mixing
of
a
two
dimensional
supersonic
jet
issuing
into
an
ambient
supersonic
stream
are
formulated
both
streams
consist
of
a
mixture
of
chemically
active
and
possibly
reacting
gases
therefore
any
heat
release
by
chemical
reaction
is
included
the
net
mass
rate
of
production
of
species
is
obtained
on
the
assumption
that
the
reaction
rate
constant
is
given
by
an
expression
reducible
to
the
classical
arrhenius
law
the
equations
first
given
in
terms
of
the
x
and
y
coordinates
are
expressed
in
dimensionless
form
and
in
terms
of
the
x
and
coordinates
where
is
the
stream
function
the
resulting
expressions
are
all
of
the
heat
conduction
type
they
are
put
in
a
finite
difference
form
by
using
the
crank
nicolson
method
of
substituting
finite
difference
approximations
for
both
the
time
and
space
derivatives
the
mixture
is
assumed
to
consist
of
six
species
namely
h
o
h
o
co
co
and
n
and
the
oxidation
of
h
and
co
is
assumed
to
take
place
according
to
a
single
step
chemical
reaction
the
solution
of
the
problem
is
based
on
the
simultaneous
solution
of
n
linear
algebraic
equations
in
n
unknowns
n
being
the
number
of
internal
grid
points
at
every
step
in
the
x
direction
and
the
total
number
of
unknowns
at
each
grid
point
namely
velocity
temperature
and
concentration
for
each
of
the
six
species
a
method
of
obtaining
initial
and
boundary
conditions
from
available
inviscid
jet
flow
solutions
is
discussed
the
equations
are
programed
for
calculation
on
an
ibm
computer
finally
one
typical
case
is
considered
and
plots
of
velocity
temperature
and
concentration
profiles
are
given
for
the
initial
stages
of
development
of
the
mixing
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1062
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
and
theoretical
investigation
of
second
order
wing
body
interference
at
high
mach
number
the
second
order
wing
body
interference
theory
of
landahl
and
beane
is
used
in
the
theoretical
calculation
of
the
pressure
distributions
over
the
wing
of
a
wing
body
combination
results
are
compared
with
experimental
values
obtained
from
wind
tunnel
tests
at
a
mach
number
of
on
a
cone
cylinder
non
lifting
body
with
a
triangular
wing
of
wedge
section
set
at
incidences
of
and
it
is
shown
that
interference
effects
can
be
very
large
and
can
be
calculated
theoretically
with
good
accuracy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1063
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
obtaining
solutions
to
the
navier
stokes
equations
with
high
speed
digital
computers
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
show
how
to
obtain
steady
state
solutions
to
the
navier
stokes
equations
on
a
high
speed
digital
computer
first
the
relative
merits
of
various
finite
difference
formulae
are
discussed
thereafter
the
main
part
of
the
paper
is
concerned
with
the
methods
used
to
solve
the
finite
difference
equations
and
an
investigation
is
made
of
all
the
simpler
iterative
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1064
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
propeller
slipstream
effects
as
determined
from
wing
pressure
distribution
on
a
large
scale
six
propeller
vtol
model
at
static
thrust
during
static
thrust
tests
of
a
large
scale
general
research
model
having
a
tilting
wing
and
double
slotted
flaps
static
pressure
measurements
were
made
on
a
wing
segment
behind
one
propeller
to
survey
the
effects
of
the
slipstream
for
the
conditions
of
highest
slipstream
energy
the
hovering
end
point
of
aerodynamic
parameters
for
aircraft
having
vertical
and
short
take
off
and
landing
capability
the
tilt
wing
configuration
zero
flap
deflection
was
a
spanwise
variation
in
effective
angle
of
attack
in
a
span
of
slightly
less
than
propeller
diameter
effective
changes
in
camber
on
the
tilt
wing
configuration
as
a
result
of
slipstream
rotation
the
radial
velocity
gradient
and
the
resultant
spanwise
flow
were
negative
and
had
a
maximum
magnitude
of
less
than
percent
chord
for
the
deflected
slipstream
configuration
double
slotted
flaps
deflected
effects
important
to
the
hovering
performance
were
found
including
a
percent
spanwise
variation
in
effective
thrust
recovery
and
a
spanwise
variation
in
effective
thrust
turning
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1065
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
free
flight
investigation
of
ablation
of
a
blunt
body
to
a
mach
number
of
a
five
stage
rocket
propelled
research
vehicle
system
was
flown
to
a
maximum
mach
number
of
at
an
altitude
of
approximately
feet
to
determine
ablation
characteristics
of
teflon
in
free
flight
continuous
in
flight
measurements
were
made
using
sensors
developed
by
the
national
aeronautics
and
space
administration
the
sensors
were
located
on
the
blunted
face
of
a
nose
cone
constructed
from
teflon
with
one
at
the
stagnation
point
and
two
others
at
a
surface
distance
of
radius
on
opposite
sides
of
the
stagnation
point
the
ablated
length
measurements
were
in
close
agreement
with
analytical
predictions
the
analytical
predictions
upon
inclusion
of
the
pertinent
material
property
values
should
be
applicable
to
other
materials
as
well
as
teflon
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1066
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wind
tunnel
measurements
of
aerodynamic
damping
derivatives
of
a
launch
vehicle
vibrating
in
free
free
bending
modes
at
mach
numbers
from
to
and
comparisons
with
theory
the
aerodynamic
damping
of
a
flexibly
mounted
aeroelastic
model
with
a
blunted
conical
nose
and
a
cylindrical
afterbody
was
measured
at
mach
numbers
from
to
at
several
levels
of
dynamic
pressure
and
two
weight
conditions
and
at
mach
numbers
from
to
at
one
weight
condition
the
first
two
free
free
flexible
modes
of
vibration
were
investigated
also
investigated
at
mach
numbers
from
to
was
the
aerodynamic
damping
in
the
first
free
free
modes
of
a
model
which
had
a
hammerhead
nose
the
base
diameter
of
the
blunted
cone
was
greater
than
the
diameter
of
the
afterbody
which
necessitated
a
reflex
angle
downstream
from
the
cone
base
two
basically
different
methods
the
electrical
power
input
and
the
decaying
oscillations
methods
were
used
to
determine
the
damping
and
frequencies
the
experimentally
determined
values
are
compared
with
some
applicable
theories
the
results
of
the
investigation
indicate
that
the
aerodynamic
damping
in
the
elastic
modes
of
vibration
was
small
for
all
configurations
tested
the
maximum
aerodynamic
damping
measured
in
the
first
mode
was
on
the
order
of
damping
the
aerodynamic
damping
was
found
to
be
even
less
for
vibration
modes
higher
than
the
first
reduced
frequency
effects
were
found
to
be
negligible
for
the
range
investigated
agreement
of
calculated
aerodynamic
damping
derivatives
with
the
experimental
results
was
not
good
generally
the
experimentally
determined
derivatives
were
larger
than
those
predicted
by
the
various
theories
used
the
bond
packard
theory
appeared
to
give
the
best
agreement
for
the
first
free
free
vibration
mode
but
gave
the
worst
agreement
for
the
second
mode
measurements
made
on
the
configuration
that
had
a
hammerhead
nose
indicated
small
negative
aerodynamic
damping
in
the
mach
number
range
from
to
aerodynamic
stiffness
effects
were
found
to
be
small
and
within
the
experimental
scatter
wind
on
frequency
determination
was
accurate
only
to
approximately
percent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1067
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
plastic
stability
theory
of
geometrically
orthotropic
plates
and
cylindrical
shells
a
linear
eighth
order
equilibrium
differential
equation
for
plastic
buckling
of
geometrically
orthotropic
thin
cylindrical
shells
is
derived
this
equation
is
used
to
obtain
explicit
solutions
for
long
flat
plates
and
wide
columns
under
axial
compression
and
moderate
length
cylinders
under
external
pressure
torsion
and
axial
compression
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1068
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
instability
analysis
of
cylindrical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
to
determine
the
elastic
buckling
pressure
of
simply
supported
cylindrical
shells
subjected
to
lateral
and
axial
hydrostatic
forces
various
versions
of
linear
bending
theories
have
been
employed
in
the
past
for
certain
shell
dimensions
however
the
expressions
commonly
used
may
yield
substantially
differing
results
in
what
follows
recent
work
on
this
problem
by
a
e
armenakas
and
the
writer
is
briefly
reviewed
this
work
consisted
primarily
in
employing
a
general
bending
theory
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
under
the
influence
of
initial
stress
developed
earlier
by
the
same
authors
to
re
examine
the
problem
mentioned
and
compare
the
results
with
those
of
previous
investigations
the
outcome
was
the
establishment
of
a
simple
but
accurate
expression
for
the
buckling
pressure
applicable
to
a
wide
range
of
shell
dimensions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1069
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
and
testing
of
honeycomb
sandwich
cylinders
under
axial
compression
experimental
results
for
diameter
honeycomb
cylinders
fabricated
with
thin
aluminum
faces
and
cores
prove
that
it
is
quite
feasible
to
stabilize
thin
faces
so
they
can
be
loaded
beyond
the
yield
point
the
effect
of
initial
imperfections
and
the
various
modes
of
failure
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1070
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
orthotropic
and
stiffened
conical
shells
donnell
type
stability
equations
for
thin
circular
orthotropic
conical
shells
are
presented
and
solved
for
external
pressure
axial
compression
and
combined
loading
the
solution
is
likewise
applied
to
stiffened
conical
shells
correlation
with
equivalent
cylindrical
shells
yields
a
simple
approximate
stability
analysis
for
orthotropic
or
ring
stiffened
conical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
the
general
instability
of
stiffened
conical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
is
also
analysed
by
a
more
accurate
approach
preliminary
experimental
results
for
buckling
of
ring
stiffened
conical
shells
under
hydrostatic
pressure
are
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1071
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
thin
torispherical
shells
under
uniform
internal
pressure
the
stability
of
the
toroidal
portion
of
a
torispherical
shell
under
internal
pressure
is
considered
from
the
point
of
view
of
the
linear
buckling
theory
a
detailed
stress
analysis
of
the
prebuckled
shell
is
made
employing
asymptotic
integration
the
change
in
potential
energy
of
the
shell
is
then
minimized
using
a
rayleigh
ritz
procedure
for
actual
computation
of
the
critical
pressure
numerical
results
reveal
that
elastic
buckling
may
occur
for
very
thin
shells
whose
material
has
a
relatively
high
value
of
the
ratio
of
yield
stress
to
elastic
modulus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1072
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
ignition
and
combustion
in
a
laminar
mixing
zone
the
analytic
investigation
of
laminar
combustion
processes
which
are
essentially
two
or
three
dimensional
present
some
mathematical
difficulties
there
are
however
several
examples
of
two
dimensional
flame
propagation
which
involve
transverse
velocities
that
are
small
in
comparison
with
that
in
the
principal
direction
of
flow
such
examples
occur
in
the
problem
of
flame
quenching
by
a
cool
surface
flame
stabilization
on
a
heated
flat
plate
combustion
in
laminar
mixing
zones
etc
in
these
cases
the
problem
may
be
simplified
by
employing
what
is
known
in
fluid
mechanics
as
the
boundary
layer
approximation
since
it
was
applied
first
by
prandtl
in
his
treatment
of
the
viscous
flow
over
a
flat
plate
physically
it
consists
in
recognizing
that
if
the
transverse
velocity
is
small
the
variations
of
flow
properties
along
the
direction
of
main
flow
are
small
in
comparison
with
those
in
a
direction
normal
to
the
main
flow
the
analytic
description
of
the
problem
simplifies
accordingly
the
present
analysis
considers
the
ignition
and
combustion
in
the
laminar
mixing
zone
between
two
parallel
moving
gas
streams
one
stream
consists
of
a
cool
combustible
mixture
the
second
is
hot
combustion
products
the
two
streams
come
into
contact
at
a
given
point
and
a
laminar
mixing
process
follows
in
which
the
velocity
distribution
is
modified
by
viscosity
and
the
temperature
and
composition
distributions
by
conduction
diffusion
and
chemical
reaction
the
decomposition
of
the
combustible
stream
is
assumed
to
follow
first
order
reaction
kinetics
with
temperature
dependence
according
to
the
arrhenius
law
for
a
given
initial
velocity
composition
and
temperature
distribution
the
questions
to
be
answered
are
does
the
combustible
material
ignite
and
how
far
downstream
of
the
initial
contact
point
does
the
flame
appear
and
what
is
the
detailed
process
of
development
since
the
hot
stream
is
of
infinite
extent
it
is
found
that
ignition
always
takes
place
at
some
point
of
the
stream
however
when
the
temperature
of
the
hot
stream
drops
below
a
certain
value
the
distance
required
for
ignition
increases
so
enormously
that
it
essentially
does
not
occur
in
a
physical
apparatus
of
finite
dimension
the
complete
development
of
the
laminar
flame
front
is
computed
using
an
approximation
similar
to
the
integral
technique
introduced
by
von
karman
into
boundary
layer
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1073
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
practical
method
for
numerical
evaluation
of
solutions
of
partial
differential
equations
of
the
heat
conduction
type
three
approximate
methods
for
the
solution
of
the
nonlinear
equation
of
heat
flow
in
a
medium
where
heat
is
being
generated
by
a
chemical
reaction
are
compared
the
equations
are
where
subscripts
indicate
partial
differentiations
and
q
k
a
are
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1074
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
and
experimental
investigation
of
second
order
supersonic
wing
body
interference
approximate
second
order
solutions
for
the
supersonic
flow
around
wing
body
combinations
are
calculated
using
two
different
theoretical
models
small
and
the
wing
sweep
small
in
comparison
with
that
of
the
mach
cone
are
considered
the
analysis
is
restricted
to
such
high
mach
numbers
that
m
and
an
approximate
formula
common
to
the
two
models
is
then
found
for
the
second
order
interference
term
this
formula
can
also
be
used
to
correct
experimental
pressure
distributions
for
the
effect
of
nonuniformities
in
the
wind
tunnel
flow
in
order
to
test
the
theory
wind
tunnel
experiments
on
non
lifting
cone
cylinder
bodies
in
combination
with
wings
of
simple
shapes
were
performed
pressure
distributions
were
measured
at
m
and
m
both
around
the
bodies
and
on
the
wings
separately
as
well
as
in
combination
and
it
was
found
that
the
second
order
interference
was
predicted
reasonably
well
by
the
simplified
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1075
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
and
theoretical
investigation
of
second
order
supersonic
wing
body
interference
for
a
non
lifting
body
with
wings
at
incidence
pressure
distributions
on
the
wing
of
two
wing
body
combinations
are
measured
experimentally
at
mach
numbers
and
with
the
wing
at
various
incidences
in
the
range
degree
to
degree
the
results
are
compared
with
theoretical
results
which
include
interference
effects
calculated
according
to
the
second
order
supersonic
wing
body
interference
theory
due
to
landahl
and
beane
this
theory
having
been
tested
previously
for
non
lifting
wing
body
combinations
is
thus
tested
also
for
wings
at
incidence
the
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
is
found
to
vary
with
mach
number
and
wing
sweepback
for
the
higher
mach
number
and
moderate
sweepback
the
theory
gives
a
good
prediction
of
pressure
distribution
but
for
the
most
adverse
condition
of
low
mach
number
and
large
sweepback
the
theory
is
found
to
overestimate
the
interference
effects
this
is
expected
as
the
theory
assumes
the
sweepback
of
the
wings
is
small
compared
with
that
of
the
mach
line
an
empirical
guide
to
the
limit
of
application
of
the
interference
theory
is
given
within
this
limit
the
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
is
found
to
deteriorate
only
a
little
with
increase
of
incidence
over
the
range
tested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1076
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
method
for
determining
the
displacement
effects
and
viscous
drag
of
laminar
boundary
layers
in
two
dimensional
hypersonic
flow
a
simplified
approximate
theory
is
presented
by
means
of
which
the
laminar
boundary
layer
over
an
insulated
two
dimensional
surface
may
be
calculated
a
linear
velocity
profile
being
assumed
and
an
estimate
made
of
its
effect
in
changing
the
pressure
distribution
over
the
profile
upon
which
the
boundary
layer
is
formed
skin
friction
is
also
determined
comparisons
of
results
from
this
theory
are
made
with
experimental
results
at
a
mach
number
of
and
a
reynolds
number
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1077
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
of
solution
with
tabulated
results
for
the
attached
oblique
shock
wave
system
for
surfaces
at
various
angles
of
attack
sweep
and
dihedral
in
an
equilibrium
real
gas
including
the
atmosphere
a
new
method
is
derived
for
solving
the
attached
oblique
shock
wave
system
for
surfaces
at
various
angles
of
attack
sweep
and
dihedral
in
any
real
gas
in
equilibrium
results
are
tabulated
for
the
following
ranges
angle
of
attack
degree
to
degree
angle
of
sweep
degree
to
degree
angle
of
dihedral
degree
to
degree
mach
number
to
and
effective
specific
heat
ratio
parameter
to
both
the
method
and
tabulated
solutions
are
easily
adaptable
to
flight
in
any
gas
or
in
the
atmosphere
of
any
planet
an
illustrative
example
is
presented
based
on
the
ardc
model
atmosphere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1078
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
steady
flow
of
a
viscous
fluid
past
a
circular
cylinder
at
reynolds
numbers
and
this
paper
describes
the
numerical
solution
of
the
complete
navier
stokes
equations
for
the
steady
flow
of
an
incompressible
viscous
fluid
of
unlimited
extent
past
a
circular
cylinder
at
reynolds
number
a
new
device
developed
for
the
numerical
solution
is
described
the
results
of
the
investigation
are
good
agreement
with
experimental
results
higher
reynolds
numbers
even
though
they
may
not
exist
in
nature
a
solution
has
been
obtained
at
reynolds
number
but
it
has
not
been
carried
to
the
same
accuracy
as
the
solution
at
reynolds
number
portion
of
the
cylinder
continues
to
increase
with
reynolds
number
in
such
steady
state
solutions
up
to
a
reynolds
number
and
no
indication
has
been
found
that
this
process
will
not
continue
as
the
reynolds
number
is
increased
beyond
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1079
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
finite
difference
formulae
for
the
square
lattices
the
paper
gives
approximate
formulae
for
derivatives
including
combinations
like
and
and
integrals
of
a
function
of
two
independent
variables
in
terms
of
its
values
at
nodes
of
a
square
lattice
primarily
for
use
in
the
numerical
solution
of
partial
differential
equations
consideration
is
given
to
the
form
as
well
as
to
the
magnitude
of
the
leading
terms
in
the
error
and
what
is
believed
to
be
for
most
purposes
optimum
combinations
are
thus
selected
for
the
simpler
compact
sets
of
nodes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1080
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
flow
round
a
sphere
at
low
reynolds
numbers
l
relaxation
methods
are
outlined
and
the
present
problem
formulated
in
modified
spherical
polar
co
ordinates
the
results
of
calculations
made
for
r
are
presented
in
the
form
of
stream
function
and
vorticity
distributions
and
further
results
of
pressure
distributions
velocity
distributions
and
drag
coefficients
calculated
from
them
these
results
are
shown
to
compare
favourably
with
experimental
work
showing
a
steady
trend
from
symmetrical
stokes's
flow
towards
boundary
layer
flow
the
phenomenon
of
separation
of
the
forward
flow
and
development
of
a
circulating
wake
is
explained
and
illustrated
the
first
formation
of
a
wake
being
at
r
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1081
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
solution
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
for
the
flow
around
a
circular
cylinder
at
reynolds
number
the
steady
two
dimensional
flow
around
a
circular
cylinder
submerged
in
a
viscous
fluid
for
the
case
r
is
investigated
integrating
numerically
the
exact
navier
stokes
equations
the
main
results
are
as
follows
i
the
steady
flow
solution
exists
even
for
the
reynolds
number
as
high
as
moreover
it
seems
that
the
solution
goes
over
smoothly
to
the
solution
of
the
kirchhoff
discontinuous
flow
theory
which
seems
to
be
the
limiting
flow
for
the
case
r
ii
the
flow
pattern
and
the
coefficients
of
pressure
and
drag
are
in
good
agreement
with
the
experimental
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1082
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
past
pitot
tube
at
low
reynolds
numbers
part
dash
the
numerical
solution
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
for
steady
viscous
axisymmetric
flow
part
dash
the
effects
of
viscosity
and
orifice
size
on
a
pitot
tube
at
low
reynolds
numbers
in
this
report
numerical
methods
used
to
solve
the
navier
stokes
equations
for
steady
viscous
two
dimensional
flow
are
extended
to
include
the
case
of
axial
symmetry
the
equations
and
their
finite
difference
approximations
are
derived
working
in
cylindrical
polar
co
ordinates
with
the
stokes'
stream
function
and
the
vorticity
as
variables
a
new
method
of
dealing
with
the
boundary
conditions
is
given
the
effects
of
viscosity
and
orlfice
size
on
a
blunt
nosed
pitot
tube
have
been
theoretically
investigated
up
to
a
reynolds
number
of
ten
where
the
reynolds
number
has
been
based
on
the
radius
of
the
tube
results
are
expressed
in
terms
of
a
pressure
coefficient
where
p
is
the
pressure
measured
in
the
tube
p
the
density
of
the
fluid
and
p
and
u
the
static
pressure
and
velocity
in
an
undisturbed
flow
at
the
position
of
the
tube
the
values
of
c
for
a
blunt
nosed
tube
are
found
to
be
less
than
those
for
tubes
with
hemispheroidal
heads
but
always
greater
than
unity
in
the
range
considered
the
effect
of
the
orifice
size
is
to
decrease
c
as
the
orifice
size
increases
this
decrease
is
very
small
but
increases
with
the
reynolds
number
at
a
reynolds
number
of
ten
the
decrease
is
at
most
five
per
cent
of
the
value
of
c
when
there
is
no
orifice
it
is
suggested
that
the
decrease
of
c
below
unity
found
in
some
experimental
investigations
at
a
higher
reynolds
number
could
be
due
to
the
effects
of
orifice
size
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1083
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
fluid
flow
in
two
dimensions
flow
of
an
inviscid
fluid
dash
there
are
in
existence
several
methods
of
obtaining
numerical
solutions
to
the
two
dimensional
flow
of
a
perfect
fluid
for
given
boundary
conditions
part
of
the
present
paper
gives
a
method
of
obtaining
a
numerical
solution
for
viscous
steady
flow
solution
of
the
simpler
problem
illustrating
it
with
examples
bearing
on
the
experimental
work
described
in
part
iv
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1084
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
past
circular
cylinders
at
low
speeds
this
paper
deals
chiefly
with
calculations
and
experiments
on
the
flow
past
circular
cylinders
but
the
arithmetical
methods
of
solution
of
the
equations
of
steady
viscous
flow
proposed
and
used
in
section
i
are
applicable
to
other
equations
and
may
be
of
interest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1085
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
note
on
the
convergence
of
numerical
solutions
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
a
criterion
is
given
for
the
convergence
of
numerical
solutions
of
the
navier
stokes
equations
in
two
dimensions
under
steady
conditions
the
criterion
applies
to
all
cases
of
steady
viscous
flow
in
two
dimensions
and
shows
that
if
the
local
'mesh
reynolds
number'
based
on
the
size
of
the
mesh
used
in
the
solution
exceeds
a
certain
fixed
value
the
numerical
solution
will
not
converge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1086
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
numerical
solution
of
fourth
order
differential
equations
an
old
numerical
method
of
solving
fourth
order
differential
equations
is
put
in
relaxation
form
the
higher
order
correction
terms
are
included
and
the
technique
is
illustrated
by
an
example
the
method
has
the
advantage
of
being
more
rapidly
convergent
than
the
usual
relaxation
procedure
for
fourth
order
equations
some
comments
are
made
on
the
numerical
solution
of
the
viscous
flow
equation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1087
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
convergence
rates
of
iterative
treatments
of
partial
differential
equations
the
development
of
high
speed
digital
computers
has
made
feasible
the
numerical
solution
by
iterative
methods
of
some
partial
differential
equations
the
convergence
rates
of
several
such
iterative
methods
are
estimated
here
it
is
found
that
with
the
familiar
elementary
iterative
methods
some
quite
simple
problems
require
prohibitive
computational
labor
the
iterative
methods
here
considered
are
related
to
the
various
forms
of
the
southwell
relaxation
method
in
that
they
involve
successively
applied
local
corrections
to
improve
an
approximate
solution
however
these
iterative
methods
are
routinized
in
conformity
with
the
requirements
of
automatic
computers
while
the
relaxation
method
is
flexible
and
depends
in
an
essential
way
on
the
skill
of
its
practitioners
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1088
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
iterative
methods
for
solving
partial
difference
equations
of
elliptic
type
this
paper
considers
linear
systems
where
a
includes
matrices
of
a
sort
frequently
occurring
in
the
solution
of
elliptic
partial
differential
equations
by
difference
methods
in
particular
a
o
rewriting
superscript
is
number
of
iteration
cycle
are
used
to
compute
u
when
u
are
used
also
one
may
over
relax
ser
a
who
suggested
changing
from
time
to
time
to
speed
up
convergence
in
the
present
paper
over
relaxation
with
fixed
w
is
combined
with
immediate
introduction
of
newly
computed
u's
a
la
gauss
seidel
various
theorems
on
convergence
are
proved
in
particular
it
is
shown
that
there
exists
an
ordering
of
the
equations
and
an
optimum
value
wb
such
that
in
general
converges
much
more
rapidly
than
the
gauss
seidel
method
w
means
are
suggested
for
estimating
wb
the
sensitivity
of
the
rate
of
convergence
to
the
choice
of
w
is
studied
the
paper
concludes
with
a
theoretical
comparison
of
gauss
seidel
and
the
method
proposed
successive
over
relaxation
for
solving
dirichlet's
difference
problem
over
a
square
using
a
high
speed
computing
machine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1089
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
propeller
driven
vtol
aircraft
this
paper
discusses
the
two
major
configurations
that
are
usually
considered
for
achieving
vtol
while
keeping
the
fuselage
essentially
horizontal
that
is
the
tilt
wing
and
the
deflected
slipstream
configurations
because
of
the
high
turning
losses
incurred
by
deflected
slipstream
configurations
in
hovering
and
because
of
the
wing
stalling
problem
of
the
pure
tilt
wing
configurations
during
the
transition
it
appears
that
a
combination
of
the
two
principles
should
be
used
this
tilt
wing
and
flap
configuration
should
make
use
of
a
programed
extensible
chord
slotted
flap
together
with
a
leading
edge
high
lift
device
in
order
to
avoid
the
performance
and
handling
qualities
problems
associated
with
wing
stalling
during
the
transition
while
keeping
the
wing
area
as
low
as
possible
for
efficiency
in
cruising
flight
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1090
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distribution
and
force
measurements
on
a
vtol
tilting
wing
propeller
model
pt
ii
analysis
of
results
this
report
presents
in
graphical
form
the
results
presented
in
reference
from
pressure
distribution
and
force
measurements
on
a
half
wing
model
of
a
twin
engined
tilt
wing
vtol
configuration
the
profound
influence
of
the
slipstream
on
these
results
is
discussed
in
some
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1091
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
data
from
a
static
thrust
investigation
of
a
large
scale
general
research
vtol
stol
model
in
ground
effect
the
model
was
tested
at
two
different
elevations
with
the
wing
pivot
at
and
propeller
diameters
above
the
ground
the
slipstream
of
the
propellers
was
deflected
by
tilting
the
wing
and
propellers
by
deflections
of
large
chord
trailing
edge
flaps
and
by
combinations
of
flap
deflection
and
wing
tilt
tests
were
conducted
over
a
range
of
propeller
disk
loadings
from
to
pounds
per
square
foot
force
data
for
the
complete
model
and
pressure
distributions
for
the
wing
and
flaps
behind
one
propeller
were
recorded
and
are
presented
in
tabular
form
without
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1092
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wing
nacelle
propeller
interference
for
wings
of
various
spans
force
and
pressure
distribution
tests
an
experimental
investigation
was
made
in
the
n
a
c
a
full
scale
wind
tunnel
to
determine
the
effect
of
wing
span
on
nacelle
propeller
characteristics
and
reciprocally
the
lateral
extent
of
nacelle
and
propeller
influence
on
a
monoplane
wing
the
results
provide
a
check
on
the
validity
of
the
previous
research
on
nacelles
and
propellers
with
foot
span
wings
tested
in
the
the
scale
propeller
and
the
n
a
c
a
cowling
used
in
the
former
researches
were
tested
in
three
typical
tractor
locations
with
respect
to
a
thick
wing
of
foot
chord
and
foot
span
the
span
was
progressively
reduced
to
and
feet
and
the
same
characteristics
were
measured
in
each
case
the
efficiency
factors
propulsive
efficiency
nacelle
drag
efficiency
and
net
efficiency
were
obtained
for
each
wing
length
by
means
of
force
tests
and
the
values
are
compared
to
determine
the
effect
of
span
pressure
distribution
measurements
show
the
lateral
extent
of
the
nacelle
interference
and
the
propeller
slipstream
effect
on
the
span
loading
for
the
various
conditions
complete
polar
curves
and
curves
showing
the
variation
of
nacelle
drag
with
lift
coefficient
are
also
included
force
and
pressure
distribution
tests
concur
in
indicating
that
for
engineering
purposes
the
influence
of
a
nacelle
and
of
a
propeller
in
a
usual
combination
may
be
considered
to
extend
laterally
on
a
wing
the
same
maximum
distance
or
about
five
nacelle
diameters
or
two
propeller
diameters
outboard
of
their
common
axes
all
important
effects
of
scale
nacelle
propeller
combinations
may
be
measured
within
practical
limits
of
accuracy
by
tests
of
a
foot
span
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1093
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
induced
interference
effects
on
jet
and
buried
fan
vtol
configurations
in
transition
recent
investigations
of
some
jet
and
buried
fan
configurations
have
indicated
that
in
the
transition
speed
range
configurations
with
considerable
area
surrounding
the
jet
or
buried
fan
can
encounter
large
losses
in
lift
and
nose
up
pitching
moments
due
to
the
pressures
induced
on
the
lower
surfaces
by
the
interaction
of
the
jet
and
free
stream
flow
the
obvious
way
of
minimizing
these
effects
is
to
reduce
the
surface
area
surrounding
the
jets
or
buried
fans
that
is
to
consider
these
effects
in
the
preliminary
stages
of
the
airplane
design
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1094
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
the
effects
of
ground
proximity
and
propeller
position
on
the
effectiveness
of
a
wing
with
large
chord
slotted
flaps
in
redirecting
propeller
slipstream
downward
for
vertical
take
off
an
investigation
of
the
effects
of
ground
proximity
and
propeller
position
on
the
effectiveness
of
a
wing
equipped
with
large
chord
slotted
flaps
in
redirecting
the
slipstreams
from
large
diameter
propellers
downward
for
vertical
take
off
has
been
conducted
in
a
static
thrust
facility
at
the
langley
aeronautical
laboratory
the
results
indicate
that
with
the
propeller
thrust
axis
on
the
wing
chord
plane
both
the
angle
through
which
the
slipstream
is
deflected
and
the
ratio
of
resultant
force
to
thrust
are
reduced
as
the
ground
is
approached
at
positions
nearest
the
ground
some
of
the
loss
in
resultant
force
is
regained
lowering
the
thrust
axis
below
the
wing
chord
plane
reduces
the
adverse
effects
of
the
ground
and
also
reduces
the
large
diving
moments
associated
with
the
slotted
flap
arrangement
the
static
thrust
efficiency
of
the
propellers
is
slightly
reduced
by
the
ground
effect
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1095
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
effectiveness
of
large
chord
slotted
flaps
in
deflecting
propeller
slipstreams
downward
for
vertical
take
off
and
low
speed
flight
an
investigation
of
the
effectiveness
of
a
wing
equipped
with
large
chord
slotted
flaps
in
rotating
the
thrust
vector
of
propellers
through
the
angles
required
for
vertical
take
off
and
for
flight
at
very
low
speeds
has
been
conducted
in
the
facilities
of
the
langley
mph
by
foot
tunnel
under
conditions
of
static
thrust
and
with
zero
incidence
between
the
thrust
axis
and
the
wing
chord
plane
the
slotted
flaps
were
effective
in
rotating
the
thrust
vector
upward
about
than
percent
of
the
thrust
when
an
auxiliary
vane
was
added
above
the
wing
the
thrust
vector
was
rotated
upward
configuration
vertical
take
off
could
be
achieved
with
an
initial
attitude
of
and
at
airplane
weights
up
to
percent
of
the
total
propeller
thrust
the
addition
of
incidence
between
the
thrust
axis
and
the
wing
increased
the
upward
rotation
of
the
thrust
vector
about
for
the
same
turning
angle
the
diving
moments
associated
with
the
slotted
flap
configurations
were
approximately
twice
as
large
as
the
diving
moments
of
the
configurations
with
plain
flaps
and
two
auxiliary
vanes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1096
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
qualitative
measurements
of
the
effective
heats
of
ablation
of
several
materials
in
supersonic
air
jets
at
stagnation
temperature
up
to
f
the
effective
heats
of
ablation
of
a
number
of
materials
were
derived
from
tests
in
supersonic
air
jets
at
stagnation
temperatures
ranging
from
f
to
f
the
materials
included
the
plastics
teflon
nylon
lucite
and
polystyrene
the
inorganic
salts
ammonium
chloride
and
sodium
carbonate
several
phenolic
resins
of
varied
resin
content
and
type
of
reinforcement
and
a
melamine
fiber
glass
laminate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1097
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
ablation
cooling
this
paper
presents
the
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
on
the
ablation
of
a
number
of
promising
materials
for
heating
conditions
comparable
to
those
which
may
be
encountered
by
unmanned
reentry
satellite
vehicles
as
well
as
for
higher
heating
conditions
comparable
to
those
associated
with
reentry
ballistic
missiles
materials
tested
included
the
plastics
teflon
nylon
and
lucite
the
inorganic
salts
ammonium
chloride
and
sodium
carbonate
graphite
a
phenolic
resin
and
fiber
glass
composition
and
the
commercial
material
haveg
rocketon
results
of
these
tests
indicated
heat
absorption
capabilities
which
are
several
times
greater
than
those
of
current
metallic
heat
sink
materials
the
results
with
teflon
showed
that
for
hemispherical
noses
there
was
no
apparent
effect
of
size
or
stagnation
point
pressure
on
ablation
rate
for
the
range
of
variables
covered
in
the
tests
for
flat
faced
configurations
however
there
was
a
definite
increase
in
the
ablation
rate
with
increased
stagnation
point
pressure
the
results
for
the
several
materials
tested
at
heating
rates
associated
with
reentry
ballistic
missiles
showed
considerable
increase
in
the
effective
heats
of
ablation
over
the
results
obtained
at
lower
heating
rates
this
trend
of
increased
effectiveness
with
increased
heating
potential
is
in
agreement
with
the
predictions
of
ablation
theories
comparisons
of
the
results
for
several
materials
tested
at
the
higher
heating
rates
showed
graphite
to
have
the
lowest
ablation
rate
of
all
materials
tested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1098
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
investigation
of
ablating
material
at
low
and
high
enthalpy
potentials
the
ablation
performance
characteristics
of
a
number
of
materials
were
derived
from
tests
conducted
in
a
mach
number
ethylene
heated
high
temperature
air
jet
having
a
maximum
stagnation
enthalpy
potential
of
approximately
btu
lb
the
tests
were
conducted
with
inch
diameter
blunt
nose
shapes
the
surface
of
most
of
the
materials
after
testing
was
generally
smooth
and
the
unablated
portions
of
the
specimens
were
in
appearance
the
same
as
before
testing
in
all
cases
the
back
or
inside
surface
of
the
specimens
exhibited
no
evidence
of
heating
an
evaluation
of
the
enthalpy
potential
effect
was
obtained
by
comparison
of
the
present
data
with
previous
tests
conducted
on
the
in
a
subsonic
arc
heated
air
jet
the
stagnation
enthalpy
potential
of
this
facility
was
approximately
btu
lb
for
teflon
the
effective
heat
of
ablation
increased
from
approximately
btu
lb
to
enthalpy
potential
was
increased
from
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1099
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
study
of
stagnation
point
ablation
a
simplified
analysis
is
made
of
the
shielding
mechanism
which
reduces
the
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
when
ablation
takes
place
at
the
surface
the
most
significant
result
of
the
analysis
is
that
the
effective
heat
capacity
of
the
ablation
material
increases
linearly
with
stream
enthalpy
the
automatic
shielding
mechanism
is
discussed
and
the
significant
thermal
properties
of
a
good
ablation
material
are
given
parameters
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1100
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analytical
investigation
of
ablation
an
analytical
procedure
is
described
which
enables
the
derivation
of
effective
heat
of
ablation
relationships
for
any
type
of
boundary
layer
from
transpiration
cooling
results
the
procedure
enables
the
inclusion
of
such
effects
as
the
ratio
of
wall
temperature
to
local
stream
temperature
surface
radiation
and
surface
combustion
the
predicted
effective
heats
of
ablation
for
a
three
dimensional
laminar
stagnation
boundary
layer
for
teflon
material
were
in
agreement
with
those
derived
from
tests
conducted
at
boundary
layer
enthalpy
potentials
of
and
approximately
btu
lb
the
predicted
equilibrium
surface
temperatures
on
nonablating
surfaces
behind
an
ablating
material
were
in
agreement
with
the
values
derived
from
tests
conducted
with
inconel
cylinders
having
teflon
hemispherical
nose
pieces
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1101
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
sensor
for
obtaining
ablation
rates
a
variable
capacitance
ablation
rate
sensor
which
allows
continuous
measurements
of
ablation
rates
for
teflon
and
similar
polymers
has
been
developed
and
tested
in
an
ethylene
heated
high
temperature
jet
at
stagnation
temperatures
ranging
from
degree
to
degree
f
the
data
length
changes
were
measured
by
using
the
same
telemeter
equipment
as
that
used
in
rocket
propelled
flight
vehicles
test
results
indicate
measurement
error
to
be
a
maximum
of
percent
between
the
telemetered
length
changes
and
the
length
changes
that
were
obtained
from
photographic
records
of
the
test
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1102
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
five
stage
solid
fuel
sounding
rocket
system
a
five
stage
solid
fuel
sounding
rocket
system
which
can
boost
a
payload
of
pounds
to
an
altitude
of
nautical
miles
and
that
of
pounds
to
nautical
miles
is
described
data
obtained
from
a
typical
flight
test
of
the
system
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1103
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressures
densities
and
temperatures
in
the
upper
atmosphere
averaged
and
internally
consistent
values
of
atmospheric
pressure
density
and
temperature
from
the
ground
to
an
altitude
of
km
have
been
determined
and
compiled
by
the
united
states
groups
active
in
upper
atmospheric
research
by
rockets
additional
relevant
data
by
similar
groups
engaged
in
research
on
meteors
and
on
the
anomalous
propagation
of
sound
are
also
included
particularly
in
a
brief
discussion
of
variations
with
time
and
with
place
of
these
three
atmospheric
parameters
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1104
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
heating
of
blunt
nose
shapes
at
mach
numbers
up
to
results
are
presented
from
recent
investigations
of
the
aerodynamic
heating
rates
of
blunt
nose
shapes
at
mach
numbers
up
to
data
obtained
in
flight
and
wind
tunnel
tests
have
shown
that
the
flat
faced
cylinder
has
about
percent
the
stagnation
point
heating
rates
of
the
hemisphere
over
nearly
the
entire
mach
number
range
tests
made
at
a
mach
number
of
on
a
series
of
bodies
made
up
of
hemispherical
segments
of
varying
radius
of
curvature
showed
that
slight
amounts
of
curvature
can
decrease
the
local
rates
at
the
edge
of
the
flat
faced
cylinders
with
only
a
slight
increase
in
the
stagnation
rate
the
total
heat
transfer
to
such
slightly
curved
bodies
is
also
somewhat
smaller
than
the
total
heat
transfer
to
flat
faced
cylinders
comparison
of
several
tests
with
theoretical
heating
rate
distributions
showed
that
both
laminar
and
turbulent
local
rates
can
be
predicted
by
available
theories
given
the
pressure
distribution
about
the
body
reasonably
well
although
the
scatter
of
the
available
data
still
leaves
open
the
choice
between
the
theories
at
the
edge
of
the
bodies
where
they
usually
differ
tests
on
a
flat
faced
cylinder
at
a
mach
number
of
and
at
angles
of
attack
up
to
degree
showed
the
movement
of
the
apparent
stagnation
point
from
the
center
of
the
body
to
the
percent
windward
station
at
creased
about
percent
while
that
near
the
leeward
edge
decreased
about
percent
at
degree
angle
of
attack
preliminary
results
on
a
concave
nose
have
indicated
the
possibility
that
this
type
of
design
may
be
developed
to
give
heating
rates
significantly
lower
than
even
the
flat
faced
cylinder
rates
the
test
results
have
also
shown
however
the
existence
of
an
unsteady
flow
phenomenon
which
can
increase
the
heating
rates
to
extremely
high
values
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1105
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
solutions
for
supersonic
flow
of
an
ideal
gas
around
blunt
two
dimensional
bodies
the
method
described
is
an
inverse
one
the
shock
shape
is
chosen
and
the
solution
proceeds
downstream
to
a
body
bodies
blunter
than
circular
cylinders
are
readily
accessible
and
any
adiabatic
index
can
be
chosen
the
lower
limit
to
the
free
stream
mach
number
available
in
any
case
is
determined
by
the
extent
of
the
subsonic
field
which
in
turn
depends
upon
the
body
shape
some
discussion
of
the
stability
of
the
numerical
processes
is
given
a
set
of
solutions
for
flows
about
circular
cylinders
at
several
mach
numbers
and
several
values
of
the
adiabatic
index
is
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1106
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
free
flight
observation
of
a
separated
turbulent
flow
including
heat
transfer
up
to
mach
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
separated
by
a
forward
facing
step
was
observed
on
the
cylindrical
portion
of
a
hemisphere
cone
cylinder
test
vehicle
tip
blunting
producing
a
shear
flow
was
found
to
induce
higher
pressures
on
the
cylindrical
portion
than
were
predicted
from
ballistic
tunnel
data
of
unblunted
projectiles
an
approximate
method
for
predicting
this
blunt
body
pressure
distribution
was
hypothesized
these
findings
along
with
the
hypothesis
were
substantiated
by
a
wind
tunnel
test
of
a
similar
body
the
peak
pressure
ratios
of
the
separation
were
smaller
in
magnitude
than
flat
plate
theory
predicted
because
of
the
effect
of
the
shear
flow
the
decrement
in
heating
of
the
separated
flow
relative
to
the
corresponding
attached
flow
was
found
to
compare
well
with
the
expected
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1107
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
field
over
blunted
flat
plates
and
its
effect
on
turbulent
boundary
growth
and
heat
transfer
at
a
mach
number
of
surface
pressures
impact
and
static
pressure
distributions
in
the
flow
field
over
the
plate
and
local
heating
rates
were
measured
on
a
flat
plate
with
various
leading
edge
diameters
the
tests
were
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
and
a
free
stream
reynolds
number
of
x
per
foot
it
was
found
that
the
shape
of
the
shock
wave
indicated
the
existence
of
an
outward
deflection
of
the
flow
over
the
plate
the
flow
deflection
caused
an
outward
deflection
of
the
shock
wave
asymptote
of
approximately
the
shock
wave
angle
calculated
including
boundary
layer
growth
the
mach
number
distributions
in
the
shear
layer
evaluated
from
pitot
and
static
pressure
surveys
agreed
with
predictions
based
on
shock
wave
shape
the
predicted
turbulent
heat
transfer
coefficients
for
the
blunted
flat
plates
agreed
with
the
measured
heat
transfer
coefficients
a
comparison
between
the
measured
heat
transfer
coefficients
for
the
blunted
flat
plates
and
the
calculated
coefficients
for
a
sharp
leading
edged
plate
indicated
that
the
coefficients
were
highest
near
the
leading
edge
of
the
most
blunted
plate
the
measured
heat
transfer
coefficients
dropped
to
approximately
percent
of
the
sharp
plate
values
at
a
considerable
distance
from
the
leading
edge
for
all
of
the
blunted
flat
plates
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1108
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
second
order
supersonic
flow
theory
an
attempt
is
made
to
develop
a
second
approximation
to
the
solution
of
problems
of
supersonic
flow
which
can
be
solved
by
existing
first
order
theory
the
method
of
attack
adopted
is
an
iteration
process
using
the
linearized
solution
as
the
first
step
for
plane
flow
it
is
found
that
a
particular
integral
of
the
iteration
equation
can
be
written
down
at
once
in
terms
of
the
first
order
solution
the
second
order
problem
is
thereby
reduced
to
an
equivalent
first
order
problem
and
can
be
readily
solved
at
the
surface
of
an
isolated
body
the
solution
reduces
to
the
well
known
result
of
busemann
the
plane
case
is
considered
in
some
detail
insofar
as
it
gives
insight
into
the
nature
of
the
iteration
process
again
for
axially
symmetric
flow
the
problem
is
reduced
to
a
first
order
problem
by
the
discovery
of
a
particular
integral
for
smooth
bodies
the
second
order
solution
can
then
be
calculated
by
the
method
of
von
karman
and
moore
bodies
with
corners
are
also
treated
by
a
slight
modification
of
the
method
the
second
order
solution
for
cones
represents
a
considerable
improvement
over
the
linearized
result
second
order
theory
also
agrees
well
with
several
solutions
for
other
bodies
of
revolution
calculated
by
the
numerical
method
of
characteristics
for
full
three
dimensional
flow
only
a
partial
particular
integral
has
been
found
as
an
example
of
a
more
general
problem
the
solution
is
derived
for
an
inclined
cone
the
possibility
of
treating
other
inclined
bodies
of
revolution
and
three
dimensional
wings
is
discussed
briefly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1109
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
unsteady
laminar
compressible
boundary
layers
on
an
infinite
plate
with
suction
or
injection
this
study
deals
with
unsteady
compressible
laminar
boundary
layers
on
an
infinitely
extended
porous
plate
an
integral
solution
based
on
two
types
of
assumed
velocity
and
temperature
profiles
is
presented
for
the
general
case
where
the
unsteady
free
stream
velocity
and
rate
of
surface
suction
or
injection
are
both
arbitrary
also
indicated
is
an
exact
solution
applicable
however
only
to
certain
specific
unsteady
free
stream
and
surface
suction
or
injection
variations
the
reliability
and
range
of
validity
of
the
integral
solutions
is
then
established
on
the
basis
of
numerical
results
from
the
exact
solution
finally
several
general
qualitative
conclusions
of
the
unsteady
effects
of
free
stream
velocity
and
surface
suction
or
injection
on
laminar
boundary
layer
behavior
are
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1110
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
supersonic
flow
past
a
slightly
yawing
cone
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
motion
of
a
circular
cone
of
not
too
blunt
an
angle
through
air
at
high
speed
if
the
direction
of
motion
of
the
cone
coincides
with
its
axis
of
symmetry
the
resulting
air
flow
is
well
known
here
we
consider
the
perturbation
produced
by
a
small
yaw
i
e
the
case
in
which
the
cone
is
moving
not
quite
in
the
direction
of
its
axis
the
results
are
confirmed
experimentally
and
have
applications
to
ballistics
though
we
are
not
concerned
with
the
latter
here
they
may
also
be
useful
as
providing
a
check
on
various
approximate
methods
of
wider
applicability
the
square
of
the
yaw
is
neglected
an
approximation
of
which
the
validity
is
discussed
similar
methods
can
be
applied
to
the
second
order
effects
of
the
yaw
which
are
also
of
ballistic
significance
but
the
computations
have
not
yet
been
completed
it
should
be
observed
that
because
of
the
lack
of
symmetry
the
flow
will
be
neither
irrotational
nor
isentropic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1111
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
research
on
high
speed
flutter
paper
presents
brief
discussions
of
many
topics
currently
of
interest
in
the
flutter
field
these
include
a
the
sonic
speed
case
b
oscillating
pressure
field
of
propellers
c
wing
flutter
with
various
configurations
including
effects
of
body
modes
and
d
propeller
stall
flutter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1112
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
unsteady
aerodynamic
forces
on
a
slender
body
of
revolution
in
supersonic
flow
linearized
slender
body
theory
is
applied
to
the
computation
of
aerodynamic
forces
on
an
oscillating
or
deforming
body
in
supersonic
flow
the
undeformed
body
is
a
body
of
revolution
and
the
deformed
body
is
represented
by
movement
of
a
line
through
the
centers
of
the
cross
sections
which
are
assumed
to
remain
circular
the
time
dependence
is
based
on
sinusoidal
motion
for
a
body
of
vanishing
thickness
the
slender
body
theory
yields
the
apparent
mass
approximation
as
it
is
obtained
for
incompressible
crossflow
around
a
cylinder
both
linearized
slender
body
theory
and
the
apparent
mass
approximation
are
used
to
calculate
the
pitching
moment
coefficients
on
a
rigid
slender
body
with
a
parabolic
arc
nose
cone
and
these
coefficients
are
compared
with
some
experimental
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1113
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
electronic
apparatus
for
automatic
recording
of
the
logarithmic
decrement
and
frequency
for
oscillations
in
the
audio
and
subaudio
frequency
range
an
electronic
apparatus
for
automatic
evaluation
of
the
damping
of
a
harmonic
oscillation
has
been
designed
and
constructed
the
apparatus
is
based
on
the
idea
of
representing
the
harmonic
damped
oscillation
by
a
rotating
vector
on
the
screen
of
a
cathode
ray
tube
in
such
a
way
that
the
rate
of
decrease
of
the
length
of
the
vector
is
a
measure
of
the
damping
the
results
are
obtained
simultaneously
with
the
oscillation
test
as
two
numbers
in
decimal
digits
which
are
inversely
proportional
to
the
logarithmic
decrement
and
the
frequency
respectively
the
apparatus
which
is
named
the
dampometer
has
been
used
for
some
time
for
free
oscillation
measurements
of
the
dynamic
stability
derivatives
of
aeroplane
models
in
windtunnels
and
has
proved
to
be
very
satisfactory
it
gives
results
of
usually
higher
accuracy
than
evaluation
methods
in
common
use
and
permits
a
most
considerable
saving
of
time
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1114
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
and
fluctuating
pressures
at
transonic
speeds
on
two
space
vehicle
payload
shapes
steady
and
fluctuating
pressures
have
been
measured
at
mach
numbers
which
were
varied
from
to
on
two
bodies
of
revolution
typical
of
two
space
vehicle
payload
shapes
the
centaur
and
the
able
v
the
results
of
the
investigation
showed
that
significant
fluctuations
of
pressure
occurred
on
both
bodies
between
mach
numbers
of
and
the
maximum
fluctuations
measured
at
any
mach
number
and
angle
of
attack
occurred
in
the
region
of
the
normal
shock
wave
as
a
result
of
shock
wave
motion
large
regions
of
unsteady
pressure
also
occurred
as
a
result
of
separation
on
the
converging
afterbody
of
the
able
v
model
the
maximum
pressure
fluctuations
occurring
on
the
bodies
increased
with
increasing
angle
of
attack
for
angles
other
than
are
indicated
since
pressure
fluctuations
were
larger
on
the
upper
half
of
the
bodies
than
on
the
lower
half
no
definite
conclusions
could
be
drawn
regarding
the
form
of
the
spectral
densities
of
pressure
fluctuations
in
the
region
of
the
shock
wave
the
spectral
densities
in
regions
of
separation
following
the
shock
wave
appeared
flat
except
for
some
increase
in
energy
level
below
due
to
slight
model
motions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1115
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measurements
of
aerodynamic
forces
for
various
mean
angles
of
attack
on
an
airfoil
oscillating
in
pitch
and
on
two
finite
span
wings
oscillating
in
bending
with
emphasis
on
damping
in
the
stall
the
oscillating
air
forces
on
a
two
dimensional
wing
oscillating
in
pitch
about
the
midchord
have
been
measured
at
various
mean
angles
of
attack
and
at
mach
numbers
of
and
the
magnitudes
of
normal
force
and
pitching
moment
coefficients
were
much
higher
at
high
angles
of
attack
than
at
low
angles
of
attack
for
some
conditions
large
regions
of
negative
damping
in
pitch
were
found
and
it
was
shown
that
the
effect
of
increasing
the
mach
number
from
to
was
to
decrease
the
initial
angle
of
attack
at
which
negative
damping
occurred
measurements
of
the
aerodynamic
damping
of
a
percent
thick
and
of
a
percent
thick
finite
span
wing
oscillating
in
the
first
bending
mode
indicate
no
regions
of
negative
damping
for
this
type
of
motion
over
the
range
of
variables
covered
the
damping
measured
at
high
angles
of
attack
was
generally
larger
than
that
at
low
angles
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1116
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
instability
of
stiffened
cylinders
theoretical
buckling
stresses
are
determined
in
explicit
form
for
circular
cylinders
with
circumferential
and
axial
stiffening
the
loadings
are
axial
compression
radial
pressure
hydrostatic
pressure
and
torsion
analyses
were
confined
to
moderate
length
and
long
cylinders
the
investigation
was
based
upon
the
use
of
a
form
of
donnell's
equation
derived
by
taylor
which
is
applicable
to
orthotropic
cylinders
the
derivation
of
this
equation
is
presented
in
this
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1117
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
orthotropic
cylindrical
shells
under
combined
loading
the
increasing
use
of
fiber
and
whisker
reinforced
materials
makes
necessary
the
availability
of
methods
of
analyzing
cylinders
and
cones
composed
of
an
orthotropic
material
this
paper
treats
the
buckling
of
such
shells
under
a
combination
of
axial
compression
and
uniform
external
pressure
the
differential
equation
approach
of
flugge
is
used
and
the
resulting
buckling
equation
is
presented
in
terms
of
axial
and
circumferential
bending
rigidities
shear
rigidity
poisson's
ratio
geometry
parameters
and
mode
shapes
design
curves
are
presented
which
allow
quick
determination
of
critical
loads
on
cylinders
and
by
using
the
equivalent
cylinder
concept
on
conical
shells
of
small
included
angle
the
curves
also
lend
themselves
to
tailoring
of
materials
to
fit
the
load
carrying
requirements
of
the
structure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1118
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
elastic
stability
of
orthotropic
shells
a
small
deflection
theory
for
general
instability
of
orthotropic
circular
cylindrical
shells
has
been
derived
for
external
pressure
torsion
and
axial
compression
for
the
first
two
types
of
loading
comparison
of
the
theory
with
experimental
data
for
orthotropic
cylinders
reveals
agreement
comparable
with
that
obtained
for
isotropic
shells
for
axial
compression
experimental
data
have
been
found
to
agree
reasonably
well
with
theory
for
orthotropic
cylinders
in
contrast
to
the
agreement
usually
obtained
for
isotropic
cylinders
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1119
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
plastic
stability
theory
of
thin
shells
considerable
interest
is
currently
centered
on
the
role
of
deformation
and
flow
types
of
plasticity
theories
in
the
solution
of
stability
problems
for
thin
flat
plates
deformation
theory
combined
with
classical
stability
theory
appears
to
yield
results
which
are
in
substantially
good
agreement
with
test
data
on
the
other
hand
flow
or
incremental
theories
appear
to
require
the
introduction
of
initial
imperfections
in
order
to
obtain
a
satisfactory
degree
of
correlation
with
tests
thus
in
view
of
the
current
state
of
development
of
plastic
stability
theory
it
appears
fruitful
to
exploit
the
mathematical
simplicity
inherent
in
deformation
theory
in
the
investigation
of
the
plastic
stability
of
thin
shells
although
there
may
be
theoretical
objections
to
deformation
theories
as
a
class
test
data
on
flat
plates
do
suggest
the
predictive
value
of
the
results
obtained
from
this
theory
in
this
paper
a
set
of
equilibrium
differential
equations
for
the
plastic
buckling
of
thin
shells
of
constant
unequal
radii
is
derived
this
set
of
three
equations
applies
to
flat
plates
cylinders
and
spheres
under
any
loading
system
leading
to
buckling
for
particular
problems
such
as
buckling
of
cylinders
under
axial
compression
torsion
or
lateral
pressure
and
spheres
under
external
pressure
the
set
of
equations
can
be
reduced
to
a
single
eighth
order
partial
differential
equation
of
the
donnell
type
in
terms
of
the
radial
displacement
only
these
donnell
type
equations
are
used
to
obtain
solutions
for
plastic
buckling
of
spheres
under
external
pressure
and
long
and
moderate
length
cylinders
under
lateral
pressure
or
torsion
loads
the
limiting
cases
of
a
simply
supported
flat
plate
under
compression
or
shear
represent
the
solutions
for
short
cylinders
under
lateral
pressure
or
torsion
respectively
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1120
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
unified
theory
of
plastic
buckling
of
columns
and
plates
on
the
basis
of
modern
plasticity
considerations
a
unified
theory
of
plastic
buckling
applicable
to
both
columns
and
plates
has
been
developed
for
uniform
compression
the
theory
shows
that
long
columns
which
bend
without
appreciable
twisting
require
the
tangent
modulus
and
that
long
flanges
which
twist
without
appreciable
bending
require
the
secant
modulus
structures
that
both
bend
and
twist
when
they
buckle
require
a
modulus
which
is
a
combination
of
the
secant
modulus
and
the
tangent
modulus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1121
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressive
and
torsional
buckling
of
thin
wall
cylinders
in
the
yield
region
based
on
assumptions
which
have
led
to
the
best
agreement
between
theory
and
test
data
on
inelastic
buckling
of
flat
plates
a
general
set
of
equilibrium
differential
equations
for
the
plastic
buckling
of
cylinders
has
been
derived
these
equations
have
been
used
to
obtain
solutions
for
the
compressive
and
torsional
buckling
of
long
cylinders
in
the
yield
region
test
data
are
presented
which
indicate
satisfactory
agreement
with
the
theoretical
plasticity
reduction
factors
in
most
cases
where
a
difference
in
results
exists
test
data
are
in
substantially
better
agreement
with
the
results
obtained
by
use
of
the
maximum
shear
law
rather
than
the
octahedral
shear
law
to
transform
axial
stress
strain
data
to
shear
stress
strain
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1122
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
role
of
initial
imperfections
in
plastic
buckling
of
cylinders
under
axial
compression
in
a
recent
paper
lee
treated
the
complex
problem
of
the
plastic
buckling
and
postbuckling
behavior
of
an
axially
compressed
cylindrical
shell
containing
initial
imperfections
representing
an
important
step
forward
in
our
understanding
of
this
common
yet
perplexing
structural
element
lee
drew
two
major
conclusions
a
even
with
initial
imperfections
the
incremental
theory
of
plasticity
considerably
overestimates
the
buckling
strength
as
compared
with
the
deformation
theory
which
is
in
substantially
good
agreement
with
experiments
and
strength
of
cylindrical
shells
subject
to
axial
compression
are
significant
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
discuss
the
second
conclusion
in
terms
of
lee's
experimental
and
theoretical
results
other
experimental
data
on
inelastic
buckling
of
t
aluminum
alloy
cylinders
and
recent
theoretical
results
on
the
inelastic
buckling
of
cylinders
in
the
axisymmetric
and
circumferential
modes
in
particular
this
writer
does
not
believe
that
lee
has
proved
that
initial
imperfections
are
important
for
the
group
of
cylinders
that
he
has
tested
on
the
contrary
it
is
believed
that
initial
imperfections
are
completely
insignificant
for
this
group
of
cylinders
although
of
probable
significance
in
other
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1123
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
extension
of
donnell's
equation
for
a
circular
cylindrical
shell
in
donnell
succeeded
in
simplifying
the
equations
of
equilibrium
for
a
circular
cylindrical
shell
he
obtained
simple
relations
between
the
critical
buckling
shearing
stress
and
the
physical
properties
of
a
thin
circular
cylinder
under
pure
torsion
his
approach
reduces
the
tedious
computations
involved
in
the
classical
solutions
and
is
still
in
good
agreement
with
them
furthermore
it
is
easy
to
show
that
the
well
known
classical
solution
for
critical
compressive
stress
of
the
cylinder
under
axial
compression
can
readily
be
obtained
from
donnell's
equation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1124
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
of
missile
bodies
for
minimum
drag
at
very
high
speeds
thickness
ratio
lift
and
center
of
pressure
given
newtonian
flow
theory
has
been
used
to
develop
a
procedure
for
the
design
of
minimum
drag
bodies
of
revolution
having
a
given
thickness
ratio
and
center
of
pressure
it
is
shown
that
the
optimum
body
shape
is
independent
of
lift
center
of
pressure
location
however
exerts
a
powerful
influence
on
both
the
shape
of
the
body
and
on
the
drag
coefficient
at
zero
lift
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1125
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
collapse
by
instability
of
thin
cylindrical
shells
under
external
pressure
this
paper
discusses
the
collapse
by
instability
of
thin
walled
cylindrical
vessels
subjected
to
external
pressure
the
most
important
of
the
theoretical
and
empirical
formulas
that
apply
to
this
subject
are
presented
in
a
common
notation
a
new
and
simple
instability
formula
is
developed
three
classes
of
tubes
are
considered
tubes
of
infinite
length
tubes
of
finite
length
with
uniform
radial
pressure
only
and
tubes
of
finite
length
with
both
uniform
radial
and
axial
pressure
collapsing
pressures
calculated
by
the
various
formulas
are
presented
in
tabular
form
as
a
means
of
comparing
the
formulas
the
formulas
are
discussed
briefly
and
checked
against
the
results
of
tests
conducted
at
the
u
s
experimental
model
basin
for
the
bureau
of
construction
and
repair
navy
department
this
paper
is
a
sequel
to
one
previously
published
as
a
part
of
the
work
of
the
a
s
m
e
special
research
committee
on
the
strength
of
vessels
under
external
pressure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1126
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
engineer's
conceptual
approach
to
the
buckling
of
cylindrical
shell
axial
loading
by
using
the
well
known
analogy
between
the
bending
of
a
beam
on
an
elastic
foundation
and
the
axial
symmetric
displacement
of
a
cylinder
a
physical
insight
is
obtained
for
the
buckling
of
cylindrical
shells
under
axial
compression
the
technique
is
equivalent
to
classical
small
deflection
theory
and
provides
good
agreement
with
the
more
elaborate
solutions
for
the
buckling
strength
of
various
sandwich
multi
layered
and
orthotropic
cylinders
including
the
effects
of
internal
pressure
or
an
elastic
core
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1127
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
buckling
of
sandwich
type
panels
fifty
one
flat
rectangular
sandwich
type
panels
were
tested
in
edgewise
compression
with
the
unloaded
edges
of
the
panels
restrained
by
v
grooves
the
sandwich
consisted
of
papreg
faces
and
a
cellular
cellulose
acetate
core
the
thickness
of
the
faces
varied
from
to
in
the
core
from
to
in
the
width
of
the
panel
from
to
in
the
length
of
the
panel
was
always
in
the
buckled
shape
consisted
of
a
ripple
of
short
wave
length
across
the
panel
it
was
either
symmetric
the
two
faces
bulging
out
symmetrically
according
to
sine
curves
or
skew
the
two
faces
deflecting
in
the
same
sense
according
to
sine
curves
having
a
phase
angle
of
a
strain
energy
theory
of
buckling
is
presented
for
both
the
symmetric
and
the
skew
cases
and
the
buckling
load
in
the
symmetric
case
is
also
calculated
by
integration
of
the
differential
equation
the
agreement
between
the
theoretic
and
the
experimental
buckling
stress
is
reasonable
that
between
the
predicted
and
actual
buckled
shape
good
a
simple
formula
is
developed
which
permits
a
choice
of
the
most
suitable
core
material
when
the
mechanical
properties
of
the
face
material
are
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1128
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
face
wrinkling
and
core
strength
in
sandwich
construction
the
effect
of
initial
waviness
on
the
wrinkling
of
faces
in
sandwich
construction
is
studied
formulae
are
derived
to
determine
the
failing
stress
when
the
faces
wrinkle
due
to
failure
of
the
core
in
tension
compression
or
shear
the
importance
of
core
strength
requirements
in
maintaining
surface
smoothness
is
noted
a
comparison
of
theory
with
experiments
is
made
and
the
agreement
between
the
two
is
found
to
be
reasonably
good
the
strength
of
the
core
williams
has
related
the
strength
of
the
core
in
tension
and
shear
to
an
arbitrarily
assumed
initial
irregularity
which
to
ensure
laminar
flow
in
a
wing
is
assumed
to
have
a
maximum
admissible
value
initial
wave
amplitude
critical
wavelength
to
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1129
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
instability
of
a
ring
stiffened
circular
cylindrical
shell
under
hydrostatic
pressure
the
general
instability
load
of
a
ring
stiffened
circular
cylindrical
shell
under
hydrostatic
pressure
is
determined
by
analyzing
an
equivalent
orthotropic
shell
a
set
of
differential
equations
for
the
stability
of
an
orthotropic
shell
is
derived
and
solved
for
the
case
of
a
shell
with
simple
end
supports
the
solution
is
presented
in
terms
of
parameters
of
the
ring
stiffened
isotropic
shell
and
a
relatively
simple
expression
for
the
general
instability
load
is
obtained
some
numerical
examples
and
graphs
of
results
are
presented
in
addition
an
energy
method
solution
to
the
problem
is
outlined
and
the
energy
and
displacement
functions
that
could
be
used
in
carrying
out
a
rayleigh
ritz
approximation
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1130
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
handbook
of
structural
stability
pt
vi
strength
of
stiffened
curved
plates
and
shells
a
comprehensive
review
of
failure
of
stiffened
curved
plates
and
shells
is
presented
panel
instability
in
stiffened
curved
plates
and
general
instability
of
stiffened
cylinders
are
discussed
the
loadings
considered
for
the
plates
are
axial
shear
and
the
combination
of
the
two
for
the
cylinders
bending
external
pressure
torsion
transverse
shear
and
combinations
of
these
loads
are
considered
general
instability
in
stiffened
cylinders
was
investigated
for
bending
and
torsion
loads
test
data
and
theory
were
correlated
for
external
pressure
several
existing
theories
were
compared
as
a
result
of
this
investigation
a
unified
theoretical
approach
to
analysis
of
general
instability
in
stiffened
cylinders
was
developed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1131
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
axial
constraint
on
the
instability
of
thin
conical
shells
under
external
pressure
author
considers
elastic
axial
restraint
which
may
be
active
from
the
beginning
of
loading
and
active
only
at
the
onset
of
buckling
buckling
loads
for
the
two
cases
are
related
by
a
simple
conversion
factor
effect
of
the
restraint
on
the
axisymmetric
type
buckling
is
negligible
but
the
amplification
of
the
critical
load
for
the
nonaxisymmetric
type
buckling
may
be
very
large
for
type
restraint
design
curves
are
included
for
a
range
of
l
d
and
restraint
stiffness
results
are
of
doubtful
value
considering
the
known
inadequacy
of
the
linear
theory
of
buckling
under
axial
compression
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1132
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
instability
of
ring
stiffened
cylindrical
shells
subject
to
external
hydrostatic
pressure
a
comparison
of
theory
and
experiment
tests
are
described
of
a
number
of
machined
stiffened
cylinders
subjected
to
external
hydrostatic
pressure
and
the
observed
general
instability
strengths
compared
with
predictions
from
theories
of
kendrick
and
nash
agreement
with
kendrick
was
found
rather
good
results
also
are
presented
from
electrical
strain
gages
which
show
in
detail
the
growth
of
embryonic
lobes
and
nonlinear
characteristics
of
deformation
at
the
threshold
of
buckling
weakening
effects
of
imperfect
circularity
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1133
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
simple
extension
of
southwell's
method
for
determining
the
elastic
general
instability
pressure
of
ring
stiffened
cylinders
subject
to
external
hydrostatic
pressure
a
simple
extension
of
southwell's
method
is
presented
whereby
the
elastic
general
instability
pressure
of
ring
stiffened
cylindrical
shells
subject
to
external
hydrostatic
pressure
may
be
determined
an
actual
application
of
the
method
is
illustrated
in
the
paper
and
the
results
of
several
other
examples
are
summarized
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1134
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
torispherical
shells
a
caution
to
designers
it
has
recently
become
apparent
through
a
rigorous
stress
analysis
of
a
specific
case
that
designing
torispherical
shells
by
the
current
edition
of
the
asme
code
on
unfired
pressure
vessels
can
lead
to
failure
during
proof
testing
of
the
vessel
the
purpose
of
the
present
paper
is
to
show
in
what
respects
the
code
fails
to
give
accurate
results
as
an
illustrative
example
a
hypothetical
pressure
vessel
with
a
torispherical
head
having
a
diameter
thickness
ratio
of
was
selected
the
supports
of
the
vessel
were
considered
to
be
either
on
the
main
cylinder
or
around
the
torus
the
vessel
was
subjected
to
internal
pressure
and
the
elastic
stresses
in
it
were
determined
rigorously
and
by
the
code
a
comparison
of
the
two
revealed
that
the
code
predicted
stresses
in
the
head
which
were
less
than
one
half
of
those
actually
occurring
furthermore
the
code
gave
no
indication
of
the
presence
of
high
compressive
circumferential
direct
stresses
which
exceeded
psi
for
practically
the
entire
torus
if
the
head
had
been
fabricated
using
a
steel
with
a
yield
point
of
would
have
failed
or
undergone
large
deformations
whereas
the
code
would
have
predicted
that
it
was
safe
the
code's
rules
for
torispherical
heads
are
thus
in
need
of
revision
for
certain
geometries
the
implications
of
the
foregoing
results
are
currently
being
studied
by
the
asme
in
the
interim
however
designers
should
exercise
care
in
applying
the
code
to
torispherical
shells
it
is
also
shown
in
the
paper
that
the
use
of
the
membrane
state
as
a
particular
solution
of
the
differential
equations
is
not
a
good
approximation
for
toroidal
shells
of
the
type
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1135
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
limit
analysis
of
symmetrically
loaded
thin
shells
of
revolution
the
yield
surface
for
a
thin
cylindrical
shell
is
shown
to
be
a
very
good
approximation
to
the
yield
surface
for
any
symmetrically
loaded
thin
shell
of
revolution
hexagonal
prism
approximations
to
this
yield
surface
appropriate
for
pressure
vessel
analysis
are
described
and
discussed
in
terms
of
limit
analysis
procedures
suitable
for
finding
upper
and
lower
bounds
on
the
limit
pressure
for
the
complete
vessel
are
developed
and
evaluated
they
are
applied
for
illustration
to
a
portion
of
a
toroidal
zone
or
knuckle
held
rigidly
at
the
two
bounding
planes
the
combined
end
force
and
moment
which
can
be
carried
by
an
unflanged
cylinder
also
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1136
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
of
thin
walled
torispherical
and
toriconical
pressure
vessel
heads
the
failure
under
hydrostatic
test
of
a
large
storage
vessel
designed
in
accordance
with
current
practice
stimulated
earlier
analytical
studies
this
paper
gives
curves
and
a
table
useful
for
the
design
and
analysis
of
the
knuckle
region
of
a
thin
torispherical
or
toriconical
head
of
an
unfired
cylindrical
vessel
a
simple
but
surprisingly
adequate
approximate
formula
is
presented
for
the
limit
pressure
np
at
which
appreciable
plastic
deformations
occur
where
p
is
the
design
pressure
is
the
yield
stress
of
the
material
and
n
is
the
factor
of
safety
the
thickness
t
of
the
knuckle
region
is
assumed
uniform
upper
and
lower
bound
calculations
were
made
for
ratios
of
knuckle
radius
r
to
cylinder
diameter
d
of
and
and
ratios
of
spherical
cap
radius
l
to
d
of
and
toriconic
a
heads
may
be
designed
or
analyzed
closely
enough
by
interpreting
in
table
as
the
complement
of
the
half
angle
of
the
cone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1137
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
theory
of
thin
elastic
toroidal
shells
the
author
obtains
asymptotic
solutions
to
the
problem
of
rotationally
symmetric
small
deflection
of
thin
toroidal
elastic
shells
he
first
reduces
the
problem
to
that
of
integrating
a
single
linear
nonhomogeneous
ordinary
differential
equation
involving
two
parameters
asymptotic
formulae
for
the
complementary
function
are
obtained
by
applying
the
general
method
of
langer
trans
amer
math
soc
advantage
of
yielding
results
valid
near
the
points
where
the
tangent
plane
is
perpendicular
to
the
axis
of
revolution
where
the
methods
of
asymptotic
integration
customary
in
shell
theory
fail
see
the
preceding
review
for
two
problems
in
which
only
the
complementary
function
is
required
the
author's
results
are
compared
with
those
obtained
by
wissler
dissertation
zurich
by
a
method
of
power
series
expansion
the
agreement
is
within
or
better
the
author
observes
that
the
usual
method
of
obtaining
asymptotic
expressions
for
a
particular
integral
being
based
on
using
as
an
approximation
the
complementary
function
obtained
from
the
membrane
theory
will
fail
near
points
where
the
tangent
plane
is
perpendicular
to
the
axis
of
revolution
he
therefore
introduces
a
new
method
which
he
states
was
developed
jointly
with
e
reissner
he
applies
his
results
to
the
cases
of
an
joint
loaded
symmetrically
and
parallel
to
its
axis
a
corrugated
pipe
subject
to
axial
load
and
a
corrugated
cylinder
subject
to
axial
pressure
many
numerical
calculations
are
involved
and
there
are
two
tables
of
functions
occuring
in
the
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1138
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
asymptotic
solutions
of
toroidal
shell
problems
method
of
asymptotic
integration
developed
by
e
reissner
and
author
is
refined
and
solutions
previously
obtained
for
problems
of
bending
of
curved
tube
and
of
a
toroidal
expansion
joint
subject
to
an
axial
force
are
generalized
and
extended
results
are
compared
to
those
obtained
by
l
beskin
for
large
values
of
a
certain
parameter
agreement
is
good
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1139
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
entrance
velocity
on
the
flow
of
a
rarefied
gas
through
a
tube
the
flow
of
a
rarefied
gas
through
a
circular
tube
is
considered
molecules
entering
the
tube
have
a
mass
velocity
directed
down
the
tube
as
well
as
a
randomly
directed
thermal
velocity
it
is
assumed
that
the
conditions
for
free
molecule
flow
hold
and
that
molecules
striking
the
tube
wall
are
reflected
diffusely
the
mass
velocity
and
tube
dimensions
are
restricted
only
by
the
limitation
to
free
molecule
flow
the
theory
is
illustrated
by
an
example
of
the
effect
of
an
entrance
tube
on
the
measurement
of
pressure
and
density
by
a
gage
placed
on
a
satelite
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1140
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shock
standoff
distance
for
spherical
bodies
at
high
mach
numbers
usaf
sponsored
development
of
a
simple
expression
for
shock
standoff
distance
by
consideration
of
an
apropriate
specific
heat
ratio
behind
the
shock
the
theory
gives
predictions
which
are
almost
as
accurate
as
those
of
the
van
dyke
and
hays
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1141
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
wake
behind
an
oscillating
vehicle
the
incompressible
laminar
far
wake
behind
an
oscillating
vehicle
is
analyzed
with
the
use
of
the
oseen
linearization
and
the
assumption
that
the
wake
cross
section
is
axisymmetric
time
wise
drag
variations
are
thus
represented
as
changes
in
the
wake
diameter
and
velocity
defect
it
is
shown
that
the
unsteadiness
in
this
flow
can
be
predicted
by
a
quasi
steady
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1142
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
wall
divergence
on
sonic
flows
in
solid
wall
tunnels
the
effect
of
wall
divergence
in
excess
of
the
normal
value
given
for
compensating
the
boundary
layer
growth
on
the
tunnel
walls
on
the
simulation
of
sonic
flows
in
solid
wall
wind
tunnels
is
presented
in
this
note
which
is
a
condensed
version
of
ref
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1143
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
one
foot
hypervelocity
shock
tunnel
in
which
high
enthalpy
real
gas
flows
can
be
generated
with
flow
times
of
about
milliseconds
a
shock
tunnel
is
described
in
which
high
enthalpy
real
gas
air
flows
can
be
generated
with
flow
times
of
about
milliseconds
this
shock
tunnel
is
operated
with
a
combustion
heated
driver
gas
and
consists
of
a
combustion
chamber
shock
tube
supersonic
nozzle
test
section
and
vacuum
tank
an
essential
feature
of
this
shock
tunnel
is
a
means
for
achieving
a
constant
pressure
air
reservoir
for
the
duration
of
the
test
air
streams
with
velocities
in
excess
of
achieved
at
a
mach
number
of
about
the
corresponding
stream
total
enthalpy
is
about
btu
lb
and
the
stagnation
pressure
is
psia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1144
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
slipstream
flow
around
several
tilt
wing
vtol
aircraft
models
operating
near
the
ground
a
collection
of
data
from
a
number
of
brief
investigations
made
with
three
different
models
to
determine
the
character
of
the
slipstream
flow
along
the
ground
is
presented
for
multiple
propeller
tilt
wing
vtol
aircraft
configurations
operating
near
the
ground
in
general
the
tests
involved
tuft
surveys
and
slipstream
dynamic
pressure
measurements
for
several
tilt
wing
vtol
models
a
more
extensive
series
of
tests
including
some
measurements
of
the
erosion
of
gravel
by
the
slipstream
and
some
measurements
of
the
unsteady
rolling
yawing
and
pitching
moments
was
also
made
on
one
of
the
models
operating
in
the
hovering
condition
near
the
ground
the
results
of
the
flow
studies
indicated
the
presence
of
a
stronger
and
deeper
slipstream
flow
along
the
center
line
of
the
aircraft
and
to
some
extent
along
parallel
planes
between
adjacent
propellers
on
one
wing
than
to
the
side
of
the
aircraft
this
effect
is
caused
by
an
intensification
of
the
individual
slipstreams
as
they
meet
at
the
planes
of
flow
symmetry
the
intensified
flow
along
the
center
line
of
the
aircraft
is
amplified
by
the
presence
of
the
fuselage
and
causes
the
dynamic
pressure
to
be
greater
in
front
of
the
aircraft
than
would
be
expected
on
the
basis
of
the
slipstream
of
the
individual
propellers
in
the
erosion
tests
it
was
found
that
gravel
if
sufficiently
small
was
rapidly
eroded
by
the
slipstream
and
that
this
gravel
could
be
thrown
high
into
the
air
if
it
struck
even
very
small
fixed
obstacles
on
the
ground
obstacles
with
a
height
less
than
the
diameter
of
the
gravel
results
of
the
investigation
of
moment
fluctuations
indicated
that
there
are
large
erratic
variations
of
rolling
yawing
and
pitching
moments
and
that
the
propellers
reacting
to
an
erratic
inflow
from
the
recirculating
slipstream
are
the
primary
source
of
these
moments
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1145
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
core
stabilized
cylinders
under
axisymmetric
external
loads
an
equation
is
derived
for
the
elastic
stability
of
a
circular
cylindrical
shell
which
is
filled
with
a
soft
elastic
core
and
is
subjected
to
general
axially
symmetric
lateral
pressure
combined
with
a
central
axial
force
numerical
results
are
given
for
three
lateral
pressure
distributions
of
interest
in
rocket
motor
case
analysis
uniform
pressure
linearly
varying
pressure
and
a
circumferential
band
of
pressure
located
at
an
arbitrary
distance
from
one
end
of
the
cylinder
comparison
is
made
with
results
of
previous
theoretical
and
experimental
investigations
where
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1146
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
thermal
buckling
of
cylinders
several
theoretical
and
experimental
investigations
on
the
buckling
of
cylinders
due
to
both
axial
and
circumferential
thermal
stresses
are
reviewed
differences
that
exist
among
the
various
results
are
discussed
and
areas
of
future
work
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1147
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
to
bodies
traveling
at
high
speed
in
the
upper
atmosphere
a
general
method
has
been
developed
using
the
methods
of
kinetic
theory
whereby
the
surface
temperatures
of
bodies
can
be
calculated
for
steady
flight
at
any
speed
in
a
rarefied
gas
the
particular
solution
was
made
for
a
flat
plate
however
the
calculations
can
be
easily
extended
to
bodies
of
arbitrary
shape
it
was
found
that
the
aerodynamic
heating
problem
in
the
absence
of
solar
radiation
that
is
for
the
case
of
nocturnal
flight
becomes
of
negligible
importance
at
altitudes
of
miles
and
higher
and
up
to
steady
flight
speeds
of
feet
per
second
the
effect
of
solar
radiation
for
the
case
of
daytime
flight
becomes
increasingly
important
as
the
flight
altitude
is
increased
at
an
altitude
of
miles
and
higher
solar
radiation
is
the
predominating
factor
that
determines
skin
temperature
owing
to
the
strong
effect
of
solar
radiation
on
skin
temperatures
at
high
altitudes
the
desirability
of
nocturnal
flight
is
indicated
in
order
to
minimize
skin
temperatures
in
order
to
maintain
low
skin
temperatures
it
was
found
that
the
angle
of
inclination
of
the
body
with
respect
to
the
flight
path
should
be
kept
as
small
as
possible
this
may
be
accomplished
in
practice
by
designing
the
body
to
be
finely
tapered
and
by
flying
the
body
at
small
angles
of
attack
it
is
pointed
out
that
skin
temperatures
may
be
reduced
by
insuring
thermal
contact
between
portions
of
the
skin
inclined
at
positive
and
negative
angles
with
respect
to
the
flight
path
as
much
surface
as
possible
should
be
inclined
at
negative
angles
practically
this
may
be
accomplished
by
boattailing
the
body
in
the
event
that
an
internal
skin
cooling
system
is
employed
it
is
shown
that
the
rate
of
internal
cooling
must
be
of
the
same
order
of
magnitude
or
greater
than
the
rate
at
which
heat
is
lost
naturally
by
emitted
radiation
if
the
cooling
rate
is
below
the
natural
radiation
rate
cooling
has
little
effect
upon
skin
temperatures
it
is
shown
that
in
the
case
of
a
missile
designed
to
fly
over
a
wide
range
of
altitudes
and
speeds
it
is
desirable
to
make
the
emissivity
of
the
skin
as
high
as
possible
this
conclusion
however
is
based
upon
a
skin
surface
for
which
the
emissivity
is
independent
of
the
wave
length
of
the
emitted
and
absorbed
radiant
energy
a
possible
method
of
reducing
surface
temperatures
is
indicated
by
the
decrease
in
skin
temperature
which
accompanies
a
decrease
in
thermal
accommodation
coefficient
this
phenomenon
may
be
used
to
advantage
if
it
is
possible
to
decrease
the
accommodation
coefficient
by
altering
the
surface
characteristics
of
the
skin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1148
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
knudsen
flow
through
a
circular
capillary
the
problem
of
knudsen
flow
through
a
circular
capillary
has
been
often
discussed
usually
by
the
momentum
transfer
method
however
p
clausing
gave
a
rigorous
formulation
for
the
problem
and
obtained
an
integral
equation
for
which
he
gave
an
approximate
solution
from
time
to
time
the
accuracy
of
clausing's
solution
has
been
questioned
and
since
clausing
did
not
give
a
rigorous
estimate
of
his
error
we
have
reinvestigated
the
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1149
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
similar
temperature
boundary
layers
conditions
for
the
existence
of
similar
solutions
are
known
for
a
two
dimensional
incompressible
steady
and
nonsteady
laminar
boundary
layers
and
b
three
dimensional
incompressible
steady
laminar
boundary
layers
for
a
body
of
revolution
rotating
in
a
fluid
at
rest
or
a
body
of
revolution
in
a
rotating
fluid
flow
corresponding
conditions
for
the
existence
of
similar
temperature
boundary
layers
in
both
cases
are
given
for
constant
and
variable
wall
temperatures
the
general
conclusion
is
that
in
all
these
cases
with
or
without
viscous
heating
and
with
constant
wall
temperature
conditions
for
the
existence
of
similar
velocity
boundary
layers
are
at
the
same
time
the
conditions
for
the
existence
of
similar
temperature
boundary
layers
if
the
wall
temperature
is
variable
the
conditions
for
the
existence
of
similar
velocity
boundary
layers
are
at
the
same
time
the
conditions
for
the
existence
of
similar
temperature
boundary
layers
if
the
wall
temperature
varies
as
a
power
of
the
local
free
stream
velocity
or
surface
velocity
numberical
solutions
are
given
for
the
nondimensional
temprature
distributions
function
and
the
nondimensional
temperature
gradient
at
the
wall
for
several
prandtl
numbers
in
the
case
of
a
rotating
flow
over
an
infinite
plate
at
rest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1150
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
preliminary
results
of
density
measurements
from
an
air
force
satellite
atmospheric
density
was
determined
from
a
singly
mounted
ionization
gauge
flown
on
an
air
force
satellite
included
is
a
brief
description
of
the
experiment
and
theory
as
well
as
a
discussion
of
some
of
the
problems
involved
in
performing
these
measurements
density
data
are
given
for
the
altitude
range
of
to
km
during
early
morning
hours
for
the
two
days
and
june
results
are
compared
with
those
of
the
revised
u
s
standard
atmosphere
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1151
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
on
supersonic
blunt
body
flows
recently
progress
has
been
made
in
the
theoretical
calculation
of
the
inviscid
flow
between
the
detached
shock
wave
and
the
surface
of
a
blunt
body
travelling
at
supersonic
speed
detailed
experimental
data
are
needed
for
comparison
experiments
have
been
made
in
the
supersonic
wind
tunnels
of
the
jet
propulsion
laboratory
on
spheres
disks
and
blunted
cones
over
the
mach
number
range
to
in
air
surface
pressures
shock
wave
shape
and
detachment
distance
certain
velocity
gradients
the
sonic
line
location
and
some
streamline
paths
were
determined
the
sonic
line
is
found
as
the
trace
of
the
termination
point
of
a
weak
shock
generated
by
a
probe
ahead
of
the
model
for
a
sphere
good
agreement
between
theory
of
van
dyke
and
experiment
is
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1152
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
periodically
oscillating
wakes
in
the
oseen
approximation
studies
in
maths
and
mechs
the
oscillating
vortex
wake
behind
an
obstacle
at
reynolds
numbers
of
order
is
studied
by
means
of
the
oseen
approximation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1153
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
the
simulation
of
flow
with
free
stream
mach
number
in
a
choked
wind
tunnel
the
degree
to
which
experimental
results
obtained
under
choking
conditions
in
a
wind
tunnel
with
solid
walls
simulate
those
associated
with
an
unbounded
flow
with
free
stream
mach
number
is
investigated
for
the
cases
of
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
flows
it
is
found
that
a
close
resemblance
does
indeed
exist
in
the
vicinity
of
the
body
and
that
the
results
obtained
in
this
way
are
generally
at
least
as
accurate
as
those
obtained
in
a
transonic
wind
tunnel
with
partly
open
test
section
some
of
the
results
indicate
however
that
substantial
interference
effects
particularly
those
of
the
wave
reflection
type
may
be
encountered
under
certain
conditions
both
in
choked
wind
tunnels
and
in
transonic
wind
tunnels
and
that
the
reduction
of
these
interference
effects
to
acceptable
limits
may
require
the
use
of
models
of
unusually
small
size
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1154
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
influence
of
wall
boundary
layers
in
closed
transonic
test
sections
the
boundary
layers
at
the
test
section
walls
of
a
transonic
wind
tunnel
are
known
to
reduce
the
wall
interference
in
the
present
paper
this
effect
is
studied
by
means
of
small
perturbation
theory
assuming
viscosity
to
be
negligible
when
perturbing
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
an
approximation
for
thin
boundary
layers
leads
to
a
modified
boundary
condition
at
the
wall
of
the
test
section
expressing
the
normal
streamline
slope
induced
by
changes
in
mass
flow
density
and
crossflow
within
the
boundary
layer
this
boundary
condition
is
applied
to
the
linearized
equations
of
subsonic
flow
and
to
the
non
linear
transonic
equations
at
choking
the
cases
of
plane
and
circular
test
sections
only
being
treated
in
detail
the
results
of
linear
theory
show
that
all
corrections
except
the
three
dimensional
angle
of
attack
correction
are
considerably
reduced
by
the
presence
of
the
boundary
layers
at
mach
numbers
greater
than
the
essential
part
of
their
influence
being
due
to
the
change
of
mass
flow
density
with
pressure
in
the
case
of
choking
the
analysis
indicates
that
the
presence
of
boundary
layers
will
increase
the
maximum
model
size
for
which
the
flow
can
be
interpreted
as
corresponding
to
mach
number
one
in
free
flight
finally
the
technique
of
using
artificial
thickening
of
the
wall
boundary
layers
for
a
reduction
of
wall
interference
is
considered
though
without
reaching
a
definite
conclusion
as
to
its
value
as
compared
to
other
techniques
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1155
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
experimental
investigations
on
the
influence
of
wall
boundary
layers
upon
wind
tunnel
measurements
at
high
subsonic
speeds
pressure
distribution
measurements
and
drag
determination
by
means
of
balance
measurements
have
been
carried
out
for
a
number
of
models
at
high
subsonic
velocity
in
wind
tunnels
where
the
boundary
layer
of
the
walls
has
been
varied
within
the
investigated
range
it
appeared
that
a
thickening
of
the
boundary
layer
reduced
the
disturbing
influence
of
the
walls
which
also
caused
an
increase
of
the
choking
mach
number
the
phenomenon
described
should
be
of
a
certain
importance
from
the
point
of
view
of
wind
tunnel
technique
since
it
is
possible
to
increase
the
choking
velocity
for
a
given
model
by
means
of
thickening
the
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1156
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
of
attenuation
of
strong
shock
waves
in
a
shock
tube
with
hydrogen
and
helium
as
driver
gases
an
experimental
investigation
has
been
made
of
the
attenuation
of
strong
shock
waves
in
air
in
a
shock
tube
time
history
measurements
were
made
of
the
static
pressure
at
several
stations
in
the
wall
of
the
tube
the
internal
diameter
of
the
tube
is
inches
shock
wave
velocity
data
were
taken
for
a
distance
along
the
tube
of
about
feet
the
range
of
the
shock
wave
mach
number
covered
was
from
to
and
the
initial
pressure
ahead
of
the
shock
wave
varied
from
to
millimeters
of
mercury
hydrogen
and
helium
were
used
as
driver
gases
a
helium
driven
shock
wave
was
found
to
decay
only
about
one
half
as
rapidly
as
a
hydrogen
driven
shock
wave
the
pressure
level
had
little
effect
on
the
attenuation
rate
of
a
shock
wave
of
given
strength
for
the
pressure
range
investigated
the
static
pressure
measurements
indicated
that
a
severe
pressure
gradient
existed
in
the
latter
portion
of
the
air
flow
this
gradient
limits
the
testing
time
useful
for
obtaining
reliable
aerodynamic
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1157
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
a
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
has
been
developed
for
obtaining
fluid
mechanic
information
at
the
high
mach
numbers
and
corresponding
stagnation
temperatures
encountered
in
flight
by
long
range
ballistic
vehicles
and
satellites
this
report
describes
the
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
and
presents
some
of
the
results
obtained
in
the
driven
tube
and
in
the
nozzle
helium
is
ignited
in
the
driver
to
produce
strong
shock
waves
in
air
a
shock
velocity
in
air
as
high
as
fps
with
a
calculated
equilibrium
temperature
of
k
has
been
produced
in
the
driven
tube
the
effects
of
high
stagnation
temperatures
upon
the
detached
shock
wave
and
the
pressure
distribution
for
blunt
bodies
have
been
observed
in
the
nozzle
test
section
the
detachment
distance
devreased
greatly
at
high
temperatures
the
pressure
distribution
for
the
hemisphere
was
found
to
be
less
than
that
predicted
by
the
modified
newtonian
theory
shock
wave
boundary
layer
interaction
at
the
leading
edge
of
a
flat
plate
was
observed
and
the
results
agreed
with
the
analytical
prediction
a
detached
shock
wave
was
observed
for
a
blunt
two
dimensional
body
at
very
low
densities
in
the
test
section
with
a
flow
mach
number
of
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1158
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
tailored
interface
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
the
tailored
interface
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
provides
a
means
for
producing
the
high
mach
number
high
stagnation
temperature
flow
conditions
encountered
in
hypersonic
flight
various
gasdynamic
phenomena
associated
with
shock
tunnels
are
discussed
and
experimental
evidence
of
the
successful
application
of
this
technique
is
presented
as
an
indication
of
its
research
application
the
results
of
heat
transfer
experiments
on
a
hemisphere
cylinder
model
are
presented
and
compared
with
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1159
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
investigation
of
the
effect
of
yaw
on
rates
of
heat
transfer
to
transverse
circular
cylinders
in
a
foot
per
second
hypersonic
air
stream
a
technique
has
been
developed
by
which
air
can
be
shock
compressed
by
helium
to
degrees
rankine
to
generate
a
foot
per
second
air
stream
with
a
flow
duration
of
milliseconds
the
resulting
equipment
is
described
experiments
were
conducted
to
determine
rates
of
heat
transfer
to
transverse
circular
cylinders
of
greater
than
the
cylinders
were
tested
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
with
a
stagnation
reynolds
number
evaluated
with
free
stream
mass
flow
and
stagnation
viscosity
of
times
to
the
th
power
per
foot
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1160
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
recent
advances
in
gaseous
detonation
a
review
of
recent
work
in
gaseous
detonation
is
presented
early
work
is
briefly
mentioned
and
treatises
listed
theoretical
calculations
of
chapman
jouguet
detonations
are
reviewed
compared
and
the
ambiguity
concerning
the
speed
of
sound
in
a
reacting
gas
mixture
discussed
experimental
chapman
jouguet
measurements
are
reviewed
recent
studies
of
the
interior
of
a
detonation
wave
are
presented
standing
detonation
wave
research
detonation
limits
two
dimensional
detonations
spectra
ionization
and
magnetohydrodynamic
treatments
are
brought
to
the
reader's
attention
a
qualitative
description
of
the
development
of
a
flame
to
a
detonation
is
presented
experimental
observations
are
examined
and
recent
theoretical
attempts
to
explain
these
observations
are
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1161
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
measurements
in
dissociated
air
the
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
laminar
heat
transfer
at
the
stagnation
point
of
a
blunt
body
in
partially
dissociated
air
are
presented
and
are
compared
to
the
theoretical
treatment
of
fay
and
riddell
heat
transfer
results
are
presented
for
air
temperatures
as
high
as
k
where
more
than
periments
were
performed
in
a
shock
tube
and
the
new
experimental
techniques
and
principles
are
discussed
briefly
simulation
of
flight
stagnation
conditions
at
velocities
up
to
satellite
velocity
of
ft
sec
is
shown
to
be
possible
in
shock
tubes
and
data
has
been
obtained
over
a
large
altitude
range
at
these
velocities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1162
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
force
test
investigation
of
the
stability
and
control
characteristics
of
a
scale
model
of
a
tilt
wing
vertical
take
off
and
landing
airplane
a
force
test
investigation
has
been
made
to
determine
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
scale
model
of
a
tilt
wing
vertical
take
off
and
landing
airplane
in
the
short
and
long
wing
configurations
the
model
had
two
blade
dual
rotating
propellers
that
were
not
interconnected
mounted
on
a
wing
that
could
be
tilted
up
to
an
incidence
angle
of
about
for
vertical
take
off
and
landing
the
investigation
included
measurements
of
both
the
longitudinal
and
lateral
stability
and
control
characteristics
in
the
normal
forward
flight
transition
and
hovering
ranges
tests
in
the
forward
flight
and
transition
conditions
were
made
at
various
wing
incidences
and
power
conditions
tests
in
the
hovering
condition
were
made
in
the
presence
of
the
ground
the
data
are
presented
without
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1163
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
force
test
investigation
of
the
stability
and
control
characteristics
of
a
scale
model
of
a
tilt
wing
vertical
take
off
and
landing
aircraft
a
wind
tunnel
investigation
has
been
made
to
determine
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
scale
model
of
a
tilt
wing
vertical
take
off
and
landing
aircraft
the
model
had
two
blade
single
rotation
propellers
with
hinged
flapping
blades
mounted
on
the
wing
which
could
be
tilted
from
an
incidence
of
for
forward
flight
to
for
hovering
flight
the
investigation
included
measurements
of
both
the
longitudinal
and
lateral
stability
and
control
characteristics
in
both
the
normal
forward
flight
and
the
transition
ranges
tests
in
the
forward
flight
condition
were
made
for
several
values
of
thrust
coefficient
and
tests
in
the
transition
condition
were
made
at
several
values
of
wing
incidence
with
the
power
varied
to
cover
a
range
of
flight
conditions
from
forward
acceleration
or
climb
conditions
to
deceleration
or
descent
conditions
the
control
effectiveness
of
the
all
movable
horizontal
tail
the
ailerons
and
the
differential
propeller
pitch
control
was
also
determined
the
data
are
presented
without
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1164
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
ground
proximity
on
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
four
engined
vertical
take
off
and
landing
transport
airplane
model
with
tilting
wing
and
propellers
an
investigation
has
been
made
to
study
the
effect
of
ground
proximity
on
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
a
four
engine
vertical
take
off
and
landing
transport
airplane
model
with
tilting
wing
and
propellers
tests
were
made
with
the
wing
at
an
angle
of
incidence
of
the
position
used
for
vertical
take
off
or
landing
with
the
model
at
various
heights
above
the
ground
the
lift
drag
and
pitching
moment
were
measured
and
tuft
studies
were
made
to
determine
the
flow
field
caused
by
the
propeller
slipstream
data
were
obtained
for
the
complete
model
for
the
model
with
horizontal
tail
removed
and
for
the
wing
propeller
combination
alone
the
results
of
the
investigation
showed
that
when
the
model
was
hovering
near
the
ground
there
was
a
strong
upwash
in
the
plane
of
symmetry
and
also
an
increase
in
lift
of
about
percent
of
the
propeller
thrust
about
one
half
of
this
lift
resulted
from
an
increase
in
propeller
thrust
and
one
half
resulted
from
an
up
load
on
the
fuselage
induced
by
the
upwash
as
the
model
approached
the
ground
it
also
experienced
an
increasing
nose
down
pitching
moment
that
evidently
resulted
from
the
up
load
on
the
fuselage
the
rear
part
of
which
was
longer
than
the
front
part
the
addition
of
the
horizontal
tail
which
was
located
about
halfway
up
the
vertical
tail
did
not
increase
the
nose
down
pitching
moment
because
the
fuselage
decreased
the
energy
of
the
upwash
before
it
reached
the
tail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1165
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
effect
of
downwash
from
a
vtol
aircraft
and
a
helicopter
in
the
ground
environment
dynamic
pressure
measurement
in
ground
effect
have
been
obtained
about
a
single
rotor
helicopter
and
a
dual
propeller
vtol
aircraft
the
results
indicate
that
the
slipstream
dynamic
pressure
along
the
ground
some
distance
from
the
center
of
rotation
is
not
a
function
of
disk
loading
but
merely
a
function
of
the
gross
weight
or
thrust
of
the
aircraft
furthermore
for
a
given
gross
weight
the
thickness
of
this
outward
flowing
sheet
of
air
is
less
for
a
small
diameter
propeller
higher
disk
loading
propeller
the
variation
of
the
dynamic
pressure
flow
field
for
single
and
dual
propellers
or
rotors
is
significantly
different
in
the
plane
of
symmetry
between
the
two
rotors
than
in
a
direction
normal
to
this
plane
the
interaction
of
the
two
flows
produces
a
region
of
upflow
in
this
plane
where
the
fuselage
is
located
and
the
decay
of
the
maximum
dynamic
pressure
with
distance
ahead
of
the
fuselage
is
slower
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1166
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
to
determine
conditions
under
which
downwash
from
vtol
aircraft
will
start
surface
erosion
from
various
types
of
terrain
results
of
an
investigation
with
small
scale
equipment
of
the
conditions
under
which
the
downwash
from
a
hovering
vertical
take
off
and
landing
vtol
aircraft
will
start
surface
erosion
indicate
that
the
onset
of
erosion
depends
only
on
the
dynamic
pressure
of
the
outward
flow
of
air
near
the
surface
for
a
rotor
or
propeller
at
a
height
of
about
slipstream
diameter
above
the
surface
this
surface
dynamic
pressure
was
found
to
be
equal
to
the
disk
loading
for
the
vtol
aircraft
supported
by
a
ducted
fan
the
surface
dynamic
pressure
with
the
ducted
fan
exit
at
a
height
of
about
one
half
the
exit
area
loading
the
surface
dynamic
pressure
decreases
rapidly
with
increasing
height
of
the
vtol
device
erosion
of
sand
and
loose
dirt
started
at
surface
dynamic
pressures
of
to
lb
sq
ft
which
is
in
general
agreement
with
helicopter
experience
thoroughly
soaking
the
sand
and
loose
dirt
surfaces
increased
the
resistance
to
erosion
to
surface
dynamic
pressures
of
to
lb
sq
ft
spray
from
water
started
at
surface
dynamic
pressures
of
to
pressures
up
to
about
lb
sq
ft
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1167
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
study
of
the
effect
of
downwash
from
a
twin
propeller
vtol
aircraft
on
several
types
of
ground
surfaces
a
full
scale
twin
propeller
vtol
aircraft
with
a
maximum
gross
weight
of
pounds
has
been
operated
on
the
ground
to
study
the
effect
of
downwash
on
several
types
of
ground
surfaces
static
operation
over
loose
snow
indicated
a
zone
of
obliterated
vision
ahead
of
the
pilot
in
an
arc
of
approximately
on
each
side
of
the
plane
of
symmetry
an
arc
to
each
side
of
the
center
line
was
found
to
be
an
area
of
fair
visibility
while
the
arc
from
to
was
an
area
of
poor
visibility
static
operation
in
the
presence
of
loose
surface
material
indicated
that
the
downwash
cleared
the
area
near
the
aircraft
of
these
particles
without
recirculation
or
damage
to
any
components
short
time
operation
at
moderate
forward
speed
over
loose
gravel
with
the
thrust
axis
at
an
angle
of
in
propeller
blade
erosion
and
numerous
small
dents
and
fabric
punctures
in
the
sides
of
the
fuselage
the
propeller
blade
erosion
was
superficial
except
for
the
leading
edges
where
several
layers
of
glass
fiber
were
eroded
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1168
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
damage
incurred
on
a
tilt
wing
multipropeller
vtol
stol
aircraft
operating
over
a
level
gravel
covered
surface
a
summary
is
presented
of
the
damage
experienced
by
a
tilt
wing
vtol
stol
aircraft
as
a
result
of
operating
from
a
level
surface
covered
with
loose
gravel
the
damage
was
inadvertently
incurred
as
the
aircraft
was
performing
a
taxiing
turn
maneuver
over
an
area
of
level
macadam
surface
containing
loose
and
embedded
crushed
stone
observers
from
a
chase
aircraft
commented
that
the
wing
was
tilted
at
approximately
with
respect
to
the
ground
when
the
damage
occurred
deposits
of
stone
in
the
open
fuselage
punctures
in
the
rotor
blade
skin
and
damage
to
the
compressor
blades
of
the
engine
occurred
due
to
the
circulation
of
the
crushed
gravel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1169
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hangling
qualities
experience
with
several
vtol
research
aircraft
all
of
the
vtol
research
aircraft
discussed
in
this
paper
have
successfully
demonstrated
conversion
from
hovering
to
airplane
flight
and
vice
versa
however
control
about
one
or
more
axes
of
these
aircraft
has
been
inadequate
in
hovering
flight
furthermore
ground
interference
effects
have
been
severe
in
some
cases
and
have
accentuated
the
inadequacy
of
control
in
hovering
and
very
low
speed
flight
stalling
of
wing
surfaces
has
resulted
in
limitations
in
level
flight
deceleration
and
in
descent
particularly
for
the
tilt
wing
aircraft
which
in
this
case
is
a
very
rudimentary
type
minor
modifications
to
the
wing
leading
edge
have
however
produced
surprisingly
large
and
encouraging
reductions
in
adverse
stall
effects
height
control
in
hovering
and
in
low
speed
flight
has
proved
to
be
a
problem
for
the
aircraft
not
having
direct
control
of
the
pitch
of
the
rotors
the
other
systems
have
shown
undesirable
time
lags
in
development
of
a
thrust
change
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1170
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
structural
loads
surveys
on
two
tilt
wing
vtol
configurations
the
results
of
two
structural
loads
surveys
are
summarized
the
first
loads
program
discussed
concerns
the
airframe
vibratory
loads
encountered
during
flight
tests
of
the
vz
tilt
wing
vtol
aircraft
throughout
the
operational
range
from
hover
to
cruise
flight
the
primary
sources
of
airframe
vibration
were
wing
stall
buffeting
and
tail
buffeting
in
descents
the
second
loads
program
discussed
concerns
the
initial
results
of
a
structural
loads
survey
conducted
as
part
of
the
wind
tunnel
test
of
a
large
scale
tilt
wing
research
model
this
loads
program
deals
with
the
steady
wing
loads
measured
throughout
simulated
transition
from
hover
to
cruise
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1171
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
stability
under
axial
compression
and
lateral
pressure
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
with
a
soft
elastic
core
the
stability
under
axial
compression
and
lateral
pressure
of
a
finite
circular
cylindrical
shell
with
an
elastic
core
is
treated
by
means
of
donnell's
equations
the
stability
criterion
is
investigated
in
detail
for
the
general
cylinder
under
axial
compression
or
lateral
pressure
and
for
a
particular
cylinder
under
combined
loading
comparisons
are
made
with
available
experimental
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1172
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
elastic
stability
of
circular
cylindrical
shells
stabilized
by
a
soft
elastic
core
the
effect
of
a
soft
elastic
core
upon
the
buckling
strength
of
a
thin
circular
cylindrical
shell
is
investigated
experimentally
two
types
of
loading
are
considered
a
axial
compression
and
b
uniform
radial
band
loading
where
the
width
of
the
band
is
small
compared
to
the
length
of
the
shell
for
each
type
of
loading
it
is
shown
that
the
strengthening
effect
of
the
elastic
core
becomes
more
significant
with
the
increasing
values
of
the
radius
thickness
ratio
for
example
it
is
shown
that
for
the
geometric
and
elastic
constants
considered
it
is
possible
with
the
presence
of
the
core
to
increase
the
axial
buckling
stress
by
as
much
as
percent
over
the
values
found
for
those
without
an
elastic
core
the
elastic
core
is
even
more
effective
in
stabilizing
the
shell
against
buckling
due
to
band
loading
the
peak
pressure
required
to
buckle
the
filled
specimen
being
times
that
required
to
buckle
the
unfilled
shell
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1173
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
buckling
of
cylindrical
shells
under
longitudinally
varying
loads
two
problems
illustrating
the
effect
of
nonuniformity
of
loading
on
the
buckling
characteristics
of
circular
cylinders
are
investigated
the
first
problem
deals
with
the
effect
of
linearly
varying
axial
compressive
stress
such
as
would
be
produced
by
the
weight
of
the
propellant
in
a
solid
propellant
engine
case
the
results
indicate
that
the
ratio
of
the
maximum
critical
compressive
stress
induced
by
the
shear
load
to
the
critical
uniform
compressive
stress
varies
from
for
the
curvature
parameter
z
equal
to
as
z
becomes
infinite
in
particular
the
increase
in
stress
is
less
than
per
sq
ft
for
z
greater
than
the
stability
of
thin
cylinders
loaded
by
lateral
external
pressure
varying
linearly
in
the
longitudinal
direction
is
also
investigated
the
results
indicate
that
for
z
greater
than
the
buckling
coefficients
are
proportional
to
square
root
z
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1174
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
general
theory
of
buckling
various
aspects
of
the
theory
of
buckling
are
expounded
in
many
treatises
to
the
books
of
bleich
and
salmon
contain
large
bibliographies
goodier
developments
in
buckling
theory
numerous
references
are
appended
to
hoff's
article
nearly
all
publications
on
buckling
of
shells
available
in
the
u
s
a
to
are
listed
in
the
bibliographies
on
shells
by
nash
the
section
ready
guide
to
recent
literature
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1175
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stresses
from
local
loadings
in
cylindrical
pressure
vessels
a
short
discussion
is
given
of
the
possible
methods
for
computing
the
stresses
caused
in
cylindrical
shells
by
local
loadings
it
is
concluded
that
the
method
of
developing
the
loads
and
displacements
into
double
fourier
series
leads
to
formulas
which
are
best
suited
for
numerical
evaluation
with
this
method
the
pertinent
expressions
for
the
displacements
caused
by
radial
loads
are
found
by
reducing
the
three
partial
differential
equations
of
the
shell
theory
to
an
eighth
order
differential
equation
in
the
radial
displacements
which
is
similar
to
but
not
identical
with
those
derived
by
donnell
and
yuan
insertion
of
the
fourier
series
for
the
radial
displacements
and
the
external
loading
in
this
equation
leads
directly
to
a
double
series
expression
of
the
radial
displacement
w
in
terms
of
the
load
factors
of
the
radial
load
this
results
in
the
pertinent
expressions
for
the
other
displacements
and
for
the
bending
moments
and
membrane
forces
the
cases
of
radial
loading
considered
here
and
those
which
can
be
reduced
to
it
are
a
a
load
uniformly
distributed
within
a
rectangle
tion
uniformly
distributed
over
a
short
distance
in
the
circumferential
direction
d
a
moment
in
the
circumferential
direction
uniformly
distributed
over
a
short
distance
in
the
longitudinal
direction
for
all
these
loadings
the
load
factors
which
have
to
be
used
in
the
pertinent
formulas
for
the
displacements
bending
moments
and
membrane
forces
are
computed
for
the
case
of
tangential
loading
an
eighth
order
differential
equation
is
derived
in
terms
of
the
radial
displacement
and
the
tangential
load
using
this
equation
formulas
for
the
displacements
bending
moments
and
membrane
forces
for
tangential
loading
within
a
rectangle
are
found
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1176
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
bending
tests
of
ring
stiffened
circular
cylinders
twenty
five
ring
stiffened
circular
cylinders
were
loaded
to
failure
in
bending
the
results
are
presented
in
the
form
of
design
curves
which
are
applicable
to
cylinders
with
heavy
rings
that
fail
as
a
result
of
local
buckling
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1177
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
rapid
heating
on
strength
of
airframe
components
results
of
several
experimental
investigations
are
presented
which
indicate
the
effects
of
rapid
heating
on
the
bending
strength
of
multiweb
beams
and
ring
stiffened
cylinders
it
is
shown
that
thermal
stresses
reduce
the
bending
load
carried
at
buckling
by
both
beams
and
cylinders
the
influence
of
thermal
stress
on
maximum
load
is
found
to
depend
largely
on
the
mode
of
buckling
for
beams
that
buckle
locally
no
apparent
effect
of
thermal
stress
on
the
maximum
load
has
been
found
a
reduction
in
maximum
load
has
been
observed
for
beams
that
buckle
in
the
wrinkling
mode
and
for
cylinders
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1178
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
ring
stiffened
cylinders
under
a
pure
bending
moment
and
a
nonuniform
temperature
distribution
thirteen
stainless
steel
ring
stiffened
cylinders
were
subjected
to
a
pure
bending
load
and
heated
rapidly
until
buckling
occurred
for
most
of
the
cylinders
the
heating
was
not
uniform
around
the
circumference
so
that
appreciable
axial
thermal
stresses
were
present
elementary
thermal
stress
theory
was
found
to
be
inadequate
for
the
prediction
of
these
thermal
stresses
but
a
method
was
developed
that
would
give
satisfactory
thermal
stress
results
by
properly
accounting
for
the
thermal
stress
the
buckling
load
could
be
correlated
with
a
theory
for
the
buckling
of
an
axially
compressed
ring
stiffened
cylinder
that
is
uniformly
heated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1179
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theory
of
asymmetric
hypersonic
blunt
body
flows
two
dimensional
asymmetric
and
three
dimensional
inviscid
blunt
body
flows
are
analyzed
using
a
new
method
the
method
is
inverse
that
is
the
shock
wave
shape
and
freestream
conditions
are
taken
as
known
and
the
body
shape
and
flow
field
are
to
be
determined
results
at
zero
angle
of
attack
are
obtained
as
a
special
case
of
the
general
problem
solutions
at
zero
angle
are
calculated
for
a
variety
of
body
shapes
at
freestream
mach
numbers
ranging
from
infinity
to
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
is
taken
as
comparison
with
results
obtained
using
van
dyke's
and
garabedian's
numerical
solutions
indicates
that
the
method
under
consideration
is
more
accurate
than
the
van
dyke
method
for
determining
stand
off
distance
solutions
are
obtained
for
parabolic
and
paraboloidal
shock
waves
at
small
angle
of
attack
and
infinite
freestream
mach
number
assumes
the
values
and
for
all
cases
the
streamline
that
wets
the
body
passes
through
the
shock
wave
slightly
above
the
point
where
the
shock
is
normal
and
thus
does
not
possess
maximum
entropy
these
results
provide
counter
examples
to
the
conjecture
that
any
isolated
convex
body
in
a
supersonic
stream
is
wetted
by
the
streamline
of
maximum
entropy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1180
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
analysis
of
the
slot
injection
of
a
gas
in
laminar
flow
the
laminar
diffusion
and
combustion
of
a
gas
injected
into
a
high
speed
uniform
stream
by
means
of
a
wall
slot
are
considered
the
dorodnitzin
howarth
transformation
is
employed
to
reduce
the
boundary
layer
equations
to
incompressible
form
the
nonsimilar
flow
field
is
treated
by
a
modified
oseen
approximation
in
conjunction
with
the
integral
method
thermal
boundary
conditions
corresponding
to
an
adiabatic
wall
and
to
constant
wall
enthalpy
are
discussed
the
injection
of
homogeneous
heterogeneous
nonreactive
and
reactive
gases
is
treated
for
the
latter
case
the
models
usually
employed
for
chemical
behavior
namely
frozen
and
equilibrium
flow
are
considered
the
analysis
is
applicable
to
a
wide
variety
of
laminar
flows
e
g
those
involving
cooling
thermal
protection
skin
friction
reduction
and
supersonic
deflagration
a
numerical
example
of
practical
interest
in
connection
with
the
venting
of
gaseous
hydrogen
boiloff
from
a
rocket
booster
is
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1181
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
magnetohydrodynamic
flow
past
a
non
conducting
wedge
this
paper
presents
a
study
of
the
steady
two
dimensional
magnetohydrodynamic
flow
of
an
infinitely
conducting
fluid
past
a
nonconducting
wedge
with
nonaligned
flow
and
magnetic
field
the
flows
considered
are
in
the
superfast
or
fully
hyperbolic
regime
the
flows
consist
of
several
regions
of
uniformity
connected
by
shocks
and
expansion
waves
because
of
the
boundary
condition
on
the
magnetic
field
the
magnetic
field
must
be
the
same
in
the
regions
above
and
below
the
wedge
thus
the
flows
in
these
regions
are
coupled
unlike
in
the
case
of
ordinary
supersonic
gasdynamics
only
small
wedge
angles
and
weak
waves
characteristics
are
considered
the
problem
thus
is
linearized
and
explicit
solutions
are
obtained
which
are
qualitatively
similar
to
the
nonlinear
solutions
some
interesting
and
unexpected
features
arise
and
they
are
discussed
in
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1182
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
solution
for
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
this
paper
presents
an
approximate
solution
for
two
dimensional
incompressible
laminar
boundary
layer
flow
with
arbitrary
pressure
gradient
von
mises'
form
of
the
boundary
layer
equation
is
linearized
by
making
a
change
in
the
coefficient
of
one
of
the
terms
the
linearized
equation
yields
a
solution
that
is
accurate
for
the
outer
portion
of
the
flow
but
inaccurate
near
the
surface
a
separate
inner
solution
then
is
developed
which
is
accurate
at
the
surface
and
which
joins
with
the
outer
solution
at
some
point
within
the
boundary
layer
the
method
may
be
considered
a
major
modification
of
one
developed
earlier
by
von
karman
and
millikan
with
changes
in
both
outer
and
inner
solutions
and
the
point
at
which
the
two
solutions
are
joined
the
changes
improve
the
accuracy
of
the
method
and
in
some
respects
simplify
the
calculations
as
examples
results
are
presented
for
flow
with
a
linear
variation
of
velocity
including
flat
plate
and
stagnation
point
flow
as
special
cases
flow
with
sinusoidal
variation
of
velocity
flow
past
a
circular
cylinder
heimenz'
velocity
distribution
and
flow
past
an
ellipse
schubauer's
data
agreement
with
theoretically
exact
solutions
is
good
and
better
than
results
obtained
using
the
pohlhausen
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1183
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
hypersonic
trail
in
the
expansion
conduction
region
the
usual
procedure
in
calculating
the
cooling
process
in
a
wake
behind
a
blunt
object
is
to
assume
a
region
of
pure
expansion
up
to
a
distance
where
the
pressure
has
reached
its
ambient
value
followed
by
a
region
where
the
mechanism
of
pure
heat
conduction
is
operative
in
the
present
paper
both
mechanisms
are
assumed
to
be
valid
simultaneously
and
the
result
is
compared
with
previous
calculations
the
following
criterion
is
established
the
minimum
radius
of
a
hemisphere
cylinder
configuration
above
which
a
simultaneous
conduction
expansion
calculation
is
not
needed
is
given
by
the
approximation
where
is
the
nondimensional
value
of
the
enthalpy
at
the
axis
of
the
wake
below
which
the
two
methods
of
computation
give
the
same
result
and
m
is
the
flight
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1184
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
three
dimensional
effects
in
viscous
wakes
three
dimensionality
in
wakelike
or
jetlike
free
mixing
may
stem
from
initial
geometric
configurations
nonuniformities
in
flow
variables
over
a
cross
section
or
boundary
conditions
along
the
flow
these
may
be
generated
by
bodies
at
angle
of
attack
nonaxisymmetric
bodies
mixing
of
nonaxisymmetric
jets
with
an
outer
flow
finite
wings
or
more
artificial
means
this
paper
is
devoted
to
studies
bearing
on
such
configurations
the
first
section
deals
with
the
general
mathematical
model
in
which
the
boundary
layer
approximations
are
used
and
with
methods
of
solution
laminar
and
turbulent
flow
compressibility
unsteadiness
and
streamwise
pressure
gradients
are
admitted
initially
the
flux
forms
of
the
equations
are
given
algebraic
integrals
of
the
energy
equations
and
the
diffusion
frozen
flow
equations
are
obtained
a
simplification
of
the
convective
terms
roughly
corresponding
to
the
oseen
approximation
is
used
in
the
asymptotic
downstream
region
the
second
section
contains
explicit
solutions
for
specific
configurations
in
particular
for
flows
whose
initial
isovels
are
of
elliptic
shape
these
flows
may
be
wakelike
or
jetlike
compressibility
is
admitted
however
the
flows
must
have
uniform
pressure
and
must
be
steady
the
final
section
deals
with
interpretation
and
evaluation
of
the
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1185
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
integral
method
for
calculating
heat
and
mass
transfer
in
laminar
boundary
layers
an
integral
method
previously
used
successfully
in
several
kinds
of
boundary
layer
problems
has
been
extended
to
treat
simultaneous
heat
and
mass
transfer
in
a
binary
mixture
laminar
boundary
layer
when
the
pressure
is
uniform
the
principal
results
are
two
pairs
of
dual
integral
relations
arising
from
solutions
to
the
integral
concentration
and
energy
equations
one
pair
connects
the
surface
mass
transfer
rate
and
surface
concentration
of
injected
gas
the
other
relates
surface
temperature
and
heat
transfer
rate
in
the
presence
of
mass
transfer
only
the
cases
of
helium
and
air
injection
into
an
undissociated
air
stream
are
discussed
in
detail
but
the
method
can
be
applied
to
problems
involving
other
gases
the
approximate
results
agree
quite
well
with
some
numerical
solutions
and
with
recent
experimental
results
for
which
no
numerical
solutions
are
available
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1186
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
lift
of
slender
delta
wings
according
to
newtonian
theory
an
approximate
system
of
equations
is
derived
to
describe
the
inviscid
flow
past
a
flat
slender
wing
at
angle
of
attack
in
the
limit
and
the
aspect
ratio
is
required
to
approach
zero
at
the
same
rate
as
the
mach
angle
in
the
flow
behind
the
shock
wave
only
a
single
parameter
appears
in
the
resulting
equations
and
a
similarity
law
therefore
can
be
written
expressing
a
correction
to
the
newtonian
normal
force
coefficient
for
the
delta
wing
a
correlation
of
experimental
data
according
to
the
similarity
law
is
shown
and
the
first
terms
of
the
solution
are
derived
under
the
assumption
that
the
similarity
parameter
is
small
vertex
angle
much
smaller
than
mach
angle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1187
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shock
induced
boundary
layer
separation
in
overexpanded
conical
exhaust
nozzles
the
flow
in
overexpanded
supersonic
nozzles
is
reviewed
although
five
essentially
different
flow
regimes
can
be
discerned
depending
on
the
nozzle
pressure
ratio
the
regime
of
most
interest
to
the
engine
designer
is
the
one
characterized
by
oblique
shock
patterns
in
the
nozzle
and
flow
separation
from
the
nozzle
wall
it
is
shown
that
the
pressure
rise
associated
with
the
separation
correlates
well
with
the
mach
number
at
the
separation
point
a
simple
analytical
formulation
for
the
pressure
rise
required
to
separate
the
flow
provides
excellent
agreement
with
experimental
data
over
a
wide
range
of
nozzle
operating
conditions
and
allows
prediction
of
overexpanded
nozzle
performance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1188
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
factors
affecting
lift
drag
ratios
at
mach
numbers
from
to
yawed
cone
working
charts
and
an
engineering
method
are
presented
and
used
to
calculate
lift
drag
ratios
of
flat
top
conical
wing
body
arrangements
at
mach
numbers
from
to
viscous
interaction
effects
are
considered
but
bluntness
effects
are
neglected
correlations
of
wind
tunnel
data
in
the
range
show
that
boundary
layer
displacement
corrections
to
surface
pressure
and
skin
friction
are
required
to
calculate
lift
drag
ratios
by
this
method
whenever
is
greater
than
is
the
freestream
mach
number
and
is
the
freestream
reynolds
number
based
on
body
length
double
and
single
type
shock
patterns
transition
from
one
pattern
to
the
other
and
the
variation
of
inner
shock
position
with
angle
of
attack
are
described
lift
drag
ratios
are
calculated
at
selected
flight
design
points
for
flat
top
conical
body
arrangements
with
triangular
and
hyperbolic
wing
planforms
the
hyperbolic
wing
arrangement
offers
a
potential
l
d
benefit
at
mach
but
not
at
mach
or
above
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1189
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nonequilibrium
flow
past
a
wedge
an
exact
numerical
solution
is
obtained
for
the
chemically
reacting
flow
past
a
wedge
the
freestream
is
either
in
equilibrium
or
out
of
equilibrium
but
nonreacting
the
attached
shock
wave
is
shown
to
be
either
concave
convex
or
straight
depending
on
the
values
of
the
amount
of
dissociation
in
the
freestream
and
a
parameter
describing
the
amount
of
energy
contained
in
the
freestream
relative
to
the
gas
dissociation
energy
numerical
examples
are
presented
illustrating
these
regimes
the
flow
field
is
characterized
by
the
presence
of
an
entropy
layer
and
a
relaxation
layer
both
easily
identifiable
in
the
presentation
of
the
numerical
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1190
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
of
a
gas
near
a
solid
surface
the
state
of
a
gas
near
a
solid
surface
is
investigated
it
is
assumed
that
at
a
sufficiently
large
distance
from
the
surface
the
particle
distribution
function
is
of
the
chapman
enskog
form
the
half
range
analysis
previously
employed
for
parallel
plate
geometrics
symmetric
problems
can
be
adapted
to
the
single
plate
problem
although
the
mathematical
analysis
differs
the
slip
coefficients
are
essentially
identical
with
those
obtained
from
the
parallel
plate
problem
e
g
couette
flow
detailed
calculations
are
presented
for
both
hard
sphere
and
maxwellian
molecules
the
recent
work
of
bakanov
and
deryagin
for
hard
sphere
molecules
which
is
based
on
incorrect
approximations
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1191
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
to
a
hemisphere
cylinder
at
low
reynolds
numbers
measurements
of
the
local
heat
flux
to
hemisphere
cylinder
models
in
a
supersonic
rarefied
air
stream
are
presented
two
different
steady
state
methods
were
developed
and
five
individual
models
were
used
data
were
obtained
throughout
the
mach
number
range
of
to
with
reynolds
numbers
based
on
conditions
behind
the
bow
shock
and
model
diameter
varying
from
to
the
stagnation
point
data
indicated
a
gradual
increase
from
continuum
boundary
layer
theory
at
the
higher
reynolds
numbers
to
about
above
at
the
lower
end
of
the
range
investigated
pressure
distribution
measurements
on
cooled
and
uncooled
models
were
found
to
agree
well
with
modified
newtonian
theory
local
recovery
factor
measurements
showed
a
small
rarefaction
effect
at
the
lowest
reynolds
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1192
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
integral
method
for
calculation
of
supersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
with
heat
transfer
on
yawed
cone
an
integral
method
for
calculating
the
three
dimensional
boundary
layer
over
the
surface
of
a
cone
at
angle
of
attack
is
investigated
the
numerical
procedure
of
integration
for
that
method
on
the
basis
of
a
simplifying
assumption
concerning
the
boundary
layer
development
along
the
cone
generator
is
developed
and
illustrated
by
applying
the
method
to
find
the
solutions
of
integral
equations
for
a
specific
example
the
results
obtained
for
the
example
for
the
range
of
circumferential
angle
of
investigated
are
summarized
and
given
as
heat
transfer
coefficients
coefficients
of
friction
and
other
friction
parameters
the
distribution
of
heat
transfer
coefficients
checked
with
available
experimental
data
fairly
well
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1193
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
exact
solutions
for
cavitating
curvilinear
bodies
a
special
case
of
cavitating
flow
solutions
is
postulated
and
transformed
to
a
semi
infinite
plane
the
complete
exact
solution
then
is
synthesized
by
superposition
of
singularities
the
solution
is
relevant
to
a
general
two
parameter
family
of
curvilinear
bodies
the
parameters
are
the
flow
angles
at
the
two
points
of
flow
separation
the
body
reduces
in
the
special
case
to
the
rayleigh
solution
for
a
flat
plate
the
equations
of
the
cavity
boundaries
are
given
in
explicit
form
the
body
form
and
the
stagnation
streamline
are
given
as
the
locus
of
the
roots
of
a
cubic
equation
local
static
pressures
and
hence
lift
and
drag
also
may
be
calculated
the
generated
solutions
constitute
a
technique
involving
simple
computation
for
exact
solutions
of
a
special
family
of
cavitating
curvilinear
bodies
at
finite
angles
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1194
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamic
flow
past
a
thin
airfoil
the
steady
flow
of
a
perfectly
conducting
magnetohydrodynamic
fluid
past
a
thin
nonconducting
airfoil
is
studied
with
the
usual
model
in
which
the
fluid
variables
obey
the
lundquist
equations
linearized
about
a
constant
unperturbed
flow
hyperliptic
flows
in
which
hyperbolic
and
elliptic
fields
are
superimposed
are
considered
results
of
grad
mccune
and
resler
and
sears
and
resler
are
extended
and
considered
in
detail
for
the
case
of
an
arbitrarily
inclined
unperturbed
field
the
general
solution
contains
four
line
singularities
along
the
characteristics
through
the
ends
of
the
body
and
has
two
arbitrary
constants
by
a
generalized
kutta
joukowski
condition
these
constants
are
fixed
so
that
two
of
the
line
singularities
disappear
specifically
it
is
required
that
the
solution
be
locally
square
integrable
behavior
of
the
exponents
of
the
singularities
is
investigated
by
numerical
computation
and
in
limiting
cases
analytically
the
singular
parts
of
some
flows
are
investigated
numerically
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1195
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
with
two
dimensional
transversely
impinging
jets
experiments
on
the
interaction
of
transversely
impinging
two
dimensional
jet
flows
were
performed
in
which
a
low
pressure
control
jet
flow
interacted
with
a
relatively
high
pressure
power
jet
flow
the
ratio
of
the
control
jet
to
the
power
jet
supply
chamber
gauge
stagnation
pressure
was
adjusted
at
and
shadowgraphs
of
the
power
jet
alone
as
well
as
the
corresponding
interacting
jet
flows
were
recorded
to
establish
the
nature
of
and
changes
in
the
shock
structure
the
jet
flows
were
traversed
by
a
pitot
tube
to
record
the
pitot
pressure
distributions
at
various
locations
downstream
of
the
power
jet
exit
it
was
discovered
that
with
the
addition
of
only
a
small
percent
control
jet
flow
the
normal
shock
front
of
the
highly
underexpanded
power
jet
flow
changed
to
an
oblique
shock
structure
and
downstream
of
the
previous
location
of
the
normal
shock
which
appeared
in
the
power
jet
flow
alone
the
maximum
recovery
stagnation
pressures
were
proportionally
much
higher
the
mechanism
for
this
behavior
of
the
normal
shock
is
proposed
possible
practical
importance
of
this
behavior
of
interacting
jet
flows
with
reference
to
aerodynamic
noise
supersonic
diffuser
losses
etc
is
also
pointed
out
for
the
power
jet
flow
alone
it
was
found
that
by
considering
the
actual
jet
boundaries
as
simply
an
extension
of
the
actual
nozzle
the
average
axial
flow
quantities
computed
from
the
area
mach
number
relation
using
the
observed
cross
sectional
area
of
the
jet
flow
agreed
quite
favorably
with
the
experimental
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1196
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
growth
of
the
turbulent
wake
behind
a
supersonic
sphere
experimental
data
are
presented
on
the
growth
of
turbulent
wakes
up
to
calibers
behind
and
spheres
traveling
at
supersonic
velocities
experimental
determination
of
the
exponential
coefficient
in
the
growth
law
is
very
difficult
if
not
impossible
data
are
presented
in
the
form
of
both
in
the
representation
two
regions
of
different
wake
growths
are
observed
by
means
of
a
quasi
steady
state
assumption
the
effect
of
drag
deceleration
is
eliminated
and
growth
of
the
far
wake
compared
with
theoretical
predictions
the
agreement
with
the
lees
hromas
theory
in
this
region
was
found
to
be
quite
good
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1197
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
unsteady
aerodynamic
forces
on
slender
supersonic
aircraft
with
flexible
wings
and
bodies
the
present
paper
derives
generalized
aerodynamic
forces
for
slender
supersonic
aircraft
on
the
basis
of
slender
body
theory
particular
consideration
is
given
to
configurations
which
are
spanwise
flexible
to
treat
configurations
with
flexible
wings
and
bodies
the
slender
wing
body
problem
is
first
reduced
to
a
simple
body
problem
whose
solution
is
well
known
and
a
solution
of
the
latter
is
obtained
utilizing
the
circle
theorem
or
method
of
images
and
a
known
solution
of
the
airfoil
equation
for
a
double
interval
with
this
approach
it
is
not
necessary
to
apply
conformal
mapping
techniques
and
the
solution
so
obtained
is
valid
for
arbitrary
spanwise
downwash
distributions
on
the
basis
of
slender
body
theory
the
velocity
potential
and
subsequently
the
generalized
aerodynamic
forces
are
derived
for
a
general
class
of
spanwise
flexible
wing
body
configurations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1198
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
blunt
leading
edge
problem
in
hypersonic
flow
the
present
paper
is
mainly
concerned
with
the
hypersonic
flow
over
a
flat
plate
with
a
blunt
nose
the
analysis
is
based
on
the
flow
model
in
which
the
flow
field
behind
the
shock
wave
may
be
divided
into
two
regions
the
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
region
and
the
entropy
layer
across
which
the
pressure
has
no
appreciable
change
the
equations
for
the
entropy
layer
can
be
reduced
to
those
of
the
usual
boundary
layer
problem
with
the
exception
that
the
outer
edge
of
the
entropy
layer
as
well
as
the
pressure
remain
unknown
these
unknowns
are
determined
so
as
to
approximately
match
the
entropy
layer
solution
with
the
inviscid
hypersonic
solution
in
which
the
shock
wave
has
the
shape
of
the
power
law
of
the
distance
from
the
leading
edge
the
assumed
flow
model
is
shown
to
be
valid
over
a
restricted
range
depending
on
the
wall
to
stagnation
temperature
ratio
and
where
is
the
reynolds
number
based
on
half
the
thickness
of
nose
t
m
the
freestream
mach
number
and
c
the
chapman
rubesin
constant
actual
calculations
have
been
carried
out
for
the
case
with
typical
values
of
and
the
wall
to
stagnation
temperature
ratio
the
calculated
values
for
both
the
surface
pressure
and
heat
transfer
rate
are
compared
with
the
experimental
data
as
regards
surface
pressure
in
particular
a
satisfactory
agreement
with
the
data
is
obtained
the
validity
of
the
assumptions
upon
which
the
present
analysis
is
based
has
been
examined
from
the
numerical
results
and
the
region
of
the
validity
has
been
found
to
extend
over
a
certain
large
range
of
the
nondimensional
distance
from
the
leading
edge
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1199
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
investigations
of
a
supersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
with
foreign
gas
injection
the
phenomena
arising
from
the
uniform
injection
of
helium
air
argon
and
iodine
into
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
a
supersonic
stream
of
air
in
a
tube
were
investigated
theoretically
the
partial
differential
equations
describing
the
energy
mass
and
momentum
transfers
through
the
boundary
layer
were
obtained
and
a
series
solution
was
found
for
the
case
of
uniform
injection
through
the
tube
wall
the
results
of
the
analysis
are
in
the
form
of
axial
distributions
of
wall
temperature
and
recovery
factor
and
of
radial
distribution
of
concentration
velocity
static
and
stagnation
temperatures
the
gas
mixture
was
assumed
to
be
a
perfect
gas
properties
of
the
mixture
were
calculated
in
accordance
with
the
gibbs
dalton
rule
and
the
mixing
rules
based
on
the
kinetic
theory
of
dilute
gases
transport
properties
for
pure
air
were
taken
from
the
n
b
s
tabulations
transport
properties
for
the
other
gases
were
calculated
by
kinetic
theory
methods
employing
a
lennard
jones
model
for
the
interaction
potential
the
theoretical
predictions
for
the
recovery
factor
along
the
tube
with
air
or
argon
injection
agree
with
experimental
data
to
within
one
percent
the
theoretical
predictions
for
helium
injection
indicate
an
percent
rise
in
the
recovery
factor
along
the
tube
while
experiments
have
shown
only
a
percent
rise
these
differences
between
theory
and
experiment
are
attributed
to
inaccuracies
in
the
approximations
to
the
transport
properties
of
the
binary
mixtures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1200
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
viscous
flow
over
a
sweat
cooled
flat
plate
this
paper
presents
a
theoretical
analysis
of
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
over
a
sweat
cooled
flat
plate
the
physical
system
under
consideration
is
the
hypersonic
laminar
boundary
layer
over
a
porous
flat
plate
with
homogeneous
normal
injection
of
a
coolant
into
the
external
stream
a
heat
balance
at
the
porous
surface
is
made
between
the
heat
transferred
to
the
surface
and
the
heat
absorbed
by
the
coolant
the
existence
of
similar
solutions
requires
a
nonuniform
distribution
of
coolant
injection
the
method
of
solution
consists
of
the
integration
of
three
simultaneous
first
order
equations
the
momentum
and
the
energy
integral
equations
in
the
boundary
layer
and
the
tangent
wedge
approximation
in
the
inviscid
layer
first
order
asymptotic
formulas
are
given
in
both
the
strong
and
the
weak
pressure
interaction
regions
for
the
induced
surface
pressure
the
skin
friction
coefficient
and
the
nusselt
number
numerical
results
for
three
specific
cases
are
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1201
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
slender
shapes
of
minimum
drag
using
the
newton
busemann
pressure
coefficient
law
the
problem
of
minimizing
the
drag
of
a
slender
two
dimensional
or
axisymmetric
body
in
hypersonic
flow
at
zero
angle
of
attack
is
considered
under
the
assumption
that
the
pressure
coefficient
law
is
newton's
impact
law
as
modified
by
busemann
in
order
to
include
centripetal
acceleration
effects
after
the
condition
that
the
pressure
coefficient
be
nonnegative
is
accounted
for
and
after
arbitrary
conditions
are
imposed
on
in
addition
to
the
thickness
and
the
length
the
enclosed
area
and
the
moment
of
inertia
of
the
contour
in
the
two
dimensional
case
and
the
wetted
area
and
the
volume
in
the
axisymmetric
case
the
minimal
problem
is
formulated
as
a
problem
of
the
mayer
type
and
solved
by
the
combined
use
of
the
euler
lagrange
equations
the
transversality
condition
the
erdmann
weierstrass
corner
condition
and
the
properties
of
the
switching
function
particular
attention
is
devoted
to
the
class
of
problems
such
that
among
the
four
quantities
being
considered
two
are
prescribed
while
the
remaining
are
free
for
these
problems
the
extremal
arc
is
composed
of
two
subarcs
one
is
characterized
by
a
positive
pressure
coefficient
and
is
called
the
regular
shape
the
other
is
characterized
by
a
zero
pressure
coefficient
and
is
called
the
free
layer
in
this
connection
the
analysis
shows
the
existence
of
two
different
types
of
solutions
depending
on
whether
the
thickness
is
given
or
free
if
the
thickness
is
given
the
expression
for
the
regular
shape
is
a
power
law
and
the
transition
from
the
regular
shape
to
the
free
layer
occurs
in
the
second
half
of
the
body
in
the
two
dimensional
case
the
exponent
of
the
power
law
is
if
the
length
is
given
if
the
enclosed
area
is
given
and
if
the
moment
of
inertia
of
the
contour
is
given
the
transition
point
from
the
power
body
to
the
free
layer
is
located
at
percent
of
the
length
if
the
length
is
given
at
percent
if
the
enclosed
area
is
given
and
at
the
axisymmetric
case
the
exponent
of
the
power
law
is
if
the
length
is
given
if
the
wetted
area
is
given
and
if
the
volume
is
given
the
transition
point
from
the
power
body
to
the
free
layer
is
located
at
percent
of
the
length
if
the
length
is
given
at
percent
if
the
wetted
area
is
given
and
at
percent
if
the
volume
is
given
on
the
other
hand
for
problems
where
the
thickness
is
free
the
equation
governing
the
regular
shape
is
not
that
of
a
power
body
and
the
point
of
transition
to
the
free
layer
is
located
in
the
first
half
of
the
body
in
the
two
dimensional
case
the
transition
point
is
at
percent
of
the
length
if
the
length
and
the
enclosed
area
are
given
at
percent
if
the
length
and
the
moment
of
inertia
of
the
contour
are
given
and
at
percent
if
the
enclosed
area
and
the
moment
of
inertia
of
the
contour
are
given
in
the
axisymmetric
case
the
transition
point
is
located
at
percent
of
the
length
if
the
length
and
the
wetted
area
are
given
at
percent
if
the
length
and
the
volume
are
given
and
at
percent
if
the
wetted
area
and
the
volume
are
given
for
all
of
the
cases
considered
analytical
expressions
are
obtained
for
the
optimum
shapes
the
thickness
ratios
and
the
drag
coefficients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1202
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
uniformly
valid
second
order
solution
for
supersonic
flow
over
cruciform
surfaces
considered
is
the
second
order
supersonic
flow
over
a
cruciform
configuration
consisting
of
two
intersecting
rectangular
wings
of
high
aspect
ratio
the
practical
interest
is
in
application
to
supersonic
inlets
wing
body
junctions
and
vehicle
fins
the
fundamental
interest
centers
about
identification
and
adjustment
of
the
severe
local
failures
of
the
ordinary
second
order
theory
for
wings
with
discontinuous
slopes
discontinuous
potentials
occur
across
the
planar
shock
and
square
root
singularities
in
the
velocities
occur
at
the
intersection
of
these
shocks
with
the
cruciform
surfaces
the
problem
is
simple
enough
so
that
these
interesting
features
stand
out
clearly
a
second
order
solution
uniformly
valid
to
first
order
is
constructed
by
adjustment
of
the
ordinary
second
order
solution
obtained
first
the
uniformly
valid
solution
has
two
different
series
representations
in
the
thickness
parameter
one
is
the
ordinary
second
order
series
in
ascending
integral
powers
of
the
thickness
parameter
which
is
valid
in
the
interior
of
the
vertex
centered
undisturbed
mach
cone
and
the
other
is
a
series
containing
fractional
powers
which
is
valid
adjacent
to
and
upstream
of
this
mach
cone
the
uniformly
valid
solution
gives
the
detailed
wave
structure
and
shows
a
flow
regime
upstream
of
the
vertex
centered
undisturbed
mach
cone
not
predicted
by
the
ordinary
theory
the
two
solutions
are
otherwise
identical
the
wave
structure
consists
of
a
pyramidal
arrangement
of
planar
shocks
adjacent
to
and
upstream
of
the
above
cone
followed
by
weaker
oblique
expansion
fans
and
finally
by
two
extremely
weak
shocks
coincident
with
the
vertex
centered
undisturbed
mach
cone
as
an
example
of
the
above
detailed
results
are
presented
for
the
case
of
two
intersecting
wedges
application
of
the
techniques
to
other
quasi
cylindrical
problems
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1203
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
propagation
of
a
nonuniform
magnetohydrodynamic
shock
wave
into
a
moving
monatomic
fluid
an
initially
uniform
magnetohydrodynamic
shock
wave
of
arbitrary
strength
propagates
through
a
channel
which
consists
of
two
portions
of
which
one
has
uniform
cross
sectional
area
while
the
other
is
of
varying
cross
sectional
area
it
is
assumed
that
the
flow
in
the
nonuniform
section
in
front
of
the
shock
is
initially
a
uniform
state
and
no
perturbations
due
to
the
area
variations
of
this
flow
reach
the
shock
until
the
area
variation
is
encountered
when
the
shock
enters
the
nonuniform
section
it
is
perturbed
the
shock
strength
altered
and
the
subsequent
flow
is
nonisentropic
in
addition
to
the
perturbation
due
to
the
effect
of
the
area
variations
on
the
initially
uniform
upstream
flow
there
are
two
further
contributions
viz
a
permanent
perturbation
caused
directly
by
the
area
changes
and
a
transient
disturbance
which
propagates
with
true
sonic
speed
with
respect
to
the
flow
behind
the
shock
due
to
reflections
of
the
permanent
perturbation
at
the
shock
expressions
for
these
various
contributions
are
obtained
the
results
presented
include
as
special
cases
propagation
of
a
nonuniform
conventional
gas
dynamic
shock
into
a
moving
nonconduction
fluid
and
propagation
of
a
nonuniform
hydromagnetic
shock
wave
into
a
stationary
fluid
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1204
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
effect
of
bluntness
and
gas
rarefaction
on
drag
coefficients
and
stagnation
heat
transfer
on
axisymmetric
shapes
in
hypersonic
flow
inverted
hemispheres
circular
discs
normal
to
stream
spheres
total
angle
blunt
hemisphere
cones
total
angle
sharp
cones
and
other
axisymmetric
shapes
were
run
in
a
hypervelocity
wind
tunnel
hypersonic
drag
coefficients
at
zero
angle
of
attack
were
measured
in
the
air
velocity
range
efficient
is
defined
as
drag
force
knudsen
number
is
defined
as
mean
free
path
behind
shock
sphere
shock
detachment
distance
in
the
case
of
nonsphere
shapes
the
knudsen
number
is
defined
as
the
knudsen
number
of
a
sphere
with
the
same
base
diameter
these
drag
coefficients
cover
the
range
of
gasdynamics
to
free
molecule
flow
and
are
given
in
graphical
form
the
drag
coefficients
were
measured
by
means
of
a
ballistic
balance
in
millisecond
intervals
and
referenced
to
the
drag
coefficient
of
a
sphere
in
the
gasdynamics
region
for
a
gamma
of
of
tunnel
stagnation
conditions
of
pressure
temperature
density
and
pressure
drop
with
time
were
measured
directly
in
the
tunnel
test
section
velocity
q
density
total
pressure
and
static
pressure
were
measured
directly
these
experimental
curves
have
been
found
useful
in
the
analysis
of
complex
shapes
if
the
complex
shapes
can
be
easily
broken
down
into
simple
components
with
small
interactions
between
components
heat
transfer
distributions
have
also
been
obtained
on
these
and
other
complex
shapes
in
the
hypervelocity
wind
tunnel
by
means
of
a
special
paint
which
changes
through
several
visible
spectral
orders
within
a
heat
transfer
range
of
x
for
a
single
application
heat
transfer
rates
so
obtained
have
been
performed
in
the
hypersonic
gasdynamic
and
slip
flow
regions
and
are
presented
for
spheres
these
data
in
the
vorticity
interaction
region
agree
with
the
data
of
ferri
and
zakkay
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1205
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
on
a
hemi
sphere
in
simulated
hypersonic
flow
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
effects
of
cooling
on
boundary
layer
transition
on
a
in
diameter
hemisphere
in
simulated
hypersonic
flow
is
reported
the
newtonian
pressure
distribution
was
obtained
by
use
of
a
shroud
and
boundary
layer
cooling
was
achieved
by
internally
cooling
the
model
transition
was
detected
with
hot
wires
and
with
a
pitot
tube
at
the
surface
attained
transition
was
observed
in
the
subsonic
and
near
sonic
flow
region
at
and
upstream
of
n
in
this
region
the
stagnation
reynolds
number
at
which
transition
occurred
when
the
surface
was
highly
polished
was
only
slightly
affected
by
cooling
within
the
temperature
range
thus
transition
reversal
does
not
occur
on
a
polished
spherical
surface
within
the
range
of
these
tests
and
we
therefore
conclude
that
the
cooling
did
not
cause
the
linear
stability
of
boundary
layer
to
decrease
significantly
an
essential
feature
of
transition
studies
with
boundary
layer
cooling
is
the
close
control
of
surface
roughness
in
the
present
experiments
this
control
required
in
addition
to
a
highly
polished
surface
the
necessity
for
low
water
vapor
dewpoint
the
avoidance
of
carbon
dioxide
condensation
and
the
utilzation
of
every
available
means
for
removing
the
dust
from
the
airstream
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1206
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamic
mach
cones
features
of
the
surfaces
of
main
disturbance
created
by
a
small
object
in
steady
motion
through
a
conducting
fluid
are
examined
these
surfaces
are
found
by
drawing
tangent
cones
from
the
object
to
the
relevant
wave
front
diagrams
the
outer
wave
cone
when
present
is
smooth
but
the
two
inner
cones
have
cross
sections
similar
to
the
cusped
figures
of
the
inner
wave
front
diagram
it
is
conjectured
that
the
disturbance
may
be
concentrated
along
such
line
cusps
this
has
particular
relevance
in
the
application
of
known
two
dimensional
results
to
three
dimensional
problems
say
in
the
well
known
techniques
of
aerodynamics
in
mhd
the
omission
of
the
large
disturbance
characteristics
implicit
in
a
two
dimensional
solution
may
invalidate
its
use
in
any
practical
three
dimensional
problem
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1207
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
airfoil
performance
with
small
heat
addition
an
analytical
method
is
presented
which
permits
a
very
rapid
evaluation
of
the
acrodynamic
effects
arising
from
the
addition
of
small
amounts
of
heat
near
supersonic
two
dimensional
airfoils
this
method
applies
to
shockless
inviscid
flow
without
heat
conduction
also
the
mechanism
by
which
the
sesired
heat
addition
is
achieved
is
not
considered
it
is
shown
that
even
small
amounts
of
heat
generate
a
substantial
pressure
rise
and
thus
cause
appreciable
changes
in
the
acrodynamic
coefficients
the
results
of
this
analysis
compare
favorably
with
those
obtained
by
a
more
accurate
but
also
more
tedious
graphical
method
of
characteristics
two
possible
modes
of
application
to
an
airplane
design
are
considered
from
the
energy
requirements
standpoint
in
this
connection
it
is
shown
that
the
decrease
of
the
required
wing
area
resulting
from
heat
addition
may
in
some
cases
lead
to
savings
in
the
rate
of
the
fuel
consumption
in
general
however
one
should
not
expect
any
substantial
reduction
in
energy
requirements
resulting
from
the
application
of
the
wing
heat
addition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1208
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
linearized
analysis
of
the
forces
exerted
on
a
rigid
wing
by
a
shock
wave
solutions
are
obtained
in
closed
form
for
the
pressures
exerted
on
a
rigid
half
plane
by
an
incident
plane
acoustic
shock
wave
the
angle
of
incidence
of
the
wave
front
is
arbitrary
and
the
half
plane
is
considered
to
be
traveling
at
constant
velocity
subsonic
of
supersonic
with
respect
to
the
acoustic
medium
a
closed
form
solution
is
obtained
also
for
a
rigid
wedge
which
is
motionless
with
respect
to
the
acoustic
medium
the
analysis
is
carried
out
by
transforming
the
wave
equation
to
laplace's
equation
by
the
busemann
conical
transformation
and
then
applying
conformal
mapping
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1209
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
processes
in
the
downwash
impingement
problem
theoretical
and
experimental
data
relating
to
the
downwash
impingement
problem
are
examined
in
order
to
arrive
at
a
coherent
understanding
of
the
process
of
entrainment
of
ground
particles
in
the
flow
it
is
demonstrated
that
a
key
mechanism
in
the
process
is
the
interaction
of
nonuniform
flow
in
the
ground
boundary
layer
with
bluff
ground
particles
this
interaction
produces
a
lift
force
which
under
typical
conditions
equals
or
exceeds
the
particle
weight
in
the
interest
of
quantitative
prediction
of
the
conditions
necessary
for
particle
entrainment
four
subsidiary
problem
areas
in
the
impinging
jet
are
examined
these
are
the
viscous
decay
the
inviscid
flow
field
the
ground
boundary
layer
and
the
forces
on
a
bluff
body
in
nonuniform
flow
applicable
theories
are
used
in
conjunction
with
experimental
data
to
assess
the
accuracy
and
range
of
validity
of
the
theories
and
to
define
the
stream
conditions
which
will
cause
particle
entrainment
available
data
are
applied
to
the
establishment
of
criteria
for
particle
entrainment
in
the
vicinity
of
the
impinging
jet
stagnation
point
these
criteria
show
that
entrainment
occurs
in
a
finite
annular
region
on
the
ground
plane
and
that
the
particles
most
readily
entrained
are
those
with
a
diameter
equal
to
about
two
thirds
the
thickness
of
the
ground
boundary
layer
the
configuration
size
is
shown
to
influence
the
process
in
that
the
onset
of
entrainment
is
fixed
by
the
jet
diameter
and
velocity
and
the
size
of
the
ground
particles
the
criteria
established
provide
a
quantitative
estimate
of
the
conditions
causing
entrainment
and
provide
a
basis
for
scaling
experimental
results
to
a
variety
of
full
scale
situations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1210
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
slender
airfoil
theory
for
nonequilibrium
flow
an
exact
linear
theory
for
nonequilibrium
flow
past
a
thin
airfoil
is
given
green's
function
technique
is
used
to
solve
the
boundary
value
problem
for
the
governing
third
order
equation
upon
satisfying
the
boundary
condition
on
the
airfoil
surface
an
integral
equation
is
obtained
which
has
an
exact
solution
the
final
expression
for
the
velocity
potential
given
as
an
integral
over
the
source
strength
times
the
green's
function
shows
that
the
solution
is
dependent
not
only
on
the
slope
variation
of
the
airfoil
but
also
on
its
curvature
variation
this
turns
out
to
be
the
case
for
all
free
stream
mach
numbers
as
an
example
the
supersonic
flow
past
a
wedge
is
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1211
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
transition
at
supersonic
speeds
three
dimensional
roughness
effects
spheres
further
experiments
carried
out
in
the
in
supersonic
wind
tunnel
of
the
jet
propulsion
laboratory
of
the
california
institute
of
technology
to
investigate
the
effect
of
three
dimensional
roughness
elements
spheres
on
boundary
layer
transition
on
a
the
local
mach
number
for
these
tests
was
the
data
show
clearly
that
the
minimum
effective
size
of
trip
required
to
bring
transition
to
its
lowest
reynolds
number
varies
as
the
one
fourth
power
of
the
distance
from
the
apex
of
the
cone
to
the
trip
use
of
available
data
for
other
mach
numbers
indicates
that
the
mach
number
influence
for
effective
tripping
is
taken
into
account
by
the
simple
expression
some
remarks
concerning
the
roughness
variation
for
transition
on
a
blunt
body
are
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1212
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
uniformly
distributed
roughness
on
turbulent
skin
friction
drag
at
supersonic
speeds
an
experimental
program
was
carried
out
in
the
in
by
in
supersonic
wind
tunnel
of
the
jet
propulsion
laboratory
to
determine
the
effect
of
uniformly
distributed
sand
grain
roughness
on
the
skin
friction
drag
of
a
body
of
revolution
for
the
case
of
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
the
mach
number
range
covered
was
to
and
the
reynolds
number
varied
from
about
x
to
x
some
data
were
also
obtained
at
a
mach
number
of
at
speeds
up
to
a
mach
number
of
and
for
roughness
sizes
such
that
the
quadratic
resistance
law
holds
the
compressibility
effect
is
indirect
and
the
skin
friction
drag
is
a
function
of
only
the
roughness
reynolds
number
exactly
as
in
the
incompressible
case
it
is
shown
that
the
entire
compressibility
effect
is
a
reduction
of
the
fluid
density
at
the
surface
as
the
mach
number
increases
the
critical
roughness
below
which
the
surface
is
hydraulically
smooth
is
this
is
equal
to
the
thickness
of
the
laminar
sublayer
for
a
smooth
surface
for
both
compressible
and
incompressible
flow
over
the
range
of
roughness
sizes
considered
here
there
appears
to
be
no
wave
drag
associated
with
the
drag
due
to
roughness
the
shift
in
the
turbulent
veocity
profile
for
a
rough
surface
at
supersonic
speeds
is
a
function
of
only
the
roughness
reynolds
number
and
quantitatively
follows
exactly
the
same
law
as
that
for
the
incompressible
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1213
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
to
slender
cones
in
hypersonic
flow
including
effects
of
yaw
and
nose
bluntness
as
part
of
a
general
study
of
the
aerothermodynamic
characteristics
of
flight
of
hypersonic
vehicles
an
investigation
of
laminar
heat
transfer
to
slender
yawed
cones
has
been
conducted
experiments
have
been
made
in
the
cal
by
in
shock
tunnel
at
mach
numbers
from
to
and
at
yaw
angles
up
to
were
tested
the
heat
transfer
rates
are
compared
with
theoretical
predictions
the
effects
on
the
local
heat
transfer
rates
of
the
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
transverse
curvature
yaw
nose
bluntness
and
the
entropy
sublayer
are
discussed
it
is
shown
that
at
zero
yaw
the
experimental
data
for
the
sharp
cone
are
in
good
agreement
with
theory
when
boundary
layer
displacement
and
transverse
curvature
effects
are
included
for
the
yawed
sharp
cone
the
heat
transfer
rates
along
the
most
windward
streamline
are
in
good
agreement
with
reshotko's
theory
for
yaw
angles
up
to
at
larger
yaw
angles
the
experimental
heat
transfer
was
found
to
be
greater
than
that
predicted
theoretically
however
at
these
yaw
angles
the
heat
transfer
distribution
on
the
windward
side
was
in
good
agreement
with
laminar
boundary
layer
calculations
based
on
an
assumption
of
local
similarity
the
zero
yaw
tests
of
the
blunted
cones
showed
qualitative
agreement
with
cheng's
shock
layer
theory
for
slender
blunt
nose
bodies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1214
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
drag
of
elongated
bodies
over
a
wide
reynolds
number
range
the
resistance
of
bodies
in
motion
through
an
incompressible
viscous
fluid
is
predictable
from
stokes
or
oseen
type
solutions
in
the
creeping
motion
range
while
some
test
information
is
available
in
the
boundary
layer
range
with
the
exception
of
experimental
results
for
spheres
or
circular
cylinders
and
analytical
and
experimental
results
for
flat
plates
almost
no
information
is
available
on
other
bodies
particularly
in
the
intermediate
range
of
reynolds
numbers
extending
from
unity
to
a
million
experimental
results
as
obtained
from
hydroballistic
studies
in
water
and
glycerin
water
solutions
are
presented
for
finned
ellipsoids
of
fineness
ratio
over
a
fold
range
and
are
correlated
with
available
information
on
other
bodies
although
results
do
not
extend
down
to
the
creeping
motion
region
where
analytical
predictions
are
available
comparison
with
the
drag
coefficient
trends
for
spheres
and
flat
plates
indicates
that
an
appropriate
curve
for
the
ellipsoid
could
be
extended
so
as
to
cover
the
entire
laminar
viscous
range
less
extensive
results
are
presented
on
the
drag
of
fineness
ratio
ellipsoids
and
on
laminar
turbulent
transition
occurrences
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1215
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
slip
particularly
for
highly
cooled
walls
it
is
found
that
for
boundary
conditions
on
the
velocity
slip
and
on
the
temperature
jump
which
are
not
oversimplified
in
an
unrealistic
way
the
effect
of
these
phenomena
on
the
heat
transfer
and
the
shear
at
a
stagnation
point
is
of
the
order
of
the
ratio
of
the
mean
free
path
outside
the
boundary
layer
to
the
boundary
layer
thickness
even
for
highly
cooled
walls
a
simplified
theory
of
this
effect
is
given
which
puts
the
physical
reasons
for
the
results
in
evidence
and
agrees
closely
with
the
more
accurate
calculations
it
is
concluded
that
the
effects
of
slip
and
jump
are
not
negligible
in
comparison
with
other
low
reynolds
number
corrections
even
for
very
cold
walls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1216
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
distribution
in
regions
of
step
induced
turbulent
separation
an
analysis
is
made
of
the
pressure
distribution
in
the
separated
flow
region
ahead
of
a
step
using
the
concept
of
the
turbulent
mixing
coefficient
of
crocco
and
lees
and
the
jet
flow
model
of
chapman
with
some
modification
on
the
basis
of
a
variable
mixing
coefficient
a
differential
equation
for
the
pressure
distribution
is
derived
which
gives
the
pressure
rise
as
a
function
of
the
distance
from
the
separation
point
this
equation
contains
the
separation
length
as
an
unknown
a
second
equation
is
obtained
by
making
a
mass
balance
of
the
air
entering
and
leaving
the
dead
air
region
ahead
of
the
step
the
pressure
rise
and
the
separation
distance
for
a
given
mach
number
are
determined
by
solving
the
two
equations
simultaneously
the
analysis
yields
results
which
are
in
close
agreement
with
the
experimental
data
on
steps
obtained
at
princeton
particularly
for
m
for
lower
mach
numbers
a
maximum
variation
of
percent
is
found
between
theory
and
experiment
use
of
the
velocity
profiles
of
jets
as
required
by
the
jet
flow
model
necessarily
restricts
the
applicability
of
the
present
study
to
flows
with
thin
boundary
layers
at
the
separation
point
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1217
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
application
of
inequality
constraints
to
variational
problems
of
lifting
re
entry
inequality
constraints
are
introduced
into
the
variational
formulation
of
the
optimum
re
entry
problem
for
a
lifting
vehicle
to
prevent
human
and
or
structural
tolerances
from
being
exceeded
these
constraints
consist
of
minimum
and
maximum
angle
of
attack
maximum
load
factor
and
maximum
convective
heat
transfer
equilibrium
temperature
the
equations
have
been
programed
for
the
ibm
computer
and
sample
trajectories
are
presented
for
which
the
total
heat
transferred
to
certain
critical
areas
on
the
windward
surface
of
the
vehicle
is
minimized
these
trajectories
indicate
the
dominant
effect
of
the
constraints
on
the
optimum
flight
path
which
is
shown
to
consist
of
both
unconstrained
and
constrained
arcs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1218
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
lift
and
drag
of
a
series
of
glide
configurations
at
mach
numbers
and
a
series
of
semiballistic
type
bodies
consisting
of
three
half
sphere
cones
of
bluntness
ratio
with
half
cone
angles
of
laboratory
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
at
m
and
in
addition
a
representative
winged
glide
configuration
consisting
of
a
sharp
edged
swept
delta
wing
with
cone
segment
the
range
of
angle
of
attack
for
the
half
sphere
cone
tests
was
the
technique
for
force
coefficient
determination
consists
of
analyzing
high
speed
motion
pictures
of
the
motion
of
very
light
balsa
and
isofoam
plastic
models
which
are
literally
free
flown
for
several
milliseconds
in
the
test
section
of
the
shock
tunnel
because
of
viscous
effects
the
newtonian
prediction
of
half
sphere
cone
drag
is
consistently
less
than
but
generally
parallel
these
bodies
is
generally
well
predicted
by
the
newtonian
theory
except
at
small
and
moderate
positive
angles
of
attack
where
it
is
generally
less
than
newtonian
this
lift
deficiency
appears
to
increase
with
cone
half
angle
maximum
lift
drag
ratios
fall
considerably
short
of
the
newtonian
predictions
several
exploratory
tests
at
mach
and
low
reynolds
number
approximately
reduction
in
on
the
model
produced
an
approximate
doubling
of
minimum
drag
and
a
percent
decrease
in
l
d
max
this
demonstrates
the
importance
of
viscous
effects
for
blunt
bodies
in
the
reynolds
number
range
of
these
tests
the
sharp
leading
edge
sweep
delta
wing
body
configuration
exhibited
the
same
l
d
max
as
the
wing
alone
about
at
both
positive
and
negative
angles
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1219
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
determination
of
lift
or
drag
programs
to
minimize
re
entry
heating
a
study
of
single
pass
re
entry
from
escape
speed
and
from
circular
satellite
speed
is
made
to
determine
the
lift
program
for
a
hypersonic
glider
and
the
drag
modulation
program
for
a
non
lifting
vehicle
that
minimize
the
heating
of
the
vehicles
within
acceleration
or
range
constraints
a
new
method
of
numerical
solution
is
used
similar
to
kelley's
method
of
gradients
that
permits
rapid
convergence
to
the
optimum
lift
program
starting
with
an
original
good
estimate
this
method
avoids
the
two
point
boundary
value
problem
of
the
calculus
of
variations
formulation
and
is
applicable
to
any
optimum
programing
problem
an
acceleration
tolerance
limit
is
introduced
which
describes
the
human
pilot's
capability
to
withstand
acceleration
more
accurately
than
a
simple
acceleration
limit
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1220
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
transition
in
the
presence
of
streamwise
vortices
results
of
an
experimental
investigation
of
instability
leading
to
transition
in
the
subsonic
boundary
layer
flow
along
a
flat
plate
are
presented
a
series
of
wings
was
placed
outside
the
boundary
layer
to
produce
streamwise
vortices
which
in
turn
made
the
boundary
layer
three
dimensional
i
e
periodic
in
thickness
in
the
spanwise
direction
hot
wire
measurements
were
made
to
trace
the
downstream
development
of
the
disturbance
or
wave
created
by
the
vibrating
ribbon
as
the
wave
travels
downstream
it
is
deformed
into
a
three
dimensional
configuration
by
the
three
dimensionality
of
the
boundary
layer
flow
but
it
is
eventually
damped
out
so
long
as
it
remains
small
in
intensity
it
is
only
after
the
wave
intensity
exceeds
a
certain
amount
which
depends
on
the
degree
of
boundary
layer
three
dimensionality
that
the
nonlinear
effect
manifests
itself
by
the
rapid
amplification
of
wave
intensity
the
rapid
increase
in
wave
three
dimensionality
and
the
distortion
in
mean
velocity
profile
the
appearance
of
nonlinear
development
inevitably
leads
to
the
breakdown
of
laminar
flow
and
hence
the
onset
of
turbulence
there
is
present
a
mechanism
by
which
the
energy
is
transferred
from
one
spanwise
position
to
another
so
that
the
breakdown
of
laminar
flow
occurs
as
a
consequence
of
three
dimensional
development
of
the
wave
as
a
whole
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1221
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
flow
of
conducting
fluids
in
channels
under
transverse
magnetic
fields
with
consideration
of
hall
effect
an
approximate
method
of
solution
based
on
a
minimum
principle
is
presented
for
the
steady
laminar
incompressible
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
through
a
straight
channel
of
arbitrary
cross
section
with
conducting
or
nonconducting
walls
in
the
presence
of
a
uniform
transverse
magnetic
field
the
hall
effect
is
taken
into
account
by
making
simplifying
assumptions
that
the
gas
is
fully
ionized
and
that
both
reynolds
number
and
magnetic
reynolds
number
are
small
numerical
calculations
are
carried
out
for
the
case
of
a
rectangular
channel
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1222
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
axisymmetric
magnetohydrodynamic
channel
flow
the
axisymmetric
subsonic
and
supersonic
flow
fields
and
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
of
an
electrically
conducting
compressible
fluid
flowing
in
a
channel
of
constant
circular
area
through
a
magnetic
field
are
investigated
when
the
magnetic
reynolds
number
is
small
the
inviscid
flow
field
for
flow
through
a
dipole
field
is
solved
by
the
method
of
characteristics
in
the
supersonic
case
for
the
subsonic
case
linearized
equations
are
derived
for
small
values
of
the
magnetic
interaction
parameter
numerical
results
are
obtained
by
the
relaxation
method
the
inviscid
flow
field
solutions
are
used
as
boundary
conditions
for
the
laminar
boundary
layer
along
the
wall
in
which
axial
pressure
gradients
form
an
important
feature
the
exact
continuum
flow
equations
are
reduced
by
an
order
of
magnitude
analysis
to
the
boundary
layer
equations
which
are
solved
numerically
by
an
integral
method
using
a
fourth
degree
velocity
profile
and
a
fifth
degree
stagnation
enthalpy
profile
pressure
temperature
and
heat
transfer
measurements
are
made
with
a
shock
tube
under
supersonic
flow
conditions
closely
approaching
those
used
in
the
numerical
computations
general
agreement
is
found
between
the
theoretical
and
the
experimental
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1223
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
inviscid
incompressible
flow
theory
of
static
two
dimensional
solid
jets
in
proximity
to
the
ground
the
inviscid
incompressible
flow
theory
of
static
two
dimensional
solid
jets
impinging
orthogonally
on
the
ground
is
presented
using
conformal
mapping
methods
it
is
shown
that
the
thrust
of
a
solid
jet
at
constant
power
initially
decreases
as
the
ground
is
approached
the
magnitude
of
the
thrust
out
of
ground
effect
is
regained
only
at
a
very
low
height
to
jet
width
ratio
approximately
the
maximuin
decrease
is
about
percent
the
ground
effect
on
solid
jets
is
thus
largely
unfavorable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1224
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
plk
method
and
the
supersonic
blunt
body
problem
detailed
analysis
of
the
subsonic
and
transonic
portious
of
the
flow
field
about
either
very
blunt
or
asymmetric
configurations
requires
successive
approximations
these
can
be
carried
out
in
a
systematic
fashion
only
when
an
appropriate
convergent
perturbation
procedure
is
available
the
problem
of
producing
successively
refined
sets
of
initial
conditions
for
either
direct
or
inverse
analysis
of
the
flow
is
formulated
in
the
following
terms
given
reasonable
estimates
for
shock
shape
and
pressure
distribution
on
the
body
can
one
determine
the
flow
field
of
interest
to
any
desired
degree
of
approximation
by
a
perturbation
approach
qm
a
procedure
to
this
effect
is
developed
which
involves
stretching
of
coordinates
in
the
spirit
of
the
poincare
lighthill
kuo
are
transformed
along
body
shock
and
intermediate
lines
so
as
to
annul
perturbations
of
the
local
resultant
velocity
b
for
the
integral
method
the
coordinate
along
the
boundary
of
each
strip
is
shifted
so
as
to
control
perturbations
of
the
velocity
component
that
determines
the
critical
point
the
approach
is
justified
by
a
study
of
the
equations
governing
the
direct
method
and
by
consideration
of
model
transonic
flow
problems
for
which
closed
form
solutions
are
available
the
range
of
validity
of
the
proposed
procedure
is
assessed
by
practical
application
and
comparison
with
experiment
results
are
presented
for
a
disk
set
normal
to
a
low
termperature
air
stream
at
m
and
for
a
highly
asymmetric
two
dimensional
configuration
at
m
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1225
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
adverse
pressure
gradients
on
the
characteristics
of
turbulent
boundary
layers
in
supersonic
streams
tests
were
conducted
at
mach
numbers
from
to
to
determine
the
thickness
and
profile
shape
characteristics
of
turbulent
boundary
layers
on
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
curved
surface
models
having
adverse
pressure
gradients
the
magnitude
of
the
gradients
relative
to
the
boundary
layer
thickness
at
the
beginning
of
the
gradient
was
varied
by
employing
models
having
different
radii
of
curvature
and
by
changing
the
boundary
layer
thickness
at
the
beginning
of
the
gradient
the
overall
pressure
rise
in
most
cases
was
greater
than
the
value
which
would
cause
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
to
separate
if
the
pressure
rise
were
created
by
an
oblique
shock
wave
an
analytical
investigation
was
also
conducted
so
that
the
results
of
the
experimental
investigation
could
be
applied
to
the
prediction
of
cases
outside
the
range
of
the
experiments
it
is
shown
that
boundary
layer
momentum
thickness
can
be
predicted
from
the
von
karman
boundary
layer
momentum
equation
but
that
measured
values
of
boundary
layer
profile
shape
are
in
poor
agreement
with
values
computed
from
procedures
derived
by
extending
conventional
methods
for
predicting
profile
shape
in
subsonic
flow
a
new
procedure
for
calculating
boundary
layer
profile
shapes
developed
in
this
paper
is
shown
to
provide
a
good
correlation
between
experimental
and
calculated
values
of
boundary
layer
profile
shapes
in
adverse
pressure
gradients
created
by
curved
surfaces
this
procedure
is
based
on
the
experimental
observation
that
the
station
at
which
high
energy
free
stream
flow
actually
mixes
into
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
in
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
is
well
downstream
of
the
station
at
which
flow
would
have
to
mix
in
order
to
maintain
a
flat
plate
profile
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1226
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
with
ablation
of
vapor
of
arbitrary
molecular
weight
the
reduction
of
heat
transfer
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
under
the
condition
of
vaporizing
ablation
is
analyzed
for
arbitrary
molecular
weight
of
the
vapor
primary
assumptions
are
that
the
pressure
gradient
is
zero
the
individual
components
of
the
binary
system
are
perfect
gases
the
prandtl
number
is
constant
and
the
viscosity
is
proportional
to
temperature
variations
through
the
boundary
layer
of
the
schmidt
number
for
binary
diffusion
and
the
density
viscosity
product
are
included
in
the
analysis
the
wall
temperature
is
held
constant
numerical
results
are
obtained
for
prandtl
numbers
of
and
varying
from
to
wall
concentration
of
the
foreign
gas
as
high
as
corresponding
to
the
high
heat
rates
encountered
during
re
entry
and
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
foreign
gas
equal
to
that
of
air
kinetic
theory
is
used
to
obtain
schmidt
number
as
a
function
of
molecular
weight
and
concentration
the
departure
of
schmidt
number
and
prandtl
number
from
unity
and
the
variation
of
reynolds
analogy
factor
with
prandtl
number
blowing
parameter
wall
concentration
and
molecular
weight
ratio
are
found
to
have
relatively
minor
influence
on
the
heat
block
ratio
at
high
rates
of
ablation
the
primary
factor
governing
the
influence
of
molecular
weight
ratio
on
the
heat
block
ratio
is
the
variation
of
across
the
boundary
layer
little
loss
of
accuracy
is
incurred
in
the
range
of
molecular
weight
ratios
considered
here
by
assuming
schmidt
and
prandtl
numbers
of
unity
as
long
as
the
variation
is
properly
taken
into
account
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1227
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
pressure
gradient
effects
on
the
preston
tube
in
supersonic
flow
this
paper
is
concerned
with
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
effects
of
a
longitudinal
pressure
gradient
in
a
supersonic
stream
of
air
over
a
bounding
surface
on
the
performance
of
a
preston
or
impact
pressure
tube
at
the
surface
evidence
is
presented
which
indicates
that
for
the
mach
number
considered
and
for
the
range
of
pressure
gradients
covered
the
preston
tube
functions
in
a
completely
satisfactory
manner
for
the
determination
of
local
shear
stress
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1228
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
leading
edge
separation
of
laminar
boundary
layers
in
supersonic
flow
a
brief
description
of
the
flow
field
is
given
for
the
interaction
of
shock
wave
and
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
compression
corner
in
supersonic
flow
a
special
sub
case
that
of
leading
edge
laminar
separation
is
analyzed
by
extension
of
chapman's
laminar
mixing
layer
theory
results
are
tabulated
for
ranges
of
mach
number
and
compression
corner
angle
a
limited
region
of
possible
leading
edge
laminar
separation
with
an
attached
leading
edge
shock
or
in
certain
cases
an
expansion
followed
by
a
second
shock
due
to
the
reattachment
flow
is
found
to
exist
comparison
with
existing
experimental
data
is
found
to
be
satisfactory
in
several
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1229
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
sweep
angle
on
hypersonic
flow
over
blunt
wings
a
series
of
tests
were
carried
out
in
the
princeton
university
helium
hypersoule
wind
tunnel
on
blunt
two
dimensional
wings
at
zero
angle
of
attack
with
sweep
angles
up
to
at
mach
numbers
from
to
the
leading
edge
reynolds
number
varied
from
to
the
measured
pressure
distributions
were
compared
with
the
simple
summation
of
the
theoretical
inviscid
effect
based
on
blast
wave
theory
using
the
normal
mach
number
added
to
the
viscous
effect
calculated
as
if
no
sweep
were
present
for
the
unswept
wing
the
slope
of
the
pressure
decay
was
reasonably
well
predicted
by
the
theoretical
calculations
the
viscous
theory
reasonably
predicted
the
variation
in
the
pressure
distribution
due
to
changes
in
leading
edge
reynolds
number
by
subtracting
the
theoretical
viscous
effects
an
inviscid
mach
number
dependence
of
the
power
was
found
as
compared
to
the
value
of
predicted
by
the
inviscid
theory
the
same
approach
for
the
swept
wing
did
not
give
consistently
satisfactory
results
deviations
avove
and
below
the
calculated
value
by
as
much
as
percent
were
measured
and
there
seemed
to
be
no
systematic
variation
with
either
mach
number
or
reynolds
number
at
a
constant
high
reynolds
number
it
was
found
that
the
pressure
distribution
varied
with
the
distance
along
the
wing
with
an
exponent
between
about
and
except
for
a
rather
sharp
decrease
which
occurred
for
the
sweep
case
the
pressure
at
a
given
station
for
a
fixed
mach
number
and
given
leading
edge
thickness
varied
as
the
cosine
of
the
sweep
angle
to
the
power
as
compared
to
the
power
predicted
from
general
geometrical
considerations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1230
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
nozzle
expansion
of
air
with
atom
recombination
present
an
experimental
investigation
on
the
expansion
of
high
temperature
high
pressure
air
to
hypersonic
flow
mach
numbers
in
a
conical
nozzle
of
a
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
has
been
carried
out
the
equilibrium
temperature
and
pressure
ranges
after
the
reflected
shock
wave
were
to
k
and
to
psia
static
pressure
measurements
which
are
sensitive
to
the
state
of
the
gas
were
made
along
the
axis
of
the
nozzle
for
different
reservoir
conditions
these
results
are
compared
with
the
calculated
equilibrium
and
frozen
data
for
the
same
geometry
and
initial
reservoir
conditions
for
reservoir
pressures
greater
than
psia
the
expansion
of
the
air
in
the
nozzle
is
essentially
in
equilibrium
up
to
reservoir
temperatures
of
about
k
for
temperatures
greater
than
almost
frozen
at
a
given
area
ratio
for
the
nozzle
and
reservoir
pressure
the
expansion
process
remains
in
equilibrium
up
to
a
certain
reservoir
temperature
and
beyond
this
temperature
the
flow
expansion
deviates
rapidly
from
the
equilibrium
process
and
approaches
the
frozen
case
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1231
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
flow
over
an
elliptic
cone
theory
and
experiment
by
applying
hypersonic
approximations
to
ferri's
linearized
characteristics
method
simple
results
were
obtained
for
the
shock
shape
and
surface
pressure
distribution
for
an
unyawed
conical
body
of
arbitrary
cross
section
calculations
were
carried
out
for
an
elliptic
cone
having
a
ratio
of
major
to
minor
axes
of
and
a
semivertex
angle
of
about
in
the
meridian
plane
containing
the
major
axis
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
flow
over
this
body
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
in
the
galcit
hypersonic
wind
tunnel
showed
that
the
surface
pressure
distribution
at
zero
angle
of
attack
agreed
quite
closely
with
the
theoretical
prediction
on
the
other
hand
the
simple
newtonian
approximation
predicts
pressures
that
are
too
low
surface
pressure
distributions
and
schlieren
photographs
of
the
shock
shape
were
obtained
at
angles
of
attack
up
to
at
zero
yaw
and
at
angles
of
yaw
up
to
at
zero
pitch
at
the
higher
angles
of
attack
the
newtonian
approximation
for
the
surface
pressures
is
quite
accurate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1232
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
curtain
jet
a
detailed
analytic
study
is
made
of
the
curtain
jet
the
two
dimensional
fluid
wall
used
to
contain
support
pressure
on
the
underside
of
ground
effect
machines
two
variations
of
the
jet
are
studied
in
detail
the
bifurcated
jet
in
which
a
portion
of
the
flow
streams
into
the
support
pressure
region
and
the
deflected
jet
in
which
none
of
the
flow
penetrates
into
the
support
pressure
region
kirchhoff
helmholtz
free
steamline
analysis
is
used
to
construct
the
flow
field
and
quantitative
results
are
presented
for
the
effect
of
nozzle
inclination
and
detailed
geometry
on
flow
requirements
and
support
pressure
differential
at
varying
altitudes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1233
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
shear
flow
past
an
airfoil
between
two
parallel
walls
the
supersonic
flow
with
assigned
mach
number
gradient
in
the
span
direction
past
a
straight
wing
between
two
parallel
walls
is
studied
using
the
small
disturbance
theory
the
governing
equation
for
the
disturbance
pressure
on
the
airfoil
together
with
the
boundary
conditions
on
the
airfoil
and
at
the
walls
is
solved
by
the
method
of
separation
of
variables
upon
separation
the
problem
is
reduced
to
a
sturm
liouville
eigenvalue
problem
and
to
the
solution
of
the
telegraph
equation
as
an
application
a
certain
mach
number
profile
is
selected
and
the
resulting
pressure
distribution
on
a
parabolic
arc
airfoil
is
computed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1234
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
direct
calculation
of
pressure
distribution
on
blunt
hypersonic
nose
shapes
with
sharp
corners
the
method
of
belotserkovskii
for
calculating
hypersonic
flow
fields
past
a
circular
cylinder
is
extended
to
deal
with
axially
symmetric
flow
past
sharp
cornered
nose
shapes
in
particular
spherical
segments
and
flat
headed
cylinders
results
on
spheres
are
also
included
in
the
present
paper
belotserkovskii's
first
approximation
is
considered
and
comparison
of
calculated
pressure
distribution
and
shock
shape
with
experimental
results
shows
very
good
agreement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1235
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theory
of
the
two
dimensional
laminar
bounary
layer
over
a
curved
surface
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
present
a
theory
to
account
for
surface
curvature
effects
on
the
two
dimensional
boundary
layer
flow
which
approaches
a
potential
flow
at
free
stream
the
problem
of
two
dimensional
viscous
flow
is
first
formulated
by
using
the
streamlines
and
their
orthogonal
trajectories
as
the
generalized
coordinates
a
boundary
layer
approximation
is
applied
to
the
navier
stokes
equations
and
the
gauss
equation
in
the
generalized
coordinates
to
yield
the
boundary
layer
equations
the
conditions
under
which
similar
solutions
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
exist
are
determined
by
a
simple
transformation
the
governing
differential
equation
can
be
expressed
in
a
form
which
reduces
to
the
falkner
skan
equation
for
zero
surface
curvature
numerical
results
for
a
similar
solution
which
corresponds
to
a
flow
over
a
curved
surface
with
zero
surface
pressure
gradient
have
been
obtained
the
velocity
profiles
in
the
boundary
layer
and
the
wall
skin
friction
distribution
for
concave
and
convex
surfaces
are
presented
the
wall
skin
friction
for
a
convex
wall
is
found
to
be
higher
than
the
blasius
value
for
a
flat
plate
on
the
other
hand
for
a
concave
wall
the
skin
friction
will
drop
below
the
blasius
value
as
the
curvature
increases
but
it
appears
to
reach
a
minimum
and
beyond
this
minimum
point
it
will
increase
again
the
same
flow
problem
was
treated
by
murphy
by
a
different
method
of
analysis
comparison
of
murphy's
results
with
those
obtained
by
the
present
method
reveals
some
basic
differences
in
the
boundary
layer
characteristics
in
particular
murphy's
results
indicate
that
the
wall
skin
friction
for
a
convex
surface
is
smaller
than
the
blasius
value
while
for
a
concave
wall
it
is
higher
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1236
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
stagnation
point
boundary
layer
in
the
presence
of
an
applied
magnetic
field
similarity
equations
for
axisymmetric
compressible
flow
are
obtained
assuming
that
the
magnetic
field
is
uniform
normal
to
the
surface
and
unaffected
by
the
flow
and
that
the
conductivity
varies
as
the
nth
power
of
the
enthalpy
numerical
solutions
are
given
for
a
number
of
values
of
n
and
of
the
field
strength
and
are
used
to
modify
the
estimates
of
heat
transfer
made
by
the
author
using
inviscid
theory
title
source
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1237
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
foreign
gas
injection
into
a
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
the
distributed
injection
of
a
foreign
gas
into
a
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
in
the
absence
of
a
pressure
gradient
is
considered
the
analysis
is
performed
within
the
framework
of
the
binary
mixture
concept
that
is
the
primary
fluid
flowing
over
the
surface
represents
one
component
while
the
injected
species
represents
the
second
calculations
have
been
performed
for
the
injection
of
helium
into
undissociated
air
the
results
indicate
an
effect
of
mach
number
on
surface
shear
and
energy
transfer
when
distributed
light
gas
injection
normal
to
the
surface
exists
a
comparison
with
experimental
data
indicates
reasonable
agreement
over
a
range
of
mach
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1238
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
newtonian
approximation
in
magnetic
hypersonic
stagnation
point
flow
the
hypersonic
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
fluid
around
the
stagnation
region
of
a
sphere
carrying
a
radial
magnetic
field
is
examined
by
assuming
a
newtonian
pressure
distribution
and
constant
density
the
differential
equation
of
the
inviscid
flow
is
integrated
and
a
simple
closed
form
solution
is
obtained
it
is
found
that
the
ratio
of
the
stand
off
distances
of
the
shock
wave
for
the
magnetic
and
nonmagnetic
cases
does
not
depend
explicitly
on
the
magnetic
parameter
s
ratio
of
the
ponderomotive
force
to
the
free
stream
inertia
force
nor
on
the
density
ratio
the
value
at
the
free
stream
divided
by
the
value
behind
the
shock
wave
but
on
the
product
s
at
least
for
values
of
between
and
the
velocity
gradient
on
the
body
is
also
calculated
and
the
ratio
of
the
magnetic
to
the
nonmagnetic
case
is
shown
to
depend
on
the
parameter
the
case
of
cylindrical
shocks
is
also
examined
the
same
general
conclusions
are
drawn
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1239
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
body
under
lifting
wing
an
investigation
is
made
of
supersonic
aircraft
configurations
composed
of
a
cambered
body
positioned
a
certain
distance
beneath
an
arbitrary
lifting
wing
the
geometry
of
the
wing
is
regarded
as
given
and
the
geometry
of
the
body
may
be
given
or
optimum
expressions
for
the
drag
and
lift
are
obtained
from
reverse
flow
considerations
these
greatly
implement
such
a
study
when
interference
cross
flows
must
be
cancelled
the
drag
advantage
to
be
gained
when
a
given
body
and
wing
assume
a
given
orientation
is
studied
treated
more
extensively
is
the
variational
problem
of
determining
the
optimum
wing
incidence
and
optimum
body
shape
for
the
given
volume
and
length
to
yield
the
minimum
drag
for
prescribed
lift
numerical
results
are
provided
to
indicate
the
significance
of
the
large
number
of
parameters
appearing
in
the
problem
of
these
the
gap
between
the
wing
and
the
body
is
found
to
be
particularly
important
it
is
found
that
at
low
gap
moderate
body
distortions
have
a
significant
influence
on
the
drag
drag
reductions
of
up
to
relative
to
the
case
of
no
interference
have
been
found
at
a
mach
number
of
in
a
configuration
having
a
gap
approximately
equal
to
the
maximum
diameter
of
the
body
and
a
wing
chord
of
about
three
eighths
of
the
length
of
the
body
comparison
is
made
with
the
conventional
wing
body
combination
including
the
effects
of
skin
friction
and
it
is
concluded
that
the
advantage
suggested
by
the
preceding
considerations
is
not
appreciably
diminished
finally
it
is
shown
that
the
configurations
studied
lead
to
bodies
of
fineness
ratios
much
lower
than
are
appropriate
to
conventional
wing
body
combinations
tests
were
made
on
an
arrangement
consisting
of
a
scars
haack
body
located
under
a
lifting
rectangular
diamond
profile
wing
the
mach
number
was
and
the
reynolds
number
was
x
based
on
the
body
length
it
was
found
that
the
measured
lift
developed
on
the
wing
due
to
the
flow
field
of
the
body
agrees
very
well
with
the
theoretical
value
downstream
of
the
impinging
shock
from
the
wing
flow
separation
was
observed
on
the
exterior
of
the
body
but
not
in
the
interior
the
separation
is
attributed
not
to
the
pressure
rise
across
the
shock
but
to
the
pressure
field
arising
from
the
reflection
from
the
body
of
the
shock
induced
cross
flow
further
observations
suggest
that
the
separation
can
be
avoided
by
pitching
the
body
or
by
kinking
the
body
at
the
shock
wave
to
accommodate
the
shock
induced
cross
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1240
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nonsimilar
solutions
of
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
with
applications
to
the
upstream
transpiration
cooling
problem
a
new
method
is
presented
for
predicting
the
boundary
layer
characteristics
downstream
of
the
porous
region
of
an
injection
cooled
surface
the
method
consists
of
a
general
scheme
for
obtaining
nonsimilar
solutions
of
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
and
is
formulated
along
the
following
lines
the
viscous
domain
is
divided
into
n
curvilinear
strips
the
governing
equations
are
then
integrated
along
the
coordinate
normal
to
the
body
from
the
surface
to
the
boundary
of
each
strip
as
a
result
one
obtains
a
set
of
independent
integro
differential
relations
the
integration
is
carried
out
by
expressing
the
integrands
as
polynomials
the
coefficients
of
which
are
functions
of
the
unknown
values
of
the
velocity
and
temperature
on
the
strip
boundaries
as
well
as
of
the
imposed
boundary
condition
at
the
wall
and
at
the
outer
edge
after
the
integration
is
performed
a
set
of
ordinary
first
order
differential
equations
is
obtained
the
set
of
equations
may
be
solved
for
given
initial
conditions
by
a
numerical
integration
scheme
such
as
the
runge
kutta
method
several
numerical
examples
of
interest
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1241
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
on
chemically
active
ablating
surfaces
incompressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
analysis
is
extrapolated
analytically
to
the
case
of
a
compressible
turbulent
boundary
layer
with
ablation
or
mass
injection
at
the
surface
the
effects
of
chemical
reactions
such
as
dissociation
and
recombination
as
well
as
combustion
are
included
the
analysis
applies
to
blunt
as
well
as
sharp
bodies
which
are
either
axisymmetric
or
two
dimensional
when
the
turbulent
lewis
and
prandtl
numbers
are
unity
it
is
found
that
as
in
the
laminar
case
little
detailed
knowledge
of
the
chemistry
inside
the
boundary
layer
is
required
in
most
instances
the
conditions
at
the
surface
and
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
are
often
sufficient
for
prediction
of
heat
and
mass
transfer
comparison
is
made
with
experiments
on
the
combustion
of
graphite
under
turbulent
flow
conditions
prediction
of
ablation
rates
within
about
percent
accuracy
is
obtained
when
empirical
constants
obtained
from
incompressible
velocity
profiles
with
no
mass
injection
are
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1242
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
considerations
on
the
laminar
stability
of
time
dependent
basic
flows
as
a
stability
criterion
for
infinitesimal
disturbances
in
an
incompressible
parallel
but
time
dependent
basic
flow
it
is
proposed
to
introduce
the
concept
of
momentary
stability
which
is
said
to
prevail
at
the
instant
if
the
kinetic
energy
of
the
disturbances
as
a
fraction
of
the
kinetic
energy
of
the
basic
flow
tends
to
decrease
the
significance
of
such
a
criterion
is
briefly
discussed
for
special
time
dependent
basic
flows
which
are
described
by
similar
velocity
profiles
at
all
times
except
for
changes
in
amplitude
in
the
inviscid
limit
only
a
change
of
the
time
scale
is
needed
to
reduce
the
solution
essentially
to
that
for
the
steady
case
the
disturbances
may
be
of
either
the
transverse
wave
or
the
longitudinal
vortices
type
the
result
indicates
a
very
strong
destabilizing
influence
of
deceleration
which
is
likely
to
overshadow
that
of
the
velocity
profile
under
normal
circumstances
the
observations
of
fales
rotating
cylinders
are
believed
to
be
largely
due
to
the
deceleration
at
finite
reynolds
numbers
the
usual
procedure
of
calculating
the
stability
solution
on
the
basis
of
the
instantaneous
profile
is
further
shown
to
be
valid
only
for
extremely
slow
acceleration
or
deceleration
even
when
the
solution
is
acceptable
the
condition
for
neutral
stability
may
not
be
used
without
reservation
to
calculate
momentary
stability
properly
a
procedure
for
a
slowly
varying
but
more
general
profile
is
also
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1243
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
boom
of
wing
body
configurations
the
supersonic
boom
in
steady
level
flight
of
a
wing
body
configuration
is
due
to
the
effects
of
body
volume
wing
volume
wing
incidence
or
lift
and
wing
body
interference
the
contribution
in
the
far
field
of
each
of
these
factors
can
in
any
given
azimuthal
plane
be
represented
as
that
of
an
equivalent
body
of
revolution
this
concept
is
developed
to
investigate
the
possibilities
of
using
interference
among
the
components
of
a
wing
body
configuration
to
reduce
or
suppress
the
boom
due
to
lift
results
of
wind
tunnel
experiments
are
also
presented
and
discussed
in
light
of
the
theoretical
indications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1244
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
aerodynamic
noise
of
a
turbulent
jet
a
new
model
is
advanced
for
analyzing
the
broad
spectrum
noise
of
a
turbulent
jet
the
shear
layer
bounding
the
turbulent
jet
is
assumed
to
play
an
important
role
in
modifying
the
quadrupole
sound
radiation
from
the
interior
to
the
sound
emitting
small
scale
turbulent
eddies
with
frequencies
much
higher
than
those
of
large
scale
eddies
the
laminar
shear
layer
has
an
irregular
contour
as
if
the
large
scale
turbulent
motions
were
frozen
the
linearized
analysis
is
then
applied
to
the
laminar
shear
layer
to
relate
the
acoustic
oscillations
across
it
the
concept
of
geometrical
acoustics
is
generalized
to
represent
the
passage
of
an
acoustic
ray
through
a
laminar
shear
layer
acoustic
rays
may
be
traced
across
the
shear
layer
as
transmission
and
refraction
but
they
may
also
be
apparently
absorbed
or
generated
by
the
laminar
layer
this
generation
is
visualized
as
the
schematic
representation
within
the
framework
of
geometrical
acoustics
of
the
action
of
the
reynolds
stress
in
transferring
energy
from
the
shearing
mean
flow
to
the
acoustic
waves
such
action
of
the
reynolds
stress
can
be
neglected
in
ordinary
acoustics
when
the
acoustic
medium
is
not
moving
at
speeds
comparable
to
the
speed
of
sound
in
the
medium
however
this
action
is
of
crucial
importance
in
the
aerodynamic
noise
of
high
speed
turbulent
jets
where
the
reynolds
stress
is
the
fundamental
element
of
the
radiating
quadrupoles
according
to
lighthill
those
acoustic
waves
that
become
stationary
with
respect
to
the
local
mean
flow
somewhere
in
the
interior
of
the
shear
layer
are
significantly
modified
by
the
viscous
action
through
the
critical
layer
the
shear
layer
therefore
serves
as
a
selective
amplifier
of
the
acoustic
waves
passing
through
it
kinematically
the
shear
layer
brings
about
the
preferred
downstream
emission
dynamically
the
shear
layer
augmentation
significantly
increases
the
polar
peak
noise
level
the
acoustic
power
output
per
unit
solid
angle
for
such
downstream
emissions
augmented
by
the
shear
layer
including
the
polar
peak
varies
as
predicted
by
lighthill
but
without
lighthill's
convective
corrections
on
the
other
hand
the
acoustic
power
output
per
unit
solid
angle
nearly
normal
to
the
jet
due
to
the
transmitted
downstream
propagating
waves
varies
roughly
as
heating
the
jet
gas
increases
the
shear
layer
augmentation
and
may
increase
the
polar
peak
noise
level
by
several
db
the
silencing
action
of
the
edge
notches
and
edge
teeth
may
also
be
interpreted
as
due
apparently
to
the
result
of
possible
distortion
of
the
shear
layer
profiles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1245
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
aspects
of
nonequilibrium
flows
in
this
paper
are
discussed
some
of
the
general
features
of
nonequilibrium
flow
in
particular
vibrational
relaxation
is
discussed
in
detail
this
case
is
somewhat
simpler
than
dissociation
and
ionization
but
it
illustrates
some
of
the
main
new
features
of
nonequilibrium
flow
those
aspects
of
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
flow
behind
shock
waves
are
examined
analytically
which
yield
significant
information
without
requiring
numerical
solution
of
the
governing
equations
the
thermodynamics
of
a
vibrational
relaxing
gas
are
discussed
the
conditions
for
simulating
flows
are
noted
crocco's
theorem
and
the
characteristic
equations
are
derived
then
a
simple
method
of
obtaining
the
initial
gradients
of
the
flow
variables
behind
a
shock
is
shown
these
gradients
are
used
in
discussing
two
particular
flows
an
exact
solution
for
flow
over
a
cusped
body
is
obtained
flow
over
a
wedge
near
the
tip
and
far
from
the
tip
is
considered
it
is
found
that
far
from
the
tip
a
boundary
layer
type
phenomenon
occurs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1246
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
solution
of
subsonic
nonplanar
lifting
surface
problems
by
means
of
high
speed
digital
computers
the
method
proposed
in
this
paper
is
based
on
an
approximate
solution
of
the
integral
equation
which
represents
the
potential
flow
about
a
finite
wing
with
no
restrictions
beyond
those
necessary
for
linearization
after
assuming
the
usual
series
representation
of
the
wing
surface
vorticity
distribution
the
solution
is
achieved
by
approximating
portions
of
the
kernels
of
the
transformed
integral
equation
by
single
and
double
fourier
series
and
performing
termwise
integrations
analytically
this
is
followed
by
the
routine
inversion
of
the
aerodynamic
influence
coefficient
matrix
after
satisfying
appropriate
boundary
conditions
at
selected
control
points
in
this
procedure
the
number
of
control
point
used
is
limited
only
by
the
storage
capacity
of
the
computer
control
points
may
be
located
so
as
to
cover
the
entire
wing
surface
with
due
regard
to
certain
physical
requirements
permitting
the
accurate
representation
of
complicated
mean
surface
shapes
an
evaluation
of
the
proposed
method
is
included
comparisons
with
other
theoretical
methods
and
electrical
analogy
tank
results
are
used
to
substantiate
the
accuracy
of
the
proposed
method
when
applied
to
plane
wings
a
final
evaluation
involves
a
comparison
of
calculated
surface
pressure
distribution
with
wind
tunnel
measurements
on
a
swept
tapered
wing
with
a
cambered
and
twisted
mean
surface
the
agreement
evidenced
in
the
latter
comparison
has
the
same
order
of
overall
accuracy
as
similar
comparisons
on
plane
wing
planforms
in
either
case
the
results
given
by
the
proposed
method
are
within
the
accuracy
requirements
for
most
aircraft
design
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1247
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
supersonic
boom
of
a
projectile
related
to
drag
and
volume
the
whitham
theory
predicting
the
far
flow
field
around
a
projectile
is
used
to
derive
body
shapes
which
produce
extreme
bow
shock
wave
pressure
jump
or
boom
subject
to
constraining
conditions
regarding
the
drag
due
to
the
bow
shock
and
fineness
ratio
of
the
bodies
it
is
found
that
the
minimum
drag
body
is
also
the
minimum
boom
body
the
body
volume
effect
and
the
effect
of
discontinuities
in
slope
of
the
body
meridian
section
on
the
boom
intensity
is
investigated
as
a
general
result
of
the
investigation
it
can
be
said
that
the
boom
of
a
projectile
for
given
mach
number
and
flight
altitude
is
primarily
determined
by
its
length
and
fineness
ratio
the
maximum
variation
in
the
boom
intensity
for
pointed
bodies
with
given
length
and
fineness
ratio
is
of
the
order
of
per
cent
the
geometry
of
the
bodies
is
thus
found
to
play
a
minor
role
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1248
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
analytic
extension
of
the
shock
expansion
method
the
problem
is
considered
of
calculating
approximately
the
inviscid
rotational
flow
field
and
pressure
distribution
about
a
smooth
two
dimensional
airfoil
with
sharp
leading
and
trailing
edges
in
a
uniform
supersonic
or
hypersonic
stream
the
assumption
of
a
perfect
gas
is
made
and
the
basic
flow
pattern
for
the
analysis
is
taken
to
be
given
by
the
simple
isentropic
shock
expansion
method
with
straight
characteristics
an
elementary
characteristics
treatment
is
discussed
to
show
when
the
simple
shock
expansion
method
should
be
satisfactory
for
computing
the
surface
pressure
distribution
and
under
what
circumstances
it
may
be
expected
to
break
down
by
utilizing
characteristic
variables
the
isentropic
shock
expansion
method
is
then
formulated
analytically
and
an
analytic
result
is
obtained
for
the
shock
shape
corresponding
to
this
zero
order
approximation
in
the
special
case
where
hypersonic
similitude
is
applicable
that
is
for
slender
bodies
and
high
mach
numbers
the
shock
shape
expression
for
large
distances
is
found
to
reduce
to
the
result
previously
given
by
mahony
which
for
weak
shocks
and
slender
bodies
in
turn
reduces
to
the
simple
wave
result
first
given
by
friedrichs
employing
the
analytic
form
of
the
isentropic
shock
expansion
method
as
a
zero
order
approximation
an
analytically
consistent
perturbation
method
is
developed
by
expanding
the
dependent
flow
variables
in
the
exact
partial
differential
equations
in
powers
of
the
reflection
coefficient
for
simple
waves
interacting
with
an
oblique
shock
the
scheme
by
its
nature
helps
to
define
those
regions
in
which
shock
expansion
can
be
used
in
addition
to
taking
into
account
in
a
perturbation
sense
the
factors
neglected
in
simple
shock
expansion
theory
namely
the
curvature
and
reflection
of
the
mach
waves
and
the
correct
boundary
conditions
at
the
shock
wave
analytic
solutions
are
obtained
for
the
first
order
corrections
including
the
surface
pressure
distribution
the
necessary
numerical
computation
of
the
integrals
involved
is
considerably
simpler
than
a
direct
application
of
the
method
of
characteristics
to
illustrate
the
method
and
its
accuracy
the
zero
order
shock
shape
and
first
order
pressure
distribution
are
calculated
for
a
family
of
parabolic
arc
airfoils
at
an
infinite
free
stream
mach
number
these
results
are
compared
with
rotational
characteristic
solutions
where
available
and
the
present
method
is
found
to
be
in
excellent
agreement
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1249
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
plasma
flow
over
a
thin
charged
conductor
the
flow
of
a
dense
plasma
over
a
wavy
conducting
wall
of
small
amplitude
is
investigated
where
magnetic
effects
are
negligible
these
results
are
then
used
to
analyze
the
flow
over
a
thin
conductor
with
cusped
edges
it
is
found
that
the
coulomb
drag
vanishes
identically
while
the
fluid
pressure
drag
corresponds
to
the
ackeret
value
for
a
neutral
particle
gas
at
the
reduced
plasma
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1250
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
high
speed
viscous
corner
flow
a
boundary
layer
integral
method
analysis
is
set
up
for
compressible
laminar
flow
in
a
symmetric
corner
with
varying
angle
and
streamwise
pressure
gradient
it
represents
an
extension
and
modification
of
the
constant
density
analysis
of
loitsianskii
and
bolshakov
the
analysis
is
applied
to
the
case
of
constant
pressure
constant
corner
angle
and
isothermal
surfaces
for
which
the
crocco
velocity
enthalpy
relation
holds
although
simplifying
assumptions
limit
the
quantitative
accuracy
outside
the
to
angle
range
some
qualitative
trends
are
probably
correct
outside
this
range
the
limiting
cases
near
and
are
not
considered
favorable
agreement
between
some
results
obtained
by
the
integral
method
and
by
other
methods
is
demonstrated
for
the
isothermal
constant
density
case
results
show
an
increasingly
sharp
merger
of
the
outermost
isovels
of
streamwise
velocity
as
the
mach
number
increases
this
sharp
merging
of
the
outer
isovels
is
increased
by
increasing
corner
angle
and
by
insulation
of
heating
of
the
surfaces
within
the
interior
of
the
viscous
layer
the
spreading
or
contraction
of
the
disturbed
region
of
merging
is
influenced
by
surface
heat
transfer
conditions
surface
shear
and
heat
flux
are
decreased
in
the
disturbed
region
and
are
zero
at
the
apex
for
cases
corresponding
roughly
to
the
higher
mach
numbers
of
wider
corner
angles
the
specific
momentum
area
exhibits
the
same
decrease
with
mach
number
as
its
two
dimensional
counterpart
whereas
the
specific
displacement
area
a
measure
of
stream
tube
dilation
increases
more
rapidly
with
mach
number
than
the
comparable
two
dimensional
parameter
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1251
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
viscous
flow
past
a
quarter
infinite
plate
a
study
is
made
of
the
motion
of
an
incompressible
viscous
fluid
past
a
quarter
infinite
plate
whose
leading
edge
is
perpendicular
to
and
whose
side
edge
is
parallel
to
the
undisturbed
direction
of
the
stream
it
is
assumed
that
the
kinematic
viscosity
is
small
the
first
approximation
is
taken
to
be
the
undisturbed
motion
and
successive
approximations
are
obtained
by
iferation
the
second
approximation
is
the
blasius
shear
layer
necessary
to
satisfy
the
boundary
conditions
on
the
plate
in
turn
this
layer
leads
to
a
velocity
component
normal
to
the
plate
which
needs
a
potential
solution
in
which
the
velocities
are
to
match
with
the
conditions
at
infinity
further
the
match
at
the
edge
of
the
blasius
shear
layer
must
be
completed
to
by
introducing
a
secondary
shear
layer
the
regions
near
the
leading
and
side
edges
are
considered
separately
in
particular
the
neighborhood
of
the
side
edge
needs
special
care
because
the
determination
of
the
chief
terms
is
complicated
by
the
presence
of
powers
of
log
in
particular
it
is
shown
that
the
effect
of
the
edge
is
to
change
the
skin
friction
coefficient
by
a
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1252
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
approach
to
chemical
and
vibrational
equilibrium
behind
a
strong
normal
shock
wave
the
concurrent
approach
to
chemical
and
vibrational
equilibrium
of
a
pure
diatomic
gas
passing
through
a
strong
normal
shock
wave
is
investigated
it
is
demonstrated
that
the
equilibrium
degree
of
dissociation
behind
the
shock
front
and
hence
the
density
for
the
case
where
the
vibrational
degrees
of
freedom
are
frozen
out
can
exceed
the
degree
of
dissociation
and
hence
the
density
for
the
case
where
all
degrees
of
freedom
are
in
equilibrium
thus
the
necessary
condition
for
a
maximum
of
the
density
between
the
shock
front
and
the
position
of
full
equilibrium
flow
downstream
of
the
shock
front
is
established
the
sufficient
condition
that
such
a
maximum
be
observable
is
shown
to
be
that
the
approach
to
equilibrium
of
the
vibrational
degrees
of
freedom
or
any
other
internal
degrees
of
freedom
must
lag
the
approach
to
dissociation
equilibrium
by
a
significant
amount
that
is
there
must
be
at
least
an
order
of
magnitude
difference
in
the
respective
relaxation
times
before
such
a
maximum
might
be
observed
an
example
calculation
for
a
mach
strong
shock
wave
in
oxygen
illustrates
the
appearance
of
such
a
maximum
of
the
density
and
its
dependency
upon
the
relative
values
of
the
vibration
and
dissociation
relaxation
times
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1253
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
viscous
flow
near
the
stagnation
point
in
the
presence
of
magnetic
field
the
present
study
investigates
the
hypersonic
viscous
flow
past
blunt
nosed
bodies
with
hydromagnetic
interaction
local
similarity
solutions
of
flow
field
and
temperature
distribution
are
near
the
stagnation
point
region
the
discussions
may
be
grouped
into
two
parts
the
two
dimensional
problem
circular
cylinder
and
axisymmetric
problem
sphere
numerical
computations
have
been
carried
out
for
the
sphere
problem
for
the
viscous
layer
regime
with
various
magnetic
field
strengths
and
electrical
conductivities
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1254
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
combustion
in
the
boundary
layer
on
a
porous
surface
the
position
of
the
diffusion
flame
in
a
boundary
layer
with
uniform
mixture
injection
from
a
porous
wall
parallel
to
a
uniform
air
stream
is
determined
under
the
conditions
of
laminar
steady
flow
with
zero
streamwise
pressure
gradient
under
the
assumption
of
fast
forward
reaction
rate
solutions
of
the
boundary
layer
forms
of
the
conservation
laws
of
acrothermochemistry
are
obtained
leading
to
a
formula
for
the
downstream
velocity
at
the
flame
in
terms
of
composition
and
flow
variables
the
rates
of
change
of
conditions
at
the
wall
in
the
streamwise
direction
are
assumed
to
be
relatively
small
methods
of
treating
complex
reaction
systems
are
described
and
generalized
form
of
the
reynolds
analogy
is
developed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1255
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
flow
about
a
charged
body
moving
in
the
lower
atmosphere
the
flow
about
an
electrically
charged
body
traveling
at
high
speeds
through
the
lower
ionosphere
is
analyzed
a
simple
gas
model
composed
of
electrons
ions
and
neutral
particles
is
used
and
the
hydrodynamic
description
given
is
based
on
maxwell's
transfer
equations
for
a
mixture
the
conditions
under
which
local
statistical
equilibrium
can
be
assumed
are
discussed
and
different
approaches
to
determine
the
gasdynamic
force
in
the
subsonic
supersonic
and
hypersonic
cases
are
indicated
the
reciprocal
action
of
the
electric
field
of
the
flow
on
the
body
is
also
analyzed
and
a
formula
for
the
resultant
electric
force
is
given
the
total
force
on
the
body
is
equal
to
the
sum
of
the
gasdynamic
force
and
the
electric
force
the
negative
potential
acquired
by
a
plane
body
is
also
calculated
finally
the
lack
of
validity
of
debye's
linearization
in
this
case
and
the
solution
of
the
exterior
nonlinear
problem
which
characterize
the
electric
potential
and
the
electron
distribution
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1256
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
fluctuating
lift
and
drag
acting
on
a
cylinder
in
a
flow
at
supercritical
reynolds
numbers
the
fluctuating
lift
and
drag
acting
on
a
circular
cylinder
in
a
flow
of
an
incompressible
fluid
at
large
reynolds
numbers
were
measured
data
on
the
root
mean
square
values
of
the
lift
and
drag
coefficients
the
extreme
values
of
these
coefficients
and
their
power
spectra
at
various
reynolds
numbers
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1257
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
optical
boundary
layer
probe
the
applicability
of
the
schlieren
photomultiplier
technique
to
obtain
quantitative
density
measurements
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
induced
by
a
traveling
shock
wave
in
a
shock
tube
is
investigated
tests
were
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
so
that
the
data
could
be
compared
with
the
exact
theoretical
solution
tabulated
by
mirels
the
data
obtained
are
in
good
agreement
with
the
theory
if
the
distance
of
the
light
beam
above
the
floor
of
the
shock
tube
is
adjusted
to
fit
the
theoretical
curve
this
would
not
be
necessary
if
a
larger
shock
tube
were
used
values
of
the
transition
reynolds
number
were
also
determined
which
are
slightly
less
than
those
found
by
martin
using
an
interferometer
it
is
shown
that
this
technique
is
sensitive
enough
to
detect
changes
in
density
that
are
only
per
cent
of
atmospheric
density
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1258
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
recovery
factor
and
pressure
distributions
around
a
circular
cylinder
normal
to
a
supersonic
rarefied
air
stream
measurements
of
the
heat
transfer
recovery
factor
and
pressure
distributions
around
a
circular
cylinder
normal
to
a
supersonic
rarefied
air
stream
total
temperature
k
are
described
for
the
mach
number
range
of
to
the
reynolds
number
range
of
to
and
at
cylinder
wall
average
temperature
levels
of
k
and
k
study
of
the
results
yielded
a
correlation
equation
for
the
stagnation
point
nusselt
number
as
a
function
of
the
reynolds
number
just
after
the
normal
part
of
the
detached
bow
shock
wave
and
fourier
series
expressions
for
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
and
pressure
coefficient
distributions
in
terms
of
the
stagnation
point
values
in
comparing
these
measurements
with
predictions
based
on
recent
analytical
studies
exceptionally
good
agreement
for
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
distribution
was
obtained
with
lees'
theory
in
the
mach
number
range
of
to
the
pressure
decreased
less
rapidly
with
distance
from
the
stagnation
point
than
predicted
by
the
modified
newtonian
theory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1259
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
second
order
theory
for
unsteady
supersonic
flow
past
slender
pointed
bodies
of
revolution
an
analysis
is
made
of
the
second
order
effects
of
thickness
on
the
unsteady
aerodynamic
forces
on
a
slender
pointed
body
of
revolution
in
supersonic
flow
the
theory
is
restricted
to
harmonic
oscillations
for
small
angles
of
attack
the
solution
is
obtained
by
approximating
the
nonlinear
terms
in
the
second
order
potential
equation
by
their
first
order
values
and
solving
the
resulting
inhomogeneous
partial
differential
equation
subject
to
more
refined
boundary
conditions
the
pressure
equation
is
likewise
refined
and
integrated
to
give
the
second
order
corrections
to
lift
and
pitching
moment
coefficients
the
analysis
can
be
considered
as
an
extension
of
the
second
order
slender
body
theory
of
lighthill
to
the
case
of
unsteady
flow
the
results
indicate
appreciable
reductions
in
unsteady
lift
and
damping
moment
coefficients
when
applied
to
slender
cones
the
present
theory
is
estimated
to
be
reliable
provided
that
is
less
than
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1260
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
response
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
to
small
fluctuations
of
the
free
stream
velocity
the
linearized
treatment
of
small
time
dependent
disturbances
of
a
laminar
boundary
layer
initiated
by
lighthill
is
extended
in
several
ways
in
particular
the
high
frequency
expansion
is
continued
beyond
the
leading
stokes
term
several
interesting
questions
of
joining
occur
which
are
discussed
but
left
unresolved
in
addition
a
practical
method
for
obtaining
the
response
to
the
laminar
boundary
layer
to
an
impulsive
change
in
velocity
is
presented
the
methods
are
applied
to
the
case
in
which
the
basic
steady
flow
belongs
to
the
falkner
and
skan
family
of
similarity
solutions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1261
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
of
calculating
velocity
distribution
for
turbulent
boundary
layers
in
adverse
pressure
distributions
a
new
method
of
calculating
the
behavior
of
turbulent
boundary
layers
in
adverse
pressure
distributions
is
developed
which
permits
direct
determination
of
the
velocity
profile
rather
than
the
gross
integral
parameters
normally
used
to
infer
the
general
character
of
the
boundary
layer
the
method
offers
the
simplicity
of
algebraic
equations
coupled
with
the
use
of
charts
rather
than
the
laborious
simultaneous
solution
of
coupled
differential
equations
required
by
existing
methods
the
method
also
affords
for
the
first
time
a
means
of
determining
the
total
boundary
layer
thickness
thus
allowing
calculation
of
the
absolute
as
well
as
the
nondimensional
velocity
distribution
the
velocity
profile
is
considered
to
be
composed
of
two
regions
an
inner
region
which
is
described
by
the
law
of
the
wall
and
an
outer
region
which
is
described
by
a
function
depicting
the
deviation
from
that
law
the
deviation
function
involves
two
parameters
which
are
uniquely
dependent
upon
the
skin
friction
coefficient
and
a
third
parameter
which
for
practical
purposes
can
be
considered
a
constant
since
the
entire
velocity
distribution
was
found
to
be
almost
uniquely
dependent
upon
the
local
skin
friction
serious
doubt
is
cast
upon
the
generally
accepted
history
concept
which
considers
the
outer
region
of
the
boundary
layer
to
be
dependent
on
integrated
upstream
conditions
agreement
between
experimental
velocity
distributions
and
those
calculated
by
the
method
presented
here
is
generally
very
good
the
analysis
and
calculation
procedures
which
are
presented
are
applicable
to
two
dimensional
pseudo
two
dimensional
and
axisymmetric
conical
flows
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1262
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
extension
of
the
linearized
characteristics
method
for
calculating
the
supersonic
flow
around
elliptic
cones
the
method
of
linearized
characteristics
as
applied
by
ferri
to
the
flow
about
elliptic
cones
can
be
used
to
determine
the
surface
pressure
distribution
even
when
only
linear
terms
are
kept
in
the
boundary
conditions
provided
an
area
rule
requirement
is
satisfied
in
addition
the
method
can
be
applied
for
angles
of
attack
provided
the
elliptic
body
geometry
is
specified
in
a
manner
that
does
not
distort
the
cross
section
the
surface
pressure
distribution
obtained
by
this
modified
method
is
in
reasonable
agreement
with
experiment
over
the
range
of
mach
numbers
and
semidiameter
ratios
considered
experimental
results
for
several
conical
bodies
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1263
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
turbulent
heat
transfer
through
a
highly
cooled
partially
dissociated
boundary
layer
the
problem
of
heat
transfer
from
high
temperature
air
through
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
to
a
cold
surface
is
considered
both
analytically
and
experimentally
heat
transfer
data
obtained
in
shock
tubes
are
presented
and
correlated
by
a
semiempirical
theory
which
includes
the
effect
of
atomic
diffusion
the
distinguishing
characteristics
of
turbulent
boundary
layers
with
dissociation
and
large
cooling
are
considered
it
is
shown
that
the
equations
governing
such
flow
after
certain
approximations
can
be
represented
in
a
form
similar
to
the
classical
equations
for
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
an
approximate
theory
is
proposed
for
turbulent
heat
transfer
for
a
highly
cooled
boundary
layer
on
portions
of
the
body
where
the
pressure
gradient
is
negligible
in
the
case
of
blunted
bodies
of
revolution
in
high
speed
flight
experimental
results
obtained
on
the
cylindrical
portion
of
a
hemisphere
cylinder
model
are
presented
for
conditions
simulating
flight
speeds
to
ft
sec
where
up
to
per
cent
of
the
molecules
are
dissociated
reynolds
numbers
of
x
based
on
local
fluid
properties
external
to
the
boundary
layer
were
achieved
the
larger
values
of
reynolds
number
and
flight
speed
were
not
obtained
simultaneously
due
to
structural
limitations
of
the
shock
tubes
however
the
experiments
were
conducted
in
such
a
way
that
the
important
effects
of
each
could
be
determined
in
the
experiments
the
mach
number
external
to
the
boundary
layer
varied
between
and
the
corresponding
mach
number
for
blunted
nonslender
bodies
in
flight
would
have
a
maximum
value
between
and
however
it
is
shown
that
these
differences
in
mach
number
are
not
important
for
such
bodies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1264
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
transition
and
heat
transfer
in
shock
tubes
an
experimental
study
is
made
of
the
wall
boundary
layer
in
a
shock
tube
operated
over
a
wide
range
of
shock
mach
numbers
and
pressure
levels
in
air
including
those
for
which
real
gas
effects
exist
transition
distances
are
determined
and
correlated
in
terms
of
the
transition
reynolds
number
based
on
a
characteristic
length
for
this
boundary
layer
data
from
independent
shock
tube
studies
are
also
included
in
this
correlation
the
results
indicate
a
weak
dependence
of
transition
reynolds
number
on
shock
strength
up
to
moderate
values
of
shock
mach
number
followed
by
a
larger
stabilizing
tendency
comparison
of
these
data
with
transition
data
obtained
in
the
same
manner
in
argon
indicate
that
the
increased
cooling
rates
are
largely
responsible
for
the
stabilization
a
dependence
of
transition
reynolds
number
on
the
unit
reynolds
number
is
found
at
the
lower
shock
strengths
specifically
higher
transition
reynolds
numbers
are
achieved
at
larger
unit
reynolds
numbers
the
phenomenon
of
transition
reversal
does
not
appear
within
the
range
of
the
experiments
reported
laminar
and
turbulent
flow
heat
transfer
rates
to
the
walls
of
the
shock
tube
are
determined
experimentally
the
results
of
the
heat
transfer
measurements
substantiate
existing
theories
in
both
the
laminar
and
turbulent
flow
regimes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1265
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
thrust
hypothesis
for
the
jet
flap
including
jet
mixing
effects
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
thrust
generated
by
a
jet
flap
it
is
shown
that
a
linear
thrust
hypothesis
can
be
obtained
provided
linearized
potential
flow
is
assumed
in
fact
the
linearized
problem
of
a
jet
flap
system
is
found
to
be
the
linear
combination
of
a
lift
problem
and
a
thrust
problem
the
lift
problem
gives
all
the
lift
generated
but
it
is
of
interest
to
note
that
the
thrust
problem
would
yield
all
the
thrust
developed
by
the
jet
flap
within
the
limitation
of
the
linearized
theory
the
mixing
of
the
jet
flap
with
the
surrounding
fluid
is
analyzed
by
the
momentum
integral
method
the
analysis
substantiates
stratford's
suggestion
for
obtaining
an
increase
of
thrust
by
causing
the
jet
to
mix
with
the
main
stream
in
a
region
of
high
suction
finally
some
approximate
formulas
relating
the
thrust
and
the
jet
angle
are
derived
the
drag
of
the
airfoil
section
and
other
viscous
effects
are
however
not
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1266
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
minimum
wing
wave
drag
with
volume
constraint
a
numerical
method
is
developed
for
calculating
the
minimum
thickness
drag
for
a
given
wing
planform
and
volume
using
linearized
supersonic
flow
theory
the
corresponding
optimum
volume
distribution
is
also
determined
the
results
show
that
considerable
drag
reduction
is
possible
by
improved
volume
distribution
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1267
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
supersonic
flow
past
thick
airfoils
the
inviscid
rotational
supersonic
flow
behind
the
shock
wave
attached
to
the
sharp
leading
edge
of
an
airfoil
is
studied
by
a
transformation
of
coordinates
which
introduces
the
crocco
stream
function
as
an
independent
variable
using
expansions
in
the
power
series
of
an
iterative
process
is
developed
for
the
determination
of
pressure
distribution
along
the
airfoil
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1268
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stable
combustion
of
a
high
velocity
gas
in
a
heated
boundary
layer
it
is
generally
recognized
that
stable
combustion
processes
in
heated
boundary
layers
may
be
achieved
by
either
of
two
conceptual
mechanisms
in
one
mechanism
it
is
pictured
that
the
heat
transfer
to
the
wall
quenches
the
propagating
flame
at
a
certain
distance
from
the
surface
the
equality
between
the
flow
velocity
and
the
normal
burning
velocity
at
this
quenching
distance
determines
the
position
of
the
propagating
flame
in
the
second
mechanism
it
is
conceived
that
the
hot
surface
provides
a
continuous
source
of
ignition
in
much
the
same
manner
that
the
hot
recirculation
zone
of
a
bluff
body
flame
holder
provides
continuous
ignition
to
the
gas
flowing
around
it
in
this
case
it
is
the
characteristic
time
during
which
the
gas
must
be
heated
that
determines
the
position
of
the
flame
all
experimental
work
reported
to
date
has
been
concerned
with
conditions
where
the
first
picture
has
apparently
been
applicable
in
the
present
paper
experiment
and
analysis
are
given
that
show
under
what
conditions
the
continuous
ignition
mechanism
provides
the
appropriate
model
and
also
how
the
two
models
are
related
to
differentiate
the
two
mechanisms
an
experiment
was
set
up
to
study
flame
stabilization
in
high
velocity
boundary
layers
over
a
wall
heated
in
the
form
of
a
step
function
with
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
and
a
wall
temperature
above
f
the
characteristic
time
was
found
to
be
a
systematic
and
reproducible
variable
these
observations
led
to
the
conclusion
that
a
continuous
ignition
mechanism
governs
stabilization
in
heated
turbulent
boundary
layers
a
rational
explanation
is
made
for
the
transition
from
the
low
speed
mechanism
known
to
be
applicable
in
unheated
turbulent
boundary
layers
and
heated
laminar
boundary
layers
to
the
ignition
mechanism
applicable
in
heated
turbulent
boundary
layers
as
a
further
verification
of
the
continuous
ignition
mechanism
an
apparent
ignition
energy
was
found
the
logarithm
of
the
heat
added
at
the
lower
stability
limit
was
found
to
be
a
linear
function
of
the
reciprocal
of
the
limiting
wall
temperature
the
activation
energy
derived
from
this
arrhenius
type
of
relation
agreed
reasonably
well
with
the
estimated
value
for
the
fuel
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1269
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
supersonic
combustion
steady
stable
plain
and
oblique
detonation
waves
were
created
in
a
high
temperature
steady
flow
supersonic
tunnel
ignition
conditions
and
properties
across
the
wave
were
measured
the
local
wave
fluid
dynamic
properties
agree
well
with
detonation
theory
experimental
data
are
presented
in
detail
and
compared
with
other
studies
and
theory
experimental
behavior
of
these
detonations
and
their
possible
utility
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1270
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
supersonic
inlet
dynamics
an
approximation
of
the
differential
equation
for
compressible
duct
flow
is
presented
the
equation
is
linear
and
of
the
second
order
the
duct
transfer
function
and
response
characteristics
are
obtained
by
applying
small
perturbation
theory
to
the
differential
equation
the
resulting
equations
describe
duct
natural
frequency
as
a
function
of
duct
areas
and
volumes
and
damping
ratio
as
a
function
of
the
slope
of
the
steady
state
mass
flow
pressure
recovery
curve
the
calcualted
response
agrees
to
a
first
approximation
with
measured
response
as
obtained
from
tests
of
a
fixed
geometry
sugar
scoop
inlet
model
with
hypass
for
matching
airflows
testing
was
done
in
the
x
and
x
ft
supersonic
tunnels
at
nasa
lewis
flight
propulsion
laboratory
further
agreement
was
obtained
during
flight
tests
of
the
f
u
airplane
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1271
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
of
supersonic
propeller
aerodynamics
a
supersonic
propeller
with
blades
attached
to
an
infinite
cylinder
as
a
hub
is
studied
the
forward
speed
may
be
subsonic
but
the
relative
speed
at
each
section
is
supersonic
the
lightly
loaded
blades
are
represented
by
a
surface
distribution
of
appropriate
modified
sources
in
a
fashion
similar
to
ordinary
supersonic
thin
wing
theory
these
sources
are
found
by
approximating
the
exact
potential
for
a
constant
strength
compressible
source
traveling
along
a
helical
path
the
usual
relationship
between
the
source
strength
and
boundary
condition
is
found
and
subsequently
the
source
distribution
is
given
to
the
appropriate
order
in
terms
of
the
blade
geometry
tip
effects
are
considered
by
extending
the
theory
of
evvard
and
krasilshchikova
the
present
investigation
however
is
restricted
to
those
planforms
for
which
no
vortex
sheet
appears
off
the
tip
for
points
in
the
tip
region
the
potential
is
obtained
through
the
appropriate
distribution
of
modified
sources
in
the
upwash
region
off
the
tip
by
transforming
to
a
curvilinear
nonorthogonal
coordinate
system
coincident
with
the
modified
mach
lines
described
by
the
infinities
of
the
potential
an
integral
equation
for
the
required
source
distribution
in
the
upwash
region
is
derived
without
having
to
solve
this
equation
it
is
shown
that
the
potential
for
a
point
in
the
tip
region
can
be
obtained
in
terms
of
an
integration
of
known
source
distributions
over
the
blade
surface
only
the
case
of
a
twisted
flat
plate
of
particular
planform
is
treated
and
a
sample
calculation
is
made
of
the
pressure
distribution
at
selected
radial
positions
within
the
noncommunicating
portion
of
the
blade
as
well
as
over
the
entire
tip
region
though
this
analysis
is
carried
out
explicitly
for
the
supersonic
propeller
it
could
also
be
extended
to
calculate
various
rotary
derivatives
for
highspeed
flight
vehicles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1272
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
oscillatory
aerodynamic
coefficients
for
a
unified
supersonic
hypersonic
strip
theory
this
investigation
presents
a
derivation
of
the
oscillatory
aerodynamic
coefficients
for
wings
with
supersonic
leading
edges
from
the
second
order
nonlinear
unsteady
supersonic
flow
theory
of
van
dyke
the
theory
is
considered
applicable
throughout
the
supersonic
hypersonic
regime
at
mach
numbers
normal
to
the
leading
edge
and
reduced
frequencies
for
which
the
coefficients
are
modified
for
sweep
and
a
finite
span
correction
is
suggested
to
increase
the
accuracy
of
strip
theory
flutter
analyses
the
limiting
values
of
the
coefficients
in
steady
flow
are
also
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1273
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
magnetohydrodynamic
effects
on
the
formation
of
couette
flow
this
paper
is
concerned
with
the
problem
of
the
formation
of
couette
flow
i
e
the
problem
of
how
the
velocity
profile
varies
with
the
time
tending
asymptotically
to
that
of
the
steady
flow
of
an
electrically
conducting
viscous
fluid
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
the
governing
equations
and
boundary
conditions
are
established
and
discussed
the
cases
of
both
vanishing
and
nonvanishing
mean
induced
electric
field
strengths
are
solved
in
terms
of
complimentary
error
functions
as
well
as
some
elementary
functions
it
is
shown
that
the
solutions
are
reducible
to
that
of
the
steady
case
as
the
time
approaches
infinity
and
to
that
of
the
nonmagnetic
field
as
the
hartmann
number
becomes
zero
some
numerical
calculations
are
given
the
results
indicate
that
in
the
presence
of
a
magnetic
field
the
flow
rate
is
reduced
depending
on
the
magnitude
of
the
hartmann
number
and
that
the
magnetic
field
assists
the
flow
to
reach
its
steady
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1274
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
real
gas
effects
in
flow
over
blunt
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
a
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
has
been
developed
to
investigate
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
flow
over
bodies
at
conditions
comparable
to
those
encountered
by
ballistic
missiles
and
satellites
re
entering
the
atmosphere
some
results
for
a
shock
velocity
of
over
ft
per
sec
in
the
shock
tube
portion
of
the
facility
are
presented
static
pressure
investigations
were
made
in
the
nozzle
to
determine
the
flow
condition
and
the
expansion
process
the
results
of
the
investigation
of
representative
blunt
bodies
at
hypersonic
mach
numbers
and
nozzle
stagnation
temperatures
up
to
approximately
degreek
are
presented
these
include
body
pressure
distributions
shock
wave
shapes
detachment
distances
and
photographs
of
the
luminous
gas
region
in
the
shock
layer
it
is
seen
that
the
shock
detachment
distance
is
smaller
at
higher
stagnation
temperatures
due
to
the
real
gas
effects
for
the
hemisphere
the
pressure
distribution
was
less
than
that
predicted
by
the
modified
newtonian
theory
for
all
stagnation
temperatures
for
a
degree
cone
hemisphere
the
pressure
distribution
and
the
shock
detachment
distance
were
appreciably
affected
by
the
real
gas
effects
the
observed
shock
wave
shape
and
the
approximate
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
are
compared
with
the
analytical
prediction
some
preliminary
results
for
the
detached
shock
wave
produced
by
a
blunt
two
dimensional
body
in
a
low
density
flow
at
a
mach
number
of
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1275
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
flow
about
an
unsteadily
rotating
disc
an
analysis
is
made
of
the
unsteady
laminar
flow
about
a
rotating
disc
whose
angular
velocity
may
vary
with
time
the
deviation
of
the
actual
instantaneous
state
of
the
flow
from
the
quasi
steady
state
instantaneous
steady
state
is
determined
from
this
a
simplified
criterion
is
derived
to
define
the
conditions
under
which
the
flow
can
be
considered
as
quasi
steady
for
the
purposes
of
shear
stress
and
torque
computations
since
a
turbulent
flow
responds
more
rapidly
than
a
laminar
flow
the
quasi
steady
criterion
found
here
should
also
serve
for
the
turbulent
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1276
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
three
dimensional
linearized
analysis
of
the
forces
exerted
on
a
rigid
wing
by
a
shock
wave
the
pressure
distribution
on
a
moving
flat
plate
induced
by
an
acoustic
shock
front
striking
the
edge
of
the
plate
obliquely
has
been
found
in
terms
of
the
two
dimensional
solution
of
the
authors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1277
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
vortex
cancellation
the
cancellation
of
a
vortex
by
means
of
another
concentric
vortex
of
equal
strength
but
opposite
spin
is
investigated
when
such
a
cancellation
occurs
there
is
a
recovery
of
static
pressure
the
vortices
are
generated
by
means
of
two
three
dimensional
airfoils
cantilevered
from
the
duct
wall
one
being
situated
in
the
wake
of
the
other
the
airfoils
have
opposite
effective
angles
of
attack
and
therefore
have
trailing
vortices
of
opposite
spin
as
required
it
is
demonstrated
experimentally
that
there
exists
an
optimum
angle
of
attack
for
the
second
airfoil
which
cancels
the
vortex
from
the
first
airfoil
and
restores
uniform
flow
downstream
of
the
two
airfoils
a
theoretical
solution
of
this
optimum
angle
of
attack
is
presented
and
it
is
found
to
depend
upon
the
angle
of
attack
of
the
first
airfoil
and
upon
the
geometrical
properties
of
the
wings
the
pressure
recovery
accompanying
the
vortex
cancellation
is
also
studied
theoretical
considerations
based
on
the
model
of
a
vortex
filament
in
the
center
of
a
circular
tube
show
that
a
maximum
of
per
cent
of
the
static
pressure
drop
across
the
first
airfoil
can
be
recovered
this
maximum
is
imposed
irrespective
of
skin
friction
and
separation
losses
by
the
irreversibility
associated
with
establishing
a
vortex
field
experimental
pressure
recoveries
of
per
cent
are
realized
perhaps
the
primary
value
of
the
present
study
is
the
opportunity
it
provides
to
verify
certain
of
the
fundamental
concepts
of
fluid
mechanics
which
are
brought
into
play
when
the
trailing
vortex
system
of
a
lifting
wing
is
cancelled
by
a
second
wing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1278
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
transition
in
a
separated
laminar
boundary
layer
transition
to
turbulence
was
studied
in
a
separated
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
in
long
and
thick
steps
with
a
height
of
to
were
provided
at
a
distance
of
to
transition
was
observed
through
a
hot
wire
anemometer
the
author
concludes
that
transition
was
always
initiated
by
tollmien
schlichting
waves
two
types
of
transition
were
observed
in
one
type
bursts
suddenly
appeared
in
the
wavy
flow
the
other
type
consists
of
amplification
distortion
and
breaking
up
of
the
waves
which
type
of
transition
occurs
depends
on
the
value
of
the
following
parameter
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
times
step
height
times
free
stream
velocity
squared
divided
by
kinematic
velocity
squared
the
burst
type
has
been
observed
for
values
of
this
parameter
larger
than
x
the
separated
laminar
boundary
layer
becomes
unstable
and
develops
waves
when
the
critical
reynolds
number
based
on
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
at
the
step
location
exceeds
a
value
of
some
conclusions
on
the
development
of
separation
bubbles
on
air
foils
are
drawn
from
the
present
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1279
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
sublimation
in
a
hypersonic
environment
a
priori
knowledge
of
the
response
of
materials
subjected
to
a
severe
aerothermal
environment
is
essential
in
the
space
age
the
successful
design
of
space
and
re
entry
vehicles
demands
that
the
fundamental
problem
of
the
interaction
between
a
material
and
dissociated
air
be
properly
formulated
and
solved
in
this
paper
the
problem
of
sublimation
in
a
hypersonic
environment
is
considered
in
this
study
of
hypersonic
ablation
the
pertinent
conservation
equations
are
derived
and
the
simultaneous
processes
of
diffusion
convection
and
thermal
exchange
are
analyzed
for
the
vaporization
of
a
refractory
material
which
is
subjected
to
the
environmental
conditions
encountered
during
hypersonic
reentry
for
simplicity
only
the
forward
stagnation
point
of
an
axially
symmetric
body
is
treated
it
is
shown
that
the
quantity
called
the
effective
heat
of
vaporization
which
includes
all
heat
absorbing
or
heat
blocking
effects
is
an
increasing
function
of
flight
speed
independent
of
body
size
except
where
nonequilibrium
vaporization
effects
or
radiative
effects
appear
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1280
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wings
with
minimum
drag
due
to
lift
in
supersonic
flow
it
has
been
shown
by
r
t
jones
that
in
order
to
produce
minimum
drag
the
given
lift
must
be
distributed
over
the
wing
surface
in
such
a
way
that
the
sum
of
the
downwash
induced
by
this
distribution
and
the
downwash
induced
in
reversed
flow
is
constant
over
the
wing
surface
this
combined
downwash
can
be
expressed
by
an
integral
which
contains
the
load
as
a
function
of
the
spanwise
and
chordwise
coordinate
the
problem
of
finding
the
appropriate
load
distribution
is
thus
reduced
to
the
problem
of
finding
the
solution
of
a
rather
cumbersome
integral
equation
the
severe
spanwise
singularity
of
the
kernel
function
is
handled
most
easily
as
in
corresponding
subsonic
problems
by
an
approximate
integration
over
interpolation
polynomials
the
chordwise
load
distribution
is
represented
by
a
limited
series
development
in
legendre
polynomials
the
sigularity
of
the
kernel
function
along
the
mach
lines
through
any
pivotal
point
can
be
avoided
by
a
similar
legendre
development
of
the
combined
induced
downwash
which
is
constant
the
integral
equation
is
thus
converted
into
a
system
of
linear
equations
for
the
unknown
coefficients
of
the
legendre
functions
of
the
load
distribution
at
a
limited
number
of
spanwise
stations
practical
calculations
are
carried
out
on
an
electronic
computer
the
solutions
yield
the
optimum
load
distribution
and
the
local
incidence
twist
camber
etc
necessary
to
realize
this
distribution
for
many
wing
plan
forms
considerable
gains
over
a
plane
wing
appear
possible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1281
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
turbulent
heat
transfer
on
blunt
nosed
bodies
in
two
dimensional
and
general
three
dimensional
hypersonic
flow
recent
results
obtained
for
three
dimensional
laminar
boundary
layers
are
extended
to
the
turbulent
case
it
is
shown
that
in
the
presence
of
highly
cooled
surfaces
and
of
moderate
mach
numbers
of
the
outer
stream
the
crossflow
and
the
pertaining
reynolds
stresses
in
a
general
three
dimensional
turbulent
boundary
layer
are
negligible
even
for
large
transverse
pressure
gradients
a
correlation
due
to
mager
between
two
dimensional
compressible
and
incompressible
turbulent
boundary
layers
is
extended
to
the
problem
in
question
from
a
study
of
the
transformation
and
of
its
implications
a
rapid
method
for
the
analysis
of
the
boundary
layer
flow
under
the
subject
conditions
is
established
in
the
absence
of
general
three
dimensional
data
a
comparison
with
experiments
and
with
the
predictions
of
other
known
analyses
is
carried
out
for
several
axisymmetric
configurations
the
results
of
the
method
presented
here
exhibit
good
agreement
with
the
data
the
range
of
validity
of
the
cold
wall
approximation
for
general
three
dimensional
problems
is
estimated
qualitatively
on
the
basis
of
recent
measurements
in
laminar
flow
the
argument
being
that
for
either
zero
or
favorable
streamwise
pressure
gradients
smaller
three
dimensional
effects
are
to
be
expected
in
a
turbulent
boundary
layer
as
compared
to
a
laminar
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1282
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressible
flat
plate
boundary
layer
flow
with
an
applied
magnetic
field
the
laminar
boundary
layer
equations
are
formulated
and
solved
for
a
flat
plate
in
high
speed
compressible
air
flow
where
equilibrium
dissociation
and
ionization
are
assumed
and
where
there
is
an
applied
magnetic
field
having
its
component
normal
to
the
plate
proportional
to
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
characteristics
are
determined
for
free
stream
velocities
of
up
to
meters
sec
and
magnetic
fields
of
up
to
about
the
results
show
that
the
skin
friction
and
heat
transfer
at
a
given
free
stream
velocity
decrease
with
increasing
magnetic
field
strength
and
the
percentage
reduction
is
constant
along
the
length
of
the
plate
they
also
exhibit
the
same
hysteresis
behavior
as
was
first
found
in
the
case
of
magnetoaerodynamic
couette
flow
however
for
the
flat
plate
the
hysteresis
effect
disappears
at
a
higher
mach
number
furthermore
it
was
found
that
the
reduction
in
heat
transfer
with
increasing
field
strength
is
opposite
in
behavior
from
that
for
couette
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1283
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
shearing
flow
between
porous
coaxial
cylinders
the
flow
between
concentric
porous
cylinders
in
relative
axial
motion
with
a
pressure
gradient
is
considered
the
analysis
is
restricted
by
the
assumption
that
the
velocity
distribution
is
a
function
of
the
radial
coordinate
only
so
that
there
is
no
net
injection
or
withdrawal
of
fluid
at
any
station
this
assumption
reduces
the
problem
to
a
soluble
system
of
ordinary
differential
equations
an
associated
heat
transfer
problem
is
also
discussed
briefly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1284
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
transition
to
tubulence
in
a
boundary
layer
on
a
blunt
cone
in
supersonic
flow
experiments
were
made
with
a
series
of
cones
each
having
an
included
angle
of
degrees
and
having
different
tip
radii
sharp
to
blunt
nose
the
cones
were
tested
in
streams
undisturbed
mach
numbers
of
and
and
the
position
of
transition
to
turbulence
was
observed
with
a
shadowgraph
technique
for
each
mach
number
the
distance
to
transition
distance
downstream
from
the
tip
of
the
cone
increased
with
increase
in
tip
radius
reached
a
maximum
at
a
certain
tip
radius
and
then
decreased
with
increase
in
tip
radius
a
study
indicates
that
a
reynolds
number
based
on
the
momentum
thickness
instead
of
the
length
from
tip
to
transition
is
a
more
appropriate
parameter
for
correlating
the
data
the
research
scientist
active
in
this
field
probably
would
derive
the
most
benefit
from
the
original
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1285
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
at
hypersonic
speeds
on
circular
cones
at
incidence
pressure
distribution
measurements
on
five
circular
cones
with
total
apex
angles
ranging
from
to
degrees
are
described
the
tests
covered
a
range
of
angles
of
incidence
from
to
and
the
extent
to
which
various
analytical
and
empirical
theories
predict
the
measured
pressures
is
assessed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1286
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
equilibrium
real
gas
performance
charts
for
a
shypersonic
shock
tube
wind
tunnel
employing
nitrogen
charts
are
presented
covering
a
wide
range
of
reflected
shock
wind
tunnel
operating
conditions
using
nitrogen
as
the
working
gas
a
statistical
mechanical
model
of
the
gas
is
assumed
which
takes
account
of
molecular
vibration
electronic
excitation
and
dissociation
the
gas
is
assumed
to
be
constantly
in
equilibrium
that
is
the
reaction
rates
are
taken
to
be
infinitely
fast
the
equations
of
motion
are
solved
with
the
aid
of
a
digital
computer
previously
reported
results
for
the
state
of
the
shock
processed
gas
in
the
shock
tube
being
used
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1287
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
progress
report
on
an
experiment
on
the
effect
of
surface
flexibility
on
the
stability
of
laminar
flow
this
paper
describes
the
flexible
surfaces
whose
properties
have
been
examined
and
which
have
been
tested
on
an
aerofoil
in
a
wind
tunnel
the
experiment
has
been
rather
inconclusive
as
no
drag
reductions
have
been
found
in
turbulent
flow
whilst
the
only
rearward
movements
of
transition
occurred
in
conditions
where
the
alteration
has
been
inhibited
by
the
onset
of
laminar
separation
the
limitations
of
the
experiment
are
discussed
carefully
in
order
to
clarify
the
next
steps
which
are
to
be
taken
with
more
flexible
surfaces
with
less
damping
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1288
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
of
the
fluid
mechanics
of
secondary
injection
for
thrust
vector
control
an
analysis
is
made
of
the
interaction
of
an
injected
gas
or
liquid
with
a
supersonic
stream
and
the
force
induced
on
an
adjacent
wall
is
predicted
the
study
deals
only
with
the
freestream
injectant
interaction
the
modifications
to
the
flow
introduced
by
the
boundary
layer
are
not
considered
in
the
case
of
liquids
it
is
shown
that
the
momentum
deficit
of
the
injectant
relative
to
the
freestream
may
play
a
larger
part
in
producing
the
side
force
than
the
volume
generation
by
vaporization
and
reaction
the
analytical
results
are
compared
with
those
obtained
from
experiments
in
a
wind
tunnel
and
in
nozzles
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1289
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
technique
to
lifting
surface
theory
for
calculation
of
unsteady
aerodynamic
forces
due
to
continuous
sinusoidal
gusts
on
several
wing
planforms
at
sobsonic
speeds
a
numerical
lifting
surface
method
has
been
used
to
calculate
direct
gust
forces
and
moments
on
wings
of
several
planforms
the
gust
velocities
are
continuous
and
vary
sinusoidally
in
the
stream
direction
and
are
also
uniform
across
the
wing
span
the
procedure
has
the
advantage
of
rapid
machine
calculation
and
includes
the
effects
of
wing
planform
nonsteady
subsonic
flow
and
induced
flow
effects
the
method
provides
for
calculation
of
gust
forces
on
a
basis
consistent
with
that
for
the
calculation
of
forces
due
to
motion
and
deformation
the
results
include
the
in
phase
and
quadrature
components
of
the
following
quantities
a
spanwise
distribution
of
section
lift
coefficient
b
total
lift
coefficient
and
c
total
pitching
moment
coefficient
in
addition
generalized
gust
forces
on
approximate
fundamental
cantilever
bending
modes
parabolic
are
also
included
results
have
been
obtained
for
and
delta
wings
ratio
and
an
unswept
wing
of
aspect
ratio
conditions
for
which
calculations
were
made
include
two
mach
numbers
reduced
frequency
range
of
to
the
direct
gust
forces
and
moments
are
in
forms
suitable
to
be
inserted
in
equations
of
motion
used
in
the
calculation
of
the
dynamic
responses
of
flexible
lifting
vehicles
to
random
turbulence
and
to
be
compared
with
results
from
other
methods
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1290
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
measured
and
calculated
subsonic
and
transonic
flutter
characteristics
of
a
sweptback
wing
planform
in
air
and
in
freon
in
the
langley
transonic
dynamics
tunnel
in
order
to
investigate
the
reliability
of
flutter
data
measured
in
the
langley
transonic
dynamics
tunnel
an
experimental
and
theoretical
subsonic
and
transonic
flutter
study
has
been
conducted
in
air
and
in
freon
in
this
facility
the
wing
planform
employed
had
an
aspect
ratio
of
a
taper
ratio
of
and
of
quarter
chord
sweepback
a
sting
mounted
full
span
model
was
tested
in
addition
to
three
sizes
of
wall
mounted
semispan
models
a
wide
range
of
mass
ratio
was
covered
by
the
tests
in
air
and
by
flutter
calculations
made
by
the
modified
strip
analysis
method
of
naca
research
memorandum
l
l
a
limited
amount
of
data
was
obtained
in
freon
results
of
the
tests
in
air
and
in
freon
are
in
good
agreement
with
the
flutter
calculations
at
all
mach
numbers
the
test
data
compare
favorably
with
previously
published
transonic
flutter
data
for
the
same
wing
planform
the
results
indicate
that
flutter
characteristics
obtained
in
freon
may
be
interpreted
directly
as
equivalent
flutter
data
in
air
at
the
same
mass
ratio
and
mach
number
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1291
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
atmosphere
entries
with
spacecraft
lift
drag
ratios
modulated
to
limit
decelerations
an
analysis
has
been
made
of
atmosphere
entries
for
which
the
spacecraft
lift
drag
ratios
were
modulated
to
limit
the
maximum
deceleration
the
parts
of
the
drag
polars
used
during
modulation
were
from
maximum
lift
coefficient
to
minimum
drag
coefficient
five
drag
polars
of
different
shapes
were
assumed
for
the
spacecraft
the
entries
covered
wide
ranges
of
initial
velocity
initial
flight
path
angle
initial
and
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
two
dimensional
trajectory
calculations
were
made
for
a
nonrotating
spherical
earth
with
an
exponential
atmosphere
the
results
of
the
analysis
indicate
for
four
of
the
five
drag
polars
that
relative
to
the
maximum
deceleration
of
an
unmodulated
entry
at
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
the
greatest
reduction
in
maximum
deceleration
obtainable
by
modulation
depends
upon
a
single
parameter
this
parameter
is
the
ratio
of
the
value
of
the
aerodynamic
resultant
force
coefficient
at
minimum
drag
coefficient
to
the
value
at
maximum
lift
coefficient
thus
the
reduction
in
maximum
deceleration
is
independent
of
initial
velocity
initial
flight
path
angle
initial
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
and
the
shape
of
the
drag
polar
for
the
fifth
drag
polar
the
reduction
in
maximum
deceleration
was
found
to
depend
upon
the
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
also
relative
to
the
depth
of
a
given
deceleration
limited
corridor
the
greatest
increase
in
corridor
depth
obtainable
by
modulation
for
four
of
the
five
drag
polars
depends
upon
the
same
ratio
of
aerodynamic
resultant
force
coefficients
the
fractional
increase
in
corridor
depth
can
be
expressed
as
an
empirically
determined
analytical
function
of
this
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1292
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
jet
pluming
on
the
static
stability
of
cone
cylinder
flare
configurations
at
a
mach
number
of
the
effects
of
jet
pluming
on
normal
force
and
pitching
moment
of
have
been
measured
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
with
reynolds
numbers
based
on
model
length
of
to
geometric
variables
included
nose
bluntness
flare
half
angle
and
nozzle
geometry
and
exit
displacement
two
test
nozzles
with
design
mach
numbers
of
and
were
operated
with
compressed
air
to
simulate
the
initial
jet
boundary
shape
of
a
particular
solid
propellant
rocket
motor
operating
between
altitudes
of
and
feet
the
ratio
of
the
jet
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
varied
from
a
jet
off
condition
to
approximately
for
the
nozzle
with
design
mach
number
of
and
from
a
jet
off
condition
to
approximately
for
the
nozzle
with
design
mach
number
of
the
angle
of
attack
range
was
from
to
approximately
the
results
indicate
that
as
the
jet
pressure
ratio
was
increased
the
size
of
the
jet
plume
increased
and
as
a
result
the
model
static
stability
was
decreased
increasing
the
angle
of
attack
resulted
in
a
reduction
in
static
instability
during
the
jet
on
condition
increasing
nose
bluntness
resulted
in
a
more
forward
movement
of
the
center
of
pressure
when
jet
plume
interference
was
not
present
and
a
rearward
movement
in
the
center
of
pressure
when
jet
interference
was
present
increasing
the
nozzle
area
expansion
ratio
and
displacing
the
nozzle
exit
downstream
of
the
flare
base
resulted
in
a
more
rearward
location
of
the
center
of
pressure
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1293
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
of
stiffened
cylinders
in
axial
compression
the
problem
of
optimum
design
of
axially
compressed
cylinders
stiffened
by
rings
and
stringers
is
discussed
particular
attention
is
devoted
to
configurations
suitable
for
large
launch
vehicles
consideration
is
given
to
the
analytical
techniques
for
determining
strength
as
well
as
the
procedures
for
optimization
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1294
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
non
linear
shallow
shell
analysis
by
the
matrix
force
method
the
matrix
force
method
of
redundant
structure
analysis
is
currently
being
extended
by
various
users
to
cover
a
number
of
non
linear
problems
one
of
these
is
the
non
linear
analysis
of
heated
cambered
wings
such
as
might
be
used
in
advanced
flight
vehicles
in
this
case
the
approach
used
by
the
present
authors
is
equally
applicable
to
shallow
shells
the
formulation
of
the
strain
displacement
and
equilibrium
relations
being
a
finite
element
equivalent
to
that
used
by
marguerre
the
solution
is
obtained
by
a
combined
iteration
and
step
by
step
procedure
utilizing
a
tangent
flexibility
matrix
divergence
in
the
calculations
indicates
that
the
range
of
stable
configurations
has
been
exceeded
cambered
plates
subjected
to
several
loadings
are
given
as
examples
for
one
an
exact
solution
is
available
for
comparison
it
is
believed
that
the
basic
concepts
involved
in
this
shallow
shell
analysis
can
be
extended
to
apply
to
other
more
general
shell
instability
problems
and
that
useful
solutions
to
the
latter
are
probably
within
the
capability
of
present
day
digital
computers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1295
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
recent
advances
in
nonequilibrium
dissociating
gasdynamics
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
review
some
recent
advances
in
the
study
of
gasdynamic
problems
including
effects
of
chemical
reactions
to
provide
a
background
for
the
study
the
general
concepts
shall
be
outlined
briefly
the
discussions
of
the
recent
developments
are
restricted
to
inviscid
flow
problems
only
neglecting
viscosity
heat
conduction
and
diffusion
particular
attention
is
directed
to
recent
advances
in
analyses
of
nonequilibrium
dissociating
gas
flows
in
the
hypersonic
flight
regime
high
stagnation
enthalpies
sufficient
to
cause
dissociation
are
realized
when
the
time
to
reach
equilibrium
is
comparable
with
the
time
it
takes
for
a
fluid
particle
to
pass
through
the
flow
then
there
exist
regions
of
the
flow
field
where
nonequilibrium
states
are
encountered
a
brief
survey
of
both
the
linear
and
the
nonlinear
methods
of
treatment
of
these
nonequilibrium
flows
including
some
new
developments
that
have
not
appeared
elsewhere
will
be
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1296
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
non
equilibrium
expansions
of
air
with
coupled
chemical
reactions
analysis
and
solutions
of
the
streamtube
gas
dynamics
involving
coupled
chemical
rate
equations
are
carried
out
results
are
presented
for
airflows
along
the
surface
of
blunt
bodies
and
through
hypersonic
nozzles
speeds
and
altitudes
corresponding
to
re
entry
were
selected
to
obtain
initial
conditions
for
the
external
flow
calculations
conditions
appropriate
to
hypersonic
tunnel
testing
were
chosen
for
the
nozzle
flow
calculations
composition
histories
are
shown
for
a
kinetic
mechanism
including
species
and
reactions
gas
dynamic
effects
of
nonequilibrium
processes
qualitatively
resemble
those
reported
earlier
however
the
freezing
process
is
complicated
by
the
coupling
of
the
nitric
oxide
shuffle
reactions
with
the
dissociation
recombination
reactions
in
many
cases
of
hypersonic
nozzle
flows
where
the
energy
in
nitrogen
dissociation
is
significant
the
fast
shuffle
reactions
prevent
nitrogen
atom
freezing
which
would
otherwise
occur
if
three
body
recombination
were
the
only
process
operating
nitric
oxide
concentrations
undershoot
the
equilibrium
values
if
the
ratio
of
nitric
oxide
to
oxygen
molecule
concentrations
exceeds
unity
in
the
freezing
region
this
depletion
of
nitric
oxide
leads
to
nitrogen
atom
freezing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1297
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
ionization
nonequilibrium
in
expanding
flows
approximate
methods
are
developed
for
solving
the
electron
ion
kinetic
equations
in
expanding
quasi
one
dimensional
airflows
results
are
obtained
for
inviscid
nozzle
flows
at
conditions
appropriate
to
shock
tunnel
testing
and
are
compared
with
exact
numerical
solutions
effects
on
rf
transmission
and
d
c
conductivity
are
examined
since
two
body
deionization
never
fully
freezes
in
the
flows
considered
here
the
assumption
of
sudden
freezing
gives
an
upper
bound
on
the
residual
ionization
at
large
area
ratios
the
use
of
an
asymptotic
form
of
solution
with
the
freezing
criterion
provides
an
improved
estimate
for
such
cases
ionization
nonequilibrium
is
also
considered
for
the
plasma
sheath
associated
with
blunt
hypersonic
bodies
flying
at
high
altitudes
the
influence
of
atomic
ions
is
examined
for
typical
re
entry
conditions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1298
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theory
of
radiation
from
luminous
shock
waves
in
nitrogen
the
physical
properties
behind
a
normal
shock
in
nitrogen
are
calculated
as
a
function
of
time
these
include
the
variation
of
temperature
composition
ionization
and
the
intensity
of
radiation
from
the
n
first
negative
band
system
this
calculation
incorporates
a
rate
equation
for
the
dissociation
of
nitrogen
the
conservation
laws
an
equation
describing
vibrational
relaxation
and
a
method
of
coupling
the
vibrational
relaxation
with
the
dissociation
rate
the
n
radiation
is
computed
assuming
excitation
of
the
radiating
state
by
collision
with
vibrationally
excited
nitrogen
molecules
a
particular
case
is
considered
for
which
experimental
data
are
available
and
regions
sensitive
to
particular
rates
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1299
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
viscous
shock
layer
a
decade
ago
tsien
as
well
as
others
and
more
recently
adams
and
probstein
have
attempted
to
define
the
different
regimes
of
gaseous
interactions
during
high
altitude
flight
in
this
note
some
results
are
presented
which
are
pertinent
to
the
flight
of
hypersonic
lifting
vehicles
composed
of
axially
symmetric
and
two
dimensional
elements
sec
fig
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1300
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
effects
of
bluntness
on
boundary
layer
transition
and
heat
transfer
at
supersonic
speeds
large
downstream
movements
of
transition
observed
when
the
leading
edge
of
a
hollow
cylinder
or
a
flat
plate
is
slightly
blunted
are
explained
in
terms
of
the
reduction
in
reynolds
number
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
due
to
the
detached
shock
wave
the
magnitude
of
this
reduction
is
computed
for
cones
and
wedges
for
mach
numbers
to
concurrent
changes
in
outer
edge
mach
number
and
temperature
occur
in
the
direction
that
would
increase
the
stability
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
the
hypothesis
is
made
that
transition
reynolds
number
is
substantially
unchanged
when
a
sharp
leading
edge
or
tip
is
blunted
this
hypothesis
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
the
downstream
movement
of
transition
is
inversely
proportional
to
the
ratio
of
surface
reynolds
number
with
blunted
tip
or
leading
edge
to
surface
reynolds
number
with
sharp
tip
or
leading
edge
this
conclusion
is
in
good
agreement
with
the
hollow
cylinder
result
at
mach
application
of
this
hypothesis
to
other
mach
numbers
yields
the
result
that
blunting
the
tip
of
a
slender
cone
or
the
leading
edge
of
a
thin
wedge
should
produce
downstream
movements
of
transition
by
factors
ranging
from
at
mach
to
at
mach
the
possible
reduction
in
over
all
heat
transfer
rate
and
friction
drag
for
aircraft
flying
at
high
supersonic
speeds
mach
number
profiles
near
the
surfaces
of
blunted
cones
and
wedges
are
computed
for
an
assumed
shape
of
the
detached
shock
wave
at
flight
mach
numbers
to
the
dissipation
and
stability
of
these
profiles
are
discussed
and
a
method
is
described
for
estimating
the
amount
of
blunting
required
to
produce
the
maximum
possible
downstream
movement
of
transition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1301
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressible
boundary
layers
on
bodies
of
revolution
in
a
former
paper
it
has
been
shown
that
the
behaviour
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
body
of
revolution
can
be
described
mathematically
by
the
same
equations
which
are
also
applied
to
the
processes
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
in
the
two
dimensional
flow
along
a
body
contour
the
form
of
which
is
determined
by
the
shape
of
the
body
of
revolution
a
simple
relation
exists
between
the
two
dimensional
boundary
layers
and
the
axially
symmetrical
ones
the
flow
had
been
assumed
to
be
incompressible
in
this
report
it
shall
be
shown
that
this
relation
is
still
valid
when
the
compressibility
is
taken
into
consideration
the
distribution
of
velocity
as
well
as
that
of
temperature
in
the
laminar
boundary
layer
of
a
body
of
revolution
can
be
calculated
by
solving
the
corresponding
problem
for
the
two
dimensional
flow
around
a
suitable
contour
the
method
is
made
clear
by
the
example
of
the
supersonic
flow
towards
a
cone
tip
this
example
has
already
been
treated
by
another
method
by
hantzsche
and
wendt
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1302
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
development
of
the
boundary
layer
in
supersonic
shear
flow
the
development
of
the
boundary
layer
in
a
velocity
shear
layer
is
discussed
for
two
dimensional
flow
and
for
axisymmetric
flow
of
both
compressible
and
incompressible
fluids
it
is
shown
that
the
solutions
obtained
by
li
and
glauert
for
the
two
dimensional
flow
of
an
incompressible
fluid
are
applicable
in
the
more
general
case
after
suitable
transformations
of
coordinates
have
been
made
new
definitions
are
shown
to
be
necessary
and
are
given
for
the
displacement
and
momentum
thicknesses
of
such
a
boundary
layer
reynolds
numbers
based
on
these
thicknesses
are
given
and
it
is
shown
that
any
phenomenon
which
occurs
at
a
constant
value
of
such
a
reynolds
number
will
occur
at
a
point
which
as
the
length
scale
of
the
flow
increases
first
moves
down
stream
and
then
moves
slightly
upstream
this
is
shown
to
be
in
qualitative
agreement
with
experimental
results
on
a
blunt
cone
in
a
supersonic
flow
a
quantitative
comparison
of
the
theoretical
and
experimental
values
of
displacement
and
momentum
thicknesses
is
attempted
and
no
disagreement
is
obvious
unfortunately
the
accuracy
of
the
experiments
so
far
available
is
insufficient
to
give
positive
confirmation
of
the
theory
of
this
note
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1303
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
air
pressure
on
a
cone
moving
at
high
speeds
the
cone
is
considered
to
be
moving
at
a
velocity
higher
than
that
of
sound
so
that
there
is
in
front
of
it
a
shock
wave
moving
with
the
same
speed
as
the
cone
itself
in
the
first
part
of
the
paper
the
case
is
investigated
mathematically
where
the
flow
is
irrotational
and
the
pressure
velocity
and
density
of
the
air
stream
are
each
constant
over
the
surfaces
of
cones
coaxial
with
the
moving
solid
cone
the
complete
solution
is
obtained
in
numerical
form
for
cones
of
semi
vertical
angle
of
the
paper
the
results
are
compared
with
experiment
both
in
respect
of
pressure
distribution
as
measured
in
a
wind
tunnel
and
also
for
the
cone
by
comparison
with
photographs
of
bullets
in
flight
in
the
latter
case
the
theory
should
only
be
applicable
if
the
speed
is
or
more
times
the
velocity
of
sound
and
it
is
in
fact
found
in
the
photographs
that
the
nature
of
the
wave
alters
at
about
this
velocity
the
exact
solution
found
is
compared
with
an
approximation
given
recently
by
v
karman
and
moore
this
should
be
valid
for
thin
spindle
shaped
bodies
and
does
in
fact
agree
well
in
the
case
of
the
cone
of
semi
vertical
angle
but
diverges
increasingly
from
the
truth
as
the
angle
is
increased
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1304
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
newtonian
flow
over
a
surface
a
general
method
is
presented
for
the
study
of
a
three
dimensional
hypersonic
flow
about
a
body
of
arbitrary
shape
when
the
manner
of
constructing
a
double
asymptotic
development
in
and
is
shown
formulae
are
given
which
enable
the
first
three
terms
of
this
development
to
be
obtained
while
neglecting
the
theory
is
then
applied
to
the
case
of
a
body
of
circular
cone
shape
the
pressure
is
given
as
a
triple
development
in
accordance
with
the
preceding
parameters
and
the
angle
of
attack
this
development
neglects
a
ferri's
vortical
layer
is
brought
into
evidence
a
second
application
is
devoted
to
calculation
of
the
total
forces
acting
upon
bodies
of
revolution
at
angles
of
incidence
while
neglecting
general
formulae
are
established
for
the
coefficients
of
axial
force
normal
force
and
moments
the
formulae
are
developed
according
to
the
powers
of
incidence
the
first
terms
of
each
formula
being
of
very
simple
form
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1305
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
proposed
programme
of
wind
tunnel
tests
at
hypersonic
speeds
to
investigate
the
lifting
properties
of
geometrically
slender
shapes
a
programme
of
tests
at
hypersonic
speeds
on
slender
bodies
is
described
which
has
the
aim
of
investigating
how
lift
is
generated
and
the
compromises
that
may
be
enforced
by
aerodynamic
heating
the
programme
is
based
on
models
of
simple
geometric
shape
from
which
lifting
configurations
will
later
be
built
up
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1306
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
on
circular
cones
at
yaw
in
supersonic
flow
pressure
measurements
made
in
the
fort
halstead
supersonic
tunnel
on
two
circular
cones
of
semiapex
angles
and
coefficients
are
compared
with
corresponding
values
calculated
by
theoretical
methods
and
the
relative
merits
of
these
methods
are
then
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1307
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
laminar
heat
transfer
and
pressure
measurements
at
a
mach
number
of
on
sharp
and
blunt
half
angle
cones
at
angles
of
attack
up
to
two
circular
conical
configurations
having
half
angles
were
tested
in
laminar
boundary
layer
at
a
mach
number
of
and
angles
of
attack
up
to
one
cone
had
a
sharp
nose
and
a
fineness
ratio
of
blunted
nose
with
a
bluntness
ratio
of
and
a
fineness
ratio
of
pressure
measurements
and
schlieren
pictures
of
the
flow
showed
that
near
conical
flow
existed
up
to
an
angle
of
attack
of
approximately
near
the
base
and
the
bow
shock
wave
was
considerably
curved
comparison
of
the
results
with
simply
applied
theories
showed
that
on
the
stagnation
line
pressures
may
be
predicted
by
newtonian
theory
and
heat
transfer
by
local
yawed
cylinder
theory
based
on
the
yaw
angle
of
the
windward
generator
and
the
local
radius
of
the
cone
base
effects
increased
the
heat
transfer
in
a
region
extending
forward
approximately
circumferential
pressure
distributions
were
higher
than
the
corresponding
newtonian
distribution
and
a
better
prediction
was
obtained
by
modifying
the
theory
to
match
the
pressure
at
from
the
windward
generator
to
that
on
the
surface
of
the
cone
at
an
angle
of
attack
of
circumferential
heat
transfer
distributions
were
predicted
satisfactorily
up
to
about
from
the
stagnation
line
by
using
lees'
heat
flux
distribution
based
on
the
newtonian
pressure
the
effects
of
nose
bluntness
at
large
angles
of
attack
were
very
small
in
the
region
beyond
two
nose
radii
from
the
point
of
tangency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1308
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
guide
to
the
use
of
the
m
i
t
cone
tables
the
second
and
third
volumes
of
the
m
i
t
cone
tables
have
been
found
to
be
unsatisfactory
in
two
respects
they
have
been
criticized
because
of
their
inconvenient
tabulation
and
because
the
theory
on
which
they
are
based
is
inadequate
near
the
cone
surface
the
former
is
climinated
by
means
of
a
coordinate
transformation
empirical
evidence
is
presented
to
show
that
the
latter
may
be
ignored
in
practice
the
exact
nature
of
certain
numerical
errors
in
the
table
is
also
pointed
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1309
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
flows
past
a
yawed
circular
cone
and
other
pointed
bodies
a
detailed
treatment
of
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
past
a
circular
cone
is
given
for
small
and
moderate
yaw
angles
within
the
framework
of
shock
layer
theory
the
basic
problem
of
non
uniform
validity
associated
with
the
singularity
of
the
entropy
field
is
examined
and
a
valid
first
order
solution
is
obtained
which
provides
an
explicit
description
of
a
thin
vortical
layer
at
the
inner
edge
of
the
shock
layer
analytic
formulas
for
pressure
and
circumferential
velocity
are
given
consistent
to
the
second
order
approximation
including
the
non
linear
yaw
effect
the
study
of
the
entropy
field
which
is
not
restricted
to
the
hypersonic
case
also
provides
corrections
to
previous
work
on
the
yawed
cone
and
confirms
the
validity
of
the
linear
yaw
effect
on
pressure
field
in
the
stone
theory
a
related
investigation
of
three
dimensional
flow
fields
is
presented
with
special
reference
to
the
flow
structure
near
the
surface
of
a
pointed
but
otherwise
arbitrary
body
the
inviscid
streamline
pattern
on
the
surface
is
given
by
the
geodesics
originting
from
the
pointed
nose
as
a
leading
approximation
of
shock
layer
theory
associated
with
this
streamline
pattern
is
a
vortical
sublayer
which
exists
generally
at
small
as
well
as
at
large
angle
of
attack
at
the
base
of
the
sublayer
enthalpy
and
flow
speed
remain
essentially
uniform
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1310
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
survey
of
inviscid
hypersonic
flow
theory
for
geometrically
slender
shapes
a
survey
is
made
of
existing
theories
for
the
calculation
of
pressure
distributions
on
slender
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
no
account
is
taken
of
boundary
layer
displacement
effects
which
are
expected
to
become
important
above
a
mach
number
of
about
for
a
slender
body
first
the
breakdown
of
linearised
supersonic
theory
is
demonstrated
as
mach
number
increases
above
about
and
this
is
followed
by
a
derivation
of
the
hypersonic
similarity
rule
this
section
includes
a
description
of
the
piston
analogy
next
a
physical
interpretation
of
hypersonic
flow
is
outlined
and
a
simple
derivation
of
the
modified
newtonian
pressure
formula
is
given
the
equations
of
flow
through
an
oblique
shock
wave
are
simplified
by
assuming
a
strong
shock
and
various
results
are
thereby
derived
these
include
the
tangent
wedge
and
tangent
cone
formulae
this
is
followed
by
a
description
of
the
newtonian
approximation
for
slender
bodies
including
the
effect
of
centrifugal
forces
and
the
connection
with
newtonian
flow
theory
is
emphasized
for
the
shock
expansion
method
is
described
in
some
detail
for
both
two
and
three
dimensional
bodies
and
finally
some
remarks
are
made
about
the
available
data
sheets
and
tables
for
estimating
pressures
on
cones
and
ogive
cylinders
in
yaw
the
note
does
not
claim
to
be
original
even
in
presentation
the
aim
has
been
to
prepare
a
reasonably
complete
survey
of
available
theory
for
hypersonic
flow
over
slender
bodies
excluding
viscous
and
explicit
real
gas
effects
this
will
provide
the
background
for
further
work
in
which
experimental
data
will
be
analysed
and
in
conjunction
with
which
it
is
hoped
to
produce
accurate
design
methods
for
estimating
pressures
and
forces
on
shapes
intended
for
sustained
flight
at
hypersonic
speeds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1311
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
simple
solutions
to
the
problem
of
predicting
boundary
layer
self
induced
pressures
simplified
theoretical
approaches
are
shown
based
on
hypersonic
similarity
boundary
layer
theory
which
allow
reasonably
accurate
estimates
to
be
made
of
the
surface
pressures
on
plates
on
which
viscous
effects
are
important
the
consideration
of
viscous
effects
includes
the
cases
where
curved
surfaces
stream
pressure
gradients
and
leading
edge
bluntness
are
important
factors
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1312
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
tabulated
solutions
of
the
equilibrium
gas
properties
behind
the
incidents
and
reflected
normal
shock
wave
in
a
shock
tube
tabulated
solutions
are
presented
for
the
equilibrium
gas
properties
behind
the
incident
and
reflected
normal
shock
waves
in
the
shock
tube
for
nitrogen
and
oxygen
they
cover
the
range
of
shock
wave
mach
numbers
up
to
at
intervals
of
undisturbed
gas
pressure
between
and
the
thermodynamic
model
of
the
gas
used
in
the
calculations
is
described
in
some
detail
as
is
the
method
of
solving
the
equations
the
limitations
of
the
assumption
of
thermodynamic
equilibrium
are
discussed
with
regard
to
shock
tube
applications
and
the
estimated
accuracy
of
the
tables
is
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1313
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
flow
in
a
reflected
shock
tunnel
the
performance
of
a
shock
tunnel
operated
by
the
reflected
shock
technique
is
examined
theoretically
neglecting
viscous
effects
and
high
temperature
real
gas
effects
particular
attention
is
given
to
disturbances
to
the
flow
at
the
nozzle
entry
caused
by
waves
reflected
from
the
contact
surface
when
the
operating
conditions
depart
from
those
for
that
the
first
disturbance
reflected
from
the
contact
surface
is
weak
enough
to
be
tolerated
only
within
a
small
range
of
primary
shock
mach
number
m
e
g
m
if
the
pressure
at
entry
to
the
nozzle
is
to
remain
constant
to
per
cent
within
this
range
running
times
much
longer
than
those
obtained
in
'straight
through'
shock
tunnels
are
predicted
the
limitation
usually
being
imposed
by
the
arrival
of
the
expansion
wave
originating
at
the
diaphragm
outside
this
range
of
mach
number
the
uniform
flow
duration
between
the
arrival
at
the
nozzle
entry
of
the
primary
shock
and
the
first
disturbance
reflected
from
the
contact
surface
is
shown
to
be
approximately
equal
to
the
time
between
the
arrival
of
the
primary
shock
and
the
contact
surface
in
a
'straight
through'
shock
tunnel
at
first
sight
it
appears
therefore
that
the
advantages
of
reflected
shock
operation
are
confined
to
a
very
narrow
range
of
shock
mach
number
unless
a
heated
driver
gas
is
used
in
order
to
vary
the
mach
number
for
further
analysis
suggests
however
that
subsequent
disturbances
in
the
multiple
wave
reflection
process
between
the
contact
surface
and
the
end
of
the
tube
are
relatively
weak
over
a
useful
range
of
shock
mach
number
thus
if
the
flow
after
the
arrival
of
the
early
reflected
disturbances
is
used
for
test
purposes
long
running
times
seem
possible
in
theory
without
severe
restrictions
to
the
shock
mach
number
experiments
have
been
made
in
a
shock
tube
and
a
shock
tunnel
to
provide
data
for
comparisons
with
the
results
of
the
simple
theory
if
allowance
is
made
for
viscous
effects
on
the
motion
of
the
contact
surface
fair
agreement
is
found
for
the
disturbances
reflected
and
transmitted
by
the
contact
surface
and
for
the
arrival
of
the
expansion
wave
reflection
process
increases
when
the
shock
mach
number
is
raised
substantially
above
the
'tailored'
value
and
a
limit
to
the
usable
flow
duration
may
result
a
striking
feature
of
the
results
is
a
fall
of
pressure
at
the
end
of
the
tube
immediately
after
reflection
of
the
primary
shock
this
is
attributed
to
attenuation
of
the
reflected
shock
resulting
from
its
interaction
with
the
boundary
layer
on
the
wall
of
the
tube
further
research
is
required
to
check
this
explanation
and
to
investigate
the
effects
of
reynolds
number
and
of
the
cross
sectional
shape
and
size
of
the
tube
the
effects
of
the
tail
and
reflected
head
of
the
expansion
wave
originating
at
the
main
diaphragm
are
discussed
it
is
shown
that
the
arrival
of
the
reflected
head
at
the
nozzle
entry
may
impose
a
severe
limitation
to
the
duration
of
uniform
conditions
at
low
shock
mach
number
and
that
the
arrival
of
the
tail
may
limit
the
flow
duration
at
high
shock
mach
number
unless
means
can
be
devised
to
suppress
the
expansion
wave
it
is
demonstrated
that
it
is
desirable
to
have
alternative
diaphragm
positions
in
a
tube
required
to
operate
over
a
range
of
shock
mach
number
it
is
concluded
that
running
times
of
order
milliseconds
at
a
shock
mach
number
of
falling
to
perhaps
millisecond
at
a
shock
mach
number
of
seem
possible
in
a
shock
tunnel
of
reasonable
size
by
using
reflected
shock
operation
with
unheated
hydrogen
driving
air
because
of
the
simplifying
assumptions
of
the
theoretical
investigations
and
the
deficiencies
of
the
apparatus
used
for
the
experiments
the
present
investigation
must
however
be
regarded
as
preliminary
in
character
further
research
is
required
to
check
and
extend
the
findings
and
topics
particularly
requiring
investigation
are
listed
in
the
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1314
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
production
of
high
temperature
gases
in
shock
tubes
this
paper
is
intended
to
set
forth
aerodynamic
and
thermodynamic
calculations
which
are
useful
in
the
production
of
strong
shock
waves
the
experimental
production
of
strong
shock
waves
is
discussed
comparison
of
the
experimental
shock
strengths
with
the
theoretical
calcualtions
is
made
and
finally
some
preliminary
results
of
shock
tube
studies
in
high
temperature
gases
up
to
k
are
briefly
surveyed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1315
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
performance
estimates
for
the
rae
in
high
pressure
shock
tube
estimates
are
made
of
the
performance
of
the
rae
''
high
pressure
shock
tube
with
various
driver
gases
over
a
range
of
pressure
ratios
giving
shock
mach
numbers
from
to
the
calculations
are
based
on
a
simplified
model
of
shock
tube
flow
in
which
the
working
fluid
argon
free
air
is
assumed
to
be
always
in
chemical
equilibrium
and
the
driver
gas
either
hydrogen
or
the
products
of
combustion
of
a
hydrogen
oxygen
mixture
is
assumed
to
behave
as
an
ideal
gas
with
constant
specifiic
heats
the
results
are
presented
in
graphical
form
and
comprise
charts
normal
shock
waves
in
argon
free
air
shock
wave
mach
number
and
diaphragm
pressure
ratio
under
various
initial
conditions
and
of
the
shock
induced
flows
both
in
the
uniform
sectioned
shock
tube
and
when
expanded
in
a
divergent
nozzle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1316
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
temperature
measurements
of
shock
waves
by
spectrum
line
reversal
ii
a
double
beam
method
the
sodium
line
reversal
method
as
previously
described
using
a
photomultiplier
and
oscillograph
has
been
modified
two
light
beams
are
now
employed
and
interference
filters
are
used
in
front
of
the
photomultipliers
instead
of
a
spectrograph
in
one
beam
the
background
source
is
viewed
directly
through
the
shock
tube
and
in
the
other
beam
the
background
source
is
viewed
through
the
shock
tube
by
a
mirror
system
with
a
neutral
filter
interposed
to
reduce
its
effective
brightness
temperature
with
a
suitably
chosen
temperature
for
the
background
one
oscillograph
trace
indicates
absorption
and
the
other
indicates
emission
of
the
sodium
lines
it
is
thus
possible
from
the
records
of
a
single
shock
to
determine
the
temperature
history
behind
the
shock
wave
to
about
degreec
nitrogen
and
oxygen
again
show
relaxation
effects
near
the
front
temperatures
in
argon
tend
to
come
low
owing
to
radiative
disequilibrium
excitation
processes
in
argon
are
discussed
with
this
system
it
is
possible
to
determine
temperatures
rather
higher
than
that
of
the
background
source
some
work
has
also
been
done
with
a
single
beam
method
using
a
carbon
arc
as
background
and
following
reversal
of
the
indium
blue
line
temperatures
up
to
degreek
have
been
measured
in
shocks
through
nitrogen
but
the
time
resolution
is
not
so
good
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1317
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shock
tube
testing
time
in
a
theoretical
investigation
of
attenuation
effects
of
the
shock
wave
the
conservation
of
mass
equation
led
to
an
explanation
of
the
difference
between
the
ideal
theoretical
test
time
and
the
experimentally
obtained
time
a
numerical
example
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1318
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
temperature
measurements
in
a
hypersonic
gun
tunnel
using
the
sodium
line
reversal
method
the
sodium
line
reversal
s
l
r
method
has
recently
been
used
to
measure
transient
temperatures
in
the
degreek
to
degreek
range
for
example
ref
reports
measurements
of
gun
flash
temperatures
in
the
gun
tunnel
stagnation
temperatures
in
the
above
range
can
be
generated
flow
between
a
blunt
body
and
its
bow
shock
wave
the
gas
temperature
in
this
zone
is
close
to
the
stagnation
value
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1319
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
real
gas
effects
in
flow
over
blunt
bodies
at
hypersonic
speeds
a
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
has
been
developed
to
investigate
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
flow
over
bodies
at
conditions
comparable
to
those
encountered
by
ballistic
missiles
and
satellites
re
entering
the
atmosphere
some
results
for
a
shock
velocity
of
over
ft
sec
in
the
shock
tube
portion
of
the
facility
are
presented
static
pressure
investigations
were
made
in
the
nozzle
for
different
stagnation
conditions
in
order
to
determine
the
flow
condition
and
the
expansion
process
the
results
of
the
investigation
on
representative
blunt
bodies
at
hypersonic
mach
numbers
and
nozzle
stagnation
temperatures
up
to
approximately
degreek
are
presented
these
include
body
pressure
distributions
shock
wave
shapes
detachment
distances
and
photographs
of
the
luminous
gas
region
in
the
shock
layer
it
is
seen
that
the
shock
detachment
distance
is
smaller
at
higher
stagnation
temperatures
owing
to
the
real
gas
effects
for
the
hemisphere
the
pressure
distribution
was
less
than
that
predicted
by
the
modified
newtonian
theory
for
all
stagnation
temperatures
for
a
degree
cone
hemisphere
the
pressure
distribution
and
the
shock
wave
detachment
distance
were
appreciably
affected
by
the
real
gas
effects
the
experimentally
obtained
shock
wave
shape
and
the
approximate
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
are
correlated
with
the
analytical
prediction
some
preliminary
results
for
the
detached
shock
wave
produced
by
a
blunt
two
dimensional
body
in
a
low
density
flow
at
a
mach
number
of
are
presented
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1320
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
divergence
of
plate
airfoils
of
low
aspect
ratio
at
supersonic
speeds
in
part
as
a
first
approach
to
a
theoretical
investigation
of
low
aspect
ratio
rectangular
plate
wings
of
constant
thickness
the
two
assumptions
are
made
that
a
the
spanwise
form
of
the
structural
distortion
is
known
leaving
the
chordwise
distortion
arbitrary
and
b
the
aerodynamic
forces
are
approximations
of
the
supersonic
linearized
theory
the
form
of
the
chordwise
distortion
is
then
deduced
from
the
differential
equation
representing
the
state
of
neutral
equilibrium
for
small
displacements
at
the
critical
divergence
speed
secondly
this
problem
is
investigated
using
measured
structural
flexibility
coefficients
together
with
theoretical
aerodynamic
coefficients
thirdly
the
usual
series
solution
based
on
the
rayleigh
ritz
approach
is
discussed
using
the
same
assumptions
as
in
the
first
method
all
the
results
of
these
methods
are
consistent
and
indicate
that
the
transonic
regime
at
m
is
the
most
critical
for
divergence
in
part
it
is
established
that
sweeping
the
leading
edge
of
a
plate
airfoil
of
constant
thickness
increases
its
stability
for
angles
of
sweep
less
than
the
critical
conditions
occur
when
the
leading
edge
is
sonic
but
for
angles
greater
than
the
critical
conditions
occur
when
m
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1321
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
a
flexible
boundary
on
hydrodynamic
stability
purpose
of
paper
is
to
examine
theoretically
the
use
of
coatings
of
elastic
materials
to
prevent
transition
from
laminar
to
turbulent
flow
theory
is
extension
to
flexible
boundary
of
the
small
disturbance
tollmien
schlichting
stability
theory
and
makes
use
of
tietjens
function
and
other
functions
that
occur
in
solution
of
orr
sommerfeld
equation
it
is
shown
how
solutions
for
flexible
wall
can
be
obtained
from
solutions
for
rigid
boundary
outline
and
discussion
is
given
first
for
tollmien
schlichting
stability
theory
for
rigid
wall
then
for
theory
for
flexible
boundary
theory
is
given
both
for
a
nondissipative
and
a
dissipative
flexible
boundary
behavior
of
flexible
medium
itself
is
also
examined
practical
requirements
are
discussed
for
example
a
conclusion
is
that
to
avoid
tollmien
schlichting
instability
the
wave
velocity
of
surface
waves
in
absence
of
flow
should
coincide
with
tollmien
schlichting
wave
velocity
at
wavelength
of
most
dangerous
tollmien
schlichting
waves
moreover
damping
should
be
large
enough
to
prevent
surface
waves
from
developing
but
not
so
large
that
tollmien
schlichting
waves
are
permissable
author
states
that
a
boundary
that
is
both
soft
and
light
one
whose
elastic
constants
are
of
same
order
as
the
dynamic
pressure
of
the
flow
may
be
practical
for
use
at
high
speeds
this
surface
should
have
a
small
damping
to
avoid
tollmien
schlichting
type
of
instability
and
a
large
enough
wave
speed
without
flow
to
avoid
surface
wave
instability
although
paper
is
somewhat
sketchy
in
places
it
gives
comprehensive
coverage
of
stability
of
laminar
flow
over
a
flexible
wall
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1322
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
qualitiative
solutions
of
the
stability
equation
for
a
boundary
layer
in
contact
with
various
forms
of
flexible
surface
an
appropriate
form
of
the
boundary
layer
stability
equation
is
developed
for
the
condition
where
the
fluid
is
in
contact
with
an
isotropic
and
homogeneous
elastic
medium
and
various
approximate
analytical
solutions
obtained
for
certain
types
of
surface
so
as
to
reveal
at
least
qualitatively
the
origin
and
characteristics
of
neutral
oscillations
in
the
worked
solutions
the
elastic
medium
is
treated
as
nondissipative
and
the
interior
boundary
is
supposed
either
fixed
or
free
of
stress
or
exposed
to
fluid
the
boundary
layer
also
is
treated
as
that
over
a
flat
plate
in
an
incompressible
fluid
the
results
obtained
show
that
the
presence
of
such
a
resiliant
surface
introduces
the
possibility
of
a
number
of
other
modes
of
oscillation
schlichting
waves
most
of
these
modes
have
speeds
of
propagation
determined
largely
by
the
properties
of
the
elastic
material
and
their
presence
may
well
be
effectively
a
matter
of
'non
viscous'
flow
stability
dash
a
subject
not
treated
here
the
tollmien
schlichting
mode
has
its
minimum
reynolds
number
increased
by
the
presence
of
the
surface
but
if
the
interior
boundary
is
free
there
may
be
an
upper
limit
as
well
indeed
a
sufficiently
thin
free
surface
or
one
of
low
rigidity
apparently
eliminates
neutral
oscillations
of
this
mode
altogether
only
at
the
expense
however
of
the
introduction
of
a
mode
of
flexural
waves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1323
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
investigation
of
the
use
of
an
auxiliary
slot
to
re
establish
laminar
flow
on
low
drag
aerofoils
the
use
of
an
auxiliary
slot
on
a
laminar
flow
aerofoil
has
been
investigated
to
check
whether
laminar
flow
can
be
re
established
by
suction
at
the
rear
of
the
region
of
deposited
dirt
flies
etc
results
indicate
that
in
the
absence
of
unfavourable
pressure
gradients
it
is
possible
to
re
establish
a
laminar
boundary
layer
by
removing
a
little
more
than
the
whole
turbulent
layer
reaching
the
slot
and
preliminary
estimates
suggest
that
with
efficient
ducting
it
should
be
possible
to
achieve
a
reduction
in
overall
effective
drag
coefficient
by
this
means
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1324
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
on
transition
of
isolated
surface
excrescences
in
the
boundary
layer
the
effect
of
isolated
surface
excrescences
in
a
laminar
boundary
layer
in
producing
disturbances
which
may
lead
to
turbulent
flow
has
been
examined
experimentally
by
several
methods
photographs
of
some
of
the
flow
patterns
visualised
by
smoke
and
china
clay
techniques
are
given
the
critical
heights
of
pimple
which
just
give
rise
to
spreading
wedges
of
turbulent
flow
have
been
measured
on
a
flat
plate
and
on
two
aerofoils
at
several
angles
of
incidence
the
results
are
analysed
and
are
presented
in
a
form
which
enables
approximate
estimates
to
be
made
of
the
protuberances
permissible
on
laminar
flow
surfaces
at
full
scale
flight
reynolds
numbers
the
estimates
suggest
that
at
an
altitude
of
ft
the
critical
pimple
height
is
in
for
a
speed
of
m
p
h
whilst
in
may
be
permissible
at
all
subsonic
speeds
at
sea
level
however
the
tolerances
are
approximately
halved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1325
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experiments
on
the
use
of
suction
through
perforated
strips
for
maintaining
laminar
flow
transition
and
drag
measurements
wind
tunnel
tests
are
described
in
which
suction
is
applied
at
perforated
strips
as
an
alternative
to
porous
strips
or
slots
in
order
to
maintain
a
laminar
boundary
layer
a
test
was
first
carried
out
on
a
single
row
of
perforations
on
a
cambered
plate
as
a
preliminary
to
the
main
tests
which
were
performed
on
strips
of
multiple
rows
of
perforations
drilled
through
the
surface
of
a
low
drag
type
aerofoil
per
cent
thick
and
of
ft
chord
up
to
a
wind
speed
of
ft
sec
it
has
been
ascertained
that
suction
may
be
safely
applied
to
extend
laminar
flow
provided
the
ratio
of
hole
diameter
to
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
is
less
than
the
ratio
of
hole
pitch
to
diameter
is
less
than
and
there
are
at
least
three
rows
of
holes
in
the
strip
with
less
than
three
rows
the
criteria
are
much
more
restrictive
it
is
possible
to
extend
laminar
flow
by
suction
through
perforations
whose
diameters
and
pitches
exceed
these
values
slightly
but
only
with
the
risk
that
excessive
suction
quantities
will
produce
wedges
of
turbulent
boundary
layer
originating
at
the
holes
a
uniform
distribution
of
suction
through
the
holes
was
necessary
this
was
successfully
obtained
by
two
methods
the
use
of
cells
and
throttle
holes
and
with
tapered
holes
in
particular
tests
were
carried
out
on
some
panels
supplied
by
handley
page
ltd
in
which
the
cells
and
tapered
holes
had
been
constructed
by
commercial
methods
and
the
suction
distribution
proved
satisfactory
the
resistance
of
some
of
the
cellular
arrangements
was
measured
it
was
found
that
when
the
suction
quantities
were
the
minimum
required
to
maintain
laminar
flow
the
additional
losses
in
total
head
of
the
sucked
air
due
to
the
resistance
of
the
throttle
holes
could
be
made
small
compared
with
the
loss
in
total
head
of
the
sucked
boundary
layer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1326
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interaction
of
secondary
injectants
and
rocket
exhaust
for
thrust
vector
control
tests
were
conducted
with
to
lb
thrust
solid
rocket
motors
in
order
to
investigate
the
side
force
generation
mechanisms
associated
with
the
injection
of
a
secondary
fluid
into
the
expansion
cone
of
a
solid
propellant
rocket
nozzle
for
thrust
vector
control
the
nozzles
were
conicals
with
a
nominal
expansion
ratio
of
all
firings
were
conducted
in
zero
flow
ejectors
freon
water
and
gascous
nitrogen
were
used
as
the
injectant
nozzle
wall
pressure
profiles
side
thrust
and
the
nozzle
wall
shock
interface
were
recorded
the
general
character
of
the
pressure
disturbance
was
defined
the
major
portion
of
the
side
force
was
generated
by
the
pressure
disturbance
downstream
of
the
injector
the
axial
thrust
augmentation
generated
by
the
injectant
was
calculated
the
effects
of
nozzle
expansion
ratio
and
injector
location
on
the
side
force
were
clearly
illustrated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1327
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
propagation
and
structure
of
the
blast
wave
concerning
blast
waves
with
front
surfaces
of
plane
cylindrical
and
spherical
shape
the
propagation
velocity
u
and
the
distribution
of
hydrodynamical
quantities
are
discussed
the
solutions
are
constructed
in
the
form
of
power
series
in
c
u
where
c
is
the
sound
velocity
of
undisturbed
fluid
especially
r
the
distance
of
shock
front
from
the
charge
is
represented
as
where
r
is
the
characteristic
length
related
to
the
energy
of
explosion
j
and
are
constants
and
a
correspond
to
plane
cylindrical
and
spherical
case
respectively
in
this
paper
the
first
approximations
for
a
are
discussed
the
case
a
has
been
discussed
by
g
i
taylor
the
solution
is
obtained
numerically
for
the
case
of
the
adiabatic
index
the
approximate
solution
is
also
considered
using
these
solutions
is
found
to
be
the
second
approximation
will
appear
in
part
to
be
published
subsequently
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1328
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
production
of
aerodynamic
forces
by
heat
addition
on
external
surfaces
of
aircraft
within
the
framework
of
linearized
flow
theory
an
equivalence
between
a
fluid
mass
source
a
heat
source
and
streamwise
body
forces
is
developed
the
equivalence
between
the
fluid
mass
source
and
heat
source
was
first
noticed
by
hicks
and
later
by
chu
using
the
equivalence
the
flow
field
produced
by
heat
addition
and
by
magnetohydrodynamical
body
forces
can
be
computed
examples
for
a
two
dimensional
flat
plate
a
delta
wing
an
axially
symmetric
slender
body
and
a
wedge
shaped
afterbody
are
computed
at
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
the
efficiency
of
lift
or
thrust
production
by
surface
heat
addition
is
very
low
at
subsonic
speeds
at
supersonic
speeds
the
efficiency
is
compared
with
the
efficiency
of
a
conventional
turbojet
powered
aircraft
configuration
it
is
found
that
the
efficiency
of
lift
or
thrust
production
by
heat
addition
on
two
dimensional
bodies
is
approximately
the
same
as
that
for
a
turbojet
powered
two
dimensional
body
the
efficiency
is
somewhat
higher
at
low
supersonic
mach
numbers
and
behaves
as
decreasing
to
a
constant
value
as
increases
on
the
other
hand
the
efficiency
of
thrust
production
by
heat
addition
increases
linearly
with
mach
number
when
heat
is
added
on
the
rear
surface
of
an
axially
symmetric
afterbody
of
parabolic
shape
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1329
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
aspects
of
non
stationary
airfoil
theory
and
its
practical
application
this
paper
consists
of
three
notes
on
the
theory
of
two
dimensional
thin
airfoils
in
non
uniform
motion
oscillating
airfoil
are
collected
from
an
earlier
paper
and
are
presented
in
convenient
forms
for
practical
application
rigid
airfoil
passing
through
a
vertical
gust
pattern
having
a
sinusoidal
distribution
of
intensity
the
lift
is
determined
as
a
function
of
the
reduced
frequency
which
in
this
case
is
proportional
to
the
ratio
of
the
airfoil
chord
and
the
wave
length
of
the
gust
pattern
and
is
presented
in
the
form
of
a
vector
diagram
it
is
shown
that
the
lift
acts
at
the
quarter
chord
point
of
the
airfoil
at
all
times
calculation
of
the
amplitude
of
torsional
oscillation
of
a
fan
blade
operating
in
the
wake
of
a
set
of
pre
rotation
vanes
in
a
numerical
example
the
amplitude
is
found
to
be
small
even
when
the
vanes
are
spaced
so
that
the
exciting
frequency
coincides
with
the
natural
frequency
of
the
fan
blade
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1330
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
some
fourier
transforms
in
the
theory
of
non
stationary
flows
the
growth
of
lift
on
a
airfoil
starting
impulsively
from
rest
to
a
uniform
velocity
has
been
given
by
wagner
the
steady
state
lift
due
to
circulation
on
an
airfoil
oscillating
sinusoidally
and
moving
with
uniform
velocity
has
been
given
by
theodorsen
the
present
paper
based
essentially
on
the
material
of
n
a
c
a
report
no
by
the
author
discusses
some
reciprocal
relations
of
the
nature
of
fourier
transforms
existing
between
the
functions
of
wagner
and
theodorsen
kussner
has
already
shown
that
wagner's
function
may
be
derived
from
theodorsen's
function
by
means
of
a
superposition
principle
it
is
possible
to
utilize
these
fundamental
functions
to
treat
general
problems
in
transient
expression
which
is
accurate
to
within
percent
is
given
for
wagner's
function
this
expression
leads
to
a
good
approximate
expression
for
theodorsen's
function
in
terms
of
the
exponential
integral
instead
of
hankel
functions
an
analogy
is
drawn
between
transient
hydrodynamic
flows
and
transient
electrical
flows
kussner
has
introduced
a
function
describing
the
growth
of
lift
on
an
airfoil
entering
a
sharp
edged
vertical
gust
region
this
function
bears
a
certain
relation
to
wagner's
function
which
is
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1331
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
responses
of
a
large
sweptwing
airplane
to
continuous
turbulence
with
flight
test
comparisons
calculated
responses
of
symmetrical
airplane
motions
wing
deformations
and
wing
loads
due
to
gusts
are
shown
to
compare
favorably
with
available
flight
test
results
these
calculated
responses
are
based
on
random
process
theory
five
degrees
of
freedom
lifting
surface
aerodynamics
and
one
dimensional
vertical
turbulence
the
extent
to
which
various
degrees
of
freedom
contribute
to
the
responses
is
examined
and
in
this
connection
the
relative
effects
of
static
and
dynamic
aeroelasticity
are
determined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1332
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
spanwise
lift
distributions
influence
functions
and
influence
coefficients
for
unswept
wings
in
subsonic
flow
spanwise
lift
distributions
have
been
calculated
for
nineteen
unswept
wings
with
various
aspect
ratios
and
taper
ratios
and
with
a
variety
of
angle
of
attack
or
twist
distributions
including
flap
and
aileron
deflections
by
means
of
the
weissinger
method
with
eight
control
points
on
the
semispan
also
calculated
were
aerodynamic
influence
coefficients
which
pertain
to
a
certain
definite
set
of
stations
along
the
span
and
several
methods
are
presented
for
calculating
aerodynamic
influence
functions
and
coefficients
for
stations
other
than
those
stipulated
the
information
presented
herein
can
be
used
in
the
analysis
of
untwisted
wings
or
wings
with
known
twist
distributions
as
well
as
in
aeroelastic
calculations
involving
initially
unknown
twist
distributions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1333
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
forces
on
wings
in
non
uniform
motion
the
problem
of
determining
the
aerodynamic
forces
acting
on
wings
of
finite
span
in
non
uniform
motion
in
an
incompressible
inviscid
fluid
is
investigated
the
underlying
theory
is
outlined
in
and
some
known
results
for
the
case
of
an
aerofoil
of
infinite
span
are
included
in
it
is
shown
in
by
the
use
of
operational
methods
that
the
growth
of
lift
function
k
s
corresponding
to
a
sudden
unit
change
of
incidence
can
be
derived
from
the
lift
function
corresponding
to
simple
harmonic
translational
motion
from
results
given
by
the
writer
for
rectangular
wings
and
tapered
wings
in
simple
harmonic
motion
the
corresponding
values
of
k
s
are
determined
the
growth
of
lift
function
k
s
for
a
wing
penetrating
a
uniform
vertical
gust
can
then
be
estimated
as
shown
in
and
by
the
use
of
approximate
formulae
for
the
growth
of
lift
curves
given
in
fig
the
aerodynamic
forces
corresponding
to
damped
and
growing
translational
oscillations
are
derived
certain
integrals
involved
in
the
theory
are
evaluated
in
appendix
and
in
appendix
the
method
of
determining
k
s
when
k
s
is
known
is
discussed
in
detail
it
is
suggested
that
the
aerodynamic
forces
acting
on
wings
of
finite
span
for
any
type
of
motion
can
best
be
derived
from
a
knowledge
of
the
forces
corresponding
to
purely
divergent
motion
which
can
be
calculated
by
the
methods
outlined
in
this
report
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1334
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculated
spanwise
lift
distributions
and
aerodynamic
influence
coefficients
for
swept
wings
in
subsonic
flow
spanwise
lift
distributions
have
been
calculated
for
swept
wings
with
various
aspect
ratios
and
taper
ratios
and
with
a
variety
of
angle
of
attack
or
twist
distributions
including
flap
and
aileron
deflections
by
means
of
the
weissinger
method
with
eight
control
points
on
the
semispan
also
calculated
for
these
plan
forms
were
aerodynamic
influence
coefficients
which
pertain
to
a
certain
definite
set
of
stations
along
the
span
the
information
presented
herein
can
thus
be
used
both
in
the
analysis
of
untwisted
wings
or
wings
with
known
twist
distributions
and
in
aeroelastic
calculations
involving
initially
unknown
twist
distributions
this
paper
supplements
and
is
intended
to
be
used
in
conjunction
with
naca
tn
where
the
same
type
of
information
calculated
in
the
same
way
is
presented
for
unswept
wings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1335
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
use
of
freon
as
a
fluid
for
aerodynamic
testing
the
thermodynamic
properties
of
freon
have
been
investigated
to
determine
the
possibilities
of
the
use
of
this
gas
as
a
fluid
for
aerodynamic
testing
the
values
of
velocity
of
sound
in
freon
which
are
less
than
one
half
those
in
air
are
presented
as
functions
of
temperatures
and
pressure
including
measurements
at
room
temperature
the
density
of
freon
is
about
four
times
that
of
air
changes
in
state
of
freon
may
be
predicted
by
means
of
the
ideal
gas
law
with
an
accuracy
of
better
than
percent
at
pressures
below
freon
is
shown
not
to
condense
during
an
adiabatic
expansion
from
normal
conditions
up
to
a
mach
number
of
the
values
of
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
for
freon
are
lower
than
that
for
air
and
therefore
an
additional
parameter
is
introduced
which
must
be
considered
when
comparisons
are
made
of
aerodynamic
tests
using
freon
with
those
using
air
the
time
lag
of
the
vibrational
heat
capacity
of
freon
to
a
change
in
temperature
has
been
measured
and
found
to
be
of
the
order
of
x
second
at
atmospheric
temperature
and
pressure
this
time
is
so
short
that
no
important
energy
dissipations
should
result
in
most
engineering
applications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1336
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
the
use
of
freon
as
a
wind
tunnel
testing
medium
a
number
of
studies
relating
to
the
use
of
freon
as
a
substitute
medium
for
air
in
aerodynamic
testing
have
been
made
the
use
of
freon
instead
of
air
makes
possible
large
savings
in
wind
tunnel
drive
power
because
of
the
fact
that
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
is
approximately
for
freon
as
compared
with
for
air
some
differences
exist
between
data
obtained
in
freon
and
in
air
methods
for
predicting
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
bodies
in
air
from
data
obtained
in
freon
however
have
been
developed
from
the
concept
of
similarity
of
the
streamline
pattern
these
methods
derived
from
consideration
of
two
dimensional
flows
provide
substantial
agreement
in
all
cases
for
which
comparative
data
are
available
these
data
consist
of
measurements
throughout
a
range
of
mach
number
from
approximately
to
of
pressure
distributions
and
hinge
moments
on
swept
and
unswept
wings
having
aspect
ratios
ranging
from
to
including
cases
where
a
substantial
part
of
the
wing
was
stalled
the
freon
charging
and
recovery
system
used
for
the
langley
low
turbulence
pressure
tunnel
is
described
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1337
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
study
of
effects
of
sweep
on
the
flutter
of
cantilever
wings
an
experimental
and
analytical
investigation
of
the
flutter
of
sweptback
cantilever
wings
is
reported
the
experiments
employed
groups
of
wings
swept
back
by
rotating
and
by
shearing
the
angle
of
sweep
ranged
from
to
and
mach
numbers
extended
to
approximately
a
theoretical
analysis
of
the
air
forces
on
an
oscillating
swept
wing
of
high
length
chord
ratio
is
developed
and
the
approximations
inherent
in
the
assumptions
are
discussed
comparison
with
experiment
indicates
that
the
analysis
developed
in
the
present
report
is
satisfactory
for
giving
the
main
effects
of
sweep
at
least
for
nearly
uniform
cantilever
wings
of
high
and
moderate
length
chord
ratios
a
separation
of
the
effects
of
finite
span
and
compressibility
in
their
relation
to
sweep
has
not
been
made
experimentally
but
some
combined
effects
are
given
a
discussion
of
some
of
the
experimental
and
theoretical
trends
is
given
with
the
aid
of
several
tables
and
figures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1338
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
to
determine
effects
of
center
of
gravity
location
on
the
transonic
flutter
characteristics
of
a
degree
sweptback
wing
an
experimental
investigation
has
been
conducted
in
the
inch
langley
transonic
blowdown
tunnel
to
determine
effects
of
center
of
gravity
location
on
the
transonic
flutter
characteristics
of
a
degree
swept
back
wing
plan
form
of
aspect
ratio
and
taper
ratio
solid
construction
models
of
the
plan
form
with
streamwise
naca
a
airfoil
sections
and
center
of
gravity
locations
at
approximately
percent
chord
percent
chord
and
percent
chord
respectively
were
fluttered
at
several
mach
numbers
between
and
it
was
found
that
for
streamwise
mach
numbers
from
to
the
variation
with
mach
number
of
the
ratio
of
experimental
flutter
speed
to
a
calculated
incompressible
flutter
speed
was
not
affected
by
center
of
gravity
location
however
for
mach
numbers
from
to
there
was
an
increase
in
flutter
speed
ratio
with
mach
number
which
was
different
for
each
center
of
gravity
position
data
from
wings
with
successively
more
forward
center
of
gravity
locations
showed
successively
larger
values
of
flutter
speed
ratio
at
mach
numbers
from
to
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1339
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
calculation
of
flutter
characteristics
for
finite
span
swept
or
unswept
wings
at
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
by
a
modified
strip
analysis
a
method
has
been
developed
for
calculating
flutter
characteristics
of
finite
span
swept
or
unswept
wings
at
subsonic
and
supersonic
speeds
the
method
is
basically
a
rayleigh
type
analysis
and
is
illustrated
with
uncoupled
vibration
modes
although
coupled
modes
can
be
used
the
aerodynamic
loadings
are
based
on
distributions
of
section
lift
curve
slope
and
local
aerodynamic
center
calculated
from
three
dimensional
steady
flow
theory
these
distributions
are
used
in
conjunction
with
the
effective
angle
of
attack
distribution
resulting
from
each
of
the
assumed
vibration
modes
in
order
to
obtain
values
of
section
lift
and
pitching
moment
circulation
functions
modified
on
the
basis
of
loadings
for
two
dimensional
airfoils
oscillating
in
a
compressible
flow
are
employed
to
account
for
the
effects
of
oscillatory
motion
on
the
magnitudes
and
phase
angles
of
the
lift
and
moment
vectors
flutter
characteristics
have
been
calculated
by
this
method
for
wings
of
varying
sweep
angle
aspect
ratio
taper
ratio
and
center
of
gravity
position
at
mach
numbers
from
to
as
high
as
comparisons
of
the
results
with
experimental
flutter
data
indicate
that
this
method
gives
generally
good
flutter
results
for
a
broad
range
of
wings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1340
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
method
of
controlling
stiffness
properties
of
a
solid
construction
model
wing
a
simple
method
is
presented
for
controlling
the
bending
and
torsional
stiffnesses
of
a
solid
construction
model
wing
the
method
consists
of
weakening
the
wing
by
drilling
holes
through
the
wing
normal
to
the
chord
plane
aerodynamic
continuity
is
maintained
by
filling
the
holes
with
a
relatively
soft
material
the
important
parameters
controlling
the
stiffnesses
are
the
amount
of
material
removed
by
drilling
the
ratio
of
hole
diameter
to
wing
thickness
and
the
plan
form
pattern
of
the
holes
data
are
given
which
may
be
used
for
predicting
the
stiffness
of
a
model
wing
weakened
in
this
manner
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1341
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
wing
flutter
at
transonic
speeds
for
six
systematically
varied
wing
plan
forms
an
investigation
of
the
effects
of
systematic
variations
in
wing
plan
form
on
the
flutter
speed
at
mach
numbers
between
and
has
been
conducted
in
the
inch
langley
transonic
blowdown
tunnel
the
angle
of
sweepback
was
varied
from
degree
to
degree
on
wings
of
aspect
ratio
and
the
aspect
ratio
was
varied
from
to
on
wings
with
experimental
flutter
speed
and
the
reference
flutter
speed
calculated
on
the
basis
of
incompressible
two
dimensional
flow
this
ratio
designated
as
the
flutter
speed
ratio
is
plotted
as
a
function
of
mach
number
for
the
various
wings
it
is
found
that
the
flutter
speed
ratio
increased
rapidly
past
sonic
speed
for
sweep
angles
of
degree
and
less
indicating
a
favorable
effect
of
mach
number
for
sweepback
of
mach
number
range
of
the
tests
reducing
the
aspect
ratio
had
a
favorable
effect
on
the
flutter
speed
ratio
which
was
of
the
order
of
percent
higher
for
the
aspect
ratio
wing
than
for
the
aspect
ratio
wing
this
percentage
difference
was
nearly
constant
throughout
the
mach
number
range
indicating
that
the
effect
of
mach
number
was
about
the
same
for
all
aspect
ratios
tested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1342
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
calculation
of
aerodynamic
loading
on
surfaces
of
any
shape
the
object
of
the
report
is
to
establish
a
routine
method
for
the
calculation
of
aerodynamic
loads
on
wings
of
arbitrary
shape
the
method
developed
is
based
on
potential
theory
and
uses
a
general
mathematical
formula
for
continuous
loading
on
a
wing
which
is
equivalent
to
a
double
fourier
series
with
unknown
coefficients
in
order
to
evaluate
the
unknown
coefficients
the
continuous
loading
is
split
up
into
a
regular
pattern
of
horseshoe
vortices
the
strengths
of
which
are
proportional
to
the
unknown
coefficients
and
to
standard
factors
which
are
given
in
a
table
the
total
downwash
at
chosen
pivotal
points
is
obtained
by
summing
the
downwashes
due
to
the
individual
vortices
a
process
which
is
simplified
by
the
use
of
specially
prepared
tables
of
the
properties
of
the
horseshoe
vortex
by
equating
the
downwash
to
the
slope
of
the
wing
at
each
pivotal
point
simultaneous
equations
are
obtained
the
solution
of
which
defines
the
unknown
coefficients
the
first
layout
involves
a
total
of
vortices
over
the
wing
and
a
second
layout
involving
a
total
of
is
shown
to
be
of
superior
accuracy
the
effect
on
the
solution
of
the
number
of
pivotal
points
is
investigated
and
it
is
concluded
that
by
a
suitable
choice
it
is
unnecessary
to
use
a
large
number
results
for
a
rectangular
wing
at
with
those
obtained
by
other
workers
and
it
appears
that
there
may
be
errors
in
published
results
in
at
least
one
of
these
cases
immediate
development
includes
the
application
to
the
calculation
of
the
characteristics
of
actual
sweptback
wings
including
rotary
derivatives
and
future
development
includes
also
applications
in
wind
tunnel
design
and
technique
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1343
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
formulas
for
the
supersonic
loading
lift
and
drag
of
flat
swept
back
wings
with
leading
edges
behind
the
mach
lines
the
method
of
superposition
of
linearized
conical
flows
has
been
applied
to
the
calculation
of
the
aerodynamic
properties
in
supersonic
flight
of
thin
flat
swept
back
wings
at
an
angle
of
attack
the
wings
are
assumed
to
have
rectilinear
plan
forms
with
tips
parallel
to
the
stream
and
to
taper
in
the
conventional
sense
the
investigation
covers
the
moderately
supersonic
speed
range
where
the
mach
lines
from
the
leading
edge
apex
lie
ahead
of
the
wing
the
trailing
edge
may
lie
ahead
of
or
behind
the
mach
lines
from
its
apex
the
case
in
which
the
mach
cone
from
one
tip
intersects
the
other
tip
is
not
treated
formulas
are
obtained
for
the
load
distribution
the
total
lift
and
the
drag
due
to
lift
for
the
cases
in
which
the
trailing
edge
is
outside
the
mach
cone
from
its
apex
supersonic
trailing
edge
the
formulas
are
complete
for
the
wing
with
both
leading
and
trailing
edges
behind
their
respective
mach
lines
a
degree
of
approximation
is
necessary
it
has
been
found
possible
to
give
practical
formulas
which
permit
the
total
lift
and
drag
to
be
calculated
to
within
or
percent
of
the
accurate
linearized
theory
value
the
local
lift
can
be
determined
accurately
over
most
of
the
wing
but
the
trailing
edge
tip
region
is
treated
only
approximately
charts
of
some
of
the
functions
derived
are
included
to
facilitate
computing
and
several
examples
are
worked
out
in
outline
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1344
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
atmospheric
entries
with
vehicle
lift
drag
ratio
modulated
to
limit
deceleration
and
rate
of
deceleration
vehicles
with
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
of
an
analysis
has
been
made
of
atmosphere
entries
for
which
the
vehicle
lift
drag
ratio
was
modulated
to
maintain
specified
maximum
decelerations
and
or
maximum
deceleration
rates
the
part
of
the
vehicle
drag
polar
used
during
modulation
was
from
maximum
lift
coefficient
to
minimum
drag
coefficient
the
entries
were
at
parabolic
velocity
and
the
vehicle
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
was
two
dimensional
trajectory
calculations
were
made
for
a
nonrotating
spherical
earth
with
an
exponential
atmosphere
the
results
of
the
analysis
indicate
that
for
a
given
initial
flight
path
angle
modulation
generally
resulted
in
a
reduction
of
the
maximum
deceleration
to
percent
of
the
unmodulated
value
or
a
reduction
of
maximum
deceleration
rate
to
less
than
percent
of
the
unmodulated
rate
these
results
were
equivalent
for
a
maximum
deceleration
of
g
to
lowering
the
undershoot
boundary
miles
with
a
resulting
decrease
in
total
convective
heating
to
the
stagnation
point
of
percent
however
the
maximum
convective
heating
rate
was
increased
percent
the
maximum
radiative
heating
rate
and
total
radiative
heating
were
each
increased
about
percent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1345
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
use
of
aerodynamic
lift
during
entry
into
the
earth's
atmosphere
by
employing
aerodynamic
lift
during
entry
into
the
earth's
atmosphere
at
either
orbital
or
escape
velocity
the
range
of
allowable
entry
angles
for
a
prescribed
peak
deceleration
is
greatly
increased
while
the
total
heat
energy
transferred
to
the
vehicle
can
be
held
to
about
the
same
value
as
for
a
nonlifting
vehicle
only
modest
lift
drag
ratios
are
required
beyond
peak
g
to
prevent
the
deceleration
from
exceeding
the
peak
value
or
to
prevent
the
vehicle
from
skipping
out
of
the
earth's
atmosphere
thus
the
difficult
guidance
and
control
problem
is
greatly
alleviated
in
particular
for
return
from
the
moon
or
other
planets
the
necessity
for
multiple
pass
drag
braking
is
eliminated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1346
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
modulated
entry
the
technique
of
modulation
or
variable
coefficients
is
discussed
and
the
analytical
formulation
is
reviewed
representative
numerical
results
of
the
use
of
modulation
are
shown
for
the
lifting
and
nonlifting
cases
these
results
include
the
effects
of
modulation
on
peak
acceleration
entry
corridor
and
heat
absorption
results
are
given
for
entry
at
satellite
speed
and
escape
speed
the
indications
are
that
coefficient
modulation
on
a
vehicle
with
good
lifting
capability
offers
the
possibility
of
sizable
loading
reductions
or
alternatively
wider
corridors
thus
steep
entries
become
practical
from
the
loading
standpoint
the
amount
of
steepness
depends
on
the
acceptable
heating
penalty
the
price
of
sizable
fractions
of
the
possible
gains
does
not
appear
to
be
excessive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1347
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
analysis
of
atmospheric
entry
corridors
and
angles
a
simple
closed
form
solution
for
the
achievable
corridor
depths
and
entry
angles
as
a
function
of
g
load
limit
entry
velocity
and
vehicle
aerodynamics
and
thermodynamics
is
developed
for
two
modes
of
vehicle
operation
constant
angle
of
attack
and
modulated
angle
of
attack
for
constant
angle
of
attack
operation
at
maximum
negative
lift
coefficient
on
the
overshoot
bound
and
at
an
angle
of
attack
between
zero
and
that
for
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
on
the
undershoot
bound
gives
the
deepest
corridor
for
modulated
angle
of
attack
operating
at
maximum
negative
lift
coefficient
on
the
overshoot
bound
and
modulating
the
angle
of
attack
from
maximum
positive
lift
coefficient
to
zero
on
the
undershoot
bound
give
the
deepest
corridor
the
modulated
angle
of
attack
gives
corridor
depths
two
to
four
times
larger
than
the
fixed
angle
of
attack
for
both
cases
the
corridor
depth
is
increased
by
increasing
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
increasing
g
limit
and
decreasing
entry
velocity
consideration
of
hot
gas
radiation
places
a
limit
on
the
maximum
angle
of
attack
for
either
mode
of
operation
if
a
maximum
free
stream
reynolds
number
limit
must
be
placed
on
the
vehicle
to
ensure
a
laminar
boundary
layer
the
deep
atmospheric
penetrations
associated
with
configurations
with
high
lift
drag
ratio
may
be
ruled
out
both
of
these
thermodynamic
considerations
reduce
the
acceptable
corridor
depth
below
the
value
calculated
from
aerodynamic
considerations
alone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1348
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
radiative
heat
transfer
during
atmosphere
entry
at
parabolic
velocity
stagnation
point
radiative
heating
rates
for
manned
vehicles
entering
the
earth's
atmosphere
at
parabolic
velocity
are
presented
and
compared
with
corresponding
laminar
convective
heating
rates
the
calculations
were
made
for
both
nonlifting
and
lifting
entry
trajectories
for
vehicles
of
varying
nose
radius
weight
to
area
ratio
and
drag
it
is
concluded
from
the
results
presented
that
radiative
heating
will
be
important
for
the
entry
conditions
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1349
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
simulated
rocket
jet
exhaust
on
stability
and
control
of
a
research
type
airplane
configuration
at
a
mach
number
of
an
investigation
has
been
undertaken
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
to
determine
the
jet
interference
effects
at
high
jet
static
pressure
ratios
on
the
stability
and
control
of
a
research
type
airplane
configuration
compressed
air
tests
with
a
jet
exhausting
from
the
base
of
the
fuselage
were
conducted
over
a
reynolds
number
range
of
x
to
and
over
a
jet
static
pressure
ratio
range
of
to
the
results
of
these
tests
indicated
that
the
operation
of
the
jet
induced
a
sizable
separated
flow
region
over
the
vertical
and
horizontal
tail
surfaces
which
could
be
approximately
duplicated
at
low
angles
of
attack
by
use
of
metal
jet
boundary
simulators
the
results
of
force
tests
during
which
these
metal
jet
boundary
simulators
were
used
indicated
that
this
separated
flow
region
caused
a
large
reduction
in
the
longitudinal
stability
and
control
and
a
smaller
reduction
in
the
lateral
and
directional
stability
and
control
by
extending
the
divergent
section
of
the
nozzle
and
thus
reducing
the
jet
static
pressure
ratio
these
losses
were
diminished
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1350
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
jet
billowing
on
stability
of
missile
type
bodies
at
mach
the
interference
effects
of
a
billowing
jet
on
the
forces
and
moments
of
two
missile
type
bodies
were
investigated
in
the
nasa
lewis
by
foot
mach
wind
tunnel
to
simulate
a
rocket
jet
pressurized
nitrogen
was
exhausted
from
an
annular
sonic
nozzle
the
results
indicate
that
for
both
models
the
stability
parameter
moment
coefficient
with
angle
of
attack
in
the
region
of
zero
angle
of
attack
was
favorably
influenced
by
the
interference
resulting
from
separation
due
to
jet
billowing
schlieren
photographs
are
presented
that
show
the
separation
due
to
the
jet
billowing
at
various
pressure
ratios
and
angles
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1351
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
exploratory
tests
of
the
effects
of
jet
plumes
on
the
flow
over
cone
cylinder
flare
bodies
schlieren
photographs
have
been
taken
of
the
flow
over
cone
cylinder
flare
bodies
to
study
the
extent
of
boundary
layer
separation
due
to
the
presence
of
rocket
jet
plumes
tests
were
made
of
three
cone
cylinder
flare
configurations
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
and
in
the
langley
unitary
plan
wind
tunnel
at
a
mach
number
of
with
two
additional
configurations
the
stream
reynolds
number
varied
from
approximately
to
based
on
model
length
the
conical
flares
had
half
angles
of
or
and
contained
one
of
two
test
nozzles
with
a
design
mach
number
of
or
the
test
nozzles
were
operated
with
compressed
air
and
were
designed
to
simulate
a
solid
propellant
rocket
motor
operating
at
altitudes
between
to
free
stream
static
pressure
ratio
varied
from
jet
off
to
for
the
test
nozzle
with
a
design
mach
number
of
and
from
jet
off
to
mach
number
of
for
most
of
the
tests
the
angle
of
attack
range
was
to
some
additional
tests
were
made
at
and
measurements
taken
from
flow
pictures
indicated
that
at
zero
angle
of
attack
on
all
configurations
tested
with
jet
on
the
boundary
layer
separates
ahead
of
the
flare
cylinder
juncture
and
the
separation
point
moves
toward
the
cone
cylinder
juncture
with
an
increase
in
pressure
ratio
increasing
angle
of
attack
reduced
the
extent
of
boundary
layer
separation
on
the
windward
side
as
did
increasing
the
stream
mach
number
from
to
other
parameters
which
tended
to
reduce
the
extent
of
boundary
layer
separation
were
number
b
decreasing
stream
reynolds
number
and
c
displacing
nozzle
exit
rearward
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1352
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
aerodynamic
investigation
of
a
parabolic
body
of
revolution
at
mach
number
of
and
some
effects
of
an
annular
supersonic
jet
exhausting
from
the
base
an
aerodynamic
investigation
of
a
parabolic
body
of
revolution
was
conducted
at
a
mach
number
of
with
and
without
an
annular
supersonic
jet
exhausting
from
the
base
measurements
with
the
jet
inoperative
were
made
of
lift
drag
pitching
moment
radial
and
longitudinal
pressure
distributions
and
base
pressures
with
the
jet
in
operation
measurements
were
made
of
the
pressures
over
the
rear
of
the
body
with
the
primary
variables
being
angle
of
attack
ratio
of
jet
velocity
to
freestream
velocity
and
ratio
of
jet
pressure
to
stream
pressure
the
results
with
the
jet
inoperative
showed
that
the
radial
pressures
over
the
body
varied
appreciably
from
the
distribution
generally
employed
in
most
approximate
theories
the
linearized
solutions
for
lift
pitching
moment
and
center
of
pressure
gave
relatively
poor
predictions
of
the
experimental
results
an
analysis
of
several
theoretical
methods
for
calculating
pressure
distribution
and
wave
drag
showed
that
some
methods
gave
results
in
considerable
disagreement
with
experimental
values
maximum
effects
of
the
jet
were
obtained
at
the
lower
ratio
of
jet
velocity
to
stream
velocity
and
the
highest
ratio
of
jet
pressure
to
stream
pressure
these
effects
amounted
to
a
slight
decrease
in
fore
drag
a
reduction
in
lift
and
a
shift
of
center
of
pressure
in
a
destabilizing
direction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1353
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
a
two
step
nozzle
in
the
langley
in
hypersonic
tunnel
flow
surveys
have
been
made
in
the
first
of
several
nozzles
to
be
investigated
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
the
nozzle
was
designed
by
the
method
of
characteristics
for
a
mach
number
of
two
step
expanded
the
air
in
the
horizontal
plane
to
a
mach
number
of
and
the
second
in
the
vertical
plane
to
a
mach
number
of
the
test
results
showed
that
although
a
maximum
mach
number
of
about
was
obtained
the
flow
in
the
test
section
was
not
sufficiently
uniform
for
quantitative
wind
tunnel
test
purposes
deviations
from
the
design
flow
were
traced
to
the
presence
of
a
thick
boundary
layer
which
developed
in
the
first
step
along
the
parallel
walls
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1354
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
the
flow
through
a
single
stage
two
dimensional
nozzle
in
the
langley
in
hypersonic
tunnel
flow
surveys
have
been
made
in
the
second
of
several
nozzles
to
be
investigated
in
the
langley
inch
hypersonic
tunnel
the
single
stage
two
dimensional
nozzle
was
designed
by
the
method
of
characteristics
for
a
mach
number
of
without
boundary
layer
corrections
the
test
results
show
that
reasonably
uniform
flow
at
an
average
mach
number
of
about
was
obtained
in
a
central
region
of
the
stream
at
the
test
section
this
region
had
a
cross
section
nearly
inches
square
and
had
a
deviation
from
uniform
flow
of
less
than
percent
in
mach
number
and
in
flow
angle
an
increase
in
mach
number
of
about
percent
occurred
during
test
runs
of
about
seconds
duration
because
of
distortions
of
the
boundaries
at
the
first
minimum
due
to
nonuniform
heating
of
the
nozzle
blocks
during
the
tests
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1355
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
boundary
layer
displacement
effects
in
air
at
mach
numbers
of
and
measurements
are
presented
for
pressure
gradients
induced
by
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
in
air
at
a
mach
number
of
and
for
the
drag
of
thin
wings
at
a
mach
number
of
about
and
zero
angle
of
attack
the
pressure
measurements
at
a
mach
number
of
were
made
in
the
presence
of
substantial
heat
transfer
from
the
boundary
layer
to
the
plate
surface
the
measured
pressure
distribution
on
the
surface
of
the
plate
was
predicted
with
good
accuracy
by
a
modification
to
insulated
plate
displacement
theory
which
allows
for
the
effect
of
the
heat
transfer
and
temperature
gradient
along
the
surface
on
the
boundary
layer
displacement
thickness
the
total
drag
of
thin
wings
with
square
and
delta
plan
forms
was
measured
at
a
nominal
mach
number
of
over
a
reasonably
wide
range
of
reynolds
numbers
the
total
drag
was
found
to
be
greater
than
can
be
explained
by
adding
a
classical
value
of
laminar
skin
friction
to
the
estimated
pressure
drag
the
difference
is
in
general
explained
by
the
increase
in
skin
friction
to
percent
caused
by
the
boundary
layer
induced
pressures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1356
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
secondary
flow
fields
embedded
in
hypersonic
shock
layers
when
a
ramp
or
other
compression
surface
is
located
in
a
locally
supersonic
region
behind
a
hypersonic
bow
shock
wave
it
generates
a
secondary
shock
wave
the
ramp
flow
disturbance
may
be
viewed
as
an
embedded
newtonian
impact
flow
if
the
embedded
shock
layer
is
thin
examination
of
the
applicability
of
newtonian
flow
theory
to
cones
and
wedges
in
uniform
streams
suggests
that
this
theory
can
be
expected
to
give
a
useful
approximation
to
the
surface
pressures
a
pressure
equation
based
on
this
concept
predicts
a
number
of
interesting
things
first
pressures
can
differ
from
simple
newtonian
theory
by
factors
of
to
for
example
on
flare
stabilizers
on
blunt
nosed
bodies
of
revolution
pressures
are
lower
than
newtonian
and
diminish
with
increasing
flight
speed
in
the
hypersonic
speed
range
the
calculated
pressures
vary
over
the
flare
surface
as
a
result
of
the
nonuniformity
of
its
incident
stream
and
depend
on
the
axial
location
of
the
flare
in
the
case
of
a
flap
mounted
on
a
large
angled
blunt
nosed
cone
the
pressure
coefficients
vary
from
to
through
the
variable
entropy
layer
a
pressure
coefficient
of
greater
than
the
maximum
possible
in
newtonian
flow
can
occur
because
the
compression
process
is
more
efficient
than
a
single
shock
wave
process
on
areas
of
the
flap
that
protrude
through
the
main
bow
wave
the
pressure
coefficient
should
revert
to
the
simple
newtonian
value
equations
are
developed
for
the
initial
slopes
of
the
normal
force
and
pitching
moment
curves
of
a
flare
stabilizer
in
the
simplest
case
these
differ
from
conventional
newtonian
theory
by
the
ratio
of
local
dynamic
pressure
to
free
stream
dynamic
pressure
this
ratio
takes
values
as
low
as
in
some
of
the
examples
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1357
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressive
buckling
of
simply
supplorted
plates
with
longitudinal
stiffeners
charts
are
presented
for
the
analysis
of
the
stability
under
compression
of
simply
supported
rectangular
plates
with
one
two
three
and
an
infinite
number
of
identical
equally
spaced
longitudinal
stiffeners
that
have
zero
torsional
stiffness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1358
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compressive
buckling
of
simply
supported
plates
with
transverse
stiffeners
charts
are
presented
for
the
analysis
of
the
stability
under
longitudinal
compression
of
simply
supported
rectangular
plates
with
several
equally
spaced
transverse
stiffeners
that
have
both
torsional
and
flexural
rigidity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1359
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
compression
tests
on
circular
cylinders
stiffened
longitudinally
by
closely
spaced
z
section
stringers
six
circular
cylinders
stiffened
longitudinally
by
closely
spaced
z
section
stringers
were
loaded
to
failure
in
compression
the
results
obtained
are
presented
and
compared
with
available
theoretical
results
for
the
buckling
of
orthotropic
cylinders
the
results
indicate
that
the
large
disparity
that
exists
between
theory
and
experiment
for
unstiffened
compression
cylinders
may
be
significantly
smaller
for
stiffened
cylinders
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1360
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
simplified
analysis
of
general
instability
of
stiffened
shells
in
pure
bending
although
much
work
has
been
done
to
develop
a
theory
for
the
failure
of
shells
by
general
instability
there
is
at
present
no
simple
method
by
which
the
size
of
the
frames
may
be
determined
for
any
given
diameter
bending
moment
and
frame
spacing
such
a
method
is
needed
in
determining
the
optimum
design
for
stiffened
shells
to
be
used
as
a
basis
for
weight
analysis
of
fuselages
and
other
shell
structures
in
an
extension
of
the
work
done
for
the
rand
corporation
a
simple
coefficient
has
been
determined
for
this
purpose
since
it
appears
that
this
method
may
also
be
useful
in
design
calculations
a
brief
description
is
presented
below
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1361
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
large
deflections
of
structures
subjected
to
heating
and
external
loads
the
method
of
direct
formulation
of
the
stiffness
matrix
is
extended
to
include
the
effects
of
nonuniform
heating
and
large
deflections
the
purpose
is
to
develop
an
analytical
tool
for
the
treatment
of
actual
structures
in
the
solution
of
aeroelastic
problems
the
relations
between
forces
and
deflections
must
be
determined
the
usual
stiffness
matrix
formulation
of
this
relationship
is
limited
to
small
temperature
changes
and
small
deflections
for
large
temperature
changes
additional
terms
are
required
also
the
problem
becomes
geometrically
nonlinear
when
large
deflections
are
involved
to
overcome
the
inherent
difficulties
of
the
nonlinear
problem
for
practical
structures
either
an
iterative
or
a
step
by
step
procedure
must
be
used
the
force
deformation
relations
necessary
for
this
step
by
step
or
iterative
approach
are
derived
for
an
axially
loaded
member
and
for
a
plate
element
including
the
effects
of
thermal
strains
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1362
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
non
linear
analysis
of
heated
cambered
wings
by
the
matrix
force
method
various
extensions
of
the
matrix
force
method
for
complex
structure
analysis
are
presented
and
illustrated
with
the
objective
of
expanding
its
range
to
handle
the
problems
likely
to
be
encountered
in
advanced
vehicle
wing
design
methods
are
covered
in
detail
for
determining
the
change
in
flexibility
that
occurs
when
thermal
stresses
are
present
and
also
how
large
these
stresses
must
be
to
cause
buckling
including
the
non
linear
effect
of
large
deflections
by
an
iterative
procedure
and
analyzing
a
wing
that
is
initially
slightly
cambered
and
warped
with
either
or
both
of
the
aforementioned
effects
present
formulas
are
given
for
calculating
the
input
matrix
terms
as
are
the
matrix
equations
and
supporting
theoretical
discussion
an
example
illustrates
the
nature
and
magnitude
of
the
effects
being
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1363
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
characteristic
type
of
instability
in
the
large
deflections
of
elastic
plates
part
from
a
general
equation
governing
the
bending
of
thin
elastic
plates
into
certain
types
of
surfaces
of
revolution
are
derived
expressions
for
the
behaviour
of
rectangular
plates
with
initial
curvatures
subjected
to
pure
bending
about
one
axis
it
is
found
that
such
plates
exhibit
the
type
of
instability
characteristic
of
thin
walled
structures
which
depend
for
their
stiffness
on
curvature
curves
are
drawn
showing
the
deformation
suffered
by
such
plates
and
an
expression
for
the
critical
bending
moment
at
which
instability
occurs
is
obtained
experimental
results
show
satisfactory
agreement
part
the
analysis
of
part
is
extended
to
deal
with
the
case
of
flat
square
or
rectangular
plates
loaded
by
distributed
bending
moments
applied
to
all
four
edges
curves
are
drawn
to
describe
their
behaviour
and
they
are
found
to
exhibit
the
characteristic
instability
displayed
by
thin
walled
curved
structures
experimental
verification
is
satisfactory
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1364
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
experimental
investigation
of
the
interaction
between
shock
waves
and
boundary
layers
an
account
is
given
of
an
investigation
into
the
interaction
between
the
boundary
layer
on
a
flat
plate
and
a
shock
wave
produced
either
externally
by
a
wedge
in
the
supersonic
mainstream
or
from
within
the
boundary
layer
by
a
wedge
held
in
contact
with
the
plate
a
wide
range
of
free
stream
mach
numbers
boundary
layer
reynolds
numbers
and
shock
strengths
has
been
covered
shock
strength
being
defined
as
the
ratio
of
the
static
pressure
downstream
of
the
shock
to
the
static
pressure
upstream
of
it
variations
in
these
parameters
can
have
large
effects
on
the
interaction
and
there
are
also
large
differences
between
cases
with
externally
generated
shocks
and
cases
where
the
shock
is
generated
from
within
the
boundary
layer
the
investigation
has
thrown
light
on
the
physical
mechanisms
involved
it
is
found
that
many
of
the
major
features
of
the
interaction
arise
because
the
boundary
layer
separates
from
the
surface
ahead
of
the
shock
wave
the
conditions
under
which
separation
occurs
and
the
behaviour
of
the
separated
boundary
layer
thus
have
important
effects
in
terms
of
which
for
example
the
differences
between
the
interactions
observed
with
laminar
and
with
turbulent
boundary
layers
may
be
explained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1365
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
calculation
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
after
analyzing
a
large
class
of
boundary
layer
velocity
profiles
the
author
discovered
that
the
functions
l
m
and
h
m
for
all
such
cases
differ
only
slightly
from
each
other
over
the
whole
range
of
positive
and
negative
pressure
gradients
here
l
m
and
h
are
defined
by
being
the
velocity
component
in
the
x
direction
and
u
the
value
of
u
at
the
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
and
and
the
displacement
and
momentum
thickness
respectively
based
on
this
discovery
an
approximate
method
is
proposed
by
constructing
two
universal
curves
l
m
and
h
m
for
all
conceivable
boundary
layer
flows
found
in
practice
once
these
are
chosen
karman's
momentum
integral
can
be
written
in
the
form
v
being
the
kinematic
viscosity
coefficient
and
can
be
integrated
numerically
as
examples
both
howarth's
and
hartree's
tained
is
considered
good
for
practical
purposes
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1366
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
with
heat
transfer
and
arbitrary
pressure
gradient
an
approximate
method
for
the
calculation
of
the
compressible
laminar
boundary
layer
with
heat
transfer
and
arbitrary
pressure
gradient
based
on
thwaites'
correlation
concept
is
presented
the
method
results
from
the
application
of
stewartson's
transformation
to
prandtl's
equations
which
yeilds
a
nonlinear
set
of
two
first
order
differential
equations
these
equations
are
then
expressed
in
terms
of
dimensionless
parameters
related
to
the
wall
shear
the
surface
heat
transfer
and
the
transformed
free
stream
velocity
thwaites'
concept
of
the
unique
interdependence
of
these
parameters
is
assumed
the
evaluation
of
these
quantities
is
then
carried
out
by
utilizing
exact
solutions
recently
obtained
with
the
resulting
relations
methods
are
derived
for
the
calculation
of
the
two
dimensional
and
axially
symmetric
laminar
boundary
layer
with
arbitrary
free
stream
velocity
distribution
mach
number
and
surface
temperature
level
the
combined
effect
of
heat
transfer
and
pressure
gradient
is
demonstrated
by
applying
the
method
to
calculate
the
characteristics
of
the
boundary
layer
on
thin
supersonic
surfaces
and
in
a
highly
cooled
convergent
divergent
axially
symmetric
rocket
nozzle
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1367
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
investigation
of
the
effects
of
mach
number
reynolds
number
wall
temperature
and
surface
curvature
on
laminar
separation
in
supersonic
flow
laminar
separation
in
supersonic
flow
is
investigated
by
an
extension
of
stratford's
method
it
is
assumed
that
separation
is
of
the
usual
practical
type
taking
place
upstream
of
the
shock
wave
or
other
agency
provoking
it
the
results
of
the
analysis
agree
well
in
most
respects
with
experiment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1368
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
three
dimensional
viscous
wakes
the
velocity
fields
of
three
dimensional
viscous
wakes
are
examined
with
the
use
of
the
boundary
layer
approximations
osoen's
linearization
of
the
convective
terms
and
the
assumption
of
constant
fluid
properties
transform
methods
yield
solutions
for
general
types
of
initial
conditions
as
an
illustration
the
axial
velocity
distribution
of
a
wake
whose
initial
isovels
lines
of
constant
velocity
are
of
elliptic
shape
and
their
decay
to
axial
symmetry
are
demonstrated
both
laminar
and
turbulent
flows
are
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1369
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
steady
motion
of
a
sphere
oseens's
criticism
and
solution
the
formula
of
stokes
for
the
resistance
experienced
slowly
moving
sphere
has
been
employed
in
physical
researches
of
fundamental
importance
as
a
means
of
estimating
the
size
of
minute
globules
of
water
and
thence
the
number
of
globules
contained
in
a
cloud
of
given
mass
consequently
the
conditions
of
its
validity
has
been
much
discussed
both
from
the
experimental
and
from
the
theoretical
side
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1370
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
remarks
on
the
flat
plate
boundary
layer
the
authors
discuss
the
solutions
for
the
flow
of
a
viscous
incompressible
fluid
near
the
leading
edge
of
a
semi
infinite
flat
plate
without
pressure
gradient
the
oseen
linearization
is
employed
which
approximates
the
equations
of
motion
and
continuity
by
where
are
the
coordinate
directions
the
corresponding
velocity
components
and
the
uniform
free
stream
velocity
which
is
parallel
to
the
plate
defining
a
perturbation
stream
function
by
the
differential
equation
to
be
solved
is
with
boundary
conditions
far
from
the
plate
and
when
y
and
the
authors
discuss
the
problem
by
applying
the
two
dimensional
fourier
transform
and
obtain
an
explicit
solution
for
the
velocity
gradient
at
the
plate
which
is
in
disagreement
with
the
result
of
the
blasius
solution
from
this
the
authors
conclude
that
it
would
be
more
appropriate
to
use
a
velocity
other
than
in
the
linearization
of
the
equations
of
motion
and
suggest
replacing
by
where
this
choice
does
not
affect
the
solution
far
from
the
plate
but
gives
on
the
plate
and
in
comparison
with
blasius
solution
indicates
that
c
the
solution
of
the
modified
oseen
equation
with
this
value
of
c
then
seems
acceptable
as
the
approximate
solution
in
the
region
intermediate
between
the
stokes
flow
and
the
free
stream
on
the
basis
of
these
considerations
the
authors
suggest
an
iteration
procedure
for
obtaining
the
exact
solution
for
the
above
problem
as
well
as
a
solution
for
the
plate
of
finite
length
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1371
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
axisymmetric
free
mixing
with
swirl
viscous
laminar
axially
symmetric
free
mixing
with
small
moderate
and
large
swirl
is
investigated
by
a
boundary
layer
type
of
analysis
with
integral
methods
moderate
and
small
swirls
are
formally
the
same
differing
only
in
the
order
of
their
associated
radial
pressure
gradients
neither
induces
significant
axial
pressure
gradients
consequently
their
effect
on
the
axial
flow
is
negligible
for
moderate
and
small
swirl
an
interesting
feature
is
the
swirl
decay
in
both
compressible
and
incompressible
flow
it
is
shown
that
jet
swirl
decays
more
rapidly
than
wake
swirl
whereas
both
swirls
decay
more
rapidly
than
the
non
uniformity
in
axial
velocity
large
swirl
generates
axial
pressure
gradients
as
well
as
large
radial
pressure
gradients
and
therefore
alters
the
streamwise
flow
examples
calculated
for
incompressible
flow
show
that
the
wake
is
lengthened
by
large
swirl
it
is
expected
that
this
effect
will
be
diminished
in
the
presence
of
higher
free
stream
mach
numbers
which
lead
to
decreased
densities
due
to
decreased
centrifugal
effects
decreased
radial
pressure
gradients
and
decreased
axial
pressure
gradients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1372
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
axially
symmetric
turbulent
compressible
mixing
in
the
presence
of
initial
boundary
layer
recent
experimental
results
have
shown
that
the
mixing
of
heterogeneous
gases
having
an
initial
velocity
ratio
close
to
unity
occurs
faster
than
is
predicted
by
classical
eddy
viscosity
theory
the
theoretical
analysis
of
two
uniform
streams
of
different
gases
but
of
nearly
equal
velocity
performed
with
the
usual
assumptions
for
eddy
viscosity
and
prandtl
number
equal
to
a
constant
shows
that
mixing
will
take
place
very
slowly
i
e
at
the
rate
corresponding
to
laminar
diffusion
it
has
been
suggested
that
the
difference
between
analysis
and
experiment
could
be
attributed
to
the
presence
of
a
boundary
layer
in
the
experiments
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
note
to
show
that
the
use
of
the
classical
eddy
viscosity
law
admitting
the
existence
of
a
boundary
layer
is
not
sufficient
to
explain
the
rapid
mixing
that
is
observed
physically
instead
it
is
shown
that
rapid
mixing
can
be
explained
on
the
basis
of
a
different
eddy
viscosity
law
as
was
suggested
in
ref
these
conclusions
are
obtained
through
application
of
the
analysis
presented
briefly
below
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1373
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nose
drag
in
free
molecule
flow
and
its
minimization
the
superaerodynamic
nose
drag
of
a
body
in
a
free
molecule
flow
involves
two
parameters
the
speed
ratio
s
between
ordered
and
random
molecular
motions
modified
mach
number
and
the
temperature
ratio
between
the
solid
surface
and
undisturbed
gas
simplifications
of
the
drag
formula
are
obtained
at
hypersonic
as
well
as
low
subsonic
extremes
to
minimize
the
drag
on
a
nose
of
specified
length
and
base
radius
the
ordinary
method
of
calculus
of
variation
was
found
inadequate
a
generalized
approach
has
accordingly
been
developed
and
the
specification
of
end
conditions
is
discussed
at
length
results
of
the
present
investigation
indicate
that
in
all
cases
an
optimum
nose
requires
a
flat
tip
the
optimum
nose
curve
for
the
hypersonic
extreme
does
not
depend
on
the
temperature
ratio
but
that
for
the
low
subsonic
extreme
varies
in
the
following
manner
for
a
hot
body
the
curve
is
convex
for
a
cold
body
concave
an
optimum
solution
exists
in
a
restricted
range
of
specification
only
with
prescribed
tip
and
base
radii
the
admissible
nose
length
is
bounded
below
for
the
cases
of
hypersonic
and
low
subsonic
hot
body
and
bounded
above
for
the
case
of
low
subsonic
cold
body
a
vanishing
tip
radius
leads
to
an
infinitely
long
nose
in
the
former
and
a
vanishing
nose
in
the
latter
case
optimum
nose
curves
for
several
temperature
ratios
at
the
low
subsonic
extreme
as
well
as
the
one
for
hypersonic
extreme
are
presented
it
is
observed
that
at
the
low
subsonic
extreme
with
the
hot
body
solution
asymptotically
approaches
the
hypersonic
solution
i
e
a
slender
conventional
warhead
with
a
flat
tip
whereas
with
the
cold
body
solution
asymptotically
approaches
the
minimal
surface
solution
i
e
tip
radius
a
flat
disc
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1374
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
analysis
of
turbulent
mixing
of
reactive
gases
with
application
to
supersonic
combustion
of
hydrogen
the
turbulent
mixing
of
an
axisymmetric
jet
of
a
reactive
gas
is
considered
by
assuming
a
convenient
model
for
the
compressible
eddy
viscosity
the
momentum
equation
is
reduced
to
a
form
amenable
to
approximate
solution
the
resulting
velocity
distribution
in
both
incompressible
and
compressible
flows
is
in
reasonable
agreement
with
experiment
the
usual
assumptions
with
respect
to
chemical
behavior
namely
either
frozen
or
equilibrium
flow
and
to
unity
lewis
numbers
and
prandtl
number
are
employed
the
theoretical
results
for
chemical
equilibrium
are
shown
to
be
in
reasonable
agreement
with
experimental
data
from
low
speed
hydrogen
flames
a
numerical
example
of
interest
in
connection
with
a
hypersonic
air
breathing
vehicle
is
carried
out
in
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1375
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
an
approximate
solution
for
the
axisymmetric
jet
of
a
laminar
compressible
fluid
an
extension
of
the
modified
oseen
method
of
carrier
based
on
the
linearization
of
the
viscous
term
of
the
von
mises
transformation
is
presented
the
method
is
employed
to
determine
the
velocity
field
associated
with
the
laminar
axisymmetric
jet
flow
of
a
compressible
gas
with
an
arbitrary
but
constant
external
flow
the
approximate
solution
is
shown
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
the
exact
numerical
calculation
of
pai
in
many
boundary
layer
problems
it
is
not
possible
to
make
the
assumption
of
flow
similarity
the
solution
in
these
cases
can
be
obtained
either
by
laborious
finite
difference
techniques
or
by
resort
to
approximate
solutions
carrier
and
lewis
and
more
recently
carrier
have
suggested
a
method
of
obtaining
approximate
solutions
to
problems
involving
convection
and
diffusion
this
method
termed
by
carrier
the
modified
oseen
method
overcomes
an
essential
difficulty
of
integral
methods
namely
the
generation
of
reasonable
profiles
it
is
well
known
that
the
integral
method
gives
accurate
results
only
if
the
analytical
profiles
represent
closely
the
true
profiles
according
to
the
modified
oseen
method
the
convective
operator
in
the
original
partial
differential
equation
is
replaced
by
a
linear
one
the
resulting
equation
for
the
boundary
layer
problem
is
the
heat
conduction
equation
which
can
be
treated
by
well
known
techniques
it
is
the
purpose
of
this
paper
to
indicate
a
modification
of
this
procedure
and
to
demonstrate
its
simplicity
and
accuracy
by
treating
the
axisymmetric
laminar
flow
of
a
compressible
gas
with
arbitrary
but
constant
external
flow
the
modification
is
based
on
the
use
of
the
von
mises
transformation
with
a
subsequent
linearization
of
the
viscous
term
rather
than
the
linearization
of
the
convective
term
pai's
problem
originally
treated
by
a
finite
difference
technique
is
considered
to
illustrate
the
effectiveness
of
this
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1376
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
some
applications
in
physics
of
the
p
function
the
mathematical
background
and
typical
applications
in
physics
are
presented
for
a
recently
tabulated
function
because
of
its
properties
the
p
function
should
prove
to
be
a
useful
aid
in
the
solution
of
certain
problems
in
applied
mathematics
involving
surface
integrations
in
cylindrical
coordinates
a
tabulation
of
the
function
in
its
normalized
form
is
appended
particular
attention
is
paid
to
the
application
of
the
p
function
to
multiple
scattering
problems
involving
circular
symmetry
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1377
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
theoretical
investigation
of
the
flow
field
about
blunt
nosed
bodies
in
supersonic
flight
a
numerical
method
ofr
obtaining
the
solution
to
the
inverse
problem
of
the
flow
behind
a
given
detached
shock
to
any
desired
accuracy
is
presented
the
cases
of
zero
and
small
incidence
are
considered
the
combination
of
sets
of
such
solutions
satisfying
prescribed
boundary
conditions
body
shapes
is
described
particular
attention
is
devoted
to
the
analysis
of
the
sonic
and
subsonic
region
of
the
flow
field
convergence
and
stability
of
the
stepwise
integration
from
the
shock
in
the
elliptic
region
are
discussed
numerical
examples
are
also
included
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1378
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
blunt
cone
pressure
distributions
at
hypersonic
mach
numbers
the
static
pressure
distributions
on
the
surface
of
a
blunted
degree
half
angle
cone
have
recently
been
experimentally
determined
in
the
cal
inch
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
this
facility
and
the
associated
instrumentation
are
described
in
detail
in
ref
these
tests
covered
a
mach
number
range
of
to
at
a
reynolds
number
per
foot
of
approximately
times
to
the
th
power
the
models
included
one
flat
faced
cone
and
two
hemispherically
blunted
cones
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1379
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
hypersonic
flight
and
the
re
entry
problem
paper
reviews
the
possibilities
and
some
of
the
main
problems
of
three
types
of
long
range
vehicle
the
ballistic
the
glide
and
the
skip
rocket
performance
assessments
are
made
on
the
basis
of
an
ingenious
if
debatable
conversion
of
the
vehicle
characteristics
to
the
breguet
formula
the
problems
of
aerodynamic
heating
aerodynamic
loads
and
stability
are
briefly
discussed
and
other
aspects
of
hypersonic
flight
free
molecule
flow
dash
are
touched
upon
the
results
on
the
whole
favor
the
glide
vehicle
for
manned
flight
the
subsequent
discussion
on
the
paper
includes
references
to
multistaging
and
the
use
of
high
energy
fuels
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1380
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
problem
of
obtaining
high
lift
drag
ratios
at
supersonic
speeds
the
importance
of
the
lift
to
drag
ratio
is
well
known
to
all
aircraft
designers
since
it
gives
to
a
great
extent
the
aerodynamic
efficiency
of
the
airplane
aerodynamic
efficiency
however
is
only
one
component
of
the
grand
compromise
that
a
completed
airplane
represents
at
subsonic
speeds
lift
drag
ratios
of
well
over
have
been
measured
in
wind
tunnels
on
airfoil
sections
but
few
powered
aircraft
have
attained
lift
to
drag
ratio
value
of
it
is
invariably
true
that
the
requirements
of
stability
and
control
structure
and
flight
operation
all
contribute
to
reducing
the
design
lift
to
drag
ratio
considerably
below
those
exotic
values
which
can
be
predicted
from
unrestricted
aerodynamic
theory
if
however
a
certain
range
or
operating
efficiency
is
required
there
is
most
certainly
a
minimum
if
we
examine
the
range
equation
we
see
that
range
is
proportional
to
the
lift
drag
ratio
the
thermopropulsive
efficiency
and
the
logarithm
of
the
initial
to
final
weight
ratio
the
appearance
of
the
lift
drag
ratio
as
a
linear
factor
in
the
range
equation
indicates
that
every
attempt
should
be
made
to
increase
lift
to
drag
ratio
however
the
search
for
higher
lift
to
drag
ratio
may
lead
to
strange
and
unorthodox
configurations
most
frequently
such
configurations
are
ruled
out
by
the
adverse
effects
of
their
geometry
on
the
weight
ratios
in
the
present
paper
we
will
deal
with
the
maximum
lift
drag
ratio
problem
for
conventional
configurations
having
a
wing
and
a
body
in
close
proximity
to
each
other
no
attempt
will
be
made
to
select
a
particular
configuration
as
being
the
best
however
the
promising
direction
to
go
from
the
aerodynamic
view
will
be
stressed
with
the
understanding
that
the
other
factors
may
outweight
the
aerodynamics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1381
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
mach
number
on
boundary
layer
transition
in
the
presence
of
pressure
rise
and
surface
roughness
on
an
ogive
cylinder
body
with
cold
wall
conditions
the
effect
of
mach
number
variation
from
to
on
boundary
layer
transition
was
investigated
on
a
slender
fin
stabilized
ogive
cylinder
body
in
free
flight
at
a
constant
length
reynolds
number
of
million
the
wall
to
free
stream
temperature
ratio
was
constant
at
a
value
of
below
mach
number
and
at
a
value
of
of
the
test
showed
that
increasing
mach
number
had
a
very
favorable
effect
of
increasing
the
extent
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
for
a
given
surface
roughness
the
transition
data
when
plotted
as
a
function
of
a
factor
indicative
of
heat
transfer
showed
that
heat
transfer
was
possibly
responsible
for
a
good
deal
of
the
increase
in
transition
reynolds
number
with
mach
number
transition
was
found
to
occur
farther
forward
on
the
sheltered
side
of
the
body
than
on
the
windward
side
for
angles
of
attack
as
low
as
and
for
all
mach
numbers
the
pressure
rise
along
sheltered
side
stream
lines
was
examined
and
it
was
found
that
the
pressure
rise
coefficient
at
the
transition
point
showed
no
variation
with
mach
number
data
from
other
sources
for
different
test
conditions
when
reduced
to
values
of
pressure
rise
coefficient
were
also
found
to
correlate
well
with
that
of
the
present
investigation
with
the
exception
of
data
at
low
subsonic
mach
numbers
these
present
results
also
show
that
mach
number
surface
roughness
pressure
rise
and
length
reynolds
number
all
affected
boundary
layer
transition
in
the
region
of
theoretical
infinite
laminar
stability
to
small
two
dimensional
disturbances
as
calculated
for
a
flat
plate
with
zero
pressure
gradient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1382
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
solution
of
the
equations
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
for
schubauer's
observed
pressure
distribution
for
an
elliptic
cylinder
the
solution
of
the
equations
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
has
been
carried
out
for
the
pressure
distribution
for
an
elliptic
cylinder
of
axial
ratio
with
its
major
axis
in
the
direction
of
the
incident
stream
the
solution
has
been
obtained
by
the
method
of
hartree
and
womersley
in
applying
this
method
the
derivatives
parallel
to
the
boundary
are
replaced
by
finite
differences
so
that
the
partial
differential
equation
of
the
boundary
layer
is
replaced
by
an
ordinary
equation
relating
the
velocity
distribution
through
the
boundary
layer
at
one
section
to
that
at
another
at
an
interval
upstream
by
two
independent
integrations
covering
the
same
range
by
finite
intervals
of
different
sizes
it
is
possible
to
estimate
the
errors
involved
in
replacing
the
derivatives
by
finite
differences
and
so
to
correct
for
these
errors
the
process
of
solution
requires
the
values
of
the
pressure
gradient
along
the
solid
boundary
and
there
is
a
certain
tolerance
in
the
derivation
of
the
pressure
gradient
distribution
from
a
limited
number
of
observed
values
of
pressure
an
analysis
of
schubauer's
pressure
distribution
is
outlined
and
the
results
were
used
for
the
main
solution
calculated
it
is
found
that
the
solution
for
the
distribution
of
pressure
gradient
so
derived
does
not
give
separation
of
the
boundary
layer
from
the
solid
boundary
whereas
the
actual
flow
does
separate
it
is
found
that
the
calculated
solution
is
very
sensitive
to
the
pressure
distribution
and
a
comparatively
small
modification
of
the
pressure
distribution
gives
a
solution
which
does
indicate
separation
close
to
the
point
at
which
separation
is
observed
to
occur
the
solution
with
this
pressure
distribution
also
gives
very
good
agreement
with
the
observed
velocity
distribution
through
the
boundary
layer
at
points
upstream
from
separation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1383
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
theory
of
laminar
boundary
layer
involving
separation
the
paper
presents
a
mathematical
discussion
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
which
was
developed
with
a
view
of
facilitating
the
investigation
of
those
boundary
layers
in
particular
for
which
the
phenomenon
of
separation
occurs
the
treatment
starts
with
a
slight
modification
of
the
form
of
the
boundary
layer
equation
first
published
by
von
mises
two
approximate
solutions
of
this
equation
are
found
one
of
which
is
exact
at
the
outer
edge
of
the
boundary
layer
while
the
other
is
exact
at
the
wall
the
final
solution
is
obtained
by
joining
these
two
solutions
at
the
inflection
points
of
the
velocity
profiles
the
final
solution
is
given
in
terms
of
a
series
of
universal
functions
for
a
fairly
broad
class
of
potential
velocity
distributions
outside
of
the
boundary
layer
detailed
calculations
of
the
boundary
layer
characteristics
are
worked
out
for
the
case
in
which
the
potential
velocity
is
a
linear
function
of
the
distance
from
the
upstream
stagnation
point
finally
the
complete
separation
point
characteristics
are
determined
for
the
boundary
layer
associated
with
a
potential
velocity
distribution
made
up
of
two
linear
functions
of
the
distance
from
the
stagnation
point
it
appears
that
extensions
of
the
detailed
calculations
to
more
complex
potential
flows
can
be
fairly
easily
carried
out
by
using
the
explicit
formulae
given
in
the
paper
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1384
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
theoretical
calculation
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
around
an
elliptic
cylinder
and
its
comparison
with
experiment
the
author
in
conjunction
with
th
von
karman
has
recently
given
a
new
method
of
approximate
integration
of
the
prandtl
boundary
layer
equations
which
was
developed
in
order
to
treat
cases
in
which
separation
of
a
laminar
boundary
layer
might
be
expected
the
method
was
developed
because
some
doubt
was
felt
as
to
the
accuracy
with
which
the
well
known
pohlhausen
analysis
would
describe
conditions
in
the
neighborhood
of
such
a
separation
point
numerical
calculations
were
carried
out
for
certain
cases
involving
theoretical
simplifications
and
very
considerable
discrepancies
were
found
between
the
results
of
the
new
and
pohlhausen
methods
the
method
was
also
used
in
developing
a
theory
for
the
maximum
lift
coefficient
of
certain
classes
of
airfoils
this
theory
gave
satisfactory
agreement
with
experiment
but
no
direct
experimental
check
on
the
boundary
layer
analysis
itself
has
been
given
up
to
the
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1385
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
air
flow
in
a
separating
laminar
boundary
layer
the
speed
distribution
in
a
laminar
boundary
layer
on
the
surface
of
an
elliptic
cylinder
of
major
and
minor
axes
and
inches
respectively
has
been
determined
by
means
of
a
hot
wire
anemometer
the
direction
of
the
impinging
air
stream
was
parallel
to
the
major
axis
special
attention
was
given
to
the
speed
distribution
in
the
region
of
separation
and
to
the
exact
location
of
the
point
of
separation
an
approximate
method
developed
by
k
pohlhausen
for
computing
the
speed
distribution
the
thickness
of
the
layer
and
the
point
of
separation
is
described
in
detail
and
speed
distribution
curves
calculated
by
this
method
are
presented
for
comparison
with
experiment
good
agreement
is
obtained
along
the
forward
part
of
the
cylinder
but
pohlhausen's
method
fails
shortly
before
the
separation
point
is
reached
and
consequently
cannot
be
used
to
locate
this
point
the
work
was
carried
out
at
the
national
bureau
of
standards
with
the
cooperation
and
financial
assistance
of
the
national
advisory
committee
for
aeronautics
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1386
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
analysis
and
calculation
by
integral
methods
of
laminar
compressible
boundary
layer
with
heat
transfer
and
with
and
without
pressure
gradient
a
survey
of
integral
methods
in
laminar
boundary
layer
analysis
is
first
given
a
simple
and
sufficiently
accurate
method
for
practical
purposes
of
calculating
the
properties
layer
in
an
axial
pressure
gradient
with
heat
transfer
at
the
wall
is
then
presented
for
flow
over
a
flat
plate
the
method
is
applicable
for
an
arbitrarily
prescribed
distribution
of
temperature
along
the
surface
and
for
any
given
constant
prandtl
number
close
to
unity
for
flow
in
a
pressure
gradient
the
method
is
based
on
a
prandtl
number
of
unity
and
a
uniform
wall
temperature
a
simple
and
accurate
method
of
determining
the
separation
point
in
a
compressible
flow
with
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
over
a
surface
at
a
given
uniform
wall
temperature
is
developed
the
analysis
is
based
on
an
extension
of
the
karman
pohlhausen
method
to
the
momentum
and
thermal
energy
equations
in
conjunction
with
fourth
and
especially
higher
degree
velocity
and
stagnation
enthalpy
profiles
from
the
equations
derived
here
conclusions
regarding
the
effect
of
pressure
gradient
mach
number
and
wall
temperature
on
the
boundary
layer
characteristics
are
derived
and
illustrated
in
particular
the
effects
on
skin
friction
heat
transfer
coefficient
separation
point
in
an
adverse
pressure
gradient
and
stability
of
the
laminar
boundary
layer
are
analyzed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1387
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
buckling
of
a
square
panel
under
shear
when
one
pair
of
opposite
edges
is
clamped
and
the
other
pair
is
simply
supported
reasons
for
investigation
for
an
efficient
design
of
spar
with
thin
sheet
web
it
is
important
to
know
the
load
which
will
just
cause
the
web
to
buckle
as
stiffeners
divide
the
web
into
panels
it
is
required
to
find
the
buckling
stress
of
rectangular
panels
bounded
on
two
sides
by
spar
flanges
and
on
the
other
two
sides
by
stiffeners
boundary
conditions
which
represent
closely
this
type
of
edge
fixing
are
clamping
along
the
flanges
and
simple
support
critical
shear
stress
for
a
square
panel
held
in
this
way
conclusions
and
further
development
it
is
found
that
the
value
of
the
critical
shear
stress
is
almost
midway
between
its
values
when
all
four
edges
are
clamped
and
all
four
edges
are
simply
supported
the
method
of
solution
developed
in
this
report
is
of
very
general
application
and
can
be
used
to
investigate
the
stability
of
rectangular
panels
when
the
loading
is
any
combination
of
shear
and
compression
or
tension
and
the
edges
are
clamped
or
simply
supported
and
not
necessarily
all
clamped
or
all
simply
supported
by
an
easy
extension
the
method
of
solution
can
also
be
used
to
find
the
periods
of
transverse
vibration
of
rectangular
panels
for
the
same
types
of
loading
and
edge
fixing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1388
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
process
for
the
step
by
step
integration
of
differential
equations
in
an
automatic
digital
computing
machine
it
is
advantageous
in
automatic
computers
to
employ
methods
of
integration
which
do
not
require
preceding
function
values
to
be
known
from
a
general
theory
given
by
kutta
one
such
process
is
chosen
giving
fourth
order
accuracy
and
requiring
the
minimum
number
of
storage
registers
it
is
developed
into
a
form
which
gives
the
highest
attainable
accuracy
and
can
be
carried
out
by
comparatively
few
instructions
the
errors
are
studied
and
a
simple
example
is
given
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1389
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
numerical
construction
of
detached
shock
waves
this
article
proposes
a
new
method
for
solving
the
problem
of
the
detached
shock
wave
if
the
shock
wave
is
assumed
known
a
cauchy
problem
for
a
system
of
partial
differential
equations
arises
this
has
been
solved
by
several
authors
in
the
region
where
the
system
is
elliptic
near
the
peak
of
the
shock
wave
considering
the
plane
stationary
case
the
author
seeks
an
analytic
continuation
of
the
propagation
function
x
y
in
the
complex
plane
y
y
y
x
real
in
the
plane
x
y
the
propagation
function
satisfies
a
hyperbolic
equation
near
the
peak
of
the
shock
wave
a
new
cauchy
problem
is
solved
and
the
solution
of
the
original
problem
obtained
by
analytic
continuation
a
numerical
example
is
treated
with
many
details
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1390
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
on
the
numerical
calculation
of
detached
bow
shock
waves
in
hypersonic
flow
a
method
is
described
for
calculating
examples
of
hypersonic
flow
with
a
detached
bow
shock
wave
past
a
bluff
axially
symmetric
body
the
form
of
the
shock
wave
is
assumed
and
the
analysis
is
based
on
a
cauchy
problem
for
the
stream
function
in
the
subsonic
region
where
the
motion
is
governed
by
a
partial
differential
equation
of
elliptic
type
through
analytic
continuation
into
the
complex
domain
the
cauchy
problem
is
reformulated
in
such
a
manner
that
it
becomes
properly
set
in
the
subsonic
region
this
leads
to
a
stable
scheme
for
computation
of
the
flow
by
finite
differences
numerical
examples
at
freestream
mach
number
are
presented
in
which
the
flow
is
determined
throughout
the
subsonic
region
and
in
particular
the
detachment
distance
the
location
of
the
sonic
line
and
the
pressure
distribution
along
the
body
are
calculated
these
results
are
in
excellent
agreement
with
experimental
data
obtained
at
the
california
institute
of
technology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1391
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shock
wave
and
flow
field
development
in
hypersonic
re
entry
a
study
is
made
of
when
and
how
a
shock
wave
and
continuum
type
flow
field
develop
in
the
nose
region
of
a
highly
cooled
blunt
body
re
entering
the
atmosphere
at
hypersonic
speed
and
in
a
free
molecular
flow
regime
the
various
types
of
flow
regimes
encountered
down
to
low
altitude
conditions
are
delineated
and
the
nature
of
the
flow
field
and
behavior
of
some
of
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
are
discussed
it
is
shown
that
for
a
highly
cooled
body
free
molecule
flow
conditions
occur
at
a
higher
altitude
than
previously
indicated
based
on
available
evidence
it
is
suggested
that
kinetic
theory
solutions
which
are
essentially
modified
free
molecule
results
along
with
the
navier
stokes
equations
with
no
surface
slip
serve
to
define
all
of
the
flow
regimes
except
for
a
narrow
transitional
layer
regime
which
has
a
height
of
less
than
one
factor
of
in
free
stream
density
change
it
is
also
suggested
that
the
appearance
of
a
definable
shock
wave
occurs
very
rapidly
in
terms
of
density
change
near
the
beginning
of
the
transitional
layer
regime
and
that
its
location
as
in
continuum
flow
is
governed
principally
by
the
body
geometry
whereas
its
thickness
is
determined
by
a
local
mean
free
path
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1392
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
solution
of
small
displacement
stability
or
vibration
problems
concerning
a
flat
rectangular
panel
when
the
edges
are
either
clamped
or
simply
supported
this
report
describes
an
energy
method
for
the
exact
solution
of
problems
concerning
the
small
displacements
stability
or
vibration
of
a
flat
rectangular
panel
when
the
edges
are
either
clamped
or
simply
supported
the
influence
of
stiffeners
which
are
parallel
to
one
pair
of
edges
and
situated
in
pairs
on
opposite
sides
of
the
panel
so
that
the
neutral
axis
of
each
stiffener
pair
lies
in
the
middle
surface
of
the
panel
is
taken
into
account
the
method
is
not
only
applicable
to
isotropic
panels
but
also
to
aeolotropic
panels
when
the
material
of
the
panel
has
two
directions
of
elastic
symmetry
parallel
to
the
edges
the
final
solution
of
the
problems
depends
on
an
infinite
set
of
linear
equations
for
small
displacement
problems
or
on
an
infinite
determinantal
equation
for
stability
and
vibration
problems
the
important
feature
of
the
analysis
given
is
that
it
enables
a
direct
approach
to
be
made
to
these
equations
in
any
particular
problem
it
is
not
in
general
possible
to
obtain
a
direct
solution
of
the
final
equations
and
it
is
necessary
to
approximate
and
consider
a
finite
set
of
linear
equations
or
a
finite
determinantal
equation
derived
from
the
more
important
terms
in
the
analytical
expression
for
the
transverse
displacement
of
the
panel
here
physical
intuition
and
if
available
experimental
data
serve
as
a
guide
and
the
accuracy
of
the
final
results
so
obtained
is
gauged
by
the
rate
of
convergence
with
the
increase
in
the
number
of
terms
considered
the
general
method
of
solution
is
applied
first
to
the
free
vibration
of
a
square
panel
when
all
the
edges
are
clamped
and
second
to
the
buckling
of
a
square
panel
under
shear
when
three
edges
are
clamped
and
one
edge
is
simply
supported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1393
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
heat
transfer
near
the
forward
stagnation
point
of
a
body
of
revolution
in
order
to
determine
the
temperature
distribution
over
a
body
moving
through
the
atmosphere
a
knowledge
of
the
local
heat
transfer
coefficients
is
required
for
slender
sharp
nosed
bodies
the
heat
transfer
coefficients
are
frequently
approximated
by
using
the
comparable
flat
plate
values
however
for
blunt
nosed
bodies
flat
plate
solutions
are
not
applicable
near
the
forward
stagnation
point
since
the
greatest
rate
of
heat
transfer
may
occur
at
the
forward
stagnation
point
its
value
should
be
investigated
in
this
note
a
theoretical
solution
is
given
for
the
heat
transfer
near
the
forward
stagnation
point
of
a
body
of
revolution
assuming
laminar
incompressible
low
speed
flow
the
comparable
solution
for
two
dimensional
flow
has
been
given
by
squire
in
the
case
of
a
blunt
nosed
body
moving
with
supersonic
velocity
the
flow
behind
the
central
portion
of
the
bow
wave
is
subsonic
and
it
is
possible
that
a
low
speed
solution
using
as
free
stream
conditions
those
behind
the
center
of
the
bow
wave
will
apply
near
the
stagnation
point
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1394
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
measurements
in
hypersonic
low
density
flow
in
hypersonic
low
reynolds
number
flow
around
a
blunt
body
the
boundary
layer
thickness
approaches
the
shock
layer
thickness
shock
standoff
distance
within
the
region
of
continuum
flow
in
this
instance
the
customary
boundary
layer
approximations
no
longer
apply
hoshizaki
and
probstein
have
obtained
solutions
to
the
incompressible
navier
stokes
equations
in
the
stagnation
region
of
a
blunt
body
in
this
hypersonic
low
reynolds
number
flow
the
results
indicate
that
heat
transfer
rates
are
substantially
higher
than
those
predicted
by
incompressible
boundary
layer
theory
probstein
indicated
that
the
actual
heat
transfer
rates
would
be
correspondingly
higher
than
the
predictions
of
fay
and
riddell
these
findings
are
of
particular
importance
in
the
atmospheric
entry
phase
of
recoverable
satellites
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1395
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
low
density
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
measurements
in
the
hypersonic
shock
tunnel
presents
absolute
heat
transfer
measurements
using
resistance
thermometer
for
hemisphere
cylinder
at
mach
numbers
to
results
show
vorticity
interaction
and
viscous
layer
effects
increase
heat
transfer
above
values
predicted
by
boundary
layer
theory
data
are
correlated
using
cheng's
reynolds
number
dependent
parameter
investigation
covers
vorticity
interaction
to
incipient
merged
layer
regimes
free
stream
unit
reynolds
numbers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1396
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
shear
buckling
of
clamped
and
simply
supported
infinitely
long
plates
reinforced
by
transverse
stiffeners
the
paper
presents
a
solution
to
the
buckling
of
infinitely
long
plates
clamped
along
the
edges
together
with
an
extension
of
the
solution
obtained
by
stein
and
fralich
for
the
case
when
the
edges
are
simply
supported
it
is
shown
that
as
a
consequence
of
increasing
the
edge
support
from
that
of
a
simple
support
to
one
in
which
both
deflection
and
rotation
are
prevented
the
rigidity
which
an
intermediate
transverse
stiffener
must
possess
in
order
to
support
the
plate
effectively
is
much
reduced
agreement
between
the
theoretical
relationships
and
existing
experimental
data
is
good
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1397
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
critical
shear
stress
of
an
infinitely
long
simply
supported
plate
with
transverse
stiffeners
a
theoretical
solution
is
given
for
the
critical
shear
stress
of
an
infinitely
long
simply
supported
flat
plate
with
identical
equally
spaced
transverse
stiffeners
of
zero
torsional
stiffness
results
are
obtained
by
means
of
the
lagrangian
multiplier
method
and
are
presented
in
the
form
of
design
charts
experimental
results
are
included
and
are
found
to
be
in
good
agreement
with
the
theoretical
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1398
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
stability
of
rectangular
plates
under
shear
and
bending
forces
the
author
first
discusses
the
problem
of
a
plane
simply
supported
rectangular
plate
loaded
by
shearing
forces
in
the
plane
of
the
plate
on
all
four
edges
there
are
two
stiffeners
attached
one
third
and
two
thirds
of
the
way
along
the
plate
the
critical
load
is
calculated
for
various
stiffener
rigidities
also
the
rigidity
necessary
to
keep
the
stiffeners
straight
when
the
plate
buckles
is
found
this
stiffener
rigidity
is
found
to
be
slightly
larger
than
that
necessary
for
a
plate
with
one
stiffener
and
the
same
panel
dimensions
as
the
plate
with
two
stiffeners
the
second
problem
discussed
by
the
author
is
that
of
a
plane
simply
supported
rectangular
plate
loaded
by
uniformly
distributed
edge
shearing
forces
in
the
plane
of
the
plate
and
linearly
distributed
tension
and
compression
in
the
plane
of
the
plate
at
the
ends
the
end
forces
vary
from
tension
at
one
corner
to
at
the
other
corner
so
that
their
resultant
is
a
bending
moment
the
presence
of
the
edge
shearing
forces
is
found
to
diminish
the
critical
bending
stress
in
this
case
calculations
are
made
for
various
magnitudes
of
bending
and
shearing
forces
for
plates
of
various
proportions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1399
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
buckling
of
transverse
stiffened
plates
under
shear
this
paper
presents
an
analysis
of
buckling
of
simply
supported
rectangular
plates
reinforced
by
any
number
of
transverse
stiffeners
and
subjected
to
shearing
forces
uniformly
distributed
along
the
edges
two
cases
are
considered
a
the
case
of
a
plate
with
a
finite
length
ing
stresses
in
both
cases
are
expressed
in
similar
forms
that
is
in
equation
and
k
in
equation
respectively
design
curves
are
drawn
as
shown
in
figs
and
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1400
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
buckling
shear
stress
of
simply
supported
infinitely
long
plates
with
transverse
stiffeners
this
report
is
an
extension
of
previous
theoretical
investigations
of
the
elastic
buckling
in
shear
of
flat
plates
reinforced
by
transverse
stiffeners
the
plates
are
treated
as
infinitely
long
and
simply
supported
along
the
long
sides
stiffeners
are
spaced
at
regular
intervals
dividing
the
plate
into
a
number
of
panels
of
uniform
size
the
effect
ob
bending
and
torsional
stiffnesses
of
the
stiffener
upon
the
buckling
shear
stress
is
calculated
for
the
complete
range
of
stiffnesses
for
panels
with
ratios
of
width
to
stiffener
spacing
of
graphical
forms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
973
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
interaction
effects
produced
by
jet
exhausting
laterally
near
base
of
ogive
cylinder
model
in
supersonic
main
stream
the
experimentally
determined
interaction
effects
of
a
side
jet
exhausting
near
the
base
of
an
ogive
cylinder
model
are
presented
and
discussed
the
interaction
force
appears
to
be
independent
of
main
stream
mach
number
boundary
layer
condition
laminar
or
turbulent
angle
of
attack
and
forebody
length
the
ratio
of
interaction
force
to
jet
force
is
found
to
be
inversely
proportional
to
the
square
root
of
the
product
of
jet
stagnation
to
free
stream
pressure
ratio
and
jet
to
body
diameter
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
974
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
approximate
analysis
of
thrust
vector
control
by
fluid
injection
a
study
has
been
made
of
the
side
force
generated
by
injection
of
secondary
material
into
the
main
stream
of
a
rocket
nozzle
two
cases
have
been
analyzed
gas
injection
and
liquid
injection
for
the
gas
injection
case
it
is
assumed
that
the
turbulent
boundary
layer
ahead
of
the
injection
point
separates
from
the
wall
the
pressure
in
the
separated
region
and
the
extent
of
the
separated
region
are
determined
by
a
consideration
of
turbulent
boundary
layer
shock
wave
interaction
and
the
accommodation
height
of
the
injected
gas
stream
equations
are
derived
for
calculating
the
side
force
and
the
side
forces
predicted
by
the
theory
are
compared
with
experimental
data
the
agreement
between
theory
and
experiment
is
fair
for
the
case
of
liquid
injection
it
is
assumed
that
the
liquid
flows
along
the
nozzle
wall
and
evaporates
into
the
main
stream
the
resulting
side
force
on
the
nozzle
wall
is
determined
on
the
basis
of
linearized
theory
thus
restricting
the
analysis
to
small
rates
of
liquid
injection
the
effects
of
small
rates
of
heat
addition
are
also
included
in
the
analysis
a
very
simple
equation
for
calculating
the
side
force
is
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
975
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
one
dimensional
flows
of
an
imperfect
diatomic
gas
with
the
assumptions
that
berthelot's
equation
of
state
accounts
for
molecular
size
and
intermolecular
force
effects
and
that
changes
in
the
vibrational
heat
capacities
are
given
by
a
planck
term
expressions
are
developed
for
analyzing
one
dimensional
flows
of
a
diatomic
gas
the
special
cases
of
flow
through
normal
and
oblique
shocks
in
free
air
at
sea
level
are
investigated
it
is
found
that
up
to
a
mach
number
of
the
pressure
ratio
across
a
normal
shock
differs
by
less
than
percent
from
its
ideal
gas
value
whereas
at
mach
numbers
above
the
temperature
rise
is
considerably
below
and
hence
the
density
rise
is
well
above
that
predicted
assuming
ideal
gas
behavior
it
is
further
shown
that
only
the
caloric
imperfection
in
air
has
an
appreciable
effect
on
the
pressures
developed
in
the
shock
process
considered
the
effects
of
gaseous
imperfections
on
oblique
shock
flows
are
studied
from
the
standpoint
of
their
influence
on
the
lift
and
pressure
drag
of
a
flat
plate
operating
at
mach
numbers
of
and
the
influence
is
found
to
be
small
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
976
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
turbulent
diffusion
in
the
wake
of
a
blunt
nosed
body
at
hypersonic
speeds
at
reynolds
numbers
greater
than
about
x
corresponding
to
altitudes
below
about
ft
the
hot
outer
inviscid
wake
behind
the
bow
shock
wave
produced
by
a
blunt
nosed
body
at
hypersonic
speeds
is
cooled
mainly
by
turbulent
diffusion
and
conduction
turbulence
originates
in
the
inner
wake
formed
by
the
coalescence
of
the
free
shear
layers
or
annulus
shed
from
the
body
surface
when
the
boundary
layer
separates
from
the
surface
as
this
turbulence
spreads
outward
it
swallows
enthalpy
or
momentum
defect
originally
contained
in
the
outer
inviscid
wake
if
the
turbulence
is
locally
similar
i
e
if
it
behaves
at
each
station
like
a
slice
of
a
low
speed
self
similar
wake
then
the
turbulent
diffusivity
grows
from
a
low
initial
value
near
the
body
to
a
value
corresponding
to
the
total
drag
of
the
body
at
about
body
diameters
downstream
at
flight
velocities
of
the
order
of
ft
per
sec
the
growth
of
the
turbulent
inner
wake
predicted
on
the
basis
of
locally
similar
turbulence
is
in
good
agreement
with
shadowgraph
measurements
of
wake
widths
behind
spheres
obtained
in
ballistic
ranges
in
the
region
from
to
body
diameters
downstream
of
the
body
tentatively
one
concludes
that
the
turbulence
mechanism
in
the
wake
with
respect
to
a
fixed
observer
is
similar
to
the
low
speed
case
in
spite
of
the
large
mean
temperature
gradients
in
order
to
illustrate
the
behavior
of
an
observable
such
as
electron
density
in
a
turbulent
wake
behind
a
blunt
body
the
two
limiting
cases
of
thermodynamic
equilibrium
and
pure
diffusion
zero
electron
ion
recombination
rate
are
calculated
for
m
at
altitudes
of
and
ft
even
for
the
case
of
thermodynamic
equilibrium
the
predicted
turbulent
radar
trail
length
is
about
body
diameters
at
l
band
mc
at
ft
altitude
and
about
body
diameters
for
uhf
mc
at
ft
one
interesting
result
is
that
the
width
of
the
plasma
cylinder
corresponding
to
the
plasma
requency
at
l
band
remains
virtually
constant
at
about
body
diameters
in
the
range
at
ft
altitude
these
results
are
sufficiently
encouraging
that
one
can
consider
including
the
effects
of
finite
chemical
and
electron
ion
recombination
rates
in
the
analysis
in
order
to
give
a
more
complete
picture
of
the
wake
at
hypersonic
speeds
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
977
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
concerning
some
solutions
of
the
boundary
layer
equations
in
hydrodynamics
the
boundary
layer
equations
for
a
steady
two
dimensional
motion
are
solved
for
any
given
initial
velocity
distribution
distribution
along
a
normal
to
the
boundary
wall
downstream
of
which
the
motion
is
to
be
calculated
this
initial
velocity
distribution
is
assumed
expressible
as
a
polynomial
in
the
distance
from
the
wall
three
cases
are
considered
first
when
in
the
initial
distribution
the
velocity
vanishes
at
the
wall
but
its
gradient
along
the
normal
does
not
second
when
the
velocity
in
the
initial
distribution
does
not
vanish
at
the
wall
and
third
when
both
the
velocity
and
its
normal
gradient
vanish
at
the
wall
as
at
a
point
where
the
forward
flow
separates
from
the
boundary
the
solution
is
found
as
a
power
series
in
some
fractional
power
of
the
distance
along
the
wall
whose
coefficients
are
functions
of
the
distance
from
the
wall
to
be
found
from
ordinary
differential
equations
some
progress
is
made
in
the
numerical
calculation
of
these
coefficients
especially
in
the
first
case
the
main
object
was
to
find
means
for
a
step
by
step
calculation
of
the
velocity
field
in
a
boundary
layer
and
it
is
thought
that
such
a
procedure
may
possibly
be
successful
even
if
laborious
the
same
mathematical
method
is
used
to
calculate
the
flow
behind
a
flat
plate
along
a
stream
the
results
are
shown
in
curves
in
the
original
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
978
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
temperature
profiles
inafinite
solid
with
moving
boundary
a
numerical
solution
is
presented
to
the
transient
heat
conduction
equation
for
a
cylinder
of
finite
thickness
with
one
moving
boundary
the
implicit
method
of
solution
is
developed
with
conductivity
as
an
arbitrary
function
of
temperature
application
is
made
to
a
sample
case
of
re
entry
heating
encountered
by
aerodynamic
bodies
with
erosion
by
sublimation
and
combustion
occurring
at
the
body
surface
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
979
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
correlation
of
base
pressure
and
wake
structure
of
sharp
and
blunt
nose
cones
with
reynolds
number
based
on
boundary
layer
momentum
thickness
it
has
been
established
in
the
past
that
there
is
a
certain
relationship
between
base
pressure
and
boundary
layer
behavior
the
base
pressure
and
wake
flow
conditions
were
found
to
be
dependent
upon
the
local
flow
characteristics
at
the
surface
of
supersonic
vehicles
directly
upstream
of
the
base
or
of
the
region
of
wake
flow
separation
in
order
to
use
existing
data
on
cones
and
other
shapes
to
predict
wake
angle
and
base
pressure
on
blunt
bodies
an
attempt
was
made
recently
at
the
naval
ordnance
laboratory
to
establish
a
unique
relationship
between
given
local
flow
conditions
at
the
downstream
end
of
sharp
and
blunt
cones
at
supersonic
speeds
and
the
corresponding
wake
flow
conditions
with
zero
heat
transfer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
980
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
method
of
computing
the
transient
temperature
of
thick
walls
from
arbitrary
variation
of
adiabatic
wall
temperature
and
heat
transfer
coefficient
a
method
of
calculating
the
temperature
of
thick
walls
has
been
developed
in
which
are
used
relatively
new
concepts
such
as
the
time
series
and
the
response
to
a
unit
triangle
variation
of
surface
temperature
together
with
essentially
standard
formulas
for
transient
temperature
and
heat
flow
into
thick
walls
the
method
can
be
used
without
knowledge
of
the
mathematical
tools
of
its
development
the
method
is
particularly
suitable
for
determining
the
wall
temperature
in
one
dimensional
thermal
problems
in
aeronautics
where
there
is
a
continuous
variation
of
the
heat
transfer
coefficient
and
adiabatic
wall
temperature
the
method
also
offers
a
convenient
means
for
solving
the
inverse
problem
of
determining
the
heat
flow
history
when
temperature
history
is
known
a
series
of
diversified
problems
were
solved
by
exact
analysis
as
well
as
by
the
new
method
a
comparison
of
the
results
shows
the
new
method
to
be
accurate
the
labor
involved
is
very
modest
in
consideration
of
the
nature
of
the
thick
wall
temperature
problem
limiting
solutions
for
the
infinitely
thick
wall
and
for
walls
so
thin
that
thermal
lag
can
be
neglected
were
also
obtained
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
981
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
solutions
to
the
heat
conduction
equation
with
time
dependent
boundary
conditions
design
charts
based
on
the
analytical
solution
to
the
problem
of
one
dimensional
heat
flow
in
a
solid
body
of
constant
material
properties
with
time
dependent
boundary
conditions
were
presented
by
kaye
and
yeh
this
solution
dealt
with
aerodynamic
heating
at
hypersonic
speeds
where
the
surface
coefficient
of
heat
transfer
and
the
temperature
potential
were
taken
to
be
linear
functions
of
time
of
flight
in
order
to
make
these
charts
of
more
general
application
general
solutions
are
presented
which
together
with
the
charts
enable
rapid
and
reasonable
estimates
to
be
made
of
the
transient
temperature
distributions
in
many
practical
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
982
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
temperature
history
in
a
thick
skin
subjected
to
laminar
heating
during
entry
into
the
atmosphere
during
high
speed
entry
into
the
earth's
atmosphere
a
vehicle
can
be
afforded
thermal
protection
for
the
short
period
of
entry
heating
by
a
thick
outer
skin
sometimes
called
a
heat
sink
the
temperature
distribution
in
such
a
heat
sink
has
been
found
by
integrating
the
product
of
the
laminar
aerodynamic
heating
rate
and
the
appropriate
green's
function
for
a
finite
thickness
wall
over
the
generalized
trajectory
for
a
vehicle
entering
the
earth's
atmosphere
at
high
speeds
dimensional
heat
conduction
problem
for
laminar
heating
the
maximum
surface
temperature
that
occurs
during
the
generalized
entry
trajectory
for
any
combination
of
wall
thickness
and
thermal
properties
is
obtained
from
which
the
performance
of
any
material
can
be
found
provided
that
the
average
thermal
properties
may
be
used
as
an
example
of
the
use
of
the
solution
the
performance
of
copper
graphite
molybdenum
and
tungsten
are
compared
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
983
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
addendum
to
'heat
transfer
to
satellite
vehicles
re
entering
the
atmosphere
the
original
paper
gave
a
correlation
formula
for
stagnation
point
heat
transfer
rate
to
a
blunt
body
of
revolution
in
hypersonic
flow
this
note
gives
a
somewhat
refined
version
based
on
further
calculation
and
shock
tube
data
its
effect
on
the
conclusions
of
the
original
paper
is
negligible
except
at
surface
temperature
parameters
of
over
r
ft
in
other
problems
where
heat
transfer
rate
itself
is
important
it
can
make
a
significant
defference
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
984
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
method
of
analysis
for
compressible
flow
through
mixed
flow
centrifugal
impellers
of
arbitrary
design
a
method
is
presented
for
analysis
of
the
compressible
flow
between
the
hub
and
the
shroud
of
mixed
flow
impellers
of
arbitrary
design
axial
symmetry
was
assumed
but
the
forces
in
the
meridional
hub
to
shroud
plane
which
are
derived
from
tangential
pressure
gradients
were
taken
into
account
the
method
was
applied
to
an
experimental
mixed
flow
impeller
the
analysis
of
the
flow
in
the
meridional
plane
of
the
impeller
showed
that
the
rotational
forces
the
blade
curvature
and
the
hub
shroud
profile
can
introduce
severe
velocity
gradients
along
the
hub
and
the
shroud
surfaces
choked
flow
at
the
impeller
inlet
as
determined
by
the
analysis
was
verified
by
experimental
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
985
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
rapid
approximate
method
for
the
design
of
hub
shroud
profiles
of
centrifugal
impellers
of
given
blade
shape
a
rapid
approximate
method
for
the
design
of
centrifugal
compressors
of
given
blade
shape
with
compressible
nonviscous
flow
characteristics
has
been
developed
using
techniques
based
upon
stream
filament
theory
axial
symmetry
is
assumed
but
meridional
plane
forces
derived
from
tangential
pressure
gradients
are
included
the
method
was
applied
to
the
design
of
an
impeller
in
order
to
determine
the
approximate
maximum
meridional
streamline
spacing
that
could
be
used
three
numerical
solutions
for
different
streamline
spacings
were
made
using
the
same
hub
profile
blade
shape
and
prescribed
velocity
distribution
along
the
hub
the
shroud
profiles
obtained
from
the
three
solutions
which
utilized
and
stream
tubes
were
negligibly
different
the
approximate
computing
time
required
was
hours
per
streamtube
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
986
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
design
and
test
of
mixed
flow
impellers
viii
comparison
of
experimental
results
for
three
impellers
with
shroud
redesigned
by
rapid
approximate
method
three
centrifugal
impellers
with
parabolic
circular
and
skewed
parabolic
blading
were
modified
by
a
recently
developed
design
procedure
to
reduce
the
velocity
gradients
along
the
hub
from
inlet
to
outlet
all
original
dimensions
except
the
shroud
contours
were
retained
experimental
investigation
showed
that
the
modified
impellers
had
better
performance
characteristics
than
the
original
impellers
at
all
speeds
investigated
the
greatest
gains
occurring
at
speeds
of
feet
per
second
and
higher
these
large
gains
probably
resulted
primarily
from
more
favorable
velocity
gradients
and
from
designing
these
impellers
further
away
from
the
condition
necessary
for
eddy
formation
the
modified
impellers
were
thus
able
to
operate
over
a
wider
range
of
weight
flows
at
high
speeds
the
modified
impellers
were
investigated
over
a
range
of
equivalent
speeds
of
to
feet
per
second
and
flow
rates
from
maximum
to
the
point
of
incipient
surge
at
feet
per
second
the
peak
pressure
ratio
and
maximum
adiabatic
temperature
rise
efficiency
for
the
parabolic
bladed
impeller
were
and
respectively
for
the
same
conditions
the
circular
bladed
impeller
and
the
skewed
parabolic
bladed
impeller
had
pressure
ratios
of
and
and
efficiencies
of
and
respectively
of
the
three
the
parabolic
bladed
impeller
had
the
highest
maximum
efficiencies
to
and
the
best
weight
flow
range
over
the
speed
range
tested
on
the
basis
of
the
parameters
investigated
it
appears
that
parabolic
blading
is
superior
to
circular
blading
the
experimental
results
indicate
that
the
design
method
of
naca
tn
is
a
reliable
method
for
use
in
designing
centrifugal
impellers
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
987
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
general
theory
of
three
dimensional
flow
in
subsonic
and
supersonic
turbo
machines
of
axial
radial
and
mixed
flow
types
a
general
theory
of
steady
three
dimensional
flow
of
a
nonviscous
fluid
in
subsonic
and
supersonic
turbomachines
having
arbitrary
hub
and
casing
shapes
and
a
finite
number
of
blades
is
presented
the
solution
of
the
three
dimensional
direct
and
inverse
problem
is
obtained
by
investigating
an
appropriate
combination
of
flows
on
relative
stream
surfaces
whose
intersections
with
a
z
plane
either
upstream
of
or
somewhere
inside
the
blade
row
form
a
circular
arc
or
a
radial
line
the
equations
obtained
to
describe
the
fluid
flow
on
these
stream
surfaces
show
clearly
the
several
approximations
involved
in
ordinary
two
dimensional
treatments
they
also
lead
to
a
solution
of
the
three
dimensional
problem
in
a
mathematically
two
dimensional
manner
through
iteration
the
equation
of
continuity
is
combined
with
the
equation
of
motion
in
either
the
tangential
or
the
radial
direction
through
the
use
of
a
stream
function
defined
on
the
surface
and
the
resulting
equation
is
chosen
as
the
principal
equation
for
such
flows
the
character
of
this
equation
depends
on
the
relative
magnitude
of
the
local
velocity
of
sound
and
a
certain
combination
of
velocity
components
of
the
fluid
a
general
method
to
solve
this
equation
by
both
hand
and
high
speed
digital
machine
computations
when
the
equation
is
elliptic
or
hyperbolic
is
described
the
theory
is
applicable
to
both
irrotational
and
rotational
absolute
flow
at
the
inlet
of
the
blade
row
and
at
both
design
and
off
design
operations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
988
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
nonviscous
flow
through
a
pump
impeller
on
a
blade
to
blade
surface
of
revolution
the
nonviscous
incompressible
flow
through
a
typical
pump
impeller
is
analyzed
on
a
blade
to
blade
surface
of
revolution
solutions
are
obtained
for
a
variety
of
inlet
conditions
including
several
with
prewhirl
of
the
assumed
location
of
the
rear
stagnation
point
comparison
of
results
from
two
approximate
methods
of
analysis
showed
good
agreement
for
the
zero
angle
of
attack
case
and
reliable
indication
of
the
existence
of
an
eddy
on
the
driving
face
at
a
large
positive
angle
of
attack
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
989
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
incompressible
nonviscous
blade
to
blade
flow
through
a
pump
rotor
with
splitter
vanes
the
nonviscous
flow
through
a
mixed
flow
pump
impeller
having
one
splitter
vane
between
adjacent
main
blades
has
been
analyzed
on
a
blade
to
blade
surface
of
revolution
using
a
previously
reported
analysis
method
solutions
were
obtained
for
a
variety
of
flow
conditions
including
several
cases
in
which
whirl
is
imparted
to
the
flow
upstream
of
the
impeller
the
velocity
distributions
on
the
main
blade
surfaces
and
on
the
splitter
vane
surfaces
in
the
region
of
the
splitter
vane
were
strongly
dependent
on
the
assumed
location
of
the
rear
stagnation
points
solutions
were
obtained
by
assuming
values
of
slip
factor
and
of
division
of
flow
around
the
splitter
in
addition
to
assuming
the
location
of
the
rear
stagnation
points
these
solutions
indicated
that
the
velocity
distributions
in
the
splitter
vane
region
are
largely
determined
by
the
division
of
flow
around
the
splitter
vane
and
that
only
the
region
in
the
immediate
vicinity
of
the
trailing
edge
is
affected
by
the
slip
factor
blade
surface
velocities
were
obtained
from
two
approximate
methods
by
specifying
flow
division
and
slip
factor
and
these
results
are
compared
with
the
more
exact
solutions
of
the
analysis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
990
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
a
rapid
approximate
method
for
determining
velocity
distribution
on
impeller
blades
of
centrifugal
compressors
a
rapid
approximate
method
of
analysis
was
developed
for
both
compressible
and
incompressible
nonviscous
flow
through
radial
or
mixed
flow
centrifugal
compressors
with
arbitrary
hub
and
shroud
contours
and
with
arbitrary
blade
shape
the
method
of
analysis
is
used
to
determine
approximately
the
velocities
everywhere
along
the
blade
surfaces
but
no
information
concerning
the
variation
in
velocity
across
the
passage
between
blades
is
given
in
eight
numerical
examples
for
two
dimensional
flow
covering
a
fairly
wide
range
of
flow
rate
impeller
tip
speed
number
of
blades
and
blade
curvature
the
velocity
distribution
along
the
blade
surfaces
was
obtained
by
the
approximate
method
of
analysis
and
compared
with
the
velocities
obtained
by
relaxation
methods
in
all
cases
the
agreement
between
the
approximate
solutions
and
the
relaxation
solutions
was
satisfactory
except
at
the
impeller
tip
where
the
velocities
obtained
by
the
approximate
method
did
not
in
general
become
equal
on
both
surfaces
of
the
blade
as
required
by
the
joukowski
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
991
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
wing
flow
study
of
pressure
drag
reduction
at
transonic
speed
by
projecting
a
jet
of
air
from
the
nose
of
a
prolate
spheroid
of
fineness
ratio
a
study
was
made
at
transonic
speeds
by
the
naca
wing
flow
method
of
the
pressure
drag
reduction
obtained
by
projecting
a
high
energy
jet
of
air
from
the
nose
of
a
prolate
spheroid
supplementary
information
was
obtained
by
taking
shadowgraphs
of
the
model
mounted
in
a
small
supersonic
tunnel
at
a
constant
mach
number
of
the
high
velocity
jet
was
observed
to
alter
the
pressure
distribution
over
the
body
in
such
a
way
that
the
pressure
drag
of
the
body
was
reduced
thus
in
a
restricted
sense
the
nose
jet
produced
a
thrust
on
the
body
under
the
conditions
investigated
the
thrust
produced
by
the
nose
jet
was
never
so
large
as
that
which
would
be
expected
from
a
conventional
rearward
jet
for
example
under
the
best
conditions
tested
mach
number
of
the
reduction
in
body
pressure
drag
caused
by
the
nose
jet
more
than
compensated
for
the
negative
thrust
of
the
jet
itself
however
the
magnitude
of
the
net
reduction
in
drag
change
in
body
pressure
drag
with
jet
on
and
jet
off
minus
the
adverse
thrust
of
the
jet
was
only
about
one
half
of
the
thrust
which
would
be
produced
by
the
same
jet
exhausting
rearward
the
appearance
of
such
an
unexpectedly
large
effect
in
the
first
trial
indicated
the
phenomenon
to
be
worth
further
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
992
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
effects
of
a
small
jet
of
air
exhausting
from
the
nose
of
a
body
of
revolution
in
supersonic
flow
an
investigation
has
been
made
at
a
mach
number
of
to
determine
the
effects
of
a
small
jet
of
air
exhausting
from
the
nose
of
an
elliptical
body
of
revolution
upon
boundary
layer
transition
and
the
viscous
pressure
and
total
drag
of
the
forebody
at
three
body
stations
body
nose
were
also
obtained
the
tests
were
conducted
at
reynolds
numbers
of
x
and
x
based
on
body
length
the
maximum
range
of
thrust
coefficients
for
the
small
jet
was
from
to
about
at
the
lower
test
reynolds
number
for
which
the
boundary
layer
was
laminar
over
the
entire
body
in
the
jet
off
condition
a
very
small
flow
from
the
jet
moved
the
point
of
transition
forward
to
the
vicinity
of
the
percent
body
station
as
the
jet
flow
was
increased
the
transition
point
moved
abruptly
to
the
nose
at
a
thrust
coefficient
of
about
gardless
of
the
type
of
boundary
layer
at
the
higher
test
reynolds
number
for
which
the
boundary
layer
was
largely
turbulent
in
the
jet
off
condition
the
total
drag
including
skin
friction
was
reduced
somewhat
by
the
action
of
the
jet
although
the
forward
exhausting
small
jet
was
found
to
have
the
above
favorable
effects
upon
the
drag
these
findings
are
not
believed
too
important
since
the
question
arises
as
to
the
benefits
of
the
same
small
jet
exhausting
from
the
rear
of
the
body
in
the
conventional
manner
no
attempt
was
made
to
establish
geometric
optimums
in
the
present
investigation
yet
from
a
general
consideration
of
the
benefits
indicated
by
the
present
results
and
the
phenomena
known
to
occur
in
the
vicinity
of
rearward
exhausting
jets
the
benefits
of
a
small
jet
exhausting
rearward
would
appear
to
exceed
those
of
the
same
small
jet
exhausting
forward
particularly
so
when
the
flow
over
the
body
is
laminar
in
the
jet
off
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
993
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
the
extent
of
the
jet
interference
flow
fields
jet
effects
on
cylindrical
afterbodies
housing
sonic
and
supersonic
nozzles
which
exhaust
against
a
supersonic
stream
at
angles
of
attack
from
degree
to
degree
an
investigation
has
been
made
to
determine
jet
effects
on
cylindrical
afterbodies
housing
sonic
and
supersonic
nozzles
which
exhaust
against
a
supersonic
stream
at
angles
of
attack
from
to
the
tests
were
conducted
at
a
free
stream
mach
number
of
and
at
free
stream
reynolds
numbers
based
on
body
diameter
of
x
and
stream
static
pressure
investigated
was
from
jet
off
to
about
the
data
presented
herein
showed
that
in
general
variation
of
the
ratio
of
jet
total
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
jet
exit
mach
number
and
ratio
of
jet
exit
diameter
to
body
diameter
had
large
influences
on
the
body
pressures
on
the
windward
halves
of
the
after
bodies
and
negligible
influences
on
the
leeward
pressures
there
was
a
negligible
effect
of
reynolds
number
on
the
body
pressures
the
ratio
of
jet
total
pressure
to
free
stream
static
pressure
also
had
a
large
influence
on
the
base
pressures
at
all
angles
of
attack
schlieren
studies
showed
details
of
the
shock
wave
structure
caused
by
the
jet
and
the
extent
of
the
jet
interference
flow
fields
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
994
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
investigation
of
a
retrocket
exhausting
from
the
nose
of
a
blunt
body
into
a
supersonic
free
stream
the
pressure
distribution
and
pressure
drag
of
a
blunt
body
with
a
supersonic
jet
issuing
upstream
from
its
center
were
determined
at
free
stream
mach
numbers
of
and
the
thrust
of
the
jet
issuing
from
the
model
nose
was
varied
to
study
its
effects
on
flow
around
the
model
and
to
determine
variation
of
pressure
distribution
and
pressure
drag
of
the
model
with
the
thrust
at
all
mach
numbers
investigated
the
pressure
drag
decreased
with
increasing
retrorocket
thrust
until
a
minimum
value
was
reached
further
increases
in
retrorocket
thrust
resulted
in
increases
in
the
pressure
drag
the
resultant
drag
pressure
drag
plus
retrorocket
thrust
but
excluding
base
and
skin
friction
drag
of
the
model
was
reduced
by
retrorocket
operation
below
the
drag
for
a
jet
off
condition
except
at
very
low
retrorocket
thrust
coefficients
the
flow
about
the
nose
of
the
blunt
body
was
very
unstable
throughout
the
range
of
mach
numbers
and
retrorocket
thrust
coefficients
investigated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
996
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
extension
of
boundary
layer
separation
criteria
to
a
m
utilizing
flat
plates
with
forward
facing
steps
an
experimental
investigation
has
been
made
of
the
separation
phenomena
on
a
flat
plate
to
which
forward
facing
steps
were
attached
to
force
separation
both
laminar
and
turbulent
flows
were
investigated
over
a
mach
number
range
of
approximately
distributions
shadowgraph
and
chemical
film
techniques
the
pressure
rise
at
separation
the
laminar
plateau
pressure
and
the
turbulent
peak
pressure
were
determined
boundary
layer
surveys
were
made
on
a
smooth
flat
plate
and
on
a
flat
plate
with
roughness
to
force
transition
examinations
of
the
separated
flow
showed
that
the
predominant
variable
in
the
determination
of
the
pressure
distribution
was
the
location
of
transition
relative
to
the
separation
point
and
reattachment
pure
laminar
transitional
and
turbulent
types
of
separation
were
found
in
this
mach
number
range
the
peak
static
pressure
rise
ratios
for
identical
forward
facing
steps
at
a
mach
number
of
were
approximately
and
respectively
for
pure
laminar
and
turbulent
separation
the
effect
of
reynolds
number
on
the
peak
pressure
rise
for
turbulent
separation
for
the
lower
mach
number
range
was
found
to
be
very
minor
provided
the
step
height
was
of
the
order
of
the
boundary
layer
thickness
as
the
mach
number
is
increased
the
peak
pressure
coefficient
for
turbulent
separation
decreased
from
approximately
at
a
mach
number
of
to
about
at
a
mach
number
of
the
pressure
coefficient
at
the
separation
point
for
laminar
separation
decreases
from
approximately
at
a
mach
number
of
value
at
a
mach
number
of
the
results
obtained
with
forward
facing
steps
agree
with
the
trends
predicted
based
upon
lower
mach
number
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
997
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
experimental
and
theoretical
studies
of
axisymmetric
free
jets
some
experimental
and
theoretical
studies
have
been
made
of
axisymmetric
free
jets
exhausting
from
sonic
and
supersonic
nozzles
into
still
air
and
into
supersonic
streams
with
a
view
toward
problems
associated
with
propulsive
jets
and
the
investigation
of
these
problems
for
jets
exhausting
into
still
air
consideration
is
given
to
the
effects
of
jet
mach
number
nozzle
divergence
angle
and
jet
static
pressure
ratio
upon
jet
structure
jet
wavelength
and
the
shape
and
curvature
of
the
jet
boundary
studies
of
the
effects
of
the
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
the
jets
are
included
as
are
observations
pertaining
to
jet
noise
and
jet
simulation
for
jets
exhausting
into
supersonic
streams
an
attempt
has
been
made
to
present
primarily
theoretical
curves
of
the
type
that
may
be
useful
in
evaluating
certain
jet
interference
effects
and
in
formulating
experimental
studies
the
primary
variables
considered
are
jet
mach
number
free
stream
mach
number
jet
static
pressure
ratio
ratio
of
specific
heats
of
the
jet
nozzle
exit
angle
and
boattail
angle
the
simulation
problem
and
the
case
of
a
hypothetical
hypersonic
vehicle
are
examined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
998
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
equations
tables
and
charts
for
compressible
flow
this
report
which
is
a
revision
and
extension
of
naca
tn
useful
in
the
analysis
of
high
speed
flow
of
a
compressible
fluid
the
equations
provide
relations
for
continuous
one
dimensional
flow
normal
and
oblique
shock
waves
and
prandtl
meyer
expansions
for
both
perfect
and
imperfect
gases
the
tables
present
useful
dimensionless
ratios
for
continuous
one
dimensional
flow
and
for
normal
shock
waves
as
functions
of
mach
number
for
air
considered
as
a
perfect
gas
one
series
of
charts
presents
the
characteristics
of
the
flow
of
air
considered
a
perfect
gas
for
oblique
shock
waves
and
for
cones
in
a
supersonic
air
stream
a
second
series
shows
the
effects
of
caloric
imperfections
on
continuous
one
dimensional
flow
and
on
the
flow
through
normal
and
oblique
shock
waves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
999
topicstart
cran
topicend
bodystart
static
aerodynamic
characteristics
of
short
blunt
cones
with
various
nose
and
base
cone
angles
at
mach
numbers
of
to
and
angles
of
attack
to
wind
tunnel
tests
have
been
performed
at
mach
numbers
from
to
to
determine
coefficients
of
normal
force
axial
force
and
pitching
moment
for
short
blunt
cones
as
affected
by
changes
in
nose
and
base
cone
angles
models
with
nose
half
angles
of
and
were
investigated
the
nose
half
angle
models
were
tested
with
a
flat
base
and
with
base
cones
of
and
half
angle
the
nose
half
angle
model
had
a
half
angle
base
cone
reynolds
numbers
for
the
test
ranged
from
about
maximum
diameter
variations
in
the
base
cone
angle
resulted
in
significant
changes
in
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
with
lesser
effects
resulting
from
changes
in
nose
cone
angle
in
particular
the
model
with
the
half
angle
conical
base
had
only
one
trim
angle
flat
base
and
half
angle
conical
base
had
two
trim
angles
a
and
a
estimated
variations
of
the
aerodynamic
characteristics
with
angle
of
attack
by
means
of
a
modified
newtonian
theory
were
in
good
agreement
with
the
experimental
results
the
theory
however
failed
to
predict
the
trim
point
at
a
for
the
flat
based
model
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1000
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cancer
chemotherapy
by
continuous
intra
arterial
infusion
of
methotrexate
continuous
intra
arterial
infusions
of
methotrexate
were
used
in
the
treatment
of
patients
with
malignant
disease
of
the
head
and
neck
patients
with
advanced
cancer
of
pelvic
organs
and
with
malignant
lesions
of
the
lower
limb
in
patients
with
epidermoid
lesions
of
the
head
and
neck
there
was
complete
regression
of
the
local
tumor
thirty
three
other
patients
benefited
from
treatment
for
varying
periods
of
time
but
the
remaining
showed
no
response
eight
patients
died
during
or
immediately
after
treatment
all
had
advanced
cancers
of
the
head
and
neck
region
the
mean
total
dose
of
methotrexate
given
in
the
patients
with
no
response
was
significantly
less
than
in
those
with
partial
regression
of
the
tumor
this
suggests
that
the
greater
the
total
dose
of
methotrexate
tolerated
the
greater
the
chance
of
beneficial
response
the
role
of
continuous
intra
arterial
chemotherapy
in
the
management
of
malignant
disease
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1001
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
management
of
advanced
ovarian
carcinoma
the
life
graph
is
presented
for
the
purpose
of
illustrating
the
results
of
treatment
for
patients
with
ovarian
carcinoma
who
eventually
died
from
their
disease
it
includes
all
patients
regardless
of
initial
stage
of
disease
histology
of
the
tumor
or
therapy
employed
the
series
is
a
selected
one
because
of
the
type
of
patient
referred
to
the
medical
oncology
service
and
it
demonstrates
that
almost
of
the
patients
died
within
yr
of
diagnosis
all
patients
received
active
aggressive
anti
tumor
as
well
as
supportive
therapy
although
there
was
no
formal
protocol
for
patient
management
it
might
be
possible
employing
a
standardized
therapeutic
approach
irradiation
when
indicated
to
the
entire
abdomen
in
the
dose
range
of
rads
followed
by
judicious
use
of
currently
available
anticancer
drugs
when
the
disease
recurs
to
produce
a
modest
increase
in
the
year
survival
figures
since
most
series
show
that
approximately
of
patients
with
ovarian
carcinoma
are
in
stage
iii
of
iv
when
first
diagnosed
more
attention
might
be
directed
to
earlier
diagnosis
while
it
is
an
important
field
for
investigation
methods
of
facilitating
early
diagnosis
are
not
apparent
at
the
moment
controlled
trials
of
adjuvant
therapy
for
stage
i
and
ii
disease
in
which
approximately
of
recurrences
are
seen
should
be
expanded
this
might
consist
of
instillation
of
radioactive
or
chemical
agents
into
the
abdominal
cavity
the
use
of
systemic
chemotherapy
during
or
immediately
after
operation
or
infusion
of
drugs
into
the
abdominal
aorta
for
stages
iii
and
iv
controlled
trials
of
drugs
alone
sequentially
or
in
combination
with
or
subsequent
to
irradiation
seem
indicated
finally
efforts
to
find
more
effective
anticancer
drugs
must
continue
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1002
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
liver
resections
for
embolic
metastases
from
cancer
of
the
colon
and
rectum
two
patients
who
underwent
resections
of
the
left
lobe
of
the
liver
for
embolic
metastases
from
primary
cancers
of
the
colon
and
rectum
are
reported
the
internal
anatomy
of
the
liver
as
it
relates
to
the
technic
and
terminology
of
resections
is
reviewed
cases
of
liver
resection
performed
for
embolic
metastases
from
cancer
of
the
colon
and
rectum
found
in
an
extensive
review
of
medical
literature
are
classified
and
the
results
are
analyzed
resection
of
either
half
of
the
liver
hemihepatectomy
for
embolic
metastasis
from
cancer
of
the
colon
or
rectum
so
rarely
cures
the
patient
and
carried
such
a
high
operative
mortality
rate
that
it
is
seldom
if
ever
justifiable
the
lesser
operations
left
lobectomy
or
right
lobe
metastasectomy
often
can
be
performed
simultaneously
with
the
primary
operation
and
are
occasionally
followed
by
freedom
from
recurrence
for
periods
of
yr
or
more
they
are
justifiable
if
the
metastasis
is
situated
favorably
in
the
liver
for
complete
removal
and
if
the
primary
lesion
appears
to
be
curable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1003
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
palliative
treatment
of
nonresectable
lung
cancer
by
upper
hemibody
perfusion
of
chlorimine
short
acting
alkylating
agent
experience
with
five
cases
a
method
is
discussed
for
providing
palliative
treatment
for
patients
with
nonresectable
lung
cancer
by
means
of
administering
a
short
acting
alkylating
agent
to
the
upper
half
of
the
body
while
temporarily
occluding
the
circulation
to
the
lower
half
of
the
body
with
proper
selection
of
patients
and
an
awareness
of
the
potential
complications
the
procedure
appears
to
be
safe
and
effective
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1004
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
a
successful
operated
case
on
ductus
hepaticus
obstruction
the
author
briefly
reviews
the
history
and
the
anatomical
manifestations
and
the
genesis
of
congenital
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
and
its
associations
with
other
abnormalities
he
collected
cases
in
the
literature
from
ladd's
first
successful
operated
case
up
to
the
end
of
the
year
in
publications
he
found
theoretically
correctable
cases
and
which
were
recovered
in
of
personal
cases
he
performed
successfully
a
hepatico
duodenostomy
in
a
week
old
girl
four
years
later
the
girl
had
developed
normally
and
she
was
absolutely
without
symptoms
and
signs
the
author
discussing
the
differential
diagnostic
problems
stresses
the
diagnostic
value
of
the
gradually
increasing
direct
serum
bilirubin
proposing
the
term
'ex
juvantibus
differentiation'
alluding
to
the
differential
diagnostic
evaluation
of
the
time
which
passes
until
the
surgical
exploration
he
also
emphasizes
the
need
of
early
latest
up
to
the
age
of
weeks
performed
surgical
exploration
according
to
him
the
administration
of
vit
k
is
advantageous
he
supposes
the
cause
of
the
postoperative
dehiscence
of
the
operative
wound
lies
in
the
metabolic
changes
as
a
result
of
icterus
the
author
in
his
own
case
the
relieved
drainage
of
the
bilio
digestive
anastomosis
solved
by
the
help
of
a
polyethylene
nasal
tube
and
which
could
be
most
safely
removed
by
the
surgeon
with
statistical
data
of
other
authors
and
personal
cases
the
author
points
out
that
the
correctable
cases
occur
in
of
all
the
cases
one
may
hope
for
successful
operations
on
an
average
in
of
all
the
cases
and
of
the
correctable
ones
fatal
complications
the
author
believes
can
be
reduced
by
early
surgery
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1005
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
icterus
neonatorum
simplex
studies
in
guinea
pigs
demonstrate
that
at
birth
there
is
no
activity
of
glucuronyltransferase
after
birth
activity
gradually
increases
and
reaches
its
highest
level
on
the
rd
day
of
life
hereafter
a
gradual
decrease
can
be
shown
the
suggestion
is
made
that
glucuronyltransferase
is
an
adaptive
enzyme
the
results
support
the
hypothesis
that
neonatal
jaundice
is
caused
by
an
inability
of
the
liver
of
the
newborn
to
excrete
bilirubin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1006
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
importance
of
steroid
hormones
in
hyperbilirubinemia
and
icterus
of
the
newborn
administration
of
naturally
occurring
steroids
estriol
pregnanediol
cortisone
between
the
th
and
the
th
day
of
life
increases
the
bilirubin
level
of
these
newborns
administration
of
the
same
steroids
or
of
progesterone
to
nursing
mothers
results
in
hyperbilirubinemia
of
their
infants
these
facts
explain
the
pathogenesis
of
neonatal
jaundice
interpretation
of
the
experimental
and
clinical
findings
leads
to
the
conclusion
that
the
high
amount
of
steroid
hormones
which
must
be
excreted
during
the
neonatal
period
in
conjunction
with
the
relative
insufficiency
of
the
neonatal
liver
is
responsible
for
the
inability
to
conjugate
bilirubin
with
glucuronic
acid
the
steroid
hormones
probably
compete
with
bilirubin
for
the
enzyme
and
substrate
necessary
for
conjugation
the
functional
capacity
of
the
neonatal
liver
is
not
high
enough
to
conjugate
both
bilirubin
and
steroids
only
after
excretion
of
the
placental
steroids
does
sufficient
conjugation
of
bilirubin
become
possible
furthermore
pregnanediol
appears
to
inhibit
the
enzyme
glucuronyl
transferase
these
mechanisms
show
the
importance
of
steroid
hormones
in
the
pathogenesis
of
neonatal
jaundice
and
their
importance
as
an
aggravating
factor
in
the
development
of
jaundice
due
to
erythroblastosis
these
newly
developed
concepts
may
have
therapeutic
implications
on
which
the
author
will
report
at
a
later
date
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1007
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
problems
in
neonatal
obstructive
jaundice
a
critical
analysis
of
cases
of
neonatal
obstructive
jaundice
led
to
the
conclusion
that
proper
diagnosis
can
be
determined
by
study
of
liver
biopsy
the
very
low
percentage
of
surgically
correctable
lesions
among
patients
with
neonatal
obstructive
jaundice
and
the
seriousness
and
high
mortality
of
the
cases
of
hepatitis
treated
with
a
hazardous
operation
are
stressed
conservative
management
is
recommended
until
mth
of
age
and
even
later
if
a
serial
fall
in
bilirubin
is
noted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1008
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clinical
study
and
histological
study
of
the
liver
in
hepatitis
in
infants
i
classification
and
findings
of
clinical
study
and
histological
study
of
the
liver
in
hepatitis
in
infants
japanese
clinical
observations
and
histological
studies
by
liver
biopsy
on
hepatitis
in
infancy
i
e
obstructive
jaundice
of
unknown
cause
in
infants
were
made
histologically
hepatitis
in
infancy
was
divisible
into
types
no
giant
cell
formation
was
observed
in
general
slight
degeneration
of
liver
cells
necrosis
and
inflammatory
changes
with
stasis
of
bile
were
characteristic
the
so
called
giant
cell
hepatitis
was
characteristic
specific
type
presenting
the
picture
of
cholangiolitis
histological
changes
in
the
liver
other
than
biliary
stasis
were
scanty
no
specific
changes
which
could
clinically
differentiate
the
types
were
found
in
each
type
serum
bilirubin
sgot
and
sgpt
activities
had
slight
characteristic
points
in
clinical
and
laboratory
studies
in
type
the
values
were
relatively
low
while
in
type
they
were
markedly
high
in
type
sgot
activity
was
within
normal
range
histological
characteristics
of
the
liver
of
type
were
necrosis
of
liver
cells
formation
of
acidophilic
granules
and
balloon
cells
cellular
infiltration
in
glisson's
capsule
and
biliary
stasis
in
the
liver
cells
and
fine
bile
ducts
morphologically
findings
of
viral
hepatitis
were
observed
in
type
liver
tissue
was
replaced
by
many
multinuclear
giant
cells
extreme
distortion
of
cords
of
liver
cells
and
cellular
infiltration
in
glisson's
capsule
and
lobules
were
noted
there
was
marked
biliary
stasis
in
the
capillary
bile
ducts
and
liver
cells
it
was
characteristic
that
proliferation
of
bile
ducts
and
bile
plugs
were
not
found
which
was
consistent
with
giant
cell
hepatitis
of
craing
landing
in
type
degeneration
of
liver
cells
necrosis
and
inflammatory
changes
were
slight
biliary
stasis
in
the
hepatic
lobules
was
conspicuous
histological
findings
similar
to
cholangiolitic
hepatitis
due
to
drug
poisoning
were
observed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1009
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
pathology
of
'giant
cell
hepatitis'
in
early
infancy
a
month
old
male
infant
was
admitted
to
hospital
because
of
acute
cardiac
and
circulatory
failure
autopsy
revealed
macronodular
liver
cirrhosis
with
splenomegaly
left
ventricular
dilatation
of
the
heart
hydrothorax
and
ascites
histology
of
the
liver
showed
a
giant
cell
hepatitis
the
portal
areas
were
widened
with
foci
of
erythropoiesis
and
histiocytic
infiltrations
the
liver
cells
showed
vacuolar
and
degenerative
changes
the
giant
cells
present
in
the
margin
of
the
regeneration
areas
as
well
as
in
the
degenerated
lobules
has
irregular
borders
and
varied
in
size
from
ft
their
nuclei
were
large
sometimes
bizarre
their
basophile
cytoplasm
showed
granules
of
iron
pigment
which
was
also
found
in
some
normal
hepatic
cells
in
the
prominent
kupffer
cells
and
in
the
connective
tissue
in
the
spleen
there
were
proliferation
of
connective
tissue
and
scattered
areas
of
erythropoiesis
as
well
as
pigment
deposits
in
the
pulpa
iron
pigment
was
also
found
in
the
pancreas
and
salivary
glands
the
islets
of
langerhans
were
hyperplastic
the
etiology
of
giant
cell
hepatitis
is
still
unknown
its
pathogenesis
may
be
due
to
a
malformation
immunologic
response
to
some
type
of
antibody
inborn
errors
of
iron
metabolism
and
viral
infection
it
is
suggested
that
the
giant
cell
transformation
is
a
response
of
the
immature
liver
cell
to
a
variety
of
stimuli
this
case
is
of
interest
for
the
predominance
of
giant
cells
with
or
nuclei
presumably
it
is
an
intermediate
stage
or
a
variant
of
hepatitis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1010
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
surgery
of
infantile
obstructive
jaundice
the
results
of
suruga
yamazaki's
procedure
in
cases
of
congenital
biliary
duct
atresia
are
reported
postoperative
anorexia
diarrhea
or
edema
due
to
circulatory
disturbance
in
the
upper
extremity
have
not
been
found
after
this
operation
the
operation
is
technically
difficult
postoperative
fat
protein
and
electrolyte
metabolism
is
a
problem
in
order
to
obtain
better
results
this
disease
should
be
differentiated
at
an
early
period
a
long
term
follow
up
and
continued
study
of
this
problem
is
required
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1011
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
transient
familial
neonatal
hyperbilirubinemia
a
syndrome
of
transient
familial
neonatal
unconjugated
hyperbilirubinemia
not
due
to
known
causes
has
been
described
in
infants
of
unrelated
healthy
caucasian
mothers
four
of
the
infants
developed
kernicterus
beginning
in
the
nd
trimester
of
pregnancy
sera
from
the
mothers
and
their
newborn
infants
inhibited
direct
reacting
bilirubin
and
o
aminophenol
glucuronide
formation
by
rat
liver
slices
and
homogenates
respectively
to
times
more
than
was
observed
with
sera
from
a
control
group
of
pregnant
women
and
their
infants
the
serum
inhibitory
factor
in
these
women
is
unidentified
the
fact
that
the
inhibitor
occurs
in
pregnancy
serum
suggests
that
it
is
probably
a
progestational
steroid
that
inhibits
glucuronyl
transferase
activity
in
the
liver
of
neonates
the
mechanism
responsible
for
increased
serum
inhibitor
factor
activity
in
these
women
is
unknown
and
requires
further
study
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1012
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hepatitis
virus
in
neonatal
liver
disease
liver
biopsy
specimens
from
babies
with
neonatal
hepatitis
and
with
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
were
studied
for
the
presence
of
hepatitis
virus
culture
yielded
positive
results
in
all
babies
with
neonatal
hepatitis
and
in
of
the
infants
with
biliary
atresia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1013
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
neonatal
hepatitis
liver
biopsy
findings
and
clinical
features
on
infants
with
a
clinical
diagnosis
of
neonatal
hepatitis
histologic
examination
of
the
liver
was
made
by
needle
biopsy
and
its
relation
to
the
clinical
course
was
investigated
histologic
findings
were
classified
provisionally
into
types
type
i
showed
no
giant
cells
but
only
slight
damage
to
hepatic
cells
with
prominent
intracellular
cholestasis
type
ii
was
characterized
by
occurrence
of
numerous
giant
cells
the
specific
type
was
characterized
by
centrolobular
cholestasis
without
inflammatory
reaction
laboratory
examinations
revealed
that
increases
in
serum
transaminases
and
bilirubin
were
greater
in
type
ii
than
in
type
i
and
in
the
specific
type
there
was
no
increase
in
serum
transaminase
but
there
was
a
direct
hyperbilirubinemia
as
to
histologic
sequelae
the
results
of
serial
biopsy
revealed
that
in
type
i
hepatic
damage
healed
almost
completely
and
that
in
type
ii
giant
cells
disappeared
within
yr
and
in
some
cases
hepatic
cirrhosis
resulted
the
prognosis
of
neonatal
hepatitis
may
be
said
to
be
good
in
type
i
poor
in
type
ii
and
undetermined
in
the
specific
type
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1014
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
spherocytic
anemia
with
early
deglobulisation
crisis
and
avitaminosis
a
from
birth
homozygous
male
twins
had
had
a
series
of
hemolytic
crises
these
caused
a
low
crythrocyte
count
and
jaundice
on
the
one
hand
and
xerophthalmia
probably
owing
to
the
existence
proven
by
liver
biopsy
of
a
complicating
obstructive
biliary
syndrome
on
the
other
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1015
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
neonatal
hepatitis
or
familial
neonatal
obstructive
jaundice
four
siblings
all
of
whom
were
boys
with
chronic
obstructive
jaundice
are
described
the
onset
of
the
jaundice
varied
from
day
to
weeks
after
birth
two
other
boys
and
girls
in
the
same
family
are
healthy
although
in
one
of
the
cases
pathological
findings
were
the
same
as
in
neonatal
hepatitis
'giant
cell
hepatitis'
other
possibilities
could
not
be
excluded
what
has
been
described
hitherto
as
giant
cell
hepatitis
appears
to
be
only
a
morphological
picture
for
which
there
must
be
several
causes
it
is
concluded
from
the
findings
in
the
patients
that
one
of
the
possible
causes
of
so
called
giant
cell
hepatitis
is
an
inborn
error
of
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1016
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypoplasia
of
the
intrahepatic
bile
ducts
a
description
of
cases
a
boy
of
days
old
had
atresia
of
the
small
intestine
and
pneumonia
and
a
slightly
enlarged
liver
with
faint
green
coloration
histological
examination
revealed
numerous
collapsed
bile
ducts
which
had
solid
ductular
cell
sprouts
reaching
the
liver
cells
the
minor
and
smallest
bile
ducts
were
empty
a
girl
of
yr
and
mth
had
increasing
jaundice
since
birth
autopsy
revealed
a
hypoplastic
common
bile
duct
which
was
however
open
to
probing
and
marked
green
coloration
of
the
liver
also
in
this
case
the
bile
ducts
were
very
narrow
and
had
solid
ductular
cell
sprouts
reaching
the
liver
cells
this
type
of
bile
duct
corresponds
to
a
stage
in
ontogenesis
and
does
not
show
signs
of
proliferation
it
may
be
considered
a
form
of
hypoplasia
as
the
size
and
number
of
the
primordial
bile
ducts
is
reduced
when
present
the
anlage
shows
a
regular
connection
with
the
liver
cells
this
hypoplasia
is
to
be
distinguished
from
an
atresia
the
long
survival
of
the
second
case
can
be
explained
by
the
great
compensatory
capacity
of
the
liver
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1017
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fetal
and
neonatal
hepatitis
and
its
consequences
the
author
reports
on
fatal
cases
observed
in
infants
from
weeks
to
year
old
in
all
cases
jaundice
appeared
just
after
birth
or
during
the
first
days
of
life
and
was
persistent
the
stools
were
sometimes
discolored
there
was
no
blood
incompatibility
the
picture
was
similar
to
that
of
congenital
biliary
atresia
pathological
study
revealed
groups
with
pathological
changes
of
hepatitis
cases
the
liver
is
enlarged
flabby
and
icteric
microscopy
shows
dissociation
of
the
cell
cords
and
polymorphism
of
the
hepatic
cells
necrotic
cells
balloon
cells
giant
cell
transformation
some
of
the
giant
cells
show
vacuoles
erythrocytes
lipids
and
acidophilic
material
in
their
cytoplasm
there
are
signs
of
regeneration
collapse
of
the
stromal
framework
proliferation
of
the
mesenchymal
cells
and
bile
retention
cells
of
the
erythrocytic
series
are
scattered
in
the
periportal
spaces
with
eosinophilic
leucocytes
lymphocytes
and
histiocytes
with
fibrosis
and
cirrhosis
cases
the
liver
is
green
firm
with
a
nodular
or
granular
surface
the
extra
hepatic
biliary
tree
is
normal
the
spleen
is
enlarged
microscopy
shows
bile
stasis
pericholangiolitic
fibrosis
and
proliferation
of
bile
ductules
the
periportal
interlobular
and
intralobular
fibrous
tissue
is
increased
and
shows
cellular
infiltrations
the
architecture
of
the
liver
is
disturbed
by
the
presence
of
pseudolobuli
in
the
regeneration
areas
it
is
suggested
that
these
cases
are
due
to
a
congenital
viral
hepatitis
which
is
not
only
the
result
of
an
intrauterine
infection
but
also
a
feature
of
fetal
hepatitis
with
secondary
pericholangiolitic
or
post
necrotic
liver
cirrhosis
the
neonatal
giant
cell
hepatitis
is
to
be
considered
as
the
result
of
a
cytotoxic
action
of
the
virus
the
author
considers
also
the
possibility
of
a
viral
etiology
in
cases
of
biliary
atresia
on
the
basis
of
their
morphological
similarity
with
congenital
viral
hepatitis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1018
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
metabolism
and
excretion
of
bilirubin
c
in
experimental
obstructive
jaundice
bile
duct
ligation
was
carried
out
in
a
series
of
rhesus
monkeys
the
time
required
for
the
serum
bilirubin
to
stop
rising
and
achieve
a
relatively
stable
level
and
the
average
serum
bilirubin
reached
paralleled
closely
that
seen
clinically
after
the
serum
bilirubin
levels
had
stopped
rising
and
a
'steady
state'
had
been
reached
radioactive
bilirubin
was
injected
i
v
the
radioisotope
was
distributed
principally
extravascularly
and
not
in
the
same
ratio
as
albumin
as
in
other
forms
of
jaundice
daily
turnover
of
bilirubin
was
found
to
be
double
that
anticipated
from
normal
hb
breakdown
suggesting
increased
bilirubin
production
in
obstructive
jaundice
in
animals
followed
for
wk
nearly
of
injected
radioactivity
was
excreted
in
the
urine
indicating
that
in
obstructive
jaundice
the
kidney
takes
over
entirely
from
the
liver
the
function
of
bilirubin
excretion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1019
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
major
surgery
on
the
severe
hemophiliac
lessons
in
management
three
cases
of
pseudotumor
of
the
thigh
which
required
surgical
amputation
and
one
case
of
open
pericardial
drainage
for
cardiac
tamponade
are
briefly
reported
in
severe
hemophiliacs
in
the
first
case
hemostasis
following
amputation
was
produced
but
the
patient
died
of
septicemia
secondary
to
proximally
infected
tissues
the
level
of
amputation
should
therefore
be
proximal
to
all
grossly
infected
tissues
in
the
second
case
with
infected
massive
pseudotumor
of
the
left
thigh
separate
operative
procedures
were
performed
the
last
procedure
was
elective
revision
of
skin
flaps
at
the
hip
disarticulation
site
here
application
of
the
knowledge
gained
from
previous
experience
resulted
in
a
completely
uncomplicated
postoperative
course
by
dint
of
timing
of
the
surgical
procedure
in
relation
to
control
of
infection
loss
of
plasma
fastness
and
the
judicious
use
of
antibiotic
and
direct
current
electrocoagulation
therapy
a
plea
is
made
to
avoid
the
use
of
plasma
and
ahg
therapy
in
hemophilias
for
trivial
reasons
and
to
consider
patients
for
surgical
procedures
early
in
the
course
of
their
complications
which
demand
surgery
at
a
time
when
the
patient
is
still
responsive
to
hematologic
therapy
and
prior
to
the
onset
of
infection
in
areas
of
hematoma
it
is
felt
that
a
second
significant
hemorrhage
in
any
particular
site
constitutes
a
bona
fide
indication
for
surgical
intervention
long
before
the
time
when
surgery
is
considered
as
the
last
resort
by
the
physician
patient
and
family
although
the
authors
believe
that
surgery
in
the
hemophiliac
is
not
to
be
taken
lightly
they
do
not
endorse
the
prevailing
nihilistic
attitude
that
has
resulted
in
temporizing
delays
which
can
only
guarantee
a
fatal
outcome
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1020
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
immunological
demonstration
of
factor
viii
protein
in
the
plasma
of
hemophiliacs
and
its
value
for
an
insight
into
hemophilia
a
by
immunization
of
rabbits
one
obtains
antisera
against
human
factor
viii
the
action
of
the
immunsera
has
been
determined
using
a
modification
of
the
thromboplastingenerations
test
the
factor
viii
neutralization
test
the
antibodies
against
factor
viii
are
equally
absorbed
by
either
normal
or
hemophilia
a
plasma
this
observation
shows
that
hemophilia
a
plasma
contains
as
much
factor
viii
protein
as
normal
plasma
does
in
normal
and
hemophilia
a
serum
one
finds
at
a
lower
level
similar
concentrations
of
factor
viii
in
analogy
with
cross
reacting
substances
crm
in
bacteria
mutants
an
hypothesis
has
been
made
according
to
which
the
authors
are
dealing
with
the
product
of
a
genetically
altered
synthesis
of
factor
viii
this
product
is
functionally
less
active
but
possesses
the
same
antigenic
determinants
as
the
normal
factor
viii
some
inhibitor
properties
of
the
hemophilia
plasma
can
be
explained
by
competitive
inhibition
made
possible
by
the
similarity
of
structure
the
fact
that
the
inhibitor
discovered
by
mammen
and
factor
viii
have
similar
properties
support
the
hypothesis
the
theory
of
some
authors
according
to
which
the
plasma
of
an
hemophiliac
a
contains
normal
amounts
of
a
normal
factor
viii
blocked
by
a
specific
inhibitor
the
pathogenetic
agent
of
hemophilia
a
is
rejected
because
of
genetic
considerations
and
because
the
accelerator
appearing
after
ether
treatment
of
hemophilia
a
plasma
is
not
identical
with
factor
viii
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1021
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
haemophilic
pseudotumours
cases
the
first
cases
of
haemophilic
pseudo
tumours
in
adults
affected
with
haemophilia
a
reported
are
remarkable
on
account
of
their
clinical
latency
and
their
intertrochanteric
localization
the
third
in
a
haemophiliac
b
is
very
extensive
and
is
accompanied
by
very
marked
clinical
symptoms
of
tumour
there
is
an
extensive
femoral
gap
with
a
subjacent
image
of
osseous
infarction
and
a
progressive
turgid
tumour
of
the
iliac
wing
of
the
same
side
the
literature
data
stress
the
discrepancy
between
the
progressive
character
of
this
veritable
tumour
and
the
absence
of
any
sign
of
histological
malignancy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1022
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
protein
losing
enteropathy
complicating
prolonged
bleeding
in
hemophilia
gastrointestinal
bleeding
in
a
severe
hemophiliac
continued
for
days
and
pints
of
fresh
blood
were
replaced
treatment
with
eaca
steroids
and
factor
viii
rich
fibrinogen
did
not
control
bleeding
marked
hypoproteinemia
developed
by
the
th
day
of
bleeding
a
protein
losing
enteropathy
was
suspected
on
the
basis
of
x
ray
findings
of
mucosal
thickening
and
altered
motility
discontinuance
of
steroids
and
protein
replacement
resulted
in
the
appearance
of
a
more
normal
small
bowel
mucosal
pattern
and
coincided
with
the
cessation
of
bleeding
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1023
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bilateral
hemophilic
pseudotumors
of
the
calcaneus
and
cuboid
treated
by
irradiation
case
report
a
case
is
presented
in
which
bilateral
pseudotumors
of
the
calcaneus
and
cuboid
in
an
year
old
boy
with
apparent
classic
hemophilia
responded
promptly
to
deep
x
ray
therapy
with
relief
of
pain
and
subsequent
disappearance
of
the
tumors
without
recurrence
for
yr
and
mth
after
treatment
although
previous
reports
on
the
effects
of
radiotherapy
for
pseudotumors
have
been
conflicting
the
results
in
this
case
were
dramatic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1024
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
bone
lesions
in
the
course
of
blood
diseases
with
special
reference
to
the
formation
of
bony
callus
and
to
the
treatment
of
fractures
in
patients
suffering
from
blood
diseases
after
some
preliminary
remarks
on
the
embryology
and
physiology
of
the
bone
marrow
and
on
the
mechanism
of
coagulation
of
the
blood
the
authors
pass
on
to
a
consideration
of
the
genesis
of
bony
callus
and
the
treatment
of
fractures
in
patients
suffering
from
blood
diseases
an
account
is
given
on
the
basis
of
some
examples
of
pathological
fractures
and
also
of
some
traumatic
fractures
in
subjects
affected
by
various
kinds
of
blood
diseases
such
as
solitary
myeloma
polyosteotic
plasmocytoma
waldenstroem's
syndrome
the
coagulopathic
syndrome
from
a
structural
defect
of
the
fibrin
coagulum
and
hemophilia
fractures
in
patients
with
blood
diseases
are
characterized
by
an
abnormal
course
and
for
an
effecient
cure
it
is
necessary
to
make
an
accurate
diagnosis
with
regard
to
the
pre
existing
blood
diseases
and
to
re
establish
hemostasis
when
this
has
been
changed
to
prevent
hemorrhages
and
to
correct
any
plasma
defect
that
may
be
present
and
which
are
reflected
in
the
formation
of
the
bony
callus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1025
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
the
antihemophilic
factor
ahf
factor
viii
produced
in
von
willebrand's
disease
it
has
been
confirmed
that
persons
with
autosomal
ahf
deficiency
von
willebrand's
disease
produce
large
quantities
of
ahf
when
transfused
with
ahf
deficient
plasma
from
persons
with
hemophilia
a
this
occurs
despite
the
fact
that
'complementation'
does
not
occur
in
vitro
one
prediction
from
a
model
suggesting
that
the
x
locus
for
ahf
is
structural
while
the
autosomal
locus
is
regulatory
is
that
the
ahf
which
appears
in
von
willebrand's
disease
after
transfusion
will
be
structurally
normal
the
ahf
obtained
under
these
conditions
has
been
tested
by
methods
and
the
results
fulfil
the
prediction
this
may
imply
that
the
model
is
correct
on
the
other
hand
the
prediction
may
have
been
fulfilled
for
other
reasons
perhaps
the
wrong
parameters
were
examined
or
the
large
standard
errors
of
the
tests
masked
a
real
difference
further
tests
are
obviously
needed
before
one
can
feel
reasonably
certain
that
mutation
of
a
regulatory
gene
is
the
basis
of
von
willebrand's
disease
an
examination
of
persons
with
sex
linked
and
autosomal
ahf
deficiency
using
an
antibody
prepared
against
wild
type
ahf
might
be
very
illuminating
also
transfusion
studies
should
be
carried
out
on
persons
homozygous
for
von
willebrand's
disease
if
such
persons
can
be
found
failure
to
obtain
'new
synthesis'
in
a
homozygote
would
throw
great
doubt
on
a
model
which
implies
that
the
reduced
ahf
levels
in
von
willebrand's
disease
heterozygotes
is
due
entirely
to
reduction
in
an
effector
substance
which
neutralizes
the
repressor
of
an
x
chromosome
operon
directly
coding
the
ahf
molecule
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1026
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
tumor
like
bone
lesions
in
hemophilia
this
report
deals
with
the
clinical
and
radiologic
findings
in
a
hemophilic
pseudotumor
of
the
femur
observed
over
a
period
of
yr
the
pathogenesis
treatment
and
radiologic
differential
diagnosis
are
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1027
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
concurrent
hemophilia
and
christmas'
disease
in
one
family
a
study
is
presented
of
a
number
of
generations
of
a
family
in
whom
two
members
had
christmas'
disease
and
three
hemophilia
a
it
is
suspected
that
the
preceding
generations
must
have
been
afflicted
with
hemophilia
ab
or
a
mutation
in
x
chromosome
genes
which
are
responsible
for
both
types
of
hemophilia
must
have
occurred
in
the
grandmother's
family
in
her
daughters
the
genes
responsible
for
hemophilia
ab
segregated
so
that
their
children
and
grandchildren
inherited
only
one
type
of
hemophilia
i
e
hemophilia
a
or
christmas'
disease
relevant
genetic
considerations
are
briefly
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1028
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
albinism
associated
with
angiohemophilia
report
of
a
case
a
case
is
presented
of
a
rare
association
of
albinism
and
angiohemophilia
occurring
in
a
man
of
the
bone
marrow
contained
cells
resembling
proper
reticulum
cells
and
containing
large
basophilic
granules
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1029
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
major
surgery
in
classic
hemophilia
using
fraction
i
experience
in
twelve
operations
and
review
of
the
literature
a
therapeutic
regimen
that
provides
hemostasis
in
hemophiliacs
during
and
after
major
surgery
without
requiring
laboratory
control
has
been
established
with
a
factor
viii
concentrate
the
effectiveness
of
this
regimen
of
fraction
i
therapy
was
evaluated
in
major
surgery
of
severely
deficient
and
moderately
deficient
hemophiliacs
an
analysis
of
clinical
results
was
made
combining
the
operations
of
the
series
with
the
major
operative
procedures
on
hemophiliacs
recorded
in
the
english
literature
in
which
fraction
i
was
the
sole
or
major
source
of
factor
viii
therapy
dental
and
nondental
surgery
were
analyzed
separately
as
was
the
special
problem
of
blood
cysts
although
the
over
all
mortality
rate
following
major
surgery
in
hemophiliacs
is
presently
only
to
using
factor
viii
concentrates
problems
still
remain
these
include
the
continued
high
incidence
of
abnormal
postoperative
hemorrhage
the
variation
in
factor
viii
potency
of
different
lots
of
fraction
i
the
late
development
of
serum
hepatitis
hemolytic
anemia
due
to
contaminating
isoantibodies
and
the
high
cost
of
adequate
amounts
of
the
product
more
efficient
methods
of
preparing
purer
and
more
potent
factor
viii
concentrates
could
eliminate
most
of
these
difficulties
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1030
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lengthening
of
the
thrombin
time
by
an
anti
equine
antithrombin
in
a
hyperthrombocyte
myelosis
a
report
is
given
on
a
patient
treated
with
numerous
i
m
injections
of
thrombase
equine
thrombin
for
chronic
gingivorrhagia
caused
by
a
hyperthrombocytic
myelosis
these
were
ineffective
and
an
antithrombin
specific
against
equine
thrombin
had
developed
this
did
not
cause
any
specific
disturbance
of
the
intrinsic
coagulation
the
observation
can
be
compared
with
two
cases
of
haemophilia
where
such
an
antithrombin
had
also
developed
after
repeated
injections
of
equine
thrombin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1031
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
epsilon
aminocaproic
acid
e
aca
as
a
therapeutic
agent
based
on
years
clinical
experience
experience
in
the
treatment
of
patients
with
e
aca
suggested
that
the
use
of
the
preparation
is
indicated
in
the
following
situations
fibrinolytic
haemorrhage
in
association
with
delivery
acute
systemic
fibrinolysis
in
association
with
surgery
it
is
mainly
major
operations
on
the
thorax
pancreas
prostate
liver
and
genital
organs
that
are
complicated
by
fibrinolysis
but
fibrinolytic
bleedings
can
occur
after
any
operation
acute
systemic
fibrinolysis
in
patients
with
cancer
particularly
cancer
of
the
prostate
and
pancreas
systemic
fibrinolytic
states
complicating
various
disorders
especially
leukaemia
liver
cirrhosis
and
boeck's
sarcoid
as
an
antidote
in
thrombolytic
therapy
local
fibrinolytic
activity
in
the
urinary
tract
in
the
following
situations
a
after
prostatectomy
e
aca
will
substantially
reduce
blood
losses
following
prostatectomy
especially
if
the
treatment
is
continued
until
the
urine
has
become
macroscopically
clear
b
haematuria
in
prostatic
cancer
prostatic
hyperplasia
prolonged
haematuria
after
traumatic
injury
of
the
kidney
haematuria
in
haemophilia
and
other
coagulation
defects
and
so
called
essential
haematuria
ulcerative
colitis
the
drug
is
equally
effective
whether
given
orally
or
intravenously
in
states
with
increased
systemic
fibrinolytic
activity
a
dose
of
g
per
kg
body
weight
every
hours
is
recommended
for
inhibition
of
local
fibrinolytic
activity
in
the
urinary
tract
a
dose
of
g
three
times
a
day
has
proved
sufficient
the
side
effects
consisted
of
dizziness
nausea
and
diarrhoea
no
toxic
effects
of
the
drug
on
e
c
g
blood
picture
n
p
n
and
liver
function
tests
were
observed
not
even
in
cases
receiving
more
than
g
of
e
aca
nor
did
postmortem
examination
in
cases
reveal
any
signs
of
a
toxic
effect
no
signs
of
intravascular
coagulation
in
connection
with
e
aca
therapy
were
observed
the
incidence
of
thromboembolic
complications
after
prostatectomy
in
patients
treated
with
e
aca
and
a
series
of
controls
was
identical
judging
from
the
authors'
experience
in
this
material
e
aca
did
not
act
as
an
agent
inducing
thrombosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1032
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
femoral
neuropathy
in
hemophilia
six
new
cases
of
femoral
neuropathy
in
hemophilic
patients
are
described
the
syndrome
begins
with
severe
pain
in
the
groin
in
the
inferior
aspect
of
the
thigh
and
deep
in
the
hip
region
this
is
followed
by
a
pronounced
contracture
of
the
hip
in
flexion
and
external
rotation
a
tender
swelling
appears
in
the
iliac
fossa
and
groin
with
a
depression
in
the
center
corresponding
to
the
inguinal
ligament
finally
a
flaccid
paralysis
of
the
quadriceps
femoris
and
diminution
or
absence
of
sensation
in
the
anteromedial
aspect
of
the
thigh
and
proximal
portion
of
the
leg
with
a
depressed
or
absent
patellar
reflex
is
discovered
the
authors
propose
that
this
syndrome
is
the
result
of
hemorrhage
in
the
iliopsoas
muscle
at
the
musculotendinous
junction
beneath
the
iliacus
fascia
and
that
the
femoral
nerve
becomes
compressed
beneath
the
unyielding
inguinal
ligament
superiorly
and
the
iliopectineal
ligament
medially
treatment
consists
in
bed
rest
analgesics
and
freshfrozen
plasma
during
the
acute
phase
during
the
convalescent
phase
a
hessing
long
brace
is
used
to
protect
the
knee
from
hemarthrosis
until
functional
return
of
the
quadriceps
femoris
has
occurred
to
date
the
validity
of
the
theory
that
the
femoral
nerve
palsy
is
the
result
of
iliopsoas
hemorrhage
at
the
musculotendinous
junction
and
compression
of
the
femoral
nerve
beneath
the
inguinal
ligament
has
not
been
verified
the
authors
anticipate
some
day
seeing
a
non
hemophilic
patient
with
a
traumatic
iliacus
hemorrhage
and
femoral
neuropathy
should
such
an
opportunity
present
itself
exploration
beneath
poupart's
ligament
may
show
the
femoral
nerve
to
be
compressed
and
thus
confirm
the
proposed
cause
of
the
clinical
picture
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
1033
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hemorrhagic
episodes
in
hemophilia
a
year
prospective
study
medicosocial
studies
of
hemophilia
are
of
particular
clinical
importance
in
allowing
an
assessment
of
the
likely
course
of
the
disease
at
different
ages
and
for
differing
grades
of
severity
and
in
providing
knowledge
of
which
complications
cause
the
most
disability
loss
of
education
and
earning
capacity
they
also
overcome
the
distorted
clinical
impression
of
the
disease
which
arises
from
the
recurrent
admission
of
the
same
few
severely
affected
hemophiliacs
owing
to
the
considerable
individual
variation
in
the
number
and
severity
of
complications
in
different
hemophiliacs
an
accurate
individual
prognosis
can
never
be
given
in
general
however
the
number
of
spontaneous
episodes
per
year
decreases
with
age
while
the
severity
of
individual
episodes
tends
to
increase
at
least
until
the
age
of
yr
there
is
general
agreement
that
the
bulk
of
hospital
hemophilic
admissions
are
due
to
hemarthroses
and
that
hemophilic
arthropathy
involves
the
knee
more
than
it
does
any
other
joint
the
increased
time
spent
in
hospital
per
episode
in
later
life
is
in
part
at
least
due
to
the
development
of
relatively
unstable
weight
bearing
joints
due
to
hemophilic
arthropathy
and
associated
muscle
atrophy
thus
the
correct
management
of
individual
hemarthroses
in
childhood
is
of
considerable
importance
and
at
the
present
time
too
little
is
known
of
the
best
possible
treatment
for
these
episodes
little
is
known
of
the
pathological
mechanisms
of
hemophilic
arthropathy
and
whether
it
is
the
presence
of
blood
or
its
presence
under
tension
which
leads
to
joint
destruction
thus
opinions
differ
concerning
the
routine
admission
of
all
hemarthroses
to
hospital
regardless
of
severity
and
also
about
the
advisability
of
joint
aspiration
in
an
attempt
to
avoid
the
development
of
destructive
arthropathy
because
of
the
individual
variation
between
patients
the
changes
in
the
pattern
of
the
disease
with
age
and
the
difficulty
of
obtaining
suitable
control
patients
these
questions
can
be
answered
only
by
further
longterm
prospective
medicosocial
studies
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
730
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experimental
onchocercal
ocular
lesions
in
the
chimpanzee
this
is
the
first
attempt
to
produce
onchocercal
eye
lesions
with
microfilariae
of
o
volvulus
in
the
chimpanzee
live
microfilariae
once
in
the
anterior
chamber
of
the
eye
could
penetrate
the
an
gle
of
the
anterior
chamber
the
iris
the
ciliary
body
the
choroid
and
the
vitreous
most
of
the
microfilariae
injected
alive
into
the
anterior
chamber
of
the
eyes
of
the
chimpanzee
died
within
a
short
time
com
parison
therefore
could
not
be
made
be
tween
the
effects
of
live
and
dead
micro
filariae
microfilariae
debris
was
demonstrated
within
giant
cells
for
the
first
time
subconjunctival
and
limbal
infiltration
with
incipient
pannus
inflammation
within
the
trabecular
meshwork
of
the
angle
of
the
anterior
chamber
and
extensive
active
iri
docyclitis
were
demonstrated
in
histologic
sections
although
the
conditions
were
clini
cally
quiescent
the
posterior
segment
lesion
of
oncho
cercal
chorioretinal
degeneration
could
not
be
reproduced
subcutaneous
and
intravenous
injec
tions
of
worm
extracts
derived
from
human
onchocercomas
may
have
contributed
to
the
onset
of
active
choroiditis
this
sensitization
alone
without
the
intraocular
injection
of
microfilariae
had
no
effects
on
the
eye
various
aspects
of
the
pathogenesis
of
human
onchocerciasis
are
discussed
on
the
basis
of
present
experimentation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
731
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
occurence
of
dirofilaria
magnilarvatum
price
and
brugia
sp
in
philippine
monkeys
of
macaca
philippinensis
examined
three
were
found
infected
with
dirofilaria
magnilarvatum
price
one
of
these
was
infected
also
with
a
species
of
brugla
both
species
showed
a
sub
periodic
type
of
microfilarial
periodicity
these
observations
suggest
that
philippine
macaques
may
serve
as
reservoirs
for
sub
periodic
b
malayi
on
palawan
where
high
rates
of
infection
have
been
found
in
people
living
in
small
villages
in
the
forests
mansonia
bonneae
was
found
naturally
infected
with
third
stage
larvae
of
d
magnilarvatum
it
is
sug
gested
that
monkeys
may
serve
as
reservoirs
for
sub
periodic
b
malayi
on
the
island
of
palawan
where
high
rates
of
infection
with
this
species
have
been
observed
in
people
living
in
small
villages
in
the
forest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
732
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
filarial
parasites
of
the
eastern
gorilla
in
the
congo
a
survey
for
parasites
has
been
undertaken
in
mountain
gorillas
gorilla
gorilla
beringei
from
the
eastern
congo
kivu
province
six
full
grown
two
males
and
four
females
three
adolescents
one
male
and
two
females
and
eleven
young
gorillas
were
examined
some
of
them
during
several
consecutive
months
nine
autopsies
were
performed
no
protozoa
were
discovered
in
the
blood
plasmodium
parasites
which
are
common
in
gorillas
and
chimpanzees
from
west
africa
were
never
found
in
the
eastern
congo
primates
including
ten
other
gorillas
examined
previously
and
some
fifty
chimpanzees
severe
diarrhoea
with
a
balantidiasis
picture
developed
in
two
young
gorillas
autopsy
revealed
however
an
intensive
infection
with
oesophagostomum
stephanostomum
and
resulting
fatty
degenera
tion
of
the
liver
oligotrichida
belonging
to
the
genus
troglodytella
were
commonly
found
in
the
intestinal
tract
oesophagostomum
stephanostomum
eggs
were
consistently
present
in
the
stools
of
the
gorillas
and
autoinfection
caused
the
death
of
several
young
gorillas
to
weeks
after
their
capture
many
microfilariae
were
found
in
the
blood
and
the
skin
pre
liminary
communications
were
published
mentioning
the
existence
of
four
different
microfilariae
in
the
blood
of
gorillas
and
of
three
others
in
the
dermal
layers
of
the
skin
after
a
detailed
study
seven
species
have
been
identified
and
described
dipetalonema
leopoldi
d
gorillae
d
vanhoofi
d
streptocercum
microfilaria
binucleata
loa
loa
gorillae
n
subsp
and
onchocerca
volvulus
three
of
the
worms
described
have
so
far
been
discovered
only
in
gorilla
gorilla
namely
dipetalonema
leopoldi
d
gorillae
and
loa
loa
gorillae
two
of
them
were
previously
known
from
the
chimpanzee
namely
d
vanhoofi
and
microfilaria
binucleata
one
species
d
strepto
cercum
first
discovered
in
man
and
later
described
from
the
chimpan
zee
is
now
also
known
from
gorilla
gorilla
onchocerca
volvulus
has
been
found
in
only
one
of
the
gorillas
examined
gorilla
gorilla
beringei
in
eastern
congo
might
become
through
close
contact
with
man
and
his
filarial
vectors
an
abnormal
or
accidental
host
of
d
streptocercum
and
onchocerca
volvulus
or
else
might
be
considered
as
an
original
reservoir
of
these
filarial
parasites
of
man
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
733
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
pilot
project
for
the
control
of
filariasis
in
thailand
in
a
village
in
kanjanadit
district
of
surat
thani
province
south
thailand
where
a
field
station
for
filariasis
studies
had
been
established
by
the
bangkok
school
of
tropical
medicine
blood
films
were
examined
from
persons
per
cent
of
the
total
population
of
two
thick
films
each
of
c
mm
were
prepared
from
each
person
and
stained
with
giemsa
it
was
found
that
per
cent
of
the
people
harboured
microfilariae
all
brugia
malayi
elephantiasis
was
found
in
per
cent
of
the
population
microfilarial
periodicity
was
studied
in
persons
in
every
case
it
was
found
to
be
markedly
nocturnal
the
blood
of
cats
dogs
and
two
monkeys
was
also
examined
no
b
malayi
larvae
were
recovered
mosquitoes
were
caught
and
identified
in
an
initial
survey
mosquitoes
were
examined
of
which
were
mansonia
spp
in
dissections
b
malayi
larvae
in
stage
ii
were
found
in
one
m
uniformis
and
in
stage
iii
in
another
the
infection
rate
for
m
uniformis
was
per
cent
spraying
with
ddt
was
carried
out
in
all
the
houses
during
the
last
phase
of
the
investigation
it
resulted
in
a
slight
decline
in
the
numbers
and
percentage
of
mansonia
mosquitoes
caught
diethylcarbamazine
was
administered
to
as
many
of
the
villagers
as
possible
in
a
dose
of
mgm
of
the
citrate
salt
per
kgm
body
weight
once
weekly
for
six
weeks
eight
hundred
and
eighty
eight
persons
received
the
drug
per
cent
of
the
population
considerable
side
effects
were
observed
in
nearly
all
microfilaria
carriers
blood
examinations
were
repeated
one
month
and
again
one
year
after
cessation
of
the
drug
it
was
found
that
the
proportion
of
microfilaria
carriers
had
decreased
from
per
cent
to
and
per
cent
respectively
the
filariasis
infection
rate
from
per
cent
to
and
per
cent
and
the
mean
microfilarial
density
of
all
films
from
per
c
mm
blood
to
and
larvae
of
b
malayi
were
not
found
in
mosquitoes
dissected
one
month
and
one
year
after
the
mass
therapy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
734
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
loiasis
in
monkeys
iv
experimental
hybridization
of
the
human
and
simian
strains
of
loa
in
the
cameroons
rain
forest
there
exist
two
strains
of
loa
each
apparently
evolving
in
its
own
host
vector
complex
duke
and
wijers
the
natural
simian
parasite
which
is
found
most
abundantly
in
the
drill
mandrillus
leucophaeus
is
characterized
by
the
large
somatic
size
of
the
adult
worms
and
microfilariae
and
by
its
nocturnal
microfilariae
periodicity
it
is
transmitted
among
the
monkey
population
by
the
crepuscular
canopy
dwelling
chrysops
langi
and
c
centurionis
the
natural
human
parasite
has
diurnally
periodic
microfilariae
and
is
transmitted
by
the
day
biting
anthropophilic
c
silacea
and
c
dimidiata
bombe
form
it
can
also
be
transmitted
experimentally
to
the
drill
in
which
host
the
parasites
are
of
small
somatic
size
and
maintain
their
diurnal
periodicity
as
the
two
strains
of
contrasting
periodicity
can
be
maintained
in
drills
it
was
decided
to
try
cross
mating
them
to
produce
hybrids
the
present
paper
describes
the
methods
by
which
this
was
done
records
the
characteristics
of
the
hybrid
parasites
and
suggests
that
when
interbreeding
the
two
strains
segregate
according
to
a
simple
mendelian
pattern
as
regards
periodicity
and
somatic
size
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
735
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
development
of
dirofilaria
immitis
in
anopheles
quadri
maculatus
after
exposure
of
the
microfilariae
to
a
freezing
temperature
blood
samples
containing
dirofilaria
immitis
microfilariae
were
stored
frozen
for
periods
ranging
from
hr
to
months
thawed
at
c
and
fed
through
an
animal
derived
bandrode
membrane
to
laboratory
reared
anopheles
quadrimaculatus
the
microfilariae
were
capable
of
developing
to
the
third
or
infective
larval
stage
and
migrating
to
the
head
and
labium
of
the
mosquito
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
736
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
advances
in
filariasis
especially
concerning
periodicity
of
microfilariae
a
review
is
given
of
some
advances
in
our
knowledge
about
filariasis
during
the
past
ten
years
it
is
urged
that
investigations
should
be
continued
on
methods
to
facilitate
the
control
of
filariasis
in
large
populations
by
means
of
diethylcarbamazine
e
g
incorporation
of
the
compound
in
cooking
salt
as
was
done
with
chloroquine
against
malaria
furthermore
steps
should
be
taken
to
protect
young
people
against
filariasis
by
systematic
treatment
in
the
schools
in
order
to
understand
the
cyclical
disappearance
of
microfilariae
from
the
peripheral
blood
and
their
accumulation
in
the
lungs
the
movements
of
microfilariae
in
the
pulmonary
capillaries
has
been
studied
by
cinematography
apparently
their
accumulation
in
the
lungs
is
not
due
to
mechanical
retention
but
perhaps
they
migrate
round
and
round
in
the
pre
capillary
network
of
arterioles
the
periodicity
of
microfilariae
is
best
considered
as
a
biological
rhythm
apparently
the
microfilariae
have
a
circadian
rhythm
of
their
own
which
is
entrained
and
synchronized
by
stimuli
from
the
circadian
rhythm
of
the
host
judging
by
experiments
with
monkeys
containing
microfilariae
of
edesonfilaria
malayensis
the
most
effective
of
these
stimuli
from
the
host
seems
to
be
the
rhythmic
variation
of
body
temperature
which
occurs
every
hours
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
737
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
attempts
to
transmit
wuchereria
bancrofti
to
cats
and
to
a
toque
monkey
there
are
no
records
of
the
larval
development
of
wuchereria
bancrofti
in
experimental
animals
in
attempts
to
transmit
periodic
w
bancrofti
to
domestic
cats
and
to
a
toque
monkey
we
recovered
from
one
of
the
cats
an
infective
larva
that
had
undergone
some
development
this
finding
was
reported
in
a
preliminary
note
dissanaike
and
niles
the
present
paper
gives
the
experimental
details
and
describes
the
larva
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
738
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
periodicity
of
microfilariae
x
the
relation
between
the
circadian
temperature
cycle
of
monkeys
and
the
microfilarial
cycle
monkeys
were
used
whose
blood
contained
the
microfilariae
of
edesonfilaria
malayensis
which
has
a
nocturnal
periodicity
artificial
lowering
of
the
body
temperature
during
the
daytime
caused
the
microfilaria
count
in
the
blood
to
rise
and
artificial
raising
of
the
body
temperature
during
the
night
caused
it
to
fall
almost
to
zero
i
e
inversion
of
the
normal
circadian
temperature
rhythm
of
the
body
was
followed
by
inversion
of
the
microfilarial
rhythm
the
hypothesis
is
put
forward
that
the
circadian
rhythm
of
the
microfilariae
of
e
malayensis
but
probably
not
of
the
microfilariae
of
some
other
species
is
entrained
by
the
circadian
rhythm
of
body
temperature
which
thus
provides
the
effective
stimuli
to
which
these
microfilariae
respond
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
739
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
periodicity
of
microfilariae
ix
transfusion
of
microfilariae
edesonfilaria
into
monkeys
at
a
different
phase
of
the
circadian
rhythm
this
paper
reports
experiments
in
which
microfilariae
at
one
phase
of
their
circadian
rhythm
were
transfused
into
a
host
at
another
phase
of
the
circadian
rhythm
in
an
attempt
to
analyse
the
relative
importance
of
the
rhythms
inherent
in
the
microfilariae
and
of
those
in
the
host
for
the
production
of
the
well
known
periodic
migrations
the
experiments
were
performed
with
edesonfilaria
malayensis
yeh
present
in
a
macaca
monkey
from
thailand
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
740
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
biliary
tract
morphology
and
prognosis
of
biliary
atresia
in
infants
who
did
not
have
extrahepatic
hepatic
ducts
present
observation
after
use
of
artificial
bile
ducts
suggests
that
the
presence
of
the
gallbladder
may
be
of
good
prognostic
significance
in
biliary
atresia
there
are
long
term
survivors
as
of
october
up
to
years
of
age
months
after
use
of
artificial
bile
ducts
in
babies
a
gallbladder
was
identified
in
of
the
infants
other
specific
factors
for
this
prolonged
survival
pattern
in
these
infants
with
biliary
atresia
have
not
yet
been
identified
although
suggestive
correlations
among
minimal
hepatic
fibrosis
maximal
bile
ductule
proliferations
and
the
presence
of
the
gallbladder
were
noted
it
is
suspected
that
if
any
opportunity
for
long
term
survivals
exists
for
infants
to
overcome
the
tragic
occurrence
of
biliary
atresia
that
the
surgeon
should
avoid
trauma
to
the
hepatic
pedicle
we
may
be
able
to
provide
a
guarded
rather
than
a
pessimistic
prog
nosis
when
the
gallbladder
is
found
in
the
babies
with
biliary
atresia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
741
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
current
concepts
in
the
management
of
congenital
biliary
atresia
the
current
management
of
congenital
biliary
atresia
at
the
university
of
cali
fornia
los
angeles
is
reviewed
biliary
enteric
decompression
was
performed
on
of
the
patients
eight
of
whom
are
presently
alive
these
figures
are
higher
than
the
cure
rate
of
previously
reported
described
recently
five
additional
patients
with
extrahepatic
atresia
underwent
biliary
decompression
by
means
of
a
hepatic
lymphaticojejunostomy
early
diagnosis
of
biliary
atresia
is
im
perative
in
order
that
any
corrective
sur
gery
may
be
performed
before
advanced
biliary
cirrhosis
develops
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
742
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
atresia
of
the
extrahepatic
bile
ducts
because
congenital
atresia
of
the
extra
hepatic
biliary
tract
is
almost
always
fatal
exception
to
this
course
becomes
of
interest
the
remarkable
history
of
one
such
infant
was
reported
in
when
he
had
attained
the
age
of
years
and
after
three
opera
tions
he
was
in
good
health
developing
nor
mally
and
free
of
jaundice
since
he
is
now
years
of
age
has
had
two
more
opera
tions
is
still
free
of
jaundice
and
is
again
in
good
health
his
further
course
since
should
be
of
interest
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
743
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
neuroaxonal
dystrophy
in
congenital
biliary
atresia
neuroaxonal
dystrophy
has
been
described
in
patients
with
congenital
biliary
atresia
the
characteristic
changes
include
axonal
dystrophy
a
mild
loss
of
nerve
cells
and
a
variable
degree
of
astrocytic
reaction
mainly
in
the
gracile
cuneate
and
trigeminal
nerve
nuclei
in
the
medulla
and
rarely
in
other
parts
of
the
central
nervous
system
the
neuroaxonal
dystrophy
in
these
patients
is
remarkably
similar
to
that
in
patients
with
prolonged
mucoviscidosis
and
in
experimental
vitamin
e
deficient
rats
it
is
strongly
suggested
that
the
neuroaxonal
dystrophy
in
these
patients
with
congenital
biliary
atresia
is
a
manifestation
of
prolonged
vitamin
e
deficiency
the
neuroaxonal
dystrophy
in
these
patients
is
also
similar
to
that
seen
in
aging
and
bears
resemblance
to
the
axonal
change
encountered
in
a
group
of
heredo
degenerative
diseases
the
various
forms
of
hallervorden
spatz
disease
the
pathological
similarity
between
these
diverse
conditions
warrants
further
investigation
as
to
the
possible
metabolic
relationship
between
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
744
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
comments
on
the
frequency
of
potentially
operable
cases
in
a
year
period
infants
with
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
were
encountered
twenty
eight
babies
who
were
subjected
to
surgery
and
operative
liver
biopsy
are
discussed
although
an
operable
lesion
was
detected
at
laparotomy
in
only
one
baby
further
potentially
correctable
lesions
were
discovered
in
the
necropsies
performed
review
of
the
literature
revealed
that
few
authors
have
discussed
necropsy
findings
and
that
confirmation
of
the
diagnosis
by
liver
biopsy
has
been
neglected
in
many
cases
including
some
of
those
claimed
as
surgical
cures
it
is
concluded
that
the
frequency
of
potentially
operable
forms
of
biliary
atresia
is
not
really
known
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
745
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
metabolism
and
excretion
of
c
labeled
bilirubin
in
children
with
biliary
atresia
and
judson
g
randolph
radioactive
bilirubin
was
injected
intravenously
into
children
with
biliary
atresia
the
isotope
over
a
period
of
ten
to
fourteen
days
was
recovered
principally
in
the
urine
sixty
per
cent
of
the
label
in
the
urine
was
found
to
be
in
the
form
of
bili
rubin
distribution
of
the
radioisotope
was
observed
to
be
principally
extravascular
but
not
as
in
other
forms
of
jaundice
in
the
same
distribution
as
albumin
daily
turnover
of
bilirubin
was
several
times
greater
than
the
calculated
normal
daily
production
of
bili
rubin
this
was
assumed
to
be
due
to
increased
hemoglobin
breakdown
confirmed
by
survival
studies
of
cr
tagged
red
cells
the
serum
half
life
of
intra
venously
administered
radioactive
bilirubin
may
have
useful
prognostic
value
in
children
with
biliary
atresia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
746
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
central
regulation
of
enzyme
activity
and
synthesis
in
embryonal
and
adult
mammalian
tissues
activity
of
non
specific
hexokinase
hk
in
soluble
fraction
and
particularly
in
mitochondria
of
embryonal
liver
is
much
higher
than
in
the
adult
rabbit
it
decreases
in
the
prenatal
period
gradually
approaching
adulthood
values
postnatally
fig
embryonal
liver
lacks
specific
glucokinase
gk
although
during
the
second
half
of
embryonic
development
there
occurs
incretion
of
insulin
known
to
induce
gk
synthesis
in
the
liver
of
alloxan
diabetic
animals
activity
of
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
g
p
dh
in
soluble
liver
fraction
is
subject
to
quite
similar
changes
during
embryonic
development
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
747
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
ribonuclease
activity
in
hepatic
nuclei
during
development
mammalian
liver
undergoes
marked
qualitative
and
quantitative
changes
during
the
development
from
the
embryonic
to
the
adult
stage
many
of
these
events
are
associated
with
the
derepression
or
repression
of
certain
enzymes
which
may
be
related
to
specialized
subcellular
activity
the
involvement
of
ribonucleic
acid
in
the
transcription
of
the
information
from
the
genome
into
the
construction
of
a
finished
protein
molecule
has
prompted
a
study
of
biosynthesis
of
the
rna
during
differentiation
although
considerable
effort
in
this
regard
has
been
expended
in
amphibian
and
avian
systems
as
well
as
in
the
sea
urchin
a
paucity
of
literature
exists
with
mammalian
liver
accordingly
an
investigation
of
the
alterations
in
rna
metabolism
which
occur
during
the
development
of
the
rat
embryonic
liver
has
been
undertaken
this
report
concerns
the
fluctuations
in
nuclear
ribonuclease
during
hepatic
development
and
some
of
the
properties
of
the
enzyme
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
748
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
electron
microscopic
study
of
developing
gall
bladder
epithelium
in
the
rabbit
the
gall
bladder
epithelium
of
the
adult
rabbit
consists
of
two
types
of
cells
the
first
and
more
common
type
shows
features
associated
with
absorption
notably
microvilli
limited
pinocytosis
some
lysosomes
and
an
elaboration
of
the
lateral
cell
membrane
and
intercellular
spaces
the
mitochondria
are
concentrated
in
a
subapical
band
the
second
and
more
infrequent
type
is
a
dark
rod
shaped
cell
of
unknown
function
but
which
may
be
a
dehydrated
epithelial
cell
foetal
epithelial
cells
lack
the
functional
adult
characteristics
the
mito
chondria
are
uniformly
distributed
in
addition
they
display
basal
granules
and
apical
apocrine
bullae
epithelial
cell
damage
and
white
cell
infiltration
occurs
between
days
after
birth
or
just
after
just
before
birth
some
epithelial
cells
are
very
large
and
pale
with
smooth
outlines
others
are
more
dense
and
display
vigorous
pinocytosis
adult
characteristics
are
acquired
at
or
immediately
after
birth
and
pino
cytosis
subsides
it
is
believed
that
water
resorption
occurs
before
the
functional
changes
which
allow
continuous
passage
of
water
into
the
circulation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
749
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
anomalies
of
the
cystic
duct
and
phineas
rabinovitch
anomalies
of
the
cystic
duct
of
four
differ
ent
types
are
reported
the
characteris
tic
anatomic
appearance
and
embryonic
development
of
each
of
these
anomalies
are
described
and
the
clinical
and
surgical
significance
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
750
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
lesions
of
the
liver
in
hereditary
metabolic
diseases
whether
the
various
cells
of
the
liver
both
parenchymal
and
stromal
receive
genetic
misinformation
in
all
hereditary
diseases
caused
by
gene
mutation
is
unknown
but
the
metabolic
capabilities
of
these
several
cell
types
are
so
diverse
that
it
is
not
surprising
that
their
involvement
in
many
such
diseases
can
be
demonstrated
by
clinical
pathological
or
bio
chemical
methods
repetitive
abnormality
of
the
liver
has
apparently
not
been
defined
for
any
disease
caused
by
quantitative
i
e
chromosomal
gene
anomaly
whether
produced
by
nondisjunction
translocation
or
major
deletion
perhaps
because
relatively
few
such
diseases
have
been
described
as
a
result
the
genetically
determined
disorders
of
the
liver
surveyed
in
this
paper
appear
to
be
the
result
of
conventional
single
gene
abnormalities
and
to
be
transmitted
in
affected
families
by
men
delian
mechanisms
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
751
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acid
catabolic
enzyme
activity
in
relation
to
accessory
limb
and
cancer
initiation
in
amphibia
cathepsin
and
acid
phosphatase
were
determined
in
livers
and
kidneys
of
adult
rana
pipiens
and
triturus
viridescens
organ
specific
and
species
specific
differences
in
distribution
of
these
enzymes
were
found
as
well
as
considerable
differences
in
the
effect
triton
x
on
the
two
enzymes
a
heterogeneous
population
of
lysosomes
in
respect
to
enzyme
content
and
stability
is
deduced
we
have
found
positive
correlations
between
catheptic
activity
of
the
implant
and
host
tissue
dissociation
and
between
acid
phosphatase
and
inducibility
as
features
of
the
phenomenon
of
implant
induced
accessory
limb
formation
in
urodeles
further
we
have
found
a
positive
correlation
between
catheptic
activity
and
resistance
to
virus
induced
renal
adenocar
cinoma
development
in
rana
pipiens
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
752
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
neonatology
considerable
progress
has
been
made
in
the
knowledge
of
bilirubin
metabolism
since
the
char
acterization
of
direct
conjugated
bilirubin
as
an
ester
glucuronide
the
metabolic
pathway
involved
in
this
hepatic
conjugation
is
now
well
established
and
has
been
the
subject
of
excellent
reviews
by
sherlock
and
billing
sherlock's
diagrammatic
representations
of
biliru
bin
metabolism
fig
and
of
the
possible
mecha
nisms
of
jaundice
fig
are
reproduced
here
because
they
furnish
a
clear
picture
to
serve
as
a
reference
point
for
the
discussion
to
follow
it
is
interesting
to
re
examine
current
concepts
of
the
etiology
of
physiologic
jaundice
with
this
dia
gram
in
mind
jaundice
may
occur
for
a
number
of
reasons
described
below
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
753
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
red
cell
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
deficiency
a
newly
recognized
cause
of
neonatal
jaundice
and
kernicterus
in
canada
seven
male
newborns
of
chinese
greek
and
italian
origin
presented
with
severe
hemo
lytic
jaundice
due
to
red
cell
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
g
pd
defi
ciency
in
five
the
hemolysis
was
precipi
tated
by
inhalation
of
mothball
vapours
in
the
home
kernicterus
was
evident
upon
admission
in
six
infants
and
was
fatal
in
four
of
these
g
pd
deficiency
should
be
suspected
as
a
cause
of
jaundice
in
all
full
term
male
infants
of
these
ethnic
groups
the
diag
nosis
can
be
confirmed
in
any
hospital
by
the
methemoglobin
reduction
test
in
areas
similar
to
toronto
canada
where
these
high
risk
ethnic
groups
prevail
the
follow
ing
measures
are
recommended
detec
tion
of
g
pd
deficient
newborns
by
screening
cord
bloods
of
all
infants
of
these
ethnic
groups
protection
of
affected
infants
from
potentially
hemolytic
agents
such
as
naphthalene
certain
vitamin
k
preparations
and
sulfonamides
and
ob
servation
of
serum
bilirubin
levels
to
assess
the
need
for
exchange
transfusion
for
hyper
bilirubinemia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
754
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
trisomy
syndrome
with
congenital
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
and
congenital
amputation
of
the
left
foot
the
phenotypic
characteristics
of
the
trisomy
syndrome
have
been
well
described
among
the
most
recently
docu
mented
cases
of
this
syndrome
are
those
with
findings
of
agenesis
or
aplasia
of
various
bones
of
the
forearm
and
hand
in
addition
to
the
more
classical
symptoms
we
have
recently
studied
a
case
of
trisomy
syndrome
with
congenital
absence
of
the
left
foot
and
congenital
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
755
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
differentiation
of
explanted
fragments
of
early
chick
blastoderm
ii
culture
on
protein
deficient
medium
enriched
with
rna
posterior
fragments
of
head
process
blastoderms
were
cultured
in
vitro
for
two
days
on
a
protein
deficient
medium
sup
plemented
with
various
rna's
after
which
they
were
grafted
over
the
chorio
allantoic
membrane
for
eight
to
nine
days
pancreatic
adult
rna
enhanced
the
development
of
the
entodermal
epi
thelium
heart
adult
rna
caused
hyper
plasia
of
the
epidermis
with
in
some
cases
keratinized
papillary
projections
brain
embryonic
rna
produced
a
papillomatous
epidermis
with
giant
epi
dermal
cysts
that
were
keratinized
and
fibrillar
as
in
feather
formation
liver
embryonic
rna
had
no
vis
ible
tissue
modifications
in
the
controls
there
was
no
keratini
zation
nor
papillary
formation
of
the
epi
dermis
the
epidermal
cysts
were
very
small
unkeratinized
and
devoid
of
fibrillar
organization
the
results
are
discussed
in
terms
of
relationships
of
proteins
from
brain
mus
cle
and
skin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
756
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
inhibition
of
cell
aggregation
by
a
pure
serum
protein
the
aggregation
of
embryonic
chick
and
quail
limb
bud
heart
and
liver
cells
in
a
shaker
system
has
been
investigated
in
order
to
elucidate
the
mechanism
of
cell
adhesion
a
new
method
of
assessing
aggregation
is
described
and
evaluated
this
method
involved
measurements
of
aggregation
kinetics
it
was
found
that
the
measured
kinetics
agree
closely
with
flocculation
kinetics
which
provides
a
direct
quantitative
measurement
of
adhesiveness
in
terms
of
the
probability
of
an
adhesion
forming
on
contact
between
two
cells
using
this
technique
it
was
confirmed
that
aggregation
is
inhibited
at
c
in
the
presence
of
serum
but
not
in
its
absence
the
kinetics
of
aggregation
in
the
presence
of
serum
at
c
the
lack
of
inhibition
of
aggregation
at
c
by
serum
which
has
been
'conditioned'
by
the
presence
of
cells
and
the
similar
lack
of
inhibitory
power
of
serum
which
has
been
pre
treated
with
antiserum
antibodies
all
suggest
that
serum
contains
a
factor
which
inhibits
aggregation
until
destroyed
by
cellular
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
757
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
les
icteres
du
nouveau
ne
en
dehors
de
l'incompatibilite
foeto
maternelle
statistical
data
pulled
off
a
study
of
haemolytic
neonatal
icteri
not
linked
to
a
foeto
maternal
incompatibility
and
of
non
haemo
lytic
neonatal
icteri
among
this
latter
the
two
most
important
groups
are
the
malformative
icteri
cases
and
the
neonatal
hepatitis
cases
the
difficulties
of
the
diagnosis
frequently
rencountered
between
these
two
groups
clearly
appear
in
the
comparative
statistical
analysis
of
the
clinical
histological
and
evolutive
data
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
758
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
immunological
development
of
the
human
fetus
the
normal
human
fetus
is
said
not
to
be
engaged
in
the
formation
of
immuno
globulins
the
immunoglobulins
present
in
the
serum
of
the
fetus
and
the
newborn
are
considered
to
be
of
maternal
origin
in
favor
of
this
opinion
is
the
observation
that
directly
after
birth
the
serum
of
the
newborn
contains
an
appreciable
amount
of
igg
with
gm
groups
identical
with
those
of
the
mother
the
level
of
the
igg
of
the
neonate
decreases
gradually
during
the
first
months
which
is
generally
explained
by
the
catabolism
of
the
maternal
igg
whereas
the
formation
by
the
newborn
infant
is
still
inadequate
to
maintain
the
original
level
the
best
evidence
for
the
transplacental
passage
is
the
almost
complete
absence
of
igg
in
the
serum
of
newborn
infants
from
mothers
with
agammaglobulinemia
the
transfer
of
the
immunoglobulins
appears
to
be
a
selective
process
while
igg
is
readily
transferred
there
is
little
if
any
transfer
of
iga
and
igm
as
has
been
shown
by
ultracentrifugation
and
immunoelectrophoretic
studies
of
the
serum
and
the
analysis
of
maternally
transferred
antibodies
with
more
sensitive
techniques
such
as
the
double
diffusion
test
in
agar
or
quantitative
immunochemical
techniques
however
minute
amounts
of
both
igm
and
iga
have
been
detected
in
fetal
blood
as
well
as
in
cord
blood
from
mature
and
immature
neonates
since
large
molecules
do
not
pass
the
placenta
this
may
indicate
that
the
trace
amounts
of
igm
originate
in
the
fetus
itself
but
transplacental
passage
has
not
been
completely
excluded
the
absence
of
immunoglobulin
formation
has
been
associated
with
the
absence
of
plasma
cells
in
the
lymphoid
tissues
and
bone
marrow
of
the
normal
human
fetus
and
the
newborn
it
has
been
reported
that
these
cells
do
not
appear
until
a
few
weeks
after
birth
however
in
pathological
conditions
such
as
congenital
syphilis
and
toxoplasmosis
the
human
fetus
has
been
found
to
respond
to
the
antigenic
stimulus
with
intrauterine
formation
of
plasma
cells
after
about
the
sixth
month
of
gestation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
759
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
galactosemie
congenitale
this
observation
of
a
case
of
congenital
galactosemia
with
a
particular
familial
incidence
gives
the
opportunity
of
a
brief
review
on
the
subject
of
a
certain
point
of
view
we
must
consider
that
galac
tosemia
is
much
more
frequent
than
we
suppose
that
there
are
many
severe
cases
with
a
reserved
prognosis
that
even
with
very
slight
degree
of
galactosemia
the
disease
must
receive
the
most
careful
attention
from
the
pediatrician
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
760
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
postnatal
changes
in
the
portal
circulation
during
foetal
development
a
large
portion
of
the
oxygenated
umbilical
blood
flows
through
the
umbilical
recess
directly
into
both
main
portal
branches
accordingly
these
are
exposed
to
the
umbilical
blood
pressure
and
have
a
wide
by
contrast
the
trunk
of
the
portal
vein
is
narrow
and
there
is
probably
only
a
small
blood
flow
through
it
from
the
inactive
digestive
tract
though
the
pressure
in
it
is
approximately
the
same
as
in
the
umbilical
vein
or
perhaps
somewhat
higher
immediately
after
birth
the
liver
is
deprived
of
the
substantial
umbilical
blood
flow
the
portal
venous
pressure
falls
to
about
one
quarter
of
the
umbilical
venous
pressure
at
birth
however
the
pressure
gradient
between
the
portal
veins
and
inferior
vena
cava
remains
constant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
761
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pattern
of
serum
transaminase
activity
in
neonatal
jaundice
due
to
cytomegalic
inclusion
disease
and
toxoplasmosis
with
hepatic
involvement
the
pattern
of
serum
transaminase
ac
tivity
that
evolved
in
a
newborn
infant
with
congenital
toxoplasmosis
and
in
another
new
born
infant
with
congenital
cytomegalic
in
clusion
disease
is
described
this
enzymatic
pattern
was
unlike
that
found
in
infants
with
any
other
cause
of
neonatal
jaundice
studied
to
date
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
762
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
impaired
development
of
rat
liver
enzyme
activities
at
birth
after
irradiation
in
utero
development
of
activity
of
three
liver
enzymes
at
birth
was
studied
in
rats
re
ceiving
rads
of
x
rays
on
day
of
gestation
at
days
of
gestation
activities
of
lactic
and
glycerophosphate
dehydrogenases
and
glucose
phosphatase
were
not
altered
the
subsequent
increases
in
enzyme
activities
in
the
days
between
days
of
gestation
and
day
of
age
were
only
to
of
those
observed
in
controls
this
finding
suggests
that
irradiation
in
utero
may
alter
later
development
of
enzyme
activity
in
the
perinatal
period
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
763
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cytological
and
cytochemical
study
of
hepatic
cells
in
the
human
embryo
changes
in
golgi
apparatus
and
mitochondria
as
well
as
in
the
contents
of
nucleic
acids
proteins
polysaccharides
lipids
and
iron
in
the
hepatic
cells
of
developing
human
embryo
were
studied
the
data
obtained
in
human
embryos
and
adults
were
compared
it
was
found
that
during
the
developmental
process
some
changes
in
localisations
of
golgi
apparatus
and
iron
salts
were
taking
place
the
contents
of
rna
and
polysaccharides
in
the
cytoplasm
increased
mitochondria
in
the
form
of
granules
were
revealed
throughout
the
embryonic
period
and
in
adults
no
essential
alterations
in
the
contents
of
dna
proteins
and
lipids
were
noted
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
764
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
risk
of
severe
jaundice
in
glucose
phosphate
dehydrogenase
deficiency
of
the
newborn
the
incidence
of
g
p
d
deficiency
and
neonatal
jaundice
in
all
male
infants
born
in
one
year
in
an
area
of
the
island
of
lesbos
was
studied
of
infants
tested
were
found
to
be
g
p
d
deficient
hyperbilirubinaemia
of
mg
per
ml
or
over
was
observed
in
of
g
p
d
deficient
newborn
males
and
in
of
those
with
normal
enzyme
activity
in
more
than
half
of
them
in
the
absence
of
incompatibility
or
prematurity
this
is
the
first
time
that
such
a
high
incidence
of
severe
neonatal
jaundice
has
been
reported
in
both
a
g
p
d
deficient
and
a
g
p
d
normal
group
it
is
postulated
that
in
the
population
of
lesbos
a
second
factor
increases
the
incidence
of
neonatal
jaundice
especially
when
this
factor
is
combined
with
g
p
d
deficiency
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
765
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
b
glucuronidase
acti
vity
in
bile
and
liver
of
devel
oping
chick
embryos
and
chicks
in
search
for
the
reason
of
the
occur
rence
of
unconjugated
bilirubin
and
biliverdin
in
chick
embryo
and
in
chick
bile
the
possibility
of
a
b
glucuronidase
function
must
be
taken
into
serious
con
sideration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
766
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
jaundice
in
infancy
most
causes
of
jaundice
in
infancy
are
discussed
the
empha
sis
has
been
on
those
syndromes
solely
or
usually
encountered
in
the
neonate
and
infant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
767
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
absence
of
the
cystic
duct
a
case
of
congenital
absence
of
the
cystic
duct
is
described
the
th
reported
case
in
the
literature
the
embryogenetic
basis
of
anomalies
of
the
extrahepatic
biliary
tree
is
discussed
methods
of
early
operative
recognition
and
surgical
management
of
the
anomaly
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
768
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
familial
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
a
fifth
family
with
familial
congenital
extrahepatic
biliary
is
described
clinically
and
pathologically
familial
and
nonfamilial
biliary
atresia
are
similar
except
for
a
predominance
of
males
in
the
familial
condition
the
sex
incidence
and
association
of
other
congenital
anomalies
is
discussed
in
relation
to
a
possible
etiology
further
in
formation
must
be
correlated
and
new
facts
uncovered
before
the
nature
of
this
syn
drome
will
be
known
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
769
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
linfangiografia
no
estudo
da
filariase
linfatica
in
the
first
part
of
the
present
paper
a
study
is
presented
of
the
lymphangiogram
of
the
normal
african
the
author
has
noticed
that
it
is
coincident
with
the
one
of
the
white
indi
vidual
the
second
part
includes
the
lymphangiographic
examina
tion
and
the
observation
of
lymph
circulation
via
risa
during
the
several
stages
of
lymphatic
filariasis
even
during
the
asymptomatic
stage
lymphangiography
shows
ganglial
hypertrophy
with
a
slight
fibrosis
and
occa
sional
discreet
alterations
of
the
lymphatic
trunks
in
the
symptomatic
stage
the
lymphangiographic
aspects
vary
according
to
the
disease's
different
stages
and
there
is
not
always
a
relationship
between
the
duration
period
of
the
symptoms
and
the
changes
observed
in
lymphangites
there
are
frequent
alterations
of
the
lymphatic
trunks
i
e
increase
in
caliber
extensive
and
seg
mentary
dilatations
numerical
decrease
with
visualization
of
anastomoses
and
higher
permeability
circulatory
trouble
evi
dences
itself
not
only
by
a
decrease
in
the
rate
of
the
lymph
flow
but
also
by
a
very
marked
ganglial
retention
in
adenites
in
spite
of
the
marked
ganglial
hypertrophy
due
to
intense
sclerosis
there
may
be
no
considerable
altera
tions
in
the
lymphatics
but
risa
already
shows
clear
circula
tion
troubles
leading
to
lymphatic
stasis
in
adenolymphoceles
the
obstruction
at
the
primitive
iliac
level
causes
the
lymph
flow
to
deviate
through
the
pre
sacral
anastomoses
and
reflux
to
the
inguinal
glands
thus
causing
their
dilatation
and
the
formation
of
varicosities
in
the
affe
rent
lymphatics
in
lymphedemas
our
lymphangiographic
results
together
with
risa's
allow
us
to
assume
that
the
pathogeny
is
chiefly
influenced
by
three
factors
lymphatic
obstruction
due
to
lym
phangitis
insufficiency
of
the
collateral
ducts
and
ganglial
sclerosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
770
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
adjuvant
chemotherapy
in
cancer
of
the
large
bowel
the
completeness
of
reporting
the
avail
ability
of
continuous
statistical
analysis
to
warn
of
adverse
effects
and
the
accumulation
of
cases
a
year
have
demonstrated
that
this
cooperative
study
group
can
provide
a
rela
tively
quick
assessment
of
a
new
approach
to
treatment
of
cancer
of
the
large
bowel
it
is
hoped
that
a
study
begun
in
january
on
the
use
of
fluorodeoxyuridine
as
an
adjuvant
to
adequate
excisional
surgery
may
demon
strate
that
with
a
drug
known
to
produce
objective
remissions
in
per
cent
of
a
group
of
unresectable
cases
of
colon
carcinoma
the
five
year
survival
rate
in
curative
resections
may
be
improved
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
771
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cancer
chemotherapy
by
prolonged
arterial
infusion
our
current
experience
is
reported
with
patients
treated
by
prolonged
arterial
infusion
chemotherapy
the
patients
pre
sented
a
variety
of
far
advanced
cancers
un
suitable
for
conventional
surgical
or
roent
gen
therapy
antimetabolite
solution
either
methotrexate
or
a
fluorinated
pyrimidine
was
injected
continuously
through
a
small
plastic
catheter
into
the
unobstructed
artery
to
provide
a
high
regional
drug
concentration
for
days
to
weeks
the
patients
have
received
drug
infusion
for
up
to
days
their
course
has
been
followed
for
up
to
months
after
treatment
methotrexate
with
antidote
therapy
by
systemic
administration
of
citrovorum
fac
tor
was
used
preferentially
in
most
patients
a
fluorinated
pyrimidine
most
commonly
fluoro
'
deoxyuridine
was
preferred
for
hepatic
artery
infusion
of
liver
metastases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
772
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
montgomery
tube
to
palliate
hypopharyngeal
cancer
three
cases
of
advanced
incurable
cancer
of
the
hypopharynx
have
been
presented
in
each
instance
the
simple
procedure
of
insert
ing
an
available
prothesis
served
as
an
effective
palliation
for
an
otherwise
difficult
or
hopeless
situation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
773
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
adjuvant
cancer
chemotherapy
development
of
a
dosage
schedule
for
adjuvant
cancer
chemotherapy
in
surgical
cases
an
account
is
given
of
the
development
of
a
dosage
schedule
for
adjuvant
can
cer
chemotherapy
for
surgical
patients
this
treatment
was
administered
for
two
purposes
as
an
adjuvant
to
radical
surgery
to
reduce
the
risk
of
blood
borne
metastases
as
a
palliative
measure
for
non
ra
dically
operated
and
inoperable
pa
tients
for
these
purposes
dosage
levels
were
fixed
a
maximum
tolerated
dose
for
ad
juvant
therapy
a
maximum
tolerated
dose
for
pa
renteral
palliative
therapy
a
maximum
tolerated
dose
for
oral
palliative
therapy
for
this
treatment
the
authors
used
antimitotics
sp
i
and
sp
g
both
of
which
are
podophyllin
derivatives
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
774
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
surgical
palliation
for
lung
cancer
the
results
of
resecting
incurable
lung
cancer
in
an
effort
to
improve
the
terminal
course
of
a
small
number
of
patients
are
briefly
presented
this
is
not
a
comparative
study
and
no
in
ferences
or
conclusions
are
justified
regarding
the
choice
of
this
form
of
therapy
as
palliation
in
preference
to
other
forms
of
palliative
ther
apy
however
we
do
believe
that
the
terminal
course
of
the
patient
with
lung
cancer
is
bene
ficially
effected
by
removal
of
the
primary
tumor
whenever
this
is
technically
feasible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
775
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
management
of
advanced
endometrial
adenocarcinoma
with
medroxyprogesterone
acetate
a
basis
for
progestin
therapy
for
patients
with
advanced
endometrial
adenocarcinoma
is
presented
the
criteria
for
selection
of
patients
for
hormone
therapy
and
the
sched
ule
of
administration
of
medroxyprogester
one
provera
is
discussed
evaluation
of
patients
for
objective
changes
only
i
e
by
visual
palpable
histologic
or
roentgeno
logic
means
revealed
complete
or
partial
remission
with
significant
palliation
in
of
patients
per
cent
response
to
me
droxyprogesterone
therapy
is
apparently
re
lated
to
degree
of
differentiation
of
the
pri
mary
neoplasm
the
well
differentiated
le
sions
being
more
responsive
documentation
of
tumor
effect
by
serial
biopsies
during
treatment
provides
an
index
to
the
histologic
changes
this
progestin
produces
in
suscep
tible
cases
the
effects
of
therapy
upon
serial
urinary
hormone
excretion
rates
is
documented
in
several
patients
on
the
basis
of
our
experience
the
treat
ment
of
patients
with
advanced
endometrial
adenocarcinoma
with
the
potent
progestin
medroxyprogesterone
seems
justified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
776
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chemotherapy
of
breast
cancer
the
majority
of
cancer
patients
who
are
referred
for
chemotherapy
are
in
far
advanced
stages
of
the
disease
the
difficulty
in
deliver
ing
an
effective
dose
of
an
oncolytic
agent
to
the
involved
areas
may
limit
the
results
of
treatment
unless
the
patient's
tumor
is
an
un
usually
responsive
one
the
variability
in
re
sponse
between
apparently
similar
cases
of
cancer
of
the
same
cell
type
has
become
in
creasingly
evident
and
is
as
puzzling
as
the
fact
that
per
cent
of
patients
with
breast
cancer
will
live
years
with
no
treatment
the
decisions
as
to
the
choice
between
chemother
apy
and
hormone
therapy
as
well
as
to
the
choice
of
the
chemotherapeutic
agent
to
be
employed
may
be
difficult
as
experience
increases
the
usefulness
of
chemotherapy
in
the
treatment
of
cancer
is
becoming
increasingly
apparent
it
also
has
be
come
apparent
that
chemotherapy
cannot
be
regarded
as
a
curative
procedure
in
advanced
cancer
even
though
an
occasional
patient
ap
pears
to
have
been
cured
however
the
value
of
the
oncolytic
agents
in
prolonging
useful
survival
time
ameliorating
many
of
the
dis
tressing
symptoms
associated
with
cancer
and
providing
the
physician
with
an
extra
tool
for
a
positive
program
in
the
care
of
the
cancer
patient
is
now
established
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
777
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clinical
experience
with
palliation
of
metastatic
adenocarcinoma
with
fluorouracil
chemotherapy
chemotherapy
of
solid
tumors
is
becoming
a
more
and
more
helpful
therapeutic
tool
it
is
probable
that
within
a
few
years
chemother
apy
will
become
firmly
established
as
an
ad
junct
to
the
primary
treatment
of
solid
tumors
perhaps
someday
a
cancerocidal
chemical
will
be
devised
that
can
actually
act
as
antibiotics
do
on
bacteria
for
this
reason
it
is
important
for
all
surgeons
interested
in
the
treatment
of
cancer
to
try
to
keep
abreast
of
the
recent
ad
vances
in
the
field
of
chemotherapy
surgeons
should
also
begin
to
use
some
of
the
technics
for
palliation
of
incurable
patients
so
that
when
these
drugs
are
added
to
the
armamentarium
of
primary
treatment
of
cancer
they
will
be
familiar
with
the
various
technics
and
the
mode
of
actions
of
the
drugs
fluorouracil
fu
has
had
extensive
clin
ical
use
and
has
produced
significant
palliation
in
breast
and
colon
cancers
with
about
a
third
of
these
patients
receiving
palliation
for
five
to
six
months
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
778
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pelvic
perfusion
and
carcinoma
of
the
rectum
a
method
of
regional
chemotherapy
through
isolation
of
the
pelvis
has
been
presented
all
of
the
subjects
were
near
the
terminal
stage
at
the
time
of
perfusion
the
survival
time
and
degree
of
palliation
have
been
en
couraging
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
779
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
carcinoma
of
the
esophagus
a
survey
of
fifty
seven
patients
with
cancer
of
the
esophagus
occurring
over
a
twenty
year
period
is
presented
the
presenting
complaints
of
the
disease
methods
of
diagnosis
and
char
acteristics
of
the
disease
are
discussed
three
equal
treatment
groups
consisting
of
no
treat
ment
x
ray
treatment
and
surgical
resection
were
compared
and
the
results
were
extremely
poor
only
one
patient
in
all
three
groups
sur
vived
longer
than
two
years
it
was
our
con
clusion
supported
by
the
opinion
of
others
that
x
ray
therapy
gave
the
best
palliation
in
most
cases
and
that
surgical
resection
for
cure
should
be
used
in
only
the
most
suitable
pa
tients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
780
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
carcinoma
of
bladder
cobalt
therapy
from
to
patients
have
received
radiotherapy
for
carcinoma
of
the
bladder
radi
cal
therapy
with
cobalt
has
been
done
in
of
these
cases
these
patients
received
tumor
doses
in
excess
of
rad
in
weeks
of
pa
tients
followed
for
years
after
radical
treatment
are
alive
sixteen
out
of
patients
with
stage
b
c
or
d
tumors
are
alive
while
pa
tients
survived
out
of
with
tumors
of
grades
and
broders'
four
of
the
survivors
had
cystectomy
performed
and
none
showed
residual
disease
in
the
bladder
or
lymph
nodes
the
com
plications
of
radiotherapy
presented
were
not
considered
to
be
excessive
we
believe
that
radiotherapy
should
be
the
initial
treatment
for
patients
with
infiltrative
carcinoma
of
the
bladder
the
survivals
pre
sented
at
years
are
better
than
those
quoted
for
radical
cystectomy
whitmore
and
marshall
and
useful
bladder
function
is
preserved
for
the
majority
of
survivors
we
reserve
cystectomy
for
specific
indications
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
781
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
polyposis
of
colon
as
seen
in
private
practice
familial
polyposis
of
the
colon
may
present
itself
in
a
variety
of
clinical
en
tities
from
the
cases
discussed
in
this
paper
the
following
forms
may
be
enu
merated
an
asymptomatic
phase
with
dis
crete
polyposis
a
mildly
asymptomatic
stage
with
diffuse
polyposis
a
premalignant
phase
with
car
cinomas
in
situ
grossly
malignant
phase
char
acterized
by
anemia
and
carcinomatosis
possibly
of
multicentric
origin
to
secure
a
complete
cure
it
is
im
perative
that
the
clinician
discover
and
the
surgeon
treat
the
disease
in
its
pre
malignant
state
worthwhile
palliative
results
may
be
obtained
by
surgery
in
incurable
cases
by
extensive
resection
of
the
primary
lesions
and
subsequent
resection
of
any
recurrences
or
metastasis
whether
local
or
distant
by
second
and
third
looks
is
necessary
special
emphasis
should
be
paid
to
the
emotional
problems
of
the
patients
an
encouraging
sympathetic
attitude
on
the
part
of
the
surgeon
is
essential
and
rewarding
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
782
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
systemic
chemotherapy
for
cns
metastases
of
solid
tumors
of
the
cases
studied
remissions
were
ob
tained
in
eight
this
remission
rate
is
not
significant
because
of
the
number
of
variables
present
however
we
believe
that
chemother
apy
for
this
type
of
patient
is
indicated
as
sup
ported
by
the
reported
data
the
results
suggest
that
the
blood
supply
to
solid
tumors
is
different
from
that
of
tumors
associated
with
hematopoi
etic
disorders
the
latter
respond
very
poorly
if
at
all
to
systemic
therapy
although
we
were
not
able
to
measure
the
central
nervous
system
cns
lesions
exactly
the
regression
of
the
cns
symptomatology
was
significant
in
pa
tients
who
had
other
demonstrable
metastatic
disease
those
lesions
also
regressed
with
this
evidence
we
feel
that
patients
with
metastatic
cns
lesions
even
when
these
have
recently
resulted
in
paralysis
or
seizures
should
be
con
sidered
for
systemic
chemotherapy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
783
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
combined
fluorouracil
and
supervoltage
radiation
therapy
in
the
palliative
manage
ment
of
advanced
gastrointestinal
cancer
a
pilot
study
malcolm
y
colby
margaret
a
holbrook
fluorouracil
in
combination
with
supervoltage
radiation
therapy
was
employed
in
the
palliative
treatment
of
pa
tients
with
advanced
gastrointestinal
carcinoma
a
total
dose
of
from
to
mg
per
kilogram
of
body
weight
of
fluorouracil
given
by
rapid
intravenous
injection
at
the
onset
of
radiation
therapy
was
found
to
be
relatively
safe
and
tolerable
larger
doses
were
associated
with
excessive
toxicity
and
mortality
a
sufficient
number
of
patients
achieved
objective
and
subjective
palliation
to
justify
controlled
study
of
the
possible
additive
or
synergistic
role
that
fluorouracil
may
have
when
combined
with
radiation
therapy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
784
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
palliation
by
radiotherapy
the
purpose
of
radiotherapy
in
the
management
of
cancer
of
the
lung
is
first
to
cure
the
disease
second
to
prolong
useful
and
comfortable
exist
ence
and
third
to
provide
comfort
and
relief
of
suffering
to
those
who
are
symptomatic
and
in
curable
cancers
of
the
lung
vary
quite
widely
in
their
response
to
radiation
those
of
glandular
origin
the
adenocarcinoma
are
more
often
than
not
of
modest
susceptibility
and
sometimes
quite
resis
tant
the
very
undifferentiated
the
so
called
oat
cell
cancers
are
often
of
exquisite
sensitivity
re
sponding
to
irradiation
almost
like
lymphomas
most
cancer
of
the
lung
however
is
squamous
cell
carcinoma
and
as
such
may
be
considered
to
be
moderately
radiosensitive
in
much
the
same
order
of
magnitude
as
squamous
cell
carcinoma
of
the
skin
cervix
or
larynx
and
should
in
theory
be
curable
by
this
means
in
the
same
degree
unfor
tunately
this
has
to
date
not
been
found
to
be
true
the
reasons
are
principally
two
first
and
foremost
by
the
time
a
diagnosis
is
made
cancer
of
the
lung
has
more
often
than
not
estimated
at
and
more
spread
beyond
the
site
of
origin
thus
making
cure
by
any
effective
means
presently
available
unlikely
second
the
substrate
in
which
the
cancer
grows
the
lung
tolerates
radiation
less
well
than
do
the
tissues
which
surround
the
highly
radiocurable
epithelial
cancers
such
as
carcinoma
of
the
skin
cervix
and
larynx
thus
making
an
un
favorable
therapeutic
ratio
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
785
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chlorambucil
prednisolone
therapy
for
disseminated
breast
carcinoma
over
a
year
period
patients
with
disseminated
breast
cancer
were
treated
with
combined
alkylating
agent
cortico
steroid
therapy
chlorambucil
and
pred
nisolone
were
the
drugs
of
choice
these
agents
administered
orally
produced
no
serious
or
disagreeable
toxic
effects
twen
ty
four
patients
had
objective
regression
of
six
months'
duration
or
long
er
average
survival
time
after
therapy
was
months
results
are
statistically
similar
to
those
obtained
with
sex
steroid
and
endocrine
ablation
therapy
presum
ably
because
the
three
modalities
have
a
similar
mechanism
of
action
ie
suppres
sion
and
or
eradication
of
endogenous
estrogen
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
786
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
recent
advances
in
the
treatment
of
cancer
of
the
esophagus
whether
combining
surgery
and
supervoltage
radiation
therapy
will
noticeably
improve
the
year
survival
rate
for
carcinoma
of
the
esopha
gus
remains
to
be
seen
it
is
encouraging
however
to
observe
at
the
time
of
operation
that
the
previously
irradiated
esophagus
is
firmly
encased
in
fibrous
tissue
which
gives
the
impression
that
the
danger
of
disseminating
tumor
at
the
time
of
resection
is
diminished
in
addition
the
fibrosis
sug
gests
that
the
tumor
that
had
spread
locally
beyond
the
limits
of
surgical
excision
may
have
been
destroyed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
787
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cyclophosphamide
in
the
management
of
advanced
bronchial
carcinoma
forty
patients
suffering
from
advanced
bronchial
carcinoma
who
were
treated
with
cyclophospha
mide
are
reviewed
the
selective
effect
of
the
drug
in
tumours
of
the
oat
cell
type
is
noted
it
is
suggested
that
relapses
which
occur
while
the
patient
is
on
oral
maintenance
therapy
may
be
controlled
by
a
further
intravenous
course
of
cyclophosphamide
full
clinical
and
statistical
details
of
all
the
patients
referred
to
in
this
paper
are
available
on
application
to
the
author
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
788
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
esophageal
obstruction
the
use
of
an
endoscopically
inserted
tube
in
the
care
of
esophageal
carcinoma
our
experience
suggests
that
the
en
doscopic
insertion
of
intraluminal
tubes
provides
a
relatively
simple
and
reason
ably
safe
method
of
dealing
with
some
of
the
problems
which
arise
in
the
man
agement
of
patients
with
esophageal
car
cinoma
such
tubes
would
appear
to
be
of
particular
use
in
handling
the
prob
lems
of
obstruction
and
regurgitation
in
patients
with
incurable
tumors
but
may
also
be
helpful
in
preparing
severely
debilitated
patients
with
esophageal
car
cinoma
to
withstand
the
rigors
of
opera
tion
and
radiation
therapy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
789
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
palliative
radiation
therapy
the
care
of
the
patient
with
incurable
cancer
may
be
directed
by
physicians
of
various
backgrounds
and
per
suasions
if
this
physician
has
little
experience
in
such
care
he
is
prone
to
be
influenced
by
still
prevalent
atti
tudes
of
therapeutic
futility
or
by
equally
unjustified
premature
claims
for
widely
publicized
methods
recent
on
the
scene
surgery
and
radiation
therapy
remain
the
dominant
treatment
forces
for
the
patient
with
cancer
it
is
unfortunate
that
lack
of
demonstration
of
good
radiation
therapy
has
led
to
unjustified
condemnation
of
the
method
rather
than
the
user
with
resultant
loss
to
the
patient's
welfare
to
obtain
maximal
benefit
radiation
therapy
must
be
allowed
indications
and
contraindications
like
any
therapeutic
modality
these
must
be
the
responsibility
of
the
therapeutic
radiologist
application
of
realistically
stringent
indications
and
contraindications
does
not
lessen
useful
accomplishment
but
avoids
unnecessary
morbidity
waste
of
time
money
and
effort
and
delay
in
seeking
suitable
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
790
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
carcinoma
of
the
middle
ear
the
results
of
radiotherapy
in
a
relatively
large
number
of
cases
of
carcinoma
of
the
middle
ear
are
reported
the
crude
year
survival
rate
of
cases
is
there
is
no
difference
in
survival
between
those
cases
who
had
a
preliminary
mastoidectomy
and
those
who
did
not
the
use
of
megavoltage
x
rays
probably
increases
the
survival
rate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
791
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
sustained
palliation
in
ovarian
carcinoma
management
of
cases
of
advanced
ovarian
carcinoma
has
been
analyzed
an
attempt
is
made
to
compare
the
value
of
radiation
and
the
value
of
chloram
bucil
using
salvage
time
and
sustained
pal
liation
as
end
points
chlorambucil
an
outpatient
oral
medi
cation
appears
to
be
as
efficacious
as
ra
diation
in
advanced
ovarian
carcinoma
chlorambucil
may
be
used
before
or
after
irradiation
therapy
pleural
and
peritoneal
effusion
respond
favorably
to
chlorambucil
of
the
time
the
possibility
of
using
a
different
dosage
schedule
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
792
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clues
in
dealing
with
cancer
patients
it
is
clear
that
the
patient
with
cancer
changed
his
pattern
of
communication
at
different
stages
of
the
disease
these
patterns
in
communication
were
the
basis
or
clues
for
the
doctor
and
paramedical
personnel
to
consider
in
making
total
care
more
effective
the
bedside
clinician
of
past
days
knew
these
clues
instinctively
in
his
wise
ministrations
thanks
to
a
gifted
social
worker
these
have
been
now
made
manifest
to
help
all
of
us
in
dealing
with
cancer
and
perhaps
other
chronic
relentless
diseases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
793
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radon
and
radioactive
seed
volume
implants
for
extensive
recurrent
vaginal
pelvic
cancer
radioactive
seed
volume
implants
for
extensive
recurrent
vaginal
pelvic
cancer
result
in
extended
control
of
otherwise
untreatable
disease
immediate
and
early
reactions
are
practically
nonexistent
late
complications
are
also
rare
the
most
serious
being
severe
hemorrhagic
cystitis
in
of
the
author's
patients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
794
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
terminal
cancer
nursed
at
home
perhaps
the
most
difficult
part
of
mrs
brown's
illness
was
that
she
herself
knew
all
about
it
she
had
been
a
nurse
for
most
of
her
working
life
and
was
only
too
aware
of
the
deteriorating
process
of
carcinoma
there
were
times
of
course
when
she
would
try
to
deceive
herself
say
ing
that
there
was
always
hope
that
something
new
in
the
way
of
treatment
would
turn
up
and
life
would
then
be
worth
living
again
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
795
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
advanced
cancer
of
the
breast
treated
primarily
with
irradiation
the
five
year
results
in
patients
treated
primarily
with
irradiation
for
cancer
of
the
breast
mostly
in
the
late
stages
have
been
analyzed
in
all
cases
the
initial
intent
was
to
control
with
x
radiation
alone
the
primary
tumor
involving
the
breast
and
its
entire
lymphatic
drainage
irradiation
remained
essentially
the
sole
method
of
treatment
in
cases
postirradiation
mastectomy
was
performed
in
the
other
patients
who
initially
had
been
considered
inoperable
the
plan
of
treatment
has
consisted
of
a
single
continuous
course
of
radiation
ther
apy
protracted
over
a
period
of
seventy
five
to
one
hundred
days
and
administered
in
closely
integrated
phases
tissue
doses
superficial
and
deep
must
be
brought
to
the
highest
levels
required
for
maximum
biological
effects
within
the
tolerance
of
the
structures
involved
the
immediate
effects
of
irradiation
alone
have
been
remarkable
the
re
gression
of
neoplastic
manifestations
in
the
breast
and
palpable
nodes
the
degree
of
healing
of
ulcerated
carcinoma
and
the
incidence
of
recurrence
have
been
re
corded
and
assessed
to
determine
the
efficacy
of
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
796
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
management
of
disseminated
cancer
of
the
breast
when
mammary
cancer
has
spread
to
tissues
beyond
the
breast
and
axilla
the
disease
is
incurable
by
present
day
methods
however
the
patient
may
be
greatly
helped
and
tumor
growth
retarded
by
skillful
and
sympathetic
application
of
irradiation
surgical
ablation
hormone
ad
ministration
and
chemotherapy
given
in
conjunction
with
analgesics
sedatives
and
ataractic
drugs
these
measures
can
frequently
reduce
disability
and
pain
and
prolong
the
period
of
useful
comfortable
life
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
797
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
toilet
training
of
an
autistic
eight
year
old
through
conditioning
therapy
a
case
report
operant
conditioning
techniques
have
been
successfully
used
in
the
treatment
of
a
wide
variety
of
be
havioral
problems
including
hysterical
blindness
brady
and
lind
tics
barrett
psychotic
symptoms
lindsley
reading
disabilities
rachman
stuttering
flanagan
et
al
enuresis
mowrer
and
mowrer
lovibond
a
b
and
encopresis
neale
madsen
neale
successfully
treated
three
out
of
four
encopretic
children
using
operant
training
techniques
in
the
case
of
one
yr
old
boy
with
an
month
history
of
encopresis
going
to
the
toilet
was
rewarded
by
a
candy
praise
and
recording
the
event
in
a
special
book
in
the
boy's
presence
soiling
was
not
inadvertently
rewarded
e
g
attention
or
punished
the
boy
would
be
given
a
clean
pair
of
pants
without
comment
neale
reports
that
response
to
treatment
was
rapid
and
complete
and
months
after
toilet
training
there
had
been
no
relapse
in
bowel
habits
procedures
similar
to
those
used
by
neale
were
used
in
the
case
reported
here
positive
and
in
a
small
number
of
instances
negative
reinforcement
were
used
to
toilet
train
an
yr
old
boy
diagnosed
by
a
child
psychiatrist
neurologist
as
having
infantile
autism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
798
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
incidence
of
symptoms
of
early
infantile
autism
in
subsequently
hospitalized
psychiatric
patients
this
study
was
concerned
with
the
relationship
between
the
occurrence
dur
ing
the
first
two
years
of
life
of
symptoms
of
early
infantile
autism
as
retrospective
ly
reported
by
the
mothers
of
s's
and
subsequent
adjustment
the
mothers
of
unmarried
young
hospitalized
psychia
tric
patients
were
interviewed
to
deter
mine
the
presence
or
absence
of
each
of
different
signs
contained
in
a
check
list
the
signs
represent
characteristic
features
that
are
reportedly
often
found
in
conjunction
with
early
infantile
autism
as
a
control
mothers
of
high
school
students
residing
in
the
community
and
presenting
no
significant
adjustment
prob
lems
were
questioned
in
regard
to
the
very
same
items
the
results
indicated
that
there
were
significantly
more
symptoms
reported
for
patients
than
for
normals
and
that
this
finding
applied
to
the
overall
number
of
symptoms
as
well
as
to
several
subcate
gories
of
symptoms
the
items
classified
under
the
heading
of
social
withdrawal
appeared
to
be
the
most
sensitive
in
dif
ferentiating
the
groups
it
was
also
found
that
of
the
signs
distinguished
be
tween
the
patients
and
normals
with
all
except
one
occurring
more
frequently
in
the
former
group
it
was
concluded
that
a
significant
relationship
existed
between
the
reported
presence
of
symptoms
that
are
often
associated
with
severe
and
early
ego
impairment
and
subsequent
status
as
a
mental
hospital
patient
this
study
does
not
provide
any
direct
answer
to
the
ques
tion
of
what
proportion
of
children
with
infantile
autism
are
later
able
to
make
an
adequate
adjustment
outside
of
a
mental
hospital
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
799
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
eeg
abnormalities
in
early
childhood
schizophrenia
a
double
blind
study
of
psychiatrically
distrubed
and
normal
children
during
promazine
sedation
eeg
tracings
during
promazine
sedation
were
obtained
on
children
who
had
autistic
or
symbiotic
childhood
psychosis
for
comparison
eeg's
were
done
under
identical
conditions
on
other
groups
of
children
with
chronic
undifferentiated
schizophrenia
non
psychotic
children
with
severe
acting
out
behavior
disorders
with
neuroses
and
psychiatrically
normal
children
final
clinical
diagnoses
were
made
without
knowledge
of
the
eeg
readings
as
determined
for
this
study
and
the
eeg's
were
all
placed
in
random
order
and
read
without
any
knowledge
of
the
clinical
diagnosis
eeg
abnormalities
ac
cepted
were
focal
slowing
focal
spikes
paroxysmal
spikes
and
waves
and
par
oxysmal
spikes
and
waves
with
independent
spikes
among
the
patients
had
abnormal
records
none
of
the
psychiatrically
normal
children
had
eeg
abnormalities
except
for
the
neurotics
the
eeg
abnormalities
were
qualitatively
and
quantitatively
sim
ilar
in
the
psychiatric
patients
the
most
frequent
abnormalities
were
ir
regular
paroxysmal
spike
and
wave
com
plexes
often
best
seen
during
the
transition
from
wake
to
sleep
of
the
patients
had
this
complex
either
alone
or
with
independent
spikes
although
these
complexes
were
most
frequent
in
the
au
tistic
symbiotic
group
the
incidence
was
not
statistically
significantly
different
from
the
higher
performing
chronic
undiffer
entiated
schizophrenics
who
had
communi
cative
speech
or
the
non
psychotic
children
with
acting
out
behavior
disorders
of
the
autistic
symbiotic
children
had
seizures
which
is
similar
to
the
seizure
incidence
in
the
remaining
psy
chiatric
patients
whether
the
cerebral
dysfunction
im
plied
by
this
study
is
a
primary
disorder
or
is
secondary
to
some
factor
such
as
the
effect
of
prolonged
anxiety
on
body
chem
istry
cannot
be
decided
at
this
time
never
theless
an
organic
concomitant
has
been
demonstrated
in
of
the
psychiatrically
disturbed
children
by
increasing
the
amount
of
time
included
in
the
eeg
sam
ple
the
incidence
of
electrical
abnormalities
might
be
even
higher
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
800
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
on
early
infantile
psychosis
the
symbiotic
and
autistic
syndromes
in
conclusion
i
wish
to
state
that
the
core
of
child
psychosis
must
be
sought
in
one
or
the
other
of
the
described
distortions
of
the
sym
biotic
phase
in
the
first
case
what
lay
at
the
heart
of
the
psychotic
dis
turbance
was
the
marked
emotional
unavailability
of
the
mother
which
alternated
with
a
purely
physical
extreme
closeness
during
the
breast
feeding
situations
and
particularly
with
the
destructiveness
of
the
mother's
unpredictable
rage
attacks
the
contrasting
experiences
drove
the
child
to
the
autistic
warding
off
of
any
human
contact
and
the
de
animation
of
the
world
of
reality
constitutional
factors
could
not
in
this
case
be
evaluated
with
any
degree
of
accuracy
in
the
second
case
it
was
by
contrast
the
mother's
ever
presence
that
created
an
unendurable
instrusion
upon
and
interference
with
the
structuralization
of
the
budding
ego
which
constitutionally
and
perhaps
predispositionally
may
have
been
very
vulnerable
this
made
it
impossible
for
the
infant
to
experience
the
normal
alternation
of
the
gratification
frustration
sequences
at
his
own
pace
it
also
made
the
process
of
individuation
in
the
separation
individuation
period
one
which
was
beset
with
abysmal
panic
in
both
instances
we
can
see
that
it
was
primarily
in
the
severe
dis
tortions
of
the
normal
symbiosis
that
the
child
psychosis
had
its
roots
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
801
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autopathy
follow
up
of
cases
the
publication
of
two
papers
recently
in
the
acta
paedopsychiatrica
by
d
arn
van
krevelen
on
the
subject
of
autistic
psychopathy
has
stimulated
the
author
to
present
cases
which
appear
to
conform
to
his
description
the
only
value
of
this
brief
contribution
lies
in
the
fact
that
they
have
all
been
followed
up
for
at
least
years
and
this
may
give
some
idea
of
the
eventual
results
in
this
type
of
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
802
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
sensory
dominance
in
autistic
imbecile
children
and
controls
in
a
previous
experiment
hermelin
and
o'connor
it
was
found
that
autistic
and
control
imbecile
children
responded
most
frequently
to
a
light
stimulus
in
conditions
of
bimodal
simultaneous
stimulation
however
the
role
of
the
relative
intensity
level
of
the
stimuli
remained
to
be
determined
in
the
present
experiment
a
light
and
a
sound
or
a
light
and
a
verbal
command
were
presented
simultaneously
in
various
intensity
combina
tions
all
responses
irrespective
of
the
stim
ulus
to
which
they
were
made
were
rewarded
autistic
mongol
and
nonmongol
imbecile
children
were
tested
in
addition
to
a
tendency
for
visual
dominance
results
showed
that
independent
of
modality
high
intensities
affected
all
groups
nonmongol
imbecile
children
also
responded
significantly
more
frequently
to
the
verbal
than
to
the
sound
stimulus
while
the
other
two
groups
did
not
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
803
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
dreaming
sleep
in
autistic
twins
each
of
year
old
identical
autistic
twins
was
observed
during
one
spontaneous
all
night
sleep
session
during
which
their
electroencephalogram
eye
movement
heart
rate
and
chin
muscle
potential
were
recorded
these
autistic
twins
showed
a
similar
patterning
and
amount
of
dreaming
sleep
to
each
other
and
to
that
reported
for
normal
children
of
the
same
age
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
804
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
twins
discordant
for
early
infantile
autism
a
pair
of
heterozygous
twins
discordant
for
early
infantile
autism
is
reported
and
the
relevant
literature
reviewed
although
mani
fest
organic
factors
were
ruled
out
the
twins'
physical
development
was
different
a
spe
cific
emotional
etiology
was
not
demon
strated
the
few
available
twin
studies
offer
findings
consistent
with
the
hypothesis
that
genetic
factors
are
relevant
to
the
develop
ment
of
childhood
autism
evidence
is
also
presented
that
impaired
acquisition
of
lan
guage
may
have
hereditary
determinants
a
second
set
of
probably
homozygous
twins
are
reported
who
were
also
discordant
for
autism
this
second
case
suggests
that
although
genetic
factors
may
play
a
part
in
some
cases
the
syndrome
of
infantile
autism
appears
to
be
a
reversible
one
in
view
of
this
set
of
twins
and
of
kanner's
sibling
data
the
role
of
genetic
factors
remains
obscure
and
more
twin
studies
properly
documented
with
blood
typing
are
needed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
805
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evaluation
and
treatment
planning
for
autistic
children
infantile
autism
is
considered
to
be
a
re
action
on
the
part
of
an
immature
organism
at
a
primitive
and
undifferentiated
stage
of
ego
development
little
choice
of
defensive
reactions
is
available
the
possibility
of
sub
limation
does
not
exist
and
even
though
other
object
relationships
are
gradually
developing
the
mother
is
still
the
child's
primary
object
at
this
vulnerable
develop
mental
stage
a
wide
range
of
pathological
circumstances
ranging
from
the
most
severe
family
psychopathology
to
the
most
adventi
tious
physiological
traumata
or
the
most
un
fortunately
malignant
circumstances
may
constitute
an
acute
or
cumulative
cata
strophic
stress
the
primitive
organism
tends
to
respond
to
this
overwhelming
stress
with
a
paranoid
reaction
which
is
directed
at
the
mother
regardless
of
the
actual
etiologi
cal
variables
because
the
mother
is
still
the
child's
primary
object
we
believe
that
the
child
then
responds
with
an
autistic
reaction
and
shows
varying
degrees
of
simple
with
drawal
obsessional
behavior
magical
or
de
lusional
thought
processes
and
consequent
disruption
of
developmental
skills
speech
and
relationships
with
others
many
families
can
and
do
make
every
effort
to
counter
the
paranoid
reaction
of
the
child
and
do
not
respond
to
his
rejection
with
counterrejection
and
counterwithdrawal
some
of
the
child's
autistic
symptoms
may
abate
without
formal
treatment
yet
since
the
mother
and
family
are
the
primary
objects
of
the
child's
paranoid
attitude
it
is
felt
that
formal
therapeutic
intervention
is
necessary
to
modify
the
paranoid
core
of
the
autistic
reaction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
806
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
twenty
five
year
view
of
therapeutic
results
thus
this
group
of
ten
patients
shows
a
complete
range
of
chronic
schizophrenia
from
a
bright
pseudoneurotic
never
hospitalized
to
an
inaccessible
patient
chronically
hospitalized
for
years
physiological
therapy
in
the
form
of
metrazol
induced
convulsions
given
in
the
course
of
a
puberty
schizophrenic
psychosis
has
been
helpful
to
some
by
making
them
more
accessible
for
the
total
treat
ment
program
in
the
hospital
or
by
raising
their
margin
of
tolerance
sufficiently
so
that
they
could
live
at
home
and
attend
public
schools
at
least
for
a
time
and
at
best
indefinitely
several
of
the
most
regressed
deteriorated
patients
in
state
hospitals
for
many
years
have
been
brought
back
to
some
level
of
meaningful
living
again
by
the
current
drug
therapy
program
and
are
still
im
proving
now
we
have
not
determined
who
the
sinner
may
be
there
are
many
who
will
believe
that
the
mother
is
always
the
sinner
is
she
not
schizophrenogenic
there
are
others
who
will
believe
that
the
individual
himself
is
the
sinner
since
after
all
is
he
not
the
one
whose
behavior
and
fantasies
are
schizophrenic
however
there
will
be
many
of
you
attending
this
fifty
second
annual
meeting
of
the
american
psychopathological
association
who
will
judge
the
speaker
to
be
the
sinner
for
have
i
not
given
you
this
wealth
of
clinical
ma
terial
without
charts
graphs
or
statistical
evaluation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
807
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
group
psychotherapy
with
preschool
psychotic
children
and
collateral
group
therapy
of
their
parents
a
preliminary
report
of
the
first
two
years
a
group
approach
in
the
treatment
of
preschool
aged
psychotic
children
is
reported
autism
is
a
defense
against
loss
of
the
symbiotic
partner
the
group
of
children
penetrates
this
defense
and
forms
a
group
ego
which
constitutes
one
pole
of
a
new
therapeutic
symbiosis
from
which
separation
individuation
can
occur
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
808
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autistic
reactions
in
early
childhood
differential
diagnostic
considerations
the
term
autism
is
frequently
used
today
in
the
differential
diagnosis
of
the
severe
emotional
disturbances
of
early
childhood
however
to
label
a
child
as
autistic
presents
some
formidable
problems
with
regard
to
definition
of
the
term
the
specific
etiological
diagnostic
implications
and
treatment
considerations
for
any
given
child
so
designated
the
purpose
of
this
paper
is
to
briefly
review
some
of
the
historical
psychiatric
background
of
the
term
autism
its
more
recent
ramifications
and
our
clinical
experiences
in
this
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
809
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
infantile
autism
a
family
approach
the
autistic
child
appears
to
be
unable
to
integrate
or
to
respond
to
stimuli
both
from
an
internal
source
the
body
as
well
as
from
external
sources
such
as
human
contact
we
have
noted
in
the
children
at
our
residential
treatment
center
how
in
their
preliminary
period
with
us
they
appear
to
be
unaware
of
their
body
they
give
the
impression
of
being
insensitive
to
pain
display
little
autoerotic
behavior
inflict
injury
on
themselves
such
as
hitting
their
heads
against
objects
and
biting
their
own
bodies
with
little
outward
display
of
distress
in
working
with
these
children
in
therapy
one
of
the
guideposts
for
change
and
for
growth
is
a
display
on
the
child's
part
of
an
increased
body
awareness
and
autoerotic
behavior
for
example
one
child
who
developed
polio
during
his
early
stay
at
the
clinic
residence
did
not
communicate
this
to
anyone
and
it
was
only
made
known
by
observing
the
child's
dragging
one
leg
memorial
guid
ance
clinic
later
he
was
able
to
point
to
his
body
and
to
indicate
pain
another
child
who
at
first
seemed
to
be
quite
unaware
of
both
himself
and
others
concurrent
with
his
growing
display
of
affective
expression
toward
the
therapist
also
manifested
pleasure
through
genital
stimulation
was
quite
ticklish
and
when
injured
would
display
the
area
of
pain
quite
readily
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
810
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
analysis
of
the
language
of
fourteen
schizophrenic
children
fourteen
schizophrenic
autistic
children
were
studied
by
means
of
detailed
behavioural
histories
and
observations
the
language
recorded
in
history
and
observation
protocols
was
analysed
and
compared
with
available
data
on
normal
children
all
schizophrenic
children
were
grossly
retarded
in
their
language
development
and
all
measures
of
this
correlated
highly
with
a
previous
overall
clinical
assessment
of
the
severity
of
illness
the
most
striking
abnormalities
in
the
language
of
the
children
studied
were
stereotyped
repetition
of
utterances
appropriate
to
an
earlier
developmental
level
or
to
a
previous
environmental
context
accompanied
by
a
lack
of
normal
expressions
of
curiosity
and
of
responsiveness
to
changing
environmental
cues
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
811
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
behavioural
and
electroencephalographic
study
of
autistic
children
short
biographies
are
given
of
children
age
to
years
diagnosed
as
suffering
from
kanner's
syndrome
early
infantile
autism
an
analysis
was
made
of
the
free
field
acti
vities
of
these
children
compared
with
a
group
of
normal
children
of
similar
age
electro
encephalographic
studies
were
also
carried
out
on
all
children
and
in
two
it
was
possible
to
carry
out
simultaneous
behavioural
and
eeg
observations
by
means
of
telemetry
the
children
were
observed
for
three
minute
periods
in
four
environments
of
varying
complexity
a
an
empty
room
b
the
same
room
with
toy
wooden
blocks
present
c
blocks
plus
passive
adult
d
blocks
plus
active
adult
except
in
a
the
visual
fixations
and
manipulatory
activities
were
of
significantly
shorter
duration
in
the
autistic
children
than
in
the
normals
lacked
clear
'cut
off'
points
and
showed
relatively
little
variability
between
environments
the
autistic
children
as
a
whole
showed
virtually
no
constructive
play
in
contrast
with
the
normals
though
more
time
was
spent
in
contact
with
play
materials
in
the
social
environments
changes
in
the
time
spent
in
locomotion
gesturing
block
play
and
manipulation
of
other
objects
in
the
environment
showed
that
the
autistic
children
were
acutely
responsive
to
changes
in
their
environment
including
the
presence
of
the
social
stimulus
if
the
autistic
children
were
subdivided
into
those
who
characteristically
showed
stereotypies
and
those
who
did
not
the
latter
sub
group
showed
a
behaviour
structure
which
was
very
similar
to
that
of
the
normals
whereas
the
stereotypy
sub
group
was
clearly
differentiated
from
both
the
normal
children
and
the
non
stereotypy
sub
group
eight
autistic
children
had
waking
eeg
records
characterized
by
low
voltage
irregular
activity
without
any
established
rhythms
one
child
a
record
containing
irregular
alpha
and
another
unstable
theta
activity
two
of
the
children
with
'flat'
laboratory
eegs
showed
more
rhythmic
higher
voltage
records
when
their
eegs
were
telemetred
in
environment
a
they
also
showed
less
stereotyped
behaviour
in
environments
b
and
d
they
showed
pro
gressively
more
irregular
eeg
activity
and
more
stereotypy
the
hypothesis
is
advanced
that
autistic
children
are
in
a
chronically
high
state
of
physio
logical
arousal
the
findings
of
the
present
study
and
those
of
other
workers
are
discussed
with
respect
to
this
hypothesis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
812
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
autistic
child
in
the
school
and
the
school
nurse
teacher
responsibility
autistic
children
demonstrate
a
more
persistent
pattern
of
retreating
from
reality
than
is
apparent
in
those
children
categorized
as
normal
some
psychologists
have
established
the
cause
of
symptoms
in
the
autistic
child
as
extreme
anxiety
which
forces
withdrawal
from
social
contact
such
anxiety
is
reported
to
have
its
initial
occurrance
during
the
age
range
of
one
to
five
years
a
sense
of
security
which
is
considered
es
sential
for
a
child
is
gained
through
overt
manifestations
of
love
care
and
approval
of
those
adults
most
closely
associated
with
him
when
this
need
is
not
satisfied
the
child's
attempts
at
self
realization
and
esteem
are
deterred
or
thwarted
and
a
state
of
anxiety
may
result
the
severity
of
the
anxiety
may
be
the
forerunner
of
a
schizophrenic
disorder
such
a
condition
can
develop
in
a
child
an
adolescent
or
an
adult
schizo
phrenia
a
serious
mental
illness
is
considered
to
be
a
major
cause
for
admitting
patients
to
mental
institutions
another
school
of
thought
has
placed
infantile
autism
in
the
category
of
a
disturbance
resulting
from
abnormalities
of
development
during
the
intrauterine
period
such
a
congenital
condition
is
not
categorized
as
mental
retardation
yet
another
concept
of
autism
conceives
of
the
problem
as
the
absence
of
an
innate
ability
or
capacity
for
developing
meaningful
contacts
with
other
people
a
detachment
of
varying
degrees
persists
where
human
contacts
are
concerned
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
813
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
autistic
child
the
conditions
most
frequently
mistaken
for
autism
are
speech
disorder
brain
damage
and
mental
deficiency
each
a
prominent
symptom
of
the
psychotic
child
careful
his
tory
and
close
observation
to
disclose
symp
toms
of
withdrawal
lack
of
ego
compulsion
for
sameness
and
displays
of
intelligence
give
incomplete
clues
to
the
diagnosis
the
etiology
of
autism
is
uncertain
sev
eral
factors
seem
significant
the
important
role
of
organic
damage
of
the
brain
is
under
scored
by
the
coincidence
of
epilepsy
eeg
and
neurological
abnormalities
in
these
chil
dren
in
our
series
seizures
of
various
types
occurred
in
eeg
abnormalities
in
and
minor
neurological
deficits
in
of
the
cases
environmental
factors
are
quite
obviously
important
in
many
instances
the
emotional
and
behavioral
pattern
of
the
par
ents
toward
the
infant
is
often
incriminated
separation
inattention
coldness
rejection
etc
have
been
found
in
many
situations
fa
milial
incidence
of
psychoses
is
low
so
is
that
of
autism
in
siblings
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
814
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
shadow
therapy
shadow
therapy
was
developed
at
sunland
training
center
in
gainesville
florida
because
of
communica
tion
difficulties
with
disturbed
psychotic
children
it
was
con
jectured
that
subjects
would
reveal
their
anxieties
and
conflicts
more
readily
in
a
simulated
night
situation
the
therapy
was
conducted
in
a
darkroom
with
projector
light
used
to
produce
silhouettes
and
their
accompanying
shadows
as
additional
stimuli
twelve
subjects
attended
in
this
article
the
reaction
of
a
child
who
was
autistic
and
severely
disturbed
is
used
as
an
illustration
of
subject
reactions
in
the
playroom
he
exhibited
static
behavior
in
the
darkroom
re
gressive
transcendential
behavior
he
also
transcended
his
usual
level
of
vocalizing
and
socializing
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
815
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
language
training
in
the
treatment
of
the
autistic
child
functioning
on
a
retarded
level
a
preliminary
study
to
determine
the
effect
of
language
and
speech
therapy
on
the
development
of
communication
and
the
lessening
of
un
relatedness
in
a
group
of
non
verbal
autistic
children
functioning
on
a
retarded
level
is
reported
on
the
basis
of
the
re
sults
of
the
study
it
is
suggested
that
the
inclusion
of
language
and
speech
therapy
techniques
be
considered
in
developing
a
treatment
program
for
such
children
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
816
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
convergence
and
interaction
of
visual
auditory
and
tactile
responses
in
human
nonspecific
cortex
the
relation
between
the
electrical
responses
in
the
human
brain
and
mental
processes
of
integration
and
association
is
perhaps
the
most
chal
lenging
of
all
the
problems
facing
neurophysiologists
today
until
quite
recently
the
prospect
of
unifying
physiological
and
psychological
concepts
by
electro
encephalographic
eeg
techniques
seemed
to
be
receding
because
of
the
baffling
complexity
of
the
intrinsic
electrical
rhythms
and
this
difficulty
has
still
not
been
overcome
the
most
intriguing
and
at
the
same
time
most
elusive
of
the
properties
of
these
rhythms
is
that
although
often
remarkably
constant
in
their
variations
with
respect
to
time
they
fluctuate
also
in
a
much
less
regular
manner
within
the
three
dimensional
space
of
the
brain
the
continuous
analysis
and
display
of
such
a
phenomenon
presents
serious
difficulties
and
no
method
has
yet
given
entirely
satisfactory
results
the
incentive
to
construct
adequate
equipment
and
to
design
and
per
form
crucial
experiments
is
undoubtedly
limited
by
the
uncertainty
as
to
whether
the
information
likely
to
be
obtained
in
this
way
is
essential
to
understanding
brain
mechanisms
few
experimenters
imagine
that
it
would
be
sufficient
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
817
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
infantile
autism
and
the
schizophrenias
in
a
paper
published
in
entitled
au
tistic
disturbances
of
affective
con
tact
i
reported
from
the
children's
psychi
atric
service
of
the
johns
hopkins
hospital
observations
of
children
boys
and
girls
who
had
in
common
a
pattern
of
be
havior
not
previously
considered
in
its
striking
uniqueness
the
symptoms
were
viewed
as
a
combination
of
extreme
alone
ness
from
the
beginning
of
life
and
an
anx
iously
obsessive
desire
for
the
preservation
of
sameness
i
concluded
the
discussion
by
saying
we
must
assume
that
these
chil
dren
have
come
into
the
world
with
an
innate
inability
to
form
the
usual
biologi
cally
provided
affective
contact
with
people
just
as
other
children
come
into
the
world
with
innate
physical
and
intellectual
handi
caps
if
this
assumption
is
correct
a
further
study
of
our
children
may
help
to
furnish
concrete
criteria
regarding
the
still
diffuse
notions
about
the
constitutional
components
of
emotional
reactivity
for
here
we
seem
to
have
pure
culture
examples
of
inborn
au
tistic
disturbances
of
affective
contact
in
my
search
for
an
appropriate
designa
tion
i
decided
in
after
much
groping
on
the
term
early
infantile
autism
thus
accentuating
the
time
of
the
first
manifesta
tions
and
the
children's
limited
accessibility
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
818
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
autistic
children
autism
is
a
form
of
childhood
schizophrenia
a
sudden
separation
from
his
mother
or
traumatic
shock
in
early
life
causes
the
child
to
reject
the
world
of
nor
mal
relationships
leading
him
back
to
the
original
traumatic
situation
is
part
of
the
treatment
described
in
this
article
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
819
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
gilles
de
la
tourette
syndrome
in
an
autistic
child
a
case
of
gilles
de
la
tourette
syndrome
presenting
an
early
infantile
autism
is
described
the
treatment
applied
is
outlined
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
820
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
psychodrama
for
disturbed
children
psychodrama
is
especially
adaptable
to
the
treat
ment
of
mentally
ill
children
it
evokes
a
degree
of
spontaneity
and
involvement
that
is
difficult
to
attain
with
many
group
therapies
and
it
offers
situa
tions
in
which
the
children
can
participate
as
actors
or
as
observers
competition
and
restriction
are
minimal
the
child
can
do
what
comes
naturally
in
deed
much
of
children's
natural
play
is
in
the
form
of
dramatic
activity
their
make
believe
is
how
ever
more
intense
than
acting
for
a
child
becomes
the
person
or
thing
he
pretends
to
be
a
fireman
an
indian
a
horse
a
tiger
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
821
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
speech
and
language
abilities
of
emotionally
disturbed
children
the
speech
and
language
disorders
of
these
severely
disturbed
children
can
be
divided
into
two
categories
which
relate
to
the
type
of
psychiatric
disturbance
the
autistic
schizophrenic
children
used
bizarre
forms
of
language
or
did
not
use
communicative
language
at
all
the
non
autistic
schizophrenic
the
neurotic
the
primary
behaviour
disorder
and
the
minimally
brain
damaged
children
as
a
group
had
similar
speech
and
language
problems
to
normal
children
but
of
a
more
severe
and
frequent
nature
their
problems
were
predominantly
in
the
areas
of
speech
and
language
develop
ment
articulation
rate
of
speech
and
fluency
the
children
with
primary
be
haviour
disorders
had
the
more
severe
speech
and
language
problems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
822
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
childhood
schizophrenia
and
early
infantile
autism
part
i
description
of
the
sample
following
a
period
of
observation
of
three
months'
duration
a
group
of
twelve
autistic
schizophrenic
children
were
se
lected
for
a
treatment
program
the
group
was
selected
on
criteria
which
would
allow
a
reasonable
chance
of
suc
cessful
treatment
in
a
group
homo
geneous
enough
to
allow
statistical
con
siderations
to
be
valid
younger
age
average
intellectual
func
tioning
presence
of
an
intact
family
in
or
near
to
metropolitan
toronto
and
a
firm
diagnosis
of
autistic
schizophrenia
were
the
limiting
factors
rather
distinct
differences
were
noted
in
this
treatment
group
as
opposed
to
the
larger
observation
group
the
dis
tinguishing
characteristic
was
undoubted
ly
the
speech
abnormalities
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
823
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
discussion
sur
les
pseudo
tumeurs
osseuses
des
hemophiles
doctors
queneau
and
josso
each
described
one
case
of
pseudo
tumour
of
the
calcaneum
analagous
to
that
described
by
trillat
and
favre
gilly
they
demonstrated
x
rays
dr
alagille
referred
to
a
haemophilic
cyst
of
the
maxilla
and
dr
favre
gilly
to
a
cyst
of
the
perineum
dr
kugler
had
seen
a
case
where
an
erroneous
diagnosis
of
osteosarcoma
had
been
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
824
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
joint
position
on
the
pressure
of
intra
articular
effusion
it
is
known
that
joints
with
symptomatic
effusions
are
held
spontaneously
in
characteristic
positions
and
that
movement
of
these
joints
increases
pain
in
the
study
reported
here
a
correlation
was
made
between
the
hydrostatic
pressure
of
a
joint
effusion
and
the
joint's
position
the
results
indicate
a
possible
relationship
between
intra
articular
pressure
and
pain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
825
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
haemophilic
blood
cyst
a
mongol
boy
of
ten
a
known
haemophiliac
was
seen
in
the
orthopaedic
department
of
southmead
hospital
in
may
with
a
swelling
of
the
left
foot
the
parents
were
aware
of
a
steady
increase
in
size
since
the
swelling
was
first
noticed
two
months
before
on
examination
a
cystic
swelling
was
seen
to
occupy
the
forefoot
the
skin
on
the
dorsum
being
stretched
over
it
and
a
dusky
red
in
colour
fig
radiographs
showed
destruction
of
the
proximal
two
thirds
of
the
third
metatarsal
bone
an
appearance
consistent
it
was
thought
with
destruction
from
within
by
an
expanding
lesion
fig
the
diagnosis
of
a
haemophilic
blood
cyst
was
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
826
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
and
prevention
of
chronic
haemorrhagic
arthropathy
and
contractures
in
haemophilia
orthopaedic
treatment
of
joint
deformities
in
thirteen
patients
with
haemophilia
is
reviewed
over
a
period
of
seven
years
forms
of
treatment
discussed
include
open
operation
manipulation
under
general
anaesthesia
continuous
traction
splintage
and
physiotherapy
the
amount
of
intravenous
therapy
required
for
each
form
of
treatment
is
indicated
in
discussing
prevention
of
joint
deformity
the
histories
of
a
further
eighteen
patients
have
been
taken
into
account
it
is
concluded
that
initially
painless
haemarthroses
provide
the
main
threat
to
joint
deformity
in
haemophilia
the
best
preventive
treatment
is
early
immobilisation
followed
by
prolonged
splintage
and
physiotherapy
intravenous
therapy
with
antihaemophilic
factor
plays
a
less
important
role
here
than
in
other
forms
of
haemorrhage
evidence
is
presented
that
joint
deformity
in
severe
haemophilia
can
often
be
entirely
avoided
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
827
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
osteopatia
in
emofilia
the
aa
present
the
case
material
of
the
literature
and
one
personal
remark
of
extrarticular
osteopathy
in
hemophilia
they
examine
the
anatomic
and
clinical
picture
of
the
illness
in
its
most
important
and
less
known
peculiarities
and
they
dwell
upon
the
curative
medico
surgical
problems
of
the
affection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
828
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
la
plasmatherapie
a
minima
dans
le
traitement
de
la
douleur
des
hemarthroses
hemophiliques
some
fifty
clinically
similar
cases
of
hemophilic
hemarthrosis
were
after
immobilization
either
treated
with
placebo
and
plasma
perfusion
or
else
with
corticoids
and
analgesics
a
very
small
quantity
of
plasma
is
sufficient
to
stop
the
pain
for
the
following
few
hours
it
is
attempted
to
give
a
physio
pathologic
explanation
which
would
seem
in
accord
with
the
pathogenic
studies
on
hemophiliac
by
r
marx
et
al
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
829
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effet
analgesique
immediat
des
injections
de
plasma
pour
hemarthroses
recentes
du
genou
des
hemophiles
a
single
injection
of
ml
of
lyophilized
fresh
plasma
per
kg
body
weight
is
proposed
as
a
treatment
in
recent
cases
of
knee
hemarthrosis
with
an
important
distension
of
the
capsule
so
as
to
achieve
hemostasis
and
reduce
the
evolutive
period
pain
is
always
acute
and
permanent
in
such
cases
of
hemarthrosis
it
subsides
during
the
plasma
injection
or
immediately
afterwards
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
830
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hip
disarticulation
in
a
patient
with
hemophilia
disarticulation
of
the
hip
in
a
hemophiliac
patient
was
performed
because
of
a
severe
osteomyelitis
involving
the
entire
right
femur
and
was
lifesaving
the
following
are
suggestions
for
hemotologic
man
agement
infected
wounds
in
hemophiliac
pa
tients
should
be
left
open
initially
electro
cautery
should
not
be
used
in
an
infected
wound
of
a
hemophiliac
patient
a
safe
fibrinogen
prepa
ration
potent
in
the
antihemophilic
factor
is
now
available
in
this
country
and
is
a
highly
significant
advance
in
the
surgical
treatment
of
hemophilia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
831
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
haemophilia
in
sweden
vii
incidence
treatment
and
prophylaxis
of
arthropathy
and
other
musculo
skeletal
manifestations
of
haemophilia
a
and
b
the
clinical
material
consisted
of
of
the
known
haemophiliacs
a
and
b
in
sweden
the
investigation
included
clinical
examination
of
all
major
joints
in
of
patients
with
severe
haemophilia
in
of
patients
with
moderate
haemophilia
and
in
of
patients
with
mild
haemophilia
and
roentgen
examination
of
practically
all
joints
found
to
be
abnormal
at
the
clinical
examination
in
addition
information
about
patients
with
severe
haemophilia
with
moderate
haemophilia
and
with
mild
haemophilia
was
obtained
by
questionnaire
only
the
degree
of
arthropathy
grades
and
was
classified
largely
according
to
depalma
and
cotler
evaluation
of
general
disability
was
made
with
regard
to
ability
to
manage
walk
dress
eat
toilet
with
out
help
this
latter
evaluation
comprised
also
extra
articular
manifesta
tions
of
haemophilia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
832
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
interet
de
la
radiotherapie
dans
les
hemarthroses
recidivantes
du
genou
chez
l'hemophile
radiotherapy
was
delivered
at
a
dose
of
r
repeated
from
to
times
to
knees
of
haemo
philiac
children
presenting
recurring
arthropathies
irradiation
had
no
harmful
effect
on
growth
of
patients
it
was
beneficial
in
two
thirds
of
the
cases
reducing
considerably
the
number
per
annum
of
haemarthrosis
onsets
one
third
of
the
patients
showed
no
significant
result
the
number
of
onsets
was
the
same
in
the
following
year
totally
the
average
of
infirmary
stays
due
to
knee
haemarthrosis
was
days
in
the
year
before
radio
therapy
and
days
in
the
following
year
the
authors
think
that
these
results
justify
this
therapeutic
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
833
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
discussion
sur
les
donnees
radiologiques
dans
les
arthropathies
des
genoux
professor
marchal
acts
as
moderator
dr
le
coeur
wonders
if
the
fringed
appearance
of
condyles
has
really
a
pathological
significance
that
appearance
could
be
normal
in
young
children
but
in
the
opinion
of
dr
queneau
it
seems
to
be
patho
logical
in
older
children
it
seems
to
dr
favre
gilly
and
dr
queneau
that
scalariform
traits
occur
more
frequently
in
haemo
philiac
children
than
in
normal
ones
dr
le
coeur
thought
that
fibrillary
decalcification
was
the
ultimate
stage
of
decalcification
whereas
dr
favre
gilly
has
the
impression
that
it
represents
in
haemophiliac
subjects
an
early
stage
anterior
to
homogeneous
decalcification
according
to
brinkhous
densification
of
synovial
membranes
are
a
result
of
an
infiltration
of
the
joint
cartilage
due
to
haemosideraemia
this
is
also
the
opinion
of
dr
favre
gilly
and
dr
izarn
dr
izarn
asks
if
geodes
are
caused
by
intra
osseous
haemorrhages
or
necroses
dr
queneau
and
dr
de
mourgues
think
that
anatomical
data
con
cerning
haemophiliac
subjects
are
insufficient
for
that
question
to
be
answered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
834
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
etude
radiographique
des
genoux
de
hemophiles
de
a
ans
radiographic
examination
of
the
knee
were
syste
matically
performed
in
haemophiliac
subjects
aged
from
to
years
of
whom
had
a
bilateral
haemarthrosis
had
only
one
knee
affected
and
were
uninjured
an
intra
articular
opacification
observed
in
knees
corresponded
to
a
recent
haemarthrosis
densification
of
the
synovial
membrane
was
ob
served
in
knees
and
corresponded
to
iron
deposits
an
interlinear
pinch
was
present
in
knees
erosions
of
articular
surfaces
are
especially
fre
quent
knees
or
homogeneous
knees
hypertrophy
of
condyles
or
knee
caps
broadening
of
intercondylian
space
crushing
of
internal
tibial
disk
genu
valgum
and
posterior
subluxation
of
tibia
are
osseous
deformations
that
are
encountered
atrophy
of
femur
diaphysis
explains
the
frequency
of
fracture
of
femur
some
of
these
aspects
seem
to
occur
early
inter
linear
pinch
erosion
of
the
surfaces
others
are
tardier
geodes
decalcification
a
relation
between
the
intensity
of
abnormal
radio
logical
findings
and
the
severity
of
sequelae
does
not
always
exist
but
one
can
observe
major
radio
logical
alterations
only
when
there
is
a
major
bio
logical
disturbance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
835
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
blood
vascular
disorders
in
connection
with
the
nose
throat
and
ear
these
disorders
include
those
having
lesions
primarily
in
the
nose
throat
or
ear
and
those
producing
symptoms
and
signs
in
nose
throat
and
or
ear
only
as
a
part
of
their
symptomatology
and
involve
other
organs
as
well
we
will
con
sider
the
lesions
in
connection
with
the
nose
throat
and
ear
separately
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
836
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
volkmann's
ischaemia
volkmann's
ischaemia
is
the
name
given
to
a
sequence
of
events
originally
described
by
volkmann
in
basically
the
condition
consists
of
the
replacement
of
the
limb
flexor
muscles
by
fibrous
tissue
following
injury
or
occlusion
of
the
main
arterial
supply
of
blood
to
these
muscles
the
condition
is
rare
fortunately
mainly
because
of
improved
methods
of
prevention
the
flexor
muscles
of
the
toes
are
sometimes
affected
but
the
commonest
group
of
muscles
so
damaged
are
the
flexor
muscles
of
the
forearm
total
arterial
occlusion
to
a
limb
for
several
hours
usually
causes
frank
gangrene
partial
or
total
occlusion
for
shorter
periods
may
give
rise
to
ischaemic
contracture
the
muscles
being
deprived
of
their
blood
supply
die
and
are
sub
sequently
replaced
by
fibrous
tissue
like
all
scars
the
fibrous
tissue
contracts
producing
the
complete
picture
of
volkmann's
ischaemic
contracture
the
forearm
is
thin
and
wasted
and
the
fingers
are
held
in
flexion
owing
to
the
overall
shortening
of
the
flexor
muscles
in
severe
cases
if
the
nerves
are
also
affected
or
if
the
entire
muscle
mass
is
replaced
by
fibrosis
the
fingers
may
be
totally
paralysed
as
well
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
837
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
klinik
der
polyarthrosen
among
the
degenerative
affections
of
joints
the
symptoms
of
the
arthrosis
of
the
joints
of
the
fingers
with
heberden
nodes
the
bouchard
nodes
of
the
inter
digital
joints
the
polyarthrosis
on
those
subjects
coste
and
forestier
wrote
about
and
how
they
were
described
by
lffb
too
and
the
arthropathies
of
chronic
gout
are
more
thoroughly
discussed
the
rare
conditions
as
the
arthrotic
changes
in
hemo
philia
psoriasis
and
metabolic
disorders
are
mentioned
a
wider
area
is
dedicated
to
the
differentiation
between
degenerative
and
inflammatory
diseases
it
is
refer
red
to
that
gout
more
often
occurs
in
our
days
and
one
is
forced
to
calculate
with
it
more
than
some
years
ago
it
is
also
referred
to
the
significance
of
the
serolo
gical
reactions
for
the
differential
diagnosis
the
most
important
diseases
are
enumerated
which
do
not
belong
to
degenerative
polyarticular
affections
of
joints
but
which
very
often
get
mixed
up
with
them
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
838
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
major
surgical
procedures
including
amputation
on
a
hemophiliac
various
surgical
procedures
in
a
hemo
philia
a
patient
including
amputation
above
the
knee
are
reported
human
cohn
fraction
i
fibrinogen
ahg
was
used
to
ensure
normal
hemostasis
the
patient's
ability
to
form
a
firm
clot
within
a
normal
time
was
measured
and
treatment
was
prescribed
in
accordance
with
serial
studies
with
the
thrombelastograph
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
839
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
prevention
of
crippling
in
haemophilic
children
children
who
are
severely
affected
with
haemo
philia
or
christmas
disease
suffer
repeated
haemorrhages
into
joints
and
muscles
after
trivial
injuries
these
episodes
of
bleeding
produce
cumulative
crippling
the
haemarthroses
tend
to
be
recurrent
each
episode
produces
some
damage
to
the
joint
surface
and
the
immobility
during
con
valescence
leads
to
muscle
weakness
thus
after
recovery
the
joint
becomes
increasingly
liable
to
renewed
bleeding
the
deep
muscle
haematomata
can
produce
crippling
by
actual
destruction
of
muscle
tissue
by
pressure
on
important
nerves
or
arteries
by
contractures
which
develop
during
healing
and
by
failure
of
resolution
of
the
original
haematoma
leading
to
chronic
cyst
formation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
840
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
throat
and
nose
surgery
in
patients
with
constitutional
haemostatic
defects
successful
surgery
in
patients
with
defective
haemostasis
is
becoming
possible
and
it
is
of
inter
est
to
detail
the
problems
encountered
in
nose
and
throat
surgery
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
841
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hemophilic
arthropathy
jaromir
priborsky
zora
antalovska
the
authors
report
their
experience
with
joint
diseases
in
patients
suffering
from
hemo
philia
of
them
being
cases
of
hemophilia
a
of
hemophilia
b
patients
were
children
up
to
the
age
of
years
bleeding
into
the
joints
occurred
in
of
patients
in
the
age
group
over
years
the
cases
of
bleeding
into
the
joints
were
more
frequent
than
in
the
age
group
up
to
years
there
were
no
differences
as
to
bleeding
into
the
joints
and
the
seriousness
of
articular
changes
between
the
cases
of
hemophilia
a
and
hemo
philia
b
in
most
cases
the
bleeding
into
the
joints
began
between
the
th
and
the
th
year
of
age
bleeding
into
the
joints
as
the
first
manifestation
of
a
hemophilic
condition
occurred
only
in
of
patients
in
most
cases
other
hemophilic
manifestations
preceded
in
spite
of
this
fact
the
joint
manifestations
were
often
wrongly
diagnosed
as
tuberculous
arthritis
rheumatic
fever
progressive
arthritis
and
were
treated
accordingly
most
usually
the
large
joints
knee
elbow
ankle
were
affected
with
bleeding
and
in
them
the
changes
were
also
the
most
serious
the
joints
of
both
halves
of
the
body
were
affected
uniformly
in
most
cases
several
joints
were
affected
while
monoarticular
localization
was
observed
in
the
seriousness
of
articular
changes
was
dependent
mainly
on
the
number
of
repeated
bleedings
into
one
and
the
same
joint
although
other
factors
weight
bearing
of
the
joint
complexity
of
the
joint
treatment
may
be
of
decisive
importance
in
the
individual
cases
as
well
according
to
clinical
especially
from
the
functional
point
of
view
and
x
ray
criteria
the
articular
findings
were
classified
into
three
groups
in
the
first
group
the
function
of
the
joint
is
preserved
in
the
second
limited
and
in
the
third
practically
extinguished
the
following
laboratory
tests
were
carried
out
erythrocyte
sedimentation
reaction
latex
test
for
the
rheu
matoid
factor
c
reactive
protein
mecoprotein
tyrosine
and
weltmann's
coagulation
test
the
findings
were
normal
even
in
cases
of
irreparable
articular
changes
unless
acute
bleeding
into
the
joint
or
in
some
other
localization
or
some
other
complicating
disorder
was
present
simultaneously
the
therapy
of
hemophilic
arthropathy
remains
troublesome
owing
especially
to
a
frequent
occurrence
of
articular
bleeding
a
close
cooperation
of
the
hematologist
and
the
rheumatologist
or
the
orthopedist
may
con
tribute
to
the
improvement
of
the
fate
of
these
patients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
842
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
prevention
and
treatment
of
joint
deformity
in
haemophilia
experience
in
treating
established
joint
deformities
in
patients
and
preventing
the
development
of
deformtiy
in
younger
patients
during
the
last
years
has
shown
that
there
are
two
types
of
haemorrhage
which
require
different
treatment
to
prevent
chronic
deformity
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
843
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
haemophilic
pseudotumour
or
haemophilic
subperiosteal
haematoma
the
case
history
of
a
haemophiliac
in
whom
a
large
haematoma
of
the
thigh
was
treated
by
amputation
of
the
limb
is
described
examination
of
the
available
radiographs
and
of
the
histology
led
to
the
conclusion
that
the
cyst
was
subperiosteal
in
origin
evidence
is
presented
to
support
the
hypothesis
that
haemophilic
pseudotumours
are
always
associated
with
subperiosteal
haemorrhage
and
that
those
haemophilic
cysts
which
are
confined
to
muscle
have
little
or
no
effect
on
the
adjacent
bone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
844
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
actinomycin
d
and
the
response
to
parathyroid
hormone
actinomycin
d
inhibits
the
effect
of
parathyroid
hormone
upon
bone
as
measured
by
ca
mobilization
without
altering
its
effects
upon
the
renal
excretion
of
phosphate
and
ca
in
rats
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
845
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
aspects
of
circadian
periodic
changes
in
phosphorus
metabolism
in
mice
kinetic
studies
on
the
p
content
of
mouse
brain
phosphorus
fractions
following
the
intraperitoneal
injection
of
p
labeled
orthophosphate
were
performed
during
two
selected
segments
of
the
hour
time
scale
the
results
of
these
studies
suggest
that
the
circadian
periodicity
in
relative
specific
activity
of
brain
phospholipids
is
probably
a
consequence
of
a
variation
in
the
extent
of
p
incorporation
into
brain
inorganic
phosphate
and
is
not
indicative
of
a
periodicity
in
the
rate
of
intermediary
phospholipid
metabolism
data
on
the
postinjection
time
course
of
the
specific
activities
of
plasma
inorganic
phosphate
liver
inorganic
phosphate
and
liver
phospholipid
suggest
a
similar
explanation
for
the
circadian
periodic
changes
in
relative
specific
activity
of
liver
phospholipids
a
circadian
rhythm
of
inorganic
phosphate
concentration
in
mouse
plasma
is
demonstrated
consideration
of
a
mathematical
model
suggests
that
the
observed
within
day
variation
in
p
distribution
and
the
circadian
periodicity
of
phospholipid
relative
specific
activity
in
liver
and
brain
are
a
consequence
of
this
periodicity
in
plasma
phosphate
content
a
significant
within
day
variation
in
total
phosphorus
content
of
liver
was
observed
the
disturbance
of
mice
incident
to
p
injection
has
a
marked
effect
on
the
plasma
content
of
inorganic
phosphate
and
corticosterone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
846
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
specificity
of
the
inhibition
of
tubular
phosphate
reabsorption
by
certain
amino
acids
the
inhibition
of
tubular
phosphate
reabsorption
by
certain
amino
acids
is
a
highly
specific
one
in
which
differentiation
between
such
closely
related
compunds
as
the
d
and
l
isomer
is
clearly
possible
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
847
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
localization
of
phosphaturic
effect
of
parathyroid
hormone
in
nephron
of
the
dog
the
renal
mechanism
and
tubular
site
of
the
phosphaturic
action
of
parathyroid
hormone
were
investigated
by
clearance
and
stop
flow
techniques
in
one
intact
and
seven
thyroparathyroidectomized
dogs
administration
of
hormone
caused
a
significant
increase
in
the
excretion
of
phosphate
without
increasing
the
filtered
load
stop
flow
analysis
indicated
that
in
the
absence
of
parathyroid
hormone
most
of
the
filtered
phosphate
was
reabsorbed
in
the
proximal
tubule
and
that
the
hormone
increased
the
rate
of
phosphate
excretion
by
inhibiting
this
reabsorptive
mechanism
p
injected
during
stopped
flow
showed
no
significant
transport
across
the
renal
tubule
despite
the
presence
of
excess
parathyroid
hormone
significant
p
activity
appeared
in
the
stop
flow
collections
simultaneously
with
the
appearance
of
new
filtrate
there
was
no
evidence
that
parathyroid
hormone
mediated
a
secretory
process
for
phosphate
excretion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
848
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
regulation
of
growth
hormone
secretion
in
the
present
communication
we
summarize
our
investigations
on
the
control
of
secretion
of
hgh
using
radioimmunoassay
for
the
measurement
of
plasma
gh
the
assumption
implied
throughout
this
presentation
that
changes
in
secretory
rate
are
responsible
for
acute
changes
in
plasma
concentration
of
hgh
appears
reasonable
since
the
fluctuations
in
plasma
hgh
concentration
are
often
too
rapid
to
be
caused
solely
by
alterations
in
hormonal
degradation
or
excretion
for
slower
changes
in
plasma
hgh
concentration
however
alterations
in
the
rate
of
removal
of
hormone
from
the
body
fluids
might
play
a
contributory
role
however
there
is
no
evidence
that
important
changes
occur
in
the
rate
of
removal
of
hgh
from
the
circulation
except
in
patients
who
have
developed
antibodies
to
hgh
following
treatment
with
hgh
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
849
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
early
infantile
autism
and
receptor
processes
the
syndrome
of
early
infantile
autism
is
examined
as
a
function
of
deviation
in
near
distance
receptor
usage
these
receptor
deviations
are
compared
with
normal
receptor
hierarchies
developing
from
near
to
distance
receptor
dominance
the
available
information
is
consistent
with
the
view
that
early
infantile
autism
involves
early
sensory
deprivation
this
sensory
deprivation
results
from
an
interaction
between
a
constitutional
deficiency
inhibiting
certain
reticular
arousal
functions
and
mothering
tending
to
understimulation
treatment
of
the
young
autistic
child
is
suggested
including
stimulation
and
communication
via
the
available
near
receptor
systems
in
the
framework
of
sensory
development
directions
for
the
study
of
early
diagnosis
and
treatment
are
indicated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
850
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
i
effect
of
unilateral
ureteral
ligation
and
transection
data
are
presented
comparing
the
relative
rate
of
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
and
hyperplasia
of
the
control
kidney
of
rats
following
either
unilateral
ureteral
transection
ligation
or
nephrectomy
the
growth
of
the
control
kidney
on
the
unoperated
side
was
strikingly
slower
after
ureteral
transection
and
ligation
when
compared
with
that
resulting
from
the
removal
of
one
kidney
progressive
hydronephrosis
was
observed
on
the
operated
side
following
ureteral
transection
and
ligation
and
was
more
pronounced
in
the
latter
degree
of
hypertrophy
of
the
control
kidney
showed
a
close
correlation
with
degree
and
duration
of
the
hydronephrosis
of
the
kidney
on
the
operated
side
these
observations
have
been
interpreted
as
indicating
the
operation
of
a
control
system
regulating
kidney
growth
in
response
to
changes
in
some
way
related
to
kidney
size
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
851
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
of
the
changes
in
growth
and
dna
synthesis
in
the
rat
kidney
during
experimentally
induced
renal
hypertrophy
there
is
a
high
rate
of
accumulation
of
newly
synthesized
dna
in
the
kidney
after
folic
acid
injection
compared
with
the
small
increase
during
the
first
few
days
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
there
is
a
large
increase
in
the
water
content
of
the
kidney
after
folic
acid
which
does
not
occur
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
the
changes
in
the
wet
and
dry
weight
and
the
rna
and
dna
content
of
the
kidney
have
been
compared
after
administration
of
folic
acid
unilateral
nephrectomy
and
unilateral
nephrectomy
followed
by
folic
acid
hr
later
in
an
attempt
to
study
the
nature
of
these
differences
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
there
was
a
steady
increase
in
wet
weight
dry
weight
and
rna
content
of
the
kidney
each
parameter
reaching
about
to
above
normal
by
days
by
which
time
the
dna
content
had
increased
by
only
about
an
increased
rate
of
dna
synthesis
was
found
between
and
days
returning
almost
to
normal
by
days
after
folic
acid
injection
there
were
very
large
increases
in
wet
weight
rna
content
and
dna
content
during
the
first
days
accompanied
by
a
smaller
increase
in
dry
weight
thereafter
these
parameters
declined
relative
to
body
weight
returning
almost
to
normal
by
days
the
rate
of
dna
synthesis
was
greatly
increased
as
early
as
hr
after
injection
and
reached
a
much
higher
level
than
that
found
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
before
returning
to
the
normal
level
by
days
when
unilateral
nephrectomy
was
followed
hr
later
by
folic
acid
injection
the
increases
in
weight
nucleic
acid
content
and
rate
of
dna
synthesis
were
greater
than
at
the
corresponding
times
after
either
treatment
alone
marked
differences
were
found
in
the
labeling
indices
of
kidney
cells
after
either
unilateral
nephrectomy
or
folic
acid
injection
the
latter
treatment
resulted
in
very
large
increases
in
all
three
zones
of
the
kidney
whereas
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
the
responses
of
the
cortex
and
outer
medulla
were
much
lower
with
no
significant
increase
in
the
inner
medulla
when
both
treatments
were
combined
the
response
of
the
remaining
kidney
was
similar
to
though
more
exaggerated
than
that
of
the
normal
kidney
after
folic
acid
injection
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
852
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
and
adrenal
relationships
in
compensatory
hyperplasia
the
compensatory
renal
hyperplasia
that
normally
follows
unilateral
nephrectomy
is
abolished
by
bilateral
adrenalectomy
if
rats
are
maintained
on
fresh
drinking
water
but
is
restored
when
saline
drinking
water
is
provided
or
if
such
animals
are
injected
with
doca
the
adrenals
are
also
important
for
the
increased
proliferation
caused
by
unilateral
hydronephrosis
these
experiments
suggest
that
the
role
of
the
adrenal
cortex
in
renal
hyperplasia
may
be
to
secrete
mineralocorticoids
which
promote
the
retention
of
sodium
and
thereby
stimulate
cell
division
in
the
kidneys
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
853
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
genetic
study
of
neonatal
obstructive
jaundice
children
with
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
with
intrahepatic
biliary
atresia
and
with
'neonatal
hepatitis'
were
analysed
concerning
diagnostic
criteria
natural
history
familial
clinical
and
pathological
data
in
extrahepatic
biliary
atresia
there
is
no
evidence
of
a
familial
tendency
influence
of
maternal
age
birth
order
or
disturbance
of
foetal
development
in
'neonatal
hepatitis'
there
were
consanguineous
parents
suggesting
a
mutant
autosomal
gene
in
homozygous
form
some
infants
with
the
genotype
for
'neonatal
hepatitis'
may
manifest
a
very
mild
or
a
very
severe
form
so
a
diagnosis
was
not
made
an
apparent
excess
of
males
over
females
may
be
another
evidence
of
failure
of
manifestation
of
the
genotype
but
'neonatal
hepatitis'
may
be
a
manifestation
of
more
than
one
disease
in
'neonatal
hepatitis'
the
birth
weight
shows
a
marked
decrease
perhaps
as
a
sequence
of
disturbed
liver
function
in
the
foetus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
854
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
parathyroid
extract
induced
changes
in
the
oxidation
of
citrate
succinate
and
other
organic
acids
by
liver
parathyroid
extract
pte
or
partially
purified
parathyroid
hormone
administered
in
vivo
markedly
altered
the
oxidation
in
vitro
by
rabbit
liver
minces
of
citrate
keto
glutarate
c
succinate
c
fumarate
c
and
lactate
with
ca
present
in
the
incubation
medium
minces
from
pte
treated
animals
produced
more
co
and
had
a
greater
o
consumption
than
did
control
minces
this
stimulation
was
due
in
part
at
least
to
a
more
rapid
decline
in
metabolic
activity
of
the
control
tissues
when
ca
was
absent
total
metabolism
was
increased
and
the
tissue
derived
from
pte
treated
animals
was
less
active
than
the
control
tissue
the
effect
was
detected
as
early
as
hr
after
injection
u
kg
and
could
be
elicited
with
as
little
as
u
at
hr
the
action
of
pte
could
not
be
duplicated
by
the
injection
of
cacl
into
the
animal
the
data
suggest
that
one
effect
of
treatment
was
a
general
inhibition
of
oxidation
the
stimulation
of
metabolism
could
be
a
consequence
of
this
inhibition
or
a
separate
unrelated
alteration
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
855
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
actinomycin
and
erythropoiesis
and
the
production
of
erythropoietin
in
mice
in
b
d
f
female
mice
a
single
dose
of
of
actinomycin
will
suppress
normal
erythropoiesis
fe
erythrocyte
uptake
in
polycythemic
mice
is
enough
to
prevent
the
stimulatory
effect
of
a
units
of
erythropoietin
the
curves
of
suppression
and
recovery
versus
time
support
the
hypothesis
that
erythropoietin
acts
for
a
short
time
in
an
early
stage
of
erythropoiesis
after
this
early
stage
developing
cells
are
no
longer
so
sensitive
to
actinomycin
recovery
even
from
repeated
doses
is
rapid
and
adequate
amounts
of
actinomycin
which
are
adequate
to
abolish
erythropoiesis
do
not
prevent
the
new
appearance
of
erythropoietin
in
the
plasma
of
hypoxic
mice
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
856
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
ultrastructure
histopathology
and
histochemistry
of
the
parathyroid
glands
of
pregnant
and
nonpregnant
cows
fed
a
high
level
of
vitamin
d
the
parathyroid
glands
of
pregnant
and
nonpregnant
cows
were
studied
by
light
and
electron
microscopy
following
the
daily
feeding
of
million
units
of
vit
d
for
days
and
compared
to
untreated
controls
in
both
the
pregnant
and
nonpregnant
cows
the
parathyroid
glands
became
markedly
atrophic
with
a
diminution
in
the
amount
of
parenchyma
compared
to
the
untreated
controls
after
vit
d
feeding
the
number
of
actively
secreting
dark
and
intermediate
chief
cells
was
reduced
and
the
percentage
of
inactive
light
and
atrophic
chief
cells
was
increased
the
parathyroid
glands
of
the
vit
d
fed
nonpregnant
cows
were
dominated
by
severely
atrophic
chief
cells
these
cells
were
characterized
by
their
highly
irregular
shape
shrunken
nucleus
and
cytoplasm
widened
intercellular
spaces
traversed
by
numerous
cytoplasmic
processes
increased
electron
density
few
secretory
granules
inactive
ergastoplasm
and
golgi
complexes
atrophic
chief
cells
were
not
present
in
the
untreated
controls
the
predominating
cell
type
in
the
parathyroids
of
the
vit
d
fed
pregnant
cows
were
the
inactive
chief
cells
in
contrast
to
the
atrophic
chief
cells
they
were
larger
and
more
regular
in
shape
with
relatively
straight
cell
membranes
they
were
comparatively
electron
transparent
containing
more
glycogen
and
fewer
secretory
granules
organelles
concerned
with
protein
synthesis
and
packaging
into
secretory
units
were
poorly
developed
inactive
chief
cells
were
observed
only
occasionally
in
the
parathyroid
glands
of
untreated
pregnant
cows
where
the
actively
secreting
dark
and
intermediate
chief
cells
predominated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
857
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
heparin
and
parathyroid
extract
an
acid
phosphatase
in
bone
to
test
the
theory
that
heparin
might
stimulate
acid
phosphatase
in
the
bone
of
young
rats
heparin
pte
or
a
combination
of
both
were
injected
after
an
appropriate
time
interval
acid
phosphatase
activity
of
bone
of
treated
animals
was
compared
with
controls
it
was
found
that
heparin
enhanced
the
pte
stimulated
acid
phosphatase
activity
of
both
calvaria
and
metaphysis
but
not
diaphysis
the
possible
relation
of
these
facts
to
the
presence
of
lysosomes
in
osteoclasts
was
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
858
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
isolation
of
thyrocalcitonin
and
study
of
its
effects
in
the
rat
the
thyroid
secretes
a
polypeptide
hormone
thyrocalcitionin
which
is
effective
in
lowering
plasma
calcium
and
phosphate
the
hormone
can
be
extracted
from
the
thyroid
of
the
rat
dog
pig
goat
ox
and
monkey
the
isolation
of
the
hormone
from
pig
thyroid
by
a
combination
of
salt
fractionation
and
gel
filtration
is
described
one
microgram
of
the
pure
material
is
very
active
in
the
rat
thyrocalcitonin
remains
effective
after
parathyroidectomy
after
nephrectomy
after
overdosage
with
vitamin
d
during
vitamin
d
deficiency
and
during
calcium
or
magnesium
deficiency
its
action
is
not
prevented
by
prior
administration
of
actinomycin
d
a
single
injection
does
not
change
soft
tissue
calcium
but
infusion
for
hr
lowers
cardiac
muscle
calcium
it
is
concluded
that
this
new
thyroid
hormone
acts
on
bone
and
that
it
probably
plays
an
important
role
in
normal
physiology
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
859
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
actinomycin
d
on
parathyroid
induced
change
in
bone
and
kidney
actinomycin
d
amd
an
antibiotic
known
to
inhibit
dna
directed
rna
synthesis
was
used
to
study
parathyroid
induced
changes
in
ca
mobilization
in
vivo
and
in
vitro
as
well
as
renal
excretion
of
ca
and
phosphate
in
rats
intact
and
parathyroidectomized
rats
subjected
to
peritoneal
lavage
were
administered
amd
and
changes
in
ca
p
and
mg
in
lavage
and
serum
were
examined
amd
consistently
lowered
the
ca
transfer
into
the
peritoneal
rinse
in
both
the
intact
and
parathyroidectomized
animals
although
the
drop
in
ca
was
more
acute
if
the
animals
were
pretreated
by
subcutaneous
injections
of
amd
than
if
amd
was
administered
as
a
component
of
the
rinse
pretreatment
of
lavaged
animals
with
amd
prevented
the
expected
increase
in
osteoclast
numbers
in
the
distal
metaphysis
of
the
femur
but
had
no
effect
if
administered
as
a
component
of
the
peritoneal
rinse
the
incubation
of
femora
removed
from
both
intact
and
parathyroidectomized
animals
resulted
in
media
ca
levels
that
were
significantly
lower
after
hr
incubation
when
amd
was
added
in
vitro
however
transfer
of
recently
injected
ca
into
the
incubation
medium
from
animals
treated
with
amd
was
increased
in
addition
parathyroidectomy
of
animals
subsequent
to
administration
of
amd
still
resulted
in
expected
changes
in
ca
and
p
in
the
urine
although
amd
significantly
increased
p
excretion
in
both
intact
and
parathyroidectomized
animals
it
was
concluded
that
endogenous
parathyroid
hormone
requires
the
continuous
production
of
enzymes
ultimately
responsible
for
its
action
on
bone
and
kidney
but
that
this
action
is
not
necessarily
related
directly
to
the
production
of
m
rna
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
860
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
inhibition
by
actinomycin
d
of
bone
resorption
induced
by
parathyroid
hormone
or
vitamin
a
actinomycin
d
inhibits
cell
proliferation
in
control
cultures
of
embryonic
rat
bone
and
prevents
the
stimulation
of
bone
resorption
by
parathyroid
horome
pth
or
vit
a
with
a
dose
of
ml
of
actinomycin
d
pth
effects
are
only
partially
inhibited
and
this
inhibition
can
be
overcome
by
increasing
the
dose
of
pth
these
findings
suggest
that
these
agents
act
competitively
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
861
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
j
clin
endocr
antagonism
between
parathyroid
extract
and
adrenal
cortical
steroids
in
man
metabolic
balance
studies
were
done
in
patients
with
hypoparathyroidism
who
received
hydrocortisone
of
prednisone
during
the
administration
of
parathyroid
extract
administration
of
prednisone
was
associated
with
phosphate
retention
decreased
urinary
ca
decreased
serum
ca
citrate
and
glycoprotein
concentrations
and
increased
serum
phosphate
excretion
of
parathyroid
activity
in
the
urine
of
patient
was
uninfluenced
by
the
administration
of
prednisone
it
is
concluded
that
the
antagonistic
effect
of
the
adrenal
cortical
steroids
was
expressed
at
the
biochemical
sites
of
action
of
the
parathyroid
extract
in
bone
and
kidney
that
the
steroids
reduce
parathyroid
secretion
but
that
their
administration
probably
does
not
result
in
degradation
or
inactivation
of
the
hormone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
862
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
tissue
distribution
of
electrolytes
ca
and
mg
in
experimental
hyper
and
hypoparathyroidism
the
effects
of
experimental
hyper
and
hypoparathyroidism
on
plasma
and
tissue
distribution
of
electrolytes
and
tissue
exchangeability
with
ca
and
mg
were
studied
in
dogs
following
acute
renal
pedicle
ligation
in
hyperparathyroidism
plasma
concentrations
of
mg
and
inorganic
p
as
well
as
ca
were
increased
a
greater
accumulation
of
ca
occurred
in
some
tissues
and
a
lesser
accumulation
in
others
than
in
acute
hypercalcemia
of
comparable
severity
and
the
fractional
rate
of
exchange
of
tissue
ca
was
more
rapid
than
in
control
and
acute
hypercalcemic
dogs
bone
exchange
of
ca
was
not
significantly
increased
cell
mg
concentrations
were
not
appreciably
altered
by
hyperparathyroidism
except
for
a
significant
decrease
in
myocardium
but
the
fractional
rate
of
exchange
of
tissue
mg
was
increased
acidsoluble
p
concentrations
were
decreased
in
tissues
and
na
and
c
concentrations
were
decreased
by
to
in
tissues
in
hypoparathyroidism
in
addition
to
a
decreased
plasma
ca
the
increment
in
plasma
inorganic
p
that
usually
occurs
after
renal
pedicle
ligation
was
less
than
in
control
dogs
cell
ca
concentrations
were
decreased
by
but
the
fractional
rate
of
exchange
of
tissue
ca
was
unaltered
although
cell
mg
concentrations
were
unaltered
a
increase
occurred
in
the
exchangeability
of
skeletal
muscle
mg
tissue
na
and
c
concentrations
were
decreased
by
in
tissues
it
has
been
previously
reported
that
hypercalcemia
increases
cell
ca
concentrations
by
raising
the
extracellular
ca
concentration
gradient
evidence
has
also
been
presented
that
hypercalcemia
directly
inhibits
cell
influx
of
mg
and
na
and
cell
efflux
of
k
with
altered
parathyroid
activity
types
of
effects
are
observed
those
which
are
dependent
upon
an
abnormal
extracellular
ca
concentration
and
those
which
appear
to
be
due
to
intrinsic
effects
of
parathormone
on
cell
cation
transport
the
present
data
are
compatible
with
the
hypotheses
that
parathormone
stimulates
bidirectional
transport
of
cell
ca
and
p
stimulates
cell
influx
of
mg
and
opposes
the
effects
of
hypercalcemia
on
cell
transport
of
univalent
ions
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
863
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
inhibition
of
respiration
and
phosphorylation
in
kidney
mitochondria
by
parathyroid
hormone
administered
in
vivo
parathyroid
hormone
administered
in
vivo
to
rabbits
produced
a
metabolic
alteration
in
kidney
cortex
mitochondria
evidenced
by
diminished
respiratory
rate
respiratory
control
and
p
o
ratio
with
a
series
of
substrates
including
pyruvate
plus
fumarate
succinate
ketoglutarate
malate
citrate
and
isocitrate
the
adenosine
triphosphate
inorganic
phosphate
exchange
reaction
rate
was
decreased
and
adenosine
triphosphatase
activity
was
increased
compared
to
control
mitochondria
these
changes
did
not
become
apparent
until
about
hr
after
injection
were
undiminished
by
hr
and
could
be
elicited
with
as
little
as
usp
units
of
hormone
under
identical
conditions
liver
mitochondria
were
unaffected
diphospho
and
triphosphopyridine
nucleotides
in
combination
frequently
elevated
the
respiration
in
parathyroid
treated
mitochondria
close
to
or
above
control
levels
with
citrate
and
isocitrate
but
not
with
the
remaining
substrates
and
had
no
effect
on
respiratory
control
with
any
of
the
substrates
the
effects
of
the
hormone
could
not
be
duplicated
by
elevating
and
maintaining
in
otherwise
normal
rabbits
serum
ca
concentrations
at
twice
normal
level
for
hr
it
is
concluded
that
the
effects
produced
by
parathyroid
hormone
on
kidney
are
multiple
in
nature
and
related
to
the
ca
raising
potency
of
the
preparations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
864
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
sudden
hypocalcemia
in
normal
and
hypoparathyroid
subjects
serum
calcium
concentration
was
suddenly
decreased
in
normal
and
hypoparathyroid
subjects
by
the
infusion
of
mg
kg
of
disodium
edta
over
a
to
minute
interval
the
return
rate
to
pre
infusion
values
of
the
serum
calcium
concentration
was
the
same
in
both
groups
serum
phosphate
showed
a
marked
transient
decrease
min
after
the
infusion
in
normal
individuals
but
not
in
those
with
hypoparathyroidism
the
hypophosphatemia
was
followed
by
a
marked
increase
in
phosphate
clearance
in
the
normal
group
and
a
decrease
in
the
hypoparathyroid
group
urine
phosphate
urine
creatinine
x
up
uc
x
and
urine
phosphate
urine
osmolality
x
up
uo
x
ratios
also
reflected
an
increased
phosphate
excretion
in
the
groups
a
simple
clinical
measure
of
parathyroid
function
is
suggested
by
determining
the
up
uo
x
or
the
up
uc
x
or
both
ratios
before
and
to
hr
after
intravenous
infusion
of
disodium
edta
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
865
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
parathyroid
function
in
chronic
renal
failure
a
statistical
survey
of
the
plasma
biochemistry
in
azotaemic
renal
osteodystrophy
a
collection
has
been
made
of
personal
and
published
cases
of
azotemic
osteodystrophy
in
which
adequate
information
was
available
concerning
the
pathological
state
of
the
bones
measurements
were
available
of
the
plasma
calcium
plasma
phosphate
and
blood
urea
nitrogen
in
all
cases
and
of
plasma
bicarbonate
and
plasma
proteins
in
a
representative
sample
the
plasma
levels
of
calcium
and
phosphate
in
the
whole
series
of
cases
were
not
related
reciprocally
but
were
correlated
directly
these
data
were
further
analyzed
by
allocating
each
case
to
either
of
sub
groups
according
to
the
type
of
pathological
lesions
present
in
the
bones
in
one
group
there
was
evidence
of
defective
mineralization
of
skeletal
tissues
in
the
form
of
either
rickets
or
osteomalacia
and
the
plasma
calcium
was
found
to
be
statistically
sub
normal
in
the
other
group
there
was
no
primary
defect
of
mineralization
but
the
lesions
of
generalized
osteitis
fibrosa
were
present
and
the
plasma
calcium
was
statistically
normal
there
was
no
significant
correlation
between
the
plasma
levels
of
calcium
and
phosphate
in
either
sub
group
and
the
plasma
phosphate
was
significantly
higher
in
the
group
with
the
higher
plasma
calcium
levels
the
data
indicate
that
in
patients
with
renal
osteodystrophy
contrary
to
general
belief
the
plasma
calcium
varies
independently
of
the
plasma
phosphate
since
these
results
imply
differences
in
parathyroid
function
among
patients
with
azotemic
osteodystrophy
a
survey
has
also
been
made
of
the
recorded
parathyroid
weights
in
chronic
renal
failure
generalized
osteitis
fibrosa
and
the
accompanying
normal
levels
of
plasma
calcium
are
associated
with
greater
parathyroid
hypertrophy
than
is
found
in
most
cases
of
chronic
renal
failure
or
cases
with
defective
mineralization
the
various
data
are
interpreted
in
relation
to
the
known
metabolic
disturbances
and
natural
history
of
azotemic
osteodystrophy
by
analogy
with
states
of
simple
vitamin
d
deficiency
it
is
suggested
that
hypocalcemia
and
relative
unresponsiveness
to
the
calcemic
action
of
parathyroid
hormone
are
related
to
an
acquired
resistance
to
vitamin
d
the
group
of
cases
with
statistically
normal
plasma
calcium
prove
that
the
parathyroid
glands
can
function
effectively
in
some
patients
with
chronic
renal
failure
irrespective
of
the
level
of
the
plasma
phosphate
the
size
of
the
glands
and
the
effects
of
sub
total
parathyroidectomy
in
patients
of
this
group
suggest
that
the
normal
plasma
calcium
results
from
an
increased
production
of
parathyroid
hormone
the
more
advanced
renal
failure
in
the
normocalcemic
as
compared
with
the
hypocalcemic
cases
could
mean
that
the
development
of
an
effective
degree
of
secondary
hyperparathyroidism
is
a
function
of
the
duration
of
the
renal
disease
it
seems
likely
that
when
the
parathyroid
response
is
sufficient
to
overcome
the
effects
of
the
vitamin
d
resistance
it
also
entails
the
development
of
generalized
osteitis
fibrosa
healing
of
the
defect
of
mineralization
and
increased
liability
to
metastatic
calcification
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
866
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
albright's
hereditary
osteodystrophy
report
of
a
family
with
studies
of
bone
remodeling
two
members
of
a
single
family
each
representing
different
forms
of
albright's
hereditary
osteodystrophy
have
been
presented
the
kindred
pattern
is
similar
to
those
of
other
reported
families
and
is
consistent
with
a
sex
linked
or
autosomal
dominant
mode
of
inheritance
the
importance
of
a
course
of
intramuscular
parathyroid
extract
for
proof
of
parathyroid
hormone
resistance
is
emphasized
biopsy
specimens
of
rib
labeled
in
vivo
with
tetracycline
were
studied
microscopically
these
new
observations
indicated
cellular
defects
in
bone
remodeling
shared
by
the
propositus
and
case
which
may
explain
the
low
rates
of
bone
turnover
found
in
each
immunologic
studies
established
the
presence
of
a
substance
antigenically
similar
to
parathyroid
hormone
in
the
parathyroid
tissue
of
the
propositus
the
pathogenesis
of
albright's
hereditary
osteodystrophy
and
atypical
forms
of
parathyroid
hormone
resistant
hypocalcemia
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
867
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acute
hyperparathyroidism
a
surgical
emergency
acute
hypercalcemic
crisis
of
hyperparathyroidism
is
a
surgical
emergency
diagnosis
is
often
difficult
because
of
the
polymorphous
character
of
the
symptoms
the
variable
clinical
features
of
the
syndrome
are
described
emphasizing
the
frequent
occurrence
of
gastrointestinal
symptoms
especially
duodenal
ulcer
of
recurring
pancreatitis
in
the
antecedent
history
as
well
as
the
better
known
occurrence
of
renal
and
skeletal
manifestations
which
precede
the
crisis
in
all
but
a
few
cases
despite
the
variability
of
the
clinical
manifestations
the
total
syndrome
forms
a
distinctive
pattern
which
should
be
recognizable
once
it
is
known
previously
reported
cases
have
been
reviewed
and
an
additional
case
reported
the
differential
diagnosis
aids
in
identification
of
the
tumor
and
prospects
for
more
effective
control
of
the
hypercalcemia
are
discussed
at
the
present
time
early
surgical
removal
of
the
tumor
is
the
only
effective
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
868
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
actinomycin
d
inhibition
of
intestinal
transport
of
calcium
and
of
vitamin
d
action
actinomycin
d
injection
inhibits
the
actions
of
vit
d
in
increasing
concentrative
transport
of
ca
across
the
intestinal
wall
in
vitro
and
in
raising
serum
ca
concentrations
of
fasted
vit
d
deficient
rats
actinomycin
d
blocks
the
transport
of
ca
across
the
mucosal
surface
of
vit
d
deficient
as
well
as
vit
d
treated
rats
so
that
its
action
is
on
the
ca
transport
system
rather
than
on
the
stimulatory
effect
of
vit
d
this
inhibitory
effect
of
actinomycin
d
on
ca
transport
is
present
within
hr
of
its
s
c
injection
and
is
less
marked
at
hr
which
suggests
a
direct
interaction
with
the
ca
transport
system
under
the
same
conditions
actinomycin
d
does
not
influence
the
transport
of
tyrosine
across
the
intestinal
wall
in
vitro
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
869
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
hydroxyproline
excretion
and
corticosteroid
induced
dwarfism
treatment
with
human
growth
hormone
two
children
who
had
been
receiving
large
doses
of
corticosteroids
for
years
and
were
growing
at
a
retarded
rate
were
treated
with
human
growth
hormone
growth
rate
increased
to
fold
and
urinary
hydroxyproline
excretion
which
was
initially
low
increased
to
the
normal
level
when
treatment
was
stopped
growth
rate
and
hydroxyproline
excretion
decreased
promptly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
870
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
comparison
of
human
placental
lactogen
hpl
and
human
growth
hormone
hgh
in
hypopituitary
patients
the
conclusions
based
on
the
studies
reported
are
that
placental
lactogen
hpl
at
a
dose
level
of
mg
day
did
not
induce
a
positive
nitrogen
balance
in
two
hypopituitary
subjects
in
addition
lactogen
does
not
augment
the
nitrogen
retaining
effect
of
growth
hormone
when
given
in
a
dose
of
mg
day
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
871
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radiation
necrosis
of
the
brain
in
acromegaly
radiation
therapy
of
pituitary
tumors
can
cause
necrosis
of
the
brain
cases
are
reported
particulary
if
a
carefully
considered
schedule
of
dosimetry
is
exceeded
the
error
can
be
due
to
repeated
courses
of
treatment
or
too
rapid
administration
the
cerebral
lesions
develop
after
a
latent
period
of
months
and
are
progressive
and
often
fatal
appropriate
pituitary
surgery
is
preferable
to
multiple
treatment
with
radiation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
872
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
experiences
with
hgh
treatment
of
twelve
hypopituitary
dwarfs
for
periods
varying
from
to
months
are
reported
all
the
patients
were
considered
to
have
hypopituitarism
from
birth
four
of
them
of
the
hereditary
type
four
possibly
due
to
traumatic
birth
or
neonatal
asphyxia
and
four
from
an
unknown
cause
in
six
patients
detailed
information
concerning
growth
during
the
first
year
of
life
could
be
obtained
all
of
these
patients
had
a
degree
of
growth
retardation
before
one
year
of
age
we
consider
this
to
be
the
rule
rather
than
the
exception
in
pituitary
dwarfism
the
most
important
diagnostic
evidence
was
a
marked
degree
of
growth
retardation
accompanied
by
a
pronounced
delay
in
skeletal
maturation
and
in
most
cases
signs
of
secondary
hypothyroidism
increased
insulin
sensitivity
and
a
poor
response
to
metopyrone
administration
none
of
the
patients
who
had
passed
the
normal
age
of
puberty
had
maturated
sexually
all
twelve
patients
responded
well
to
hgh
therapy
during
the
first
year
of
treatment
the
average
height
increment
was
cm
'catch
up'
growth
with
continued
treatment
a
normal
rate
of
growth
about
cm
year
was
obtained
there
was
no
disproportionate
acceleration
of
skeletal
maturation
in
any
of
the
patients
none
of
them
has
so
far
become
resistant
to
hgh
administration
the
oldest
patient
has
reached
normal
height
whether
this
will
be
possible
not
only
in
the
moderately
severe
but
also
in
the
most
severe
cases
of
pituitary
dwarfism
can
not
yet
be
stated
the
possibility
of
using
human
gonadotrophic
hormones
in
an
attempt
to
produce
sexual
maturation
in
these
patients
is
discussed
briefly
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
873
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
retarded
growth
with
human
growth
hormone
results
of
treatment
with
human
growth
hormone
in
the
following
cases
are
discussed
female
hypopituitary
dwarf
of
yr
who
grew
cm
in
mth
a
boy
of
yr
with
constitutional
retarded
growth
in
whom
the
growth
rate
increased
and
in
a
case
of
primordial
dwarfism
in
a
girl
of
yr
in
whom
the
growth
curve
was
unaffected
by
the
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
874
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
genetic
pituitary
dwarfism
with
high
serum
concentration
of
growth
hormone
new
inborn
error
of
metabolism
a
description
is
given
of
three
siblings
with
hypoglycemia
and
other
clinical
and
laboratory
signs
of
growth
hormone
deficiency
but
with
abnormally
high
concentrations
of
immunoreactive
serum
growth
hormone
since
exogenous
growth
hormone
was
active
in
these
patients
the
endogenous
secretion
of
an
abnormal
growth
hormone
molecule
is
postulated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
875
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
hormone
deficiency
in
man
an
isolated
recessively
inherited
defect
a
deficiency
of
human
growth
hormone
not
associated
with
other
pituitary
deficiencies
was
observed
in
midgets
with
sexual
ateliosis
a
form
of
dwarfism
inherited
as
an
autosomal
recessive
trait
body
proportions
sexual
development
birth
weight
and
postpartum
lactation
are
normal
in
this
syndrome
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
876
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
short
stature
in
children
and
adolescents
with
human
pituitary
growth
hormone
raben
experience
with
thirty
five
cases
human
pituitary
growth
hormone
raben
was
evaluated
by
longitudinal
study
of
growth
as
a
therapeutic
agent
in
the
treatment
of
short
stature
clinically
significant
increases
in
growth
rate
were
achieved
in
of
hypopituitary
patients
no
significant
improvement
in
linear
growth
rate
was
noted
with
a
dose
of
mg
times
weekly
in
children
whose
short
stature
was
due
to
other
conditions
no
adverse
reactions
were
noted
thyroidal
adrenal
or
gonadal
activation
was
not
observed
growth
was
stimulated
probably
without
an
undue
increase
in
bone
age
though
this
point
demands
continued
scrutiny
owing
to
the
limited
supply
of
this
material
it
is
recommended
that
it
be
used
only
in
cases
of
documented
growth
failure
and
a
protocol
for
evaluation
of
therapeutic
response
is
discussed
though
not
a
panacea
for
treatment
of
short
stature
human
growth
hormone
fulfils
a
unique
and
invaluable
role
in
replacement
therapy
for
the
hypopituitary
dwarf
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
877
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
development
of
bilateral
adenomatous
adrenal
hyperplasia
in
a
case
of
cushing's
syndrome
of
eighteen
years'
duration
a
case
of
cushing's
syndrome
of
years'
duration
is
presented
the
disease
began
when
the
patient
was
years
old
and
was
partially
controlled
by
pituitary
radiation
when
she
was
however
clinical
evidence
indicate
low
grade
but
continuous
adrenocortical
activity
for
the
next
years
the
probable
suppression
of
gh
secretion
by
the
increased
steroid
levels
during
her
growth
period
provides
a
reasonable
explanation
for
the
dwarfism
of
the
patient
the
administration
of
mg
of
dexamethasone
per
day
failed
to
decrease
urinary
steroid
excretion
bilateral
nodular
hyperplasia
was
found
at
surgery
it
is
suggested
from
the
evidence
presented
that
this
patient's
disease
began
first
as
a
primary
pituitary
process
but
during
the
long
duration
of
the
acth
secretion
it
evolved
into
one
of
autonomously
functioning
bilateral
nodular
hyperplasia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
878
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypopituitarism
a
study
of
growth
hormone
and
other
endocrine
functions
pituitary
function
was
evaluated
in
adults
with
evidence
of
hypopituitarism
or
enlargement
of
the
sella
turcica
growth
hormone
secretory
function
was
measured
by
radioimmunoassay
of
plasma
samples
taken
before
and
after
insulin
induced
hypoglycemia
in
a
standardized
test
of
growth
hormone
reserve
all
patients
exhibited
significant
defects
in
growth
hormone
secretion
as
indicated
by
the
failure
of
this
hormone
to
rise
to
normal
levels
in
response
to
hypoglycemia
the
order
of
frequency
of
hormonal
loss
was
growth
hormone
gonadotropin
adrenocorticotropic
hormone
thyroid
stimulating
hormone
no
pattern
of
deficiency
was
characteristic
for
any
particular
etiology
of
hypopituitarism
one
patient
with
asymptomatic
enlargement
of
the
sella
turcica
accidentally
discovered
had
an
isolated
loss
of
growth
hormone
secretory
capacity
two
patients
in
the
series
demonstrated
intrinsic
deficiency
of
thyroid
as
well
as
pituitary
secretion
and
both
had
elevated
liters
of
antithyroid
antibodies
this
study
represents
the
first
direct
evaluation
by
radioimmunoassay
of
growth
hormone
function
in
a
series
of
hypopituitary
adults
it
demonstrates
a
remarkably
high
prevalence
of
growth
hormone
loss
and
suggests
that
the
growth
hormone
response
to
hypoglycemia
may
be
one
of
the
most
sensitive
tests
for
the
diagnosis
of
hypopituitarism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
879
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypoglycemia
and
dwarfism
associated
with
the
isolated
deficiency
of
growth
hormone
the
authors
have
studied
a
year
old
dwarfed
boy
with
a
history
of
severe
recurrent
hypoglycemic
episodes
since
age
and
retarded
bone
age
hepatic
adrenal
and
thyroid
function
were
normal
he
demonstrated
fasting
hypoglycemia
with
blood
sugars
of
mg
ml
he
was
not
sensitive
to
l
leucine
but
showed
insulin
sensitivity
and
hypoglycemic
unresponsiveness
glycogenolysis
in
response
to
both
adrenaline
and
glucagon
was
appropriate
fasting
plasma
gh
levels
were
less
than
m
g
ml
normal
and
no
rise
was
seen
after
insulin
induced
hypoglycemia
similarly
these
low
gh
levels
did
not
rise
hr
after
a
glucose
tolerance
test
treatment
with
hgh
reversed
the
alterations
in
carbohydrate
metabolism
it
is
concluded
that
the
patient
suffered
from
an
isolated
gh
deficiency
which
resulted
in
dwarfism
and
alterations
in
carbohydrate
metabolism
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
880
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
growth
hormone
in
hypothalamo
pituitary
dwarfism
i
the
metabolic
effects
of
human
growth
hormone
human
growth
hormone
isolated
by
raben's
method
was
given
in
to
mg
daily
doses
over
periods
from
to
days
to
patients
with
pituitary
hypothalamic
dwarfism
the
metabolic
effects
were
as
follows
nitrogen
retention
with
a
variable
reduction
in
blood
urea
the
plasma
amino
acid
concentration
did
not
alter
after
i
m
injection
of
the
hormone
during
fasting
an
accompanying
retention
of
intracellular
components
in
such
proportions
required
for
protoplasm
formation
isotonic
expansion
of
the
extracellular
compartment
without
change
in
the
plasma
electrolyte
concentrations
retention
of
phosphorus
sometimes
a
rise
in
plasma
phosphate
increased
intestinal
calcium
absorption
hypercalciuria
no
alteration
in
plasma
calcium
an
increase
in
plasma
citrate
and
citrate
urinary
excretion
the
calcium
and
phosphate
retention
was
reversed
on
stopping
treatment
mobilisation
of
fat
stores
with
lipid
catabolism
this
was
accompanied
by
a
well
marked
increase
in
nefa
concentration
for
some
hours
after
hormone
injection
in
the
fasting
state
after
a
period
of
hypoglycaemia
and
low
nefa
levels
a
complex
biphasic
action
on
glucose
metabolism
fasting
blood
sugar
levels
are
altered
as
are
the
glycaemia
in
various
tests
such
as
fasting
insulin
injections
tolbutamide
administration
intestinal
hyperglycaemia
acceleration
of
intermediate
metabolism
with
increased
blood
citrate
concentrations
and
hours
urinary
excretion
of
ketoglutaric
acid
in
one
test
during
fasting
the
blood
citrate
increased
hours
after
hormone
injection
after
an
oral
load
of
sugar
the
blood
citrate
and
ketoglutaric
acid
concentrations
did
not
alter
a
progressive
gain
in
weight
has
been
found
during
treatment
partly
reversible
on
stopping
treatment
correlating
with
the
intracellular
nitrogen
retention
and
expansion
of
the
extracellular
space
despite
mobilisation
of
fat
reserves
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
881
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
serum
chorionic
'growth
hormone
prolactin'
and
serum
pituitary
growth
hormone
in
mother
and
fetus
at
term
chorionic
'growth
hormone
prolactin'
cgp
and
pituitary
hgh
were
measured
in
maternal
and
fetal
blood
obtained
simultaneously
at
term
from
pregnant
women
and
their
fetuses
utilizing
sensitive
radioimmunoassay
procedures
the
mean
concentration
of
serum
cgp
in
maternal
venous
blood
was
g
ml
sem
whereas
in
umbilical
venous
serum
the
mean
concentration
was
g
ml
sem
a
fold
difference
contrariwise
the
mean
concentration
of
serum
hgh
in
maternal
serum
was
m
g
ml
sem
and
in
umbilical
venous
serum
the
level
was
m
g
ml
sem
the
ratio
of
serum
cgp
hgh
in
maternal
venous
serum
was
in
contrast
to
in
umbilical
venous
serum
the
findings
strongly
suggest
that
cgp
is
secreted
by
the
syncytiotrophoblast
almost
exclusively
in
a
unidirectional
manner
into
the
maternal
circulation
further
it
is
unlikely
that
an
appreciable
exchange
of
hgh
occurs
between
the
maternal
and
fetal
circulations
the
data
support
the
view
that
the
growth
hormone
like
metabolic
changes
observed
in
pregnancy
are
attributable
to
the
effects
of
cgp
and
are
consistent
with
the
hypothesis
that
cgp
is
an
important
metabolic
hormone
of
pregnancy
exerting
its
actions
on
the
mother
and
possibly
the
placenta
but
only
indirectly
on
the
fetus
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
882
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
abdominal
operation
on
glucose
tolerance
and
serum
levels
of
insulin
growth
hormone
and
hydrocortisone
abdominal
operations
of
moderate
severity
are
followed
by
high
fasting
blood
glucose
levels
and
a
reduced
tolerance
to
intravenous
glucose
which
persists
for
at
least
hours
after
operation
fasting
plasma
insulin
levels
are
raised
after
surgery
intravenous
glucose
produces
much
higher
levels
of
serum
insulin
and
growth
hormone
in
the
immediate
postoperative
period
corticotrophin
infusion
increases
the
plasma
hydrocortisone
levels
and
reduces
glucose
assimilation
to
a
greater
extent
than
operation
but
has
no
effect
on
serum
insulin
or
growth
hormone
levels
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
883
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
plasma
growth
hormone
concentration
in
the
rat
determined
by
radioimmunoassay
influence
of
sex
pregnancy
lactation
anesthesia
hypophysectomy
and
extrasellar
pituitary
transplants
the
assay
used
is
described
in
detail
several
experimental
conditions
were
studied
both
to
validate
the
method
and
to
determine
factors
which
regulate
gh
secretion
in
this
species
in
fasting
sprague
dawley
rats
weighing
g
mean
plasma
gh
concentration
in
females
was
and
in
males
m
g
ml
gh
levels
in
lactating
rats
were
determined
to
be
in
the
normal
range
for
females
thereby
providing
evidence
that
this
assay
does
not
detect
prolactin
gh
levels
were
not
elevated
in
pregnant
rats
hypophysectomy
led
to
a
fall
below
detectable
levels
of
gh
intraocular
pituitary
transplants
failed
to
raise
gh
levels
in
hypophysectomized
hosts
gh
levels
in
male
but
not
in
female
rats
are
depressed
by
brief
periods
of
ether
anesthesia
these
findings
and
the
results
of
pituitary
transplantation
experiments
are
further
evidence
that
the
nervous
system
is
involved
in
the
regulation
of
gh
secretion
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
884
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
clinical
features
of
the
alalies
russian
the
term
'alalies'
is
applied
to
the
various
states
of
absence
or
insufficient
development
of
speech
in
children
resulting
from
defective
development
or
affections
of
the
speech
centers
before
the
development
of
speech
from
the
clinical
study
it
is
possible
to
distinguish
between
several
forms
motor
sensory
and
semantic
alaly
with
signs
of
amnesia
the
causes
are
multiple
trauma
perinatal
cerebral
hemorrhage
inflammatory
processes
metabolic
disorders
before
the
development
of
speech
and
alimentary
and
trophic
disorders
the
alalies
show
varying
degrees
of
severity
in
most
children
suffering
from
alaly
neurological
signs
can
be
demonstrated
on
the
right
side
an
indication
of
the
organic
nature
of
the
condition
the
presence
of
local
symptoms
in
the
various
forms
of
alaly
is
often
associated
with
signs
indicating
involvement
of
adjacent
regions
of
the
cerebral
hemispheres
in
the
pathological
process
which
would
explain
why
the
alalies
are
often
complex
the
character
of
the
alalies
depends
on
functional
disorders
resulting
from
the
lesion
in
the
frontal
anterior
motor
temporal
or
parietal
region
of
the
dominant
cerebral
hemisphere
patients
with
alaly
often
show
neurotic
reactions
resulting
from
the
disorders
of
the
processes
of
inhibition
and
excitation
of
the
cerebral
cortex
and
the
subcortical
formations
early
treatment
of
the
alalies
with
drugs
combined
with
logopedic
and
pedagogic
measures
gives
good
results
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
885
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
unusual
form
of
acquired
aphasia
in
children
an
unusual
form
of
acquired
aphasia
both
receptive
and
executive
is
described
as
occurring
in
children
girls
and
boys
the
onset
occurred
between
and
yr
of
age
with
one
or
more
epileptiform
attacks
which
were
not
repeated
but
were
followed
by
some
degree
of
hearing
loss
later
improving
failure
to
comprehend
spoken
language
and
finally
loss
or
impairment
of
executive
speech
examination
of
csf
and
peg
yielded
normal
results
eeg's
were
abnormal
mainly
in
the
temporal
leads
the
disorder
appeared
self
limiting
and
throughout
non
verbal
intelligence
was
not
imparied
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
886
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
childhood
echolalia
in
delayed
psychotic
and
neuropathologic
speech
patterns
some
linguistic
analytical
procedures
and
preliminary
findings
from
controlled
tape
recorded
samples
of
a
group
of
echolalic
children
are
reported
together
with
the
clinical
and
experimental
rationale
for
the
investigation
the
subjects
are
echolalic
yr
olds
and
a
group
of
young
clinical
referrals
representing
a
variety
of
pathological
conditions
variables
selected
for
study
include
the
proportion
of
echo
to
non
echo
and
silence
the
quality
and
appropriateness
of
the
non
echoed
speech
the
amount
of
the
stimulus
echoed
the
nature
of
the
triggering
stimulus
the
deviation
of
echo
pattern
from
stimulus
pattern
pitch
loudness
time
variations
and
the
child's
chronological
and
mental
ages
early
quantitative
results
yielded
very
similar
echo
non
echo
silence
percentages
with
echolalia
representing
a
mean
of
about
of
the
conversation
of
each
experimental
group
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
887
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
speech
as
a
landmark
in
development
it
is
attempted
to
demonstrate
how
observations
of
children's
speech
and
language
development
may
serve
as
valuable
indicators
of
their
general
physical
intellectual
and
emotional
progress
speech
lag
or
breakdown
may
corroborate
other
suspect
areas
of
development
or
may
point
the
way
to
them
speech
and
language
disorders
seldom
originate
in
the
mouth
ideas
must
precede
speech
and
speech
is
a
direct
correlate
of
intelligence
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
888
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
applicability
of
individualized
programed
instruction
in
the
education
of
deaf
children
verbal
behavior
is
learned
behavior
and
as
such
is
guided
by
the
same
principles
as
any
other
learned
behavior
the
parents'
role
is
mainly
to
help
the
young
deaf
child
conceive
of
language
as
a
socializing
process
and
to
help
shape
language
behavior
toward
the
use
of
verbal
symbols
the
teacher's
role
in
the
deaf
child's
progress
as
a
language
user
includes
helping
the
child
discover
how
the
structure
of
his
language
operates
and
guiding
him
in
the
process
of
acquiring
clear
concepts
the
learning
of
a
language
is
a
highly
individualized
process
and
requires
thousands
of
hours
of
practice
efficiency
in
language
teaching
to
the
deaf
has
not
been
generally
achieved
by
traditional
methods
the
teacher
of
the
deaf
needs
extra
help
in
order
to
provide
the
individualistic
kind
of
teaching
to
insure
verbal
over
learning
by
the
child
self
tutoring
programed
materials
offer
this
help
programs
are
so
constructed
that
a
child
proceeds
through
the
program
step
by
step
with
a
probability
of
maximum
success
because
of
constant
feedback
as
to
correctness
of
his
responses
for
younger
children
the
use
of
a
machine
seems
desirable
while
for
older
children
the
program
may
appear
in
book
form
on
film
strip
and
any
other
visual
medium
well
constructed
programs
should
be
correlated
with
classroom
instruction
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
889
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
impact
of
individual
differences
on
language
learning
a
matrix
of
extrinsic
and
intrinsic
factors
affecting
language
learning
in
the
prelingually
deaf
child
is
considered
particular
emphasis
is
placed
on
the
effects
of
parental
attitudes
on
both
the
emotional
stability
of
the
home
and
on
the
provision
or
restriction
of
experience
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
890
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
oral
language
performance
of
premature
children
and
controls
fifty
one
premature
children
born
in
and
were
compared
with
normally
born
subjects
with
birth
weights
over
grams
they
were
tested
on
tapped
patterns
auditory
memory
span
auditory
discrimination
word
recognition
language
comprehension
articulation
resistance
to
articulation
disintegration
word
finding
story
telling
number
of
words
used
mean
length
of
longest
sentences
sentence
elaboration
grammatical
errors
definitions
and
categories
the
mean
age
of
both
groups
was
and
the
premature
children's
performance
was
inferior
to
that
of
children
born
at
term
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
891
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
speech
and
reading
problems
in
childhood
the
following
communicative
disorders
have
been
discussed
functional
articulation
defects
delayed
speech
development
stuttering
hearing
loss
cleft
palate
neurological
disorders
and
reading
disorders
these
disorders
rarely
have
a
single
cause
they
are
the
result
of
an
intermingling
of
many
factors
some
physiological
and
some
psychological
some
residing
within
the
child
and
some
in
the
parents
and
environment
in
general
delayed
or
defective
speech
is
a
cause
for
great
concern
to
most
parents
and
teachers
the
public
health
worker
who
listens
with
an
attentive
and
sympathetic
ear
may
allay
some
of
this
anxiety
and
thus
help
foster
healthy
emotional
development
in
the
child
the
existence
of
a
more
serious
condition
underlying
the
presenting
communication
problem
even
if
sensed
by
the
parents
is
frequently
denied
the
public
health
worker
can
assist
the
parents
in
the
painful
process
of
facing
up
to
their
fears
a
child
with
a
communication
problem
is
still
a
child
and
the
public
health
worker
by
simply
reflecting
this
to
the
parents
and
advising
them
on
normal
child
raising
practices
can
again
be
of
help
to
the
child
children
with
speech
deviations
are
exposed
to
an
overabundance
of
well
intentioned
speech
correction
at
home
most
of
it
is
ineffective
some
of
it
unfortunately
is
harmful
while
the
worker
may
not
be
in
a
position
to
offer
specific
advice
on
a
particular
child
the
manner
in
which
the
parents
and
teacher
are
handling
the
child's
communication
problem
can
be
explored
and
damaging
practices
possibly
eliminated
the
fact
that
there
may
be
a
diagnostic
and
treatment
center
to
which
the
child
can
be
referred
does
not
vitiate
the
public
health
worker's
role
the
public
health
physician
and
public
health
nurse
have
a
valuable
contribution
to
make
in
helping
the
parents
school
and
child
accept
the
chronic
nature
of
the
disorder
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
892
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
disorders
of
communication
in
young
children
the
normal
development
of
spoken
language
is
outlined
the
causation
differential
diagnosis
individual
assessment
and
management
of
developmental
disorders
of
communication
in
young
children
are
briefly
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
893
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acquired
aphasia
in
children
this
report
concerns
the
cases
of
boys
and
girls
studied
over
a
period
of
several
years
while
rehabilitation
was
carried
out
the
general
conclusions
fall
under
headings
symptomatology
as
compared
with
that
of
aphasia
in
the
adult
the
course
of
the
disorder
prospects
of
the
level
of
intellectual
performance
in
the
future
of
the
children
in
cases
cerebral
damage
had
resulted
from
traumatic
contusion
in
cases
from
an
intracranial
nontraumatic
hematoma
vascular
malformation
aneurysm
or
angioma
in
cases
the
aphasia
followed
operation
for
a
cerebral
astrocytoma
in
further
cases
occlusion
of
the
left
middle
cerebral
artery
had
occurred
and
in
the
remaining
cases
no
precise
diagnosis
was
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
894
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
causes
of
delayed
development
of
speech
speech
develops
parallelly
and
simultaneously
with
psychophysical
development
of
the
child
arising
from
internal
need
and
under
the
influence
of
external
factors
not
all
children
are
given
the
chance
to
develop
in
favorable
conditions
and
to
pass
through
all
the
phases
of
development
without
some
injury
the
various
possibilities
when
a
child
may
be
injured
and
hampered
in
the
development
of
speech
are
discussed
the
testing
of
the
sense
of
hearing
in
children
with
a
cleft
palate
is
also
included
out
of
cases
of
cleft
palate
in
cases
there
was
decrease
of
the
sense
of
hearing
exceeding
db
this
additional
injury
of
the
child
with
a
cleft
palate
if
remaining
unnoticed
may
make
the
treatment
of
speech
abnormality
difficult
the
necessity
of
diagnostic
team
investigation
and
the
treatment
of
children
with
speech
disturbances
are
emphasized
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
895
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
concept
learning
in
culturally
disadvantaged
children
as
a
function
of
verbal
pretraining
while
research
indicates
that
verbal
pretraining
has
a
positive
influence
on
the
discrimination
learning
performance
of
subjects
of
normal
intelligence
a
comparable
influence
has
not
been
shown
for
other
types
of
conceptual
tasks
for
retarded
subjects
the
purpose
of
this
experiment
was
to
investigate
the
effects
of
stimulus
pretraining
on
concept
learning
by
subjects
who
had
a
'high
risk'
of
being
classified
as
mentally
retarded
at
some
future
time
a
group
of
'higher
risk'
and
'lower
risk'
subjects
was
randomly
divided
into
pretraining
groups
verbal
label
attention
and
control
subsequent
to
pretraining
on
the
stimuli
used
for
transfer
task
subjects
in
each
group
were
presented
with
a
concept
learning
task
transfer
task
after
reaching
the
criterion
of
learning
on
transfer
task
subjects
were
presented
with
a
second
new
concept
learning
task
analysis
of
the
data
revealed
that
there
were
no
significant
performance
differences
between
risk
groups
and
that
pretraining
had
a
significantly
positive
effect
on
performance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
896
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
concept
development
and
language
instruction
the
author
describes
factors
related
to
and
the
errors
that
may
occur
in
concept
development
in
children
the
contributions
of
language
for
the
deaf
child's
conceptual
development
are
stressed
included
are
a
review
of
what
concepts
are
psychologically
and
an
example
of
how
concepts
may
be
presented
educationally
in
the
classroom
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
897
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
formal
speech
characteristics
as
a
diagnostic
aid
in
childhood
psychosis
the
frequency
of
use
of
various
grammatical
units
in
the
spontaneous
conversational
speech
of
adults
and
children
has
been
noted
by
many
authors
to
be
fairly
stable
the
hypothesis
that
idiosyncratic
distributions
might
be
found
in
certain
specific
disorders
of
ego
functioning
was
tested
in
relationship
to
childhood
psychosis
some
support
was
found
for
this
as
well
as
for
some
contemporary
psychological
and
psychoanalytical
interpretations
of
phenomena
seen
in
childhood
psychosis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
898
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cerebral
dominance
and
speech
acquistion
in
deaf
children
in
examining
the
prediction
that
left
cerebral
dominance
as
indexed
by
hand
and
sighting
preference
should
be
a
positive
accompaniment
of
speech
learning
in
individuals
whose
cerebral
speech
areas
are
likely
to
be
in
the
left
hemisphere
it
was
found
that
over
a
year
period
of
formal
education
right
handed
right
sighting
deaf
students
consistently
earned
higher
speech
grades
than
their
right
handed
left
sighting
and
right
handed
mixed
sighting
counterparts
matched
on
the
basis
of
hearing
loss
this
finding
supports
the
hypothesis
that
the
cerebral
mechanisms
relevant
to
speech
acquisition
are
simplified
facilitated
and
or
less
prone
to
interference
when
control
of
speech
hand
and
eye
is
localized
primarily
in
hemisphere
of
the
brain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
899
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
color
test
for
the
measurement
of
antibody
to
the
non
acid
forming
human
mycoplasma
species
a
metabolic
inhibition
test
for
the
measurement
of
growth
inhibiting
antibodies
to
the
non
acid
producing
human
mycoplasma
species
is
described
the
test
is
based
upon
the
ability
of
these
organisms
to
metabolize
arginine
with
a
resultant
alkaline
shift
in
the
ph
of
the
medium
the
alkaline
shift
is
inhibited
by
specific
antiserum
labile
accessory
factor
s
present
in
unheated
guinea
pig
serum
potentiates
the
inhibitory
effect
of
antiserum
the
test
is
sensitive
and
specific
for
the
measurement
of
antibody
to
mycoplasmas
in
rabbit
immune
and
human
convalescent
serum
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
900
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
serologic
epidemiologic
studies
with
m
pneumoniae
i
demonstration
of
an
hemagglutinin
and
its
inhibition
by
antibody
a
new
direct
specific
hemagglutination
reaction
with
live
m
pneumoniae
is
described
this
requires
the
presence
of
a
natural
antibody
for
the
red
cell
in
the
horse
serum
employed
in
the
diluent
although
vervet
monkey
erythrocytes
generally
have
been
employed
human
and
rabbit
cells
may
be
used
hemagglutination
can
be
inhibited
by
specific
antibody
but
heat
inactivation
of
the
sera
is
required
whether
they
be
human
or
animal
in
origin
antibodies
persist
for
many
years
and
are
passively
transferred
to
the
fetus
a
micro
variation
has
been
devised
the
test
is
useful
for
diagnostic
and
epidemiologic
studies
and
in
reverse
can
be
utilized
for
the
rapid
serologic
identification
of
new
isolates
the
method
is
limited
at
present
to
m
pneumoniae
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
901
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
serologic
epidemiologic
studies
with
m
pneumoniae
ii
prevalence
of
antibodies
in
several
populations
the
prevalence
of
antibodies
for
m
pneumoniae
was
determined
in
populations
by
means
of
a
new
serologic
test
among
members
of
a
population
of
'normal'
families
no
one
under
age
had
antibodies
none
of
the
latter
acquired
an
infection
during
the
following
year
of
children
in
a
home
only
had
antibodies
the
cottage
mates
of
one
of
these
children
who
had
acquired
an
infection
remained
uninfected
in
a
group
of
elderly
persons
had
antibodies
a
similar
proportion
of
persons
attending
a
rheumatic
fever
prophylaxis
clinic
was
positive
in
this
population
it
was
demonstrated
that
antibodies
could
persist
in
undiminished
titer
for
at
least
yr
of
point
barrow
residents
had
antibodies
above
age
the
rate
was
approximately
two
companies
of
naval
recruits
who
had
similar
positive
antibody
rates
at
the
beginning
of
training
acquired
antibodies
in
rather
divergent
patterns
in
one
and
in
the
other
m
pneumoniae
infections
seem
to
be
sporadic
and
to
produce
epidemics
only
infrequently
in
civilian
populations
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
902
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
growth
and
survival
of
mycoplasma
neurolyticum
in
liquid
media
maximal
growth
of
m
neurolyticum
between
and
colony
forming
units
ml
was
obtained
after
days
of
incubation
at
c
in
broth
media
containing
agama
horse
serum
when
whole
horse
serum
was
used
in
the
medium
a
complement
mediated
inhibition
was
observed
this
inhibition
could
only
be
detected
when
growth
was
followed
by
daily
plate
counts
maximal
growth
was
delayed
for
about
hr
by
the
horse
serum
and
the
inhibition
was
spontaneously
reversed
at
the
temperature
of
incubation
penicillin
g
was
also
found
to
have
a
temporary
inhibitory
effect
this
was
detected
with
as
little
as
units
ml
maximal
growth
was
delayed
until
the
th
day
of
incubation
when
units
ml
was
present
and
until
the
th
day
when
units
ml
was
present
the
survival
of
m
neurolyticum
at
undetectable
levels
in
cultures
during
the
incubation
period
presented
an
'eclipse'
phenomenon
which
has
not
been
explained
the
recrudescence
of
growth
in
such
cultures
late
in
the
incubation
period
illustrates
the
events
which
may
occur
when
mycoplasmas
are
isolated
from
clinical
material
by
prolonged
incubation
in
the
presence
of
inhibitors
survival
data
showed
that
m
neurolyticum
had
greatest
stability
at
ph
with
reduced
viability
at
ph
and
in
that
order
the
data
on
growth
and
stability
suggest
a
close
relationship
between
the
species
of
mycoplasma
studies
and
bacteria
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
903
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hela
cells
resistant
to
bromodeoxyuridine
and
deficient
in
thymidine
kinase
activity
mutant
sublines
of
hela
s
cells
resistant
to
growth
inhibition
by
bromodeoxyuridine
budr
have
been
isolated
the
resistant
cell
lines
hela
bu
hela
bu
hela
bu
hela
bu
and
hela
bu
proliferated
in
the
presence
of
and
mg
ml
budr
respectively
extracts
from
hela
bu
hela
bu
and
hela
bu
cells
exhibited
of
the
thymidine
h
deoxyuridine
h
and
bromodeoxyuridine
h
phosphorylating
activities
of
parental
hela
s
cells
hela
bu
and
hela
bu
cell
extracts
were
also
deficient
in
thymidine
kinase
activity
yielding
approx
and
respectively
the
thymidine
kinase
activity
of
parental
hela
s
cells
the
deficiency
in
thymidine
kinase
activity
of
hela
bu
cells
was
not
due
to
negative
feedback
inhibition
by
high
levels
of
budr
or
to
interference
with
the
thymidine
kinase
assay
by
inhibitors
or
competing
enzymes
in
the
hela
bu
cell
extracts
following
weekly
passages
in
media
lacking
budr
the
hela
bu
cells
did
not
exhibit
increased
thymidine
kinase
activity
moreover
mixtures
of
extracts
from
hela
s
and
hela
bu
cells
displayed
a
thymidine
kinase
activity
equivalent
to
the
sum
of
the
activities
or
extracts
prepared
respectively
from
the
hela
s
and
hela
bu
cells
radioautographic
studies
have
shown
that
after
hela
s
cells
were
incubated
for
hr
with
thymidine
h
of
the
nuclei
were
heavily
labeled
with
radioactivity
however
fewer
hela
bu
cells
displayed
labeled
nuclei
and
the
nuclei
were
only
lightly
labeled
hela
bu
cell
extracts
contained
normal
amounts
of
thymidylate
synthetase
thymidilate
kinase
and
uridine
kinase
activities
following
infection
by
vaccinia
virus
high
levels
of
thymidine
kinase
activity
were
induced
in
hela
bu
cells
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
904
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
note
on
the
taxonomic
status
of
strains
like
'campo'
hitherto
classified
as
mycoplasma
hominis
type
the
classification
of
strains
similar
to
mycoplasma
strain
pg
of
'campo'
as
myc
hominis
type
should
be
withdrawn
these
strains
have
now
been
identified
as
myc
arthritidis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
905
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chromosome
studies
of
human
cells
infected
in
utero
and
in
vitro
with
rubella
virus
a
cytologic
study
of
metaphase
chromosomes
was
undertaken
to
determine
if
damage
to
the
genetic
apparatus
of
human
cells
may
be
induced
by
rubella
virus
and
whether
such
damage
produces
the
pathology
seen
in
newborns
from
mothers
infected
early
in
pregnancy
fibroblast
cell
strains
were
initiated
in
vitro
from
embryonic
material
obtained
by
therapeutic
abortion
of
fetuses
from
rubella
infected
mothers
embryonic
material
from
spontaneous
and
non
rubella
therapeutic
abortions
yielded
similar
cell
strains
for
infection
in
vitro
the
results
from
both
types
of
studies
were
as
follows
a
virus
shedding
cell
strains
were
obtained
from
all
types
of
organs
cultivated
which
indicated
wide
dissemination
of
virus
in
the
fetuses
from
rubella
infected
mothers
b
chronic
infection
could
readily
be
established
by
in
vitro
infection
and
no
cytopathic
effect
was
noted
c
although
many
strains
continued
to
shed
virus
throughout
months
of
in
vitro
cultivation
no
changes
in
growth
properties
occurred
with
the
exception
that
infected
strains
from
lung
tissue
showed
limited
growth
capacities
d
from
observations
of
over
metaphases
neither
obvious
chromosomal
rearrangements
nor
non
disjunctional
changes
were
observed
in
strains
infected
naturally
or
experimentally
e
among
rubella
abortion
derived
cell
strains
there
was
a
marked
elevation
in
frequency
of
chromosome
breakage
in
instances
f
a
correlation
between
virus
shedding
in
vitro
and
increased
chromosome
breakage
was
noted
although
this
was
not
complete
g
the
combined
average
frequency
of
chromosome
breakage
in
one
set
of
rubella
abortion
strains
was
in
the
other
set
of
abortus
strains
h
similarly
a
slight
but
significant
elevation
in
average
chromosome
break
frequency
was
obtained
in
four
cell
strains
which
had
been
experimentally
infected
in
vitro
with
rubella
virus
uninfected
cells
although
effects
upon
the
chromosomes
were
demonstrated
these
were
restricted
to
slight
general
elevations
in
frequency
of
breakage
above
normal
values
very
high
increases
in
breaks
were
sporadic
it
appears
more
likely
that
the
general
fetal
abnormalities
associated
with
rubella
infection
in
vivo
result
from
possible
effects
of
the
virus
upon
growth
rather
than
from
effects
upon
the
chromosomes
however
the
studies
were
restricted
to
fibroblasts
cultured
in
vitro
and
effects
on
other
types
of
cells
may
have
greater
implications
for
this
question
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
906
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fine
structure
of
staphylococccal
l
forms
l
forms
of
staph
aureus
and
bacterial
cells
were
processed
by
the
same
technique
for
electron
microscopy
ultrathin
sections
allowed
comparison
of
structural
units
and
indicated
that
staphylococcal
l
form
units
of
all
sizes
lack
the
rigid
cell
wall
and
the
compact
fibrillar
nuclear
area
of
bacterial
cells
the
l
form
units
are
bound
by
a
typical
'trilamellar'
membrane
comparable
to
that
described
for
mycoplasma
species
nuclear
areas
in
staphylococcal
l
forms
present
a
diffuse
appearance
and
could
not
be
correlated
with
size
of
any
particular
structural
unit
many
small
units
were
seen
within
large
bodies
and
possibly
are
involved
in
the
reproductive
process
no
evidence
of
division
by
formation
of
septa
or
by
pinching
off
of
cytoplasmic
fragments
was
obtained
from
the
electron
micrographs
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
907
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
respiratory
virus
vaccines
ii
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
eaton
agent
vaccines
purified
and
concentrated
formalin
killed
vaccines
were
prepared
from
m
pneumoniae
propagated
in
serum
free
artificial
medium
the
vaccines
were
aqueous
or
were
incorporated
in
alum
or
emulsified
peanut
oil
adjuvant
adjuvant
two
or
different
concentrations
of
mycoplasma
were
included
in
each
preparation
serum
neutralizing
and
cf
antibody
responses
were
measured
in
hamsters
monkeys
and
in
institutionalized
persons
following
and
sometimes
vaccinations
all
of
the
preparations
were
highly
antigenic
in
animals
and
in
man
alum
vaccines
were
better
than
aqueous
vaccines
and
those
in
adjuvant
appeared
to
give
best
results
although
the
bleeding
times
were
not
always
optimal
for
demonstrating
maximal
effect
persons
who
were
without
detectable
antibody
initially
and
thus
would
be
most
vulnerable
to
infection
gave
better
responses
to
the
vaccine
than
did
those
with
pre
existing
antibody
alum
vaccine
is
an
acceptable
formulation
for
use
in
man
and
only
doses
of
such
vaccine
were
necessary
to
induce
neutralizing
antibody
in
of
the
persons
who
were
initially
without
detectable
antibody
no
local
or
systemic
reaction
of
clinical
consequence
was
noted
in
any
of
the
persons
vaccinated
recent
unpublished
findings
which
indicate
a
high
degree
of
effectiveness
of
the
alum
vaccine
in
stimulating
antibody
in
preschool
children
and
in
protecting
children
and
adults
against
the
natural
disease
are
mentioned
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
908
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
isolation
of
mycoplasma
pneumoniae
from
adults
with
respiratory
infections
isolation
of
mycoplasma
organisms
from
the
sputum
was
attempted
in
patients
with
various
syndrome
of
respiratory
disease
isolates
were
obtained
in
of
the
patients
with
pneumonia
of
patients
with
chronic
bronchial
diseases
who
were
not
treated
with
tetracycline
and
of
persons
with
acute
upper
respiratory
infection
these
differences
are
not
statistically
significant
and
indicate
a
nonpathogenic
role
for
m
pharyngis
and
m
salivarium
which
were
the
strains
most
frequently
isolated
the
highest
frequency
of
isolation
was
from
males
to
yr
of
age
isolation
of
m
pneumoniae
requires
one
to
weeks
therefore
it
is
not
useful
for
rapid
diagnosis
also
it
underestimates
the
prevalence
of
infection
especially
if
patients
have
received
tetracycline
of
the
serologic
tests
complement
fixation
cf
was
the
most
specific
the
growth
inhibition
test
tri
was
the
most
sensitive
and
was
significantly
related
to
atypical
pneumonia
the
tests
may
measure
different
antibodies
against
m
pneumoniae
serum
cold
agglutinins
developed
in
many
cases
of
pneumonia
and
were
poorly
discriminatory
in
etiologic
diagnosis
m
pneumoniae
infection
occurred
in
a
minimum
of
and
a
maximum
of
of
civilian
patients
hospitalized
for
pneumonia
during
the
season
studied
serologic
evidence
for
m
pneumoniae
was
rare
in
lobar
pneumonia
in
nonlobar
pneumonia
m
pneumoniae
accounted
etiologically
for
to
of
cases
the
incidence
of
m
pneumoniae
infection
was
constant
in
different
seasons
but
greatest
relative
to
the
occurrence
of
pneumonia
in
the
fall
and
spring
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
909
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
color
test
for
the
measurement
of
antibody
to
t
strain
mycoplasmas
a
metabolic
inhibition
technique
for
the
measurement
of
antibody
to
t
strain
mycoplasmas
was
developed
based
upon
the
ability
of
t
strain
mycoplasmas
to
metabolize
urea
with
the
concomitant
production
of
ammonia
and
the
ability
of
specific
antiserum
to
inhibit
this
ammonia
production
phenol
red
added
to
the
medium
served
as
an
indicator
of
ph
change
resulting
from
ammonia
production
specific
antiserum
to
t
strain
mycoplasma
t
was
prepared
the
t
strain
organism
was
shown
to
be
serologically
distinct
from
the
recognized
large
colony
mycoplasmas
antibody
to
mycoplasma
strain
t
in
human
sera
was
demonstrated
with
the
metabolic
inhibition
technique
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
910
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effect
of
mycoplasma
on
interferon
production
and
interferon
assay
in
cell
cultures
the
influence
of
mycoplasma
on
the
production
and
action
of
interferon
was
studied
in
cultures
of
both
l
and
human
embryonic
kidney
hek
cells
m
hominis
the
negroni
agent
and
the
f
mycoplasma
were
used
for
infection
of
l
cells
and
m
hominis
and
m
pneumoniae
for
inoculation
of
hek
cells
all
strains
were
capable
of
multiplication
in
the
culture
systems
employed
none
produced
detectable
levels
of
interferon
and
responsiveness
of
the
cells
to
induction
of
interferon
by
virus
remained
unaltered
infection
with
mycoplasma
did
not
impair
the
sensitivity
of
the
cells
to
the
action
of
interferon
nor
was
the
replication
of
vesicular
stomatitis
virus
noticeably
diminished
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
911
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
recovery
and
characterization
of
a
herpes
like
virus
from
dog
kidney
cell
cultures
a
transmissible
agent
was
recovered
from
primary
dktc
which
developed
a
spontaneous
cpe
characterization
and
serological
studies
of
the
virus
indicated
that
the
virus
was
a
new
member
of
the
herpes
virus
group
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
912
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
immunopathologic
changes
in
rheumatoid
arthritis
synovium
synovial
tissue
from
children
and
adults
with
rheumatoid
arthritis
was
examined
for
localization
of
immunoglobulins
and
complement
three
cases
were
found
to
have
c'
and
immunoglobulins
within
the
cytoplasm
of
synovial
cells
four
cases
had
discrete
localization
within
the
connective
tissue
stroma
the
remaining
cases
demonstrated
larger
more
weakly
staining
collections
which
were
found
more
diffusely
throughout
the
synovium
no
immunoglobulin
or
complement
localization
was
present
in
out
of
additional
patients
with
forms
of
joint
disease
other
than
rheumatoid
arthritis
correlation
of
these
results
with
the
clinical
findings
and
joint
fluid
c'
assays
was
made
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
913
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electron
microscopic
studies
of
mycoplasma
pplo
strain
in
artificial
medium
and
in
tissue
culture
mycoplasma
strain
isolated
from
a
leukemic
patient
was
studied
in
broth
cultures
and
in
several
cell
culture
lines
this
strain
exhibited
considerable
pleomorphism
in
size
internal
structure
and
shape
including
forms
with
filamentous
projections
the
most
common
form
observed
was
to
in
diameter
and
had
a
nuclear
area
of
fibrillar
strands
probably
dna
the
cytoplasm
of
the
organisms
contained
ribosome
like
granules
and
a
flattened
vacuole
which
indented
the
nuclear
area
there
were
various
other
forms
including
'elementary
bodies'
m
in
diameter
that
were
very
electron
dense
in
the
tissue
culture
lines
in
which
the
cells
grew
as
a
monolayer
the
mycoplasma
were
closely
associated
with
the
cell
surface
and
were
occasionally
seen
in
membrane
lined
cytoplasmic
vacuoles
in
cell
lines
that
did
not
attach
to
the
glass
the
mycoplasma
were
fewer
and
not
attached
to
the
cell
surface
although
the
ultrastructure
of
this
strain
is
similar
to
that
of
previously
described
strains
there
are
differences
in
details
of
structure
which
may
be
related
either
to
the
growth
conditions
used
or
to
characteristics
of
the
strain
the
various
forms
of
the
organism
are
consistent
with
the
suggestion
that
mycoplasma
may
have
several
mechanisms
of
reproduction
growth
the
intracellular
mycoplasma
may
be
protected
from
antibiotics
this
would
partly
explain
the
difficulty
of
eradicating
mycoplasma
from
infected
cell
cultures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
914
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
long
term
prognosis
and
the
response
of
schizophrenic
children
to
drug
therapy
a
controlled
study
of
trifluoperazine
it
is
evident
from
this
study
that
treatment
and
control
groups
must
be
matched
for
severity
of
illness
since
this
affects
the
responsiveness
to
pharmacological
as
well
as
to
other
types
of
treatments
the
use
of
the
double
blind
technique
does
not
of
itself
guarantee
a
well
controlled
study
the
comparison
of
or
more
treatment
regimes
may
be
misleading
if
the
groups
are
not
matched
or
if
the
matching
is
not
based
on
critical
factors
in
this
study
both
the
response
to
the
nonpharmacologic
aspects
of
treatment
and
the
type
of
response
to
the
drug
itself
were
related
to
the
initial
severity
of
language
impairment
thus
the
major
developmental
defect
which
determines
long
term
outcome
for
schizophrenic
children
in
this
group
also
predicted
the
immediate
responsiveness
to
treatment
within
the
major
prognostic
subgroups
of
young
schizophrenic
children
those
with
speech
and
those
without
are
children
with
different
profiles
of
disordered
development
and
different
patterns
of
assets
and
handicaps
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
915
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
long
term
treatment
of
a
psychotic
child
in
a
psychiatric
hospital
description
of
one
phase
of
the
long
term
psychotherapy
of
a
yr
old
psychotic
boy
within
the
framework
of
a
mental
hospital
the
first
part
deals
briefly
with
the
lay
out
and
the
structure
of
a
new
unit
for
emotionally
disturbed
children
underlining
the
well
known
importance
of
the
therapeutic
milieu
in
the
treatment
and
care
of
the
mentally
ill
particularly
important
when
the
patients
are
children
the
child
presented
was
diagnosed
when
admitted
as
a
case
of
severe
childhood
psychosis
of
the
autistic
type
the
unusually
rich
data
at
disposal
were
obtained
through
non
verbal
communication
because
the
child
has
no
language
nevertheless
he
can
express
himself
clearly
through
play
and
gestures
the
analysis
of
this
precious
clinical
material
focuses
the
discussion
on
the
existence
and
the
quality
of
an
object
relationship
preceding
the
psychosis
the
importance
of
the
'early
unusual
sensitivities'
in
the
formation
of
a
premature
and
fragile
ego
and
the
method
of
choice
in
the
treatment
of
childhood
psychoses
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
916
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comments
on
a
case
of
infantile
psychosis
an
account
is
given
of
a
case
of
infantile
mutism
which
depended
not
so
much
upon
a
true
autism
as
on
a
withdrawing
into
himself
as
a
defence
against
a
dangerous
and
threatening
environment
there
was
a
spectacular
and
unusual
improvement
of
the
symptomatology
with
psychotherapy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
917
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
problems
of
infantile
autism
and
psychiatric
nosology
in
psychiatric
literature
the
syndrome
of
early
infantile
autism
has
been
divided
into
several
subgroups
as
for
instance
the
subgroup
of
kanner
and
the
subgroup
of
asperger
and
has
been
assigned
to
different
mental
conditions
schizophrenia
psychopathy
neurosis
these
distinctions
and
classifications
are
thought
to
be
controversial
so
long
as
the
etiology
of
early
infantile
autism
is
unknown
nor
should
any
'psychiatric
school'
claim
to
have
the
'right'
concept
of
schizophrenia
since
the
etiology
of
schizophrenia
too
has
not
yet
been
discovered
in
this
particular
'pre
scientific'
situation
of
psychiatry
it
seems
more
promising
to
analyze
the
individual
mental
case
and
to
concentrate
on
clinical
symptomatology
instead
of
discussing
arbitrary
'nosological
entities'
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
918
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
families
of
children
with
early
childhood
schizophrenia
emotionally
disturbed
children
were
divided
into
groups
on
the
basis
of
their
diagnoses
of
autism
or
symbiosis
chronic
undifferentiated
schizophrenia
and
other
forms
of
emotional
disturbance
the
groups
were
compared
statistically
on
the
following
demographic
measures
educational
level
of
parents
occupational
level
of
father
prevalence
of
broken
homes
male
female
ratio
in
each
patient
group
ordinal
position
among
siblings
ordinal
position
among
siblings
of
same
sex
and
age
of
parents
at
birth
of
child
results
indicated
that
families
of
children
diagnosed
as
autistic
or
symbiotic
show
many
similarities
to
those
with
the
diagnosis
of
chronic
undifferentiated
schizophrenia
in
general
the
parents
in
these
groups
were
better
educated
and
were
employed
in
more
highly
rated
occupations
than
parents
of
otherwise
disturbed
subjects
broken
homes
were
prevalent
in
the
group
of
disturbed
nonschizophrenic
children
but
not
in
the
autistic
or
chronic
undifferentiated
schizophrenic
groups
the
male
female
ratio
was
not
significantly
different
among
the
groups
in
the
autistic
group
specifically
it
was
the
data
revealed
no
trend
in
ordinal
position
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
919
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
childhood
psychosis
a
description
is
given
of
the
diagnostic
criteria
put
forward
by
creak
and
her
associates
in
for
what
they
have
called
'schizophrenic
syndrome
of
childhood'
psychotic
reactions
in
childhood
are
grouped
into
childhood
schizophrenia
organic
states
with
psychosis
mental
subnormality
with
psychosis
sensory
deprivation
neurosis
and
manic
depressive
psychosis
it
is
suggested
that
the
generic
term
'psychosis'
is
the
best
available
and
a
classification
is
presented
and
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
920
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
psychotic
reactions
of
childhood
experiences
of
a
mental
retardation
pilot
project
clinical
team
evaluations
are
presented
of
a
group
of
psychotic
children
who
were
initially
thought
to
be
mentally
retarded
emphasis
is
placed
on
consideration
of
as
many
aspects
of
the
total
picture
as
possible
with
diagnosis
resulting
from
a
synthesis
of
the
individual
pieces
of
information
caution
is
suggested
regarding
interpretation
of
incomplete
psychological
test
findings
especially
in
regard
to
prognosis
the
results
of
this
study
offer
guidelines
for
differential
diagnosis
between
psychosis
resulting
from
primary
emotional
disorders
and
psychosis
superimposed
on
a
chronic
brain
syndrome
in
children
questions
are
raised
about
early
infantile
autism
as
a
unitary
syndrome
on
the
basis
of
etiology
the
need
for
a
better
and
more
comprehensive
diagnostic
classification
of
the
psychotic
reactions
of
infancy
and
early
childhood
is
stressed
this
must
be
developed
before
valid
comparisons
of
treatment
and
prognostic
considerations
can
be
made
among
groups
of
clinicians
working
in
the
field
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
921
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
modification
of
autistic
behavior
with
lsd
lsd
appears
to
offer
a
useful
adjunct
to
the
psychotherapy
of
autistic
children
because
of
its
positive
effect
in
areas
which
are
closely
related
to
the
process
of
psychotherapy
a
pair
of
identical
male
autistic
twins
was
periodically
administered
of
lsd
and
observed
for
behavior
changes
control
and
drug
observations
were
made
while
the
subjects
were
placed
in
a
series
of
standard
test
situations
referred
to
as
the
socialization
test
social
isolation
test
peek
a
boo
pat
a
cake
face
to
face
hand
holding
and
following
tests
diverse
behaviors
were
recorded
in
the
areas
of
self
stimulatory
behavior
social
interaction
and
affect
recordings
were
made
using
an
esterline
angus
multiple
pen
recorder
all
behaviors
were
measured
in
total
time
appearance
and
plotted
as
percent
time
in
appearance
consistent
behavioral
changes
resulted
after
lsd
in
that
the
subjects
demonstrated
an
increase
in
eye
to
face
contact
an
increase
in
laughter
and
smiling
behavior
and
decrease
in
self
stimulatory
behavior
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
922
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
organic
and
emotional
factors
on
the
origins
nature
and
outcome
of
childhood
psychosis
a
group
of
children
diagnosed
as
'child
psychosis'
or
one
of
its
synonyms
was
followed
up
for
an
average
of
yr
none
of
the
parents
were
schizophrenic
had
a
parent
who
had
psychiatric
treatment
for
neurosis
only
children
had
a
sib
with
transient
autistic
episode
none
had
sibs
with
the
adult
type
of
schizophrenia
these
findings
are
felt
to
militate
against
the
view
that
child
psychosis
is
part
of
the
schizophrenic
group
among
the
children
had
an
i
q
below
between
and
and
only
above
the
i
q
was
found
in
general
to
be
a
good
predictor
of
later
performances
mental
retardation
is
regarded
as
a
primary
component
of
the
clinical
picture
evidence
of
brain
damage
was
conclusive
in
children
who
showed
epileptic
attacks
developing
in
of
them
during
the
follow
up
speech
disorders
were
the
most
outstanding
manifestation
five
children
had
confirmed
receptive
aphasia
and
others
show
some
evidence
of
it
in
of
the
speaking
children
echolalia
was
noted
had
abnormalities
of
delivering
spoken
words
the
view
that
reduction
of
speech
is
due
to
social
withdrawal
is
rejected
psychogenic
factors
and
parental
attitude
were
not
found
to
be
relevant
to
the
etiology
the
psychosis
is
not
considered
primarily
emotional
in
origin
although
emotional
relationships
as
well
as
educational
management
have
considerable
influence
on
the
outcome
of
the
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
923
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
compliance
and
resistance
in
the
conditioning
of
autistic
children
an
exploratory
study
twelve
autistic
children
between
and
yr
of
age
were
asked
to
choose
red
objects
and
square
objects
from
a
stimulus
array
ten
subjects
made
correct
choices
significantly
less
often
than
chance
that
is
they
avoided
emitting
correct
responses
the
subjects
were
given
conditioning
trials
in
which
choices
of
either
red
or
square
objects
were
reinforced
those
who
attained
either
concept
subsequently
performed
perfectly
when
asked
to
produce
both
red
and
square
concepts
the
other
subjects
continued
giving
fewer
than
chance
correct
responses
thus
conditioning
trials
elicited
in
some
subjects
an
increased
tendency
to
comply
with
the
experimenter's
instructions
the
results
suggest
that
more
attention
should
be
paid
to
the
distinction
between
responses
that
autistic
children
are
unable
to
make
and
responses
that
they
are
unwilling
to
make
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
924
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
etiology
of
autistic
syndromes
of
children
examination
and
treatment
of
children
and
youths
with
the
autistic
syndromes
of
early
childhood
over
a
period
of
ten
years
led
to
the
impression
that
these
disorders
are
a
primary
organic
syndrome
of
manifold
etiology
this
view
is
supported
by
many
relevant
clinical
experiences
and
data
which
are
discussed
in
detail
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
925
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
acquisition
of
imitative
speech
by
schizophrenic
children
two
mute
schizophrenic
children
were
taught
imitative
speech
within
an
operant
conditioning
framework
the
training
procedure
consisted
of
a
series
of
increasingly
fine
verbal
discriminations
the
children
were
rewarded
for
closer
and
closer
reproductions
of
the
attending
adults'
speech
it
is
found
that
reward
delivered
contingent
upon
imitation
was
necessary
for
development
of
imitation
furthermore
the
newly
established
imitation
was
shown
to
have
acquired
rewarding
properties
for
the
children
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
926
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hallucinations
in
children
at
a
state
hospital
hallucinations
in
children
at
referral
and
upon
admission
to
a
state
hospital
were
studied
by
reviewing
randomly
selected
charts
of
current
patients
there
were
no
significant
differences
in
the
incidence
of
hallucinations
in
boys
and
girls
between
racial
groups
and
between
schizophrenic
children
under
and
over
the
children
diagnosed
psychosis
with
convulsive
disorder
had
the
highest
incidence
of
hallucinations
those
diagnosed
childhood
schizophrenia
had
an
incidence
of
and
children
diagnosed
primary
behavior
disorder
had
the
lowest
incidence
specific
auditory
visual
and
olfactory
hallucinations
were
described
the
nature
of
hallucinations
in
boys
and
girls
was
similar
psychotic
children
tended
to
have
more
bizarre
hallucinations
than
nonpsychotic
children
there
was
no
difference
in
the
nature
of
hallucinations
among
the
different
groups
of
psychotic
children
although
this
population
consisted
of
severely
disturbed
and
deprived
children
who
had
a
high
incidence
of
hallucinations
these
hallucinations
were
of
simple
content
and
not
organized
into
delusional
systems
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
927
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
childhood
schizophrenia
a
three
year
comparison
of
day
and
residential
treatment
a
carefully
designed
study
of
day
treatment
children
matched
individually
with
residential
children
is
presented
in
each
case
the
diagnosis
of
schizophrenia
was
carefully
confirmed
on
the
basis
of
impairment
in
human
relationship
disturbance
in
personal
identity
resistance
to
change
unusual
preoccupations
perceptual
and
cognitive
disorders
and
panic
reactions
the
ages
ranged
between
and
the
children
were
selected
as
the
result
of
matching
with
regard
to
age
of
onset
culture
and
family
organization
intactness
of
the
family
structure
was
required
residential
treatment
implied
round
the
clock
therapeutic
interaction
with
the
child
for
days
each
week
mth
of
the
year
day
treatment
consisted
of
a
m
to
p
m
care
days
a
week
for
mth
of
the
year
staff
distribution
was
identical
in
the
groups
but
in
the
day
care
group
the
teacher
assumed
a
larger
relative
position
in
the
world
established
for
the
child
all
children
were
matched
in
ego
status
at
the
beginning
of
the
experiment
by
means
of
the
wisc
and
psychiatric
evaluation
changes
in
this
status
being
measured
by
the
wisc
and
the
metropolitan
achievement
test
series
the
results
indicated
no
significant
improvement
in
either
day
or
residence
in
those
schizophrenic
children
who
on
admission
had
unscorable
wisc
tests
and
who
were
the
most
severely
impaired
in
ego
structure
among
the
children
scorable
on
the
wisc
the
organic
groups
in
day
and
in
residential
treatment
showed
equivalent
degrees
of
progress
the
non
organic
children
in
residence
gave
evidence
of
more
improvement
than
did
the
matched
children
in
day
treatment
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
928
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
visual
versus
tactual
receptor
preference
in
normal
and
schizophrenic
children
receptor
preferences
between
visual
or
tactual
stimuli
were
measured
in
schizophrenic
and
normal
children
pairs
of
standardized
choice
situations
between
visual
or
tactual
stimuli
were
used
with
the
time
of
engagement
with
either
stimulus
constituting
the
preference
measure
schizophrenic
children
between
the
ages
of
and
were
compared
with
same
aged
normal
children
a
group
of
retardates
were
used
for
ma
control
schizophrenics
were
significantly
lower
in
visual
preference
than
the
same
aged
normals
and
an
age
trend
for
increased
visual
preference
was
found
in
the
normal
sample
retardates
showed
greater
visual
preference
than
schizophrenics
of
comparable
ma
some
implications
for
theory
of
schizophrenia
were
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
929
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
folic
acid
on
growth
and
deoxyribonucleic
acid
synthesis
in
the
rat
kidney
the
effect
of
a
single
injection
of
folic
acid
mg
kg
of
body
wt
on
growth
of
the
rat
kidney
was
studied
the
patterns
of
the
response
were
found
to
be
essentially
similar
in
animals
aged
between
wk
and
mth
maximum
values
of
kidney
weight
and
nucleic
acid
content
relative
to
body
weight
were
found
at
days
at
folate
administration
the
increases
in
wet
and
dry
weights
at
this
time
were
approx
and
resp
above
the
control
weights
and
the
percentage
dry
matter
of
the
kidney
was
significantly
lower
than
normal
during
this
period
at
days
the
rna
content
of
the
kidney
was
also
maximal
being
about
greater
than
the
control
value
and
the
dna
content
after
days
was
increased
by
about
whereas
the
dna
values
in
wk
old
rats
were
slightly
lower
at
and
days
than
at
days
in
mth
old
animals
a
further
small
increase
was
observed
at
days
suggesting
a
prolongation
of
dna
synthesis
in
the
older
animals
autoradiographic
studies
of
dna
synthesis
with
thymidine
h
have
shown
a
greatly
increased
labeling
index
in
all
zones
of
the
kidney
following
folate
injection
maximum
values
were
observed
at
hr
in
the
cortical
zone
but
the
patterns
of
the
changes
in
the
medulla
were
less
well
defined
the
labelling
indices
in
the
kidneys
of
mth
old
rats
remained
above
normal
for
a
longer
period
than
in
wk
old
rats
these
results
concur
with
the
evidence
of
an
increased
dna
contents
of
the
kidneys
of
older
rats
between
and
days
after
folate
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
930
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
renal
renin
in
unilaterally
nephrectomized
hypertensive
rats
juxtaglomerular
index
renal
pressor
activity
and
width
of
the
zona
glomerulosa
were
normal
in
unilaterally
nephrectomized
hypertensive
rats
maintained
on
a
normal
sodium
intake
increased
in
those
subjected
to
sodium
depletion
and
decreased
in
those
receiving
saline
this
indicates
that
renin
formation
and
secretion
are
most
likely
the
result
of
the
sodium
state
of
the
animal
rather
than
loss
of
a
renin
stimulating
agent
in
the
contralateral
or
unclipped
kidney
failure
of
sodium
to
influence
the
degree
of
hypertension
in
unilaterally
nephrectomized
hypertensive
rats
militates
against
a
direct
quantitative
relationship
between
blood
pressure
and
the
renin
angiotensin
aldosterone
system
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
931
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hypertensive
vascular
disease
produced
by
homologous
renin
administration
of
rat
renin
to
uninephrectomized
rats
reproduced
most
if
not
all
the
changes
hypertension
vascular
disease
hypertrophy
of
the
zona
glomerulosa
of
the
adrenals
found
after
partial
constriction
of
the
renal
artery
this
is
taken
as
evidence
that
the
renal
pressor
system
plays
a
major
role
in
the
pathogenesis
of
renal
hypertension
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
932
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
effects
of
hypophysectomy
and
growth
hormone
on
renal
compensatory
hypertrophy
in
rats
the
effect
of
hypophysectomy
on
renal
compensatory
hypertrophy
rch
was
observed
in
unilaterally
nephrectomized
rats
receiving
no
therapy
and
those
receiving
replacement
therapy
and
was
compared
to
the
rch
attained
by
non
hypophysectomized
unilaterally
nephrectomized
rats
at
and
days
in
the
latter
group
there
was
an
initial
rapid
rch
seen
at
day
which
continued
but
at
a
slower
rate
through
day
in
the
hypophysectomized
group
without
replacement
therapy
there
was
also
an
initial
rch
in
the
first
hrs
however
instead
of
the
rch
continuing
there
was
a
regression
in
kidney
size
at
days
and
with
no
subsequent
change
at
days
in
the
hypophysectomized
group
receiving
hormone
replacement
there
was
an
initial
rch
comparable
to
the
other
groups
but
the
further
renal
enlargement
at
days
was
much
less
than
that
of
the
non
hypophysectomized
animals
the
results
of
this
experiment
and
of
other
reported
studies
imply
existence
of
a
renotropic
factor
which
is
not
produced
in
the
pituitary
but
which
requires
an
intact
pituitary
for
full
effectiveness
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
933
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
extrarenal
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
clinical
radiologic
and
pathologic
studies
on
patients
with
lesions
in
the
extrarenal
arteries
that
resembled
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
are
described
in
patients
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
was
present
in
the
renal
arteries
patients
with
involvement
of
the
celiac
artery
were
the
only
ones
who
had
symptoms
of
visceral
ischemia
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
of
the
internal
carotid
arteries
was
observed
in
patients
of
whom
had
symptoms
of
cerebral
ischemia
nine
patients
with
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
of
the
carotid
or
renal
arteries
had
intracranial
aneurysms
and
in
others
intracranial
hemorrhage
developed
in
the
absence
of
demonstrable
aneurysms
the
histologic
similarities
between
intracranial
aneurysms
and
other
types
of
aneurysms
that
appear
in
patients
with
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
the
frequency
of
intracranial
aneurysms
in
patients
with
extracranial
fibromuscular
hyperplasia
and
the
similar
sex
and
age
incidence
suggest
a
common
etiologic
origin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
934
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
speculations
on
the
nature
and
significance
of
developmentally
small
kidneys
renal
hypoplasia
renal
hypoplasia
may
take
several
forms
among
these
the
best
known
is
perhaps
renal
dysplasia
in
which
the
parenchyma
is
maldeveloped
other
forms
of
hypoplasia
in
which
the
renal
parenchyma
is
normally
formed
but
merely
diminished
in
amount
do
exist
and
may
have
severe
clinical
consequences
the
finding
at
postmortem
examination
of
anatomically
small
kidneys
in
children
who
suffered
excessive
or
unexplained
dehydration
has
prompted
the
thought
that
renal
tubular
insufficiency
may
result
from
renal
hypoplasia
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
935
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
study
of
induced
renal
hyperplasia
using
autoradiography
to
establish
a
base
line
for
future
autoradiographic
investigations
compensatory
renal
hyperplasia
was
studied
using
tritiated
thymidine
labelled
cells
were
infrequent
in
the
tubular
tissues
of
control
kidneys
in
the
kidneys
remaining
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
there
was
a
to
fold
increase
in
the
cortex
and
a
to
fold
increase
in
the
medulla
of
labelled
tubular
cells
over
the
numbers
seen
in
control
tissues
the
findings
obtained
here
are
in
agreement
with
the
observations
made
in
earlier
investigations
with
routine
methods
of
staining
and
mitotic
observation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
936
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
compensatory
structural
and
functional
changes
in
the
kidney
the
radiographic
assessment
of
the
renal
size
and
the
factors
influencing
renal
hypertrophy
are
discussed
the
importance
of
compensatory
hypertrophy
and
its
prognostic
significance
is
emphasised
the
changes
are
correlated
with
renal
function
as
measured
by
the
glomerular
filtration
rate
and
renal
plasma
flow
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
937
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
bilateral
renal
hypoplasia
of
the
pig
bilateral
renal
hypoplasia
of
the
pig
is
described
and
is
compared
with
a
previous
description
the
defect
was
observed
in
piglets
out
of
a
total
of
born
in
litters
sired
by
one
large
white
boar
twelve
affected
piglets
died
at
or
soon
after
birth
and
died
between
the
ages
of
and
days
inheritance
by
a
simple
autosomal
recessive
factor
is
suggested
by
the
evidence
grossly
the
condition
was
characterized
by
varying
degrees
of
hypoplasia
and
persistence
of
fetal
lobulation
microscopically
the
dominant
feature
was
the
poor
development
of
the
collecting
tubule
system
it
is
concluded
that
the
basic
defect
is
a
failure
of
development
of
mesonephric
mesenchyme
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
938
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
effect
of
nortestosterone
phenylpropionate
on
compensatory
hypertrophy
of
the
remaining
kidney
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
forty
eight
hr
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
both
in
non
castrated
and
in
castrated
male
mice
the
relative
dry
weight
of
the
remaining
kidney
increased
significantly
this
compensatory
hypertrophy
was
significantly
stimulated
as
early
as
hr
after
operation
by
treatment
with
nortestosterone
phenylpropionate
npp
at
the
time
of
operation
the
percentual
increase
of
the
kidney
weight
was
approximately
the
same
in
non
castrated
as
in
castrated
mice
the
absolute
initial
values
as
well
as
the
resulting
values
hr
after
operation
were
higher
in
non
castrated
male
mice
than
in
castrated
animals
the
number
of
cells
and
the
dna
concentration
per
g
tissue
decreased
during
the
period
of
non
stimulated
compensatory
hypertrophy
in
both
groups
of
animals
npp
caused
a
still
further
decrease
the
concentration
of
dna
per
cell
did
not
change
following
non
stimulated
compensatory
hypertrophy
there
was
no
change
in
the
rna
concentration
per
g
tissue
or
per
cell
in
castrated
mice
in
non
castrated
mice
the
concentration
increased
npp
caused
approximately
the
same
percentual
increase
of
rna
concentration
in
non
castrated
as
in
castrated
animals
during
the
period
of
compensatory
hypertrophy
the
difference
between
both
groups
of
mice
in
the
rna
concentration
in
the
remaining
kidney
following
stimulation
of
the
compensatory
hypertrophy
by
npp
was
statistically
significant
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
939
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
thyroid
and
pituitary
gland
activity
during
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
autoradiographic
studies
with
tritiated
thymidine
showed
an
increased
synthesis
of
dna
and
cellular
proliferation
of
the
thyroid
and
pituitary
during
compensatory
renal
hypertrophy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
940
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
influence
of
thyroid
hormone
on
renal
function
during
the
course
of
compensatory
hypertrophy
during
the
course
of
compensatory
hypertrophy
of
the
kidney
glomerular
filtration
and
renal
plasma
flow
increased
to
a
less
extent
in
thyroidectomized
animals
than
in
control
animals
the
secretory
capacity
of
the
renal
tubules
of
thyroidectomized
animals
increased
insignificantly
during
compensatory
hypertrophy
but
increased
markedly
after
administration
of
thyroid
hormone
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
941
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
kidney
cell
proliferation
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
as
related
to
age
the
effect
of
unilateral
nephrectomy
on
the
number
of
cortical
kidney
cells
undergoing
dna
synthesis
and
mitosis
was
measured
by
tritiated
thymidine
autoradiography
in
both
weanling
and
adult
rats
among
the
unoperated
control
animals
the
weanling
rat
group
showed
a
base
line
labeling
index
of
and
the
adult
animals
one
of
the
response
to
unilateral
nephrectomy
resulted
in
a
peak
value
of
in
the
weanling
animals
and
in
the
adult
animals
both
occurring
at
hr
mitotic
indices
were
in
the
weanling
control
animals
and
in
the
adults
with
a
peak
of
and
resp
at
hr
separate
counts
of
tubule
and
stromal
cells
in
the
cortex
revealed
that
the
maximum
increase
in
labeled
cells
occurred
later
in
the
stromal
cells
than
in
the
tubule
cells
the
stromal
cells
not
reaching
a
maximum
until
hr
after
nephrectomy
the
findings
indicate
that
although
the
relative
proliferative
activity
is
much
lower
in
adult
animals
a
similar
response
qualitatively
is
obtained
in
both
groups
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
942
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
influence
of
the
adrenal
glands
on
dna
synthesis
in
normal
and
compensating
kidneys
the
role
of
the
adrenal
glands
in
controlling
the
synthesis
of
dna
in
normal
and
compensating
kidneys
of
rats
given
saline
drinking
fluid
was
studied
using
tritiated
thymidine
and
radioautography
adrenalectomy
alone
increased
significantly
the
labeling
of
the
renal
cortex
and
medulla
of
otherwise
intact
rats
two
days
following
unilateral
nephrectomy
of
rats
with
intact
adrenal
glands
the
number
of
labeled
nuclei
in
the
remaining
kidney
increased
by
factors
of
about
and
in
the
cortex
and
the
medulla
respectively
adrenalectomy
moderately
decreased
the
hyper
plastic
response
of
the
cortex
of
the
remaining
kidney
but
increased
still
further
the
labeling
index
of
the
medulla
by
days
after
unilateral
nephrectomy
of
rats
with
intact
adrenal
glands
neither
the
cortex
nor
the
medulla
of
the
remaining
kidney
exhibited
a
marked
hyperplastic
response
in
adrenalectomized
animals
also
unilateral
nephrectomy
caused
only
slight
increases
in
the
labeling
indices
of
the
cortex
and
the
medulla
of
the
remaining
kidney
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
943
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
auto
radiographic
studies
of
the
protein
metabolism
of
the
single
kidney
in
the
nephrectomized
rat
rats
were
subjected
to
unilateral
nephrectomy
following
which
the
protein
metabolism
of
the
other
kidney
which
exerted
a
compensatory
activity
was
studied
with
h
labelled
l
phenylalanine
at
different
intervals
hr
to
wk
two
phases
of
enhanced
incorporation
of
amino
acids
into
the
cells
of
the
convoluted
tubules
were
found
with
one
maximum
after
hr
at
which
time
the
uptake
is
limited
to
the
cytoplasm
and
a
nd
maximum
on
the
th
day
when
the
nucleus
is
equally
involved
in
the
course
of
the
nd
phase
of
enhanced
amino
acid
uptake
there
is
also
an
increased
mitotic
index
of
the
epithelia
of
the
tubules
in
the
collecting
tubules
there
was
only
one
phase
of
enhanced
amino
acid
uptake
with
a
maximum
on
the
th
day
also
coinciding
with
an
increased
mitotic
index
the
increase
of
the
number
of
cells
of
the
kidney
was
determined
by
a
study
of
the
variations
of
the
mitotic
index
the
mean
multiplication
factor
in
the
beginning
amounts
to
the
protein
metabolism
is
increased
times
the
increase
of
the
volume
factor
and
the
increase
of
the
protein
metabolism
per
unit
of
volume
factor
of
the
hypertrophic
kidney
result
in
a
total
increase
of
the
protein
metabolism
of
times
once
the
adaptation
process
is
complete
so
that
the
residual
kidney
has
approximately
the
same
protein
metabolism
as
normal
kidneys
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
944
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
two
brothers
with
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
the
patients
a
year
old
and
a
year
old
boy
had
suffered
from
polydypsia
and
polyuria
since
the
age
of
yr
physical
and
mental
retardation
hyperchloremia
and
lowering
of
kidney
concentrating
power
were
observed
the
patients
were
resistant
to
pitressin
they
were
considered
to
be
suffering
from
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
caused
by
a
recessive
heredity
factor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
945
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
studies
on
the
sweat
in
renal
diabetes
insipidus
during
treatment
with
saluretics
description
of
a
month
old
boy
suffering
from
familial
diabetes
insipidus
his
sweat
as
well
as
that
of
his
mother
had
an
increased
nacl
content
chlorthalidone
and
fursemide
had
a
different
effect
both
on
the
quantity
and
on
the
nacl
content
of
the
sweat
a
single
dose
of
chlorthalidone
decreased
the
nacl
content
for
a
short
time
but
increased
the
quantity
of
sweat
during
days
fursemide
given
intermittently
produced
a
decrease
of
the
sweat
nacl
also
during
the
intervals
and
an
increase
of
the
quantity
of
sweat
however
as
a
contraregulation
during
the
intervals
the
quantity
of
sweat
decreased
and
at
the
same
time
the
urea
content
increased
from
the
isotonic
serum
filtrate
in
the
sweat
glands
ho
and
nacl
were
reabsorbed
in
the
ducts
and
the
urea
concentration
increased
but
the
reabsorption
of
ho
and
nacl
did
not
go
parallel
therefore
the
sweat
is
hypotonic
this
regulation
is
altered
in
diabetes
insipidus
therefore
the
high
values
of
nacl
without
changing
the
osmolarity
na
is
exchanged
with
k
this
mechanism
is
accentuated
if
the
na
concentration
is
high
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
946
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
diabetes
insipidus
treated
with
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
a
case
of
diabetes
insipidus
was
associated
with
an
eosinophilic
granuloma
in
a
year
old
child
partial
control
of
symptoms
was
achieved
with
pitressin
tannate
in
oil
u
i
m
on
alternate
days
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
i
m
controlled
the
urine
output
at
a
dose
of
u
hourly
but
the
preparation
was
not
well
tolerated
it
was
therefore
given
by
the
nasal
route
and
over
a
month
period
the
diabetes
was
controlled
with
a
dose
of
u
t
d
s
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
947
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
action
of
vasopressin
in
renal
diabetes
insipidus
as
the
water
retaining
action
of
antidiuretic
hormone
is
eliminated
in
renal
diabetes
insipidus
the
steps
in
na
transport
can
be
separately
determined
vasopressin
induced
a
prompt
increase
in
freewater
clearance
and
urinary
volume
as
well
as
a
delayed
increase
in
sodium
clearance
it
is
suggested
that
vasopressin
brings
about
stimulation
of
sodium
reabsorption
in
the
ascending
limb
of
henle's
loop
it
is
supposed
that
both
physiological
actions
of
antidiuretic
hormone
the
antidiuretic
and
the
sodium
active
effect
become
operative
in
two
different
places
in
the
nephron
and
synergistically
produce
a
maximum
concentration
of
urine
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
948
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pituitary
diabetes
insipidus
associated
with
progressive
urinary
tract
dilatation
a
case
of
pituitary
diabetes
insipidus
with
associated
obstructive
urinary
tract
changes
is
described
the
patient
was
treated
both
by
surgical
correction
of
lower
tract
obstruction
as
well
as
by
control
of
the
diabetes
reversal
of
anatomic
changes
over
a
year
followup
period
is
demonstrated
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
949
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
antidiuretic
effect
of
angiotensin
in
diabetes
insipidus
the
effect
of
angiotensin
val
hypertensinii
asp
amide
was
studied
in
children
with
diabetes
insipidus
a
yr
old
boy
with
diabetes
insipidus
neuro
hormonalis
and
a
yr
old
girl
with
diabetes
insipidus
renalis
in
whom
the
clearances
of
inulin
pah
na
and
urea
and
the
osmolar
and
free
water
clearances
were
examined
angiotensin
produces
a
prompt
antidiuresis
which
is
combined
with
a
gross
decrease
of
the
na
clearance
the
osmolality
of
the
urine
is
increased
only
slightly
and
the
free
water
clearance
does
not
become
negative
both
effects
being
contrary
to
those
seen
with
vasopressin
the
antidiuresis
and
antinatriuresis
can
be
produced
in
salt
loaded
and
salt
deprived
states
furosemide
reverses
the
effects
of
angiotensin
the
clearance
of
urea
is
not
changed
by
angiotensin
as
long
as
the
glomerular
filtration
rate
remains
normal
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
950
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
polyuria
in
children
twelve
polyuric
children
have
been
investigated
in
the
present
report
from
their
etiologico
clinical
aspect
and
they
have
been
classified
into
four
broad
groups
the
first
group
of
diabetes
insipidus
syndrome
included
cases
of
idiopathic
type
and
one
of
the
acquired
variety
due
to
hand
schuller
christian
disease
the
cases
in
the
second
group
of
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
after
further
investigations
were
diagnosed
as
renal
acidosis
case
other
renal
tubular
syndromes
with
multiple
defects
cases
and
hypokalaemic
nephropathy
case
the
third
group
of
polyuria
due
to
chronic
renal
failure
has
been
exemplified
by
one
case
the
fourth
group
of
cases
had
compulsive
water
drinking
as
the
probable
etiology
in
addition
to
the
illustrative
case
histories
a
practical
diagnostic
approach
in
the
context
of
physiopathology
of
normal
urine
excretion
has
been
recommended
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
951
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
diabetes
insipidus
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
nasal
solution
twenty
patients
with
vasopressin
deficient
diabetes
insipidus
were
treated
with
a
nasal
solution
of
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
use
of
the
nasal
spray
to
times
daily
controlled
polyuria
in
all
patients
without
recurrence
of
the
side
effects
occasionally
observed
with
posterior
pituitary
preparations
of
animal
origin
one
pregnant
patient
was
well
controlled
to
term
without
undesirable
uterine
stimulation
because
of
its
ease
of
administration
the
absence
of
significant
water
retention
if
used
judiciously
and
the
freedom
from
potentially
serious
allergic
reactions
to
foreign
protein
this
synthetic
preparation
is
recommended
for
clinical
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
952
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
nasal
spray
in
the
treatment
of
diabetes
insipidus
thirteen
patients
with
diabetes
insipidus
were
satisfactorily
and
conveniently
treated
with
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
nasal
spray
the
material
being
administered
to
times
per
day
in
a
total
daily
dosage
ranging
from
to
u
a
transient
decrease
in
effectiveness
was
noted
during
periods
of
upper
respiratory
infection
or
allergic
rhinitis
the
only
adverse
effects
of
the
nasal
spray
consisted
of
minor
nasal
irritation
in
patients
and
increased
frequency
of
bowel
movements
in
one
child
after
he
increased
the
dose
in
an
effort
to
concentrate
and
restrict
urine
volume
in
hydrated
normal
subjects
lysine
vasopressin
administered
s
c
is
times
as
effective
as
the
nasal
spray
preparation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
953
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
diabetes
insipidus
treatment
with
lysine
vasopressin
in
a
nasal
spray
synthetic
lysine
vasopressin
administered
as
a
nasal
spray
to
patients
with
diabetes
insipidus
resulted
in
excellent
control
in
one
in
the
other
it
was
of
some
value
as
therapy
supplemental
to
pitressin
tannate
in
oil
the
patient
who
was
adequately
controlled
with
'spray
therapy'
alone
required
the
sprays
every
hr
during
the
day
but
none
during
the
night
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
954
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
salt
and
water
distribution
in
hereditary
and
in
induced
hypothalamic
diabetes
insipidus
in
the
rat
salt
and
water
metabolism
and
the
distribution
of
na
k
and
water
in
gastrocnemius
and
in
aorta
were
measured
in
spontaneous
hereditary
hypothalamic
and
in
surgically
induced
diabetes
insipidus
in
the
rat
the
degree
of
severity
in
the
types
of
the
disease
was
estimated
in
terms
of
salt
and
water
handling
water
turnover
in
hr
was
about
equal
to
body
weight
in
the
hereditary
disease
and
about
of
body
weight
in
the
induced
disease
skeletal
muscle
na
increased
more
than
in
the
familial
disease
and
the
gain
involved
both
cells
and
environment
there
was
no
corresponding
loss
of
k
similar
changes
of
lesser
degree
were
noted
in
the
induced
disease
the
degree
of
na
accumulation
appears
to
be
partially
dependent
on
the
duration
of
the
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
955
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
antidiuresis
induced
by
saluretics
in
diabetes
insipidus
in
hypothalamus
pituitary
and
less
regularly
in
nephrogenic
diabetes
insipidus
some
diuretics
cause
a
fall
in
diuresis
mainly
due
to
reduced
excretion
of
free
water
this
adh
like
action
not
correlated
with
the
extent
of
the
natriuretic
action
or
with
salt
depletion
depends
on
a
direct
effect
of
the
drug
on
water
permeability
in
the
distal
tubule
and
is
suppressed
by
cortisone
it
is
maximal
for
the
thiazide
derivatives
and
diminishes
progressively
with
mercurial
compounds
spirolactones
and
triamterene
in
that
order
and
is
absent
for
acetazolamide
the
reduction
in
glomerular
filtration
and
increased
proximal
reabsorption
of
na
following
salt
depletion
induced
by
the
diuretics
is
of
less
importance
and
irregular
in
appearance
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
956
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
congenital
hydronephrosis
histological
study
of
the
renal
parenchyma
in
cases
of
hydronephrosis
is
a
guide
for
surgical
treatment
if
the
renal
parenchyma
is
reduced
in
thickness
to
mm
or
less
it
leads
to
complete
atrophy
but
if
the
thickness
is
more
than
mm
conservative
procedures
are
justified
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
957
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
neurohypophysial
principles
in
rats
with
familial
hypothalamic
diabetes
insipidus
brattleboro
strain
antidiuretic
and
oxytocic
assays
were
performed
on
tissues
from
female
rats
with
familial
hypothalamic
diabetes
insipidus
di
and
on
normal
females
oxytocic
activity
was
only
slightly
lower
in
the
pituitaries
from
the
di
rats
antidiuretic
activity
in
the
pituitaries
from
di
rats
was
no
more
than
that
expected
from
their
content
of
oxytocin
thus
these
pituitaries
appeared
to
contain
oxytocin
but
not
arginine
vasopressin
the
hypothalami
from
these
rats
showed
minimal
antidiuretic
activity
which
might
have
been
due
to
oxytocin
or
vasopressin
the
pituitary
from
the
third
di
rat
contained
more
antidiuretic
activity
than
could
be
due
to
oxytocin
antidiuretic
responses
to
extracts
of
pituitary
and
hypothalamus
from
this
rat
resembled
those
produced
by
arginine
vasopressin
this
pituitary
appeared
to
contain
about
the
normal
amount
of
vasopressin
since
vasopressin
can
inhibit
diuresis
in
these
di
rats
it
would
appear
that
they
have
a
specific
deficiency
of
endogenous
arginine
vasopressin
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
958
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
familial
renal
diabetes
insipidus
renal
diabetes
insipidus
has
been
known
for
yr
only
the
first
german
report
on
such
a
case
appeared
in
nevertheless
this
disease
appears
to
be
more
frequent
also
in
germany
a
report
is
given
on
infants
from
families
with
a
verified
diagnosis
in
the
one
family
there
were
other
cases
with
the
features
of
the
disease
polydipsia
polyuria
low
sg
of
the
urine
in
the
other
family
anamnestic
studies
revealed
such
cases
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
959
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evaluation
of
years'
experience
with
the
treatment
of
hydrocephalus
in
infants
a
total
of
infants
were
examined
between
and
till
infants
were
examined
and
were
operated
on
this
group
is
analyzed
laurence's
opinion
on
the
favorable
spontaneous
evolution
is
not
agreed
to
and
the
merits
of
surgical
treatment
are
proved
a
dynamic
form
of
hydrocephalus
in
operated
infants
is
shown
the
patients
who
were
not
operated
on
suffered
from
other
diseases
combined
with
macrocephaly
which
must
be
distinguished
from
hydrocephalus
a
spontaneous
arrest
of
the
process
was
observed
in
only
children
e
g
as
compared
with
laurence's
the
cause
and
pathological
findings
are
analyzed
in
infants
operated
on
between
and
a
great
discrepancy
between
the
time
of
the
onset
of
first
symptoms
and
the
time
of
operation
was
found
this
disease
manifests
itself
in
of
infants
in
the
first
month
of
life
but
the
average
age
of
infants
at
the
time
of
operation
is
mth
only
of
infants
are
operated
on
in
the
first
month
thirteen
operating
procedures
were
used
in
the
yr
under
review
until
the
introduction
of
deviation
of
the
csf
into
the
jugular
vein
or
into
the
cardiac
atrium
of
the
infants
survived
yr
after
operation
since
the
introduction
of
this
procedure
the
survival
rate
of
infants
was
in
spite
of
the
late
operation
about
of
surviving
children
showed
an
average
mental
development
surgical
treatment
of
dynamic
hydrocephalus
is
advocated
they
consider
this
method
as
the
only
means
of
helping
the
infant
at
present
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
960
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cerebrospinal
fluid
dynamics
in
the
arnold
chiari
malformation
a
method
using
radio
iodinated
serum
albumin
to
measure
the
volume
of
the
ventricular
system
and
the
rate
of
disappearance
of
csf
from
the
lateral
ventricles
has
been
described
newborn
infants
with
a
rate
of
flow
less
than
ml
hr
after
surgical
repair
of
the
myclomeningocele
will
develop
progressive
hydrocephalus
requiring
a
ventriculo
atrial
shunt
the
test
can
be
used
to
detect
the
patency
of
a
ventriculo
atrial
shunt
and
may
allow
safe
removal
of
the
shunt
in
selected
patients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
961
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
coexistent
cranial
and
spinal
defects
with
hydrocephalus
in
five
infants
the
etiology
and
significance
of
craniolacunia
in
these
defects
the
clinical
roentgenographic
and
etiologic
factors
in
infants
with
varying
cranial
defects
craniolacunia
and
craniofenestra
or
cranial
meningocele
hydrocephalus
and
spinal
defects
meningocele
or
myelomeningocele
are
described
all
of
the
infants
expired
of
bacterial
complications
the
etiologic
factors
and
significance
of
cranial
defects
in
these
coexistent
malformations
of
the
central
nervous
system
are
reviewed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
962
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hydrocephalus
and
myelomeningocele
central
nervous
system
infection
a
series
of
incidents
of
cns
infection
in
patients
with
hydrocephalus
myelomeningocele
or
both
have
been
summarized
gram
positive
organisms
occurred
more
frequently
and
caused
infections
resulting
in
a
mortality
of
the
gram
negative
organism
induced
infections
resulted
in
a
mortality
of
nearly
of
the
infections
occurred
in
patients
before
any
shunting
procedure
was
done
the
staphylococcus
caused
two
thirds
of
the
infections
in
patients
with
a
shunt
in
situ
no
obvious
portal
of
entry
could
be
demonstrated
in
a
majority
of
patients
of
patients
who
received
nonspecific
prophylactic
therapy
because
of
an
oozing
myelomeningocele
survived
of
the
given
no
prophylactic
therapy
one
survived
a
combination
of
kanamycin
sodium
methicillin
and
chloramphenicol
appeared
in
vitro
to
be
effective
against
most
of
the
gram
positive
cocci
the
combination
of
chloramphenicol
kanamycin
and
polymixin
b
appeared
in
vitro
to
be
an
effective
combination
against
most
of
the
gram
negative
bacilli
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
963
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
myelomeningocele
and
hydrocephalus
the
first
year
of
patients
fifty
infants
with
hydrocephalus
and
myelomeningocele
were
treated
comprehensively
by
a
team
of
specialists
patients
were
evaluated
at
death
or
the
first
birthday
whichever
occurred
first
twenty
patients
died
from
bacterial
infection
thirteen
of
the
survivors
were
classified
as
noncompetitive
that
is
were
thought
to
have
a
poor
prognosis
based
on
a
developmental
quotient
of
less
than
seventeen
patients
were
judged
competitive
in
each
case
the
latest
developmental
quotient
was
more
than
and
the
urinary
tract
was
not
irreversibly
decompensated
developmental
quotient
was
based
on
motor
development
adaptive
behavior
language
development
and
personal
social
development
this
report
is
a
progress
report
in
a
longitudinal
study
in
comparison
with
a
previously
surveyed
group
the
results
seem
encouraging
current
data
from
older
patients
followed
to
yr
show
competitive
survivors
noncompetitive
survivors
and
deaths
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
964
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pneumoencephalographic
changes
in
the
cavum
septi
pellucidi
and
their
clinical
significance
the
pneumoencephalographic
appearances
and
clinical
problems
associated
with
communicating
and
non
communicating
cavum
septi
pellucidi
are
discussed
on
the
basis
of
cases
non
communicating
csp
may
lead
to
intermittent
headaches
due
to
variations
of
intracranial
pressure
and
obstruction
to
the
flow
of
csf
in
rare
cases
representing
a
special
etiological
group
the
foramina
of
monro
and
the
aqueduct
may
be
narrowed
a
communicating
csp
is
generally
associated
with
mild
to
moderate
symmetrical
internal
hydrocephalus
in
the
author's
opinion
this
is
in
most
cases
a
direct
result
of
the
cavum
since
fluid
continues
to
be
formed
in
the
cavum
after
communication
with
the
rest
of
the
ventricular
system
has
been
established
the
conditions
resemble
those
in
hypersecretory
hydrocephalus
for
these
reasons
the
author
rejects
the
view
that
a
communicating
csp
is
of
no
clinical
significance
in
some
cases
the
possibility
of
a
combination
of
a
cavum
with
a
cerebral
malformation
must
be
considered
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
965
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
posterior
scalloping
of
vertebral
bodies
in
uncontrolled
hydrocephalus
two
cases
of
extensive
posterior
scalloping
of
the
vertebral
bodies
are
presented
in
men
aged
and
years
having
long
standing
hydrocephalus
two
additional
cases
with
scalloping
of
only
one
lumbar
vertebra
when
partially
controlled
hydrocephalus
has
been
present
for
a
shorter
time
are
also
noted
no
previous
association
between
these
entities
has
been
recorded
it
is
supposed
that
the
increased
intraspinal
pressure
which
must
have
been
present
in
the
first
patients
for
many
years
was
present
near
the
time
of
closure
of
the
epiphysis
at
the
junction
of
the
arch
and
the
bodies
and
caused
not
only
widening
of
the
spinal
canal
but
also
excavation
of
the
vertebral
bodies
scalloping
of
vertebral
bodies
has
been
described
in
neoplasms
neurofibromas
meningiomas
gliomas
hemangio
endotheliomas
hemangiomas
lipomas
intraspinal
cysts
intradural
arachnoid
cysts
tarlov's
perineural
cysts
thoracic
extradural
cysts
in
kyphosis
dorsalis
juvenilis
congenital
anomalies
of
the
spine
and
cord
fusion
defects
myelodysplasia
hydromyelia
absence
of
a
single
vertebral
pedicle
meningoceles
and
neurofibromatosis
with
or
without
a
thoracic
meningocele
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
966
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
electroencephalographic
picture
of
the
infantile
hydrocephalus
in
of
cases
of
congenital
hydrocephalus
the
eeg
examinations
were
normal
asymmetry
of
the
eeg
recording
was
the
most
common
abnormality
encountered
both
in
congenital
and
in
acquired
hydrocephalus
none
of
the
children
examined
revealed
any
focal
neurological
symptoms
it
is
concluded
that
eeg
examinations
could
be
useful
in
differentiating
congenital
from
acquired
hydrocephalus
because
a
normal
eeg
recording
suggested
the
congenital
nature
of
the
condition
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
967
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
consecutive
hydrocephalus
report
of
cases
two
patients
each
with
consecutive
hydrocephalic
newborns
are
reported
consanguinity
was
present
in
both
families
a
genetic
basis
for
the
hydrocephalus
is
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
968
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
fanconi's
anaemia
with
hydrocephalus
and
thyroid
abnormality
a
case
is
described
in
a
girl
who
suffered
from
dwarfism
due
to
congenital
hypoplasia
of
the
pituitary
and
from
other
congenital
malformations
the
pancytopenia
manifested
itself
at
the
age
of
yr
and
was
resistant
to
a
combined
corticosteroid
testosterone
treatment
unusual
findings
in
this
case
were
congenital
hydrocephalus
hypoplastic
spleen
and
hypoplasia
of
thyroid
together
with
persistently
high
pbi
serum
levels
but
without
apparent
changes
in
thyroid
function
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
969
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
dandy
walker
taggart
'syndrome'
a
case
report
dandy
walker
taggart
'syndrome'
in
a
month
old
girl
has
been
substantiated
by
a
correlation
of
clinical
and
pathological
features
all
exit
foramina
of
the
th
ventricle
have
failed
to
open
resulting
in
severe
cystic
dilatation
of
the
ventricle
and
hypoplastic
distortion
of
posterior
midline
cerebellar
structures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
970
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
hydrocephalus
due
to
smallpox
occurring
in
the
fetal
period
out
of
cases
of
hydrocephalus
in
the
years
were
found
whose
mothers
had
contracted
variola
after
the
rd
month
of
pregnancy
based
on
these
personal
cases
and
the
sparse
data
in
the
literature
the
clinical
epidemiological
radiographical
skull
biological
and
histopathological
aspects
are
presented
fatal
cases
were
histopathologically
examined
it
could
be
demonstrated
that
the
hydrocephalus
occurred
as
a
manifestation
of
a
disease
involving
the
fetus
and
was
caused
by
a
variola
infection
during
gestation
inferences
are
given
from
the
eeg
and
examination
of
the
liquor
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
971
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
air
pantopaque
ventriculography
in
congenital
hydrocephalus
and
myelomeningocele
a
study
of
the
csf
pathways
by
combined
pantopaque
air
ventriculography
in
infants
with
congenital
hydrocephalus
and
myelomeningocele
is
presented
the
advantages
of
this
method
are
discussed
combined
pantopaque
and
air
ventriculography
provides
not
only
a
demonstration
of
the
extent
of
the
hydrocephalus
but
also
the
exact
location
and
cause
of
the
obstruction
in
infants
with
myelomeningocele
it
permits
the
disclosure
of
unmanifested
hydrocephalus
and
coexistent
intracranial
malformations
the
early
detection
of
the
latter
is
very
important
for
the
complete
evaluation
management
and
prognosis
the
introduction
of
pantopaque
into
the
ventricular
system
of
infants
did
not
produce
an
immediate
reaction
and
did
not
precipitate
deterioration
of
the
clinical
status
retention
of
small
amounts
of
pantopaque
in
the
lateral
ventricles
did
not
interfere
with
the
function
of
bypassing
procedures
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
972
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
two
cases
of
dandy
walker's
syndrome
dandy
walker's
syndrome
refers
to
a
particular
kind
of
malformative
hydrocephaly
characterized
anatomically
by
association
with
a
more
or
less
considerable
agenesis
of
the
cerebellar
vermis
and
with
an
imperfection
of
the
foramina
of
luschka
and
magendie
the
dysgenetic
nature
of
this
picture
is
obvious
but
the
pathogenesis
of
the
hydrocephaly
is
not
simple
and
the
etiology
remains
obscure
the
malformation
is
compensated
more
or
less
quickly
in
the
life
of
the
subject
the
clinical
picture
is
that
of
a
hydrocephaly
by
a
tumor
of
the
posterior
fossa
the
diagnosis
can
and
must
be
carried
out
by
x
ray
examination
the
ventriculographic
images
being
pathognomonic
the
extreme
ease
of
surgical
restoration
of
the
passage
of
flow
and
the
effectiveness
of
timely
operation
emphasize
the
interest
of
this
syndrome
which
turns
out
to
be
a
rare
kind
of
curable
malformative
hydrocephaly
the
authors
report
unpublished
cases
in
respect
of
yr
old
children
the
first
already
going
back
several
years
had
unfavorable
postoperational
results
the
second
recovered
completely
without
sequelae
after
resection
of
the
posterior
wall
of
the
cyst
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
973
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
incidence
and
treatment
of
post
meningitic
hydrocephalus
in
the
newborn
the
incidence
of
meningitis
in
the
first
few
weeks
of
life
is
higher
than
in
any
comparable
period
of
life
even
if
cases
associated
with
spina
bifida
cystica
are
excluded
the
gravity
of
the
prognosis
even
since
the
introduction
of
many
powerful
antibiotic
drugs
has
been
frequently
emphasized
among
the
cases
which
occurred
in
a
maternity
unit
eventually
made
a
complete
recovery
in
a
group
of
infants
who
developed
postmeningitic
hydrocephalus
and
were
referred
either
with
still
active
meningitis
or
the
postmeningitic
state
only
infant
could
not
be
treated
by
a
ventriculocaval
shunt
this
infant
and
others
died
later
of
the
survivors
recovered
without
sequelae
in
spite
of
extreme
hydrocephalus
which
was
demonstrated
by
air
studies
before
operation
the
degree
of
hydrocephalus
no
matter
how
severe
is
no
contraindication
to
operation
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
974
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
comparative
values
of
thick
drop
and
concentration
methods
detection
of
filaria
infection
blood
was
drawn
from
the
finger
and
vein
in
students
from
p
m
to
a
m
to
compare
the
diagnostic
efficacy
of
thick
drop
method
vis
a
vis
concentration
method
infection
rate
was
found
to
be
the
same
by
both
methods
and
students
harbouring
infection
were
found
to
be
positive
by
both
methods
infestation
rate
in
the
concentration
method
was
higher
being
per
slide
against
per
slide
in
the
thick
drop
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
975
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
filariasis
in
its
relation
to
a
a
bo
mn
kell
duffy
and
rhesus
blood
groups
and
secretor
factor
filariasis
patients
have
been
studied
for
a
a
bo
blood
groups
for
duffy
kell
and
rhesus
blood
groups
for
secretor
factor
and
for
mn
blood
groups
to
find
out
if
there
is
any
association
between
filariasis
and
these
blood
groups
no
association
whatsoever
has
been
found
between
the
blood
groups
studied
and
filariasis
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
976
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
polyethylene
tube
culture
method
for
the
diagnosis
of
parasitic
infections
by
hookworms
and
related
nematodes
studies
were
made
in
amami
island
and
in
bangkok
to
compare
the
diagnostic
efficiency
of
direct
microscopical
examination
test
tube
culture
and
the
newly
devised
polyethylene
tube
culture
method
for
the
detection
of
filariform
larvae
the
results
show
that
the
new
technique
has
a
number
of
advantages
over
the
other
methods
it
is
more
sensitive
than
the
others
for
the
detection
of
cases
of
slight
infection
and
greatly
reduces
the
risk
of
overlooking
small
numbers
of
larvae
polyethylene
tubes
are
extremely
cheap
compact
and
light
and
can
be
very
easily
disposed
of
after
use
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
977
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
some
observations
on
the
effects
in
vivo
of
varying
ambient
temperatures
on
filarial
worms
of
snakes
new
information
was
obtained
on
the
biology
of
filarial
worms
from
experiments
using
constrictor
constrictor
mexicanus
boas
infected
with
macdonaldius
oschei
worms
the
microfilariae
of
m
oschei
are
aperiodic
with
respect
to
the
light
cycle
but
fluctuate
sharply
in
density
from
day
to
day
maximum
minimum
levels
occur
approx
days
apart
the
microfilariae
are
larger
and
more
variable
in
size
on
the
days
of
maximum
density
than
on
the
days
of
minimum
density
it
is
suggested
that
the
smaller
microfilariae
on
the
days
of
low
parasitemia
are
those
that
have
been
born
recently
and
that
they
enlarge
during
the
following
hr
before
they
enter
the
peripheral
capillaries
low
ambient
temperatures
have
little
effect
upon
m
oschei
exposure
of
the
host
to
ambient
temperatures
above
c
for
a
period
of
hr
appears
sufficient
to
kill
adult
m
oschei
all
microfilariae
apparently
die
within
hr
at
this
temperature
and
in
slight
infections
they
disappeared
from
the
blood
altogether
within
that
period
microfilariae
from
an
infection
times
more
severe
however
were
not
eliminated
from
the
circulation
prior
to
the
death
of
the
host
after
hr
although
all
those
observed
were
either
decomposed
or
distorted
and
apparently
dead
the
indication
that
the
temperature
serves
as
a
limiting
factor
for
the
parasite
at
a
point
several
degrees
lower
than
that
postulated
for
the
host
species
is
probably
correlated
with
the
nocturnal
habits
of
the
host
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
978
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
preliminary
report
on
the
leucoconcentration
technique
applied
to
the
study
of
microfilaraemia
in
a
case
of
filariasis
due
to
wuchereria
bancrofti
the
routine
leucoconcentration
technique
used
in
the
demonstration
of
steinberg's
neoplasic
cells
in
circulating
blood
was
applied
this
method
makes
it
possible
to
obtain
considerable
enrichment
demonstration
of
filaria
can
be
performed
during
daylight
from
the
material
obtained
preparation
of
specific
antigens
that
make
possible
an
immunological
diagnosis
may
be
carried
out
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
979
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
concentration
techniques
of
sanguicolous
microfilariae
a
technique
is
described
for
concentration
of
sanguicolous
microfilariae
a
modified
harris
and
summers
method
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
980
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
pathology
of
schistosoma
japonicum
in
the
taiwanese
monkey
macaca
cyclopis
i
comparison
of
formosan
and
japanese
strains
ii
effect
of
passing
the
formosan
strain
through
japanese
snails
i
nearly
equal
recovery
rates
of
adult
worms
from
taiwanese
monkeys
macaca
cyclopis
infected
with
formosan
or
japanese
strains
of
sch
japonicum
were
recorded
worm
recovery
rates
from
the
monkeys
were
low
when
comparison
was
made
with
the
highly
susceptible
laboratory
rabbit
signifying
only
partial
susceptibility
formosan
strain
granulomas
in
the
liver
contained
fewer
eggs
but
were
considerably
more
severe
and
extensive
than
japanese
strain
granulomas
the
possibility
that
the
large
atypical
granulomas
could
be
reactions
to
young
degenerating
formosan
worms
is
discussed
an
alternative
hypothesis
to
explain
the
dissimilar
reactions
that
formosan
strain
eggs
are
stronger
tissue
irritants
than
those
of
the
japanese
strain
is
proposed
ii
the
formosan
strain
of
sch
japonicum
was
passed
through
the
japanese
snail
intermediate
host
oncomelania
nosophora
for
consecutive
generations
progressively
rising
rates
of
snail
infection
and
mortality
were
recorded
the
resultant
laboratory
strain
of
formosan
schistosome
was
used
to
infect
taiwanese
monkeys
monkeys
infected
with
the
natural
formosan
strain
and
natural
japanese
strain
served
as
controls
worm
recovery
rates
were
similar
in
the
groups
granulomatous
responses
in
the
liver
produced
by
the
laboratory
strain
were
compared
with
the
large
atypical
granulomas
of
the
natural
formosan
strain
and
the
conventional
granulomas
of
the
natural
japanese
strain
the
new
formosan
strain
appeared
altered
toward
characteristics
possessed
by
the
japanese
strain
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
981
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
a
review
of
immunologic
methods
for
the
diagnosis
of
filariasis
the
author
reviews
the
historical
application
of
the
skin
test
cft
precipitin
test
haemagglutination
and
bentonite
flocculation
and
prausnitz
kuestner
test
to
the
diagnosis
of
various
filarial
infections
in
man
and
animals
with
a
discussion
of
areas
requiring
further
study
he
is
of
the
opinion
that
with
standardization
of
techniques
immunologic
methods
can
be
made
to
furnish
a
reliable
means
of
diagnosis
notwithstanding
the
past
unreliability
of
such
methods
a
bibliography
arranged
in
chronological
order
lists
papers
covering
the
period
from
to
and
a
supplementary
list
of
references
includes
recent
papers
on
general
aspects
of
the
subject
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
982
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
schultz
dale
reaction
with
sera
of
eosinophilic
lung
patients
a
preliminary
report
schultz
dale
tests
have
indicated
that
specific
antibodies
to
metabolite
products
of
microfilariae
are
present
in
the
serum
of
an
e
l
patient
and
that
diethylcarbamazine
in
concentrations
of
were
required
to
cause
perceptible
cessation
of
contraction
in
intestinal
strips
used
sufficient
tests
have
not
yet
been
completed
to
indicate
a
consistent
relationship
between
any
particular
filarial
species
and
eosinophilic
lung
disease
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
983
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
an
evaluation
of
the
bentonite
flocculation
and
indirect
hemagglutination
tests
for
the
diagnosis
of
filariasis
the
indirect
haemagglutination
test
and
the
bentonite
flocculation
test
utilizing
a
saline
extract
of
dirofilaria
immitis
have
been
evaluated
the
test
was
reactive
with
sera
from
individuals
with
infections
of
acanthocheilonema
perstans
and
showed
higher
titres
for
symptomatic
patients
with
microfilariae
in
the
blood
in
a
group
of
symptomatic
patients
of
microfilariae
positive
patients
and
of
microfilariae
negative
patients
showed
positive
serologic
tests
in
a
group
of
asymptomatic
individuals
with
microfilariae
in
the
blood
were
positive
from
a
group
of
asymptomatic
microfilariae
negative
individuals
sera
were
positive
testing
sera
from
normal
missionaries
normal
americans
and
individuals
with
various
other
parasitic
and
bacterial
infections
an
overall
non
specific
response
of
was
obtained
utilizing
the
following
criteria
for
a
positive
serologic
test
haemagglutination
titre
of
or
higher
with
a
positive
flocculation
of
or
higher
or
a
haemagglutination
titre
of
with
a
negative
flocculation
reaction
sera
from
patients
with
helminth
diseases
showed
a
non
specific
rate
of
this
high
rate
was
due
to
cross
reactions
with
trichinosis
sera
schistosomiasis
and
ascariasis
since
the
schistosomiasis
and
ascariasis
sera
were
from
individuals
born
in
an
area
endemic
for
filariasis
the
reactions
may
represent
a
serologic
response
to
past
experience
with
filariasis
only
of
sera
from
individuals
with
non
helminthic
diseases
and
of
sera
from
normal
individuals
were
positive
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
984
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
filariasis
in
mountain
province
luzon
republic
of
the
philippines
an
endemic
focus
of
w
bancrofti
in
mountain
province
luzon
calaccad
valley
is
discussed
an
microfilaremia
rate
was
found
the
parasites
were
probably
brought
into
this
area
in
the
original
human
migration
as
recent
immigrants
came
from
non
infected
areas
no
infection
was
found
in
children
under
yr
of
age
which
correlates
with
spraying
of
the
area
since
however
some
people
live
in
unsprayed
houses
and
children
may
become
infected
with
coming
road
development
and
urbanization
culex
p
fatigans
will
move
in
and
undoubtedly
increase
transmission
currently
anopheles
minimus
flavirostris
is
the
most
important
local
vector
aedes
finlaya
niveus
was
probably
also
a
vector
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
985
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
immunological
studies
on
filariasis
iii
isolation
and
purification
of
antigen
for
intradermal
skin
tests
an
antigen
for
intradermal
skin
tests
was
extracted
from
the
homogenate
of
dirofilaria
immitis
with
a
phosphate
buffer
at
ph
and
purified
by
sephadex
g
gel
filtration
cm
cellulose
chromatography
and
deae
sephadex
a
column
chromatography
the
finally
purified
antigen
fscd
was
a
protein
with
a
small
amount
of
carbohydrate
and
gave
a
relatively
broad
band
by
electrophoresis
on
cellogel
film
the
aminoacids
detected
by
high
voltage
paper
electrophoresis
of
the
acid
hydrolyzate
of
the
antigen
were
lysine
arginine
glycine
alanine
glutamic
and
aspartic
acids
and
valine
wheals
and
an
erythema
appeared
within
min
of
the
injection
of
the
antigen
on
proved
filariasis
patients
cross
reactions
were
examined
in
patients
with
p
westermani
s
japonicum
hookworm
a
lubricoides
or
e
vermicularis
but
only
weak
skin
reactions
were
noticed
in
all
cases
the
protein
nature
of
the
antigen
was
further
proved
by
the
fact
that
proteolytic
enzymes
destroyed
the
antigenic
activity
to
a
considerable
extent
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
986
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
human
filariasis
identification
of
species
on
the
basis
of
staining
and
other
morphologic
characteristics
of
microfilariae
new
staining
procedures
for
human
microfilariae
are
described
the
morphologic
details
characteristic
of
each
species
are
illustrated
with
apparent
greater
clarity
than
previously
obtainable
a
simple
key
to
the
human
microfilariae
is
outlined
based
on
criteria
clearly
demonstrated
with
these
stains
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
987
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
immunological
studies
on
filariasis
iii
fractionation
and
purification
of
antigen
for
intradermal
skin
reaction
in
filariasis
it
had
been
reported
that
the
antigen
tca
obtained
from
adult
worms
of
dirofilaria
immitis
produced
noticeable
reactions
in
filariasis
patients
in
whose
blood
microfilariae
could
be
demonstrated
further
fractionation
and
purification
of
this
antigen
was
attempted
in
order
to
study
the
substance
responsible
for
the
skin
reaction
and
to
obtain
a
more
reliable
antigen
with
high
sensitivity
and
specificity
the
fraction
fs
obtained
by
treatment
similar
to
that
described
in
the
previous
report
was
used
as
parent
material
by
gel
filtration
and
sephadex
g
column
chromatography
of
antigen
fs
antigen
fsi
which
produced
noticeable
reactions
in
the
filariasis
patients
was
obtained
this
highly
reactive
antigen
fsi
was
separated
into
fractions
viz
fsc
fsc
fsc
fsc
fsc
and
fsc
by
cm
cellulose
chromatography
the
antigens
were
tested
at
the
protein
component
level
on
patients
infected
with
wuchereria
bancrofti
antigen
fsc
containing
of
protein
and
of
carbohydrate
per
ml
was
most
active
next
the
further
fractionation
of
antigen
fsc
by
deae
sephadex
a
column
chromatography
was
carried
out
to
yield
antigens
viz
fscd
fscd
fscd
and
fscd
the
antigens
were
tested
at
the
protein
component
level
on
filariasis
patients
antigen
fscd
produced
the
most
noticeable
skin
reaction
in
the
patients
the
elimination
of
protein
components
from
antigen
fscd
was
attempted
with
nagase
a
proteolytic
enzyme
and
pronase
to
obtain
antigens
fscdn
and
fscdp
each
of
these
antigens
was
tested
on
the
patients
proved
to
have
filariasis
but
the
reaction
produced
by
the
injection
of
each
antigen
was
weaker
than
that
produced
by
antigen
fscd
it
may
be
inferred
from
these
studies
that
the
substance
responsible
for
the
skin
reaction
is
proteinic
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
988
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
identification
of
canine
microfilariae
the
importance
of
microfilarial
identifications
in
diagnosing
canine
filariasis
was
emphasized
by
comparing
the
significance
of
infections
due
to
different
species
personal
experiences
and
an
analysis
of
published
reports
found
the
modified
knott
method
to
be
the
simplest
and
most
practical
of
the
reliable
methods
its
usefulness
was
improved
by
new
morphologic
criteria
for
differentiating
microfilariae
microfilarial
concentrations
in
peripheral
blood
from
a
number
of
naturally
infected
dogs
were
determined
the
average
count
for
dogs
infected
with
dirofilaria
immitis
was
only
range
to
per
ml
of
blood
compared
with
an
average
of
range
to
per
ml
for
dogs
infected
with
dipetalonema
reconditum
only
of
dogs
with
inapparent
infections
of
d
immitis
had
microfilarial
concentrations
within
the
range
found
for
infections
of
d
reconditum
only
male
and
female
dogs
with
d
reconditum
had
similar
concentrations
of
microfilariae
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
989
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
chemotherapy
of
metastatic
gastro
intestinal
cancer
cancer
of
the
digestive
tract
is
the
commonest
cause
of
death
from
neoplastic
disease
in
the
united
states
a
large
number
of
patients
with
these
forms
of
incurable
cancer
may
be
candidates
for
specific
anti
tumor
drug
therapy
the
criteria
employed
for
the
selection
of
patients
for
systemic
or
regional
chemotherapy
are
reviewed
and
methods
of
treatment
are
outlined
systemic
chemotherapy
using
fluorinated
pyrimidines
the
antifol
methotrexate
and
the
alkylating
agent
cytoxan
has
been
found
to
be
of
significant
practical
value
in
to
of
the
patients
receiving
these
anticancer
drugs
protracted
hepatic
artery
infusion
chemotherapy
in
patients
with
primary
and
secondary
hepatic
neoplasms
and
tumors
of
the
biliary
system
has
resulted
in
objective
tumor
response
and
associated
clinical
benefit
in
of
the
patients
treated
length
of
survival
has
been
prolonged
in
patients
with
advanced
metastatic
liver
cancer
from
primary
tumors
of
the
colorectum
it
is
concluded
that
systemic
and
regional
cancer
chemotherapy
in
selected
cases
has
contributed
to
the
practical
management
of
patients
with
incurable
cancer
of
the
gastrointestinal
tract
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
990
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
palliative
treatment
of
osseous
metastases
from
carcinoma
of
the
breast
and
carcinoma
of
the
prostate
with
radio
active
phosphorus
and
testosterone
fifty
three
patients
suffering
from
pain
arising
in
bony
metastases
from
carcinoma
of
the
breast
and
prostate
are
discussed
a
method
of
palliative
treatment
is
outlined
and
the
results
reported
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
991
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
regional
chemotherapy
by
prolonged
arterial
infusions
in
head
and
neck
tumors
methotrexate
was
injected
into
the
superficial
temporal
or
superior
thyroid
artery
by
perfusion
mg
drops
min
every
day
for
days
the
area
to
be
irrigated
was
decided
on
by
preliminary
perfusion
of
patent
blue
violet
results
in
inoperable
patients
were
deaths
failures
improvements
total
regressions
pain
was
relieved
in
of
the
patients
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
992
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
intra
arterial
infusion
emphasizing
treatment
of
malignant
neoplasms
this
review
of
the
english
medical
literature
summarizes
most
of
the
significant
papers
concerned
with
intra
arterial
infusion
this
technique
of
cancer
therapy
is
effective
for
palliation
of
many
advanced
primary
and
recurrent
cancer
patients
head
and
neck
cancer
patients
form
the
largest
group
of
patients
that
have
been
treated
because
of
the
easily
accessible
arteries
however
almost
any
involved
organ
can
be
infused
by
external
approaches
to
the
femoral
brachial
and
common
carotids
most
oncolytic
chemotherapeutic
agents
can
be
given
via
the
intra
arterial
route
at
notably
increased
dosages
with
the
exception
of
fudr
partial
and
complete
regression
of
many
tumors
can
be
obtained
with
present
day
chemotherapeutic
agents
for
or
mth
the
best
therapeutic
results
have
been
in
patients
with
head
and
neck
and
pelvic
tumors
currently
infusion
techniques
using
small
mobile
pumping
units
permit
the
patient
to
be
ambulatory
during
course
of
anti
tumor
therapy
complications
from
intra
arterial
infusion
are
usually
minor
but
serious
complications
do
occur
such
as
embolic
phenomena
to
the
cns
with
internal
carotid
infusion
aplastic
bone
marrow
from
drug
toxicity
hemorrhage
from
tumor
degeneration
technical
complications
of
the
infusion
may
not
be
life
threatening
but
frequently
prematurely
terminate
the
therapy
continued
interest
in
this
form
of
therapy
appears
inevitable
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
993
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
prolonged
intra
arterial
chemotherapeutic
infusion
in
cancer
therapy
its
indications
and
limits
in
this
review
article
references
the
principles
of
cancer
treatment
using
continuous
intra
arterial
chemotherapy
are
described
selection
of
patients
operative
technique
and
complications
are
dealt
with
two
cases
are
presented
which
have
been
infused
with
methotrexate
and
mg
with
partial
or
complete
objective
remission
a
woman
of
with
a
carcinoma
of
the
amygdaloid
fossa
and
a
man
aged
with
a
reticulosarcoma
of
the
rhinopharynx
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
994
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
intra
arterial
chemotherapy
for
cancer
metastatic
to
liver
twenty
two
patients
with
cancer
metastatic
to
the
liver
were
treated
by
the
intra
arterial
infusion
of
cancer
chemotherapeutic
agents
the
drugs
were
introduced
directly
into
the
hepatic
artery
in
patients
and
into
the
aorta
to
the
level
of
the
celiac
axis
in
patients
no
significant
differences
in
results
were
observed
in
the
groups
of
the
patients
who
received
cancer
chemotherapy
via
the
hepatic
artery
one
remains
alive
mth
after
treatment
died
in
the
immediate
posttreatment
period
survived
from
mths
after
treatment
an
average
survival
of
mth
all
patients
who
were
treated
by
the
intra
aortic
administration
of
cancer
chemotherapy
have
died
patients
died
in
the
immediate
posttreatment
period
the
survival
time
of
the
remaining
averaged
mth
an
objective
significant
shrinkage
of
the
metastases
in
the
liver
was
observed
in
patients
treated
by
the
intra
hepatic
artery
route
and
via
the
aorta
this
lasted
from
mth
subjective
palliation
was
observed
in
patients
treated
by
the
intrahepatic
artery
route
and
by
the
intra
aortic
route
the
major
complication
noted
was
leukopenia
to
a
lesser
degree
hepatic
failure
in
those
patients
with
poor
metabolic
reserve
and
in
those
who
had
received
chemotherapy
irradiation
or
both
in
the
immediate
past
the
complications
were
severe
the
need
for
critical
screening
for
the
proper
selection
of
patients
as
candidates
for
cancer
chemotherapy
is
discussed
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
995
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
cancer
chemotherapy
by
continuous
intra
arterial
infusion
experience
of
the
veterans
administration
surgical
adjuvant
cancer
chemotherapy
infusion
study
group
two
hundred
fifty
one
patients
with
advanced
cancer
have
been
treated
with
courses
of
intra
arterial
cancer
chemotherapy
this
technique
and
its
complications
and
results
are
analyzed
and
discussed
objective
response
was
obtained
in
of
the
patients
treated
the
best
results
were
obtained
in
epidermoid
carcinoma
of
the
head
and
neck
and
the
poorest
in
primary
brain
tumors
and
intra
abdominal
adenocarcinomas
ten
per
cent
of
all
patients
receiving
at
least
course
of
therapy
and
available
for
evaluation
obtained
worthwhile
palliation
for
or
more
months
ten
patients
have
had
satisfactory
results
for
periods
of
to
months
it
is
concluded
that
arterial
infusion
chemotherapy
may
be
of
benefit
in
the
palliation
of
patients
in
whom
other
more
conventional
methods
have
failed
or
are
contraindicated
the
frequency
of
serious
complications
suggests
that
at
present
this
form
of
therapy
should
be
used
only
by
individuals
and
groups
with
special
interest
and
experience
in
chemotherapy
much
further
study
of
this
type
of
cancer
treatment
is
needed
and
various
areas
of
investigation
are
suggested
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
996
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
treatment
of
cancer
by
bacterial
toxins
the
initial
experience
with
toxin
therapy
for
sarcoma
and
melanoma
is
reported
in
groups
of
patients
toxins
used
as
an
adjunct
to
operation
in
potentially
curable
patients
palliative
treatment
for
metastatic
tumor
and
toxin
therapy
supplemented
by
radiotherapy
for
localized
symptomatic
tumor
masses
the
experience
has
not
been
encouraging
in
the
first
groups
in
of
patients
in
the
rd
group
there
was
marked
objective
remission
of
tumor
subsequent
to
irradiation
further
study
is
indicated
in
the
use
of
radiotherapy
following
'priming'
with
bacterial
toxin
injections
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
997
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
radiotherapy
of
malignant
rectal
and
anal
tumors
methods
and
results
in
cases
the
results
are
given
of
the
treatment
of
patients
cases
of
anal
and
of
rectal
carcinoma
with
conventional
deep
therapy
and
ultrahigh
kilovoltage
irradiation
the
total
year
survival
rate
was
with
surgical
treatment
it
is
according
to
a
survey
of
the
literature
made
by
reifferscheid
according
to
guleke
and
according
to
ottenheimer
a
total
of
patients
received
irradiation
after
questionable
radical
surgery
and
patients
received
palliative
irradiation
after
palliative
surgery
in
most
of
these
cases
an
anus
praeter
was
performed
altogether
patients
received
palliative
irradiation
without
surgery
and
patients
received
irradiation
because
of
recurrence
after
apparent
radical
surgery
patients
received
irradiation
because
of
metastases
after
apparent
radical
surgery
and
patients
because
of
metastases
after
palliative
surgery
ultrahigh
kilovoltage
radiation
treatment
showed
better
results
than
conventional
deep
therapy
irradiation
with
r
on
the
site
before
surgery
in
stage
c
cases
gives
higher
year
survival
rates
according
to
dukes
henschke
stearns
et
al
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
998
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
the
management
of
advanced
cancer
patients
with
incurable
cancer
may
receive
substantial
relief
of
disabling
mental
and
physical
symptoms
by
constant
and
continuous
medical
management
while
usually
of
limited
value
certain
measures
of
both
specific
anticancer
therapy
and
nonspecific
supportive
therapy
may
relieve
the
symptoms
and
sustain
the
patient's
morale
general
supportive
measures
of
value
and
the
various
cancer
chemotherapeutic
compounds
and
techniques
of
administration
of
these
drugs
are
reviewed
from
the
standpoint
of
patient
selection
practical
application
to
various
forms
of
cancer
and
limitations
of
these
agents
in
patients
with
advanced
cancer
bodyend
documentend
documentstart
999
topicstart
med
topicend
bodystart
evaluation
of
ileal
conduit
as
a
palliative
procedure
during
the
yr
period
ending
july
ileal
conduit
operations
were
performed
at
the
city
of
hope
medical
center
in
the
treatment
of
carcinoma
of
the
bladder
and
other
pelvic
organs
the
character
and
extent
of
the
lesions
are
described
in
detail
the
details
of
the
surgical
procedure
are
discussed
complications
including
pyelonephritis
uremia
enteric
and
urinary
fistulas
wound
infections
and
thrombophlebitis
were
common
twenty
eight
of
the
patients
died
during
the
postoperative
period
fifty
nine
of
the
surviving
patients
are
known
to
have
died
mostly
as
a
result
of
recurrent
uncontrollable
carcinoma
the
procedure
was
considered
palliative
in
patients
in
of
these
patients
the
lesion
was
removed
and
the
conduit
established
in
one
stage
patients
died
in
only
of
the
surviving
patients
was
the
tumor
under
control
the
average
term
of
survival
was
mth
the
procedure
was
carried
out
in
stages
in
cases
patients
died
after
the
nd
stage
the
surviving
patients
lived
and
mth
respectively
an
ileal
conduit
alone
was
established
in
patients
of
whom
died
after
the
operation
the
average
time
of
survival
was
mth
patient
was
alive
after
mth
it
is
concluded
that
an
ileal
conduit
in
conjunction
with
total
cystectomy
in
stage
is
indicated
as
a
palliative
procedure
but
only
when
severe
intractable
symptoms
exist
and
only
when
patients
are
carefully
selected
the
procedure
is
poorly
tolerated
in
older
persons
bodyend
documentend
bitti